445 files changed, 31910 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/23829-8.txt b/23829-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578d5a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10465 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Under the Rebel's Reign, by Charles Neufeld
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Under the Rebel's Reign
+
+Author: Charles Neufeld
+
+Illustrator: Charles Sheldon
+
+Release Date: December 12, 2007 [EBook #23829]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Roberta Staehlin and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                         UNDER
+
+                      THE REBEL'S
+
+                         REIGN
+
+
+
+                  A STORY OF EGYPTIAN
+
+                         REVOLT
+
+
+                           BY
+
+
+                     CHARLES NEUFELD
+
+                 ILLUS'D BY CHAS SHELDON
+
+
+                 Under the Rebel's Reign
+              Copyright 1900 Charles Neufeld
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+[Illustration: "His eyes rested on the motionless figure of an
+Arab standing in the centre of the room."
+Frontispiece. p. 292]
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+          [Illustration: UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN
+
+                        A STORY OF
+                      EGYPTIAN REVOLT
+
+                     By CHARLES NEUFELD
+
+          AUTHOR OF 'A PRISONER OF THE KHALEEFA'
+
+             _ILLUSTRATED BY CHARLES SHELDON_
+
+           London: WELLS GARDNER, DARTON & CO.]
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                           CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAP.                                                PAGE
+
+      I.  A QUARREL AND A FIGHT                          1
+
+     II.  DOWN THE DANUBE                               12
+
+    III.  A SURPRISE AND A REVELATION                   24
+
+     IV.  THE PARTING OF FRIENDS                        35
+
+      V.  HELMAR TO THE RESCUE                          45
+
+     VI.  A TIGHT CORNER                                59
+
+    VII.  A GOOD SAMARITAN                              68
+
+   VIII.  AN ENCOUNTER ON THE NILE                      83
+
+     IX.  THE REIGN OF TERROR IN ALEXANDRIA             94
+
+      X.  THE MEETING OF FRIENDS                       106
+
+     XI.  A MYSTERIOUS MESSENGER                       117
+
+    XII.  THE NEW OCCUPATION                           131
+
+   XIII.  HELMAR PROVES HIS METAL                      144
+
+    XIV.  THE REGIMENTAL COOK                          154
+
+     XV.  ON PATROL                                    164
+
+    XVI.  WE MEET AGAIN                                178
+
+   XVII.  HAKESH THE PRIEST                            193
+
+  XVIII.  BEHIND PRISON BARS                           205
+
+    XIX.  THE ESCAPE                                   215
+
+     XX.  ARABI PASHA                                  225
+
+    XXI.  TO CAIRO AGAIN                               237
+
+   XXII.  HORROR                                       249
+
+  XXIII.  IN THE HANDS OF THE PHILISTINES              261
+
+   XXIV.  A FRIEND INDEED                              272
+
+    XXV.  NAOUM PLANS                                  284
+
+   XXVI.  A DASH FOR LIBERTY                           297
+
+  XXVII.  ACROSS THE DESERT                            308
+
+ XXVIII.  MEETING OF FRIENDS AND CAPTURE OF ARDEN      322
+
+   XXIX.  TO DEATH OR GLORY                            334
+
+    XXX.  CAIRO SAVED AND HELMAR'S REWARD              346
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                   LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+                                                       PAGE
+
+ "His eyes rested on the motionless figure of an
+  Arab standing in the centre of the room"          Frontispiece
+
+ The Duel                                                1
+
+ A visit to the Pyramids                                11
+
+ Camping on the banks of the Danube                     12
+
+ Type of Egyptian                                       23
+
+ The accident on the Danube                             24
+
+ "As the leader made an attempt to get over the
+  bough, Helmar swung his heavy club at him"            27
+
+ Helmar in Alexandria                                   35
+
+ Type of gipsy                                          44
+
+ The man-hunt in the slums of Cairo                     45
+
+ A pair of pistols                                      58
+
+ The capture of the spy                                 59
+
+ "Just as a hideous black wretch rushed at him,
+  he fired point-blank"                                 66
+
+ A Good Samaritan                                       68
+
+ On the look-out                                        83
+
+ "Presently the firing re-commenced, and Naoum
+  gave orders to attack"                                90
+
+ Helmar seeking shelter for the night                   94
+
+ View of the city                                      105
+
+ In the Consul's office                                106
+
+ An Egyptian water-carrier                             116
+
+ A hot pursuit                                         117
+
+ "Trapped, by Heavens!" shouted Helmar                 124
+
+ A patriarch                                           130
+
+ Watching the looters                                  131
+
+ Sword and Fez                                         143
+
+ The task accomplished                                 144
+
+ "At last the gun reached the top"                     151
+
+ Helmar and the cook                                   154
+
+ Death of Brian                                        164
+
+ A mounted patrol                                      177
+
+ Face to face                                          178
+
+ "And how do you propose to drag me from here if
+  I do not choose to go?"                              181
+
+ A Dahabîeh                                            192
+
+ Helmar felled the Egyptian to the ground              193
+
+ Hustled into prison                                   205
+
+ "Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to
+  remain firm in its socket"                           211
+
+ A race for life                                       215
+
+ Helmar before Arabi                                   225
+
+ Arden's agent at work                                 237
+
+ Breakfast brought into prison                         249
+
+ In the place of torture                               261
+
+ "He was already beyond crying out. All sense of
+  feeling had left him!"                               270
+
+ Under friendly care                                   272
+
+ Arden's disguise discovered                           284
+
+ The guide leads the way                               297
+
+ The flight over the plain                             308
+
+ The fight in the desert                               319
+
+ The meeting of Osterberg and Helmar                   322
+
+ To save Cairo!                                        334
+
+ "They rode straight for the citadel"                  344
+
+ The Sphinx                                            345
+
+ Approaching the city                                  346
+
+ Helmar's gratification                                362
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+[Illustration: UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN]
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER I
+
+                    A QUARREL AND A FIGHT
+
+
+The Debating Society of the Königsberg University was sitting. The
+subject for the occasion was of a trivial nature, but lent itself to
+keen and heated argument. The whole afternoon had been occupied with
+the speeches of the minor lights of the society, and now only the
+two opposing leaders remained to make their closing speeches before
+the division took place.
+
+Young Osterberg, the leader of the "Ayes," rose to his feet. His
+remarks were sound and clear, and his arguments, to many,
+conclusive. After he had occupied the attention of the assembly for
+nearly twenty minutes, he sat down amidst the plaudits of his own
+side, to await the speech from the leader of the Opposition.
+
+At that moment a voice, distinctly audible above the buzz of
+conversation that followed, spoke in a loud, unpleasant tone,
+evidently intended for the whole room to hear.
+
+"'Tis a pity certain positions are not filled by fellows capable of
+thinking and arguing logically. Such rot I have never before
+listened to. Come, Maurice, let us go to the club rooms, we shall
+find better entertainment there." And the two men rose from their
+seats and moved towards the door.
+
+Before they reached it the voice of the President stopped them, and
+in sharp, incisive tones called them to order.
+
+"Such words," he said, "are against the rules of the society and
+must be withdrawn, or the laws which govern the Association will be
+enforced and the speaker's name struck off the list of membership."
+
+John Landauer, the man who had uttered the offensive words, turned
+on hearing the President's mandate. With flashing eyes he glanced in
+the direction of Osterberg.
+
+"My words may have been untimely as uttered in this room, and for
+that I apologize; but my opinion of the last speaker, friend
+Osterberg, remains the same, and what I am not allowed to express
+here I shall take the earliest opportunity of doing elsewhere."
+
+He turned, and, followed by the youth he had addressed as Maurice,
+left the room.
+
+An ominous murmur went round the room as the door closed behind
+them, and an air of suppressed resentment pervaded the place. One
+and all felt that an insult had been offered to Osterberg, an insult
+which they knew, since he was a theological student, he would be
+unable to respond to in the customary manner. However, the
+expression of the young student's face, usually so kindly, indicated
+that the altercation had not yet ended.
+
+As soon as the debate was over, a general adjournment to the club
+followed. Osterberg was one of the first to reach it.
+
+He found Landauer playing billiards with his companion Maurice.
+Stepping up to him, he eyed him sternly from head to foot.
+
+"Thank you, Landauer, for your opinion of my ability," he said,
+evidently with difficulty repressing a desire to indulge in personal
+violence, "it was a plucky remark of yours. Had I been studying for
+other than the ministry, you would not have dared to give it
+utterance. Bah! I appreciate a man, but you are a coward!"
+
+Landauer turned fiercely on the speaker.
+
+"Coward? It is not I who am the coward! I do not take shelter under
+the cloak of the ministry, which forbids duels. You are the coward,"
+he went on, stepping towards him and snatching his cap from his
+head, "and I challenge you to prove my words false!"
+
+As he spoke he flung the cap on the ground at Osterberg's feet, and
+defiantly awaited the outcome of his action. The challenge was a
+customary one amongst the students. The snatching Osterberg's cap
+from his head was the greatest insult Landauer could have offered
+him, and the bystanders wondered how it would be received.
+
+For a moment the young theological student stood as if in doubt. His
+lips twitched with indignation. There was no cowardice in his
+nature, but he knew the rigorous laws which governed his studies. On
+the one hand, if he refused to accept the challenge, the stigma of
+cowardice would stick to him all his life, and on the other, he
+would have to give up his profession if he should have a scar
+inflicted under such circumstances. Human nature conquered, and he
+was about to return insult for insult, when a firm, strong hand was
+laid on his shoulder.
+
+"One moment," said a voice, in passionless even tones, "I have
+something to say to our friend here."
+
+The speaker calmly strode up to the bullying Landauer, and, with his
+open hand, struck him across the face.
+
+"You wish to quarrel? Very well, now is your opportunity. You have
+insulted not only our friend Osterberg, but the Debating Society of
+which I am a member. These things cannot go unnoticed. Apparently
+you selected Osterberg as a butt for your insults, knowing that,
+from the nature of his studies, he could not retaliate in the usual
+manner; but such cowardly bullying shall not be passed over, you
+shall account to me for your caddish behaviour."
+
+The challenge was so startlingly sudden, that Landauer had no answer
+ready to give, but with rage and mortification expressed in every
+feature he fumbled in his pocket for a card. At last he drew one
+out, and with all the bombast he could summon on the spur of the
+moment, he scribbled the name of a friend upon it, and threw it on
+the table.
+
+"You shall hear from me to-morrow," he cried, between his teeth.
+
+His opponent smiled as he picked the card up; then, with the same
+deliberation, he replaced it with one of his own.
+
+"Good," he said. "This is my affair now, and----"
+
+"I'll give you a lesson, Mr Helmar, that you won't have time to
+forget." And Landauer, flinging his billiard cue on the table,
+strode from the room.
+
+"Well done, Helmar!" "Good luck to you!" and such-like exclamations
+of approval filled the room as the door closed behind Landauer. Some
+of the students, however, blamed Helmar for what they termed his
+foolhardiness in interfering. But the majority applauded his
+action, and wished him every success.
+
+Landauer was well known to be an expert swordsman, and had been
+victorious in several duels. Helmar, on the other hand, was entirely
+unknown in the use of the weapon, and was naturally pitied by his
+comrades. But the students admired bravery, especially when in a
+good cause. In this case they unanimously condemned Landauer's
+conduct in selecting Osterberg for the object of his assault.
+
+"The fellow's a bully, whatever else he is, and no doubt thought his
+insult would go unchallenged. But there, the thing's done now, and I
+do not regret my action in the least. He must get satisfaction from
+me, if he wants it."
+
+George Helmar was a quiet youth, of studious habits. A young man of
+seventeen, he had the reputation of being a hard worker, and had
+none of the quarrelsome spirit such as his adversary possessed. The
+thin, determined face, with its square jaw and keen grey eyes, the
+great loose shoulders and powerfully developed limbs might have told
+more careful observers than his fellow-students that underneath that
+calm exterior a latent power existed, which Landauer had best not
+underrate.
+
+He had been brought up in the country, where his father practised
+medicine. There all his leisure had been spent in manly sports,
+riding, running, shooting, fencing; all these things he had gone in
+for as a boy, with the result that the town-bred Landauer, though an
+expert swordsman, was not, as regards physical training, to be
+compared with him.
+
+Helmar hoped at some future date to succeed his father in his
+practice, and to that end had worked hard, using, as a matter of
+fact, the University recreation rooms and grounds very little. It
+was, therefore, not strange that his companions should doubt his
+ability to meet his adversary with any chance of success.
+
+It is often small things that alter the course of a man's life, and
+so it was with Helmar. What he thought to be but a mere incident in
+his career turned out to be the cross-roads of his existence.
+
+During the time which elapsed before the duel, he pursued his
+studies in the same indomitable fashion, considering but little of
+his chances, assuring himself only of the justness of his cause.
+
+His friend Osterberg, however, was greatly concerned, and passed
+many sleepless nights weighing the possibilities of what might
+happen. Although he was to become a clergyman, and duelling was
+forbidden him, he nevertheless had plenty of fight in him, and many
+times wished that he could relieve his friend of the self-imposed
+risk he was taking on his behalf.
+
+Landauer, on the other hand, had too much of the vanity of the bully
+to cause him any uneasiness. He was confident of his own superiority
+over Helmar, and discussed his inevitable success wherever
+opportunity arose.
+
+The day at last arrived, and early in the morning the combatants met
+at the appointed place. Doctor Hertz was in attendance, and as the
+two young men stripped and stood grasping the hilts of their swords,
+he eyed them critically.
+
+Landauer he passed over with a glance, his neat, lithe figure was
+quite familiar to him, he knew his powers to a fraction, and was
+perfectly aware that he would give a good account of himself.
+
+With George Helmar it was different. He had never seen him
+before--it was his first appearance in the duelling world. The
+doctor's critical glance quickly turned into one of admiration. The
+tall, loose figure, though perhaps not beautiful in an artistic
+sense, pleased him greatly. Helmar's back and chest were ribbed with
+beautifully developed muscles, while his long, sinewy arms hung
+loosely at his sides, their very pose indicating to his practised
+eye their perfect suppleness.
+
+The old doctor liked what he saw in the new candidate, and a grim
+smile played over his face as the word of command was given.
+
+The spot was a solitary one. The common that had been selected was
+well away from the University, and admirably adapted to an encounter
+such as this. The trees in the background sheltered the combatants
+from observation in one direction, but for the rest the common lay
+open and uninviting, and the chill morning air blowing across it
+made the onlookers think longingly of their beds.
+
+Notwithstanding this, every eye was riveted on the duellists. No
+thought of the fact that probably one of the men would be carried
+lifeless from the spot detracted from their interest in the
+encounter. They loved a fight, it was their nature; and, rain or
+snow, wind or hail, they would watch it to the bitter end.
+
+At first the two young men fought cautiously, their heavy sabres
+flashing and glinting in the morning light as they thrust and
+parried with lightning rapidity. Later on Landauer seemed inclined
+to attack, and his blows on Helmar's weapon rang out in quick
+succession. Acting purely on the defensive, the latter parried the
+onslaught with an ease that puzzled and angered his opponent, until
+incautiously he fell into the trap by redoubling his attack. Helmar
+had reckoned on this. He hoped soon to tire the bully out, and a
+faint smile passed over his face, as with a head parry he stayed a
+terrific blow from his fiery antagonist.
+
+Whether it was the smile, or a sense of caution previously unheeded,
+is doubtful; but Landauer evidently saw his mistake and endeavoured
+to remedy it by defensive tactics. It was too late. He had already
+begun to tire, while Helmar was still fresh. Seeing his opportunity,
+the latter pressed his advantage with the utmost cleverness. Without
+giving his opponent time to recover, he came at him with a rapidity
+that fairly astonished everybody, never wasting any power on a
+stroke which he knew would be parried. Sparks flew from their
+swords, as with the agility of a swordsman only in the highest stage
+of training he fought, bearing his opponent back with his lightning
+thrusts.
+
+It was a fine sight. The whole thing seemed little more than play to
+him, while his antagonist was already breathing hard and showing
+signs of fatigue.
+
+In the third round Helmar received a slight wound in the face, and
+the sight of the blood made the onlookers think that he was tiring
+too. But they didn't know their man. He had a big reserve of power
+which, as yet, he had not exerted; but he knew the game was in his
+own hands, and was prolonging the bully's punishment.
+
+Suddenly Landauer made a ferocious attack, and in doing so for a
+moment drove the other back. His advantage was but momentary, for in
+an unguarded moment he had left himself badly open. With no real
+intention of doing him very serious harm, Helmar lunged out, and his
+sabre passed down Landauer's right cheek to his left shoulder, and
+he fell back on the grass with a terribly ugly wound.
+
+The duel was over, and the bully punished. The spectators rushed to
+express their admiration to the victor and congratulate him on his
+success, but he would have none of it, and hurriedly went to the
+assistance of his late foe.
+
+The doctor examined the wound and looked very grave. In response to
+his inquiries, he told Helmar that he could not yet express an
+opinion, but the case was serious, and the wounded man must be at
+once taken to the hospital.
+
+Helmar turned to his friend Osterberg.
+
+"Come," said he, "this place is hateful to me. If I have killed him
+I shall never forgive myself." He put on his coat and went back to
+his house.
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER II
+
+                        DOWN THE DANUBE
+
+
+After the duel Helmar endeavoured to return to his studies as
+before, but it was with a sore heart and a disturbed mind that he
+applied himself to his "Materia Medica." Each day he anxiously
+inquired after the wounded man, each night in the quiet of his room
+he prayed earnestly that Landauer's life might be spared.
+
+Charlie Osterberg was now his constant companion, and tried by every
+means in his power, but without avail, to cheer his friend and
+distract his mind from the gloom and despondency that had taken hold
+of him.
+
+It was on the evening of the fourth day since the duel, young
+Osterberg, after a visit to the wounded man, returned hastily to
+George's rooms.
+
+Helmar looked up as his friend entered.
+
+"Well, what news? No, never mind, I read it in your face," he said,
+as he noticed Charlie's pallor and troubled face. "He is dead?"
+
+Osterberg shook his head.
+
+"Not as bad as that, thank God, but I fear he cannot live. Dr. Hertz
+was there when I arrived, and before I left, he said the patient was
+rapidly sinking, and that it was only a question of forty-eight
+hours; but," he added hurriedly, as he noticed the horrified
+expression of the listener's face, "he also told me to say to you
+that, should he die, you will in no way be blamed. You cannot be
+held responsible. Had you not wounded him, he would probably have
+killed you."
+
+His friend paid no heed to these consoling words, but, resting his
+face on his hand, gazed out of the window lost in deep thought.
+
+Receiving no reply, Charlie stepped towards him, and, laying his
+hand gently on his shoulder, said--
+
+"Cheer up, George, this affair is through no fault of yours. If
+anybody's, the blame is mine. I should have known better than to
+have noticed his words, but----" And he broke off with a troubled
+look in his eyes.
+
+"No, no, Charlie, no blame attaches to you or, for that matter, to
+me. According to the duelling laws of the country we are in the
+right--it isn't that. You don't understand."
+
+He paused for a moment, then suddenly looked up into the anxious
+young face at his side.
+
+"Charlie, are you very keen to remain here and continue your work?"
+
+"I ought to," he replied doubtfully. "My parents have been so good
+to me and are so anxious that I should do well in my examinations.
+But why?"
+
+"The thing is as plain as daylight," said Helmar, as if arguing with
+himself. "I cannot ever face my people again. How would it be
+possible for me to go to them with blood on my hands? No, a thousand
+times, no! I am a homicide morally, no matter what the law may
+countenance. It is a barbarous custom, and one in which I can see no
+right. Oh! why did he not kill me?" And he turned despairingly to
+the window.
+
+Osterberg endeavoured to interrupt him, but he turned fiercely on
+his friend.
+
+"No, do not speak, my mind is made up. My studies are broken, I can
+never return to them again. My associations are distasteful, and I
+must get away. I shall go and leave it all. Go where I am not known.
+Yes, I shall go out into the world with the brand of Cain on me!"
+And he shook off Charlie's kindly touch, and paced up and down the
+room.
+
+For a moment or two the silence was only broken by the sound of
+Helmar's rapid footfalls. Presently Charlie spoke.
+
+"You asked me, just now, if I were anxious to keep on with my work.
+What did you mean?"
+
+"Nothing, nothing," replied Helmar hurriedly. "I was wrong. What I
+do in the future must be by myself. I will bring no further trouble
+on those I love."
+
+Charlie's eyes brightened, and his face broke out into a smile.
+
+"I am going away, too. I realize that there is too much human nature
+in me for the Church. Why not let us go together? I don't mind where
+it is, anywhere will do for me. What do you say? Egypt, Japan,
+India, or America, it's all the same."
+
+Helmar paused in his walk, and looked hard at his young friend.
+
+"Do you mean that, or is it the outcome of what I said?"
+
+"I mean every word. My mind is as fully made up as yours, and, if
+you will let me, I will throw in my lot with yours. There is but one
+thing I ask; Mark Arden, my old work companion, wants to go with me,
+and I have agreed. May he accompany us?"
+
+"Certainly, the more the merrier," replied Helmar, his face lighting
+up as the prospect of getting away grew brighter. "But we must
+discuss ways and means. I intend to start to-morrow morning. Money
+with me is a little flush just now, and to-night I intend to
+realize on all my books and instruments, which will add a bit more.
+You and Mark can do the same, and we'll leave for Vienna by the
+first train in the morning, and then down the Danube on to
+Constantinople, at which place we can decide our ultimate
+destination. How does that suit you?"
+
+"Admirably," said Charlie. "I will go and tell Mark." And he turned
+to leave the room.
+
+"Meet me here at ten to-night, and, in the meantime, sell all your
+superfluous property, and tell Mark to do the same."
+
+All the final arrangements were settled that night. One pawnshop, at
+least, did a good trade, and when the three adventurers at last
+turned into their beds, it was with the knowledge that all the world
+was before them, with a totally inadequate capital to see them on
+their way. Health, strength, and inexperience is a grand stimulant
+to hope, and the three young men only looked on the bright side of
+the future.
+
+Helmar knew very little of Mark Arden; he had met him a few times
+with Osterberg, but he had no idea of the man's character. This,
+however, did not trouble him. In his open-hearted, manly way he
+trusted to his friend's judgment. In this he was wrong. Osterberg
+was a simple fellow, believing good of every one, and Mark, with a
+tact born of a scheming mind, had fostered this trust in him,
+carefully keeping hidden any of his doings which might open his
+friend's eyes. His object, so far, was not quite clear even to
+himself, but when it was settled that they were to journey together,
+he realized the benefit of what he had done.
+
+He was a peculiar fellow; not absolutely bad, so far as was known,
+but with a character capable of developing in accordance with
+whatever surroundings in which he found himself. His main object in
+life was self. He cared nothing for study, although he was decidedly
+clever, and he saw in this adventure a means of starting out on a
+career where his own innate smartness might be given full play, and
+very likely earn for him a fortune. How he succeeded we shall see.
+
+On the second day Vienna was reached. The excitement of this plunge
+into the world of adventure was still upon them. Helmar and
+Osterberg had written to their respective parents explaining what
+they had done, and giving their reasons for their actions. Mark
+Arden had carefully abstained from leaving any trace of his
+whereabouts, he had made up his mind to await developments.
+
+Many suggestions were offered as a means of reaching Constantinople,
+but Helmar, who was looked upon as the head of the expedition,
+passed them all by as being of too expensive a nature, and kept to
+his original plan of securing a boat and doing the journey down the
+Danube. He argued it was cheaper and more in accordance with the
+adventurous career they proposed. By this means they would harbour
+their little stock of money, and as both Mark and Charlie possessed
+little more than would carry them to Constantinople, the plan was
+adopted.
+
+Their object now was to secure a boat, and they at once set about
+finding a boatman who could supply this need. Mark knew Vienna well,
+and acted as pilot in their search; but for a long time they were
+unsuccessful. None of the boatmen wished to sell their craft, and,
+as hiring was of no use to the adventurers, they had to search
+elsewhere.
+
+"I think we have interviewed every boatman on the river," said Mark.
+"The only thing to do now is to visit an old boat-builder I know of
+in another quarter of the town. He deals in second-hand craft, and
+is very likely to be able to accommodate us."
+
+"Right you are," said Helmar. "Lead the way, and unless he is a
+Shylock I dare say we shall be able to strike a bargain with him."
+
+The three friends proceeded at once to the place, and they found the
+old man busy painting a canoe he had just built. He looked up as
+they entered, and, recognizing Mark, nodded familiarly.
+
+"Good-morning, Jacob," said Arden. "Nice little craft that. Built to
+order?"
+
+"Yes," replied the Jew, eyeing his visitors narrowly. "But vat can I
+do for you?"
+
+"Well, look here," put in Helmar, "we want a small single sail boat.
+Not a new one--anything will do. We are going for a trip down the
+river, but in case of accidents we want to buy it. Can you find us
+one?"
+
+"Ach, mein tear young frients, I have de very ting, but how much
+vill you pay?"
+
+"We are not particularly flush," said Mark, who was appointed chief
+haggler. "Where's the boat, and how much do you want for it?"
+
+"De poat is in de water, but I vill hab it prought to de
+landing-stage for you to zee."
+
+A boatman was sent out to bring in the boat in question, and after a
+careful scrutiny the trio of adventurers decided it would do, and
+determined to purchase it, if they could get it at a fair price.
+
+The process of beating the Jew down was no easy task, but Mark
+seemed quite equal to the wiles of the Israelite, and eventually the
+bargain was struck, the purchase effected, and the money handed
+over.
+
+"It's all right enough," said Mark, as they waited whilst the old
+Jew went to his office to write out the receipt; "the old man is a
+hard nut to crack, but he's honest, and the boat that he has sold us
+looks all he has represented it."
+
+Old Jacob soon returned, and the boat was duly handed over.
+
+For the next two or three hours the process of stocking the craft
+with provisions was gone through, and it was late at night when
+everything was in readiness for the start. The three companions
+slept aboard, and at daylight the next morning cast off their
+moorings and started on their career in the world.
+
+When they said good-bye to Vienna, it was a bright spring morning,
+and their feelings were in accord with the fresh appearance of the
+world. No thoughts or anticipations of how their varying fortunes
+might be marred troubled for one instant their youthful minds. Their
+hearts were full of hope and the overweening vanity and
+self-confidence of their years. The East, to them, was paved with
+gold. Troubles looked like the necessary things to be combatted
+fearlessly to reach the success that must await them beyond; life,
+indeed, was one rosy, golden, glorious dream. The stern realities
+were to come: when their fortitude would be tried, when all that was
+manly, or otherwise, in them would be brought out, and they would
+show of what manner of stuff they were made.
+
+The first two or three weeks of the journey passed uneventfully, the
+wind was in the right direction, and they glided smoothly along the
+waters of the great and glorious Danube.
+
+Just as the sun was sinking one night towards the end of the third
+week, they found that the river passed through a dense forest, and
+decided by way of a change, instead of passing the night in the boat
+as they had done up till then, to moor her to the bank, and, under a
+canopy of thick bush, sleep on the bosom of mother earth.
+
+Helmar at once steered for the bank, and the party landed. Drawing
+the boat up out of the water, they pitched their camp and prepared
+their evening meal.
+
+When they were seated round their fire, the conversation turned upon
+their plans for the future.
+
+"We had better decide now," said Helmar, "as to where we shall make
+for when we reach Constantinople. Let's hear what you have to say,
+Charlie."
+
+"Whatever you propose will do for me. Mark, here, prefers Japan, but
+I am not altogether sure that it will be best."
+
+"Oh, yes, it will be," broke in Mark, in decisive tones. "There's a
+future in Japan second to none. The chance for enterprise is great
+there, and, besides, if a man has anything in him he can worm
+himself into Government circles, and that means a fortune."
+
+"Personally I'm in favour of Egypt," said Helmar, quietly. "Japan no
+doubt is promising enough, but if you only stop to think for a
+moment, Mark, you will realize that your capital is not sufficient
+to carry you there." And he eyed the other keenly.
+
+"Of course my capital isn't large, but I understood we were working
+on a common purse, and you, Helmar, have ample."
+
+"True enough," said Helmar, looking up the stream towards the rosy
+sunset, "but I am not going to waste it all on travelling. We shall
+need something to keep us until we get work."
+
+"Oh, very well," said Mark, shrugging his shoulders in a
+discontented fashion. "Then I suppose as you want us to go to Egypt,
+that will have to be our destination; but, I can tell you, I didn't
+expect this sort of thing."
+
+"Perhaps not," replied Helmar, quietly. "But I'm not a fool, and
+intend going wherever our means will carry us best. Eh, Charlie?"
+turning to Osterberg.
+
+"You're right, it's no use wasting our capital. Hark! what's that?"
+
+The three men listened intently. There was the sound of voices not
+far from where they sat.
+
+"By Jove, we must be near a road," said Helmar, as the sound grew
+louder. "I'm going to reconnoitre."
+
+"No, no, let me go!" said the other two in a breath.
+
+Without waiting for reply they darted off into the bush, and Helmar
+was left to himself. For some moments he gave himself up to
+surmising the origin of the sounds he now heard distinctly. As they
+came nearer he could distinguish the language in which the voices
+spoke, and with an exclamation of anxiety, he recognized it.
+
+"Gipsies, by Jove! There'll be trouble if they come across those
+fellows," he muttered. "I must go and find them."
+
+There was reason for his anxiety. In these parts the gipsies were
+practically brigands, and would rob and even murder without the
+least compunction. In recognizing the language Helmar had realized a
+danger for which he had in no wise prepared. He wondered if they had
+discovered the camping-ground. Suddenly he thought of the fire, and
+feared the smoke from it might have betrayed their whereabouts.
+However, in case it had not, he was determined to guard against such
+a possibility, and immediately poured some water on it.
+
+Looking round, his eye chanced on a heavy branch of a tree, which
+had been brought in for fire-wood; breaking a substantial limb off
+it, he quickly trimmed it into a heavy club.
+
+Giving one last look round he slipped off his coat, and, armed with
+his formidable weapon, darted into the bush, following in the
+footsteps of his companions as best he could.
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER III
+
+                  A SURPRISE AND A REVELATION
+
+
+Helmar had not proceeded more than fifty yards when his worst fears
+were realized. He had dodged his way along the tortuous footpath
+until, nearing an open space, he saw ahead of him his companions
+surrounded by a small group of dusky, evil-looking men.
+
+"Gipsies!" he exclaimed, and counted six of them, all armed with
+heavy sticks, and with knives stuck in their belts. Their voices
+were raised to a high pitch, and, jabbering in infuriated tones,
+they flourished their weapons in the faces of their two prisoners.
+
+Helmar stood gazing at them for a few seconds. Suddenly he saw one
+of the men, judging by his size the leader, step up to Mark and
+make as though to search him. The instant his hand touched him,
+Mark's fist shot out like lightning, and striking the fellow on the
+point of the chin, felled him to the ground.
+
+This was the signal for a general _mêlée_. George caught a glimpse
+of steel as the men closed on their victims, then without waiting
+for anything further, he gave one ringing cheer, and bounding into
+the open, brandished his club aloft as he dashed into the struggling
+mob.
+
+The suddenness of his attack for an instant paralyzed the would-be
+murderers, and ere they had time to recover, he was laying about him
+with all the power at his command. In a moment two men fell, and as
+their heavy sticks slipped from their hands, Mark and Charlie seized
+them and ranged themselves at Helmar's side.
+
+The fight now waxed furious, the odds were heavily against the
+adventurers, and the issue looked doubtful. The noise had brought
+another man on the scene, and Helmar saw that to save themselves he
+must resort to strategy.
+
+Singling out one man, he attacked him with such agility and force
+that he gradually beat him back from the rest. The new-comer seeing
+this, went to the fellow's assistance and endeavoured to stab our
+hero from behind. George, however, was not to be caught napping.
+Redoubling his exertions and by constantly dodging he kept his
+adversaries in front of him, until, at last, he succeeded in
+dealing the man a terrible blow on his shoulder.
+
+Down he went with a crash, and the other, fearing a similar fate,
+fled precipitately into the bush. Helmar now turned to see how his
+companions fared.
+
+The odds here were three to two, and his friends were keeping the
+men at bay. Without a moment's hesitation, George rushed into the
+fray, and, setting to work with a will, quickly stretched one of the
+gipsies out, whereupon the others beat a hasty retreat.
+
+"Quick, boys, make for the river before they come on again! They
+haven't done with us yet! Follow me!" And he led the way into the
+path by which he had come.
+
+Mark and Charlie needed no second bidding, but followed as swiftly
+as their legs could carry them. They were not a moment too soon, for
+as they disappeared into the bush, the brigands, further reinforced,
+again appeared on the scene.
+
+It now became a question as to whether they could reach the boat in
+time to get it into the water before the enemy were upon them.
+Helmar calculated this as he sped along, and quickly realized that
+the task would be hopeless. Calling to his friends, he told them to
+run on and launch the boat, and he would join them as soon as it was
+accomplished.
+
+[Illustration: "As the leader made an attempt to get over the bough,
+Helmar swung his heavy club at him." p. 27]
+
+"But," said Charlie, "you cannot face them single-handed. Let Mark
+go to the boat, and I will remain with you."
+
+"No, no, run on for your lives and mine. When the boat is launched,
+keep her a few yards out from the bank and wait for me. Hurry up;
+here they come."
+
+Thus exhorted, Mark and Osterberg ran on without further demur, and
+Helmar followed them until he reached the edge of the camping-ground.
+Here he seized the bough from which he had broken his club, and
+flung it across the pathway, and stood waiting the approach of the
+brigands.
+
+In a moment the leader came up, and, seeing the resolute Helmar
+awaiting him on the other side of the barrier, he paused. It was
+only momentary, however, and as the rest of the gipsies joined him,
+the whole party, now six in number, rushed at the solitary defender.
+
+In that momentary pause, however, Helmar had heard the crunching
+sound of the boat sliding into the water, followed by the welcome
+shout of "all right" from his friends. He intended to hold the men
+at bay for just a few moments longer, so as to give his companions
+time to get well into the stream. The charge of the gipsies in a
+body was evidently intended to overwhelm him by numbers. As the
+leader made an attempt to get over the bough, Helmar swung his heavy
+club at him, and the fellow fell back. Then, seeing another clear
+his obstruction to his right, and not having time to defend himself
+from his attack, he flung his trusty weapon at him and, turning, ran
+towards the river. Without pausing to see if he was pursued, he
+plunged headlong into the river, and struck out from the shore.
+
+Everything had worked beautifully. As he came to the surface and
+looked round, he saw the boat at a safe distance from the shore, and
+he swam quickly towards it. Reaching it his companions quickly
+hauled him aboard, and, looking towards the bank, he saw the
+brigands standing at the water's edge wildly gesticulating and
+shouting execrations at the top of their voices.
+
+"They seem pretty wild," ventured Osterberg, as the boat quickly
+widened the distance from the shore, "you just came in the nick of
+time, George; I believe they intended killing us."
+
+"Yes, you fellows should have waited, instead of rushing off as you
+did to see who they were. Confound it, I've lost my coat, to say
+nothing of cooking utensils; however, it's all over now. We've had a
+lucky escape; I hope it'll be a lesson."
+
+They quickly set sail, and decided to keep on their way all that
+night rather than risk such another encounter. Mark said little
+about it, except to bemoan the fact that they would in future have
+to sleep in the boat, a proceeding which had become particularly
+distasteful to him.
+
+After this the journey went on without incident. They passed the
+cataracts in safety and on to Belgrade, at which point they
+encountered a series of rapids. The river here was shut in by lofty
+hills on either side, and was strewn with rocky shoals of limestone,
+crystalline, and granite, so that the greatest care had to be
+observed in navigating them. After many anxious hours, the last of
+these was passed and they began to near their journey's end.
+
+Altogether they had been a month in their little craft, and the
+monotony of it all, in spite of the beautiful scenery and
+picturesque country through which they passed, was beginning to tell
+on the voyagers. They were becoming irritable and pettish. Mark
+Arden had on several occasions made himself particularly
+disagreeable--airing his views as to the wanton waste of time which
+their journey had been, in no very measured terms.
+
+"What did you expect?" asked George, on one of these occasions. "Did
+you think we were going for a picnic? Or did you think some one
+would pull us along? It's no use complaining now. Look at it in a
+philosophical light. See what a splendid experience it is for us! It
+will harden us for what may be in front of us."
+
+"But it's such a dreary journey, no change, no variety, no
+amusement," grumbled Mark.
+
+"I'll admit it's a bit of a grind," chimed in Charlie. "But what
+change and variety is got out of it falls to you. You have your own
+way about provisions, and what is more, you always have the
+pleasant journey into the villages to obtain them. Besides which,
+you frequently have the distinction of entertaining the company," he
+went on, in a jocular way. "For instance, I think it was as good as
+a play to see you yesterday with your rod, trying to catch our
+breakfast. If I hadn't been on the look-out, you'd have had George
+by the eye instead of the fish by the gills."
+
+"You shall try your hand at it to-morrow, and we'll see what a
+figure you'll cut," he said almost irritably.
+
+George got a little annoyed at this, and did not hesitate to show
+it.
+
+"I'm sure," he said, "we've given you all the best of it. The whole
+fact of the matter is, you are discontented already and ought to be
+back at the University, where you can get everything done for you.
+I'll tell you what it is, if you are going to make any more fuss,
+you'd better leave us and go back. I'm sick of it."
+
+"You needn't get in a huff," Mark replied, half apologetically; "a
+fellow couldn't help feeling the dreariness of this journey. There's
+nothing but this constant sitting in a boat and drifting down the
+river."
+
+"Well, what more do you want?" said Charlie. "I'm sure I don't mind.
+This is a sort of paradise to what we shall probably have to go
+through."
+
+"I'll tell you what we'll do," said Helmar suddenly; "we are all a
+bit tired of the river. The next decent town we come to we'll get
+out and take the train on to Varna. How'll that do?"
+
+His proposal was met with delight by both of his companions, and the
+surly Mark even cheered up. The thought of getting away from the
+boat overjoyed him, and he grumbled no more.
+
+Their journey, however, was to end sooner than they expected. They
+were fast nearing a big town when the wind, which was blowing very
+hard, suddenly changed its direction. As they rounded a bend in the
+river, it came down with a rush, and before they could throw their
+sail over to the other tack the boat capsized, and all three were
+struggling in the water.
+
+Helmar was the best swimmer, and endeavoured to seize the boat, but
+it was swept along at such a rapid pace that he was unable to do so,
+and as he was about to follow it up a cry from Mark recalled him.
+
+Turning, he saw his companion entangled in some of the loose ropes
+trailing after the boat.
+
+It was with difficulty he extricated him, and by the time he had
+done so Mark was so exhausted with his struggles that the pursuit of
+the boat had to be abandoned, and the three made for the shore.
+
+Everything but Helmar's money was lost, and as they sat on the bank,
+shivering in their wet clothes, they gazed ruefully after the
+rapidly disappearing boat.
+
+"Well," said Helmar in resigned tones, "you've got your wish,
+Arden, we must now find another means of conveyance, and in the
+meantime you will get a chance of stretching your legs."
+
+Arden didn't reply, and the trio got up and walked towards the
+distant town. Night was already closing in when they reached it, and
+cold, hungry, and tired, they hurried to the first inn that
+presented itself.
+
+Their clothes had almost dried on them, and so without bothering to
+have them put to the fire, they had supper and went to bed. The next
+morning at Helmar's suggestion they took the train to Varna on the
+Black Sea, determined, from there, to take ship to Constantinople.
+
+At Varna it became necessary for Helmar to change some of his money
+into Turkish currency.
+
+"I want you to get this money changed, Mark," said he, when they
+alighted from the train; "you are better able to do it than I, I do
+not understand the ways of these money bureaux. There is sure to be
+one somewhere handy. While you do this, Charlie and I will seek an
+hotel, and then return here and await you."
+
+He handed Arden some notes as he spoke, carefully counting them out
+to him lest he should make a mistake.
+
+"The exchequer is getting low," he went on, as he saw his companion
+pocket them; "that is half of my all, and is just sufficient to see
+us all three to Constantinople."
+
+"Is it as bad as that?" said Mark, looking keenly at Helmar as he
+spoke. "It's not a very lively look-out for us. Well, I'll meet you
+here in a couple of hours' time. I dare say by that time I shall
+have succeeded in changing them, and you in finding a suitable
+hotel." And he turned to go.
+
+"Yes, we'll be here in the ticket-office when you return," Helmar
+called out after him; "don't be longer than you can help."
+
+As soon as he had gone, Charlie Osterberg and Helmar left in search
+of quarters.
+
+"This is the queerest place I was ever in, Helmar," said Charlie, as
+they turned into a narrow, unevenly-paved street. "These buildings
+all look as if they were about to collapse--and don't they look
+dirty!"
+
+"Eh? What was that you were saying?" replied his companion. "Oh,
+yes--the houses--'m, I dare say they aren't over-clean. I say,
+Charlie, I'm half sorry I sent Arden with that money, somehow I wish
+I'd gone myself."
+
+"Why, what do you mean? He'll change it right enough."
+
+"Oh, yes, he'll change it right enough--but----"
+
+"But what?"
+
+"Oh, nothing. Do you know, I don't care much about him, he's such a
+grumbler," he broke off lamely.
+
+Nothing more was said, and after a long hunt they at last discovered
+a hotel suitable to their means. It was a dingy-looking place, but,
+as Helmar said, "they couldn't live in a palace." Having struck a
+bargain with the proprietor they returned to the railway station in
+search of Mark.
+
+The ticket-office seemed quite deserted when they entered. One dim
+light illuminated the room, and they glanced round for their friend.
+There was no one there--evidently he had not yet succeeded in his
+task.
+
+"Let's go and wait outside," said Helmar, "the heat in here is
+stifling. I expect he's had a more difficult job than we
+anticipated."
+
+The two friends strolled from the office and sat down on a bench
+just outside. They had not been there for more than a minute, when a
+boy, dressed in half-European and half-native costume approached.
+
+"Excellency waits for his friend?" he asked in hesitating tones.
+
+Helmar eyed the youth up and down.
+
+"Well?" he said at last.
+
+"I have paper--what you call letter!"
+
+He handed a dirty envelope to Helmar, and bowing low, waited for the
+expected _douceur_.
+
+The letter was addressed to Helmar in Mark's handwriting. He tore it
+open and rapidly scanned the contents.
+
+"The scoundrel!" he cried, and flung the letter to Osterberg.
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER IV
+
+                    THE PARTING OF FRIENDS
+
+
+Charlie picked up the letter and read it out.
+
+    "Dear Helmar,
+
+    "I could not continue the journey as we have been going on. I did
+    not want to rob you of your money, but you gave me the opportunity
+    of borrowing sufficient to take me where I wish to go. At some
+    future date I will return it with interest. Good-bye, and good luck
+    to you. We shall meet again some day.
+
+    "Mark Arden."
+
+Having read and re-read the brief note, Osterberg silently returned
+it to his friend. His face wore a troubled expression, and, as soon
+as Helmar had paid the messenger, he burst out into a torrent of
+invective.
+
+"The lying scoundrel! Oh, George, I am so sorry I asked to bring
+him. It is all my fault--and I thought him honest. I can never
+forgive myself!" And the boy broke off, choking with anger and
+vexation.
+
+"Never mind him," exclaimed George, placing the letter carefully in
+his pocket. "Some day, no doubt, we shall find him, and then--well,
+we shall see! In the meantime, I have still enough, with care, to
+take us to Egypt, and then we must trust to luck."
+
+They went to their hotel, sadder and wiser youths. The thought of
+Mark's treachery weighed more heavily on them than either cared to
+acknowledge. George, with the independence of character essentially
+his, was the first to throw the unpleasant feeling off. They were
+sitting in the little room they had rented, their frugal meal
+finished and thoughts of bed already possessing them. Suddenly
+Charlie looked over to his friend.
+
+"George, I'm going to stop in Constantinople for some time."
+
+"Why," exclaimed Helmar, "whatever for?"
+
+Charlie paused for a moment before answering.
+
+"It's no use beating about the bush. You have scarcely enough money
+for yourself, and I've made up my mind that I will not sponge on
+you. I've thought it all out, and do not think there will be any
+difficulty in what I intend doing. You know I speak French and
+English well. My intention is to find employment in one of the
+banks, or big commercial houses, in Constantinople, and remain there
+until I have saved sufficient money to join you."
+
+"You'll do no such thing! It was agreed that you should share with
+me all that I have, and I want you to come. Now, don't be foolish,"
+as Charlie shook his head, "you _must_ come!"
+
+"No, old fellow, I will not--at least, not yet. My mind is quite
+made up, so it is no use your frowning. I shall accept your
+hospitality as far as Constantinople, and then, for a few weeks, we
+must part."
+
+Helmar argued and tried to persuade, but all to no purpose; young
+Osterberg was as determined as he, and, on this particular point,
+nothing could move him. At length it was decided that they should
+journey, on the morrow, to Constantinople, whence George should sail
+at once for Alexandria, leaving his young friend at the Turkish
+capital.
+
+The following morning they went aboard the little coasting vessel,
+and were soon on the last stage of their journey together.
+
+On the way the two friends made the acquaintance of a doctor, who,
+discovering that Helmar was a medical student, took a keen interest
+in them. The medical man was an English army surgeon, and
+notwithstanding the difference of nationality his fancy was taken by
+the young adventurers, and, by the time they reached their
+destination, he had succeeded in discovering their intentions.
+
+During the voyage Helmar had been very useful to his new friend in
+assisting him in the case of one of the passengers who had been
+taken ill, and, in return, Dr. Frank Dixon determined to try and do
+something for him. One evening they were sitting in the cabin,
+talking.
+
+"Didn't you say our young friend here," said the doctor, indicating
+Charlie, "was going to remain in Constantinople if he could find
+employment?"
+
+"Yes," answered Helmar, with a grimace, "much against my will, that
+is his intention."
+
+"And a very laudable decision, too. I think it would be a great
+shame for him to let you spend what little money you have on
+anything but your own wants. Now, I may be of some help to him. I
+happen to be an intimate friend of the manager of one of the banks,
+and can give him a letter to him which, I feel sure, will secure him
+employment."
+
+"You are awfully kind," broke in Charlie. "If you could do so,
+without troubling yourself too much, it would save me a good many
+hardships, but I should never be able to thank you sufficiently."
+
+"Tut-tut," said the doctor, smiling at the eager young face before
+him, "it is nothing; besides, why should I not help you? I like
+your independent spirit, and feel sure you will not betray my
+confidence in you. Let me see, to-morrow we shall arrive. I'll tell
+you what to do. Array yourself in your best, and I will write the
+letter to-night and give it you before we land. I hope it may bring
+you the luck you deserve. As for you, Helmar," he went on, turning
+to the other, "you go on to Egypt. It will not be long before I am
+there too; we are bound therefore to meet, and then perhaps I may be
+of use to _you_. And now, good-night. I am going to turn in."
+
+The friends wished their benefactor good-night, and retired to their
+berths.
+
+In the morning they drew into the dock. The doctor, true to his
+promise, furnished Osterberg with a letter to the bank, to which
+place he at once proceeded. Helmar accompanied him to see how he
+fared.
+
+Their luck was in, the letter secured Charlie a berth as
+corresponding clerk, and Helmar, satisfied with his friend's
+success, went at once to the shipping office and took his passage to
+Alexandria.
+
+The boat started at three in the afternoon, and so the two friends
+spent their time in obtaining some new clothes for Osterberg, and
+generally fitting him to enter upon his clerical duties. As the time
+approached for Helmar's departure they made their way to the quay.
+
+"I cannot say how long I shall stay in Alexandria, Charlie," said
+Helmar, "but I shall let you know of my movements. In the meantime,
+letters addressed to the Post Office will find me."
+
+The warning bell rang, and George hurriedly shook his companion by
+the hand.
+
+"I shall not be long in following you, old chap," said Charlie,
+pressing his friend's hand. "Give me a few weeks, or even a month or
+two, just long enough to get a little money together, and I'll be
+with you. Good-bye, and good luck."
+
+Helmar ran up the gangway. Reaching the deck, he turned and waved
+his hat while the moorings were cast off. Charlie stood watching the
+receding boat until it was out of sight.
+
+"There goes the man who has thrown up everything for me," he
+muttered, with a pained expression in his eyes. "I don't think he'll
+ever regret it. The greatest object of my life shall be to repay him
+tenfold!" And he turned away into the town.
+
+George Helmar did not pace the deck, as most modern heroes do, for
+his passage was steerage, and there was very little deck for him to
+promenade. Just at first he was low-spirited, he felt the loneliness
+of his own company, everything seemed different without the bright
+companionship of his friend beside him. He felt keenly leaving
+Europe, and all the associations of the land of his birth. He was
+going to a country of which he knew nothing; he was about to face
+adventures, the outcome of which it would be impossible to
+anticipate. He might do well for himself, or on the contrary he
+might be a failure. All these things passed through his mind in the
+first few moments of depression that followed his departure, as he
+found himself cooped up in the unpleasant quarters of the steerage
+passengers.
+
+He was a man of strong determination, however, and quickly threw off
+his despondent mood, and busied himself with plans for the future.
+He pictured no glorious El Dorado in the country to which he was
+journeying--he was much too sensible. He was aware that he would
+have to work, and work hard, for whatever he was to make.
+
+One fact he had not passed idly by. He knew that trouble was brewing
+in Egypt; what it was he was not in a position to know. He had
+heard, vaguely, that at any moment fighting was likely to occur,
+and, if so, no doubt he would be in its midst; the very word "War"
+held out a world of hope to his adventurous spirit. In such times,
+he knew, there were no end of opportunities for the bold spirit,
+and, such being the case, he had no intention of letting any such
+chances pass unheeded.
+
+Thoughts of his father and others he had left behind frequently
+recurred to him, and he wondered what they would say of his doings.
+At last he decided to write to all those whom his departure had
+affected, and tell them everything as it had occurred. This done, he
+felt more at his ease, and he gave himself up to the enjoyment of
+the lovely sea air as the vessel sped through the smooth, blue
+waters of the Mediterranean.
+
+At last land was sighted, and in a short time Helmar put his foot on
+Egyptian soil.
+
+The quay was thronged with a motley, dirty crew, evidently gathered
+there to await the arrival of the boat. The air was filled with the
+yelling and chattering of Arabs and negroes. The crowd was composed
+of all sorts of porters, hawkers offering their cheap wares for sale
+at exorbitant prices, dirty donkey boys with their wretched "mokes"
+looking even more starved and miserable than their owners. The
+dresses were of many kinds, and in a great variety of colours, from
+a dingy white to a bright scarlet. Close-fitting gowns and tunics,
+long, highly-coloured flowing robes, turbans, or semi-European
+clothing, with the usual Turkish fez, were scattered about in great
+profusion, and Helmar was glad to jostle his way through them to
+rest his eyes from the dazzling mixture. The many different tongues
+that caught his ear, as he made his way through the crowd, confused
+him terribly. Greek, Italian, French, English, Arabic, Turkish, and
+Persian, all shouting at once, as it seemed to him, jarred on his
+nerves, and he wondered if this pandemonium went on all over the
+town.
+
+Making his way from the docks, he wandered about from place to place
+in search of quarters.
+
+Failing to find what he wanted, he looked about for some
+likely-looking Europeans to whom he could appeal for guidance. He
+was chary of his countrymen abroad, and it was some time before he
+came across the man he desired.
+
+He was recommended to a certain Greek's house, and, after what
+seemed an interminable day, he found to his satisfaction that here
+he could make himself more or less comfortable.
+
+The next morning he set about finding work of some sort. He wandered
+about from street to street, gradually becoming more and more keenly
+interested in all he saw. First the inhabitants, then the buildings,
+attracted his attention. He watched the movements of the picturesque
+Egyptians, and was so taken with what he saw that, unconsciously, he
+found himself following them. This brought him again into the lower
+quarters of the town. The streets in this neighbourhood, whatever
+their redeeming charm, were certainly not to be recommended from any
+hygienic point of view, the smell being so bad that he quickly lost
+his interest in the wily native and hurriedly retraced his steps.
+Reaching the great square, the "Place des Consuls," with its
+masterful statue in the centre, he realized that the day was wearing
+on, and, instead of looking for work, he had been "doing" the city
+as a sightseer.
+
+"This will not do," he thought. "I cannot spend the whole day
+without result, my cash will soon give out. Cairo seems to my mind
+to be the place I want, this is too near the sea. Ah, yes, Cairo,
+Cairo!" he went on aloud, "that surely would suit my purpose
+better. Why not go there at once, while I have money enough to pay
+my way?"
+
+Once the thought possessed him it quickly became a fixed intention,
+and he hurried back to his room. Here he settled with the Greek, and
+then left at once for the railway station.
+
+The express was about to start, so purchasing a ticket he got
+aboard, and in a few moments was on his way to Cairo.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER V
+
+                         HELMAR TO THE RESCUE
+
+
+The third-class carriage in which George took his place was not the
+comfortable, up-to-date compartment to be found on European
+railways. At first glance it appeared to be more like a cattle-truck
+than anything else, except that it lacked the white-washed walls and
+healthy smell of such places.
+
+The "pen," as he designated it, was filled with a contingent of all
+classes of people, Egyptians predominating. The majority were
+squatting on their haunches on the floor, regardless of those who
+wished to move about, in an attitude reminding one for all the world
+of the "Dusky Red Man" of America holding a "pow-wow."
+
+Apparently this was the class principally catered for by the railway
+company, for George had observed before entering the train that the
+greater number of the carriages were labelled "third." In place of
+windows, these fearful and wonderful structures possessed iron bars
+placed horizontally along each side, still further likening them to
+cattle-vans.
+
+Amidst such cheerless surroundings Helmar slunk into a corner,
+whence he could observe the country through which the train passed.
+After leaving Alexandria the scenery became so interesting that he
+forgot the condition of the cars, forgot the whining crowd of
+mendicants, women and children, traders, etc., who were his
+fellow-passengers; he even forgot the noisome smell of the place, so
+taken up was he with the curious and novel scenes presented to his
+wondering gaze.
+
+The train sped past countless small villages, with their miniature
+dwellings around which gambolled little black, naked Egyptians,
+whose life apparently was a frolicsome pleasure. The larger towns,
+such as Kafr Dowar, Damanhour, Tarrâneh, El Wardan, with their
+monuments and minarets, presented the aspect of busy cities. Then on
+again, with the Nile on one side and the desert stretching further
+away on the other. As the journey neared its end the Arabian
+mountains came into view, whilst on the right, over the muddy banks
+of the river and across the plains, he saw the everlasting Pyramids.
+
+In this way he passed the weary hours of the journey, until at
+length he saw in the distance the Mokhattam hills, at the foot of
+which nestled the great Cairo he was bound for.
+
+His feelings when he first set foot in the city were mainly of
+intense relief at leaving the unwholesome car he had been travelling
+in; then, as he gazed admiringly at the Oriental buildings around
+him, they changed to those of satisfaction that he had reached the
+spot at last, where there was a reasonable possibility of making a
+start in his career for fortune. He looked upon the idea that had
+first induced him to leave Alexandria as an inspiration.
+
+He was not long in finding quarters, rough, it is true, but
+compatible with the means he was now reduced to. What little money
+still remained to him he calculated might, with care, last him a
+week, and, if he did not find work, at the end of that time he would
+be absolutely penniless.
+
+These conditions having occupied his attention for a time, he set
+about his quest for work at once. He had but vague ideas of how to
+conduct his search, but instinct told him that his best tactics
+would be to discover merchants of his own nationality, and try them
+first.
+
+With this object he walked about, carefully observing every business
+house he came across. His wanderings took him through the broad
+streets of the mediæval quarter and along the principal boulevards
+until he reached the main street. Here he found what he sought--the
+European shops.
+
+He was not long before he came upon a German bookseller's, and, with
+his customary rapid decision, he entered and asked for the manager.
+The clerk to whom he addressed himself led the way to an inner
+office, where our hero was confronted with a little fat, bristly
+man, with a keen though kindly face of undoubted Teutonic type.
+Without pausing to consider his words, he plunged into the object of
+his visit.
+
+"I have just come from Europe, sir, and want work. Can you assist
+me?"
+
+"That depends," he answered quickly. "What can you do? Where do you
+come from, and what recommendations have you?"
+
+"I have no calling but that of medicine," replied Helmar with a
+sinking heart. "And I come from the Königsberg University. As for
+recommendations, I have none."
+
+"Um! Not much to apply for work with," grunted the little man. "But
+tell me," he went on, "you are a countryman of mine, and, if
+possible, I should like to help you. Why did you come out here?"
+
+Helmar then told him his whole story, disguising nothing; even going
+so far as to tell him who his father was. The little bookseller
+listened patiently to all he had to say, and at the conclusion of
+his narrative rose from his chair and came towards him.
+
+"Your story seems to me a straight one, and you appear to be an
+open-hearted young man. I'll see what I can do for you. You say you
+speak and write English and French?"
+
+"Yes," replied George anxiously, "tolerably well."
+
+The man left his office for a few moments.
+
+Presently he returned. "I have a large catalogue to make out, which
+requires a knowledge of two or three languages. It will take three
+weeks or more to compile. If you like to undertake it, it will be a
+means of keeping you until you can find something better. We are not
+quite ready to start yet, but present yourself here the day after
+to-morrow, and you can begin your duties. How will that suit you?"
+
+George gratefully accepted the offer, and left the shop delighted
+with his good fortune.
+
+As he hurried along towards his quarters, it seemed to him that he
+was walking on air. His wildest anticipations had been more than
+realized. He had never for one moment expected that his first effort
+could have possibly met with such success, and he wanted to laugh
+aloud. He knew nothing of catalogue-making, but no doubt, he
+thought, it required but a little common-sense, and he felt he
+possessed that. At any rate he had undertaken it, and would go
+through with it now.
+
+On the appointed day George started his new task, and found it not
+only easy but congenial work. The many books in various languages
+attracted him further than their covers and titles, and he filled up
+all the odd and spare moments he could afford in studying many of
+them, particularly the Arabic ones. And so the days passed. In the
+evenings he wandered about the neighbourhood as far as Boulak,
+admiring the palaces of the Khedives, and watching the steamboats
+and dahabîehs arrive and depart for the Nile. At times he would
+stray further afield to the great Pyramids, and stand motionless
+with astonishment before their towering stone wonders. His first
+sight of the sun setting behind them, casting a golden-reddish glow
+all around, amazed and allured him so much that he made frequent
+visits to the same spot at the same hours.
+
+But he wanted to see as much as he could during the next few days,
+for he could not tell what would happen after his catalogue was
+done. He therefore visited the regions of every-day commercial life;
+the carpet bazaars decorated with their Oriental manufactures of all
+colours; the Khan Khalili, wherein the Persian, Spanish, Jewish, and
+Turkish merchants offer for sale their stock of jewels, silks,
+brass-work, etc.; the silver bazaar, where the finest filigree work
+is pressed upon prospective buyers. He brushed shoulders with
+shoe-sellers, the pistachio-sellers, and the water-carriers, who
+assure all who choose to listen that theirs is "Water sweet as
+honey! Water from the spring!" and in a commanding voice invite you
+to "Drink, O faithful! The wind is hot, and the way long!" but not
+without the necessary piastres first.
+
+During these few days George saw and learnt a good deal of Cairo,
+but he had not learnt quite sufficient of its manners and streets.
+
+The day came when the catalogue business was finished, and his
+employer promised to find him some other occupation on the morrow.
+George was quite pleased with himself, and started off for another
+of his rambles.
+
+For a while he was quite heedless of the direction he was taking,
+busily building castles in the air as fast as his thoughts would
+allow him; but he was brought to earth with a run as the fact dawned
+upon him suddenly that for the first time he had lost his way. He
+was in the densest part of the native quarter.
+
+The evening was rapidly closing in, and he looked about for some one
+to direct him. Not a European face could he see anywhere. The street
+in which he found himself was filled with a chattering mob of
+natives, the houses formed one continuous line of small, poky
+stalls, where evil-looking Egyptians, Turks, and Arabs were offering
+their worthless stock for sale.
+
+Hurrying along, he wandered through a labyrinth of streets, all more
+or less similar, until he became so confused that in despair he
+appealed to one of the native vendors.
+
+His efforts to discover his whereabouts from this man were futile.
+The Egyptian was unable to understand him, and the fellow's jargon
+was quite unintelligible to Helmar. In desperation he continued his
+way; the prospect of spending the night in wandering through the
+city being anything but pleasant to him. Night was fast closing in,
+and he was apparently a long distance from his destination.
+
+Suddenly, as he turned into an almost deserted street, he saw ahead
+of him a man dressed in European costume, and he increased his pace
+to overtake him.
+
+To his annoyance, just as he was about to come up with him, the
+stranger turned into a squalid house, and Helmar was left to rail at
+his ill luck outside.
+
+Realizing that there was nothing to be gained by going on, he
+thought he might as well wait in the hopes of the man coming out
+shortly. He was really feeling very uneasy; the neighbourhood was
+filthy, and the quietness of the street depressed him.
+
+Sauntering quietly up the street, his attention was unexpectedly
+drawn to the figure of an Arab emerging from a house on the opposite
+side. It was now growing dark, and Helmar was quite unable to
+distinguish the fellow's face; but his furtive movements made him a
+little curious, and his interest in the man became riveted. He saw
+the Arab looking sharply along the street from end to end, and,
+apparently satisfied with his survey, quickly draw back into the
+shadow of the doorway. Helmar's curiosity now grew keener, and so
+engrossed was he for the time in the man's stealthy movements that
+he forgot the real object of his waiting. Consequently he failed to
+observe that the European had come out of the house he had a few
+minutes previously entered. Suddenly the figure of a crouching Arab
+darted from the shadow and walked swiftly and silently up the
+street.
+
+Looking up the road in the same direction, Helmar was astonished to
+see the European he had been waiting for hurrying along at a rapid
+pace, fast disappearing in the gloom of the deserted slum.
+
+The street, except for the two men in front of him, was now quite
+deserted, and our hero quickened his pace for fear of losing sight
+of his quarry.
+
+The native had crossed the road, and was now running along with
+silent footsteps some distance ahead of him. Suddenly, as the fellow
+passed under the light of a dingy lamp, Helmar caught the glint of a
+long curved knife he was carrying in his hand.
+
+"Hallo!" he muttered, "there's crime afoot!" and dodging on to the
+sandy road he hurried on. The European in front was walking
+leisurely along, totally unconscious of any danger that might be
+threatening him.
+
+George began to fear something serious was about to happen. The
+stealthy footsteps of the Arab, his long knife, the pace with which
+he was overtaking the man ahead, looked decidedly unpleasant.
+
+Ten yards only separated one from the other, while thirty or more
+separated the Arab from George. Could he get sufficiently near to
+warn the stranger?
+
+Despite the roughness of the road, Helmar slipped his shoes from his
+feet and hurried along with all possible speed. A couple of yards
+only now separated the two men in front of him, and George had yet a
+few yards to go before he could come up with them.
+
+He was about to shout a warning when something seemed to attract the
+European's attention. Turning, he came suddenly to a standstill, and
+the pursuing Arab charged into him. For an instant the gleaming
+knife poised in the air, but, ere it had time to fall on its
+intended victim, George reached the struggling pair, and, with the
+swiftness of a hawk, he seized the upraised arm in an iron grip.
+Exerting his great strength to its utmost, he gave one terrific
+wrench and the would-be assassin was forced to his knees, while his
+shining blade fell clattering to the ground.
+
+Helmar's assistance was only just in time; another moment and the
+assassin would have accomplished his work. The freed stranger turned
+at once to aid his preserver. He saw the native struggling to
+release himself from George's terrible hold, and feared lest the man
+should escape. There was no need, however, George held the fellow
+with the greatest ease.
+
+"Steady! Hold that end a minute.... That's it. Now tie it
+tight ... pull ... hard. Good. I think we've got him safely this
+time--the villain!"
+
+These and other ejaculations were the only words passed between the
+two men as they secured their prisoner with the folds of his own
+sash. When this was accomplished, the stranger turned to Helmar and
+held out his hand.
+
+"You have saved my life, sir," he exclaimed, in English. "I cannot
+thank you sufficiently, but it is best not to remain here. If you
+will still further assist me in conveying this man to the police
+quarters, we shall then have time to become acquainted."
+
+As he finished speaking, he looked round sharply as if expecting a
+fresh attack from another quarter. George noticed his glance and
+looked inquiringly at him.
+
+"You do not understand," went on the stranger, in answer to the
+look; "this attack is part of a plot--there are others. Come!"
+
+Without demur, George assisted in dragging the unwilling prisoner
+along, and in a few minutes they reached the police head-quarters.
+Here they disposed of the Arab, and turned into a private room.
+
+Helmar was struck with the air of authority his companion displayed
+as soon as the police station was reached, and, consequently, was
+not surprised when he introduced himself.
+
+"My name is Inspector Childs, chief of the detective department of
+Cairo. Who may I have the pleasure of thanking for my preservation?"
+
+George gave his name, and the two men shook hands again.
+
+"It seems to me the most providential thing that you should have
+been in that neighbourhood to-night," said the inspector, eyeing the
+young man keenly. "But perhaps you are a stranger in the city, and
+perhaps you do not realize the danger of walking in the native
+quarter, after dark, just now."
+
+"You are right; I did not know there was the least danger. The fact
+is, I am a stranger in the country, having come direct from Germany
+for the purpose of earning a living. I had really lost my way, and
+was following you to ask for guidance. I have been here but a few
+days."
+
+"Ah, a living, eh!" said the inspector, repeating his words
+musingly. "Then I presume you have got nothing definite on hand just
+now." Suddenly he seemed to rouse himself. "You have rendered me the
+greatest possible service this evening; I shall be glad to help you
+in some way. Have you any particular profession or choice in the
+means of earning the living you speak of?"
+
+"None whatever. I have been doing a small job, but that is finished
+now--in fact, I was returning from my place of employment when I saw
+you. The work was nothing very great, but I was glad of it as a
+start, and have been promised some further temporary employment by
+the same man."
+
+"If you are not bound to him I can offer you something perhaps a
+little more profitable with the police staff here. Of course the
+progress you make will depend on yourself."
+
+"I should be glad to accept anything that offers me a future. The
+work that I have been doing has only been given me to keep me going
+until I can find something better. If you think me capable and can
+offer me something more permanent, I should be delighted. What would
+my duties consist of, and when would they begin?"
+
+"Your work would begin at once, and it would consist of general
+police duties; as for your capabilities, your exhibition of resource
+and action to-night is quite sufficient recommendation. What do you
+say?"
+
+"You are very kind. I shall not hesitate to accept any position you
+consider me fitted for. I will write to the bookseller to-morrow and
+tell him."
+
+The inspector paused for a moment, tapping his desk with his
+knuckle, as if endeavouring to make up his mind to what use he could
+put George.
+
+"I have a very ticklish affair on to-night--an affair of so much
+risk that I hardly like to ask you to take part in it as a start.
+But if you care to," he went on thoughtfully, "I am quite willing to
+take you with me, although I quite meant going alone. But you must
+decide at once."
+
+"Make your mind easy," exclaimed George, his eyes glistening at the
+prospect of adventure. "Whatever it is, if you think I can be of
+assistance, I am with you."
+
+The inspector eyed the keen, eager face with approval.
+
+"So be it, then! Here, put this in your pocket," he said, handing
+him a revolver. "We will start at once."
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VI
+
+                            A TIGHT CORNER
+
+
+Following his new friend, George left the office. The spirit of
+adventure was fully upon him, and with his hand in his coat pocket,
+he gripped the weapon the inspector had given him, speculating in
+his mind as to what was the object of their night's work, and how
+their expedition would result. Evidently it was an affair of
+importance from the hesitation of the officer to enlist his
+services; instinctively he felt there was danger ahead.
+
+Their direction again lay towards the low quarter of the city, and
+Helmar noted the familiarity and ease with which his guide wound
+his way through all the lanes, blind alleys, and courts that had so
+confused and puzzled him.
+
+"I had better explain to you," said the inspector, after a few
+moments' silence, as they threaded their way along the narrow,
+dirty, evil-smelling streets, "what we are about to do. Being a
+stranger in the country, you probably are not aware that for some
+time past, meetings of a revolutionary character have been going on
+in nearly all the towns in Egypt. The fountain head of this movement
+is as yet undiscovered, as also is the ultimate object. Of one thing
+the authorities are assured, and that is, there is some terrible
+secret danger threatening the country, and the duty of our
+department is to watch, and, if possible, stop the work of this
+organization."
+
+"Of what are the authorities afraid?" asked Helmar, as he listened
+with keen interest to his companion's explanations.
+
+"I can't quite say. My own opinion is a native rising. There are
+several big Pashas the Government would not trust as far as they can
+see, and, for my part, I think nothing is more likely than that one
+of these should head a rebellion against the power of the Khedive."
+
+"I see; and our work to-night is in connection with one of these
+meetings?"
+
+"Exactly. The meeting is to be held at one of the lowest dives in
+the city, and its locality I have only to-night discovered; in fact,
+that was the business I was engaged upon when your timely aid saved
+my life."
+
+"I see," exclaimed George; "but that attempt on you shows that these
+people are aware of your movements. The probabilities are that even
+now we are being watched."
+
+"Precisely; notwithstanding the silence and deserted appearance of
+these streets, I have no doubt that a lynx eye has been upon us from
+the moment we left the station. The object of our journey is to
+discover, if possible, whether the meeting takes place, and, if so,
+who passes in or out of the building. Our danger is in being
+discovered. Should their sentries or spies find us out, we shall
+probably have a rough time."
+
+A grim smile spread itself over the inspector's keen face as he
+finished speaking, and he looked at Helmar to observe the effect of
+his words.
+
+"Well, if it comes to a fight, I have little doubt that we can give
+a good account of ourselves," he replied. "For my part nothing would
+give me greater pleasure than to try conclusions with some of the
+cowardly assassins."
+
+"No doubt you will have your wish. It is the duty of a
+police-officer not to avoid trouble if he finds it."
+
+They were now nearing the outskirts of the town. The streets were
+wider and cleaner, long, open spaces stretched between the houses,
+and the reeking atmosphere of the native quarter gave place to the
+fresh air of the open country. There was no moon to guide them, and
+they had long since got beyond the limit of the city lighting.
+
+Suddenly, in the middle of one of these long, open spaces, the
+officer caught hold of his companion's arm, and stopped in an
+attitude of keen attention.
+
+"Not a word!" he whispered, after a momentary pause. "We are
+followed. Come, drop down here, under this bush, and don't move till
+you see what I do. Shush!"
+
+The pair lay down and pushed themselves as far under the bush as
+possible. Here they were within reach of the foot-walk they had been
+travelling, and yet entirely screened from observation.
+
+So far George's untrained ear had discovered nothing, and he
+marvelled at his companion's sharpness, but before they had been
+there a minute, he heard the soft patter-patter of bare feet coming
+along the path. The officer squeezed his arm to impress silence upon
+him, and then, raising himself, he tucked his feet under him ready
+for a spring. The footsteps came nearer and nearer.
+
+George felt a quiver of excitement pass all over him as he waited;
+every nerve was strained to its utmost tension, and it was with
+difficulty he repressed the desire to jump out of his hiding-place.
+
+The footsteps were now nearing at a run, evidently the spy thought
+he had lost his quarry, and was anxious to see what had become of
+them.
+
+Suddenly the figure loomed up in the darkness, and just as it came
+abreast of the bush, the officer bounded from his place of
+concealment. Before the man could so much as cry out he had gripped
+him by the throat, and brought him down to the ground.
+
+George was hardly a moment behind his chief.
+
+"Quick, gag him with his turban!" said Childs. "There is no time to
+lose."
+
+While the inspector held the man, Helmar unwound the turban and
+bound it round the fellow's mouth. Then cutting the spare end off,
+he secured his hands behind him. The man's sash was useful in
+binding his feet, and, thus trussed, they threw him under the bush.
+
+"I calculated on this," said the officer. "Had we not secured this
+fellow, the meeting would have been warned, and we should probably
+never have escaped with our lives. Come along, he is safe for a
+while, and we can now continue our journey without fear of
+observation."
+
+"But," said Helmar, "how is it that this nigger came to follow
+us--who put him on your track?"
+
+"Ah, I see you don't understand. There are spies all over the town,
+and the police movements are watched. I, in particular, never leave
+the office but I am followed by one of these thieving, murdering
+Arabs."
+
+The inspector now altered his direction, and they returned towards
+the town. In a few minutes they approached a dingy-looking house
+standing well back from the road. The place stood in its own
+grounds, and over the door was a sign which George failed to
+understand. At first glance there appeared to be no indication of
+occupation--the house was in complete darkness.
+
+Before they came up to it, the officer made a _détour_ and reached
+the ground at the back.
+
+"That is the house," said he in a whisper. "It is one of the most
+infamous gambling hells in the city. You can see no lights because
+all the shutters are closed, and no doubt there are blankets over
+them; but--holloa, there's a light shining through that window!" he
+went on, pointing to one that had just come into view as they
+reached the garden.
+
+The two men now climbed over the fence, and, dropping into the
+shrubs on the other side, cautiously neared the building. Telling
+George to remain where he was, the inspector crawled right up to the
+window, through the shutters of which a stream of light poured.
+
+Watching him eagerly, George saw him place his hand on the sill and
+peer through the crack. The moments slipped by, and his eye remained
+glued to the crack. Suddenly there was a rustle in the bush close
+by. It passed unnoticed, for George had eyes and ears for nothing
+but what his chief was doing. Again there was a rustle, this time
+more pronounced. Still it remained unnoticed.
+
+The inspector suddenly left the window, and the next moment rejoined
+his companion.
+
+"Well?" whispered Helmar, anxiously. "What news?"
+
+The inspector's face was very grave, and his tones, as he answered,
+were full of import.
+
+"The best--or rather, the worst. I recognized two people there, one
+a trusted member of the official staff, and the other a man who has
+been suspected for a long time. We had better get back--there is
+nothing more to be done to-night, I have seen all I wish to.
+To-morrow--we'll wait until to-morrow."
+
+As he finished speaking, he turned sharply round and peered into the
+scrubbly bush behind them.
+
+"What is it?" asked Helmar, his hand slipping to his revolver
+unconsciously.
+
+"Did you hear anything?" asked his companion. "By Jove, there's some
+one on our track. Come along, we'll get out while we have a whole
+skin."
+
+Leading the way out of the shrubs they made for the fence. The night
+was particularly dark, and the air was so still that the light sound
+of their footsteps became ominously loud. The inspector was
+convinced that there was some one in the garden watching them, and
+their only chance of safety was by taking to the open instead of
+returning as they came, through the scrub. At last the fence was
+reached.
+
+"Up you get, youngster!" whispered Childs. "Look well before you
+drop on the other side."
+
+George sprang on to the top and looked over. At that moment he
+heard a terrible cry behind him. Glancing round, he was just in time
+to see the glint of a long keen blade, and the next instant the
+inspector fall to the ground with a groan.
+
+Without a moment's hesitation, George dropped from the fence to his
+assistance. He drew his revolver, and, just as a hideous great black
+wretch rushed at him, he fired point-blank. Down fell the man across
+the fallen officer, and then, as if by magic, half-a-dozen
+wild-looking figures appeared all round him.
+
+There was no mistaking their intention. With a yell of fury they
+rushed on him. Helmar was as cool as if anything but his life
+depended upon the issue. As the nearest of the Arabs approached, he
+dropped him with another shot, then turning with an astonishing
+quickness of the eye brought another to his knees. It was, however,
+his last shot, for, as the man fell, his knife which had been
+upraised, struck him on the wrist, lacerating it terribly; his
+revolver fell from his nerveless grasp, and he was at the mercy of
+his antagonists.
+
+For a moment or two he struggled furiously with the remaining three,
+but the contest was too uneven. The assailants were armed with long,
+keen knives, and Helmar had now nothing with which to defend
+himself.
+
+[Illustration: "Just as a hideous black wretch rushed at him, he
+fired point-blank." p. 66]
+
+In those moments he realized the futility of his efforts, but he
+meant to sell his life dearly, and struck out with his left to such
+purpose that for a second the savages drew back. It was, however,
+but a momentary lull, and with a combined rush they overwhelmed him.
+
+For one brief moment he struggled fiercely, then he saw one of his
+assailants raise a long narrow blade--the next instant it fell, and,
+with a sickening sensation, it struck him in the shoulder. He
+struggled to release himself, and then, without a single cry, sank
+to the ground.
+
+The sound of the firing and the cries of his assailants had roused
+the neighbourhood, and just as the murderers were about to finish
+their work a crowd approached, and they precipitately fled. It was a
+mixed and villainous crew that first reached the spot after the
+departure of the murderers, mainly consisting of natives; but there
+was a sprinkling of Europeans of doubtful repute, and they quickly
+gathered round the two inanimate bodies.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VII
+
+                            A GOOD SAMARITAN
+
+
+When Helmar woke again to consciousness, it was with no idea either
+of the lapse of time or any recollections of what had occurred to
+him in the meantime. Beyond being able to turn his head slowly from
+side to side, he was unable to move, and a terrible feeling of
+lassitude and weakness nipped all inclination in that direction.
+
+The room in which he found himself was squalid and gloomy, and, as
+his dull, inquiring gaze wandered over his surroundings, he
+endeavoured to realize where he was. The effort was more than he
+was equal to, and, closing his eyes, he relapsed into a calm,
+dreamless sleep.
+
+In that first dawn of consciousness he had failed to see the silent
+figure at his bedside--a figure which, had his gaze rested upon it,
+would probably have troubled his weakened mind and stayed his
+peaceful slumber.
+
+The moment his eyes closed, the figure silently rose and glided
+noiselessly from the room. Presently it returned with a glass
+containing a steaming potion. Setting it down, it bent over the bed
+and gazed long and earnestly at the sleeper. A look of satisfaction
+came over its grim and wrinkled face as it resumed its vigil at the
+bedside.
+
+When next the sick man awoke, a tiny lamp was shedding its dim rays
+over the dingy apartment. This time the figure at once approached
+the sufferer and held the glass to his lips. Too weak to resist or
+even care what was happening, he silently drank. The blood instantly
+coursed more rapidly through his body, and he felt refreshed and
+stronger. Watching the look of intelligence come into his eyes, the
+figure put the glass down and spoke to him in excellent French.
+
+"You feel better now?" she asked.
+
+"Yes," he replied in a faint voice, as though trying to recollect
+something. "I have been ill, haven't I?"
+
+"Very ill," was the response.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked, after a pause, "and where am I?"
+
+"I am Mariam Abagi," she answered quickly, "and you are in a house
+at Gizeh. I am what you call a Syrian Arab. But do not worry--you
+are too ill yet to think or talk; wait until you are better," and
+she silently left the room.
+
+For a moment or two Helmar tried to understand and recall something
+of what had happened, but all seemed so dim and misty that he had to
+give it up, and at last, becoming drowsy again, fell asleep.
+
+Mariam Abagi was a woman of unusual character for her caste. She was
+married to a German who was disliked and suspected by the natives.
+They looked upon him as a spy, a traitor come from Europe for some
+evil purpose, and eventually did away with him. Mariam was a really
+good woman, and resented the deed bitterly. Naoum, her son, never
+saw his father, but inherited some of his good business qualities,
+and all his mother's kindness of heart. So when he had found Helmar
+in distress after the affair with the inspector, he instinctively
+went to his aid, and, finding him still alive, did not hesitate to
+take him to Mariam at once. On discovering Helmar's nationality, and
+learning how he too had fallen foul of the treacherous natives, she
+showed great regard for him, which gradually developed into strong
+affection, and her kindness knew no bounds. Her son shared the
+feelings of his mother, and the two, as will be seen, proved to be
+great benefactors to Helmar.
+
+During the next few days he made more rapid progress toward
+recovery. Each time he saw the patient nurse, he endeavoured to
+extract from her the meaning of the position in which he found
+himself, but without success--she would tell him nothing. He began
+to get a hazy recollection of a fight, but how it came about, and
+with whom, he could not recall.
+
+What puzzled him most was this old woman. She was tall and gaunt, of
+the Arab type, and her face was lined and wrinkled to such an extent
+that it was impossible to tell whether its expression was kindly or
+otherwise. When his strength grew and things became clearer to his
+mental vision, he determined to have an explanation.
+
+Late one evening as the woman came in with the lamp, he broached the
+subject.
+
+"Mariam," he said abruptly, as she was about to leave the room,
+"come here. I am strong now, and I want to talk to you. Now tell me
+all about it. How did I get into this plight? And how came I into
+this house?"
+
+She eyed him keenly for a moment, then walking over to the bed sat
+down beside it.
+
+"My son brought you here; you were wounded in a fight with Arabs in
+Cairo."
+
+"Ah, yes," he said thoughtfully. "There was a meeting and we went to
+stop it. I remember something of it now. Where is the police
+inspector?"
+
+"Dead."
+
+"Dead?"
+
+"Yes, dead," she repeated.
+
+George did not answer. He was thinking hard. At last he spoke again.
+
+"Am I not in Cairo, then?" he asked in astonishment.
+
+"No, you are in Gizeh, a little distance from the city. Cairo is in
+such a state of tumult at the present time, it would be impossible
+to keep you in hiding there after the part you took with the police.
+So my son brought you here to me for safety."
+
+"How long have I been here?" he asked.
+
+"Since that affair with the police officer," Mariam answered.
+
+"Yes," said George, after another long pause, "I can see it all now;
+we were set upon. But how did your son find me?"
+
+"He was with the crowd who went round at the noise of the fighting.
+The people thought you were killed, and so left you. But my son,
+Naoum, he loves not people of this country, and he saw you were not
+of them, so he stayed and discovered you were still alive. He is a
+good man is Naoum, and a dutiful son; he knows my feelings towards
+your countrymen, and he brought you to me here. I love the men of
+Europe, therefore I help you. Mariam Abagi does not love all and
+would not help many, but you are young to die."
+
+As she finished speaking, a troubled expression passed over her
+parchment-like face, and she sat munching her lips, blinking at the
+flickering light. Helmar sighed and shifted his position uneasily.
+The keen black eyes were turned on him at once.
+
+"But I can never repay you," he said. "You don't understand; I am a
+stranger--I have no money."
+
+The old woman's eyes flashed in a moment, but fortunately she was in
+such a position that he could not see them.
+
+"I require no money," she said, sharply. "I have enough for my
+wants. I do not this for gain," and her jaws shut with a snap.
+
+George saw that he had made a mistake and endeavoured to remedy it,
+but only plunged the further into the mire.
+
+"Yes, yes, I know, you are very good, but I cannot let you do this
+for me without----"
+
+"Peace! You mean well, I know, but I will not listen. Your troubles
+are not yet over. It will be sufficient reward to me that you get
+away from this place without being killed."
+
+"How do you mean?" he asked, failing to grasp the woman's meaning.
+
+"Ah, I forgot, you do not know. The country is now in a critical
+position, and Arabi Pasha is at the head of the army. The excited
+and corrupted citizens are stirring up strife, and menacing all the
+Europeans and any one else who had, or is supposed to have had, any
+connection with the hated government, and Arabi has nearly lost
+power over the mob. It is kept secret that you are here, and so you
+are safe for the present! But I do not know how long this safety
+will last. I have some power, and my son is powerful too, but that
+may not avail us long, and then you will have to fly. Have no fear,
+however, I shall watch, and, at the first warning of danger, will
+provide for you."
+
+After this Mariam would answer no more questions, and left him to
+ponder over what she had said. He could hardly realize the full
+purport of all she had told him. This then was the danger Inspector
+Childs had spoken of; this then was the result of those meetings the
+police had been watching, the one they had endeavoured to spy upon.
+In his weakened state the idea of it all set his brain in a whirl,
+and his thoughts became confused. The one thing that seemed to
+strike him more forcibly than the rest was, how on earth was he to
+escape?
+
+The days dragged slowly by, and he soon reached the convalescent
+stage. The wound he had received in his shoulder quickly healed
+under Mariam's treatment, and it became only a question of time for
+the recovery of his strength. He saw no one but the old woman who
+personally attended to all his wants. The son she spoke of did not
+show himself, although on several occasions he had heard a man's
+voice in another room.
+
+Once or twice Mariam had spoken of her power, and gave him to
+understand that she did not require money; the squalor of her room
+made this seem rather enigmatical to the sick man, but he knew such
+people were sometimes eccentric in their mode of living, and this
+might possibly account for his surroundings. However, it was no
+affair of his, she had been an angel of goodness to him, and he had
+no right to pry into her private affairs.
+
+Helmar was young, and his great vitality stood him in good stead;
+the moment his wound healed his strength began to come back rapidly,
+and with returning health he felt it incumbent upon him to suggest
+that he should relieve the faithful Mariam of the trouble he was
+causing her. Knowing the old woman's peculiarities, he was a little
+afraid to broach the subject, but his duty lay so plainly before him
+that, despite his feelings, he decided to speak his mind.
+
+One evening, after a day of chafing at his inactivity, the
+opportunity came. She had brought in some food, and their
+conversation soon turned upon the terrible state of the country.
+
+"I don't want you to think me ungrateful for your kindness, Mariam,"
+he said, hesitatingly, "but I am now so far recovered and so strong
+that I feel I must no longer trespass on your goodness."
+
+A grim smile played over her withered old face.
+
+"And whither would you go? Death may await you outside these doors."
+
+"Perhaps that is so," said George, doubtfully, "but I must take my
+chance."
+
+"I like the young man for his spirit," said the old woman more to
+herself than her companion. "It is right, but he is a good youth and
+must not die--life is dear to me, then how much more so to him.
+Listen," she went on in unmistakable tones of command, "my son does
+big trade on the river. He owns many nuggars and dahabîehs which
+carry wheat and produce down to Alexandria. If you could reach that
+city in safety, you would find means of leaving the country in a
+ship."
+
+"But I don't understand; how am I to reach Alexandria?"
+
+"My son will hide you on board one of his boats, and in that way you
+can escape. Your danger will be great, for although my son is known
+all along the river, your life will surely pay the forfeit if by any
+chance you should be discovered."
+
+It was a case of "Hobson's choice." Helmar was glad to accept any
+means of escape, and eagerly fell in with all the old woman had to
+say. Bearing out her character for beneficence, Mariam was as good
+as her word, and arranged all the details for his departure.
+
+The first time Helmar put on his clothes he discovered, to his great
+delight, the money he had earned at the bookseller's was still in
+his pocket. This was a surprise, for he had naturally concluded it
+had been stolen. He now pressed Mariam to take it. But she would
+have none.
+
+"You'll require that, and more, yourself," she said. So Helmar let
+the matter drop.
+
+He was unfeignedly sorry to part with his protectress. A sort of
+filial affection had grown up in him for this woman, and when she
+came in for the last time, bringing her son with her, George felt
+that he was about to leave his best friend. On her part, the old
+woman seemed no less affected, and but for the presence of her son,
+she would undoubtedly have broken down altogether.
+
+The man in whose guardianship Mariam was about to trust her patient
+was a powerfully-built fellow of forty. He possessed a strong,
+honest face of a similar cast to his mother's, although perhaps a
+shade paler. He was dressed in the ordinary Egyptian garb, and, as
+his mother presented him, he advanced with outstretched hand and
+gripped Helmar's in a manner as hearty as it was honest.
+
+"The night is dark, Mussiu," he said, "we must not delay. For the
+moment the place is quiet, but the riotousness of the people is
+liable to break out at any moment, and, unless the greatest caution
+is used, we may be discovered and challenged. Come, let us start,
+for it is some distance to the river!"
+
+Helmar turned to his nurse. He was deeply affected at parting with
+the old soul.
+
+"Good-bye, Mariam," he exclaimed. "I can never thank you for all
+you have done for me. I shall never forget it. Some day perhaps you
+will allow me to repay you."
+
+"Do not talk of thanks. I like it not. You will be a second son to
+me. Take these," she went on, handing him his revolver and a long
+knife of Egyptian make, "they may be of use to you. I shall watch
+for you always, and some day we shall meet again. Farewell!"
+
+Without another word she turned and left the room.
+
+Naoum stood looking on with a stolid face, and, as his mother
+departed, led the way to another door, and the two men left the
+house.
+
+To anybody of a less courageous spirit the position Helmar found
+himself placed in would have been appalling. With little money, with
+hardly recovered health, only these two people whom he could count
+his friends in a now hostile country--all these things combined to
+make his position one of the greatest insecurity and danger. Instead
+of doubting the outcome of it all, however, he rather gloried in the
+situation, and did not trouble himself in the least as to the
+future. He felt more than ever the keen enjoyment of the roving,
+happy-go-lucky existence he had elected to follow. The simple effect
+of stretching his legs as he walked beside his companion inspired in
+him a keen feeling of appreciation of life, and a grim determination
+to follow to the end his adventurous career.
+
+"How far is it now?" he asked, as they swung along through the
+slummy quarters.
+
+"Quarter of a mile," was the laconic reply.
+
+"Wish it was more," said George, "it's a treat to be walking again."
+
+"I dare say it is, but we may find it's all too long before we reach
+the quay. Come along down here," he went on, turning into what
+looked like a blind court, "we must take all the most deserted
+streets and listen well, and look well ahead for sounds of trouble.
+The last two weeks have been terrible times."
+
+"And what does Arabi hope to gain by all this?" asked George.
+
+"The country and his own glorification. He hopes to destroy the
+Khedive's power and rule, and has adopted 'Egypt for the Egyptians'
+as his war-cry."
+
+"He must be foolish. The European powers will never allow it. It can
+only end in one way, and he will be the one to pay for it."
+
+"Yes, I know he will be punished, but there it is, and in the
+meantime the country is in a fearful state of alarm."
+
+They were nearing the river, and Helmar relapsed into silence as
+they wound their way through the narrow streets. On every side the
+tumble-down appearance of the buildings made their walk more
+solitary and dismal. The smell, as they approached the river, became
+more pronounced, and made him wonder how any one could live there
+at all.
+
+His guide seemed heedless of everything but his anxiety to reach
+their destination. At every corner and turning he paused to listen
+for any danger signal. Helmar, on the contrary, seemed quite to
+ignore his danger, and walked along indifferently, observing
+everything and comparing all with his recollections of the night
+when he had traversed a similar part in Cairo before he was wounded.
+
+At last the quay was reached. The river was covered with all sorts
+of odd craft, and George gazed with astonished eyes at the scene
+before him. The moon was just rising, and the great golden globe
+shone over the river, causing the boats of varying build to cast
+weird and fantastic shadows on the water.
+
+The guide pointed to two great cumbersome vessels near the other
+side of the river. They were built on the barge principle, with sail
+booms fore and aft like the Chinese river boats. These were the
+dahabîehs, one of which was to carry them down to Alexandria. As
+they reached the water's edge, Naoum gave a peculiar low whistle,
+and a boat suddenly shot out from the vessel's side, propelled by a
+solitary occupant.
+
+The boat had hardly appeared when four men dashed out from the
+shadow and ran on to the shore towards the fugitives. They were
+dressed in uniform of the Khedive's army. As the fellows caught
+sight of Helmar's white face, they set up a shout which was
+immediately answered in various directions. The boat was rapidly
+nearing their side of the river. Naoum drew his pistol, and Helmar
+his revolver.
+
+As soon as the men saw this they drew back, and two of them ran off,
+shouting as they went.
+
+"The moment the boat reaches us," said Naoum in agitated tones, "you
+must jump in instantly. They have gone for assistance, and if they
+return before we get off, it means--murder."
+
+The two Arabs left to watch our friends were evidently afraid to
+attack, and drew back to a respectful distance, eyeing the fugitives
+furtively. As they caught sight of the boat, now rapidly
+approaching, they set up another warning howl, and crept forward as
+though about to attack.
+
+Their cry was answered by the sound of hurrying feet, and just as
+the boat touched the shore and Helmar and his guide had jumped in,
+about a dozen men rushed towards them. The sight of their escaping
+prey so enraged the Arabs that they opened fire at once.
+
+Naoum and the waterman plied vigorously at the oars, and the boat
+skimmed over the water, while a hail of bullets struck the water
+around them.
+
+They were not a moment too soon, and even then the chances were
+largely against them.
+
+"Down with you," cried Naoum, addressing Helmar, "or they'll hit
+you! I'll pull the boat!"
+
+"Not I," replied George, scornfully. "Do you think I'm going to
+take shelter while you are exposed to their fire? No, no, pull away,
+and I'll look after the tiller."
+
+The distance that separated them from the shore was rapidly
+widening, and the danger lessened.
+
+"I don't think, so long as they aim at us, that they can do much
+damage," said Naoum, smiling calmly. "Egyptians are not noted for
+their accurate marksmanship."
+
+Helmar laughed a boyish, ringing laugh, as he listened to his
+companion's words. The spirit of adventure was upon him, and he was
+in a seventh heaven of delight as the whizzing bullets sped
+harmlessly by.
+
+When in mid-stream, the current rapidly took them down to the silent
+vessel, and a few moments later they reached it and climbed aboard,
+while the baffled rebels slunk off into the shadow of the quay. The
+boat was quickly hauled up, moorings cast off, and the dahabîeh
+began to glide down the sluggish river.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER VIII
+
+                      AN ENCOUNTER ON THE NILE
+
+
+"Thus far we have escaped," said Naoum, as the two men stood on the
+rough untidy dahabîeh, gazing at the slowly receding town. "They
+will probably not attempt to follow us, but I don't, for one moment,
+think our troubles are over. We must keep a sharp look-out along the
+banks for the rebels."
+
+"You think then we shall come across them again?" asked George,
+glancing keenly at the speaker.
+
+"I don't only think--I feel sure. Alexandria will be in a worse
+state than Cairo, and it is certain the river will be watched
+carefully. We must anchor in the day-time and travel at night, that
+is our only hope."
+
+The man's quiet words in no way deceived Helmar, he realized that
+there was great danger ahead, and it would require all their
+fortitude and resource to cope with it. This knowledge, rather than
+damping his spirits, tended to raise them, and he looked forward
+with keen anticipation to what the future might have in store for
+him.
+
+The old dahabîeh was a dreary old craft, in a dirty and ruinous
+condition. It was carrying a heavy load of grain, and this made the
+journey so slow that, by sunrise, they were still within a distant
+view of Cairo.
+
+Daylight entirely changed the aspect of their surroundings. The
+weird beauty of the moonlight on the water had led George to
+anticipate a glorious scene when morning broke, but disappointment
+awaited him. The banks of the river were low and uninviting; as for
+the beautiful tropical jungle he had expected to find, there was
+none to be seen--nothing out of the common, but the broad, muddy
+banks.
+
+The heat was at its utmost, and the scourge of the Delta, the
+épizootie, had done its dread work. Annually this plague among the
+beasts plays havoc with the Nile, its surroundings and inhabitants.
+As the animals die of the disease, they are either left lying about
+on the banks to rot, decay, and pollute the air with devastating
+microbes, or are thrown into the water. It is then the hot sun does
+its work, and both the atmosphere and water become putrid.
+
+All down the river from Cairo, George kept coming across the
+carcases of either buffaloes or oxen, and when they did not actually
+meet his eye, his nose detected their close proximity.
+
+Life during the time was monotonous to a degree. In daylight when at
+anchor, the intense heat and smell caused sleep to be abandoned as
+far as Helmar was concerned. The watermen seemed able to put up with
+both, and stretched themselves out under any shelter, and slept as
+soundly on the bare planks as if they were on a feather bed.
+
+Helmar and Naoum mainly occupied themselves with keeping watch, and
+as soon as the sun sank, the former took an hour or two's sleep.
+
+Sometimes the monotony would be relieved by watching the natives
+making use of their river. Little parties could be seen in the
+distance washing their clothes; others cleaning or bathing what
+cattle they had; occasionally far away could be seen a collection of
+shiny, ebony-looking human beings taking a dip in the green, slimy,
+insanitary water and afterwards drinking it.
+
+In this way most of the journey was accomplished. So far they had
+come across no sign of the rebels, and George began to think they
+had escaped them altogether. Naoum was not so sanguine, in fact he
+saw a greater danger ahead than even he had anticipated at first.
+
+"You can't see as I do," he said one evening, as George and he sat
+watching the setting sun; "the fact that we have not as yet come
+across them indicates nothing. The nearer we get to our destination
+the keener will be Arabi's watch on the river for fugitives."
+
+"Yes, but there is just a possibility that we have passed them on
+our way without having seen them," said George optimistically.
+
+"Yes, that may be so," replied his companion doubtfully. "Allah only
+knows what we shall do if Alexandria is occupied by them. There is
+but one course open to you as far as I can see. When we get into the
+Mahmoudieh Canal, you will have to hide amongst the grain; and if
+you ever reach Alexandria in safety, take my advice and get out of
+the country at once."
+
+Helmar did not reply, he was thinking hard. He had just arrived in
+the country in the hopes of making a fortune. So far he had only met
+with trouble--trouble that first threatened to wipe him out of
+existence, and now tried to force him to return home.
+
+The first he had escaped by what seemed to him a miracle, and the
+second, which he was just about to face, offered no alternative of
+escape than by the same means. The idea of flying before this danger
+was absolutely repugnant to him. If he were to die, why not meet
+his death boldly, instead of escaping by running away? It was absurd
+and cowardly to return home at the first sign of danger! How they
+would laugh at him! What would his father think? What would all
+say?--no, he had come to this country of his own choice, and
+whatever the consequences, he would stay. His good fortune had so
+far pulled him through--he would still trust to it.
+
+"Well," he said at last, "I shall be guided by circumstances. We
+shall see how things turn out, but it seems rough on you to take
+this venture on my behalf."
+
+There was a nice light breeze after sundown, and the vessel was
+slipping along at, for her, a very good speed. Naoum sat smoking and
+gazing at the banks as they passed by; George gave himself up to
+reflections.
+
+The man at the tiller moved to and fro with the regularity of
+clockwork, altering the tack as the wind chopped and changed about.
+The rest of the crew were squatting about the deck in various
+attitudes of perfect laziness. The splash of the water at the bow of
+the boat had insidiously attracted George's attention, and he found
+himself humming a tune to the time of the lapping stream.
+
+Suddenly Naoum turned with an exclamation. George looked at his
+companion, his tune gone from his mind, and all thoughts absorbed
+into a keen excitement. They were rounding a sharp bend, and
+Naoum's attention was fixed on the outer bank.
+
+"What is it?" asked George, in tones of suppressed excitement.
+
+Naoum turned sharply to him and waved his arm in the direction of
+the cabin. "Quick, below for your life! If your face is seen you are
+doomed."
+
+It was too late. Just as George was about to dive below, there was a
+sharp report followed by the "plosh" of a bullet, as it dropped into
+the water just a few yards ahead of the vessel.
+
+"Duck down under the bulwarks," said Naoum hurriedly, "they can't
+have seen you yet. The bank is lined with rebels," he went on,
+gazing hard through the gathering darkness. "Allah! but they mean to
+bring us to book!"
+
+As he spoke there was a heavy rattle of musketry, and bullets flew
+in all directions around them. The crew sat huddled together in a
+place of safety, terror written in every line of their brown faces.
+Naoum alone seemed impervious to the danger, and watched every
+movement of the men on the bank.
+
+"What shall we do?" asked George, with a set, determined look on his
+face that made his question seem superfluous. "We won't surrender,"
+he added in emphatic tones.
+
+"We'll run for it," was the quiet answer. "Their guns can't do us
+much harm. They couldn't hit a mountain."
+
+George peered over the side at the bank.
+
+"Hallo! what are they doing? Looks as if they were launching boats."
+
+Naoum watched their actions keenly, and his face took on a slightly
+anxious expression as he realized the truth of George's statement.
+
+"They _are_ launching boats, but what for?" he said, as if asking
+himself the question. Then a thought seemed to suddenly strike him.
+"I have it--yes, that's it."
+
+"What is it?" asked George, as Naoum walked towards the cabin.
+
+Without answering he disappeared, and a moment later returned with
+several rifles. These he served out to his men with a supply of
+cartridges. He then harangued them in Arabic, which George was only
+partly able to understand, but when he had finished, he observed the
+fellows line up under the bulwarks and load their rifles.
+
+"What's your idea?" asked George, as soon as Naoum had finished.
+
+"These rebels are going to follow us, and I have no doubt they will
+overtake us. Then will come a tough time," replied Naoum.
+
+"Ah! I understand. They mean to capture us if possible."
+
+"Yes. That is what they intend, and we shall stand a poor chance if
+they come up with us."
+
+"We'll not give in at any rate, but make a bold stand and give them
+a taste of what we are made of first," said George.
+
+Naoum and George now went together to the stern of the boat and
+watched anxiously the pursuing rebels, who after their first volley
+from the shore had wasted no more powder, apparently content to wait
+until they came up with their prey. They filled two boats, and
+George thought that, given a fair and even chance, they could easily
+be overpowered. They were still some distance in the rear, and had
+so far gained nothing on the fugitives. But it was very apparent
+they were making a great effort, and presently it became evident
+they were slowly but surely gaining upon the dahabîeh.
+
+The men were posted all round the vessel, prepared to fire on either
+boat the moment it came within range.
+
+"Now, boys," cried out George, forgetful of the Arabs' language,
+"when they are within rifle shot, take a steady aim. Remember we
+have no ammunition to waste."
+
+Naoum was also busy with his men, giving them instructions and
+placing them in positions.
+
+The boats were slowly getting nearer and nearer, and presently the
+rattle of the rebels' rifles rang out, but the bullets falling short
+of Naoum's vessel, they quickly ceased firing.
+
+"Don't fire until their shots come nearer," said Naoum quietly. "As
+soon as they show us we are within range of their rifles it will be
+time enough for us to reply."
+
+[Illustration: "Presently the firing re-commenced, and Naoum gave
+orders to attack." p. 90]
+
+Presently the firing re-commenced with a fearful fusillade, and
+Naoum gave orders to attack. Nearer and nearer came the rebels, and
+more fierce became the firing. George was on one side of the vessel
+and Naoum on the other encouraging the men in their defence.
+
+The rebels' ranks were thinning fast, and George began to hope they
+would give in. They were still three to one, however, and if they
+should once get aboard the dahabîeh the defenders' chance would be a
+very poor one.
+
+They were but a few yards off and ceased firing. Evidently they had
+spent all their ammunition, and were going to attempt to board the
+vessel and capture it with a hand-to-hand fight.
+
+While they were yet watching, one of the boats drew near to the
+vessel's side, and the next moment a head appeared above the
+bulwarks of the dahabîeh, quickly followed by another and another.
+
+This was the signal Naoum's men waited for, and without further
+delay they set to work with a will, pitching the struggling rebels
+back into the water and taking pot shots at them afterwards as if
+they were ducks.
+
+The struggle, however, had only just begun; as fast as the defenders
+beat the assailants off more came on. Whilst the _mêlée_ was in
+progress the defenders had not seen the other boats come alongside,
+and the reinforcements they brought. All along the side of the
+dahabîeh the Arabs were clambering up like so many ants, and though
+the advantage was still with Naoum, the outcome looked doubtful.
+The crew were hard put to it.
+
+Helmar worked indefatigably with his rifle used as a club;
+everywhere he darted, dealing terrible blows as the dusky creatures
+showed themselves, but despite his efforts they seemed to be in
+overwhelming numbers.
+
+At last they gained a foothold on the deck, and the firing ceased
+altogether. It became a struggle to the death, man against man. It
+was here the crew showed their superiority over their enemies, and
+slowly but surely began to drive them back.
+
+Suddenly George saw three men pressing Naoum sorely. He himself had
+just succeeded in throwing off his own assailant; with a bound he
+went to his friend's rescue. He arrived only just in time, the men
+were in the act of knifing him.
+
+Without a thought, he rained blow after blow with his clubbed rifle
+on the would-be assassins, and they went down like ninepins; then,
+turning to where the crew were fighting, he saw to his delight that
+they had driven the foe back over the bulwarks, while the deck lay
+covered with damaged rebels. Naoum's men had fought like demons, and
+their devotion to their master touched Helmar--it would have been so
+much easier for them to have sold him.
+
+In a few more moments the rebels were driven off, dropping over the
+side into the water, without thinking as to the whereabouts of the
+boats so long as they got safely out of the hornet's nest they had
+fallen into.
+
+As the last of them disappeared, Helmar fell rather than sat down on
+the deck, breathing hard.
+
+"That was a close call," he panted. "If they'd held on a bit longer,
+I was completely done. Poof! I've had enough for one day."
+
+Naoum was taking pot shots at the boats as they dodged about,
+picking up the men who had fallen into the water. He paused at his
+companion's words.
+
+"Yes, Allah is good, we are now out of danger and have no more to
+fear."
+
+The rifles were collected and put away, and the dahabîeh resumed its
+calm appearance as it glided lazily onwards.
+
+The following morning it entered the Mahmoudieh Canal, which runs
+direct to Alexandria. After his late experience, George realized
+what the appearance of a white face on board might mean to his
+protector, and for the rest of the journey kept out of sight.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IX
+
+                  THE REIGN OF TERROR IN ALEXANDRIA
+
+
+After what had happened, Helmar was prepared for almost anything
+when he actually arrived at Alexandria.
+
+For some time past everybody had been possessed of the feeling that
+something serious was about to happen. Arabi Pasha and his
+co-conspirator, Mahmoud Sami, had caused sedition to be preached
+amongst the native soldiers and police, and amassed together so
+large a following that his party had become masters of the
+situation. His firm conviction that the Khedive's rule and the power
+of the Europeans could be easily overthrown, got so instilled into
+the souls of the populace they could restrain their hot-blooded
+feelings no longer, and on an ever-memorable day in June 1882, broke
+out in one of the bloodiest riots of modern times.
+
+The first indication of what was to take place occurred one
+afternoon, when the chief streets of the city were suddenly awakened
+from their tranquillity by the shouts and yells of hundreds of
+natives.
+
+"Down with the Christians," some cried; others, "Death to the
+unbelievers!" And they rushed about madly in different parts of the
+town, ultimately joining forces when the riot became general.
+
+Europeans were beaten with "nabouts," knocked down and trampled on;
+shots were fired, the soldiers charged, and the police helped to
+make the butchery more complete. Shops and houses were attacked and
+pillaged, the proprietors being taken out and massacred in cold
+blood, and, after all valuables had been taken from them, their
+bodies thrown into the bye-streets. In one of these streets were
+found three bodies of Europeans. One was stabbed through the heart,
+another had bullet-holes in his head, whilst the head of the third
+was almost severed from the trunk, and the body divested of nearly
+all its clothes. The mob evidently felt confident that their actions
+were approved, for they paraded the streets with their stolen goods
+and clothes with an air of glory and bravado. One soldier was seen
+to sit on the curbstone and change his own garments for the new
+stolen ones he had just acquired.
+
+The riff-raff of the crowd consisted of the lowest class of Arabs of
+the city. They fortified themselves with club-like weapons, felled
+their victims with them, and after stripping their bodies, cast them
+into the sea. Most diabolical deeds and acts were perpetrated, and
+the Arabic cry, coming almost spontaneously from the infuriated
+crowd, of, "Oh, Moslems! Kill him! Kill the Christian!" rent the air
+whenever a European appeared. One poor merchant was dragged from his
+carriage and bayoneted on the spot, whilst not many yards away a
+German, who had appealed to a soldier for protection, was responded
+to with a shot which penetrated his face. At the gate of the town
+the guard on duty was seen to draw his sword and strike a man twice,
+splitting his skull with the first stroke, and severing his head
+from his body with the second.
+
+These are but a tithe of the instances of the brutality displayed by
+the rioters which history chronicles, and which went on incessantly
+all day, during which time hundreds met their death at the hands of
+this maddened, murderous crew. Arabi was appealed to, to put a stop
+to the riot. To show the hold he had over the people, it is only
+necessary to say that at his given word the tramping, yelling, and
+shouting ceased almost as quickly as it had begun.
+
+For days after the place remained littered with the bodies of the
+massacred, and the spectacle, together with the appearance of the
+shops and houses that had been attacked, made Alexandria look like a
+town after a siege. Shops were shut and barred, windows barricaded
+with iron shutters, and the only persons about the streets were Arab
+soldiers.
+
+Fugitives were removed by train, the people crowding on the roofs
+and steps; ships laden with the English set off as quickly as
+possible for Malta.
+
+Outside the harbour was drawn up the French and English fleet.
+
+It was at this period that the dahabîeh, with George Helmar
+carefully kept from view, arrived outside the town almost unnoticed.
+The occupants of the place were too busily engaged to pay much
+attention to the addition of one vessel to the already large number
+idling about the canal. Besides, this was a trading boat and owned
+by a well-known native.
+
+When the night-time approached Naoum suggested to George that he
+might venture up and take a view of the situation.
+
+"It seems to me suspiciously quiet," said Naoum, as he stood beside
+George, eyeing the shore with a keen glance. "Can't say I like it."
+
+"Yes, it is quiet, but do you see those shops are barricaded at the
+end of the streets leading down to the water?"
+
+"Um--I don't like the look of that. There's been mischief."
+
+"What's that smoke over there?" exclaimed George, hurriedly. "Why,
+it's a fire, and look--look at those shattered houses, and--hallo,
+there's a gang of murderous-looking soldiers--we are too late!"
+
+Naoum did not answer. He was watching all the things his companion
+had drawn his attention to. There was no doubt in his mind now--the
+place was evidently in the rebels' hands, the process of sacking was
+going on. He turned to George.
+
+"Well?" he said inquiringly. "You daren't go ashore."
+
+"What, then, am I to do? I can't trespass on your good-nature any
+longer, and, besides, my presence here is a constant source of
+danger to you. No, I _must_ chance it. I can't stay here."
+
+He spoke with determination, and Naoum was not slow to appreciate
+the sentiments that prompted him; yet he would not see him
+deliberately plunge into the deadly danger that awaited him ashore.
+
+"As I said, you can't land, friend Helmar. Allah has guided your
+steps to me, and you will have to throw in your lot on this boat
+until we can find a safe means for your escape. Come, you are a
+good man, say, will you stay? Sooner or later things will calm down
+and then----"
+
+"No, no, Naoum, you have done so much for me already, I cannot let
+you risk more. My mind is made up, I will forge my own way ahead
+now."
+
+"There is no need to talk of risk, or of what I have done," he
+replied, with a kind look into the resolute face beside him; "I ask
+for no greater pleasure than that you stay here."
+
+Helmar only shook his head. It seemed to him that his duty lay
+plainly before him--he must no longer jeopardize this man's safety.
+He was well and strong again now, and must fight his own battles.
+Inclination made him wish to remain, but he must go.
+
+Seeing his charge's mind was made up, Naoum, with the philosophy of
+the East, attempted no further persuasion, and resigned himself to
+the inevitable.
+
+"When, then, will you leave?" he asked.
+
+"As soon as you will help me to land," George answered at once. "Do
+not think me ungrateful, Naoum--I am only doing my duty."
+
+"The boat shall be brought along the shore when you like," he
+replied, turning away, "but I should advise you to await darkness;
+remember your face is still white."
+
+Accepting his friend's advice, Helmar decided to wait until the sun
+had gone down and then seek shelter in some small drinking saloon
+where doubtless he might meet other refugees. He had still the money
+on him which he had in his pocket at the time he was wounded, and
+this would pay for his immediate wants.
+
+As darkness came on, the boat was pulled for the landing-stage. All
+along the river silence reigned, but from the distant parts of the
+city they could hear many sounds grating discordantly on the still
+night air. That little trip to the shore was, to the occupants of
+the boat, impressive to a degree. Neither knew what the future was
+to bring forth, both realized that danger was on all sides, and each
+one felt that he was parting from a friend, tried as only those who
+have fought side by side for one another are tried.
+
+The younger man fully appreciated the risks this stranger had run
+for his sake, and a feeling possessed him that though duty demanded
+the parting, still, in a measure, it seemed like desertion.
+
+Naoum on the other hand admired the spirit which prompted George's
+decision, and though he regretted bitterly the loss of so brave and
+good a companion, would not have had it otherwise.
+
+The landing-stage reached, Helmar sprang ashore, and, with a hearty
+grip of the hand and a quiet "good-bye and good luck," they parted.
+Each felt he knew the other's thoughts, and, if good wishes could
+help them, there was no doubt their lives would be prosperous and
+happy.
+
+"Allah is good. I shall see the boy again," thought Naoum.
+
+Left to himself, George primed his revolver, put it in his belt
+ready to hand, and then made his way from the water's edge to
+explore the city.
+
+It was some moments before he decided which way to go. In every
+street the houses were barricaded, and along the water front they
+were quite deserted. At last he decided to venture up a little dark
+alley to the left. He selected this particular one on account of its
+obscurity.
+
+From the vessel he had seen a stray party of Arabi's soldiery, and
+he had no fancy for running the risk of encountering them by taking
+one of the larger thoroughfares.
+
+How dark and quiet it seemed, not a sign of life was to be seen
+anywhere. In the distance he could still hear the discordant cries
+from other parts of the town and sometimes the discharge of
+fire-arms, but here--here in the lowest quarter of the city, where
+crime and low life usually prevailed, everything was silent as the
+grave.
+
+George stepped cautiously along, his ears strained to catch the
+least suspicious sound, his eyes peering on every side to catch a
+glimpse of light through some stray chink in the closed and
+shuttered windows--but none presented itself.
+
+After he had traversed the street without discovering anything to
+alarm him, he breathed more freely and turned into another,
+stretching his legs in a brisk walk instead of keeping to his
+furtive, silent glide.
+
+This street, like the last, appeared to be deserted, but the houses
+showed signs of rough treatment; windows were broken, doors smashed,
+mounds of plaster, brick, and wood lay scattered about, evidences of
+the wanton work of the looting hordes that had no doubt recently
+visited it.
+
+As he neared the end of this unwholesome, wretched place, he fancied
+he saw the faint flicker of a light from one of the windows, and he
+hurriedly made his way towards it.
+
+His senses had not deceived him, the house was inhabited--but by
+whom? He paused outside and looked up at the window. The light was
+gone, but the sound of voices inside cheered his heart. He stood for
+a moment listening. At first he could not make out the language that
+was being spoken, but after a while, as his ear became accustomed to
+the confused tongues, he detected one voice speaking in his own
+language.
+
+His heart beat high with hope, and he strained his ear against the
+wood-work of the walls. There evidently were many persons inside and
+of mixed nationality. This gave him his cue; if all these people of
+different tongues were gathered together in one house it could only
+mean one thing--refugees.
+
+Without speculating further he tapped on the shuttered window of the
+ground floor, and waited. Immediately the voices inside ceased. He
+tapped again, louder than before. A moment after, the shutter of the
+window above was cautiously opened, and against the dim light of the
+sky he saw a head protruded.
+
+The night was so dark he could not make out whether the head was
+that of a white man or not, but he inclined to the latter belief,
+and summoning all his best Arabic, he asked for shelter for the
+night.
+
+"I have money to pay," he added, "but have nowhere to sleep."
+
+There was a grunt as the head was withdrawn and another face
+appeared in its place. There was no mistaking it this time, it was
+distinctly white, and when a voice came in English--
+
+"Who are you and what do you want?" Helmar's heart gave an
+instinctive leap for joy.
+
+"These are queer times," the speaker went on, "and I do not care to
+do business with every passing stranger."
+
+"I am a German," replied Helmar in the same language, "and am a
+stranger just come to the city from Cairo. I do not know what has
+happened here, but the town seems to be full of trouble. I must find
+somewhere to sleep."
+
+The tones of his voice evidently calmed the stranger's fears, for he
+replied in much milder tones----
+
+"Are you alone?"
+
+"Quite," replied Helmar.
+
+"Very well then, wait a moment," and the head disappeared and he
+heard footsteps descending the stairs.
+
+The next moment the door was cautiously opened, and the burly figure
+of a man stood in the dark uninviting passage.
+
+"Quick, come in," he said in hurried tones, "there _is_ trouble
+about, and we don't want more; this house is supposed to be
+deserted."
+
+George stepped in quickly, and the door was closed behind him. The
+man bolted and barred it as though the place was in a state of
+siege.
+
+"Step this way," he said, evidently relieved at having got him
+safely in and the door secured.
+
+Helmar followed the man to the end of the passage, where, flinging
+open another door, his host ushered him into a well-lighted room.
+
+"Ladies and gentlemen," he said, "another guest. I hope there is no
+objection?"
+
+At the sight of the new-comer several men rose from their seats and
+looked earnestly at him. The room in which Helmar found himself was
+part of the bar of one of the many cheap cafés of this neighbourhood.
+It was filled by a number of men and women of all nationalities,
+seated at various small tables scattered round the room. The room
+itself was innocent of all attempts at decoration; the walls showed
+its dirty plaster, the rough floor was sanded, and the worn and
+cheerless tables and benches were polished with the dirt of ages.
+The atmosphere reeked with the smell of tobacco and coffee, and, as
+he stepped in, bowing to the assembled company, Helmar could not
+help feeling a strong desire to open a window.
+
+After their scrutiny, the occupants, one by one, resumed their
+seats, and George felt that they were mutely asking him for an
+explanation. As fugitives they were naturally suspicious of
+strangers, and he was about to speak, when he saw a slight figure
+step from an obscure corner.
+
+In a moment his eyes glistened, and an exclamation rose to his lips
+as he almost jumped forward and grasped the hand of his old chum
+Osterberg.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER X
+
+                       THE MEETING OF FRIENDS
+
+
+George was simply thunderstruck. It seemed almost miraculous that he
+should meet his bosom friend in such a place and under such
+circumstances. The two stared at each other in perfect astonishment
+for some moments, still clasping hands.
+
+"Well, of all the wonders," George exclaimed, after they had
+expressed sufficient surprise and finished their greetings, "who
+would have expected this? But why are you here, and why all this
+mystery?"
+
+"But surely you know, George! You know what has happened?" said
+Osterberg.
+
+"I know nothing more than that Arabi is leading a rebellion against
+the Khedive's rule, with the object of deposing him, and that Cairo
+is becoming impossible to residents in consequence. I suppose
+Alexandria, from the look of the streets I came through, is in even
+a worse plight. But tell me about it."
+
+"That's putting it mildly. We've had one of the most inhuman riots
+here imaginable. The Seditionists have been pillaging the town and
+massacring all Europeans who came in their way. I only came here a
+week ago, and now, like all the occupants of this house, am hiding,
+waiting for an opportunity to get away in safety. It's frightful,
+it's terrible. Heaven only knows how many people have been
+massacred."
+
+"I didn't know it was as bad as that. You must have all been
+terror-stricken," replied George. "But let us come and have a quiet
+talk. How marvellous I should have chosen this place above all
+others to seek refuge in!"
+
+The two young men sat and talked in the background, Helmar first
+giving an account of all that had happened to him, which was
+punctuated with exclamations of surprise from Osterberg as George
+recounted his adventures.
+
+Osterberg, after parting with his friend at Constantinople, obtained
+work in the bank and gave great satisfaction to his employer. One
+day the latter called him in and told him there was a vacancy in the
+branch at Alexandria, and offered it to Osterberg. He accepted with
+alacrity and arrived in the town but a few days before the riots
+took place.
+
+"And here I am taking refuge like the others, with the proprietor of
+this café," he wound up. "Not quite so eventful a time as yours,
+George, is it?"
+
+"And what are we going to do now? Do you think we are safe for any
+length of time? Surely they must attack us in due course?" said
+George.
+
+"I think we shall be unmolested for a while," replied Osterberg.
+"The place was visited early by the rabble soldiery and they took
+all that was worth taking, so now I don't suppose they will bother
+us."
+
+That night was one of the worst Helmar had ever experienced; the
+only beds that could be scrambled together were used by the
+women-folk, and the men slept on the floor, benches, and tables.
+Fortunately blankets were not needed, as the heat was intense, but
+the benches were rickety and the sand on the floor worked into the
+sleepers' clothes. Altogether the plight of the refugees was
+miserable.
+
+Helmar was unfeignedly delighted to meet his friend once more, and
+this compensated largely for the woeful condition in which he found
+himself. Osterberg, as he said, had now endured it for three days
+and so didn't mind the imprisonment; but with George it was
+different, and he had yet to get used to it.
+
+The next two days were passed in this miserable captivity. Helmar
+chafed at the confinement, but was forced to put up with it. He
+often thought of leaving and trusting to good luck in the outside
+world, but Osterberg was always at his side, ready to point out the
+madness of such a proceeding.
+
+At last the welcome news came that Arabi, probably tired of his
+soldiers' wanton slaughter, had issued a proclamation that every
+European must leave the city within a certain time or abide by the
+consequences.
+
+This was news indeed, and the whites flocked in hundreds to the
+ships in the harbour. So great was the crush that Helmar and
+Osterberg were only just able to secure a passage in the last one to
+leave. They determined to go to Port Said and there apply to the
+British authorities for assistance. What they were to do after that,
+fate should decide; both able-bodied men, they had no doubt that
+they could make themselves useful. Helmar's idea, now that he could
+speak a little Arabic, was to try to become an interpreter.
+
+It was a dreary journey to Port Said, but they reached it in safety
+and proceeded immediately to the British Consul. Helmar was to be
+spokesman and explain the object of their visit. After some delay,
+they were told an interview would be granted in about half-an-hour's
+time. Leaving the office, they strolled about in order to kill time.
+
+"We _are_ in luck," said George, as they walked arm-in-arm. "I
+wonder what will happen."
+
+"Being Germans, possibly we shall be sent about our business," said
+Osterberg, "and after all, it's only to be expected."
+
+"I don't think so," replied his friend; "you don't know these
+people. I'll bet something will be done for us."
+
+At this moment he caught sight, through the window, of a man dressed
+in European clothes crossing the square. The figure was so familiar
+that he paused and looked again.
+
+"By Jove! If I'm not very much mistaken, that's our old friend the
+doctor we met on the boat going to Constantinople!"
+
+Osterberg looked across at the man approaching.
+
+"You are right. It is he," he exclaimed, and they both made straight
+for the doctor.
+
+"Ah, my friends, we meet sooner than we anticipated. I am delighted
+to see you, but am sorry for your plight. But come," he went on,
+shaking hands heartily, "this is no place to talk, we will go to my
+quarters."
+
+Helmar and his friend followed the doctor to his rooms.
+
+"So you managed to escape from Alexandria?" said Doctor Dixon, as he
+leant back in his chair after listening to the young men's story.
+"Well, considering all things, you are lucky. Arabi Pasha, or his
+followers, are about the most inhuman devils I ever came across. And
+to think Arabi was one of the Khedive's most trusted ministers!
+Well, well, we live and learn!"
+
+"Now the point comes, what are we to do?" said George. "This
+rebellion has robbed us of our means of living, and we are simply
+thrown on the world without resource--at least without money. We
+have been to see the consul, but cannot do so for half-an-hour."
+
+The doctor laughed. George felt angry at this outburst of merriment
+at their troubles, and his face showed it.
+
+"There, there, my lad," said the officer, becoming serious, "I was
+not laughing at your troubles, but the way you put them. Now I dare
+say we can do something for you. You say you speak Arabic. Well," as
+George nodded in assent, "I'll see the consul and try to use my
+influence with him in getting you a job as interpreter. How'll that
+do?"
+
+"Excellently," replied our hero, beaming with delight; "but how
+about Osterberg?"
+
+"Ah, well, we'll look after him. He has his bank to go to, and I
+don't suppose for a moment Arabi will be allowed to remain in
+Alexandria for long. In fact, news came through this morning that
+the British warships were bombarding the place already, and if that
+is so, the blue-jackets will soon clear the town of the rabble. In
+the meantime provision will be made for him."
+
+Osterberg thanked him for his kind words, and the trio fell to
+discussing their journey from Varna to Constantinople.
+
+"By the way," said the doctor, "didn't you say that another fellow
+left the University with you? He played you a scurvy trick or
+something--didn't you say?"
+
+"Yes, you mean Mark Arden," said Helmar quickly.
+
+"Was that his name? You didn't tell me before. Strange----"
+
+"Why, what do you mean?" asked both young men in a breath.
+
+"Oh, it's nothing. Only some weeks ago a young German of that name
+came here and he was found some employment. I forget exactly what.
+Anyhow the fellow misbehaved himself--stole some money or something
+and was imprisoned. There was a frightful scene when sentence was
+passed on him. He swore revenge for what he called 'the insulting
+treatment,' was taken away to the cells, and three days afterwards
+escaped."
+
+"What was he like?" asked George.
+
+The doctor described him. There was no doubt about it, it was
+certainly Mark.
+
+"The scoundrel," said Helmar, bitterly, "to think he should disgrace
+himself in such a manner! Has anything been heard of him since?"
+
+"No, we found no trace at all, and I shouldn't be surprised if he
+made his way into the rebel camp. But come, we must get to business.
+Osterberg can remain here until we return."
+
+Helmar followed his friend over to the consul's office. The doctor
+left him for a moment outside while he interviewed the arbitrator of
+his fate.
+
+Whilst waiting the result, Helmar could not help thinking of the
+perfidious Mark. What a viper he had been, and how quickly he had
+again fallen across his path! One thing was certain, if ever Helmar
+met him again, he would extort from him the money he had stolen, and
+denounce him for the rascal he was.
+
+His reflections were cut short by the door being thrown open and a
+sharp summons for him to enter.
+
+George found himself in a bare-looking office. The only furniture
+consisted of a desk, one or two hard, uncomfortable chairs, and a
+long, wooden bench. For decoration the wall was covered with
+innumerable paper files and maps. He had no time for inspection. He
+was standing in front of the desk, seated at which was a slight man.
+He was partially bald, and his face matched his hair--it was
+brick-dust colour. His features were small, though clear and sharply
+cut, while his eyes were jet black and keenly penetrating. The
+doctor was standing beside him, and the pair eyed the young man as
+he stepped forward.
+
+"German," said the man, without taking his eyes from Helmar's face.
+"Any relatives in the country?"
+
+"No, sir," replied George without hesitation.
+
+"Want work, eh? Um," and he bit the end of his pen; "you speak
+Arabic, Dr. Dixon tells me?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"How much do you know?" he asked in that language.
+
+George replied in the same tongue, and the rest of the conversation
+was carried on in it.
+
+"Well, I can't promise you anything now at once, but Dr. Dixon
+recommends you highly, so that if we require any one, I have no
+doubt you will suit. You speak Arabic well for a man only a few
+months in the country."
+
+"I speak English and French as well, sir," broke in Helmar,
+"and----"
+
+"Yes, yes, I have no doubt--that will do. You will hear from me as
+soon as it is possible."
+
+The doctor smiled at the way the interview was closed, but George
+simply expressed his thanks and walked out. Presently the doctor
+joined him, and the two walked back to the quarters.
+
+"Well, what do you think of him?" asked the doctor.
+
+"Who? The consul? A smart-looking man."
+
+"A little abrupt, eh?"
+
+"Yes, but all business men are more or less like that. If he finds
+me something to do, it _will_ be a relief, and anyway I can never
+thank you sufficiently for what you have done. It is strange, I
+always seem to be under obligations. First Mariam, then Naoum, and
+now you."
+
+"Never mind that, my boy, every one must start in life, and to get
+that start one has to be under obligations to some one, if it's only
+your parents. Now about quarters? I'll arrange that you have a spare
+room with your friend in my house, and you must be my guests until
+something turns up. No, no more thanks, you've done quite enough in
+that line already."
+
+In a few hours the two friends, Osterberg and George, were installed
+in the doctor's house. He was a bachelor, and his place was
+comfortably arranged. Everything he had he placed at their disposal,
+and for the next three or four days they thoroughly enjoyed
+themselves. At last the summons George had awaited came. After the
+doctor had finished his hospital duties he returned home with the
+announcement.
+
+"Our fleet has bombarded Alexandria, and the blue-jackets have
+landed," he cried, as he stepped into the sitting-room. "You,
+Osterberg, will be able to return to your bank, and you, Helmar, the
+consul is going to send to the general commanding the forces there
+as an interpreter. Everything will be arranged here, you will be
+engaged at a certain salary before you go, and I believe you leave
+to-night."
+
+The news was so good and had come so suddenly that neither of the
+young men knew what to say, they were so overjoyed. At length their
+feelings burst out in a torrent of thanks, from which the kindly
+doctor took refuge by leaving the room.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XI
+
+                        A MYSTERIOUS MESSENGER
+
+
+Everything turned out as the doctor had said, and at seven o'clock
+they bade good-bye to their friend and protector, and left for the
+transport.
+
+They had three hours to spare before the boat left, and to fill in
+the time they went for a walk round the port.
+
+"It seems to me the most marvellous thing, the way in which we have
+fallen on our feet," said George, as they walked slowly along. "No
+one can doubt but that a Higher Power guides our footsteps. The
+miraculous escapes I have so far had teach me this, if I had needed
+any teaching."
+
+"Yes, and the providential way we have been brought together
+astonishes me still more," answered his companion. "Let us turn down
+here, it will take us out of the town; we have plenty of time. I
+don't suppose either of us will have much opportunity for pleasure
+after this. I say, isn't Dr. Dixon a brick?"
+
+"Rather! I only wish I was going to see more of him."
+
+They had turned into a quiet street, which rapidly brought them to
+the outskirts of the town. The houses on either side stood right up
+to the pavement, and appeared to be of the better class. This
+portion of Port Said was much more picturesque than the parts of
+Cairo and Alexandria to which our hero was used, and he remarked
+upon it.
+
+As they neared the end of the street, an Arab turned into it, from
+one of the many bye-ways, and came quickly towards them. He was a
+picturesque-looking man, dressed in his native garb. His dusky
+polished skin shone in the evening light, and he hurried along with
+a light, easy, swaying stride, his every movement displaying the
+athletic qualities that his robes tended to hide. As he approached
+the two friends, his watchful black eyes glanced quickly up and down
+the street, and then, apparently satisfied with what he saw, rested
+with a keen, penetrating look upon Helmar.
+
+Without slackening his pace for a moment, or giving the least
+indication of his intention, he suddenly held out his hand and a
+piece of paper fluttered at our hero's feet, and the fellow passed
+swiftly on.
+
+The whole thing was done so suddenly, that neither of the friends
+had time to say a word before the man had passed; and when, after
+picking up the paper, they looked round for him, he had disappeared
+as quickly as he had come.
+
+George gazed at his companion, holding the missive in his hand, and
+burst out laughing.
+
+"What a queer chap! If it weren't that he touched me as he passed,
+and I felt that he was flesh and blood, I should be inclined to
+think he was a ghost. I wonder what he is up to?"
+
+"Examine the paper. Doubtless that will enlighten us," said the
+practical Osterberg. "If I'm not mistaken, this is some game, in
+which we are wanted to participate."
+
+George examined the paper, turning it over and over wonderingly. It
+was a dirty envelope, of the cheaper kind, sealed down and addressed
+to him.
+
+"The mystery deepens. It's from some one who knows me, evidently.
+The writing seems familiar, too. I wonder----"
+
+"Confound it, man, open it!" broke in his impatient companion. "You
+are right about the handwriting. It _is_ familiar."
+
+Helmar tore the envelope open, and examined the contents. It was a
+brief note, signed by Mark Arden.
+
+The two read the contents eagerly.
+
+    "Dear George,
+
+    "I have just found out you are in the town. For certain reasons, I
+    cannot meet you in public; but, if you will meet me at the last
+    Mosque outside the town, on the lake's edge (any one can direct
+    you), in half-an-hour, I shall be glad to return you the money I
+    borrowed at Varna.
+
+    "Yours ever,
+
+    "Mark."
+
+As they finished reading this extraordinary epistle, the two young
+men silently looked at one another. Osterberg was the first to break
+the silence.
+
+"Well, of all the unadulterated cheek I ever heard of, this beats
+everything! I suppose he's going to pay you out of what he stole
+from the barracks. What are you going to do about it?"
+
+Helmar looked long at the paper before replying. He was trying to
+find out what lay hidden under these lines. Somehow, he could not
+bring himself to believe in their genuineness. There was a deeply
+suspicious air about the whole thing, not the least being the
+delivery of the note. At last he appeared to make up his mind.
+
+"We'll see it through. If there is any trickery, I dare say we can
+hold our own. Will you come?"
+
+"Rather!" cried his friend. "But have we time?"
+
+Helmar looked at his watch. It still wanted two hours to the time he
+must be aboard the transport, and he had no doubt the quay could be
+reached in time.
+
+"Oh, yes, heaps of time! We'd better find out where this particular
+Mosque is. We'll ask the first person we meet."
+
+At this moment an elderly Arab came along from behind, as if in
+answer to his expressed intention, and Helmar stopped him, and
+inquired the way. The old fellow grinned, showing a row of perfect
+white teeth, which, in a man of his apparent years, astonished the
+companions.
+
+"It is not far," he said, in a peculiar, grating voice, "and I am
+going that way myself. It will take but a few minutes."
+
+Osterberg looked inquiringly at George.
+
+"All right, come along. You lead the way, old man," said Helmar,
+"and we will follow."
+
+Helmar slipped his hand in his coat pocket to make sure his revolver
+was there, and, having satisfied himself on the point, hurried along
+behind the Arab, talking and laughing with his friend, as if he had
+not the slightest doubt but that everything was fair and
+above-board.
+
+The limit of the town was reached, and they passed along the sandy
+road until they came to some gardens. Here they turned off, and soon
+found themselves in a lonely, obscure sort of disused brick-field
+surrounded by some tumble-down hovels. At this spot their guide
+suddenly stopped.
+
+"That is the Mosque, in the distance," he said, and without waiting
+for reply, hurried off at a pace that belied his age.
+
+"I believe there's some trickery," said Osterberg. "I half wish we
+hadn't come. What's to be done?"
+
+"That old man has brought us to this spot for a purpose," said
+Helmar. "Why didn't he leave us at the gardens?" A dark look came
+into his eyes as he spoke. "Well, we'll give Mr. Mark ten minutes to
+turn up," he went on. "After that, we'll go."
+
+The two young men stood for a minute or two, kicking their heels
+about, and, at last, Osterberg got so impatient that he suddenly
+burst out----
+
+"Come on, don't let us wait here, let us get back to the quay. This
+is some beastly hoax. The place is as silent as the grave--it gives
+me the creeps."
+
+"I said we would give him ten minutes, and we will do so," said
+George, determinedly. "I'm not going until the time has elapsed.
+Hallo!" as he caught sight of a figure approaching, "here comes
+somebody. Perhaps it's Mark."
+
+His surmise proved correct. Mark came quickly up, and held out his
+hand. He was dressed in Egyptian costume, and with his dark
+complexion and black eyes might easily have passed as a native.
+
+"Ah! Helmar, and you, Osterberg!" he said. "I am glad to see you."
+Then, as neither took the proffered hand, he drew back. "Why, what's
+up? Aren't you going to shake hands?"
+
+"You said in your note," exclaimed our hero, impatiently, "that you
+wanted to return the money you owe me. Where is it?"
+
+"Ah, that's it!" answered Mark, with apparent relief. "Well, if
+you'll come into this house I'll give it you. Oh, it's all right!"
+as Helmar did not offer to move, "there's not a soul about besides
+ourselves. Come along."
+
+"But why can't you pay me here? I have no time to fool about, and
+must get back to the quay in time to catch the boat."
+
+"I know--at least, that is--all right," said Mark, seeing that he
+had made a mistake. "But you don't understand. This is where I have
+to live."
+
+"Since you robbed those who helped you here, eh?" said George,
+contemptuously.
+
+"I see you have heard of that, then," replied Mark, with a smile.
+"But really I had no intention of stealing, I only borrowed it as I
+borrowed it from you, and am equally as ready to return it as I am
+yours."
+
+"Why don't you do so, then?" said Helmar, a little mollified at the
+man's open words. "Look here, Mark, I don't want to say hard things,
+but if you're not a knave you are a fool, and the sooner you pull
+yourself together and live a decent life, the better!"
+
+"Oh, don't preach, Helmar!" cried Arden impatiently. "Allow me to
+do as I think fit. Now, will you come and get that money, or must I,
+on account of some silly notion of yours, go and fetch it? Of
+course, if you will not, then----"
+
+"All right, lead the way," said Helmar, "I'll follow."
+
+Arden led the way to a tumble-down, two-storied building, and the
+trio entered. It was dark inside.
+
+"You'd better follow me pretty closely," said their guide, "the
+floor is none too sound, and you may have a tumble if you don't."
+
+The two friends followed close up to their guide, and as they turned
+into a room, Osterberg fancied he heard a sound proceed from it. As
+nothing further alarmed him, he put it down to his straining nerves.
+As soon as they were inside, the door closed sharply behind them,
+and the ominous click of the lock made them both start. Helmar was
+about to say something, when Mark anticipated him.
+
+"Hold on while I strike a light. The beastly wind has blown the door
+to."
+
+This was such palpable nonsense that George expostulated.
+
+"There isn't a breath of wind, man. Hurry up with the light!"
+
+Arden fumbled with some matches for a moment, and then a light was
+struck.
+
+[Illustration: "'Trapped, by Heavens!' shouted Helmar." p. 124]
+
+"Trapped, by Heavens!" shouted Helmar, as the light revealed the
+room filled with armed Arabs.
+
+"Yes, as you say--trapped!" said Arden, with a leer on his dark
+face. "You are the fool, Helmar, not I. But see here, I am on
+business. Not of my own, but that of the person who employs me."
+
+Helmar was gazing at their surroundings and calculating the chances
+of escape. As far as he could see, there were at least a dozen
+fierce-looking Arabs standing in a ring round the walls, and the
+only mode of egress was a broken window and the door. The door was
+securely locked, but the window was not only broken, but the wall
+below it was in decay and looked as if one heavy blow against it
+would bring the whole thing down--it seemed to be only held up by a
+couple of wooden props set up from the floor on either side of the
+window.
+
+He had no time for any careful survey, for Arden, observing his
+wandering gaze, exclaimed----
+
+"It's no use, you can't escape. At a word from me these Arabs will
+kill you. Now, listen to what I have to say. As you know, Arabi is
+in open rebellion. I am employed by him. I am going round the
+country endeavouring to secure European recruits. He knows that he
+has practically only the British to deal with, and he wants to get
+as many Europeans as he can on his side. Now, in bringing you here,
+I am really doing you a good turn," he went on, with cool
+effrontery. "I am helping you to a far better position and
+infinitely more money than you will have with the British
+authorities. If you will join us you will be made an officer in his
+army, at a big salary, and you will be liberated at once; if you
+refuse--well, these men have their orders and you will never leave
+this place alive."
+
+"So you would be a murderer as well as a thief!" cried George, with
+flashing eyes. "I will not talk about ingratitude to such a cur as
+you. You probably do not understand the word. I have this day signed
+to assist the British authorities to the utmost of my power,
+and----"
+
+"Yes, I am quite aware of it," interrupted the villain. "Your
+movements have been watched from the moment you arrived in Port
+Said; but come--your answer. I have no time to waste."
+
+Arden was holding the light in his hand. It was a small oil lamp,
+with uncovered flame. As he finished speaking, he held it out
+towards our hero, peering into his face. With a bound like a
+panther, George darted forward and seized the spluttering light.
+Giving one powerful twist, he wrenched it from the villain's hand,
+and, turning it upside down, a huge flame flashed out all over it.
+He dashed it to the ground and the burning oil ran over the floor,
+catching light to the pieces of worn-out mats scattered about, and
+in less time than it takes to write, the rotten boards flared up.
+Helmar, seeing what had happened, backed himself to the wall,
+dragging his companion with him.
+
+His movements had been so rapid that even Arden's usual presence of
+mind had failed him; but, as he saw the flame burst from the
+flooring, he shouted to the Arabs to seize their prisoners.
+
+He had, however, calculated without his host. The house was so
+rotten and dry that the flames spread with great rapidity, and the
+Arabs, in terror of their lives, made for the door. Seeing this,
+almost blinded by the smoke, Helmar and Osterberg dashed to the
+window, and, tearing away the two supports, sprang on to the sill.
+The supports gone, the weight of their bodies finished the work that
+time had begun, and with a terrible crash the wall gave way, and the
+companions fell with it. Springing to their feet, quite unhurt, they
+found themselves out in the open, and ran off at top speed in the
+direction of the town.
+
+They were not a moment too soon, for Arden, at the head of the Arabs
+who had escaped by the door, came round the corner and followed in
+hot pursuit.
+
+It was almost dark, but George remembered the direction from which
+they had approached the desolate house, and with unerring judgment
+led the way as fast as his legs could carry him.
+
+Osterberg followed his fleet-footed friend, keeping pace with
+difficulty, and they soon reached the boundary of the gardens.
+
+"Which way now?" panted Osterberg, as the dim outline of trees
+loomed through the darkness.
+
+"Follow me," cried George in answer, as without a moment's
+hesitation he turned a sharp corner.
+
+Each felt rather than knew that the swift-footed Arabs were coming
+ever nearer, and that their only means of salvation lay in strategy.
+For this reason George preferred the gardens to the open roads.
+Since Arabi's rising, Europeans had taken to staying in their houses
+at night, rather than run any risk of a stab in the dark, so that
+there was little hope of meeting any one who could help them in the
+open thoroughfare. The gardens appealed to Helmar on account of
+their dense foliage and excellent cover. In case the worst should
+come to the worst, they would at least afford them shelter, and he
+hoped against hope that by this means he could give their enemies
+the slip.
+
+The patter of feet behind them had now grown louder and perfectly
+distinct, and at times Helmar even fancied he could hear the heavy
+breathing of the pursuers.
+
+Darting like a brace of hares through the labyrinth of paths, the
+two young men kept on. Their pace was terrific, but the sound of
+feet was still not far behind them.
+
+"George," panted Osterberg, as he drew up alongside his friend, "we
+can't keep this up. Can't we take the scrub and hide?"
+
+"Not yet, not yet, keep going, we shall find a place soon."
+
+Just then a light appeared among the trees to their right, and
+inspired with fresh hope they renewed their exertions, searching
+vainly for a path by which to reach it. Suddenly an idea struck
+George.
+
+"Never mind the light. Here, take this path to the left. Arden and
+his Arabs are sure to think we have made for that light in the hopes
+of assistance."
+
+Without hesitation they turned to the left, and in a few minutes
+came to an open gate in the boundary fence. For a second they paused
+to listen and recover their wind.
+
+"You were right, George," whispered his companion, "I cannot hear
+the footsteps, they have gone in the other direction. Come along,
+let's hurry. Do you know where we are?"
+
+"Haven't the faintest notion," was the comforting reply.
+
+"Well then, I suppose we must trust to luck. Which way?" he asked,
+as they stepped into the dusty road.
+
+George glanced quickly up and down. He saw some twinkling lights to
+the right.
+
+"There we are, that's the town," and the two set off again at a run.
+
+The lights became clearer and more numerous as they hurried along,
+and at last Helmar stopped running.
+
+"I think we are safe now. Listen!"
+
+The companions strained their ears to catch the slightest sound from
+behind, but they could hear nothing.
+
+"Thank goodness, they have lost us. I don't think we need fear
+further pursuit," said George. "Now, I wonder if we are in time to
+catch our boat." Fearing to strike a match to look at the time, they
+hurried on towards the town, and in a few minutes reached the
+outskirts. With hurried pace they made for the landing-stage, and
+reached it a few minutes before the gangway was about to be hauled
+aboard the transport.
+
+"A narrow shave in more ways than one," said Helmar, as they stepped
+on deck. "Come, we must report ourselves to the captain. I don't
+think we had better say anything about what has happened."
+
+Osterberg agreed, and the two young men reported themselves at once.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XII
+
+                        THE NEW OCCUPATION
+
+
+The ironclad that bore Helmar and his young friend to Alexandria
+also carried a great number of refugees, all bound for their homes
+in Europe. The time passed so pleasantly, that when their
+destination came into view, it was with feelings of regret that the
+young men prepared to disembark.
+
+As the docks loomed up, the evidences of the bombardment became
+distinctly visible. How different everything seemed now, from the
+peaceful business-like appearance the place presented when Helmar
+first landed on those self-same docks! The great heavy ironclads lay
+at anchor all around, silent and harmless enough to look at, but,
+withal, a mighty latent power protecting the shattered city. On
+shore the destruction seemed terrible; forts in all directions could
+be seen, battered and tumbled heaps of debris, a ghastly tribute to
+England's mighty naval power. Buildings that had been before all
+full of life and bustling activity were nothing but charred ruins.
+
+Altogether, the picture that presented itself, as the vessel slowly
+forged towards the shore, was one of appalling significance, and as
+George and Osterberg took in the terrible details, neither could
+help a feeling of regret at the necessity of such things.
+
+"It seems so terrible," said Osterberg, with a sigh, "to think that,
+for the sake of one great villain, all this destruction should have
+taken place."
+
+"Yes, but you must not forget that if it hadn't, probably there
+would not be a single European left alive in the city," answered the
+practical Helmar. "Personally I glory in a power that is so quick to
+avenge, and only regret that it did not come in time to prevent the
+terrible massacres of the hound Arabi. 'Egypt for the Egyptians' is
+no excuse for such wanton destruction of human life. If I am any
+judge there'll be a terrible reckoning for that gentleman and his
+satellites in the near future. England is roused now, and some one
+will have to answer for it."
+
+Helmar was an enthusiast. He admired and believed in the English as
+a race, and gloried, in a broad-minded way, in their mighty power.
+Since he had left his own country, the English he had met had, at
+once, held out a helping hand to him, and there was no thought in
+his mind but of gratitude towards them.
+
+"We will not say 'Good-bye,'" said George, as the young men shook
+hands on the quay. "Some day I expect we shall come together again.
+Your life is, apparently, to be of a more peaceful nature than mine,
+and perhaps it is as well; but still, these are troublous times, and
+one never can tell what may occur to bring us together. _Au revoir_,
+and good luck."
+
+Osterberg replied in a similar strain, concluding with the fatherly
+advice, "Do not put your head into too many traps," then hastened
+off to seek his bank, or, at any rate, what might still remain of
+it.
+
+Although not an enlisted man, Helmar was now, more or less, bound
+down by the same rules as governed the marines. There were many
+restrictions put upon him, and his associations were entirely of a
+martial description. He was, of course, billeted with the sailors,
+who only numbered some four hundred, and his duties consisted mainly
+of attending the orderly room in his capacity of interpreter. To a
+man of his energy and brains, this soon became simply intolerable,
+and he quickly determined to find other and more exciting means of
+occupying his time.
+
+Directly British forces landed from the ironclads, Arabi and his
+soldiery abandoned the city and took up their position at Kafr
+Dowar, a few miles to the south. A city patrol was quickly
+organized, consisting of blue-jackets and soldiers, and, in order to
+keep his mind and body employed, Helmar obtained permission to join
+these parties when he was not otherwise occupied.
+
+After the bombardment had ceased and before they evacuated the city,
+the rebels set light to hundreds of buildings, using petroleum, the
+better to work their fell purpose. The damage done in the European
+quarters was terrific, and many of the streets had become simply
+impassable, fallen ruins and dead and charred bodies in most
+instances blocking the way. All buildings that had escaped the
+incendiaries were looted from top to bottom, and not a vestige of
+anything valuable was left by the rabble.
+
+There was plenty of work, therefore, to be done in the city for some
+time to come. Notwithstanding the fact that the place was now in the
+hands of the British, acts of incendiarism were still being
+perpetrated at intervals. Natives who had remained in the town were
+the chief offenders, and it was a task of great difficulty for the
+patrols to stop the wanton destruction.
+
+One evening an alarm was given, and the patrol, which Helmar
+chanced to be with, was ordered to the spot. The conflagration was
+near one of the city gates, and, as the little party approached, a
+mob of Bedouins was seen hovering round, evidently with the
+intention of looting.
+
+The officer in charge of the patrol gave the order for his men to
+conceal themselves, and the whole party waited developments.
+Avoiding the fire the Bedouins entered another house, creeping
+cautiously to avoid detection. The watchers realized at once what
+was on; the fire had been started to distract attention from them,
+and, meanwhile, they were looting to their hearts' content. There
+were about twenty of the ragged creatures, and, as the last one
+entered the building, the patrol dashed in after them.
+
+There was a short, sharp fight, and then the would-be looters
+endeavoured to escape, but the trap was perfect, and, with one or
+two exceptions, the whole party were captured, taken to the Market
+Square and shot.
+
+Such incidents were of frequent occurrence, and often the native
+police were the offenders; no mercy was shown, however; those found
+guilty of pillaging only were flogged, while incendiaries were shot.
+
+Helmar found his knowledge of Arabic brought plenty of work. The
+residents and shop-owners required much help, and, in many
+instances, permission was granted to erect makeshift places in the
+public thoroughfares to carry on business.
+
+Destitute native families had to be provided for, homeless orphans
+and widowed mothers to be looked after. All these required people
+like Helmar to deal with them, and he found that his knowledge of
+their language brought him into constant demand.
+
+As often as not, his task was an unpleasant one. A fight, a tussle,
+a battle fair and square wouldn't have troubled him in the least,
+but when his work demanded the witnessing of prisoners being shot or
+flogged, he often felt, although he knew they deserved it, an
+absolute loathing for his duty. However, he was not always required
+for these things, and when they came, they were soon over, and, in
+the midst of all the bustle, he quickly forgot his momentary
+weakness.
+
+On one occasion only did his feelings get the better of him.
+
+A row of prisoners were lying down on their stomachs, moaning in the
+courtyards, awaiting their punishment; men of all nationalities and
+ages, varying from fifteen to seventy. Each was, in turn, tied to
+the pillar with his back bared, and received so many strokes from
+the cat at the hands of a marine, whilst the officer in command
+counted each blow, as it fell on the lacerated back. As the skin
+gradually turned red, blue, and then swelled, and the shrieks and
+yells of the victim filled the air, Helmar uttered a suppressed
+groan and turned his head, but he could not leave the courtyard. A
+fine specimen of an Arab had attracted his attention, and he
+wondered how he would submit to the treatment. His curiosity was
+soon satisfied. The man was led up to the wall and securely tied,
+then, setting his teeth, took his punishment without flinching or
+the utterance of a word. Whilst the marines were untying him, George
+saw that the man was almost fainting, and, as he tottered away, he
+went to his assistance and supported him to the doorway. Here he
+offered him a tin of water, but, to his utter astonishment, the man
+refused it.
+
+"No, no," and the man waved the refreshing liquid away. Then he
+explained in broken accents that it was a month of fasting, when no
+good Moslem either drinks, eats, or smokes between sunrise and
+sunset.
+
+Helmar was deeply impressed with the man's faith, which was strong
+enough to deny himself in his extremity for the sake of his
+religion.
+
+The rigorous manner in which crime was punished soon had its effect,
+and matters began to calm down inside the town.
+
+Incendiarism and robbery gradually ceased, citizens began to breathe
+more freely, and business revived.
+
+Helmar's occupation now began to grow more monotonous, and he looked
+about for something fresh. He found there was much work to be done
+in repairing the fortifications and building fresh ones. In this
+work native labour was largely requisitioned, and George saw an
+opportunity of employment in dealing with the workers. He soon
+obtained work here in a post of some slight importance, and, in a
+short time, proved himself so capable that the officers and those in
+authority began to notice him.
+
+Rumour had it that Arabi at Kafr Dowar was preparing to attack the
+town, and in consequence the authorities prepared to receive him. A
+large number of soldiers, blue-jackets, and marines with Gatling
+guns were landed, and the resources of the town were taxed to the
+utmost. Night and day the work of fortification went on, and guns
+were mounted at many points on the southern parts of the town.
+
+In this instance rumour was correct, and the rebel Pasha began to
+show fight. A contingent of his mounted infantry was known to be
+somewhere in the district of Ramleh water-works, so two regiments of
+mounted men were sent out in the direction to disperse them. They
+met, and a fierce but short encounter ensued, and the Egyptians fled
+towards Ramleh for reinforcements. This necessitated the dispatch of
+artillery and more troops to protect the place. On arriving there
+they found the ridge along the canal occupied by the enemy, and the
+water-works in danger. It soon became patent to the officer in
+command that the hill which commanded the position must be strongly
+held, and big guns mounted there. To this end he communicated with
+the town, and considerable delay was caused.
+
+It was at this time that Helmar received the order to join the
+forces at Ramleh. He had just turned into his blankets after a
+sixteen-hours day's work, and he felt that the much-needed rest was
+well earned. He was just dozing off to sleep, when a head was put
+through the doorway and a voice called him--
+
+"Helmar!"
+
+George was on his feet in an instant.
+
+"Yes!" he answered, recognizing the voice of an engineer.
+
+"You are wanted at once by the Colonel. Hurry up!"
+
+George did not wait an instant. He had lain down to sleep in his
+clothes, so putting on his helmet he ran out towards the Commander's
+quarters. In a few moments he found himself in the presence of his
+chief.
+
+"Helmar, I want you to join the officer in charge at Ramleh. The
+attack, I believe, is expected to be centred on that point at
+daylight, and there the defences are very incomplete. This is a case
+of emergency, or I should not send for you, for I am aware you have
+been at work for more than sixteen hours. However, you will take
+your gang to the point at once and render all the assistance
+possible. That will do!"
+
+The prospect, to most men, would not have been alluring, but to
+Helmar it was one of unmixed pleasure. True, he could have done with
+some sleep, but the hope of being in the thick of the fight on the
+morrow dwarfed into insignificance his desire for rest.
+
+In a short time he had aroused his blackies, and grumbling at being
+disturbed, they marched with their picks and shovels in the
+direction of the point to be defended.
+
+The enemy was still keeping up a desultory fire, and the solemn
+"boom" of their heavy guns could now and then be heard, while the
+hiss of the flying shell grated harshly on the still night air. The
+blackies were used to this sort of thing, and marched along as
+unconcernedly as if it were the natural state of things, only now
+and then would be heard a remark as a shell came a little nearer
+than usual.
+
+The spot was reached, and in a few minutes Helmar was superintending
+the throwing up of trenches. Approaching an officer in charge of a
+party of sappers close to him, he fell into conversation.
+
+"They expect an attack here at daylight?" he said, by way of
+greeting.
+
+"Yes, Arabi has found our weak spot, and the General has information
+of his intention. We shall give them a warm reception, but the
+trouble is, we have no guns of any kind mounted yet."
+
+"Well, what do you think will happen?"
+
+"Can't say, I'm sure," replied the officer, looking towards the
+east. "I believe at the first streak of daylight they are going to
+try to mount some of the naval guns on that steep hill the other
+side of the railway. I don't quite see how it is to be done under
+fire."
+
+Helmar looked over at the hill in question. Well might the officer
+doubt the ability of the troops to mount the guns under fire. The
+hill was very steep and open, not a fraction of cover on it
+anywhere. Every man on the work would be exposed to the enemy's
+fire. The task looked a hopeless one.
+
+"Yes, you're right," he said at last, "it will be a tough job. How
+do they propose to go about it?"
+
+"Set the blackies to haul them up," was the laconic reply.
+
+Helmar did not answer. The first streaks of daylight were already
+appearing, and his work was nearly completed. Already the fighting
+men of the camp were on the move and about to occupy the trenches.
+As the daylight began to broaden, he saw that the work of hauling
+the guns up on to the hill had begun. Shortly after, the fighting
+line occupied his trenches, and his gang were dismissed and sent
+back to their quarters. His work was completed, and he made his way
+towards the hill. Already Arabi's men had advanced to the attack,
+and firing had started at all points. It was quickly evident that
+the information was correct, and this portion of the town was to
+receive the main attack, for a terrific fusillade was opened by the
+enemy's artillery.
+
+The noise soon became deafening, the enemy's heavy guns being
+answered by the few small ones that the British had been able to get
+into position during the night. There was no doubt that, until the
+heavy naval batteries were got into position, it would go hard with
+the defending forces.
+
+Helmar hurried along in face of the terrific fire, totally heedless
+of the danger he was running, until he reached the railway.
+
+Hurrying on with the greatest possible speed, he reached the base of
+the hill, where he stood watching the efforts of the men. It was
+frightful work, the great heavy guns moved ever so slowly, and to
+George the outlook seemed hopeless.
+
+He had not noticed the officer in charge standing close by him, but
+as a sergeant ran up to receive some order his attention was
+attracted, and he recognized a Captain of Engineers to whom he had
+been of use several times since his arrival in Alexandria.
+
+The officer looked very much concerned about something as he stood
+there directing the sergeant. At the very moment the man went off to
+do the bidding of his superior, the officer turned and caught sight
+of George standing there. Beckoning him to his side, he asked--
+
+"Is not your name Helmar?"
+
+"Yes, sir," replied George.
+
+"What are you doing now?" demanded the officer.
+
+"I have just finished the trenches, sir; my men have gone back and
+I was about to follow, when I stopped to watch the hauling up of
+those guns," said George.
+
+"Ah! Those guns are giving much trouble. But I have just hit upon an
+idea which will save time and labour, and you are the very man I
+want to help carry it out. Come with me for a few minutes and I will
+give you the necessary instructions."
+
+George followed the officer promptly.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XIII
+
+                      HELMAR PROVES HIS METAL
+
+
+As George followed the officer he wondered what the plan was and in
+what manner his services could be of use in its execution. So far
+his occupations had been many and various, and, being willing and
+prepared to do any mortal thing, he felt no anxiety about the task
+he was to have next.
+
+Having reached the spot where the operations were going on, the
+officer, addressing Helmar, said--
+
+"Unless we get those guns into position quickly, there is no telling
+what may happen. The situation is getting very serious, but if I
+can carry out my plan successfully there will be nothing to fear. It
+is necessary, however, to have a trustworthy and fearless man for
+the job, for he will not only have a hard task but will be in a warm
+corner."
+
+"Give me your orders, sir, and I will do my best to carry them out,"
+said George, without hesitation.
+
+"Well, it will take a long time to get the guns up by manual
+labour," said his companion meditatively, "and it seems to me that
+we might easily adopt another means. Now," he went on, in decisive
+tones, "there are plenty of ropes and wire cables, and my suggestion
+is, we fix two blocks, one on the top of the hill and the other on
+the railway line opposite to it, and then, fastening a cable to the
+gun and passing it through the pulleys, secure it to a locomotive
+and--the thing is done."
+
+The officer looked at George for a moment, wondering if he grasped
+the situation clearly. The plan was of such a simple nature that he
+could not fail to do so.
+
+"Do you understand what I mean?" asked the officer.
+
+"Perfectly," replied George, "it seems to me a splendid plan."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed the officer. "Now, I want you to undertake the
+securing of the block on the hill." Then turning to the men, he
+called out, "Cease hauling there! Sergeant," he went on, "send in
+word at once to dispatch a locomotive down the line to us with the
+least possible delay."
+
+The work assigned to George was of great importance and of great
+danger. The enemy had already trained their heavy guns on to the
+hill, and it was only their bad gunnery that made it possible for
+the officer's plan to be carried out. In every direction shells were
+flying, bursting overhead, on either side, short, and far over the
+city, till the air was filled with flying fragments of metal; every
+moment was a constant threat, a constant danger to the little party
+of blue-jackets at the foot of the hill.
+
+Without waiting for further orders, Helmar, with the assistance of
+one or two of the eager sailors, selected an iron block of great
+strength, some necessary tools and ropes, and began the ascent.
+
+The first part of the climb was a little sheltered, but, as they
+proceeded, the shells hurtled away over their heads in rapid
+succession, and as the hissing missiles sped on their way, the men
+involuntarily ducked their heads as though to avoid them. The
+devoted little party had barely a hundred and fifty yards to go to
+reach the summit, but every foot of the way they knew they would be
+exposed to this murderous fire.
+
+The battle was raging all along the south of the city, a dense cloud
+of smoke covering the land like a pall, hiding the glaring light of
+the sun and making the atmosphere more densely oppressive than ever.
+The little party toiled wearily up the hill, the perspiration
+pouring off them as they struggled beneath their iron burdens,
+prepared to do or die. Helmar led the way, and never for a moment
+paused, although the weight of the heavy block was almost
+unbearable. He thought nothing of the flying shells, nothing of the
+death he was facing at every step, only of reaching the top and
+securing the pulley. A few more yards and the journey would be over.
+
+"Come on, lads, only another step or two!" he cried, gasping for
+breath in the parching air.
+
+"Ay, ay," came the answer in various tones.
+
+At last the top was reached. The sight now became fearful; the
+bursting shells, ploughing up the ground on all sides, were enough
+to strike terror into any one's heart. The blue-jackets, used to
+facing fire of all kinds, simply laughed and joked as they pointed
+out the inaccuracy of the firing.
+
+"Them savages 'ad better go back to their bows and arrers,"
+exclaimed one of the men, as he saw a shell pitch about half-way
+short of the hill. "Blowed if they could 'it an 'aystack, the black
+divils!"
+
+His companions laughed, and it did all hands good. Notwithstanding
+their indomitable pluck, the nervous strain was great, and the laugh
+relieved them. The hill-top was very bare, and, as George glanced
+round for a means of securing the pulley, he began to think that
+after all he had no easy task. The only possible means of securing
+it was to drive strong poles deep and firmly into the earth, and
+then fix the pulleys to them.
+
+As Helmar stood examining the spot, a splinter of one of the shells
+struck the earth close to him, and glancing off, whizzed past within
+an inch of his face. Springing back, he turned to a man near him.
+
+"That was a close call," he said.
+
+"Ay, and it might ha' been closer," was the solemn reply.
+
+There was no time to be lost, Helmar had made up his mind, and gave
+his instructions to the men. Taking a crowbar, about seven feet
+long, they drove it into the earth until there was little more than
+two feet of it remaining above ground. Just as this was finished, a
+shell pitched and burst barely twenty yards from them, and the whole
+party narrowly escaped death. The explosion tore up the ground until
+it looked as if a plough had recently passed over it.
+
+For fear the crowbar should not be firm enough to hold the weight of
+the gun, Helmar now fixed a stay to it and secured it to the ground;
+then collecting all the loose, heavy stones around, had them rolled
+into position so as to prevent the stake from drawing.
+
+The hill was now becoming too hot to hold them; the Arabs, bent on
+dislodging them, continued their fire with greater accuracy, until
+it became so deadly that the rest of the work had to be done lying
+down.
+
+The process of fastening the iron block to the crowbar was
+comparatively easy, and yet it was during this operation that the
+first casualty happened. George was lashing the wire rope round the
+stanchion, with the assistance of one of the men, when, without a
+cry or a moan, his companion fell back on the ground, shot clean
+through the chest. Helmar was terribly shocked, but continued his
+work, the man's place being at once filled by one of the others, and
+so the task was completed.
+
+"If that doesn't hold, nothing will," exclaimed George, ducking
+involuntarily, as a shot passed over his head. "Come on, boys, we'd
+better go back. No, on second thoughts, go you down and haul up the
+cable, I'll remain here and take care of him," pointing to the dying
+sailor.
+
+Without a word, the men darted off, and Helmar was left alone.
+
+While waiting for the return of his comrades, he laid the dying man
+in a comfortable position, nursing his head on his lap. This was the
+first time Helmar had been under fire. His anticipation of it had
+been somewhat unnerving, but when he found himself in the midst of
+the hail of lead and iron, his spirits had at once risen and he felt
+a wild longing to shout defiance at the distant Arabs.
+
+He could see nothing of the enemy through the dense canopy of smoke,
+but, from his elevated position, he could see the line of the city
+defences quite plainly. The garrison troops on all sides seemed to
+be gaining ground, only at this one point did it seem that nothing
+was being done. Suddenly he saw the locomotive dash out from the
+town and run swiftly down the line towards him, and, at the same
+time, the cheery "heave-ho" of the tars broke on his ear as they
+hauled the cable up the hill.
+
+The next minute the pilot rope was passed through the block and the
+men ran off with it towards the railway, while George remained to
+guide the hawser into its place when it came up.
+
+The whole operation did not last more than a few minutes; he saw the
+men reach the railway, pass the rope through the pulley there, and
+then secure it to the waiting engine.
+
+The officer now came up and joined Helmar.
+
+"You have done well, my lad," he cried. "Do you think the stanchion
+will hold the weight of the heavy guns?"
+
+"I hope so, sir," answered Helmar, eyeing the crowbar narrowly.
+
+"Very well, I'll give the order to heave in the slack. We'll see."
+
+[Illustration: "At last the gun reached the top." p. 151]
+
+He then gave the signal, and the engine began to steam slowly back
+to the town. The guide rope hauled taut, and then began to pass
+rapidly through the blocks. The hawser began to ascend. Up it came,
+lumbering along like a great snake until the block was reached. The
+officer signalled, and the engine came to a standstill. George
+passed the great steel rope safely through the pulley, and the work
+went on until the hawser had passed the second block on the
+railway. The engine then came back, and as soon as the great cable
+was secured to it, it started again for the town. The work had
+started in real earnest.
+
+All this time the enemy's fire was kept up incessantly, the
+locomotive being an object for their gunners to try their skill. But
+for the Arabs' atrocious practice, the naval guns would never have
+been got into position; as it was, whilst Helmar and the officer
+stood looking on, the gun began slowly to ascend.
+
+With a lynx eye, George watched the straining crowbar, fearful that
+it should draw and his work prove unavailing. It held, and, assisted
+by the men below, the heavy burden was steadily hauled up.
+
+At last the gun reached the top, and Helmar breathed a sigh of
+relief as he saw it wheeled off to its position. After this, the
+other guns were fetched up in a similar manner, and in less than
+half-an-hour the whole battery opened fire on the enemy. The naval
+brigade's practice quickly silenced the enemy's guns, and long
+before sundown Arabi and his hordes were in full retreat.
+
+As soon as his share in the work was over, George quietly slipped
+away and retired, thinking no more about it, content to leave the
+issue of the day in other more capable hands, while he took his
+well-earned rest. It did not occur to him that he had done anything
+wonderful, and therefore great was his surprise when, towards
+sundown, he was again rudely awakened by a loud voice telling him
+to get up.
+
+"Be sharp, too; the Colonel wants you."
+
+Somewhat flustered by this peremptory order, George hurried out and
+followed the orderly until he reached a house on the outskirts. Here
+the man paused.
+
+"You're not very smart-looking," he said, eyeing Helmar's
+non-military appearance with a glance of contempt.
+
+"I can't help that," said George. "You said, 'come at once,' so I
+came. It's no use finding fault with my appearance now, you should
+have thought of that before."
+
+"All right, I don't want any cheek, only when you go before the
+Colonel you are supposed to look smart. Just remember, young fellar,
+it's an honour to speak to the chief."
+
+"Oh, is it?" said George, tired of the man's patronage. "Well, if
+you'll lead the way, I shall be obliged, for it is no honour to
+speak to you."
+
+Muttering something derogatory to Helmar's nationality, the man led
+the way into the house.
+
+In a few minutes Helmar stood in front of the Colonel in charge. In
+the room several other officers were standing round, amongst whom he
+recognized the Captain whom he had assisted with the guns. The
+latter smiled on him as he entered.
+
+"I am told," said the Colonel, looking up at Helmar, "that it was
+due to your gallant conduct to-day, my man, that the guns were got
+into position so rapidly. It seems that, under a very heavy fire,
+you went to the top of the hill on which they were to be posted, and
+fixed up the hauling gear. These reports are very satisfactory to
+me. You are engaged as an interpreter at present. I shall endeavour
+to find you a position the better to show your capabilities. I
+compliment you heartily on what you have done."
+
+When Helmar got outside he could scarcely refrain from shouting for
+joy. The very first engagement he had been in, it seemed, he had
+distinguished himself and received the Colonel's congratulations. It
+seemed too good to be true. And yet the Colonel had said it himself.
+"Bah!" he muttered, "I did no more than the others did--yes, but
+very likely they got praised too."
+
+He anxiously hurried back, wondering what the morrow would bring
+forth. Evidently luck was coming his way.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XIV
+
+                        THE REGIMENTAL COOK
+
+
+The sun had long risen when George awoke from his heavy, dreamless
+slumber. Tired nature had at last demanded and received her share of
+the healing balm of sleep. The day had been exciting, and eventful;
+and though the nervous strain had been great, it was long before his
+busy brain allowed him to get to sleep. When it did, however, it was
+hours before his body was sufficiently refreshed to begin the new
+day.
+
+The sun was pouring down with scorching intensity when he sprang
+from his blankets; the heat of the atmosphere was like that of an
+oven, and he flung back the fastenings of the doorway and plunged
+his head into a bucket of water that stood ready to hand. Thoroughly
+refreshed and cooled with his dip, he set out in search of
+breakfast, his thoughts running wild over the events of the
+preceding day, as he made his way down the lines towards the
+cook-house.
+
+As he hurried along he was astonished at the number of men who
+paused in their work to take notice of him. As a matter of fact, he
+was scarcely known to any one, except the officers with whom he came
+into contact in his work, and yet he was greeted like an old friend
+by nearly every one he came across. It was some time before he began
+to realize that, in some way, the events of yesterday had brought
+this about.
+
+Reaching the cook-house, he plunged into the subject of breakfast.
+Had the cook anything to eat?
+
+"Anything to eat?" replied that worthy. "Well, rather. Always got
+something for you, Mr. Helmar!" his greasy face smiling with a look
+of pride at the man who had so distinguished himself on the hill
+yesterday.
+
+"I'm beastly hungry, and am afraid I'm a bit late," said George
+apologetically. "But I was so tired that I overslept myself."
+
+"Late? Not a bit of it--leastways, not for you. Here y'are, I been
+a-savin' this for you," and the benevolent-looking "slushy" dived
+into an oven and produced a piece of steak and some onions on a tin
+plate.
+
+George accepted this mark of extreme favour with the greatest
+pleasure. The steak smelt savoury, although, by the looks of it, he
+thought it would have done credit to a shoemaker's shop; but he fell
+to with such a healthy appetite that the cook was still further
+pleased.
+
+"'Ere, 'av a drop o' my kauffee," he said, holding out a pannikin of
+the steaming liquid; "there's a goodish 'stick' in it," he added,
+with a knowing wink.
+
+George accepted it without demur. He did not care for brandy, but he
+felt that he was under an obligation to the man and would not hurt
+his feelings by refusing what the soldiers considered a priceless
+treasure.
+
+While George was discussing his solid breakfast the cook looked on,
+chattering away about the doings of yesterday, avoiding with
+soldier-like tact Helmar's share in the proceedings; but just as the
+meal was over and he was about to depart, he said--
+
+"S'pose you won't be 'avin' many more meals along o' us?"
+
+"What do you mean?" asked George, in surprise.
+
+The man smiled and looked knowing.
+
+"Orficers' mess grub better'n we do, yer know," he replied, winking
+with the whole side of his face.
+
+"Yes, I dare say they do, but that's got nothing to do with it,"
+said George.
+
+"Ho, 'asn't it! They tells me as you are a-goin' to be made a
+horsifer."
+
+Our hero laughed, and the man looked offended.
+
+"No, no, that's wrong. You know, I'm not English, they can't do
+that--besides, there's no reason for it."
+
+"Well, now, I never thought o' that," replied the cook, somewhat
+crestfallen. "But they're a-goin' to do somethin' for yer;
+everybody's a-talkin' about 'ow you got them guns up the 'ill, and I
+sez, right yer are, I sez, 'e's a chap as deserves to git hon."
+
+George was quite confused at the man's praise, and, to avoid more of
+it, said good-bye and left the kitchen. What he had heard had opened
+his eyes. Now he knew the meaning of his morning's greetings from
+the strangers he had passed. Apparently he was looked upon as a sort
+of hero--well, he hoped they would find him something to do to prove
+their belief in him.
+
+Cutting across the parade ground towards the office, where his
+duties as interpreter required him, he was met by an orderly
+sergeant.
+
+"Mornin', Mr. Helmar. I was just coming to look for you. You're
+wanted at the office. I think," he went on, impressively, "there's a
+little trip on hand and you are to go on it."
+
+"Good! Do you know what it is, and where to?"
+
+"Can't say, I'm sure. They keep these things very quiet. The
+Adjutant's inside," he went on, "you'd better go in."
+
+Helmar stepped in. A group of officers, standing round a desk,
+turned as he entered.
+
+"Ah," said one who was sitting at the table with a chart spread in
+front of him, "I want you to hold yourself in readiness to accompany
+Captain Forsyth, this evening, on a patrol towards Kafr Dowar. You
+will act as interpreter. The commanding officer has selected you, as
+the work to be done will entail considerable risk, and we require a
+reliable man. Further instructions will be given you by Captain
+Forsyth. The patrol starts at sundown. You can go now and get
+ready."
+
+"Very good, sir," replied George, and turned to leave. One of the
+officers followed, and, as they got outside, joined him.
+
+"Your orders are not very explicit, Helmar," said he, "and probably
+convey but little to you. Of course, I dare say you know that after
+yesterday's engagement Arabi has retreated to Kafr Dowar. It is
+believed he has some thousands gathered under his banner, but we
+want to be sure. We are going out to gather all information
+possible, in which work you will be of great assistance to me."
+
+"You, then, are Captain Forsyth?" asked George, at once.
+
+"Yes, I asked that you might accompany me, for I do not care to
+trust to the native interpreters, and, besides," with a smile, "I am
+glad to have a man who not only can fight, but is also a man of
+resource."
+
+"I don't know the country, sir," answered Helmar doubtfully, "and,
+under the circumstances, that seems to me to be a vital point.
+Arabi's men are pretty smart, and no doubt there will be many traps
+to avoid."
+
+"I have taken all that into consideration. As far as the country is
+concerned, I will answer for that, and the traps--well, we must be
+as shrewd as the enemy."
+
+"I am only too glad of the chance," said Helmar, afraid lest, in
+offering objections, the officer should think he did not want to go,
+"and if it comes to a tight corner, I will give the best account of
+myself possible."
+
+"That's all right, then," said Captain Forsyth. "And now you had
+better go and get ready. I am going to let you use one of my own
+horses instead of a trooper; a blanket on the saddle is all that you
+can carry, except, of course, a day or two's rations in your wallet
+in case of accidents. You can get your arms from the quartermaster."
+
+The officer returned to the room, and Helmar hurried off to secure
+all that he needed.
+
+There was but little difficulty; evidently orders had been given
+beforehand, for his equipments were laid out and waiting for him.
+In an hour's time he had collected together everything he required,
+and the rest of the day was his own.
+
+His spirits were at the highest possible pitch, and the thoughts of
+the luck which was following him made him feel ready to undertake
+the most daring enterprises. He blessed the engineer officer who had
+given him the opportunity with the guns the day before. The drudgery
+of ganging natives in the trenches seemed as if it had now gone for
+ever, and he was about to embark on responsible work, or, at least,
+work that would give him scope to prove his mettle. The more he
+thought of it, the more castles he built of rising to a big
+position, until, at last, realizing the absurdity of his dreams, he
+brought himself back to the practical side of his duty.
+
+Late in the afternoon, about an hour before sundown, he again
+visited his friend the cook. He found that worthy looking as
+benevolently greasy as ever, and ready to offer him all the
+resources of his larder.
+
+"I thought I'd come and get my tea now, cook, I've got to go out on
+patrol at sundown. I'm afraid I'm a beastly nuisance."
+
+"Nuisance? No, o' course not. I ain't one o' them blokes as grumble
+cause a feller's 'ungry. Wot d'yer say to a bit o' cold meat and
+some tea to start with?"
+
+"Splendid. I haven't had any dinner, I had breakfast so late, so
+we'll make up for it now."
+
+"An' where are yer goin', if it's a fair question?" asked his
+companion.
+
+"Well, I don't know that I ought to say. Still, I wasn't told to
+keep it quiet, so I suppose it doesn't matter. It seems old Arabi
+has retired to Kafr Dowar and is going to make a stand there. We're
+going to gather information. I don't suppose there'll be much
+excitement."
+
+"Um," replied the cook, placing a pile of toast and dripping in
+front of his visitor. "I wouldn't mind bettin' a day's pay you git
+all the fun yer want afore yer git back."
+
+"Why, what makes you think that?" asked George, amused at the man's
+tone of conviction.
+
+"Yer don't know them horsifers like I do; I ain't been in service
+all these years for nothin'. I tell yer, if there wasn't no danger
+they'd a sent one o' them blessed blacks to interprit instead o'
+you. They knows you've got the grit, so they sends you, and it's
+odds yer don't come back with a 'ole skin."
+
+George knew the man's words were not meant unkindly, although they
+were something of a raven's croaking; however, with undamped ardour,
+he attacked the pile of greasy toast and waited for his host to
+continue.
+
+"I ain't got no opinion o' them all-fired Gypies!" he went on, as
+Helmar did not reply. "They're that treacherous as never, and if
+they gits 'old o' yer it means murder. Now, my advice is, an' I've
+'ad twenty year experience as a soldier ov 'er Majesty Queen
+Victoria--the greatest soverin o' the day--askin' yer pardon, as yer
+a Doycher--wot I says is, bayonit 'em, an' when yer done it see as
+they ain't alive arter. If yer don't, yer a goner."
+
+The good-natured cook had worked himself up to such a pitch of
+excitement as he laid the law down to our hero, that the latter was
+seriously afraid of apoplexy, and when the old fellow had finished,
+it was with difficulty he refrained from bursting out into a roar of
+laughter. However, keeping a straight face, he took a long pull at
+the pannikin of tea, and prepared to leave.
+
+"I've no doubt you are right, cook, and I shan't forget your advice.
+Well, good-bye, see you again some day."
+
+"Good-bye, Mr. Helmar," replied the cook, again beaming with
+good-nature and fat. "Good luck to you; don't forgit there's allers
+a drop o' good kauffee 'ere," and he turned to his work with a
+chuckle.
+
+Helmar hurried back to his quarters, and calling the chief nigger of
+his gang up, sent him to Captain Forsyth's quarters for the horse.
+While he was gone George busied himself with looking to his saddle.
+Presently, the fellow returned with a fine upstanding, raw-boned,
+dark brown horse. The animal looked all fire and mettle, and as
+George cast his eye over it, he registered a mental vow to thank the
+officer for his generosity.
+
+"You go to Kafr Dowar?" asked the nigger, as he held the horse for
+George to saddle him.
+
+"What's it to do with you where I'm going?" he asked sharply. "Mind
+your own business."
+
+"Be not angry with thy servant," said the man with a furtive glance,
+which he quickly averted as he caught Helmar's eye. "I but thought.
+Arabi is there."
+
+"How do you know?" asked George quickly.
+
+"I hear," was the evasive reply. Then, seeing the dissatisfied look
+on Helmar's face, he tried to ingratiate himself. "The horse is
+good, he will travel fast," he went on, with a glance of admiration
+at the animal.
+
+For a moment Helmar was thrown off his guard.
+
+"Yes, and it will take Arabi all his time to catch him, if we should
+come across him."
+
+"Then you go to Kafr Dowar," said the man, with a grin.
+
+George, seeing his mistake, was about to reply, when he saw the
+patrol getting ready, so, without further parley, he mounted his
+horse and rode towards them.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XV
+
+                              ON PATROL
+
+
+It was with very mixed feelings that Helmar rode over to the patrol.
+Of late he had come to regard all Egyptians with suspicion, and, in
+fact, the entire native population. As regards the so-called "loyal"
+blackies, he looked upon them as mercenaries, giving their loyalty
+for gain to the stronger side; being more enlightened than others,
+they realized that Arabi's rebellion could not possibly survive any
+serious opposition, and that in the end England was bound to crush
+it--hence their loyalty! Of course, it was well known that their
+ranks were crowded with spies--this was only natural--and he felt
+certain, though unable to prove it, that the man who had just spoken
+to him was one of these.
+
+As he rode up and joined the little party of horsemen, he was in two
+minds about speaking to Captain Forsyth of the man's suspicious
+behaviour; but, in the rush of moving off, he had no opportunity,
+and with the bustle and interest of his new work, the incident
+entirely slipped from his mind. It was not till later on that every
+word of that conversation was brought vividly back to him.
+
+"All right, Captain Forsyth," said the Adjutant, after inspecting
+the patrol; "you can move off. Good-bye, and good luck to you!"
+
+The order to march was given, and the little party of twelve people
+slowly filed from the lines.
+
+The beautiful cool of the evening after the sweltering heat of the
+day was refreshing to all, man and beast alike; the men laughed and
+chatted, the horses snorted, threw their heads up and proudly showed
+their mettle as the slow "walk march" was quickly changed into a
+canter.
+
+The camp was gradually left behind in the distance, and long ere
+night set in, Alexandria, with its domes and spires, was lost in the
+haze of the evening, and the bare, level, open country surrounded
+them on all sides.
+
+Their road lay in the direction of Kafr Dowar, distant about twenty
+miles to the south-east. For some time after leaving the city the
+railway was followed, until they arrived at the neck of land that
+separates the lakes Mariut and Abukir, then, leaving the road
+entirely, Captain Forsyth edged away from the railway and skirted
+along the south-west bank of Lake Abukir.
+
+Not very far out of the city, the officer dropped back to the rear
+where George was riding.
+
+"I'm going to divide the party, Helmar," he said, "and I want you to
+ride with me. We will travel on the west side of the railway, and
+shall probably meet stray Arabs in that direction, from whom we can
+obtain information. It will be imperative to keep a sharp look-out."
+
+"Yes," replied Helmar, "so far we do not know if Arabi has left Kafr
+Dowar or not. Anyway, if he has, I expect he still has a large force
+there."
+
+A flanking party was then sent out to the east. The main body,
+consisting of six men, were to continue the road direct for Kafr
+Dowar, while Captain Forsyth himself, a trooper named Brian, and
+George took the western flank.
+
+Helmar and his companions soon reached and crossed the railway, and,
+pressing on, the main body was quickly lost to view, and the work of
+scouring the country began in earnest.
+
+Helmar was very quick to learn his duties. A sort of instinct kept
+all his nerves and senses strained, detecting anything that might
+furnish information, and, although night had closed in, he found he
+was able to distinguish many things that he would not have thought
+possible in such darkness.
+
+Their course lay across country, and the officer kept on the right
+track by the aid of the brilliant light of the stars. He pointed out
+the manner in which it was done to Helmar, who marvelled at the
+simplicity of it all, and wondered how it was he had never thought
+to try it before.
+
+For some miles the journey was quite uneventful, and Captain Forsyth
+began to think that the Arabs had really retired beyond Kafr Dowar,
+even perhaps to Damanhour.
+
+"There doesn't seem to be a sign of the enemy anywhere," said he.
+"We must be within six miles of their reputed camp now, and we
+haven't even seen a light. It seems very strange."
+
+"Personally," replied George, "I think it's suspicious. These
+Gypsies are very foxy; there are some about, or I'm much mistaken.
+You don't catch a man like Arabi retiring all his troops without
+leaving a strong rear-guard somewhere behind. What about that rise
+over there?" he went on, pointing to the dim outline of a hill in
+the distance. "I thought I saw the flash of a light there just now,
+but it might have been only fancy."
+
+Captain Forsyth pulled his horse up for a moment and looked keenly
+in the direction indicated; but, as nothing appeared, the journey
+was resumed. A little further on, he suddenly exclaimed under his
+breath and whispered, "Wait a minute!" while he sprang from his
+horse.
+
+George felt a breath of excitement as he watched the officer's
+movements. The trooper Brian had come up alongside him.
+
+"Faith, seems to me there's some one on the move ahead of us. Can't
+you hear the sound of horses' hoofs, sir?"
+
+Helmar listened. At first he could hear nothing but the sighing of
+the evening breeze as it rustled over the open plains; but gradually
+he became aware of other sounds blending with it. He listened
+intently, and the sounds became more distinct, but still so dim that
+they seemed very far off.
+
+"Yes, I think you are right, Brian, but they are a long way off.
+They seem to me more to the left and in the direction of the
+patrol."
+
+"That's so," replied the Irishman, "and, sure, it's to be hoped the
+sergeant is aware of 'em."
+
+Just then the officer re-mounted his horse.
+
+"Well, sir, do you think it's anything coming our way?"
+
+"No," he replied, "not our way, but it's a party of horsemen, and
+they seem to be going straight for our main patrol. Brian, you and
+Helmar remain here; don't advance. I am going to join the sergeant's
+party. If you hear the sound of fire-arms from that direction, you
+two will join us at once; and if not, in twenty minutes from now
+strike a light and I shall rejoin you. Don't make any mistake.
+Helmar, I shall leave you in charge."
+
+While the officer was speaking, George gave all his attention to the
+sounds approaching, and his restless eyes scanned the darkness all
+round. What he had thought to be coming from the east now sounded to
+be from the west.
+
+"Very good, sir," he replied, as Forsyth finished speaking. "But it
+strikes me you are either wrong about the direction of the sounds,
+or there are others coming towards us from the west."
+
+The officer listened, but he remained convinced that what he had
+heard came from the direction he had said.
+
+"No, I am right," he said, at last. "There is no sound to the west.
+Don't forget your instructions," and he turned his horse and
+disappeared in the darkness, the clatter of his horse's feet soon
+becoming deadened by the heavy sand.
+
+"You're right, Mr. Helmar, and he's wrong, though it wasn't for me
+to say so," said Brian, in tones of firm conviction. "As the officer
+disappeared, did you notice how quickly the sound of his horse's
+hoofs died away?"
+
+"Yes," replied Helmar. "But what has that to do with it?"
+
+"Simple enough," replied the other; "he's forgotten about the wind.
+There isn't too much, it's true, but what there is is coming from
+the west, and consequently the sound travels with it. Now, you
+listen. You can't hear a sound of him now."
+
+It was as the Irishman said. Strain as they would, there was not a
+sound to be heard from his retreating horse.
+
+"You're right," said George, at last, "and the other sound is still
+to be heard, which means----"
+
+"Which means that some one is approaching us from the west, and the
+sound is travelling with the wind. Before he gets back we'll have
+trouble on our hands, or I'm--I'm--a Dutchman," he finished up in
+his broad Irish brogue.
+
+Although Helmar was determined and courageous, he was a novice at
+the art of war, and was ready to adopt any plan that appealed to his
+common-sense when danger threatened, so he consulted his companion.
+
+"Assuming that we are right, what plan do you suggest?" he asked,
+eyeing the Irishman keenly.
+
+"Well, it's hard to say what's best. Sure, I'm right on for a fight,
+but we must first locate how many are coming, and p'raps after all
+they may be friendlies, though I wouldn't give much for the chance."
+
+"Neither would I," replied George, laughing. "Well, I'll tell you
+what I propose; we'll just lay low and be guided by circumstances,
+and, in the meantime, look to our arms."
+
+The two men's revolvers were loaded, and the magazine of their
+rifles full; after they had examined them carefully they sat in
+solemn silence, with every nerve strained to its highest tension for
+the slightest suspicious sound.
+
+Every moment increased their certainty of the approach of horsemen,
+although at a slow pace, for the sounds were infinitely more
+distinct.
+
+"They're coming, right enough," said Brian abruptly in a whisper. "I
+caught the sound of voices just now, and by jabers it seems to me
+they're Gypies."
+
+This was a surmise of the Irishman's imagination, for as yet Helmar
+had heard no voice; but still the sounds came nearer.
+
+"Another two minutes and it'll be time to give the signal to Captain
+Forsyth," said Helmar, feeling over the face of his watch.
+
+"Eh? And bring a hornet's nest about us!" exclaimed the Irishman in
+disgust. "But there, it's military orders, and I suppose they must
+be obeyed, whatever the consequences."
+
+"It seems to me all wrong anyhow," replied Helmar; "I don't think he
+ought to have given such an order. A scout has no business to give
+signals like that, or even to carry matches, but I suppose it's got
+to be done. Get your pistol out and be ready while I strike a
+light."
+
+A grunt from the Irishman signified assent, and, a moment after,
+Helmar struck a match. Simultaneously as the match flared up, there
+was a howl from the west, and the two watchers heard the galloping
+of horses from that direction, while from the eastward they heard a
+loud "whoop" from Captain Forsyth, who almost instantly dashed up.
+
+"Quick, for your lives, men," he cried, "we are surrounded. There's
+a party of the enemy in hot pursuit of me. We must turn back and try
+to outflank them and join the rest of the patrol. Come on!"
+
+Leading the way, he turned his horse and the three men galloped off.
+
+"It's no go, cap'n," cried Brian, whose horse had leapt into the
+lead and was trying to bolt. "There's a party coming straight for
+us. Let's make a stand and give 'em a taste of our lead."
+
+"On, man, on for your life! They're coming in all directions," he
+shouted back. "That match did it."
+
+They turned their horses in another direction, but as they did so a
+rattle of musketry met them, and a hail of bullets flew over and
+around them.
+
+"Pull up," said Forsyth, in quiet tones, "the game's up, we must
+make a fight for it."
+
+Another volley whistled about them, and Brian's horse was hit and
+fell to the ground.
+
+"Are you hurt?" cried Helmar, dismounting to his assistance.
+
+"Not a bit," replied the fallen man cheerily, springing to his feet.
+
+The officer jumped off his horse, and the three men stood ready to
+sell their lives as dearly as possible. They were none too soon,
+for, in the darkness, the enemy, riding at full gallop, were almost
+on top of them before they could pull up. The moment they were near
+enough to see, they poured another murderous volley into the devoted
+little party, and the Irishman fell with a bullet through his chest.
+In reply, the Captain and our hero blazed away with their rifles
+into the cluster of horsemen.
+
+Suddenly a voice rang out above the noise of the cracking rifles,
+and the Arabs ceased fire; then clear and strong came in
+unmistakable European tones--
+
+"Surrender, you English, or you die!"
+
+In an instant Helmar recognized the voice--it was Arden's. Rage
+filled him as he thought that once more he was in the power of this
+man, and he made up his mind to fire his last cartridge before he
+gave in. He raised his rifle to his shoulder, but Forsyth stayed
+him.
+
+"It's no use. He has got us foul. Alive we may escape, but with
+fifty to one against us, it is suicide." Then raising his voice to a
+shout, he cried, "We surrender!"
+
+The words were hardly out of his mouth when, with a terrific shout,
+a volley was poured into the unprepared Arabs, and a frightful
+_mêlée_ ensued as the rest of the patrol, headed by the sergeant,
+charged to the rescue.
+
+In the confusion Forsyth and Helmar sprang on to their horses--Brian
+was beyond their help--and galloped towards their friends. The
+darkness was so intense that the two men immediately got separated.
+Helmar unconsciously altered his direction and immediately fell in
+with a party of horsemen galloping off. Thinking it to be the
+patrol, he joined them, and raced away. His horse was very fresh and
+quickly forged ahead into the midst of his companions, when, to his
+dismay, he discovered his mistake--he was in the midst of the flying
+enemy.
+
+With an exclamation of horror he endeavoured to pull up, but this
+attracted attention, and the men beside him, turning, saw his white
+face and shouted to their leader. George raised his revolver, but
+ere he could pull the trigger it was knocked from his hand and he
+was defenceless.
+
+The Arabs now closed all around him--there was no possibility of
+escape. One man had seized his horse's bridle, and he was forced to
+gallop on whether he liked it or not. He threw back his head and
+shouted, thinking his friends might still be within hearing, but a
+blow on the mouth with the butt end of a pistol silenced him, and
+bursting with rage and mortification he had to gallop on.
+
+His feelings were terrible; to be captured in this childish manner
+was too disgusting for words--and by Arden too! He railed bitterly
+at losing the Captain in the darkness.
+
+"If I had only had sense enough to stick close to him," he thought
+to himself, "I should have been all right, instead of again being in
+the power of this treacherous Mark. There'll be precious little
+mercy for me this time, and when we get to his camp, I expect he'll
+have me hanged."
+
+Then the thought struck him that as yet Mark, if he was with the
+party, had not seen him, and he felt inclined, notwithstanding the
+exigencies of his position, to laugh at the surprise it would cause
+that worthy when he became aware of who his prisoner chanced to be.
+
+They were ascending a hill, and on the top of it George could see a
+number of lights twinkling and bobbing about through the fringe of
+bush that covered it. His captors gave him but little time to
+speculate as to the place they were nearing, for not for one instant
+did they slacken their speed as they ascended the steep slopes.
+Helmar knew by the pace of the journey that he could not be far from
+Kafr Dowar, but he had never heard that it was on a hill, and
+besides, the railway passed through it. This latter thought
+convinced him that this place must be only some patrolling station
+of the rebels, and he felt sorry for himself that such was the case;
+he would probably be in the power of Arden or some subordinate,
+either of whom might, as likely as not, order him to be beheaded for
+the amusement of the crowd.
+
+These thoughts were not very comforting, and he was glad to put them
+from him for others of a less morbid character, as he entered the
+low scrubby bush in which the camp was pitched.
+
+No word had passed between him and his captors from the moment they
+had become aware of his presence amongst them. This ominous silence
+had struck him at first as curious, but realizing a few of the
+peculiarities of the "Gypies," he took this for one of them and
+refrained from breaking it.
+
+He was still in doubt as to whether Arden was with them, or whether
+this was another party altogether, but, whichever way it was, he
+meant to keep to himself the fact that he could understand Arabic,
+and trusted that his knowledge of their language might help him to
+escape, or at least save his skin.
+
+On the whole, after the first shock of his capture was over, he
+began to think that his fate might have been very much worse; he
+might have been with poor Brian lying dead on the sandy plain, a
+prey for the vultures who would swarm in dozens over his carcase at
+daylight; or he might only have been wounded, when to be left out in
+the scorching rays of the sun would have been ten times worse.
+
+With reflections such as these he endeavoured to comfort himself,
+and, as he entered the rebels' encampment, he felt he was ready to
+face anything that was likely to happen.
+
+Passing by a row of mud huts, the party drew up outside one bigger
+than the rest.
+
+Helmar was jealously guarded by two of the soldiers armed with
+rifles and pistols, while a confabulation was being held by the
+rest. They were talking some yards away, and so many tongues were
+going at once that it was impossible for him to make out what was
+said.
+
+At last, however, they evidently came to a decision, and at a word
+he was led off, with his horse, to a hut where his guards told him
+in Arabic to dismount.
+
+George was prepared for something like this, and remained where he
+was, pretending that he did not understand. Immediately the men,
+taking the bait, conveyed their meaning by signs, and he instantly
+dismounted. He was then led into the hut, and the moment after the
+soldiers left him, closing and barring the door behind them.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVI
+
+                           WE MEET AGAIN
+
+
+The place in which George found himself so roughly thrust was pitch
+dark. He vainly turned from side to side to discover, if possible,
+what his surroundings were, but he could see nothing. The ominous
+"clumping" of the bars as the rebel soldiers put them in place,
+warned him that they had no idea of giving him any opportunity of
+escape, and he must be content for a while at least to remain where
+he was and make the best of things. He listened for the sound of
+retreating footsteps, but, hearing none, concluded that the two men
+had been told off to mount guard over him, thus making his captivity
+doubly secure.
+
+Waiting for a moment or two, to get accustomed to the darkness, he
+proceeded to feel his way about, in the hopes of finding something
+on which to sit and rest; but, after hesitatingly moving round the
+walls, he came to the conclusion that the hut was bare of all
+furniture, and if he wished for rest he must sit on the ground.
+Being somewhat philosophical, this he did, leaning his back against
+the wall, and gave himself up to formulating a plan of campaign.
+This was no easy matter; he had but the vaguest ideas what his fate
+was to be, and therefore it was impossible to know what was the best
+line of action to adopt.
+
+The one thing he feared was that there was no sufficiently powerful
+rebel here to protect him from the barbarity of the half-wild
+soldiery; and if this were so, his life, when daylight came, would
+not be worth twopence. If Mark Arden happened to be in command he
+might possibly attempt to save him for a worse fate than even the
+one he had already pictured; of the two, he would sooner face the
+soldiers, for then his end would be swift, and he could at least
+face it like a man.
+
+His thoughts brought him so little comfort, so little hope, that at
+last he put them from him altogether, and, in spite of all his
+danger, in spite of all this discomfort, he curled himself up and
+slept the sound refreshing sleep of a tired man. Once more he was
+back in Germany, once more amongst the students of the University;
+the Debating Society was in full swing, and he was again enacting
+that little drama in the club-rooms. Somehow Arabi was mixed up with
+it all, encouraging him to help his friend from the bullying
+Landauer, smiling brightly on him as he uttered the scathing words
+preceding his challenge. Suddenly in the midst of it all there came
+a terrific peal of thunder, and he awoke with a start, to hear the
+bars being removed from his prison-door and to see the bright
+sunlight streaming in through cracks in both roof and wall of the
+cranky hut.
+
+He rubbed his eyes for a moment to make sure he was not still
+dreaming, then, as the door was flung open and the dirty face of a
+ragged, half-dressed soldier appeared, he recollected everything,
+and sprang to his feet in anticipation of rough treatment.
+
+Critically scanning the man who stood before him, George could not
+be certain if it was the same fellow who had thrust him in there the
+night before. He was not long left in doubt, for he was addressed in
+the broken English common to natives used to mixing with Europeans,
+and George knew at once that this was a fresh jailer.
+
+"The officer will speak with the Englishman," he said with a grin.
+
+[Illustration: "And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do
+not choose to go?" p. 181]
+
+"Oh," replied George in the same language, "and what does he want
+with me? Who is this officer? Why can't he come to me?" he went
+on in defiant tones.
+
+"You are prisoner, and the officer he not come to prisoners. You are
+to die soon," was the comforting reply.
+
+"Yes, and who is going to kill me? You?" with fine contempt in his
+tones, eyeing the insignificant wretch up and down.
+
+"I come not here to talk with the dog of a Christian. If you will
+not come with me, I must take you, for the Pasha will not wait.
+Come!"
+
+Helmar burst out into a loud laugh. The thought of this dirty little
+Egyptian taking him anywhere against his will was too much for him;
+notwithstanding the exigencies of the situation he resolved to tease
+him.
+
+"And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do not choose to
+go?"
+
+The little man's eyes glittered, and his hand rested on a revolver
+in his belt. He saw that the "dog of a Christian" was laughing at
+him, and he did not like it.
+
+"My orders are to bring you; if you will not come alive, then----"
+and he drew his revolver and levelled it at George's head.
+
+Thinking he had gone far enough, and realizing that the wretch was
+in earnest, George stopped laughing.
+
+"All right, lead the way, I'll go with you. But you might give me
+something to eat; I haven't touched food since yesterday afternoon
+and am hungry."
+
+"You not need food much longer," replied the man with a grim smile,
+as he led the way out into the scorching sunlight.
+
+"Evidently," thought George, "they don't intend to waste time with
+me. But, by Jupiter! I'll make a fight for it when the time comes!"
+
+The place he was in was a small encampment of mud huts scattered
+about amongst a scrubbly low bush. A number of rebel soldiers were
+to be seen in various attitudes of laziness, all smoking or chewing.
+As George passed along with his guide they eyed him with much
+disfavour, without moving from their particular position of ease,
+and if looks could kill, he would never have reached the officer's
+hut alive.
+
+"What place is this?" he asked, more interested in his surroundings
+than in his fate. "Is it Kafr Dowar?"
+
+The man shook his head and refused to answer. Not yet satisfied,
+George tried again.
+
+"How far is this from Alexandria?"
+
+This time the answer came short, sharp, and in deep tones of hatred.
+
+"Too far for the Christian ever to return."
+
+"How these wretches do hate Europeans," thought he, as he trudged
+along beside the man and began to think more seriously of what was
+in store for him.
+
+A few yards further on they stopped outside the same hut where they
+halted the night before. The guard knocked at the door, which was
+instantly opened, and two soldiers barred the way. George's guard at
+once explained, and the two men fell back, leaving them free to
+enter.
+
+The guide led the way. The room was dark, and as far as Helmar could
+see at first glance, it was as devoid of windows and in almost as
+ruinous a condition as his prison. He saw in one swift glance an
+untidy bed, covered with brown blankets, occupying one side of the
+room, and then his attention was riveted on a man dressed in
+Egyptian costume writing at a table in the centre of the apartment.
+He seemed to take no notice of their approach, so absorbed was he in
+his work; not a movement escaped him beyond the manipulation of his
+pen, which was decidedly rapid, George thought, for an "uncivilized
+savage."
+
+The prisoner had time to note the long sword hanging at the man's
+side, and also the sinister projecting butt of a revolver from his
+belt, but beyond this there was nothing to mark him out as anything
+much above the rest of the rebels he had seen.
+
+George and his guide halted in front of the table, and the officer
+with a movement of irritation threw down his pen and looked up.
+There was a momentary silence, and the two men exchanged glances of
+mutual defiance and hatred. Then, with an unpleasant smiling curl of
+the lip, the latter said--
+
+"So, George Helmar, we meet again!"
+
+It was Mark Arden. Helmar had not been altogether unprepared for
+this meeting. Mark, he knew, was in the neighbourhood, but he had
+not been certain he was to be the arbitrator of his fate. He thought
+swiftly, and quickly realized that no feelings of similar
+nationality and education would help to save him from this villain's
+vengeance. He therefore determined to put on the boldest face
+possible, and meet defiance with defiance, hatred with contempt, and
+let his captor understand that he did not care a jot for anything
+that he could do to him.
+
+"You escaped me before, but I thought it would not be long before I
+should again get hold of you. That was a smart trick you served me
+at Port Said, and I haven't forgotten it."
+
+George smiled, as he thought how easily he had outwitted this man
+before, and wondered if there were no possibility of repeating the
+operation. Mark seemed to read his thoughts.
+
+"No, my friend, it will not happen again; I will see to that. I have
+you more fully in my power now, and I can assure you I have no
+intention of letting you again slip through my fingers."
+
+"That remains to be seen," replied George, coolly. "But you haven't
+paid me that money yet, and I shall be glad of it just now."
+
+This was only said out of bravado, and had its effect. Mark could
+not refrain from smiling as he replied----
+
+"What, still harping on the old theme? Ah, well, you always were a
+cool fellow, but I'm afraid your coolness will avail you little now.
+I gave you a chance at Port Said, for old acquaintance' sake, a
+chance which you wantonly threw away in a manner little calculated
+to enlist my sympathy; and now, nothing I can do will save you," and
+he grinned fiendishly at the irony of his own words.
+
+George was not in the least taken in by them; he knew full well that
+this man would stop at nothing to injure him, so he treated his
+words with contempt.
+
+"Ah, you do not believe me," Mark went on, observing the look of
+disdain on George's face.
+
+"But you will soon see. Listen to this," and he read from what he
+had written on the paper in front of him.
+
+"I am sending down a man captured, by my command, in the act of
+spying our works here. He is an interpreter to the enemy, and
+therefore a man to be feared. I refrain from sentencing him here, as
+a spy is always a useful subject for interrogation for the
+authorities, and if he receives his punishment here, of course that
+will all be lost."
+
+"That is my dispatch to Arabi, Helmar, as far as you are concerned.
+Doubtless you can draw your own conclusions as to its meaning."
+
+"Yes," replied George, "I can. It means that you are asking to have
+me shot, probably tortured first to extract information from me
+which I do not possess. Bah! you are a cowardly hound!"
+
+"Exactly. For the sake of Auld Lang Syne," he replied coldly. "I do
+not care to have your execution on my hands. But I have no intention
+of letting you escape. Now you understand what I meant when I said
+that nothing could save you."
+
+As he finished speaking, he again bent over his writing. George
+watched him as his pen flew rapidly over the paper; he had nothing
+that he cared to say to such a despicable hound. He was simply
+raging with indignation at the traitor, and his fingers twitched
+longingly to get to the man's throat. However, he restrained
+himself, and waited for anything further that he had to say.
+Presently he looked up.
+
+"Well, is there anything I can still do for you?" he asked, in a
+sneering tone. "Although your fate has been decided, and I know that
+in less than a week you will be dead, I do not wish to deny you any
+comfort that my camp can provide."
+
+His words came short and sharp, and their tone was in no wise
+calculated to bring any relief to George's pent-up feelings, but
+rather aggravated them.
+
+"If you have finished all you have to say," he said sternly, "I
+shall be glad to return to my prison."
+
+Arden laughed coarsely at Helmar's indifference, and yet, while the
+smile was still on his lips, a look of anxiety came into his eyes as
+the calm demeanour of his former friend struck a latent chord of
+fear in his black heart. It passed, however, as quickly as it came,
+and angry that even for one moment he should have feared this man,
+he burst on him with a torrent of invective.
+
+"Leave me at once," he cried, pointing to the door; "go back to your
+kennel, you cur! If you stay here another minute I shall forget that
+I said I would not be responsible for your sentence! Here, guards,
+seize him and take him away!" He paused for a moment as the two
+soldiers obeyed, and then in cooler tones gave one parting shot.
+"When next we meet, Helmar, I shall pay my debts!"
+
+"When next we meet, you can have no choice: you shall pay them in
+full," rejoined Helmar quietly, as the guards marched him off.
+
+George breathed more freely when he found himself once more out in
+the brilliant sunlight. The atmosphere of that house had to him been
+unbearable, the presence of the villain Arden had taxed his feelings
+and temper to their utmost, and it was with a sense of intense
+relief that he surveyed again the mud huts and the lazy soldiers
+outside.
+
+The bright, hot sun, the fresh, sweet air quickly restored his
+mental balance, and he glanced at the many faces of the men lying
+about as he slowly sauntered, under the escort of his guards,
+towards his prison. He had not gone many paces when his attention
+was attracted towards a man who, just as he came abreast of where he
+was lying, turned over and grabbed at the air with his hand as
+though to catch some flying insect. The fellow's action was so out
+of keeping with the laziness of his attitude that Helmar glanced
+more keenly at him, and was astonished to see him looking hard at
+him. Immediately it flashed across his mind that he had seen the man
+before, but where he could not say. However, the recognition seemed
+mutual, for as the soldier lay back again, there was an unmistakable
+smile on his face, and Helmar went on towards his hut wondering.
+
+As soon as he arrived there, George stepped in and the door was
+closed upon him. While he had been away an aperture in the wall had
+been uncovered, and the miserable room was well lit up. He walked
+over to the opening and found that it was a small window, or rather
+square hole in the wall evidently used for that purpose. Carefully
+set in the centre of the floor was some rough food and a pitcher of
+water, and as he gazed at it, he thought that, uninviting as it
+looked, he could have done with quite double the quantity; however,
+satisfied that they did not intend to starve him, he fell to with a
+keen relish, and felt all the better when he had finished.
+
+Notwithstanding the prospect of immediate death, he was in no wise
+disturbed, and, as he leaned back against the wall after his repast
+was finished, his mind centred on the familiar face he had just
+seen, and he wondered again and again where he had seen it before.
+
+With tantalizing persistency the recollection stuck to him, and,
+equally tantalizingly, he was unable to recall his previous
+acquaintance with it. At last his thoughts began to drift, and he
+reviewed the events of his life since he had landed in Egypt.
+
+An hour passed in this way, when suddenly he started up with an
+exclamation.
+
+"Of course, what a fool I am!" he muttered. "He is the mate of
+Naoum's dahabîeh. I remember distinctly now. I wonder how he got
+here; he seemed a decent sort of nigger, too! I wonder if he were
+forced into Arabi's service against his will? I must find out; if
+so, he may be of use to me." Joy came into his heart, and he laughed
+aloud.
+
+He already began to picture himself fooling Arden for the second
+time, although how was not quite plain even to himself. Still, as a
+drowning man will cling to a straw, George grasped at this one gleam
+of hope, and it brought him a peace of mind that he had not felt
+since he was captured the night before.
+
+The day dragged wearily on. At short intervals his guards would look
+in to see that he was not attempting to escape, and, satisfied with
+their inspection, would prop themselves in a sitting posture outside
+the door against the wall, and to all appearance sleep.
+
+Towards sundown food was again brought to him, and at the same time
+his guard was changed. While he was yet eating his unsavoury meal
+one of the new men entered--it was the man he had recognized.
+
+Glancing furtively at his fellow-guard outside, he advanced to the
+centre of the room, and with a smile that displayed a row of
+brilliant teeth, said----
+
+"You remember, eh, de dahabîeh?"
+
+Helmar glanced up with a smile.
+
+"Yes, you helped us to beat off the rebels, I remember. I saw you
+this morning. But how came you here?"
+
+For reply, the man put his finger to his lips and glanced towards
+the door; then, as if expecting a spy, stepped over to the window
+and looked out. Satisfied with his inspection, he came back, and,
+squatting himself down on the floor, looked for a moment at his
+prisoner.
+
+"I come because I cannot stay," he replied in fairly good French.
+"They come to de dahabîeh--Arabi's men--and they say I must go with
+them, so I am here, but I not like."
+
+"Ah, I see, you were pressed into the service," said Helmar, "and
+you are here against your will."
+
+The man nodded, then again glancing suspiciously round, said--
+
+"But you, they kill you--Arabi shoot you when you get to Damanhour."
+
+"I'm afraid that is their idea," replied George, with a rueful face,
+"unless I can escape, and that doesn't seem very likely."
+
+"Naoum is at Damanhour," said the man thoughtfully. "If he know you
+here, he no let them kill you. You go from here at sunrise
+to-morrow, I am to be one of your guard."
+
+George was on the alert in an instant. He could see that this man
+wanted to help him if he could only find a way. Apparently the
+fellow was not very resourceful, so he determined that he must
+suggest something himself.
+
+"You say that Naoum is at Damanhour, and you are to be one of my
+escort--well, look here. Do you think you could manage to give him a
+note from me when we arrive? He will pay you well."
+
+"Me want no pay. Naoum is a good master, and I am his servant. I do
+all you want. Naoum knows his servant. I come again at dark, and you
+have your letter written, and I take it."
+
+Without waiting for anything further, the man sprang to his feet and
+joined his companion outside. There was such an air of sincerity
+about the fellow that Helmar at once felt he could trust him, so
+without hesitation he set about writing the note. He found a pencil
+in his pocket, and using the inside of an envelope, gave a brief
+outline of what had befallen him, addressed it to Naoum, and then
+set himself to await the coming of his guard. Just as it was getting
+dark, the fellow again entered the prison, and without a word, took
+the note and departed. As soon as he had gone, George stretched
+himself out on the rough, sandy floor, and prepared to take as good
+a night's rest as possible. He felt convinced in his own mind that
+the means of escape had been found, and was now content to wait the
+outcome without apprehension. It was indeed a relief to him that he
+had found a friend in this hornet's nest of cut-throats, and he
+hoped sincerely that the man's honest intentions might not miscarry.
+
+With his mind still dwelling on thoughts such as these he fell
+asleep, and, rough and hard as was his couch, his sleep was calm and
+peaceful; as the other guard looked in and listened to his regular
+breathing, his conscience was at rest when, later on, he followed
+his prisoner's example.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVII
+
+                         HAKESH THE PRIEST
+
+
+As the guard had said, at sunrise the next morning the order was
+given for George to be conducted to Arabi's head-quarters. After the
+prisoner had been served with his rough breakfast, his horse was
+brought to him. His guard assembled, no less than six men, to form
+his escort, and he was ordered to mount. Just as they were about to
+start, Mark Arden made his appearance.
+
+"So you are off on your long journey, Helmar?" he said, in tones
+that plainly implied his meaning. "Sorry I shall not be able to
+travel with you, but I have no doubt Arabi will know how to treat
+you _properly_. I have pointed out to him many salient points in
+your character, that I know will appeal to him--don't you wish you
+were back at Königsberg?" And he broke off with a taunting laugh.
+
+"There's a good old adage that it would be as well for you to
+remember, Arden," replied George; "'There's many a slip,' etc. It's
+a favourite one of mine. And just by way of a piece of advice, don't
+forget the British advance, they'll give you but short shrift."
+
+"You needn't worry about me, I know all their doings, and by the
+time their slow movements bring them near enough to do me any harm,
+my plans will all be complete, and I shall be miles away." He paused
+for a moment, and a shadow passed over his face; then he suddenly
+burst out, "Helmar, you are a great fool. Why don't you join me? I
+have power, you are a German, the British are our enemies--there is
+yet time. Say the word, and I will free you--we will blot out old
+scores, and work together."
+
+George gave the man one look of withering scorn.
+
+"You think to coerce me!" he cried with flashing eyes. "You think
+that I am made of the same currish clay as yourself, and because I
+am in your power, and you intend to have me wantonly murdered, that
+I will accept any means of saving my life! But you are wrong! The
+British are not my enemies, if they are yours. They have stood my
+friends ever since I came to this country, and, in return, I cannot
+do less than be faithful to their interests. Rather than associate
+myself with you, I would be blown from a cannon's mouth--that will
+show my opinion of you; and now let us get on with the journey--the
+very sight of you makes me sick."
+
+"So be it! Go! Go to your doom, you fool!"
+
+Arden gave the order to march, and the little party moved off. As
+they made their way out of the camp, Helmar could not help feeling
+pleased that he had had another opportunity of letting Mark know
+what he thought of him, it added to his sense of elation at the
+prospect which had been opened up to him, of a possible means of
+escape; he had that feeling which comes to all men after having
+performed an action that redounds credit to their moral character.
+So that when the little French-speaking soldier, who had first
+conducted him to Arden's presence, approached and bullyingly told
+him that any attempt to escape on his part would bring about
+immediate death to himself, he only smiled, and replied very
+cheerfully----
+
+"All right, my friend, if I attempt to do so, I am quite willing to
+stand the consequences. But if I may be allowed to know--where am I
+being taken to?"
+
+"The great Pasha is now at Damanhour, whither we go. If when we come
+there he is gone, we shall follow. My orders are to deliver you to
+him and no one else."
+
+"Good!" replied Helmar. "I would sooner be sentenced by this great
+rebel than by any subordinate. I am more likely to be treated fairly
+decently."
+
+Helmar was not in any way bound; he was given free use of his hands,
+but the bridle of his horse was secured to that of one of his
+guard's horses, and even if he had wished to do so, there was but
+little chance of getting away. However, he had not the least
+intention of attempting any such mad enterprise, infinitely
+preferring to trust to the man who carried his note to Naoum.
+
+They were to reach Damanhour that night, the distance was about
+twenty miles, and they intended to travel only in the cool of the
+day. After about an hour's journey, the guard halted at a clump of
+bush, the horses were off-saddled, and the little party prepared to
+rest until evening. The heat was intense, and the welcome shade of
+the trees was like water to the thirsty rider in the desert. To
+Helmar, unaccustomed to this mode of travelling, it was an
+indescribable relief to sit down on the sandy soil, with his back
+propped against his saddle, and watch the shimmering haze of heat
+across the sun-scorched plains. It made him think of the stories he
+had heard of the weary traveller lost in the desert, no water with
+which to moisten his parching throat, his tongue swollen, black, and
+immovable in his mouth, with already the first signs of delirium and
+insanity showing in his erratic and aimless actions. He shuddered as
+the picture presented itself, and thanked his stars that he was
+seated, though a prisoner, beneath such a deliciously refreshing
+shade.
+
+His escort distributed themselves under the various low bushes
+around, one man only, his little guide of the day before, sitting by
+his side to guard him. In a few minutes, with this one exception,
+they were all asleep. It seemed to George that these men could sleep
+at all hours of the day or night; in fact, as far as he could see,
+it was their one pastime. Work and watchfulness, except when
+compulsory, seemed to be quite out of the native ken.
+
+Hours passed, and at last one by one the men awoke, a fire was
+kindled, and food, in a careless, lazy sort of way, was prepared.
+After the meal was finished, they again slept, and Helmar was once
+more left to his own reflections. The sun was already past the
+meridian, and getting well down towards the horizon, but the heat
+was still too great for travelling. The little Egyptian again sat
+silently beside his charge.
+
+Suddenly, George caught sight of the figure of an Arab approaching.
+He was some distance off, and as yet the one wakeful guard had not
+seen him. Helmar eyed the stranger keenly as he approached,
+wondering who he could be travelling in that intense heat, on foot,
+in a country infested with lawless soldiery. The stranger came
+steadily on, and as he drew near, Helmar noticed that, although
+dressed in flowing Eastern garb, he was a white man, and of
+patriarchal age. He had a snow-white beard, that reached to his
+waist, and his figure was tall, lean, attenuated, and tottering.
+Altogether his appearance was so fascinating that George drew his
+guard's attention to it.
+
+"Who can that old man be, coming along there on foot?" he asked, in
+French. "And what on earth is a tottering old fellow like him doing
+about by himself in such a place?"
+
+The guard looked in the direction indicated, and a peculiar
+expression passed over his face as his eyes rested on the stranger.
+Without a word of reply the man jumped up and roused his comrades,
+and a conversation in Arabic ensued. Helmar listened intently.
+
+"See, see," cried the little man. "It is that madman, Hakesh, the
+Christian, the priest who goes about calling down the wrath of Allah
+on our beloved leader. See, he comes from the direction of Mishish,
+where he has been stirring up the people against Arabi, calling on
+them to assist the dogs of Christians."
+
+A whispered conversation followed, the purport of which George could
+not catch, but evidently there appeared to be a divided opinion in
+the discussion. The friendly mate from the dahabîeh seemed to be
+strongly opposed to some plan the little man was laying before them,
+and his eyes were flashing ominously. Suddenly the Arab who had
+first spoken raised his voice.
+
+"You are no good believer, Belbeis," he cried, in angry tones. "This
+dog of a priest is harmful. If our master knew what you say, you
+would rot in prison. No, he must die--nobody will be the wiser, and
+we shall get reward. Think, the great Pasha will make us all rich,
+and Allah will be pleased."
+
+The Egyptian's words struck on Helmar's heart with a cold chill. The
+old man, Hakesh, was approaching feebly yet fearlessly, perhaps not
+even knowing the danger that awaited him, and that these fiends in
+human form were about to murder him in cold blood. The thought was
+too awful, and George looked about helplessly for a means to thwart
+them. He might call out and warn the approaching patriarch, but
+this, he knew, would be useless, for then the five men would fire a
+volley of bullets into his poor withered old body. No, that would
+not do. Just then George caught the sound of Belbeis's voice
+protesting loudly.
+
+"You are a fool, Abdu, you are like all the rest. Does Hakesh not
+look to all the sick? does he not help the poor?--besides, no
+Egyptian takes notice of his words, no true believer will follow his
+guidance, for he is mad. See, if anything is to be done, take him in
+as a prisoner to the Pasha, but do not kill him or evil will
+overtake you. He is insane!"
+
+The old man had now sighted the occupants of the bush, and increased
+his pace. He was only a few steps off, and George could see the
+benevolent expression of the kind face, and the determined light in
+the dark, steel-blue eyes, which not even the man's great age could
+dim.
+
+The discussion amongst the guard had now ceased, and they stood
+looking on as the old man came up. The little Abdu stood out ahead
+of his companions, aggressively eyeing the stranger as he came up.
+
+"Peace be with you, my children!" said Hakesh, in a thin, quavering
+voice, as he stood in front of the party. "You are resting on your
+weary journey, I see. I will rest with you, for the sun is hot; I
+have walked far, and am weary too."
+
+The old man made as though to walk over to a bush and sit down, but
+Abdu intercepted him.
+
+"No, no, you cannot rest here, we are all true believers, and you
+are no friend of the Pasha's. You preach against him, and call upon
+all men to take up arms with the dogs of Christians. You cannot take
+rest with men of the true faith," and he barred the old man's way
+threateningly.
+
+One or two of the other men backed their leader up, but Belbeis hung
+back with a look on his face that boded no good to Abdu. Helmar saw
+the look and had risen to his feet quietly, so as not to attract the
+attention of the soldiers, but Hakesh caught sight of his white
+face, and a smile came into his eyes.
+
+"Ah," he said, addressing Helmar in English, "you can speak for me.
+I cannot make these people understand that I am a man of peace, and
+would rest."
+
+Abdu did not understand what he said, but seeing him address Helmar,
+quickly interposed.
+
+"He cannot assist you, he is a prisoner, therefore do not waste
+words with him. He is a dog of a Christian, too!"
+
+"Peace to your revilings!" answered Hakesh, in a tone of irritation.
+"Because you are not of our religion, it is no reason to call us
+dogs. Stand aside, I am weary and must rest."
+
+Either he did not understand that the soldiers were threatening, or
+he refused to let him see that he did, for he put out one trembling
+hand and endeavoured to push the little wretch on one side. The
+moment his hand touched Abdu, the match was set to the train and the
+explosion followed.
+
+"You would dare to lay a hand on a true believer!" he cried, in his
+high-pitched voice, his small, wicked eyes glittering with the lust
+for vengeance. "Dog, you are in my power, you have roused the people
+against Arabi, you shall go with us, a prisoner to the great
+Pasha--we shall see! Seize him!" he shouted to the others. "Lash him
+to a tree and we will flog him!"
+
+Four of the men advanced to do his bidding. Belbeis had not moved.
+The old man looked round helplessly, not knowing what to expect.
+Then as the men caught hold of him he struggled feebly. Abdu had
+stood by, but the moment he saw Hakesh struggle he drew a knife.
+Helmar, who had not taken his eyes off the man for a moment, saw
+this. The old man continued his struggle, and Abdu, with murder
+written on his face, edged round behind him.
+
+Without a word of warning, Helmar with the agility of a tiger darted
+forward, and with one terrific blow felled the Egyptian to the
+ground.
+
+"Murder him, would you! You miserable hound! I'll give you a
+lesson!"
+
+He was about to continue his chastisement, when he found himself
+surrounded by the rest of the guard. He saw the flash of steel, and
+then jumping back beside the old man, he faced the infuriated men.
+As they were about to attack, Belbeis sprang into their midst, and,
+shouting at them, forced them aside.
+
+For a moment the men paused, and Belbeis at once got the hearing he
+wanted.
+
+"You fools! What would you do? Kill our prisoner, for the sake of
+this tottering old man? Out upon you for a flock of foolish
+vultures! If the white man is harmed we shall lose our heads when
+the Pasha hears of it."
+
+He spoke quickly and with force, and the ignorant soldiers were
+quick to see the importance of his arguments, but their thirst for
+blood was great and they were loth to give up the hated Christian.
+
+Abdu had recovered and sat up, with a huge lump on his forehead
+where Helmar had struck him.
+
+"Why do you not kill him?" he shouted. "You stand there skulking,
+while he murders me. Seize him, and let him see what it means to
+strike one of the faithful."
+
+Belbeis raised his hand.
+
+"Peace," said he, "you brought it on yourself. You would have
+murdered the old man while we made him prisoner. You may be glad
+that the Christian stayed your hand, or our lives would have paid
+the forfeit."
+
+"I care not!" cried Abdu, foaming with rage. "You shall obey me! I
+am your officer! Kill him, I say!"
+
+"You may not care, but we do," answered Belbeis, calmly. "You may
+say and do as you like, but we will not let your doings bring the
+Pasha's wrath on our heads."
+
+The little man still raged, but had to be content, and a compromise
+was brought about between Belbeis and the others, to the effect that
+Helmar's hands should be bound and the old man taken on to Damanhour
+a prisoner. As soon as this was settled, the party once more saddled
+up and continued their journey.
+
+Hakesh was made to mount behind Helmar's saddle, and in this
+uncomfortable position the poor old man clung to him for support.
+
+"I can never thank you sufficiently for saving my life," said he, as
+they rode slowly along. "True, I am so old that it does not much
+matter, but my work is not yet done, and I would live to see it
+finished."
+
+"There is no need of thanks," replied George. "I am glad to have
+helped you. However, our troubles are not yet ended. Abdu won't soon
+forget that cuff I gave him--we have yet much to fear from his
+spite."
+
+The old man's attention was now entirely taken up with clinging on
+to his position, and he relapsed into silence. Helmar was occupied
+with thoughts of escape, so nothing more was said until the town of
+Damanhour was reached.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVIII
+
+                         BEHIND PRISON BARS
+
+
+On his arrival at Damanhour George was conducted by his guards
+straight to the prison where he was to be confined. The gaol was one
+of the many ramshackle buildings which the village was comprised of.
+As the little party slowly made their way through the unpaved streets,
+they were intently watched by crowds of men, women, and children; the
+men were principally rebel soldiers, mixed with a smattering of
+insurgent townspeople, the women and children--creatures of all
+sorts--from the village folk to the common ruck which follows a native
+army. Many were picturesque, but others looked like the drainings of
+the slums of larger cities. There was no doubt as to the sentiments
+they entertained for the white people, for, as they caught sight of
+Helmar's face, under escort of rebel soldiers, unmistakable signs of
+rejoicing were shown, and more than once the threatening attitude of
+the mob made Helmar wonder if he would reach his destination alive.
+
+As they neared the centre of the town, Hakesh drew his companion's
+attention to a building surrounded by high walls.
+
+"That, I expect, is where they will imprison us. It is the town
+gaol, and since Arabi has been here they have used it for military
+purposes. It is a filthy den."
+
+"I expect so," replied George. "From what little I know of these
+people, I should hardly expect cleanliness to be amongst their
+virtues. What do you think they will do to us?"
+
+"That, my son, I cannot say," he replied, with his eyes fixed on the
+mud walls of the prison. "Arabi is not likely to kill us, I think;
+but should he be away we may be at the mercy of some subordinate
+officer who, as likely as not, may wish to get rid of us to curry
+favour with his chief. It is as well to be prepared for the worst."
+
+Helmar remained silent, he was thinking of Naoum and the letter
+which the man, Belbeis, was carrying to him. Belbeis had told him
+that Naoum was here. Well, if that were the case, all might yet be
+well; but, on the other hand, if Arabi should have left, possibly
+Naoum had done the same. The predicament in which he found himself
+was one of great danger. He did not mind facing death, but he felt
+that he would like to outwit Arden.
+
+The gaol was at last reached in safety, although not without some
+trouble. Abdu, with villainous intent, made known along the road the
+fact that his prisoner was a spy, with the result that stones were
+frequently thrown, and in many instances George narrowly missed
+being struck; it was with a sigh of relief that he passed through
+the crazy old gateway of the prison-yard.
+
+Abdu, with his wicked eyes shining triumphantly, ordered him to
+dismount, and, as he reached the ground, George, with solicitous
+care, helped his companion from his uncomfortable position.
+
+Primitive and unsafe as the outer wall had looked, the gaol itself
+appeared to be strong enough. All the windows were heavily barred,
+and the doors looked as if they were capable of withstanding a
+siege. The place was constructed largely of wood, and, thinking of
+Hakesh's words, George felt sure that a place so constructed was
+more than likely to be decidedly unclean.
+
+He was not given much time to view his surroundings, for Abdu had
+him hustled into the building with as little delay as possible. Two
+of the soldiers seized him by the shoulders and pushed him in with
+scant ceremony. Just as he passed through the door of the room where
+he was to be confined, one of the men had to drop back to let him
+pass, and he entered with only one of his guards holding him.
+
+"Naoum not here, I go find him," whispered the man as he released
+his hold.
+
+Turning, George noticed what he had not seen before--Belbeis was the
+man who had come in with him. There was no time for conversation,
+but the man's words had a reassuring effect.
+
+"Beware of Abdu!" whispered Belbeis, as he turned to leave, and
+then, exchanging a look of intelligence with his prisoner, he joined
+the other guard and the two men went out. The door was closed and
+securely bolted.
+
+Left to himself, Helmar surveyed his prison. There was not a
+particle of furniture in the place, and the only means of light and
+fresh air entering was through a small, narrow, heavily-barred
+window. George looked at this with thoughts of escape in his mind,
+but the prospect was dim and uninviting; even if the bars could be
+removed he doubted the possibility of forcing himself through the
+aperture. He next turned his attention to the floor; it was the
+rough earth covered with filth; portions of food lay about in a
+rotting condition. The smell that emanated from them nearly made him
+sick. With feelings of despair he wondered how long he was to be
+confined in the loathsome hole.
+
+Selecting a spot somewhat cleaner than the rest, he was about to
+seat himself, when happening to glance more closely, he sprang back
+with a horrified exclamation. Again he looked at the window and
+again he turned away in despair.
+
+Night had closed in, and George made up his mind to a night of
+wakefulness rather than seat himself on that filthy ground. Round
+and round, backwards and forwards, he walked, wondering when some
+one would come who could give him something to sit upon.
+
+Hours passed, but no one came. The time dragged so slowly that the
+night seemed never-ending. He began to feel hungry in spite of his
+sickening surroundings, and with his hunger came vain imaginings. He
+pictured all sorts of horrible torturings to which his savage
+captors might subject him. He wondered if he would be beheaded, or
+whether he would be shot; he would much prefer the latter, it seemed
+a cleaner way of dying and more in keeping with his calling. He
+laughed, as he pictured the rebels aiming at him and repeatedly
+missing their target, through bad marksmanship. Then he began to
+wonder what his companions would say when they heard of his end.
+
+He stopped in front of the window and looked up at the sky. He
+stretched his arms and took hold of the two iron bars and shook them
+repeatedly, but they seemed quite firm and immovable. Several times
+he tried them, but each attempt left him more convinced than before
+that efforts in this direction were futile.
+
+At last, utterly worn out and sick at heart, he leant against the
+wall and involuntarily his eyes closed; several times, as he dozed
+off, his knees gave way under him, and he narrowly escaped falling
+to the ground. Again he roused himself and started to walk.
+
+He had not taken more than half-a-dozen steps when a hissing,
+crackling sound caught his ear and he paused to listen. What could
+it be? He went to the door from whence the sound proceeded. As he
+did so he noticed an unmistakable smell of burning.
+
+He rushed to the window and looked out. The sky was clear and
+brilliantly illuminated with stars. Here the air was sweet and
+fresh. Turning again to the door, he noticed that the smell of
+burning had increased and the crackling was still going on. The
+truth flashed on him suddenly!
+
+The gaol was on fire!
+
+"So they would roast me alive, the scoundrels!" he muttered, as he
+stood hesitating as to what he should do.
+
+[Illustration: "Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to
+remain firm in its socket." p. 211]
+
+Glancing first at the door, then at the window, he quickly made up
+his mind as to the best course to adopt. Smoke was already
+penetrating the cracks of the doorway. If he were to escape, it must
+be through the window. At that instant he thought of poor old
+Hakesh, and wondered what was happening to him. Where was he? Did
+they intend to roast him too?
+
+"The inhuman devils!" he cried, as these thoughts flashed through
+his mind. He forgot about his own safety for the moment, as his mind
+wandered to the old priest. A flash of light through the crack of
+the door brought him back to his own position, and seizing the iron
+bars of the window with both hands he heaved and shook at them till
+the wall rocked, but they gave not an inch.
+
+Gasping for breath, his hands sore with his terrible grip on the
+iron, he paused for a moment and cast about in his mind for a new
+idea. No other means of escape presented itself, so with the energy
+of despair he flung himself again on the rough iron. The room was
+rapidly filling with smoke, and he already found difficulty in
+breathing.
+
+Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to remain firm in its
+socket, and he was about to cease his efforts, when he noticed that
+the mud wall that held it was cracked, and hope again filled him.
+
+Leaving the bars for a moment he picked up a narrow piece of wood
+and jammed it as far as possible into the crack, then seizing the
+bar with one hand, he drew himself up and, placing his feet against
+the wall, pulled with all his strength. The wall opened out, and he
+drove the wedge far into the crack with his disengaged hand, and
+once more dropped to the ground.
+
+The fire was rapidly increasing, the room was filled with blinding,
+choking smoke, and he became at once convinced that he had not many
+moments to spare before the fire would be upon him. One thing seemed
+certain, that, whoever had set light to the place must have been
+ignorant of his whereabouts in the building, or they intended to let
+the process of cooking him be slow. To what refinement had they
+brought their art of torture!
+
+Seizing the iron bars again, he set to work. The wood he had
+inserted held the crack open, and the bar, now under the terrific
+power he used, began to move about. For two minutes he worked
+incessantly, every moment bringing the chance of escape nearer. With
+feverish anxiety he watched the loosening bar. Once he looked round;
+the flames were lapping the door, and the hissing, crackling of the
+fire sounded in every direction.
+
+Again turning to his work, he gave one supreme wrench at the
+obstinate iron, and with a crack it yielded, flinging him to the
+floor. A lot of the brickwork had come away with the bar, and, as he
+sprang to his feet, he saw that in releasing one of the iron bars he
+had torn away sufficient of the wall to free the others. He tore
+them from their place in a flash, and at last the window was clear
+of obstruction.
+
+Taking one of the iron bars with him, he climbed up to the aperture,
+but found the process of squeezing himself through was no easy one;
+cheered on by hope, and with fear of the fire behind, he at last
+succeeded, and dropped to the ground outside, only to find that the
+high wall surrounding the prison barred his way.
+
+At least he had escaped the fire, but now, how to get out of the
+yard? He ran round the burning building in the hopes of finding an
+outlet, expecting every moment to fall in with some of the guard,
+but to his astonishment not a soul was about. At first this seemed
+strange, but as he realized that the building had been set on fire
+purposely, the desertion of it was quickly accounted for.
+
+The only means of escape that now presented itself was a small
+outhouse built against the wall. This he clambered on to, and then,
+by the aid of some loose planks in the roof, succeeded in reaching
+the top of the wall.
+
+The moment he looked over he cursed himself bitterly for not having
+waited until the house had burnt itself out before attempting to go
+further, for then, no doubt, thinking him dead, the crowd would have
+deserted the place. As it was, he saw a cluster of rebels standing
+watching the fire carry out its fell work.
+
+He withdrew his head the instant he saw the murderous-looking mob.
+To expose himself on the top of the wall was merely to make a target
+of his body for a dozen rifles to "pot" at, and so nullify all he
+had accomplished. Yet how was he to get over on to the other side
+without being observed? If he could but alight on firm ground
+safely, he could then make a rush for it, and trust to the luck
+which, so far, had been on his side. He thought of the shadow cast
+by the wall, owing to the brilliant light of the burning prison
+behind, and he determined to try this one chance of escape.
+
+In the excitement of the leap from the window he dropped his weapon,
+and only just discovered the fact. Scrambling back, he soon found
+it, and climbing once more on to the outhouse, without further
+hesitation he gradually rolled himself full length on to the top of
+the wall, slid his legs over, and letting himself down to arms'
+length, dropped to the ground. The wall was nearly fifteen feet
+high, so that he had dropped about seven. The moment he landed he
+recovered himself and ran for dear life, not knowing in the least
+where he was going.
+
+At first he thought he had escaped notice, but it was not so, for
+scarcely had his brain formed the hope than one wild shout went up
+from the rebels, and the next instant he found himself closely
+followed by a hooting, murderous mob.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XIX
+
+                            THE ESCAPE
+
+
+The moment George realized he had been discovered, the spirit of "do
+or die" entered into his soul, and he flew along at the utmost speed
+at his command. He did not even check his hope that the race would
+end in his favour; he did not pause to wonder where he was going, or
+how he would elude his pursuers. He had got a short start of them
+which he meant to keep, and, if possible, increase. He could hear
+the gibbering of the mob gradually getting louder and louder as the
+crowd gathered up fresh recruits and surged along in pursuit of him.
+The distant burr increased to yells and shouts, and the clatter of
+fire-arms became so loud that George began to fear that his attempt
+at escape was quite futile. He never lost heart, however, and raced
+on and on at a pace surprising even to himself.
+
+A man never learns what is possible until he is placed in a position
+that requires the apparently impossible. This was the situation
+George was now in. If he had stopped to ask himself the question,
+"Can I do it?" he probably would have been forced to answer it in
+the negative. As it was, he paid no heed to the danger behind, and
+thought only of the safety in front, if he could but keep up his
+speed long enough.
+
+The infuriated rebels finding themselves unable with even their
+greatest efforts to come up with their prey, now began to fire at
+him, but, as their shots were not those of very expert marksmen,
+George became more amused than frightened as the bullets dropped
+either short of him or flew far above his head.
+
+He was now getting into the inhabited part of the town, and tried to
+elude the pursuers by turning abrupt corners, but there was little
+chance of success in these tactics, for the "blackies" knew more
+about the place than he was ever likely to, and kept cutting him off
+in an alarming manner.
+
+The day was beginning to break, and George felt that he must soon
+give in. As he was making a rapid turn in his path a well-aimed
+nabout came most uncomfortably close to his head. This incited him
+to greater effort, not so much from fear of being hit, as from the
+knowledge of the nearness of his pursuers.
+
+Breathless, and with the life almost run out of him, he continued
+his mad career, the hue and cry of the mob goading him on and
+lending wings to his feet. Swift of foot as the blacks had been,
+they had shown themselves no match so far for the trained athlete
+they were pursuing. But there comes a time when even the best man
+must give in, and that time George felt was rapidly approaching. He
+had been running now for a long time, and had traversed a lot of
+ground. However, he was not done yet, and he still kept on, although
+in what direction he knew not. The street he was now in looked like
+one of the principal thoroughfares, and, as he was nearing the end
+of it, he saw, to his horror, another crowd ahead, running towards
+him.
+
+Instinctively he turned into a bye-way, and darted along in the
+shadow of the buildings. The turning proved fatal--it was a blind
+court, and ended in a small paved square, hemmed in on all sides by
+the best class houses. Seeing the mistake he had made, George paused
+for a moment to glance round. The mob were tearing down the court,
+their cries filling the air and making the calm morning hideous with
+discord.
+
+Seeing no means of escape, Helmar made up his mind to sell his life
+as dearly as possible, and, rushing into the porch of the biggest
+house he saw, put his back to the wall and waited the oncoming mob.
+
+Headed by a dozen or more soldiers, he saw the crowd enter the
+square. At sight of him standing at bay a loud, exultant cry went
+up, and they dashed towards him. He was fairly trapped now, and he
+knew it; with his iron bar upraised he awaited the leaders,
+determined that three or four should not escape him before he was
+done to death. At this instant he heard a sound beside him, and
+glancing in the direction, saw a door suddenly thrown open.
+
+With instinct of self-preservation, he ran to it, and, without
+waiting to see who was inside, rushed in, and immediately the door
+was closed with a slam.
+
+He had not the faintest idea where he was, and, for all he knew,
+might have fallen into a worse trap than before; but the opportunity
+had been too good for him to refuse to accept, and, as he paused in
+the dim hall, ready to strike down any one who attempted any
+violence, he was surprised to find it deserted.
+
+Outside, the disappointed fanatics beat and hammered at the door,
+and every moment Helmar expected to see it forced in. He scarcely
+knew what to do. Suddenly he noticed in front of him a curtained
+archway; he ran towards it, and flinging back the heavy tapestry he
+started back as if he had been struck--he stood face to face with a
+smiling countenance. He dropped his weapon and rushed forward with
+hands outstretched, crying----
+
+"Naoum! Friend Naoum! Thank God!"
+
+"Luck is with you, friend Helmar," said the Arab quietly. "Allah is
+great! Allah is good! He has brought you to me in your extremity.
+But come in here, I must quiet the children of darkness."
+
+He led the way in, and George found himself in a room of great
+splendour, arranged in Eastern style. Turning to his old friend he
+was about to speak, but the latter interrupted him.
+
+"No, no, wait. There is danger; I must go and speak to the rebels,"
+and he turned swiftly and left the room.
+
+In a few moments the hammering and noise ceased, and presently Naoum
+returned.
+
+"Now tell me what all this means," he said, glancing at George's
+dishevelled appearance, and doubtfully eyeing the torn clothes and
+the worried face in front of him.
+
+"It simply means that they wanted to murder me by roasting me alive,
+and, failing that, with knives and clubs."
+
+Helmar then recounted all that had happened to him from the time he
+had left Alexandria with the patrol. When he had finished, Naoum
+looked thoughtful.
+
+"So you are an escaped prisoner of Arabi's," he said at last; "that
+is not good. It makes my task harder, but you must be saved
+somehow," and he relapsed into deep thought, drumming on the side
+of a cabinet which he leant against. "Just now I am very powerful
+with Arabi, he has forced me into service, with the alternative of
+confiscating my property. I am now one of his means of raising
+money, and as my fortune is considerable, he cannot quarrel with me,
+but----"
+
+"Surely," broke in George, "you are not fighting on his side?"
+
+"No, but you do not understand. I am in his hands, and for the sake
+of the result of my life's work, I cannot defy him. I take no active
+part with him in this war, but I have no other alternative than to
+supply him with money on purely business securities, the same as I
+would to anybody else. I am, as you well know, against him in all my
+feelings. If I refused to do as he requires, I should forfeit
+everything; so you see I am compelled. Being with him, I save my
+property, and can prevent much mischief by using my influence over
+him."
+
+"I see," exclaimed George, heartily, "you are right. It would be
+folly to do otherwise. Well, returning to the awkward predicament I
+have placed you in, what is best to be done?"
+
+"I heard during the night that trouble had befallen you. In fact,
+this note in your writing was brought to me by Belbeis, one of my
+men, just as I returned here from Cairo," he went on, producing a
+bundle of papers. "I had intended to intercede for you this morning,
+but now the situation is more complicated. However," with a smile of
+meaning, "I think you can safely leave it to me. For the time being
+you are free from the man Abdu, and are, at present, out of reach of
+your enemy Arden, so you can take some rest here. Food shall be
+brought you at once, and I will go and see what can be done."
+
+George thanked his friend and threw himself on a divan, while his
+host started on his errand of mercy.
+
+Good luck, as Naoum had said, was undoubtedly with him, and, as he
+lay back, with his weary, tired eyes closed from the bright light of
+the rising sun, he felt that Providence had been indeed good. He
+shuddered again and again as he went over, in thought, the exciting
+events of the night, and wondered what awful fate would have been
+his if he had chanced to take refuge in front of any of the other
+houses in the square. Naoum he knew would help him to the full
+extent of his power, and that seemed to be considerable, judging
+from the manner in which he had quieted the mob outside. It was too
+good to hope that he would be able to get him released altogether,
+but, probably, he would manage to secure for him a fairly
+comfortable prison and save his life.
+
+His thoughts were interrupted by the entrance of a servant with
+food, and, as soon as the man had retired, he set to ravenously. The
+food was of the most luxurious description, and Helmar marvelled the
+more at the mysterious man who had provided it. Who was he in
+reality? Naoum he knew was his name, and he had hitherto only taken
+him for a successful trader; but apparently he was a man of great
+fortune and power, or how could he supply money to the extent he
+appeared to be doing?
+
+After finishing his repast, George lay back on the comfortable
+cushions of the divan. He was tired and worn out, his whole body
+ached with his efforts of the night before, and the sleep that he so
+badly needed was not long before it overtook him. How long he lay
+unconscious of his surroundings he did not know; when he awoke it
+was night, and the rays of a small lamp lit the chamber he was in.
+For a moment or two he looked about him and tried to recall what had
+happened. At first it seemed like some horrid nightmare, but when he
+stood up and stretched himself he knew that it was all reality. He
+was greatly refreshed with his sleep, and now awaited eagerly the
+return of Naoum.
+
+Before his host re-appeared food was again brought to him, and this,
+with the aid of soap and water, made him ready to face the world
+again. A few minutes later Naoum came in.
+
+"I have been more fortunate than I had anticipated. Arabi, who
+fortunately chanced to return here from Cairo this afternoon whilst
+you slept, has promised me at least to spare your life; but, on the
+other hand, he will not hear of your being released. This, however,
+is quite a secondary affair and a matter which we can ourselves
+attend to later on," and he chuckled softly. "In the meantime," he
+went on, "I expect you will be taken to Cairo. This he gave me to
+understand without actually saying so."
+
+"Well, beggars mustn't be choosers," said George, resignedly, "and
+glad enough am I that I am to escape with my life."
+
+"You may well say that," answered Naoum. "From what I can gather,
+this man Arden, who appears to hate you so cordially, is very
+powerful and enjoys Arabi's complete confidence. In fact I was shown
+a dispatch from that worthy recommending you to be _interrogated_; I
+dare say you know what that means. I had great difficulty to
+dissuade him from acting on the man's advice. Even now,
+notwithstanding I have his promise, your position is anything but
+safe, and we shall have to keep a watchful eye on them all."
+
+"What! do you think Arabi can be persuaded to go back on his
+promise?" asked George.
+
+Naoum smiled deprecatingly.
+
+"Go back, you call it. You mean break his word, I suppose. Well, I
+would not like to say, but if I am not about at the time there may
+be trouble."
+
+"Then the understanding is that I go to Cairo--when?"
+
+"When he sends word. In the meantime you will see him. He intends
+to--how you call it--interview you; I shall dispatch some of my men
+to Cairo, and also write to Mariam Abagi my mother, that she may
+know what to do when you arrive there. So now you can rest
+comfortable and wait for what the future has in store for you. I
+shall look after you."
+
+George thanked him for his words, and then Naoum went on----
+
+"I must go now, for I have much work and many things to do before
+morning. If there is anything you want, touch this gong, and my
+servants will wait on you--and now, good-night."
+
+Naoum went away and Helmar was again left to speculate and wonder.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XX
+
+                              ARABI PASHA
+
+
+The next morning Naoum brought word that George was to start
+immediately for Cairo.
+
+"Arabi intends mobilizing all his forces to the eastward, probably
+at Tel-el-Kebir or Kassassin. My men have brought me word that the
+British advance will be from the Suez Canal, which they have seized,
+towards Cairo. The rebels, indeed, have already been driven out of
+their position near the canal. This place is of no particular
+importance, and to all intents and purposes will be evacuated at
+once, so that you, in consequence, will have to be moved."
+
+"And is all this to take place immediately?" asked George.
+
+"Yes, immediately. The British have been landing a large army at
+Port Said, and if I am any judge, the days of the rebellion are
+numbered. If Arabi would only be advised by me, he would abandon his
+mad scheme."
+
+"You are right," replied Helmar; "he little knows the people he is
+fighting or he would soon give it up. But how do you think this will
+affect me?"
+
+Naoum paused for a moment before answering the question, and when he
+spoke, it was as if weighing each word before he uttered it.
+
+"That is hard to say as yet. Toulba Pasha is in temporary command at
+Cairo, and he is a hard man. I understand your friend," with
+emphasis on the word, "Arden is to be sent down there to relieve
+him."
+
+George made a grimace as Naoum uttered these words. He saw, in
+fancy, a busy time ahead of him. With this man Abdu, a renowned
+villain, to watch him at the instigation of his most bitter enemy
+there didn't seem to him to be much hope left.
+
+Naoum stepped up to his side and seated himself on the divan.
+Leaning over, he said in impressive tones----
+
+"My plans are complete. By the time you reach Cairo, Mariam, my
+mother, will know of your coming and be ready for any emergency.
+Before you leave here I will give you a sign by which you may know
+your friends. But more of this when the word comes for you to start,
+and, in the meantime, Arabi intends coming here to see you himself."
+
+George started up.
+
+"What! Coming to see me? Why?"
+
+"Ah, that is the point I cannot myself understand. As I said, I do
+not trust him. But he dare not play me false," he added,
+thoughtfully. "It is bad, though, for there must be something in his
+mind. This man Arden is very powerful."
+
+For some moments the two remained silent. Each was wrapped in his
+own thoughts. Naoum was endeavouring to solve the mystery of Arabi's
+intended visit to his prisoner. It seemed to him so unnecessary.
+Helmar was not a man of great importance, in fact, very much the
+contrary. Somehow he fancied that the man Arden must have sent
+another dispatch, privately, with reference to Helmar, making him
+appear to be in possession of information necessary for the rebel
+chief to acquire. If this were so, then it opened up a much wider
+field of danger. Altogether he did not like the trend of affairs at
+all. Helmar, on the other hand, saw no danger in this visit. It
+seemed to him that he would now have a chance of proving to Arabi
+that he--Helmar--was only a very small man on the British side, and
+that he was no spy at all, but merely a paid interpreter. Such being
+the case, there was no reason why he should be shot, for it was
+against the ethics of warfare. Consequently he was delighted at the
+prospect, and told Naoum so.
+
+"It seems to me the best thing that could happen, Naoum. Why, I
+shall be able to explain away all that the wretch Arden has told
+him, and, very likely, bring Arabi's wrath down on his own head.
+It's splendid!"
+
+Naoum watched the animated, hopeful face, smiling indulgently. The
+young man pleased him greatly; his sturdy hopefulness, his bright
+way of facing troubles, his general optimism, all combined to make
+the older man admire him. But, with better practical experience of
+the East, he did not share Helmar's view of the matter; he looked
+upon the Pasha's visit as of evil omen, to be treated with
+suspicion--to be watched with a lynx eye, and combatted with all the
+subtle means so dear to the Eastern heart. He vowed that if aught of
+evil befell his friend and _protégé_, some one should pay dearly for
+it.
+
+Instead of replying to George's words Naoum turned the subject.
+
+"I have found out," he said, "that the priest you befriended has
+been released, and that he has already disappeared."
+
+"Then he was not in the prison from which I escaped?"
+
+"No, he was never placed in it. There is a superstition regarding
+that man, and even the worst fanatics would not harm him, so he was
+set free, and the man Abdu has been reprimanded for interfering with
+him."
+
+"And a good thing too, it will perhaps be a lesson to him and----"
+
+"Make him hate you the more."
+
+"Why hate me the more? He ought to thank me that I have saved him
+from murdering the poor old man."
+
+"Ah, you don't understand the Eastern mind. That would be a strong
+reason for Abdu's hatred of you, you baulked him in his
+villainies--it is enough."
+
+After a little more conversation Naoum left the room to prepare for
+the coming of the rebel Pasha. He paused before he went, however, to
+give some parting advice.
+
+"When Arabi speaks, answer boldly. Say what your good sense prompts,
+but do not let him think you fear him. Arabi admires a bold man.
+Though clever, he is weak, and can easily be influenced by boldness.
+If he thinks you fear him, it will make your escape all the harder
+to accomplish, for he is in the power of his subordinates and will
+do as they bid him."
+
+This was indeed news to Helmar; he had believed that Arabi, the man
+who could have brought about this terrible rebellion, must be a man
+of indomitable character, and here he was told that such was not the
+case. He was truly living and learning. Now he began to understand
+how Mark had attained a position of so much power in such a short
+time; now he could understand how that worthy had been able to
+promise him a speedy execution by the Pasha's orders--evidently he
+relied upon his influence, the influence of a bold, unscrupulous
+villain over a weaker man.
+
+The time passed slowly after Naoum had left him, and George's
+patience was sorely tried as he waited for the great rebel. At last
+he heard a commotion in the hall, the clatter of arms and babel of
+voices telling him that at last Arabi Pasha had arrived. With
+beating heart and ever-increasing excitement, he waited for the
+summons that seemed so long in coming, but at length, after what
+seemed an endless period, a servant entered and signified that his
+presence was required.
+
+[Illustration: The fight in the desert. p. 319]
+
+Hastily smoothing out his worn and tattered clothes, George, with a
+slight touch of vanity, peered into a mirror and then followed his
+guide from the room. He hoped that the interview was to be a private
+one, with perhaps only Naoum present. He felt under those
+circumstances that he would then have less hesitation in speaking
+his mind. He feared nothing, convinced as he was that anything he
+could say could not possibly make his position worse. Naoum would
+not fail him, and he would rely on his power for protection.
+
+His guide led him upstairs to a curtained doorway, guarded by two
+sentries, in front of whom he paused. At a sign from the former, one
+of the men disappeared behind the curtain, and the next moment Naoum
+appeared in the doorway. Waving the guide back he signed to George
+to enter, and a moment later Helmar stood in front of the great man.
+
+Arabi was seated on a big lounging chair, dressed in the uniform of
+the Egyptian army. His face was turned away as the prisoner entered,
+so that George was unable to realize all that Naoum had told him;
+but no time was given him to speculate, for Naoum broke the silence
+at once. With an easiness that astonished Helmar, he addressed the
+Pasha as though talking to his equal. There was no cringing in his
+manner, and at times George thought he even detected a slight tone
+of command in his voice.
+
+"This is the prisoner of whom I spoke," he said in Arabic; "he is
+not a British subject, but comes from Germany."
+
+Arabi lazily turned his head in Helmar's direction, and without
+changing the position of his body slowly eyed him from head to foot.
+The face that was thus revealed was a blank to George; he had
+expected to see one of strong character, or to discern in it
+indications at least of great intelligence. One of the greatest
+characteristics apparent was of intense indolence, whilst the shifty
+eyes pointed to a nature vacillating almost to weakness. Whether
+this really were his true character, or whether it were simply a
+mask used to cover the inner workings of this remarkable man's mind,
+George did not know; at any rate, it was sufficient, after what he
+had heard, to make him dislike and distrust him.
+
+"You are a spy!" said the Pasha, in Arabic, shifting his glance away
+from the prisoner.
+
+"I am no spy," replied George, haughtily, "I am merely an
+interpreter employed by the British Government."
+
+"How came you to be spying out our defences then, when you were
+captured?" asked he, sternly, looking up sharply at the tone of
+George's reply.
+
+"I accompanied the patrol in my official capacity."
+
+"Which means, I understand, that you were there to elicit
+information from any natives whom you chanced to meet."
+
+"Not at all--simply to translate into English whatever they had to
+say. The officer was there to gather information."
+
+A faint flicker of a smile passed over Arabi's face at Helmar's
+ready replies, and he exchanged a few words with Naoum in an
+undertone. Presently he turned again to his prisoner--
+
+"Then by your own showing you were simply an accomplice of spies."
+
+"A patrol on scouting duty is a legitimate tactic of warfare,
+therefore those who accompanied it were not spies, and I am entitled
+to be treated simply as a prisoner of war, not as prey for the
+rabble of the town to wreak their vengeance on by roasting alive!"
+
+Again the Pasha eyed his man. George felt that his words were bold,
+even to being dictatorial, but he remembered Naoum's words and was
+determined to act as he had directed. With his eyes still fixed upon
+his interrogator he waited for him to speak.
+
+The effect of the line of conduct he had taken up was apparent when
+next Arabi spoke.
+
+"Then you think I have no right to have you shot! What do you
+expect?"
+
+"You have less right to shoot me than the British have to shoot you,
+when they have destroyed your army. You cannot do more than keep me
+prisoner, and then you must treat me well, or you will have to
+answer for it later on. There are those in your employ, I know, who
+would willingly do me harm and resort to any base subterfuge to
+attain their ends. Doubtless you have been told many lies about me
+already, but if you listen to them you will regret it."
+
+"So, you would dictate to me the course of action I am to adopt? You
+forget," Arabi went on, with an ominous pucker of his brows, "that
+this war is a war of extermination. We have been too long under the
+ban of European influence. The sons of the West have no right in the
+country of the ancient Egyptians, whose prosperity dates back to far
+before the Western countries were ever thought of. If Egyptians are
+not to be allowed their own country, if we cannot be allowed to rule
+according to our own traditions, who then is to dictate to us?
+Because your arms are powerful and other nations have joined in the
+task of conquest, do you think that there is the faintest semblance
+of right in the crime you would perpetrate? You speak of Egypt
+having no right to deal with you as it likes; it has all the right
+to do so, that you people of the West have to come and wrest our
+country from us. Your talk is not sound, and you cannot think well.
+I shall order for you as I think fit!"
+
+"Very well," replied George, as the momentary fire in the indolent
+man before him died out, "but remember my words, there are those who
+will avenge me, should you choose to betray the trust that is placed
+in you as head of the opposing army. Murder is punished with death,
+and if you choose to commit it, you are no more free from its
+consequences than the commonest of criminals."
+
+Helmar had become angry. The Pasha's words, so full of arrogance,
+had stung him, and he was not slow to answer him in like manner. He
+felt that in doing so he was jeopardizing himself, but for the life
+of him he could not stop, and he was almost sorry when, as he
+finished speaking, Arabi's face cleared and he smiled condescending
+approval at his bold words.
+
+Naoum caught George's flashing eye, and a look of intelligence
+passed between the two men. Quick as lightning Helmar's equanimity
+was restored, and he waited to see what was next to happen.
+
+"Spy or no spy," said the Pasha, "you are a brave man to dare me to
+my face. One word from me and you would be torn limb from limb, but
+I do not intend to utter it. For the present you will be sent to
+Cairo as a prisoner; you will be safely guarded and in decent
+quarters. Later on it may be necessary to obtain information that
+you are believed to possess. If you are a wise man, as well as a
+brave, you will not hesitate to give it."
+
+As he finished speaking he turned to Naoum, whose stolid face had
+shown no variation of expression during the interview. He whispered
+a few words to him and then again spoke to Helmar.
+
+"You can now go. Remember, until you leave here our friend Naoum is
+responsible for your safe-keeping."
+
+Waving his hand in sign of having closed the interview, Arabi leant
+back in the chair, from which in his excitement he had sat bolt up
+straight, his eyes following the prisoner until he left the room.
+
+Once outside George was again conducted to his luxurious prison,
+where an excellent repast awaited him. The effect of the interview
+in no way deterred his appetite, and he occupied his time, waiting
+for his benefactor, by doing ample justice to the luxuries placed
+temptingly before him.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXI
+
+                           TO CAIRO AGAIN
+
+
+It was some time before Naoum joined his _protégé_. George finished
+his meal and waited impatiently for his coming, but an hour passed
+without any sign. At last he heard again, outside in the hall, a
+bustle and noise similar to that which had occurred at Arabi's
+arrival, and he knew that at last the rebel chief was taking his
+departure.
+
+After a while the noise died away and Naoum appeared. His face was
+calm, but George noticed a something in his look that seemed foreign
+to it, and a presentiment that he was about to hear bad news took
+possession of him. As Naoum came forward, our hero greeted him
+anxiously.
+
+"Well, what news? Nothing bad, I hope?"
+
+Naoum turned his eyes away, and the strange look deepened on his
+face. George was quick to notice it.
+
+"Yes, there is, I see it in your face. Tell me, I don't mind; it
+can't be worse than death, and I have already faced that often."
+
+"Arabi is a strange man," replied Naoum, as though thinking aloud.
+"He appears to have no will of his own. This man Arden has him under
+his thumb. Death," he went on, turning his strong face towards his
+companion, "would be a blessing to that which I am afraid will be
+your lot, unless----"
+
+"Unless what?" eagerly demanded Helmar.
+
+"Unless we can prevent it," replied Naoum slowly.
+
+"What is this dreadful fate you anticipate?" asked George with a
+sinking heart, as his friend's ominous words fell on his ears.
+
+"After you had gone I endeavoured to draw from him what he intended
+doing with you. I felt convinced that some plans were revolving in
+his mind, and I wished, for our guidance, to discover them. In this
+conviction I am certain I was right. He assured me that he had no
+intention of having you executed, but he hung so persistently on the
+fact that you possessed information of the plans of the British
+Commander, that I knew he intended to force you to speak. Your enemy
+Arden has done his work well, for, with all the persuasion in my
+power, I could not move this foolish man in his belief. I fear that
+he intends to have you 'interrogated' at Cairo."
+
+"Tortured, do you mean?" asked George in dismay.
+
+"Yes, that is what it means, I fear. The barbarity of these inhuman
+creatures is frightful, and they carry out the rites of the
+Inquisition to the full extent of its cruelty. However," he went on,
+his face clearing a little, "although I tried to dissuade him, I was
+not altogether unprepared for this development, and you can rely on
+me not to lose a point in your favour. We must outwit these men
+somehow."
+
+Naoum relapsed into thoughtful silence; his face was heavy with
+anxiety; George could almost hear the throbbings of his own heart,
+the silence seemed so profound, and it was with a sense of relief
+that he heard his companion again talking in his slow, measured
+tones.
+
+"The sign by which you will know your friends in Cairo is the word
+'Amman!' Your answer to it will be, 'Allah is good!' To which the
+friend will reply, 'And ever watchful!' To any one coming to you in
+this way you can give any message, or follow any instructions he or
+she may give. You can trust me that never for one moment will our
+watchfulness be relaxed, and, in times of your greatest danger, help
+will be near."
+
+George repeated the sign so as to be sure he had made no mistake,
+then, infinitely relieved, he asked----
+
+"And when do I start for my new prison?"
+
+"To-night. You will go by train. Arabi will have gone before you. He
+also leaves to-night. I shall go and discover what news my men have
+brought in."
+
+He turned, as he spoke, and left the room.
+
+So after all he was to be the victim of Arden's cruel machinations,
+thought George, when he found himself alone. In spite of all Naoum's
+power he was unable to stay the hand of this ruthless enemy.
+Torture! The word was one of terrible significance; death was
+child's play compared with it. Pondering for a few moments on
+Arden's treacheries, his thoughts going back to the little petty
+theft at Constantinople, he tried to account for it all, but only
+came to the conclusion that it was inherent wickedness and villainy.
+George had outwitted and defied him at Port Said. To a man of Mark's
+cruel and villainous disposition this was sufficient, and he had
+made up his mind to leave no stone unturned to humble and ruin his
+former friend. Well, time would show if he were to succeed.
+
+As these thoughts passed through Helmar's mind, a grim, set look of
+determination came into the young man's handsome face, that boded
+ill for the success of his enemy's plans.
+
+The sun had set, and night had closed in when Naoum again came to
+George to notify him that the guard awaited to take him to Cairo.
+
+"The little wretch Abdu is to be in charge of you, Helmar," said he,
+after informing him of the presence of the guard. "How this comes to
+be arranged, I do not know, but there is evidently some purpose in
+it. Be prepared for anything, and do not forget what I have told
+you; above all, do not let anything your guard can say to you rouse
+you to anger--it is a favourite way of obtaining an excuse for
+getting rid of prisoners. And now, good-bye!"
+
+George bade his kind host and protector good-bye, and with a
+haughty appearance of indifference, he accompanied Abdu and two
+soldiers to the station. If he had had any idea that he was to
+travel comfortably he was quickly undeceived, for the train, which
+was waiting, consisted of nothing but goods wagons; into one of
+these he was unceremoniously hustled and the doors firmly bolted.
+One source of comfort to him, at this treatment, was the fact that
+Abdu and his two guards had to travel in the same compartment.
+
+The moment the doors were closed his hands and feet were securely
+bound.
+
+"What is this for?" asked George, as in obedience to the little
+wretch's orders he submitted to the indignity.
+
+"In order that you cannot play any more tricks upon us," replied
+Abdu in French. "I haven't forgotten what you did on the way to
+Damanhour--we have not that fool Belbeis with us now--heh!"
+
+Helmar objected, and refused to allow the guards to bind his feet.
+Immediately Abdu's eyes flashed, and he drew a long, keen blade from
+his belt.
+
+"Would you?" he cried between his teeth; "this knife is sharp,
+so----" And he pricked George's hands.
+
+Feeling the uselessness of resistance, George allowed the little
+black wretch to secure his feet, and as it was complete, stooped to
+sit down. With a fiendish look on his face, the Egyptian raised his
+foot and gave him a vicious kick in the chest. Losing his balance,
+Helmar fell heavily to the floor, striking his head with great force
+against the side of the van.
+
+Blind with fury at such inhuman treatment, George struggled to
+release his hands from the rope which held them, but his efforts
+were useless and only roused the soldiers to merriment. Suddenly, as
+if believing that his prisoner was succeeding in freeing himself,
+Abdu leaped upon him, and flourishing his long knife, pricked him
+several times in the body with it; with a brutal laugh he then
+kicked him again and rejoined his companions at the other end of the
+car.
+
+Helmar now understood the reason this brute was sent in charge of
+him, and he knew that his journey was to be one of insufferable
+agony. Oh, for one moment of freedom again! If it cost him his life
+he would exterminate the hound.
+
+After his last onslaught, Abdu left him alone for a while, and
+Helmar's anger began to cool down. He thought of Naoum's words, and
+realized how truly he had spoken. No, he must remain quiet, and then
+even Abdu could not be barbarous enough to murder him. It was one
+thing to come to such a determination and another to carry it out;
+alternately he was a prey to violent thoughts of revenge and the
+calmness of philosophy. In the latter intervals he wondered how long
+the train would take to reach its destination, he had not been in it
+half-an-hour, and yet it seemed to him an eternity.
+
+The guards were talking in low tones; every now and then Helmar
+caught a word of Arabic, but they had taken the precaution to seat
+themselves so far from him that he could not hear what they talked
+about. The misery of his uncomfortable position and surroundings
+gave him little desire to interest himself with them.
+
+About an hour after they had started, Abdu left his companions and
+came and sat beside him. Helmar knew this was the prelude to some
+fiendish cruelty, but what he did not know. He was not long left in
+doubt.
+
+The train was bumping terrifically, the metals over which it was
+running being very uneven. For a few moments Abdu watched the motion
+of a piece of iron chain, hanging through a ring in the side of the
+car, then, having evolved some plan, he turned to his prisoner with
+a leer on his face.
+
+"You see this," he said, tapping the place where Helmar had struck
+him in the face; "Abdu hasn't forgotten, but he is kind and forgives
+easily. You are a prisoner, and must be made comfortable."
+
+As he said this he sprang up, and going over to where the chain was
+hanging, took it from its place, and coiling it up into a knot,
+returned to George's side. The chain was made of large iron links,
+with several sharp, square swivels in it, and these Abdu so placed
+that they projected from the rest. Having arranged it to his fancy,
+he seized his prisoner's hair, and raising his head by it, placed
+the bunch of chain beneath it, and then, with brutal force, pushed
+him back on to the sharp, rusty iron.
+
+"You must have a pillow," he laughed, as he saw George wince with
+pain.
+
+The moment Abdu had released his head, Helmar raised it from the
+cruel iron and moved himself away, but the Egyptian was ready in a
+moment; the knife flashed, and George felt its keen point prick
+through his clothes.
+
+"Ah! you would refuse my kindness, would you? This must not be," and
+he pushed the chain again beneath the prisoner's head. "So, if you
+move again the knife will go farther in next time."
+
+George now found himself compelled to remain with the chain under
+his head. Strain as he would, to keep from resting upon it, the
+motion and jolting of the train made it pummel the back of his
+skull, until he felt that he should soon go mad. Once or twice, in
+desperation, he moved, but the wretch was as good as his word, and
+the point of his knife was dug into his legs and arms until his
+clothes were covered with blood.
+
+After half-an-hour of this Abdu seemed to have had enough of the
+pastime, and with a sneering laugh removed the chain, and then
+returned to his companions at the end of the car.
+
+Helmar all this time had not uttered one word. Notwithstanding the
+agony he had endured, and the pain of the wounds Abdu had inflicted
+upon him, he had not allowed a single sound to escape him, but it
+was with a sigh of intense relief that he saw the little monster
+rejoin his friends.
+
+The guards, for a time, now seemed to ignore the presence of their
+prisoner and spoke in louder tones. Possibly Abdu was not aware that
+his prisoner could speak Arabic, for they conversed quite freely,
+and George distinctly heard every word they said. Abdu was the man
+his attention was mainly fixed upon.
+
+"No, no," he was saying, "the officer Arden has been fooled by this
+Naoum. Arabi would have killed him at once but for the money-man
+Naoum. I tell you he is his friend, and we will have no power to
+harm him."
+
+"But Arden is powerful, and while Naoum is away, will be able to do
+as he likes," replied one of the men, in a tone of conviction.
+
+"You are a fool, and cannot see before your nose," cried Abdu,
+irritably. "Arabi dare not quarrel with Naoum; the other is only
+powerful in favour, he does not wield the hold over our master. No,
+Arden will work his end, but not through his master, it will be in
+the way he ordered the prison to be fired."
+
+Helmar listened to every word they were talking of him.
+
+"So it was Arden that had the prison set alight," thought he;
+"evidently he would stop at nothing. Would his influence extend to
+Cairo?"
+
+"Who says that Arden had the prison burnt?" said one of the men.
+"More likely that you did it, Abdu, because the Christian dog struck
+you."
+
+All three laughed, and George shuddered as he realized what it meant
+to be in the power of such creatures.
+
+"Whoever did it, it was good," said Abdu; "the dogs must die, or the
+true believers will be driven from their own land. I would that I
+were allowed, yonder dog should never leave this train alive, and
+his body should rot on the plains, and feed the vultures."
+
+"You are a great man, Abdu," said one of his companions, sneeringly,
+"and very brave. Go and cut yonder dog's ropes and see how you will
+fare! Allah! but he would eat you, knife and all!"
+
+Abdu was stung to the quick, and retorted hotly--
+
+"Have a care; I have dealt with him before, and if he hurt me it was
+because I was not aware; but I am here in front of you, and by the
+Prophet's beard, I fear you not," and he showed his glittering white
+teeth.
+
+Helmar was in hopes that they would start to fight amongst
+themselves, and he felt convinced that if they did so, they would
+not bother any more about troubling him.
+
+"Allah! but you think because you are the son of a great man that I
+fear to speak," retorted the other. "Shoo! I fear you so little that
+I spit in your face!"
+
+The man suited the action to the word, and immediately sprang to his
+feet. Abdu promptly followed suit, as did the third man. The little
+officer's eyes were blazing with rage, and he rushed, with upraised
+knife, on the man who had insulted him. Instantly the two men
+locked, and a struggle to the death ensued. Their knives gleamed and
+flashed in the dim light of the car as each tried to bury his weapon
+in his opponent's vitals.
+
+So interested was Helmar in what was going on that he forgot his
+pain and the torture to which he had been subjected, and laughed and
+cheered Abdu's assailant on with an enthusiasm that astonished even
+himself.
+
+The third man of his guard seemed in some magic way to have
+disappeared, but George had not thought about him, so busily
+occupied was he with the combatants. To and fro they swayed; now
+Abdu seemed to be getting the best of it, and now the other appeared
+to be forcing the little man back. It was most exciting, and George
+struggled to a sitting posture, the better to follow their
+movements.
+
+Suddenly a whispered tone reached his ear; some one close beside him
+uttered the word "Amman!"
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXII
+
+                               HORROR
+
+
+Turning in the direction the sound came from, George saw it was the
+third man close by him who had whispered the word. Here was a
+surprise; but a light began to dawn on him as he answered with
+alacrity----
+
+"Allah is good!"
+
+"And ever watchful!" said the man at once.
+
+So Naoum's power was already working. Evidently this fight was a
+planned affair between these two men, and Helmar waited wonderingly
+for what was to happen next.
+
+The moment the fellow had given the sign he stooped down and quickly
+cut the ropes from the prisoner's feet and hands, and whispered,
+"Come! we will stay this Abdu's hand and give him a lesson!"
+
+George sprang to his feet instantly, and the two men dashed at the
+struggling pair. Abdu's assailant, doubtless prepared for this, at
+once relaxed his hold and, before the enraged little officer could
+deliver a home thrust with his knife, he was seized by Helmar and
+his friend, and the weapon wrenched from his grasp.
+
+The two guards now seemed inclined to leave the affair in the white
+man's hands, for the moment Helmar had got a firm grip on Abdu they
+fell back.
+
+"So, traitors," screamed the maddened little man, bursting with
+fury, "you have turned on me and released your prisoner! By Allah! I
+swear you shall pay for this! You are in league against the great
+Pasha Arabi, and your lives shall pay the forfeit!"
+
+All the answer he got to his ravings was a stolid smile of triumph
+from both men, and, to stay his tongue, Helmar gripped his throat
+until he almost choked with a spluttering cough.
+
+"Never mind about traitors," said Helmar, in Arabic. "We are just
+going to read you a lesson; retribution has come to you sooner than
+you expected. See!" he went on, turning to the others, "pass that
+rope along and we will bind him!"
+
+The two men did as they were bid, and together they secured the
+officer in no very gentle manner. His hands were folded behind his
+back and bound in that position, so that when his feet had been
+secured also, he looked like a trussed fowl.
+
+"I'll be more merciful than you were," said Helmar, laughing, as he
+forced him to lie full length on the floor. "I will not provide you
+with a pillow--but," as Abdu opened his mouth to speak, "if you
+utter a sound unbidden, I will fasten you to that chain and let you
+hang outside the door for the rest of the journey."
+
+Abdu ground his teeth with rage, but kept silent. His eyes gleamed
+murder at the two men who had sold him and released his prisoner.
+This, however, in no way seemed to trouble them, for they only
+grinned defiance; whilst one of them drew his knife and felt its
+sharp point, as if meditating giving the little wretch a taste of
+it.
+
+The humour of the situation appealed to George; all thoughts of
+revenge had gone, and he merely intended to keep the little man a
+prisoner in punishment for what he had done to him. After watching
+the contortions of his captive's face for a few moments, George
+turned to the two men.
+
+"Well, what do you think is best to do?" he asked, wishing to find
+out what their instructions were. "I suppose it is no use to attempt
+escape. If we were to manage to jump from the train, it could only
+end in disaster."
+
+"No, no," said one of the men. "There can be no escape. Abdu would
+have killed you had we not interfered. Our orders were to see that
+no harm befell you by the way, so while he sat beside you, we
+planned that little affair."
+
+"And very well done it was," replied George, laughing. "But what
+will happen when we reach Cairo? You will be shot!"
+
+"No," said the man, complacently. "It is all arranged. Abdu is a
+servant of Arden's, and although the master has ordered that you
+shall not be killed, yet has Arden ordered differently, and
+appointed Abdu to carry out his orders for him. Therefore, what we
+have done will bring us in favour with our chief, and Abdu will be
+punished--probably hanged," he added in a loud tone so that the
+prisoner could hear.
+
+"Oh, I see," replied Helmar. "Then you will take him where you take
+me, and hand him over as a prisoner too, for attempting to murder me
+against Arabi's wish. That is decidedly smart. Do you hear, Abdu?"
+
+All three men laughed, but the victim of their plans gave no sign.
+George was astonished at the workings of Naoum's power. He had
+already established a safeguard for him, even on the short journey
+to Cairo; what then would he do when at that place where Mariam
+Abagi was? The feeling of relief at this fresh instance of his
+protector's watchfulness filled him with a sense of security that he
+had not yet felt, and he blessed the man who was so kindly disposed
+towards him.
+
+The rest of the journey passed uneventfully, and, as the train
+pulled up at its destination and Helmar and his guards alighted on
+the platform, he was glad to leave the stuffy, heated atmosphere of
+the place in which he had had such an exciting time.
+
+Abdu and he marched from the station side by side. The difference
+between them was that Abdu's hands still remained bound, while he
+was allowed to walk unfettered. His guards hailed a conveyance, and
+the four were immediately taken to the prison.
+
+This precaution was necessary, as Helmar soon discovered, for as
+they passed along the thoroughfares he saw that the whole city was
+in a ferment. The streets were thronged with a shouting cosmopolitan
+mob even at that early hour of the morning. Armed rebels were
+parading the streets, jostling and hustling any with whom they came
+into contact. There was not the slightest doubt that his white face
+would have served as a red rag to a bull in that mixed assembly, and
+he would never have reached his destination alive.
+
+He remarked on this to his guards, and his surmise was at once
+confirmed.
+
+"Your life would not be worth a minute's purchase exposed to view,"
+replied the man he addressed. "For that matter, even natives have to
+be most careful, the place is almost in a state of riot. Egypt
+cannot last like this, we shall eat ourselves up."
+
+Abdu was furtively watching the seething thoroughfare from the
+window, and, as the man finished speaking, he endeavoured to attract
+some one's attention outside by holding up his bound hands. The
+instant he did so, the guard flung himself upon him and forced him
+down; but it was too late, the mischief was done. With a cry, two or
+three of the crowd elbowed their way, at a run, towards the hack.
+Helmar glanced with apprehension at his guards, and noted the fear
+expressed in their faces, while Abdu was grinning with the most
+intense malice.
+
+The driver evidently saw danger threatening his vehicle and whipped
+his horses up, but apparently some signal had been passed along the
+road, for the number of pursuers was momentarily increasing to a
+howling crowd.
+
+What the issue would have been it is doubtful to say, but just at
+that moment they reached the citadel, parts of which were being used
+as prison cells, and, with intense relief, Helmar heard the gates of
+the courtyard close behind them.
+
+The moment he alighted he was conducted by two evil-looking warders
+to his cell, whilst the guards, with Abdu, were taken to an office.
+
+As soon as he found himself alone, Helmar looked round his prison.
+It was a decidedly uninviting place. Although much cleaner than the
+one in which he had been confined at Damanhour, it was bare of all
+furniture, except a sort of wooden trestle, evidently intended for
+his bed. This occupied one side of the room, which was a narrow
+apartment, about eight feet long by five in width. A dim light was
+allowed to penetrate into this dismal hole through a heavily-grated
+window high up in the wall. As George surveyed the place he came to
+the conclusion, from the solid construction of the walls, that he
+was in no ramshackle makeshift. There was none of the filth and dirt
+of his previous experience, and he felt that here at least he could
+lie down on the hard and uncomfortable boards without being eaten
+alive by loathsome insects.
+
+He felt tired after his long journey, and his appetite was keen. He
+fancied that no matter what his diet might be, he could do ample
+justice to it when it should be brought along.
+
+Using his coat as a pillow, he stretched himself out on his trestle
+and waited patiently for some one to come. Every now and then he
+burst out laughing, as his thoughts went back to the journey to
+Cairo.
+
+What stunning fellows those two guards had proved themselves--and
+how smartly they had fooled Abdu! He wondered where they were, and
+if they would be allowed to look after him. Such luck, he was
+afraid, could not be. No, he would probably be waited upon by one of
+those two surly fellows who had conducted him to his present abode.
+
+An hour passed, and at last he heard a footstep outside; he wondered
+if it was the much-desired breakfast, or a summons before Arabi's
+tribunal. The steps came nearer, and a key was placed in the lock of
+his door. A moment later a warder entered with some bread and
+coffee.
+
+The man silently advanced. Helmar's eyes watched his movements
+closely; he set the tin of coffee on the floor and the bread beside
+it, and thus, without a word, turned to depart.
+
+"I say," cried George, as the man neared the door, "is this all a
+hungry man is to have? Why, hang it all, I was treated better by
+Arden!"
+
+George had spoken in English, thinking it wisest not to air his
+Arabic before this man.
+
+The warder only shook his head, to signify that he did not
+understand.
+
+George then tried him in French, but with no better success. At
+last, seeing that his chance of a better breakfast was slipping from
+him, he repeated his remarks in Arabic.
+
+"Bread and coffee is too good for a dog of an unbeliever," replied
+the warder, in a surly tone, "better food is only for the sons of
+the Prophet. The white dog will soon not need anything in Egypt."
+
+As he finished speaking he left the cell, slamming the door behind
+him, as if to emphasize his disgust at waiting on a white man.
+
+"The surly pig," muttered Helmar, when the man had gone. "It's scant
+favour I shall get from him. Heigho! my troubles seem never-ending,
+but there--upon my word, I am getting used to them now. Bread, eh?"
+he went on, picking up the hunk of stale, black, husky-looking stuff
+before him. "I could make better bread myself out of bran."
+
+He picked up the tin of coffee and tasted it.
+
+"Ah, that's a bit better. I must say they do understand making
+coffee." Without more ado he ate his bread ravenously, and, in spite
+of its blackness and heaviness, felt very much refreshed when he had
+finished. The coffee was certainly good, and George drank it
+sparingly, lest it should be long before he got any more.
+
+After this he lay down to take a nap. Sleep was not long in
+overtaking him, and despite his troubles, despite his hard
+uncomfortable bed, he slumbered peacefully.
+
+It seemed to him he had not slept five minutes when he was rudely
+awakened by some one pulling at his leg. It was his gaoler.
+
+"Come on, you're wanted," he said, with an unpleasant smile;
+"they're going to ask you some questions."
+
+"Eh, what? Who's going to ask me some questions?" said George,
+sitting up and rubbing his eyes. "Eh?" as he looked at his gaoler in
+great surprise. "Oh yes, I remember now--all right, lead on, I'm
+with you."
+
+He sprang from his hard couch, and stretched himself as he spoke. He
+had not yet had time to think or he would scarcely have answered as
+cheerily; neither had he seen the unpleasant look on the man's face,
+which portended anything but something pleasant awaiting him.
+However, he followed his guide, who led him out of the building
+across the courtyard he had entered in the morning, to a sort of
+miniature tower standing alone. The place was of peculiar structure,
+and there was no doubt that it was not built by European hands. So
+interested was he in the place that he drew the warder's attention
+to it.
+
+"What place is this? part of the prison?"
+
+"Ay, it's part of the prison, but a part not much used--until now,"
+and he turned to the door, fumbling with a great key in the lock.
+
+Helmar's curiosity was still further aroused. The man's words
+conveyed hidden meaning.
+
+"Yes, but what is it for? Does it contain another series of cells?"
+
+"You will soon find out what it is for unless you are sensible, and
+it certainly contains another series of cells," replied the man,
+flinging back the heavy iron-studded door, which creaked and groaned
+as if it hadn't been opened for years.
+
+Without another word the warder led the way in. The air was musty
+and dark, and George shuddered as he stepped into the dark passage
+that lay before him. As soon as he had passed in the gaoler turned
+and closed the door, and then proceeded to guide our hero to the
+head of a flight of stone steps. Here he took a lighted lantern from
+the wall, and together they descended into the depths below.
+
+The moment he put his foot on the first step of the stairway, George
+remembered Naoum's words. Was this the place in which the
+_interrogation_ was to be carried out! The very thought of it sent a
+cold shiver of terror down his back, but he knew that it would be
+worse than useless to fight against the inevitable; even if he
+refused to go farther his retreat was entirely cut off, and
+doubtless his gaoler could summon aid to force him to the tribunal.
+No, he would endeavour to put a bold face upon it, and trust to
+circumstances and Naoum's help to see him through. Keeping close to
+his guide he steadily descended. The staircase wound round and
+round, and as they got lower and lower the steps became more and
+more damp and slippery, until at last he had to cling to a sort of
+rough wooden balustrade for support. At last the end of what seemed
+an interminable journey was reached, and the two men stood in front
+of an iron door. This, with some difficulty, the gaoler opened, and
+proceeded along a short narrow passage which ended in an archway
+covered by some rough damp fabric. Pulling this aside, the man led
+the way.
+
+Helmar stood where he was, just inside the archway, while his guide
+proceeded to light several lanterns which hung round the walls.
+
+As the light spread over the room, a frenzy of terror seized Helmar,
+and he stood rooted to the spot.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXIII
+
+                   IN THE HANDS OF THE PHILISTINES
+
+
+The feeling of terror passed off as quickly as it had come. As the
+light spread luridly over the dismal room it exposed to our hero's
+gaze the unmistakable signs that the place was to be used for the
+administration of tortures. Instruments and tools of all sorts lay
+about in every direction, bottles were stored on a shelf in one
+corner, whether containing medical material, or stuff of a more
+deadly nature, George had no means of discovering. In another corner
+of the dungeon stood a brick forge, with various irons scattered
+about on it, which were doubtless used for branding purposes. His
+attention was drawn to a pile of manacles and chains, amongst which
+he detected iron collars, anklets, iron bars of enormous weight, all
+cruel-looking and of dreadful portent.
+
+In one wall was placed a series of rings with ropes attached, while
+close by lay a heavy thonged lash; the nature of these things left
+him in no doubt concerning their use.
+
+As his eyes rested on them in turn, George again felt the terror
+coming on him; involuntarily he trembled, and it was only by a
+supreme effort he was able to cast it from him. The tension of his
+feeling was so great that to relieve it he turned to his gaoler.
+
+"But why am I brought here? They cannot torture a prisoner of war!"
+he exclaimed. "But perhaps," as an idea struck him, "they intend to
+frighten me."
+
+The gaoler guffawed in a sepulchral manner at what he considered his
+prisoner's simplicity; he did not understand that George was trying
+to convince himself against his own better judgment.
+
+"Frighten, eh?" he said at last, when his gruesome merriment had
+ceased, "they'll not waste their time in trying to frighten a
+Christian dog! These things are not for show, but use. Since the
+white people came to this country, this place," he went on, with a
+comprehensive sweep of his hands, "has not been used, but kept more
+as a curiosity than anything else; now the Egyptians again rule,
+they will once more adopt the methods of our forefathers."
+
+"Oh, yes," replied George, with growing irritation at the man's
+undisguised hatred for the white people in general, and himself in
+particular, "I know all about the _mighty_ Egyptians and their
+forefathers. I've heard all about that before, but it has nothing to
+do with bringing me down here. What I want to know is, why I'm
+brought here."
+
+At the sneering tone George used when speaking of the Egyptians the
+expression of the gaoler's face lowered and his eyes shot fire, and
+as he ceased speaking the man turned away, and busied himself with
+setting a great arm-chair in position in the centre of the room.
+
+"You know a great deal about Egypt besides," he said in slow,
+measured tones, wiping cobwebs from a cumbersome piece of furniture,
+"and that is the reason you are brought here. Those who will not
+speak must be made to speak."
+
+"I am ready to tell them all I know, and I can assure you it isn't
+much."
+
+"About the British troops and their Commander's plans?" asked the
+man, with a stolid look of surprise.
+
+Helmar burst out into a laugh, although he felt anything but like
+doing so.
+
+"Why, man, how should I know anything about it--I am not an
+officer!"
+
+The gaoler smiled grimly. He had expected this, and refrained from
+comment, contenting himself with shrugging his shoulders in an
+approved Eastern style.
+
+Seeing that nothing further was to be gained from this unintelligent
+pig, Helmar gave up the attempt, and examined more closely the
+instruments of torture, wondering in a hopeless sort of way what was
+to be his fate. Unable to come to any decision, he flung himself
+into the chair his gaoler had set in the centre of the room, a prey
+to a horrible despair.
+
+He had hardly seated himself when he became aware of the sound of
+approaching footsteps. They did not come from the passage by which
+he had entered, but from the opposite side of the room. At that
+moment the gaoler approached, and, seizing him roughly by the
+shoulder, attempted to hustle him from his seat.
+
+"This is for another; we will find something less comfortable for
+you."
+
+Helmar detested being pushed about, and as he expected to be handled
+badly later on, he determined to put up with none of it now. He
+sprang in a bound from his seat and, turning, dealt the great
+Egyptian a smashing blow on the face, and was about to follow it up
+with another, when a door, which he had not seen, suddenly opened,
+and a procession of dusky figures entered. Instantly two of the
+new-comers sprang forward and, before George could continue his
+chastisement, had him securely pinioned, his flashing eyes
+indicating the storm of rage that was going on within him.
+
+Realizing that now, if ever, he must be calm, he stifled back his
+feelings, and waited for the next act in the horrible drama. Six men
+had entered, and one of them seated himself at once in the arm-chair
+George had vacated. He was a powerful, thick-set fellow and
+evidently, by the deference the others paid him, a man of
+considerable importance. His expression was one of fixed malignity,
+and George rightly surmised that he need look for no mercy from this
+individual. He wondered who and what he was. Was he a magistrate, or
+some potentate of Arabi's army? He did not give him the idea of
+being a military man. His costume was decidedly that of the native
+civilian, and yet there was an air of stern command about the man
+that puzzled him.
+
+At a sign from the new-comer, the two men who held him proceeded to
+divest Helmar of his coat and shirt. This done, his hands and feet
+were fastened, and he was then thrown on the floor face downwards,
+while the bigger of his two custodians stood by, handling the deadly
+kourbash.
+
+There was no mistaking their vile intentions; he was to be
+interrogated with a vengeance, and George eyed the cruel thong as it
+lay idly resting on the ground beside the great Arab. The horrors it
+conjured up in his mind were too appalling for words. Already in
+fancy he could feel its relentless blows on his bared back, and he
+shuddered again and again. He shut his teeth and, to use his own
+phraseology, determined to "die hard." He would show these inhuman
+monsters that a white man could stand without a sign anything they
+could think of to reduce him to submission. In bitterness he felt
+that this mockery of interrogation was only an excuse to vent their
+hatred of the European, and that in reality they did not hope to
+discover anything from him, and, in fact, knew that he had no
+information to give.
+
+The dreaded kourbash, he was determined, should do its fell work
+with no response from him, terrible as he knew that punishment would
+be; they might kill him, they might flay him alive, but they could
+not reduce his stubborn pride as no doubt they hoped to do. This
+spirit bore him through those few moments that preceded the first
+words of his mock interrogation, but he felt himself shrink on the
+floor when he saw the slightest movement on the part of his
+executioner. The torture of that short period was the refinement of
+cruelty, but never for one moment did he waver from his fixed
+determination to face his inquisitors like a man and a son of his
+fatherland.
+
+At last the man in the chair spoke; his tones were calm and
+dispassionate, but there rang in them an undercurrent of intensity
+that warned George, whose mental faculties were painfully acute,
+that the latent feeling of racial hatred was only held in check by
+the power of an iron will, and that like a boiling volcano it
+needed but the faintest extra aggravation to make it burst forth and
+overwhelm its surroundings. The man's words fell on his ears like
+the knell of doom, and ere he replied he braced himself for the
+inevitable result of his answer.
+
+"Being a secret agent of the British, you possess information that
+will be of use to the great Pasha now ruling the land of the
+faithful!"
+
+Though the words were an assertion, the tones in which they were
+delivered were undoubtedly those of a question. While yet
+considering his reply, George saw out of the corner of his eye the
+fearful kourbash raised from the ground. Quickly making up his mind
+that no subterfuge would hold him, Helmar replied--
+
+"I am not a secret agent, neither do I possess any information
+whatsoever of the British movements. How should I? Have I not been a
+captive ever since Arabi was expelled from Alexandria?"
+
+Notwithstanding the fearful position in which he stood, George could
+not resist this little bit of sarcasm at the expense of Arabi's
+prowess. Apparently his interrogator had no sense of humour, for
+although Helmar could not see the man he was convinced that he gave
+some sign. There was a horrid swish in the air, and the kourbash
+fell across his bare shoulders with ruthless force, and a great wale
+was raised where it struck. George uttered no sound, but, bursting
+with indignation and in great pain, waited for the next question.
+
+It came quickly, and in the same even tones.
+
+"Your retort is untimely, and will bring retribution upon you. The
+faithful require no comments from the Christian dog. Answer the
+questions put to you, simply, that your punishment may be less
+severe. We would mercifully save you more pain than is necessary. It
+is known that you are aware of the point at which the forces of the
+great Pasha are to be attacked. The English dogs are slow, but they
+are cunning. Where will their men-of-war be concentrated?"
+
+"How can I tell you that--I don't know," replied Helmar irritably.
+
+The last words were scarcely out his mouth when the kourbash again
+fell with terrific force on his flesh, this time twice in rapid
+succession. The pain was intense, and as each blow fell George
+hollowed his back involuntarily as if by doing so he would lessen
+the force of the dreaded thong. His back was scalding, and the sting
+of the cruel lash pervaded his whole body, but he only shut his
+teeth the harder and waited for what next was to come.
+
+"Where will the concentration take place?"
+
+The words came like the knell of doom, the monotony of their tone
+was appalling.
+
+"I do not know," replied George again.
+
+Again the lash fell, with another cut added--again he writhed in
+pain, pain that was anguish of mind as well as of body. He felt as
+if his brain was bursting with the dreadful slowness of the
+proceedings. It seemed to him that if he were to receive a hundred
+lashes in quick succession he could easily stand it, but the torture
+of the delay was fearful.
+
+Again the fiendish inquisitor asked his question, and again our hero
+replied in the negative. Four more frightful cuts of the inexorable
+kourbash fell on his rapidly-scarring back. The torture he endured
+was frightful, not a single blow from the raw-hide thong but was
+timed to produce the utmost effect; his back was waled in large
+ridges, and with a fiendish cruelty the inhuman executioner with
+unfailing aim had smote and re-smote him in the same place. Already
+he could feel that the skin had burst, and it came almost as a
+relief as he felt the flow of blood down his back. Again and again
+the malignant man in the chair asked his question. Again and again
+the answer came from our hero, followed quickly by the increased
+number of lashes from his executioner.
+
+The terrible punishment was beginning to tell; already George had
+passed from the defiant stage to one of patient endurance. As the
+torture continued his body began to feel numbed, and he became
+light-headed; he caught himself counting in a foolish manner the
+number of strokes he had received, and as each one fell, he would
+add two or three according to whether he felt it more or less than
+its predecessor. Once he even laughed as the man struck him on a
+part of his body that was clothed, with the effect that the
+executioner, enraged at the levity, redoubled his merciless attack.
+
+The light-headed stage passed off and was replaced by a feeling of
+horrible despair. He wondered when these monsters would have vented
+their spite sufficiently; he wondered if he would be alive at the
+end of the castigation, or if they would flay the flesh from his
+body. He thought of the ignominious ending it would be to his brief
+career with the fighting line.
+
+[Illustration: "He was already beyond crying out. All sense of feeling
+had left him!" p. 270.]
+(Transcriber's note: Illustration not available.)
+
+His head was buried in his arms, and he was becoming indifferent to
+how frequently the kourbash fell on his shoulders. Had he but known
+it, it was the beginning of unconsciousness; he uttered no sound, he
+cared nothing for what was going on; he no longer, as the blows were
+rained on him, shut his teeth to bear the pain--it was not
+necessary, he was already beyond crying out. All sense of feeling
+had left him.
+
+Now and again he could hear, as if a long way off, the voice of the
+inquisitor repeating his question, but it had no meaning for him,
+the words were blurred and indistinct to his mental faculties, and
+he made no attempt to answer.
+
+Presently the blows ceased to fall; his body lost all feeling as his
+legs became cramped, and he fell into unconsciousness. Suddenly he
+was aroused from his torpor by angry voices. Far away they sounded,
+but still they penetrated to his dulled and aching brain. He could
+hear a high-pitched, shrill, screaming sound that struck on his
+almost senseless nerves with a shock.
+
+Vaguely he became aware that his flogging had ceased, and that
+something had gone wrong with his persecutors.
+
+With a supreme effort he roused himself, but he was too weak and
+feeble to be able to grasp the meaning of what he heard, and quickly
+sank down to full length again, as he felt a warm touch on his
+hands.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXIV
+
+                           A FRIEND INDEED
+
+
+The oblivion into which our hero had fallen did not last long, the
+suspension of brain-power was but passing and soon gave place to
+dreams. With that extraordinary irony of reduced mental power these
+dreams were of the most beautiful description; all the agony he had
+suffered had passed away, and he dreamt that he was in a gorgeous
+garden on the banks of his beloved Danube; all around him the most
+beautiful fountains played, and people were wandering about terraces
+and lawns dressed in lovely white flowing robes. Many of the faces
+he saw about him were those of the friends of his earlier
+associations, and they smiled and bowed to him as they passed by
+where he was reclining. No one seemed to speak, and a silence too
+peaceful and delightful for words reigned everywhere.
+
+In the distance beyond the limits of this perfect place, he saw many
+dark shadows, in each of which he could distinctly trace the figures
+of dusky Egyptians vainly endeavouring to reach him, but, as each
+one made the attempt, he was beaten back by the heavy fall of some
+terrible weapon. Suddenly the scene changed and he was seated on a
+throne. On every side the white-robed figures stood waiting for him
+to speak; this he was vainly attempting to do, but at each effort a
+terrible pain passed over him and the words remained unuttered. At
+last a big fountain began to play in front of where he sat, and the
+spray, in falling, played over his throne, saturating him and every
+one around; then his tongue seemed released, and he suddenly awoke
+to find himself lying upon a comfortable bed, with Mariam Abagi
+stooping over him bathing his back. The moment he regained
+consciousness the agony of his position burst upon him with terrible
+force. Racking pains shot all through his body, until he felt that
+he must shriek aloud; he could move neither hand nor foot, for, at
+each effort, his pain was redoubled, and he lay still, moaning
+piteously.
+
+At last the bathing that Mariam was administering began to soothe
+him, he felt easier, and his moans lessened. As time went on they
+ceased altogether, and the bathing was at once discontinued.
+
+He was now aware of everything that had happened, and longed to ask
+his nurse to tell him all that had occurred after the flogging had
+ceased. Once he made an effort to speak, but Mariam restrained him
+by giving him something to drink. After that he slept.
+
+When next he awoke there were several people in the room. Mariam was
+seated at his side, and Naoum stood near, while several dusky
+figures were waiting in the background. He found that he had been
+turned on to his back, and he felt very little pain until he
+attempted to move, when he at once realized that he had better make
+no further effort in that direction.
+
+"Where am I, Mariam? In prison still?" he asked in feeble tones.
+
+The old woman's face relaxed from its stern expression and became
+wreathed in a wrinkled smile, which set George's heart at rest
+before she uttered a word.
+
+"Yes, my son, still in prison, but with those around you who will no
+more allow harm to reach you. We only found you out just in time, or
+you would have seen the light of day no more. Your enemies were
+clever, and attacked you quickly to prevent our interference, but
+the news was brought to us and we hurried to your assistance. You
+are now in safety."
+
+George thought for a moment, his eyes resting on Naoum's face,
+everything became quite clear to him, and he remembered, though
+indistinctly, the angry tones he had heard before he became
+unconscious, and was wondering if they were Mariam's.
+
+"Did you come yourself?" he next asked her. "Ah," as she nodded, "I
+remember your voice."
+
+"Yes, I was indeed angry, and had to exert all my power before the
+wretched Pasha would release you."
+
+The old woman's look as she uttered these words was one of intense
+hatred, and boded, as George thought, but little mercy should ever
+opportunity arise for the man who had attempted to defy her. Again
+he caught himself wondering at the power of these two strange
+people. His reflections were put a stop to as the sound of Naoum's
+voice fell on his ear.
+
+"I will leave you, mother; he will recover now, and, under your
+administering, rapidly. See that you tell him the news I have
+brought you. There is much work for us all, and his share of it will
+require a healthy body."
+
+As he finished speaking, Naoum turned and left the room, followed by
+the rest of his onlookers, whom Helmar quickly surmised were
+servants.
+
+Mariam alone remained, intent upon the care of her patient. Her eyes
+never for one moment left the thin and drawn face on the pillow
+before her, anticipating, with the solicitous care of a mother,
+every need for his comfort.
+
+"How long do you think it will be before I can get up?" asked George
+suddenly, after a long pause. "My back feels much better already.
+To-morrow?"
+
+"No, no, my son. Not to-morrow or the day after, neither will you
+get up for some days to come," replied the old woman, shaking her
+head. "You have been injured almost unto death, and your recovery
+must surely be slow. As Naoum said, there is work to be done in
+which you will have to bear your part, and, to that end, we must
+take the greatest care of you. Now, listen, to-night I shall come
+again, when I shall have news of the greatest importance to
+communicate to you; by that time you will be sufficiently refreshed
+to listen, and for the while you must sleep."
+
+She then administered an opiate and left him. In a few moments he
+was again buried in profound slumber. It was not until the morrow
+that he awoke; it was broad daylight when he did so, and while he
+waited for the coming of Mariam he scanned the apartment in which he
+was a prisoner. Evidently it was a room unused for the retention of
+people in custody, for it was fitted up in luxurious style. The
+walls were hung with heavy tapestries, and the floor was carpeted
+with Eastern rugs. The window he observed was unbarred, and this
+alone brought him a sense of comfort and repose that he could never
+have felt, in spite of Mariam's assurances, had the ominous gratings
+obtruded their sinister presence. The window was sheltered from the
+intense rays of the burning sun outside by a protecting lattice, and
+this kept the atmosphere pleasantly cool within; he sighed as he
+mentally thanked his kindly friends for their goodness to him--a
+stranger. Several times his thoughts reverted to the wretches who
+had so cruelly flogged him, and vividly he traced his arch-enemy
+Arden's hand in all his sufferings; he was too weak to rouse himself
+to indignation, but he could not forget his inhuman treatment.
+
+Presently his nurse entered, and his wounds were at once attended
+to. After submitting to the process he felt much relieved, and lay
+back, prepared to listen to the promised news, when his protectress
+should be disposed to deliver it.
+
+"And now, Mariam, what about the news you have to tell me? I am
+quite strong enough to listen."
+
+"Yes, I think I can safely tell you. You must not let anything I
+have to say excite you." She paused for a moment, as if to think how
+best to express herself, but, as she observed her patient's growing
+irritation at the delay, plunged into the subject at once.
+
+"The information you were supposed to possess has already been
+communicated to Arabi. The silence and apparent inactivity of the
+British Commanders have now taken the form of a definite plan, and
+the Pasha is aware that they intend advancing against him from the
+direction of Port Said, through Ismalia on the canal. Against this
+Arabi will bring his army to meet them at some place on the railway,
+in the hopes of driving them back to the Suez. If this succeeds he
+will then destroy the canal, the further to hamper their movements."
+
+"Yes, but is he aware of his opponent's strength? Surely they would
+not advance unless in overwhelming numbers?" George broke in. "Psha!
+The man must be mad to hope for success!"
+
+"That of course remains to be seen," said Mariam slowly. "Naoum's
+people bring us word that soldiers have been landing ever since the
+beginning of the war, but Arabi's people, probably to encourage the
+rebellion, say no, that the British army is but a puny affair."
+
+"What fools!" said Helmar. "They'll find out their mistake before
+long, and get such a smashing up that they won't forget in a hurry."
+
+"Yes," said the old woman, "that we know, but all this will take a
+long time, and by the time the blow is ready to fall, I must get you
+well enough for the work before you."
+
+Mariam paused, as if weighing her words. George was at once all
+interest. Something was coming, he felt sure, that was of even
+greater importance than the conflict and probable overthrow of
+Arabi. Mariam, he knew, never spoke lightly, and when she hinted at
+work that, apparently, could only be carried out by himself, it must
+indeed be of an urgent character.
+
+"But what is this work you speak of in such solemn tones? Surely, it
+cannot be as important as the downfall of this arch-rebel, Arabi?"
+
+"Listen, and I will tell you; then you can judge for yourself as to
+its importance. Naoum's people have discovered a cruel plot. Arabi,
+influenced by his wicked advisers, has arranged that, should he fail
+in his campaign against the British, should he receive one
+overwhelming defeat, then, to avenge himself upon his conquerors, at
+a word from him, Cairo will be burned to the ground."
+
+"The villain!" exclaimed George. "He would ruin thousands of his own
+people for the sake of revenge on others! And this is the man to
+whom the misguided Arabs trust the emancipation of their country!"
+
+"You must not excite yourself, my son," said Mariam, alarmed at the
+effect of her words on the invalid. "What I have said is the truth,
+but the scheme can be stayed through you. Naoum and I, whose
+interests do not entirely lie in this city, intend to thwart him for
+the sake of humanity, but without you our object will be difficult
+to accomplish."
+
+"Yes, yes," said George, impatiently. "But how can I stop it? I am
+at best but one man, and a prisoner, and," ruefully glancing at his
+nurse, "by the present signs, not likely to be able to get about
+for a month."
+
+"All that we have taken into consideration," replied Mariam, calmly.
+"Your help in our plans will not be needed for some days yet, and by
+that time I hope to have you well and strong; but, in the meantime,
+we cannot care for you too well, for your enemies are powerful, and
+Naoum will have to keep an impenetrable shield over you while you
+lie here on a bed of sickness."
+
+Helmar remained silent, thinking of the deep significance of
+Mariam's words. Evidently, he gathered from them, there was some
+very desperate enterprise in which they required him to take part.
+What was the nature of a scheme that could require such a solemn
+preamble?
+
+"And what is required of me?" he asked, presently.
+
+Mariam smiled, with a look of maternal affection in her calm, hollow
+eyes.
+
+"In the first place to get well as soon as possible. Do not delay
+that desired end by worrying about the future. Everything that can
+be done by us for your safety will be attended to, and when the time
+comes, you shall be acquainted with what is required of you. You
+must rest content with what I have told you. The reason for telling
+you so much and no more is that you must see the importance of
+getting well as soon as possible."
+
+George had to be content; no persuasion could draw from her
+anything more of the scheme with which she and her son determined to
+thwart Arabi. Many times he tried to get her to speak, but she would
+only shake her head and refuse to reply, so at last he gave it up
+and devoted himself to recovering from the effects of his flogging.
+
+His recovery, despite the unremitting attention of his nurse, was
+somewhat slow; the frightful mauling he had received from the cruel
+kourbash had done its work well, but at last his terrible
+lacerations began to heal. His constitution did wonders for him; he
+was young and of strong vitality, and this, aided by Mariam's
+wonderful skill, brought him to the turning-point, and finally
+safety was reached.
+
+It was some days, however, ere he rose from that bed of sickness,
+and when he did, the stalwart young athlete was hardly recognizable
+when he staggered from his bed to a chair. Notwithstanding his stern
+old nurse's fortitude, there was no mistaking the look of relief in
+her worn face when that day arrived. All her patience, all her
+untiring energy had not been in vain, she had helped to save his
+life, as she hoped to save, through him, the lives of thousands of
+poor souls in the beautiful city of Cairo.
+
+George's strength came apace; every day saw him nearer the desired
+end. His bones, which at first had been almost bursting through his
+skin, quickly regained their wonted appearance, and he began to
+feel now that if there was any work for him to do there must be no
+further delay.
+
+One evening he was seated beside the open window, Mariam was busying
+herself with arranging his supper, when he broached the subject that
+was ever in his thoughts.
+
+"Mariam," he said, without turning his head, "tell me about the work
+that you and Naoum require of me. Is there yet time, or has my
+recovery been too long delayed?"
+
+The old woman ceased in her preparations and came beside him. Just
+as she was about to speak a draught blew across her face, and she at
+once stepped to the window and closed it.
+
+"The wind blows cold in the room to-night," she exclaimed, with a
+troubled look on her face. "I like it not. To-morrow we shall have
+you laid up again."
+
+She looked round the room as she spoke, as if to discover where the
+draught came from. Failing to discover its source, she turned again
+to her companion.
+
+"The time is even now at hand," she said, with deliberation.
+"To-morrow, Naoum will be here, when he will explain everything that
+you should know. Remember, every word that he speaks with you must
+be graven on your heart, nothing must be forgotten, for the lives of
+thousands of innocent souls depend upon your undertaking."
+
+At this moment a sound attracted her attention and she turned round
+with a look of uneasiness in her eyes. Presently she continued--
+
+"I ask not, in my own name, that you should do aught to show the
+gratitude you may feel for what has been done for you, but if you
+feel that gratitude you have so often expressed, show it by carrying
+out Naoum's instructions to you as if your life depended upon it,
+and the debt will be largely on our side."
+
+Without waiting for reply, she left the room.
+
+So engrossed were these two in the subject of their conversation,
+that neither observed the shaking tapestry on the wall, or the faint
+exclamation that proceeded from it, as Mariam took her departure.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXV
+
+                            NAOUM PLANS
+
+
+The next morning, as Mariam had promised, Naoum presented himself.
+George had not seen him for many weeks, and was prepared for some
+slight change in his appearance; he knew that Naoum had much to
+trouble him, much opposition to contend with, and, consequently,
+expected that the serenity of his expression would bear traces of
+the mental strain of his position; but it was not so. The cheery,
+smiling face was the same as ever, and he greeted Helmar as if no
+matters of moment had ever weighed on his mind, the firm, set jaw
+and smooth forehead giving not the slightest indication of what was
+passing within.
+
+"My mother tells me you are once more sound and well," he said,
+gazing admiringly at the straight, lithe figure in front of him. "It
+is good, for the time has now arrived for action."
+
+He paused, and looked thoughtfully out of window. "Before I disclose
+my plan, there is one question I must ask you," he said at last.
+"Perhaps it will seem a strange one, but I have reasons."
+
+"Go ahead," replied George, all anxiety to hear anything this man
+had to say.
+
+"Have you had occasion to use the sign I gave you at Damanhour?"
+
+"Only that once with your people in the railway train," replied
+George, at once.
+
+"Has my mother spoken to you of the matter in hand when there has
+been any one near enough to have possibly overheard the
+conversation?"
+
+"Decidedly not," was the prompt reply.
+
+"Strange!" muttered Naoum. "However, it cannot now be helped.
+Somebody has got wind of our plans; I do not think to any damaging
+degree, but sufficiently to have me regarded with suspicion. Arden
+is in the city."
+
+His words were uttered calmly, but they lost none of their
+significance by the tone. George started involuntarily at the
+mention of Arden's name, and a presentiment of evil at once took
+possession of him. What was he here for? What did his coming
+portend? Was it simply coincidence, or was it in reference to
+himself? These questions passed rapidly through his mind before he
+replied.
+
+"You then anticipate something?"
+
+Naoum smiled his calm, inscrutable smile.
+
+"Not from him directly, but he has many friends, or paid servants,
+ready to carry out his orders. However, we must not seek trouble. In
+the meantime, I will tell you what I propose."
+
+He stepped round the room, examining the tapestries, tapping the
+walls as he went; apparently satisfied with his inspection, he
+secured the door and returned to George.
+
+"These precautions are necessary, for one word of what I have to
+say, overheard, would ruin everything and probably bring death upon
+us all. My mother, I understand, has already told you of the plot to
+burn the city to the ground. Very well," as George assented, "you
+must now understand Arabi's position. He has so far done little but
+spread sedition over the country. The British have forced him back
+step by step from Alexandria, until he anticipated a direct attack
+on Cairo from that direction; but suddenly your friends changed
+their tactics, and brought over a large force which they have landed
+at Port Said and Ismalia, whence a steady advance has been going on
+ever since. Arabi has summoned all his forces together, and
+mobilized them in the direction of Tel-el-Kebir, at which place he
+means to make a big stand. The position he has taken up is supposed
+to be impregnable, and success is anticipated by all his people.
+Personally, I am assured he must fail; there is too much lack of
+discipline, too much rivalry and disaffection in his ranks for him
+to stand against the well-drilled and splendidly-armed forces of a
+European Power; consequently, the inevitable is that he will be
+driven back on Cairo. The moment this happens, the place will be
+fired in every direction, and those who succeed in escaping the
+conflagration will be ruined and homeless. This must not be allowed,
+Cairo must be in the hands of the British before he can carry out
+his scheme, and you are the man to bring it about."
+
+"I?" exclaimed George. "But how? I am a prisoner, and cannot hope to
+be released in time to reach the British lines!"
+
+"Nevertheless, it must be so, the attempt must be made. My
+emissaries bring me word that the engagement at Tel-el-Kebir cannot
+take place for a few days; the British are not ready. That will give
+us time to effect your escape and for you to reach there."
+
+A light began to dawn on Helmar, and he at last understood what
+Naoum was driving at; but how was the escape to be accomplished?
+
+"I am ready and willing," said George, "but tell me how you hope to
+get me out of here."
+
+"That will be simple enough. The part that is difficult will be the
+journey. From here to Tel-el-Kebir the country is covered by Arabi's
+men, besides which you do not know the route to be taken. There are
+many ways, of course, but the difficulties are stupendous, and to
+have any hope of success requires a man who knows every inch of the
+trails. However, I have discovered a route by which the journey may
+be accomplished in safety; but it will require all the ingenuity you
+may possess to bring it to a successful issue."
+
+"When will the start be made?" asked George, with many misgivings,
+as he listened to Naoum's words.
+
+"To-night," came the startling reply.
+
+"To-night?" echoed George, in surprise. "But how?"
+
+"I have arranged that Belbeis shall accompany you as guide; he is
+subtle and brave, and I can rely upon him as myself, besides which
+he has much love for you. From my mother's apartments in this place
+there is secret communication with the grounds, so that there will
+be little difficulty in leaving here. You will wait for a summons,
+which will occur late in the night; it will be a scratching sound on
+the door. Immediately afterwards, you will leave this room and
+follow the passage to the extreme end, then, without giving any
+sign, enter the door that you will find facing you. The moment you
+enter, a guide will give you the sign and then conduct you to where
+Belbeis is awaiting with horses."
+
+"How about the news I am to convey? I require some proofs!"
+
+"Exactly; this packet," said Naoum, holding out a small bundle of
+papers, "will convince the authorities of the truth of what you tell
+them. You can deliver them to whom you think best."
+
+George's heart beat high with excitement and hope, as he carefully
+placed the packet in an inner pocket. The thought of once more being
+at liberty was indeed alluring, and he hoped and prayed that the
+attempt would be successful. True, he had little now to complain of
+since his rescue by Naoum and Mariam, but the love of liberty was
+strong upon him. He felt that to be so keen about it was almost like
+ingratitude to his two friends, but he could not control the
+feeling, and it showed plainly in his face. Naoum saw it, and smiled
+as he noted the bright, anxious expression of the young man.
+
+"There is one thing you do not seem to have thought about, Helmar,"
+he said, in his paternal fashion, "and that is--money. You will need
+some, and I do not suppose you have much of that necessary."
+
+"Not a cent," answered George, suddenly brought to earth by this
+reminder.
+
+"Ah, well, I will see to that," he replied, drawing forth a small
+bag of gold. "Here, take this, the contents will more than pay your
+expenses. No, you need have no scruples," as George drew back,
+hesitating to accept the money. "This is my affair; you are doing
+this thing for me, and it is only right that I should pay all
+expenses."
+
+"Yes, but I have received so much at your hands which I can never
+repay, Naoum. Do not make me increase the debt! I shall never be
+able to return the money."
+
+"Neither is there the smallest need," said Naoum, quietly. "In this
+case you are my paid servant, or, at least, you must look upon
+yourself in that light. Come, do not be foolish! These Europeans are
+very proud," he went on, shaking his head.
+
+Allowing himself to be convinced by his protector's words, George at
+length accepted the proffered money, and thus everything was
+settled. Naoum made him repeat his instructions to be assured that
+there was no mistake, and, having satisfied himself upon this point,
+he prepared to take his departure.
+
+"One word, Naoum, before you go," said George. "I understand that I
+may not see you again before I depart----"
+
+"Yes, yes," interrupted his companion, hastily. "I know what you
+would say, but it is unnecessary. The thanks must be on my side, and
+as for seeing you again, that is inevitable. Twice I have been able
+to assist you, rest assured I shall meet you a third time--it is
+fate. Allah will care for you by the way; your journey is in a good
+cause, and He will guide your steps. And now, farewell!"
+
+At last the two friends parted; George felt it very much indeed. So
+long now had he known Naoum, and though he had not always been near
+him, his protection had been always felt, that the parting left him
+with a sense of loneliness which he had never before experienced,
+and for some time he was quite depressed. Realizing the folly of
+giving way to it, he at last pulled himself together and thought
+over the enterprise on which he was to embark.
+
+He was thankful that his guide was to be Belbeis, for this man was
+well known to him, and he would be able to talk freely on matters
+which, with a stranger, he would have to avoid. Belbeis had long ago
+proved his fidelity, and as to his "subtleness," of which Naoum had
+spoken, that was beyond doubt. It was still quite early in the day,
+and George sat idly by his window, impatiently waiting for the
+approach of night. It seemed to him that the hours were of
+intolerable length, and would never pass. His excitement increased
+as the day wore on, till he hardly knew what to do with himself.
+Mariam came in with his mid-day meal, and he tried to detain her and
+discuss his prospects of success, but the old woman would not
+listen, and the moment he opened his mouth to speak, she placed her
+finger mysteriously upon her lips and hurried from the room.
+
+There was no help for it, he must put up with his own thoughts and
+company, and bear the delay as best he could. The day dragged slowly
+on, and the sun began to set. With the approach of night his spirits
+rose, and he busied himself with plans of procedure for when he
+should find himself outside the grounds of his present prison.
+
+Mariam brought in a light and his evening meal, and took her leave
+of him. The parting was a sad one. She treated him as a son, and
+could not have been more affected had she been saying good-bye to
+Naoum himself. George, on his part, was deeply touched by her
+solicitous care of him, but words did not come easily; yet his
+farewell lost nothing of its sincerity in the silence that
+accompanied it.
+
+At last it was over, and he was left to himself for the few
+remaining hours before his departure.
+
+It yet wanted at least a couple of hours to midnight. George had
+stretched himself out upon his couch, taking all the rest he could
+to prepare himself for his journey. He was buried in deep thought,
+and not a sound broke the stillness of the room; so profound was the
+silence that he gradually began to feel drowsy, and every now and
+then he found his eyelids closing involuntarily. He fought against
+this sleepiness for some time, but at last he fell into a light
+slumber.
+
+Suddenly he was aroused by a gust of cool air passing over his face,
+and sitting bolt upright with a start, his eyes rested on the
+motionless figure of an Arab standing in the centre of the room,
+watching him.
+
+George rubbed his eyes and stared again at the figure, hardly able
+to realize that it was a human being, and not a creature of his
+fancy. The sleepiness passed instantly, and his faculties became
+intensely acute. He sprang from his bed and stood confronting his
+visitor.
+
+"Who are you, and what the deuce do you want here?" he asked
+sharply, eyeing the stranger from head to foot with a stern glance.
+
+The man was dressed in the native costume of the lower class of
+Arab, and his features were peculiarly regular for the colour of his
+skin--details which George was not slow to note. The fellow was
+armed with the usual long knife stuck in his waist-cloth, and looked
+the picture of the unscrupulous mercenary so frequently found abroad
+at the time.
+
+"I come as a messenger from Naoum," replied the stranger, in a
+peculiar, strained tone of voice. "I have matters of importance to
+communicate to you."
+
+At the sound of the man's voice George eyed him keenly, then as the
+purport of his mission fell on his ears, the faintest suspicion of a
+smile passed over his face.
+
+"Ah," he said, keeping his eyes steadily fixed on the man's face,
+"and what has Naoum to say to me?"
+
+"Your escape cannot be attempted to-night. News has got abroad, and
+the guards are doubled. Your enemy, the officer Arden, has
+discovered your plans and will thwart them."
+
+"Oh," said George, walking to the door and fastening it. "So our
+plans are frustrated? 'm! that's bad," he said thoughtfully. "Then
+what is to be done?"
+
+As he spoke, he came close to the Arab, and peered steadily into his
+face. The man never for an instant flinched under the close
+scrutiny, but returned glance for glance. Suddenly, before the man
+could reply, George raised his hand and snatched at the fellow's
+head-gear, and pulling it from his head with a jerk, displayed a
+shock of brown hair.
+
+"So, Mr. Mark Arden!" he said, in stern tones, "you think to play a
+trick on me! I recognized you the moment my eyes rested on your
+face, and I heard your feeble attempt at altering the tones of your
+voice. Now, what's your game?"
+
+So sudden was George's movement that Arden had been unable to stay
+his hand and prevent his own unmasking. Consumed with fury, he
+replied through his clenched teeth.
+
+"To prevent your escape! You fool!" he hissed. "Do you think that
+you are going to be allowed to get away from here to foil Arabi's
+plans? I tell you no! I have but to go from here and summon the
+guard, and you will never again see daylight!"
+
+"'m! that certainly would be awkward," replied George, quietly.
+"But you have first got to leave this room. How do you propose doing
+that?" he added, with an ironical smile.
+
+Arden grasped his meaning, and was at once ready with his retort.
+
+"By the same way that I came. Yes, I am aware that you have secured
+that door, but," drawing the tapestry on one side, he disclosed, to
+Helmar's utter dismay, another door in the wall, "this is the way I
+entered," he said cunningly, "and by the aid of this door I
+discovered Naoum's treacherous plans. He shall pay for his double
+dealing, as shall you. Ostensibly Arabi's friend, he would betray
+him through you into the hands of his enemy; but I tell you it shall
+not be!"
+
+"You are indeed the right person to speak of another's so-called
+treachery! But no matter. So you intend to prevent my escape? What
+if I prevent your leaving here--by force--how will you prevent
+that?"
+
+"Try," was Arden's sneering response.
+
+George was carefully calculating what this visit meant to him.
+Fortunately in giving him the details of his escape Naoum had spoken
+vaguely of the means by which he was to leave the palace, therefore,
+if he could reach Mariam's quarters, there might still be hope of
+success. There was to his mind only one thing to be done, and that
+was to keep Arden where he was, if possible, until his summons came,
+and then defy him. Let him call the guard, and the moment he had
+gone, dash down the passage to Mariam's quarters. It took him but an
+instant to decide on what to do, and, as Arden's sneering tones fell
+upon his ear, he burst out into a laugh.
+
+"It is not worth my while to do so, or you may rest assured that
+long knife in your belt would not prevent me." To gain time he went
+on. "Now, what do you want me to do? Apparently the game is in your
+hands--doubtless you have some purpose beyond thwarting Naoum?"
+
+The tone Helmar had adopted seemed to lull Arden's suspicions, for,
+as he put his question, the latter, before he replied, strode up to
+the bed and seated himself upon it, always, however, keeping his
+eyes upon his companion.
+
+Arden seemed in no hurry to speak, he was endeavouring to penetrate
+George's innermost thoughts; when at last he did express himself it
+was as if weighing each word before he gave it utterance.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVI
+
+                         A DASH FOR LIBERTY
+
+
+"You are right, Helmar," he said, slowly. "I have another object in
+coming here." He paused for a moment, impatiently tugging at the
+fringe of his sash. "You remember I asked you at Port Said about
+joining Arabi?"
+
+"I do--what about it?" said George, in tones of supreme
+indifference.
+
+"That offer was made with the best of feeling towards you, and, as I
+thought, for your good. It would have brought you wealth, as it has
+me."
+
+"And very nice comfortable means you adopted to attain my
+conversion, didn't you?" broke in Helmar, with upraised eyebrows.
+
+"Well, perhaps the treatment was a little rough, but the intention
+was, nevertheless, sincere."
+
+"Doubtless. Go on."
+
+"Well," Mark went on, with eyes looking anywhere but at the man in
+front of him, "at that time I thought that Arabi would be bound to
+win the day, and _we_," with emphasis on the word, "should be made
+for life. But I was mistaken, and now it is plain to me that Arabi
+must fall."
+
+Again he paused, as if waiting for comment from his companion, but
+none came, and he nervously continued, while Helmar kept his keen
+eyes fixed upon him.
+
+"Of course I've made a pile of money," he went on, with a leer, "so
+that now I've only to get out of the country when the crash comes,
+and I can do anything I wish."
+
+"Ah!" ejaculated Helmar, beginning to see through this man's
+scheming. "And you would get some one to help you do that, eh?" he
+added, unable to conceal his contempt, as he realized the sneaking
+character of this villain.
+
+"Not necessarily," replied Arden, coldly. "I have in no way appeared
+in this Rebellion, and, therefore, nothing can be traced to my
+handiwork. The British cannot accuse me of having taken any part in
+the affair, and there is no one who can inform them of my share in
+it."
+
+"But I could," said George sharply.
+
+Arden smiled indulgently. He had no fear of Helmar; he considered
+him in his power.
+
+"You cannot harm me, for you will never leave this place alive,
+unless--unless I choose."
+
+"Well," said George, "granting that, what, then, do you propose?
+What is all this talk leading up to?"
+
+"You, as you say, are the only man who is aware of the part I have
+played in this affair, except, perhaps, some of the men immediately
+under my control. Therefore I need not fear; but I should like to
+make doubly sure of my position against any accident. Although I can
+see no possibility of my share being known, I do not want to run any
+chances. Now, if I were to allow you to escape, I should have done
+you a good turn, for which, I have no doubt, you would be glad to
+make some return. This could be done by your statement to the
+British authorities of the assistance which I shall give you. Do you
+understand?"
+
+"Yes; go on. Is that all?" And Helmar leant back in his chair,
+keenly listening for the sign from Naoum's agent.
+
+"Yes, that is all. I offer you your release, with no possibility of
+re-capture or bodily harm, in return for which you will have to
+secure me immunity from the consequences of the part I have taken in
+the Rebellion. And a very fair offer I consider it, seeing that
+without my assistance you can never get away!"
+
+As he ceased speaking George noted a slightly anxious expression on
+the man's face, but he said nothing. Waiting for a moment to see if
+Arden had anything further to say before he replied, he fancied he
+heard a light footfall outside the door. As his companion offered
+nothing further, he rose to his feet, and, with flashing eyes, gave
+him his answer.
+
+"So, Mark Arden, you would again play the part of tempter, even in
+your last extremity, for notwithstanding your assertion to the
+contrary, I know that to be the state you are in. You cannot be
+other than a villain, you cannot even stand alone in your villainy,
+but must attempt to draw others into it. You try, with cunning
+purpose, to save yourself by forcing me, who have never done you
+harm, to become a participator in your crimes. You bid me lie to
+save you, you who have persecuted me from the moment of our meeting
+at Port Said until now, when you hold the threat of your vengeance
+over my head as an alternative to the non-compliance with your
+wishes. You dare to ask my assistance after the inhuman flogging you
+caused to be given me! You dare even to face me after such
+treatment! Liar! cheat! scoundrel that you are, I will be no party
+to your villainies! I have managed, with the help of those who are
+good and true, to save myself from the fate you would have wished
+for me. I have escaped from your toils thus far, I will now dare you
+to do your worst. If I am to die this time, it shall be fighting; no
+more imprisonment will I submit to, and least of all at your hands.
+Go!" he cried, his voice rising in anger, "go and call your guards!
+Bid them do the deed that you are too cowardly to perpetrate
+yourself! I care not that much for your power!" and he snapped his
+fingers in the air.
+
+While he was still speaking Helmar had heard the scratching at the
+door--the signal was given. He now only waited for Arden to go and
+carry out his threat to call his guards. During his tirade the
+villain's face had shown the sneer so habitual to him, but, as
+Helmar's words gradually struck home, his expression changed to one
+of rage, and, as George ceased, Arden sprang up, and shaking his
+fist in his face, cried--
+
+"You shall never live to see daylight! You have dared me to do this
+deed, and I will see that it is carried out! You have flouted my
+generosity and defied me, then your blood shall be on your own
+head," and striding to the wall, he disappeared through the secret
+door.
+
+Helmar waited for the door to slam behind his retreating enemy, and
+then, dashing out into the passage, ran swiftly down it. A few
+moments sufficed to bring him to the door Naoum had told him of, and
+without hesitation he pushed it open and entered the room. As he
+passed in he heard the sound of the approaching guard, with Arden's
+voice excitedly urging them on.
+
+He closed the door after him immediately, and as he did so he heard
+a voice close beside him from out of the darkness in which he found
+himself.
+
+"Amman!" it said quickly.
+
+"Allah is good!" replied George, without hesitation.
+
+"And ever watchful!" was the instantaneous response.
+
+Then, without another word, George felt himself seized by the arm,
+and unresistingly allowed himself to be led whither his guide
+pleased. A few steps, and the voice said--
+
+"Bend low."
+
+George complied, and passed through a narrow doorway. As he did so,
+he heard the door of the room he was leaving open and the guard rush
+in. The same instant the secret door, by which he was escaping,
+silently closed and the lock snapped to. No sooner had this occurred
+than his guide struck a light, and he found himself at the head of a
+flight of tiny, narrow, stone steps. Hurriedly they descended these,
+which seemed unending, and, before they reached the bottom, Helmar
+concluded they had passed down several hundreds of them.
+
+The atmosphere became very damp and rank, all sound from above had
+died away, and for a while, at least, George thought they were safe.
+At the bottom they came to an earthen passage; along this they ran,
+the light from his guide's torch steering them through the many
+obstacles this apparently ancient and decayed passage presented. It
+was a weird flight, the ruddy glow on the broken and uneven walls
+and roof made the place very ghostly, while the flapping, whirring
+little bats shooting past their heads, often flying blindly into
+their faces, gave George a creepy sensation that was anything but
+pleasant.
+
+At last they came to the end of the passage, and another flight of
+stone steps presented itself; this time they had to ascend. Half-way
+up they came to a solid stone wall, the sight of which filled George
+with dismay, but the guide, with perfectly assured action, stooped
+and in a moment touched a spring, and the solid mass revolved on a
+pivot, disclosing more steps. They passed through the opening, and
+the stone swung back into its original position as they hurried up
+the steps.
+
+"We are quite safe from pursuit now," said the guide. "They cannot
+move that stone; only three persons know its secret--Naoum, Mariam,
+and I. We have nothing to fear until we reach the open air."
+
+"When will that be?" asked Helmar, glad to think that they would at
+last leave this underground passage.
+
+"At the top of these steps," replied the guide. "Then we shall have
+to reach a postern in the wall of the grounds. That is our greatest
+danger."
+
+A few moments later they reached the end of the steps. A small
+wooden trap formed the outlet to this place. The guide raised it and
+looked out, then cautiously pushed his way up through it, and
+assisted Helmar to do the same; the trap was then replaced. As soon
+as he reached the open air George turned to see what outward sign of
+its presence the trap gave, and was surprised to see none. It was
+covered with a thin layer of soil, and, when replaced in its
+setting, a few scrapings of his guide's foot sufficed to obliterate
+all traces of it.
+
+The place in which they now found themselves was the centre of a
+thick shrubbery, and before leaving it the guide went to
+reconnoitre. Presently he came back, having satisfied himself that
+the coast was clear.
+
+"There is no sign of the guards," he explained, "but they cannot, I
+know, be far off. Come, we must run for it. There is no doubt that
+where they are, Naoum's men will be watching to help us."
+
+Emerging from the thicket, the guide, followed by George, dashed
+across the open gardens towards another cluster of bushes. The night
+was one of supreme loveliness, the moon was up, and, though only in
+its first quarter, shone brilliantly. This was one of the dangers of
+their journey, but, even so, it assisted them as well, for if it was
+likely to betray the fugitives, it would also warn them of the
+approach of the enemy.
+
+As they ran across the open, George could see the palace some
+distance off. The whole place was lit up, and the flashing lights
+warned him that his escape had brought about this activity so late
+at night.
+
+At last they reached the thicket, and were congratulating themselves
+on their success when suddenly the guide seized Helmar's arm, and
+dragged him down under a bush.
+
+"Hist! there is some one near us! Listen!"
+
+George could not hear a sound, but the sharp ears of his guide had
+detected something which caused him alarm. Crouching down beneath
+the bush, they waited in silence; then, as nothing further occurred,
+the guide cautiously crept out and again listened. Apparently
+satisfied that the intruder, whoever he was, had gone, he signed to
+George, who immediately joined him.
+
+Together they made their way stealthily to the outskirts of the
+bush, and prepared to make their final dash for the wall, which they
+now saw before them.
+
+"It seems all right," said George in a whisper. "I can hear
+nothing."
+
+"Yes," replied the guide slowly. "I think we are yet safe; Allah is
+with us. Yonder is the wall, and the gate is opposite us. The gate
+is an old one that has not been used for years. The guards will not
+think of it, for it has been heavily secured with bolts. But Naoum
+has had them removed to-night, and, in case of accidents, his men
+are stationed in hiding near by. Come!"
+
+They were just about to rush across the intervening space to the
+wall, when, without the slightest warning, a small, dark figure
+sprang up at their very feet and barred the way. So sudden was the
+apparition that George almost fancied the figure had sprung out of
+the ground.
+
+Quickly drawing back from the long, gleaming knife that flashed
+before their eyes, George and his guide stood for a second
+irresolute. The stranger at once spoke.
+
+"Ha! you thought to escape, did you? You forgot that Abdu was still
+in Cairo. No, you don't, my friend; we will have you bowstrung at
+daylight."
+
+Helmar made a dart at the little man. He saw in this one untoward
+incident the loss of all Naoum had planned for; he saw his liberty
+already slipping away from him, and the thoughts of Arden's
+villainous intent spurred him on. There was yet time; no alarm had
+been given. As he sprang forward, Abdu, with the agility of an ape,
+sprang out of reach, and, setting his fingers in his mouth, gave one
+prolonged whistle. Immediately it was answered in every direction.
+
+All hope now seemed to be gone, and the two men prepared to fight to
+the end; his guide passed Helmar a long knife, and they backed up to
+a tree. Help, however, was nearer than they had expected.
+
+Hardly had they taken up their position, when, with the sound of
+hurrying footsteps, came a long-drawn, hissing sound through the
+air. Before they had time to even conjecture its cause, they saw a
+knife strike Abdu in the breast, and he fell to the ground with a
+moan, the weapon still quivering in his body with the force of its
+flight.
+
+Without waiting for anything further, the guide beckoned to his
+companion, and the two dashed for the wall. Directly they reached
+the open, they saw hurrying figures on all sides, who, the moment
+the fugitives appeared, set up a howl and gave chase.
+
+George and his companion had a fair start of them, and, provided
+there was no delay at the postern, a chance of escape.
+
+Running with all possible speed, they reached the gate in a few
+seconds--it was closed. Again their position seemed hopeless; but
+again, to their joy, Naoum's power was evidenced, and at their
+approach the gate was thrown open as if by magic.
+
+Once outside, they found Belbeis waiting with three horses, ready
+saddled. They mounted in an instant, and, as the pursuing guards
+dashed through the gate, all three started away at a gallop.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVII
+
+                          ACROSS THE DESERT
+
+
+Casting one glance behind him George saw the crowd of soldiers
+pushing and jostling their way through the little gate. Those who
+had reached the outside opened fire on the fugitives, but their aim
+was hurried, and the darkness quickly hid the departing men from
+view. As a consequence their shots became erratic, whistling over
+the heads of George and his companions.
+
+Belbeis drew alongside Helmar, his horse pulling at his bit and
+endeavouring to make a race of it.
+
+"We have to skirt the south of the town," said he, when his horse
+had settled down. "It will be no use attempting to cut our way
+directly to the east; that course will take us through the heart of
+the city."
+
+"Yes," replied George, as he leant well over his horse's neck to
+ease the animal, "that, of course, would entail much danger, but it
+would also save time."
+
+"It would save time, I know," replied Belbeis, "but we could never
+get through, the town is alive with troops, and the alarm will have
+spread. No, my orders are to take this route, but even so, our
+danger will be great."
+
+"How do you mean?" asked George, failing to understand the drift of
+his companion's thoughts.
+
+"Our flight will cause us to circle the city," replied the Arab,
+"and, before we can strike the desert road to the east, we shall
+have to reach the eastern limits of the town. The officer Arden, who
+is cunning, and will understand that we are making for the British
+camp, will probably send out a party of horsemen in that direction
+to wait for us."
+
+"Ah, I see, while we are making a circle they will take a short cut
+across and intercept us," answered George; "but I presume you have
+thought this out before?" he hazarded.
+
+"Yes," replied Belbeis.
+
+Then he turned to the man who had guided George from the palace, and
+held a low conversation with him. Presently he turned again to
+Helmar.
+
+"With Allah's help we shall avoid them by striking the road at
+another point," he said, "but the chance is small, and we shall
+probably have to fight sooner or later; if they do not catch us on
+the outskirts of the city they will very likely do so where we cross
+the road to Suez, and before we reach the desert trail for
+Tel-el-Kebir."
+
+The prospect was not alluring; Helmar was unarmed except for the
+knife his guide had given him, and this would be of little use to
+him. Belbeis seemed in no way disturbed, and kept his horse going
+steadily on, while his ever alert eye glanced from side to side of
+the route, watching for the slightest sign of anything that could
+obstruct their flight.
+
+They were rapidly nearing the south-western limits of the city, and
+the streets were becoming more open. The fresh night air stimulated
+their spirited Arab horses, and they raced along the silent roads at
+a speed that would have made it difficult for Arden's men to
+overtake. As they reached the open, Belbeis turned his horse to the
+south-east, and, making a big _détour_, keeping the city in sight to
+their left, the three travelled rapidly over the open plain. They
+reached the railway in safety, and crossed it without an encounter
+of any sort; then, drawing rein, they breathed their horses,
+watching for daylight before beginning the great effort of their
+escape.
+
+"Our horses must be fresh and ready for a hard gallop," said
+Belbeis, in answer to a question from Helmar. "If we are to be
+pursued, of which there is not the least doubt, we shall sight the
+enemy very soon. When that comes to pass we must try a race, and, if
+we fail to get away," he shrugged his shoulders, "well--then we will
+fight."
+
+"Yes, but how?" asked George. "We have no arms, at least I have
+none."
+
+"You have not yet examined your saddle," replied Belbeis, with a
+smile. "Naoum thinks of everything. You are equipped with pistols
+and a carbine, and your magazine is filled with cartridges."
+
+The darkness had hidden these things from George's notice, but now,
+reaching his hand down beside his horse's flanks, he realized the
+truth of his companion's words, and a feeling of relief passed over
+him, as he thought that, at least, he could now give a good account
+of himself.
+
+The slowness of their pace seemed to Helmar unnecessary. He turned
+to Belbeis, and for a moment watched his quick sharp face as it
+turned in this direction and that, nothing in sight escaping his
+eagle glance. A smile spread over George's face as he noticed the
+keen reliant countenance beside him.
+
+"Upon my word, Belbeis, I really believe that you are hoping for a
+brush with the enemy, notwithstanding the size of our party."
+
+Belbeis did not reply for a moment, then rousing himself as if from
+deep thought, said----
+
+"I have many scores to wipe out with the officer Arden, and should
+be glad of a chance to do so;" then with a backward jerk of the
+head, in the direction of the guide riding behind, "You do not know
+that we have a man with us who is the greatest renowned fighter in
+the Egyptian army. He also hates this Arden."
+
+"Good," replied George. "As far as I can see we are all of the same
+mind on that point, but, to satisfy our own personal grievances, we
+must not forget that we have a most important mission to fulfil.
+Cairo must be saved, no matter how much we want to pay off old
+scores."
+
+Day was now beginning to break, and the first streaks of dawn were
+already shooting across the eastern horizon; in a few minutes the
+light would have spread, with the rapidity only to be found in
+tropical climates, and the morning twilight passed. The desert air
+was delicious as it swept with the light morning breeze into the
+faces of the fugitives, and though for only a period of short
+duration, was more than refreshing to both horse and rider. Soon the
+scorching sun would rise, and the stifling, burning, parching heat
+would take the place of this balmy atmosphere; then the endurance of
+the travellers would be taxed, and all their fortitude be required
+to reach their destination.
+
+The city was still in sight, but rapidly sinking from view. George
+reckoned that they had already covered eight or nine miles.
+
+"How far off is the road to Suez, where you expect to meet Arden's
+men?" asked our hero.
+
+"Eight miles further on. We could strike the road sooner, but it is
+not good," Belbeis answered; "there is time enough."
+
+"And how far is it to Tel-el-Kebir?"
+
+"Fifty miles as the bird flies," he answered. "The way we go, about
+sixty. Ah!"
+
+The exclamation was caused by the sight of a small cloud of dust to
+their left front. It was far in the distance, but in the broadening
+daylight plainly visible to the keen-eyed Belbeis. Pointing in the
+direction he drew Helmar's attention.
+
+"See, there go the officer Arden's men. They are riding hard to
+overtake those who are behind them," he said, smiling grimly. "Their
+horses will soon tire. Good!"
+
+George looked in the direction his companion indicated. No horsemen
+were visible to him, but the cloud of dust rolling along over the
+sandy plain showed the course that the party were taking.
+
+"We will now change our course," said Belbeis, turning his horse's
+head towards the south as he spoke. "Those scoundrels will ride on
+to the first water and wait for us; we must get round them."
+
+All three set off at a good pace, and soon the cloud of dust was
+lost to view. On they rode with all possible speed; their horses
+beginning to feel the effects of the now risen sun, settled down to
+a steady canter. The heat was already intense, and the barren,
+uninviting plain that lay before them seemed interminable. When they
+had made sufficient southing, Belbeis again headed for the Suez
+road, and after another two hours' ride this was reached without
+accident.
+
+"They have gone further than I expected," said Belbeis, as he looked
+in vain for the pursuers. "See, the hoof-marks on the road are quite
+plain, they did not stop at the water."
+
+He shook his head as he spoke, and his face assumed an anxious
+expression.
+
+"And what of it?" said George. "As I understand we do not go by this
+road, there should be less to fear."
+
+"No, no, not less," said Belbeis, "but more. The party are scouring
+this road only; there are evidently others in search of us; some
+have doubtless gone to the north."
+
+The guide approached.
+
+"It is plain as the daylight," he said. "Word has gone forward, and
+the soldiers between Cairo and Tel-el-Kebir will be warned, and our
+course will be watched by patrols the whole way. Allah, but we shall
+be kept busy," and the man grinned at the thought of fighting ahead
+of him.
+
+"Yes, there are soldiers in El Menair, Abu Zabel, El Khankah, and
+many other villages along the fresh-water canal," said Belbeis.
+"They will all be warned, and the country will be scoured. We must
+not fear, but ride hard, keeping as far in the desert as possible."
+
+They now pushed on again, and in a short time the disused railroad
+between Cairo and Suez was reached. Here the horses were watered and
+rested, whilst the riders partook of breakfast. After an hour's rest
+they again resumed their journey. The caravan road to Tel-el-Mahuta
+was reached, and for the present adopted as the best course to
+pursue.
+
+This journey was very different from the one George had made to
+Damanhour; there it was through more or less cultivated land, and
+was done in the cool of the day, whilst now they were travelling
+rapidly, with the sun pouring its intense rays down upon them as
+they traversed the shelterless desert. It taxed the endurance of all
+three men to the utmost, the Arabs, who were used to the scorching
+sun, feeling it severely; so what must it have meant to Helmar, who
+had recently recovered from an illness? Still, with a determination
+to see his work through, he never for one minute allowed his spirits
+to flag. He had a duty to perform, and, if for nothing else, his
+gratitude to Naoum would not allow him to succumb to the trials of
+his undertaking. Belbeis and the guide rode on in stolid silence,
+evidently with no intention of allowing the effort of speech to
+increase their thirst. George, following their example, let his
+thoughts dwell upon the cool forests in the land of his birth, and
+longed ardently for a few minutes' shelter beneath one of the great
+elm trees that grew in the grounds of his father's house. The time
+passed on, and mile after mile was covered, until shortly after noon
+a watering-place was at length reached. Another short halt was
+called, and a rest taken before the last stage of the journey was
+begun. So far, only distant clouds of dust warned the travellers of
+the nearness of their enemies, and with the subtle intuition of
+Belbeis, they were skilfully avoided. Another twenty-five miles only
+remained before Tel-el-Kebir would be reached, and already Helmar
+was promising himself success.
+
+Suddenly Belbeis roused himself from a light doze he had fallen
+into, and, glancing quickly round the horizon, called on his
+companions to saddle up their horses again.
+
+"I see a party approaching from the north; we must hasten! I fear we
+shall be observed," he said, as he sprang into the saddle.
+
+George and the guide quickly followed his example, and the party
+moved off with all possible haste. They had scarcely gone a quarter
+of a mile when George drew Belbeis's attention to another cloud of
+dust.
+
+"See," he said, "there are some more ahead of us! It looks as if we
+are hemmed in on all sides. We cannot retreat--our horses will not
+last."
+
+Belbeis gazed at the cloud George had drawn attention to, and then
+anxiously glanced at the one to the north.
+
+"They are both coming towards us, but it looks as if some conveyance
+were with the one you have pointed out."
+
+"Ah," said George, "and if so, what do you expect?"
+
+"That I cannot say," replied Belbeis. "It might be one of Arabi's
+patrols, or it might be--no, it cannot be British, their patrols
+would never venture so far into the enemy's country, unless, of
+course, it was in a strong force, and that does not seem to me the
+case."
+
+"Anyway," said George in determined tones, "we have come so far,
+there must be no turning back--we'll make a fight for it. They are
+not going to take me back to Cairo alive."
+
+"Set your mind at rest on that point," said Belbeis quietly; "they
+will not attempt to do so. The moment we are seen they will swoop
+down on us and attempt to cut us up. Well, let them come!"
+
+"So say I," answered Helmar, his eyes glittering with excitement as
+he spoke.
+
+The rolls of dust were coming nearer; the party to the north was the
+one that occupied the fugitives' attention most. Already the figures
+of at least twenty horsemen were plainly discernible; the other
+cloud was still in the far distance.
+
+"They must have already seen us," said Belbeis, with his eyes fixed
+on the northern party, "and cannot be more than two miles off. Come
+along, let us give them a race!"
+
+As he spoke all three men urged their horses on, but the approaching
+party were travelling more rapidly than they, and every minute
+seemed to be coming nearer. At last Helmar said--
+
+"Look here, Belbeis, it seems to me we are uselessly distressing our
+horses; let us slow down and wait until they come up. We may as well
+fight now as later on."
+
+"Good," answered Belbeis, his eyes sparkling with pleasure; "my duty
+is to convey you safely to Tel-el-Kebir, and I thought there might
+just be a chance of avoiding the risk of a fight; but it is not to
+my liking, I would sooner fight."
+
+"We shall get all we want of it, I expect," said Helmar, drawing his
+carbine from its bucket and examining the breech.
+
+Since they had drawn rein the party of approaching horsemen neared
+rapidly; as they galloped over the plain George counted at least
+twenty mounted men, headed by one who rode by himself. The
+companions determined to save their ammunition until the enemy was
+at short range, which did not take long, the distance decreasing
+every instant.
+
+"Our horses will stand fire," said Belbeis, "they are well trained,
+and we can shoot from their backs."
+
+"Good," said George, "that will be in our favour. Now wait till I
+give the word to fire, and then take a steady aim at their horses."
+
+The three men sat keenly watching the advancing soldiers. They were
+plainly visible, and the uniform told our hero that they were
+Arabi's men. In five minutes' time Helmar turned with an exclamation
+to his companions.
+
+"A white man leads them!" he cried, in excited tones. "Who can it
+be?"
+
+Belbeis narrowly scrutinized the leader, then turning to George
+smiled grimly into his face.
+
+"You will have the opportunity you wish for. Old scores can be wiped
+off before we are taken. The leader is your old enemy, the officer
+Arden himself!"
+
+The foremost of the party were within eight hundred yards of the
+waiting trio; Helmar gave the word "Ready," and taking a careful
+aim, his companions waited for the word to fire. It came short and
+sharp, and the three carbines rang out. When the smoke had cleared
+away three horses were plunging, and a moment after, fell headlong
+to the ground. This for a moment checked the advance of the rebels,
+and Helmar saw several of them dismount.
+
+Out rang the enemy's rifles, and a heavy volley of lead flew round
+the heads of the fugitives. Helmar gave the word, and again the
+carbines rang out, simultaneously several of the rebels' horses ran
+off riderless. The fight now waxed furious; the deadly aim of
+Helmar and his two friends was telling rapidly, whilst the rebels
+were shooting wildly.
+
+This seemed to alarm Arden, and he immediately adopted different
+tactics. Instead of wasting his shot, he decided to advance, and
+galloped forward as hard as his horse could carry him, his men
+following his example. Helmar's party fired as rapidly as they could
+work the levers of their magazines; each one of that devoted little
+band realized that they must soon be overwhelmed, but still
+determined to sell their lives as dearly as possible.
+
+Their rapid fire into the advancing enemy told its tale, and many
+saddles were emptied, but they were now nearly at close quarters.
+Helmar and his men clubbed their rifles and waited.
+
+George's horse was struck and fell; its master extricated himself,
+and stood up ready to face the enemy to the last. On they came,
+tearing down on the little party like hawks on their prey. The
+suspense while they covered the intervening space, although only for
+a few seconds, was terrible and seemed as if it would never end.
+
+Suddenly a rattle of musketry from behind drew Helmar's attention.
+Turning his head quickly he saw a large party of men approaching at
+a gallop, in skirmishing order. A Maxim gun was in position and
+belching forth a hail of lead.
+
+There were others who had seen the same thing, and felt the deadly
+effects of the relentless Maxim. Arden pulled his horse up nearly
+on to its haunches. George, whose attention was again turned to the
+rebels, saw his old enemy reel in his saddle; then, throwing up his
+arms, he shouted to his men----
+
+"Back, back for your lives!" and fell headlong to the ground.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+                MEETING OF FRIENDS AND CAPTURE OF ARDEN
+
+
+The murderous fire continued, and the rebels, urged by their
+leader's words, turned like a flock of sheep worried by the herder's
+dog and fled precipitately; not one of that cowardly band waited to
+help their fallen chief, not one of them had any thought other than
+to save his own skin. Those who still remained in possession of
+their horses, scattered and galloped away in every direction, while
+those on foot threw down their arms and ran for their lives,
+pursued by the skirmishers who came galloping across the sandy
+plains.
+
+George and his companions took in the situation at a glance, the
+uniform of the new-comers told its tale--the British soldiers had
+come to their rescue.
+
+Helmar had no time to realize what this timely succour meant to him,
+and, for the present, he watched with interest the panic-stricken
+retreating rabble. He saw the sturdy horses of the honest English
+soldiers overtake one by one the flying Arabs, until at last the
+whole of that murderous band was in the hands of his friends. While
+he was still watching this interesting sight, three men rode up from
+behind, and a voice, sharp and clear, in tones of command addressed
+him.
+
+"Who are you, and what does all this mean?"
+
+George turned at the words and glanced at the man who had uttered
+them. He was tall and slight, with a thin aristocratic face, and, by
+the stars on his shoulders, Helmar knew him to be the officer in
+command. Without replying to the question, he said with heartfelt
+fervour----
+
+"Thank God you came in time, you have accomplished more than you
+know of, sir!"
+
+"Yes, yes, but answer my questions," the officer said impatiently.
+
+"I am an escaped prisoner from Cairo, and bear dispatches of the
+utmost importance; on their instant delivery to the Commander of the
+British forces depends the lives of thousands."
+
+"Eh, what?" ejaculated the officer. "How do you mean?"
+
+Helmar then explained who and what he was, how he had escaped, and
+the facts of the mission on which he was now embarked. The officer
+listened with interest to all he had to say, the varying expression
+of his face betraying his feelings of surprise and disgust, horror
+and admiration as his story proceeded. At its conclusion he got off
+his horse and shook Helmar heartily by the hand.
+
+"You are a brave man, and if the plot to destroy Cairo is as you
+say, and you bear the proofs with you, should we be in time to save
+it, you will have earned the nation's thanks, and any reward that
+Her Gracious Majesty can confer on you. But come, there is no time
+to be lost, we must return at once to camp."
+
+As he finished speaking he turned away to give some orders; during
+the conversation the men not otherwise engaged had clustered round,
+standing at a respectful distance from their chief, eyeing George
+and his companions with curiosity. The moment the officer had moved
+off, one of the men rode up to George, and, glancing for one moment
+at the weary face before him, sprang from his horse and grasped him
+by the arm.
+
+"What, George!" he cried. "I thought you were dead!" and the eager
+young face was wreathed in smiles, his eyes looking suspiciously
+watery as he gazed into the worn face of his friend.
+
+"Charlie! Well, I never!" cried George in delight, as he grasped the
+fact it was his friend Osterberg in front of him. "Why, what are you
+doing here? This is nothing to do with banks!"
+
+"And to think I should be with the party who has saved you,"
+Osterberg rattled on, ignoring his friend's questions. "But, George,
+you are looking ill and not like your old self. What's the matter?"
+
+Then Helmar went again through his story, and Osterberg, when it was
+finished, in his turn told him that the peaceful life at the bank
+had not suited him, so he had thrown it up and got employment with
+the British army, attached to the Engineers.
+
+Before the two young men had finished exchanging confidences, the
+officer, having arranged the disposition of the prisoners, again
+approached. Seeing Osterberg in close conversation with his friend,
+he looked from one to the other, as if for explanation. Osterberg,
+understanding the look, promptly spoke up.
+
+"Helmar is a very old friend of mine, sir. We came to this country
+together--in fact, we left the University for that purpose. I
+remember him being captured near Kafr Dowar; he was on patrol with
+an officer of the Engineers."
+
+"Ah," replied the officer, "that is all the better. But we must
+start at once. You," he went on, turning to George, "had better take
+one of your men's horses and ride with me in advance of the rest of
+the party."
+
+He was about to turn to his horse when, seeing Osterberg's speaking
+glance, he smiled and continued--
+
+"Yes, you can accompany us, but hurry up!"
+
+The young man, delighted at this extreme mark of favour, jumped on
+his horse, and Helmar, in obedience to the officer's instructions,
+took Belbeis's horse.
+
+"It is good," said the Arab, "the master's work is now done. Be
+careful of him," he went on, handing over his sleek Arab charger.
+"He is Naoum's favourite steed, and will never fail you. I regret
+that he is wounded."
+
+Belbeis and the guide now remained with the main body, whilst Helmar
+and Osterberg joined the officer, who, accompanied by an escort of
+four men, started at once for head-quarters.
+
+"By the way," said the officer, after they had ridden a little way
+in silence, "the man who was leading the rebels is a prisoner--he is
+a white man. Do you know anything of him?"
+
+George glanced at his young friend riding beside him.
+
+"Do I know him, sir?" he said, repeating his superior's question.
+"There is a story of villainous treachery surrounding that man that
+will sound to you like fiction; if it will not weary you, as we have
+yet some miles to travel, I will tell it."
+
+The officer expressed his willingness to listen, and George
+recounted to him all that had occurred from the time the three
+companions left Germany. The latter part of the story was new to
+Osterberg, and he exclaimed in horror and indignation at the
+villainous way Arden had persecuted his friend. When our hero came
+to the flogging, the officer's face became hard and stern.
+
+"And you still bear the marks of that inhuman treatment?" he asked,
+when George had finished.
+
+"That I do, sir," he replied, with a look of chagrin on his face.
+"My back is scored and lined like a ploughed field. I shall carry
+the marks to my grave, but, even so, I regret not one moment of the
+agony I have gone through so long as Cairo and the many hundreds of
+true men and women in it are saved. Had I not gone through this, had
+I not been a prisoner, I do not know who Naoum could have sent with
+the news. It is an ill wind that blows no one any good. Let us hope
+I am in time."
+
+George's calm words, his lack of resentment at the treatment he had
+received from Mark Arden, touched a deep chord in the officer's
+nature, but he wondered at George's apparent unconcern.
+
+"I should think considerably more of vengeance than you appear to
+do," he said, with an ominous glitter in his eyes; "prisoners, when
+left to the authorities, do not always get what they deserve."
+
+"That may be, sir," replied George, "but time will show. Arden has
+lost his chance, the chance he wanted, of getting out of the
+country with his ill-gotten gains, therefore his rascality has
+brought him but little fortune. To my mind that is sufficient
+punishment, and, after all, revenge is but a small thing--he will be
+punished in some way."
+
+"'m!" said the officer doubtfully. "I should want something more
+definite."
+
+By sundown the British camp was in view, and, to Helmar at least,
+never was any sight more welcome. The heat of the sun, the
+excitement of the encounter with the rebels, the strain of the sixty
+miles' ride, all combined to weary him both mentally and bodily. The
+thought that after months of degrading captivity he was at last free
+was scarcely sufficient to raise his flagging spirits. As he saw the
+miles of white lines of tents stretching before him, a feeling of
+contentment gradually crept over his tired body, but there was none
+of the exhilaration he had anticipated; all he longed for was to
+fling himself from his horse and rest his weary bones. The watchful
+eye of young Osterberg had noted all this, and he anxiously looked
+over towards the camp as if expecting to see his friend give in
+before he reached it.
+
+George, however, had no such intention; the sufferings he had gone
+through had hardened him to trials such as this, and though
+enthusiasm had gone from him to a great extent, he was nevertheless
+determined to see his duty through to the bitter end.
+
+At last the outposts were reached, the countersign given, and they
+passed down the endless lines towards the Commander's quarters.
+After what seemed an interminable time, their destination was
+reached and the little party dismounted. Several _aides-de-camp_
+were about, and to one of these the officer explained his business;
+George, too weary to stand, seated himself on the ground and waited
+while the _aide_ delivered the officer's message. In a few moments
+the man returned and said a few words to the officer and then
+returned to the hut. The officer approached Helmar.
+
+"Brace yourself up," he said, in kindly tones, as he noted the weary
+expression of the young man's face. "Your work will soon be over,
+and you can take all the rest you need. You must come with me and
+see the Commander-in-Chief."
+
+George sprang to his feet and followed his guide. He passed through
+a number of officers, who eyed his dishevelled appearance with
+curiosity, but they all made way for him, and at last he stood in
+the presence of the great man. Helmar waited in respectful silence
+until the Chief looked up. He found himself in the presence of a
+thin, wiry-looking man, with iron-grey hair, and a keen, sharp face,
+the aquiline features of which were lined from exposure and care. He
+spoke abruptly, and in the usual tone of an English military man.
+
+"You have matters of importance to communicate?"
+
+Helmar fumbled in his pocket, and produced the bundle of papers
+Naoum had given him.
+
+"Yes, sir; these papers are the proof of what I have to say," he
+said, laying them on the desk in front of the Commander-in-Chief.
+
+The officer unfastened them and glanced rapidly over the contents,
+then looked up.
+
+"Well, what is your story?" he said, fixing a penetrating gaze on
+the young man's weary face.
+
+George told his story as briefly as possible. During its narration
+the Commander kept his eyes on the papers, glancing up every now and
+then as something more astounding than the rest attracted his
+attention. When the story was finished he carefully folded up the
+documents and put them in a drawer.
+
+"Thank you, my man," he said, in a dispassionate voice. "You have
+done well. The news you have brought through is of the utmost
+importance. Action will be taken at once. Your name is George
+Helmar, is it not?--good," he went on, writing it down on a tablet,
+then turning to the officer at his side, said, "Let this man be
+provided with quarters, and every comfort given him. This rebel
+officer, Captain, I believe you said was a prisoner. I shall want to
+see him in the morning. Er--that will do."
+
+George knew this was his dismissal; but he hesitated as he turned to
+go, and the Commander was quick to notice it.
+
+"Well, what is it?" he asked, without raising his eyes from his work
+in front of him. "Have you anything else to say?"
+
+"Excuse me, sir, I do not wish to trouble you too much; but if any
+one is sent to Cairo," said Helmar, diffidently, "I should like to
+be allowed to go too--I know the best route to take."
+
+The officer looked up, and scanned the drawn face before him.
+
+"You look tired, my man, and I do not wonder at it. You must rest;
+but your orders will be given you later on. You can go now."
+
+George was compelled to leave, and he did so reluctantly. He felt it
+was hard if a relieving force should be sent, and he not allowed to
+accompany it after all he had done. Still, he knew this man's word
+was absolute, and he must abide by his decision whatever it might
+be. With keen disappointment he left the room, accompanied by the
+officer who had been directed to see about quarters for him.
+
+Once outside he was handed over to a subordinate, who carried him
+off to his tent. The man was a sergeant, and a good sort. After
+traversing the lines for a few minutes they stopped outside one of
+the many white tents.
+
+"It's very late to see about quarters for you," said the man, "but
+this is my tent, and if you would like to share it with me to-night,
+I will see that you are made comfortable to-morrow. You'll find they
+are not so bad," he went on, throwing back the fastenings as he
+spoke. "There are plenty of blankets and some good grub."
+
+"I shall be delighted," replied George quickly; "only let me sleep,
+the bare ground will do as well as anything else."
+
+"Ah, well, you'll find my quarters better than that," said the
+sergeant, with a laugh, leading the way in.
+
+Inside, George found as the man had said, and he quickly had a
+comfortable bed made on the ground.
+
+"There you are, fling yourself on that while I go and get you some
+supper. Your horse has been put on our lines, and the men have
+attended to him, so you needn't bother. Your saddle shall be brought
+here."
+
+The sergeant went out, and soon returned with the promised supper,
+and George fell to with an appetite in no way impaired by his
+fatigue. While he was in the middle of it, chatting away to his
+companion, an orderly strode up, and, putting his head in the
+doorway, said----
+
+"Does the man named Helmar stop here, Sergeant Smith?"
+
+"Yes, here I am," answered George, before the sergeant could reply.
+
+"Good!" said the orderly. "You will hold yourself in readiness to
+leave at daybreak on special duty."
+
+"Hurrah!" exclaimed Helmar. "I'm going to Cairo after all!"
+
+"You, Sergeant," continued the man, "will have other work to do. The
+general assembly will sound at ten-thirty. Arabi's going to get fits
+to-night!" he added, as he went off, laughing.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER XXIX
+
+                         TO DEATH OR GLORY
+
+
+History chronicles the events that followed on the night Helmar
+arrived at the British camp outside Tel-el-Kebir. It is therefore
+unnecessary to give here the details of how on that night, the
+thirteenth of September, the camp was struck at Kassassin Lock, with
+a few men only left to hold the place; how the whole force,
+consisting of about 14,000 men, marched out in the dead of night
+towards Arabi's entrenchments; how they bivouacked within a short
+distance of them until nearly morning; and how at length the order
+for attack was passed along the line, and the rebels, taken by
+surprise, utterly routed by this daring manoeuvre. There is no
+need to dilate on the gallantry displayed by the Highland Brigade
+and the Royal Irish regiment on that occasion, all this is known
+with the rest of the history of the British nation's many great
+victories, and will remain until the day of doom graven on the pages
+of the military achievements of the English race.
+
+But the events that resulted after the news of Arabi's intention to
+burn the beautiful city of Cairo to the ground reached the
+Commander-in-Chief, concern us most, for in their development Helmar
+was largely concerned.
+
+After the orderly had warned him to hold himself in readiness,
+George, with the help of his new-found friend Sergeant Smith, set
+about collecting his accoutrements. His saddle was brought to the
+tent, and his horse placed where he could easily find it; this done,
+he lay down to snatch all the rest he could.
+
+So weary and tired was he, that he failed to hear his companion
+leave the tent, when the troops moved to the attack. There was no
+noise in their leaving, and even had there been, it is doubtful if
+it would have roused him, so worn out was he with his day's work.
+
+Towards daybreak he was awakened by one of the men left in camp, and
+he rose refreshed and ready for the journey that lay before him. A
+few minutes sufficed to devour a few mouthfuls of food, and then he
+saddled up his horse; by the time this was over he saw a large body
+of mounted men already assembling further down the lines. Mounting
+his sleek Arab steed he rode hastily over to them, and in a few
+minutes the whole body moved off.
+
+As far as he could see there were about nine hundred men of various
+regiments, all mounted on horses in the pink of condition, the men
+themselves looking fit to undertake any work, no matter how arduous.
+
+Before the party had proceeded far, an officer rode up to George.
+
+"You are the man who came from Cairo yesterday, are you not?" he
+said, as he drew rein alongside.
+
+"Yes, sir," George replied.
+
+"Very well, your two men are on ahead acting as guides with the
+advanced guard; you will ride on and join them, and act under the
+orders of the officer in command of that party. Hurry up!"
+
+Helmar at once started off, and in a few minutes caught them up. He
+found Belbeis and his guide of the previous day riding on the lead
+with the officer. Reporting himself, he was told to ride with them,
+and the journey began in deadly earnest.
+
+"We are bound for Cairo," the officer explained, "and must reach
+there in the quickest possible time."
+
+"Yes, sir; and which route is to be taken?" asked George.
+
+"Via a little village called Belbeis, where we shall rest for the
+night."
+
+"Belbeis," exclaimed Helmar, looking over at his faithful guide.
+
+"Yes," replied the Arab, "I know, it is my native place, the village
+from which I take my name. It is on the fresh-water canal. We must
+take the desert route, and so avoid Arabi's entrenchments."
+
+Turning to the officer, George interpreted what Belbeis had said,
+adding that he thought the suggestion the guide had made was the
+best plan possible.
+
+"Very well, but there must be no mistake, for our work will admit of
+no delay. The man can be trusted, I hope."
+
+"Without doubt," said George, at once. "He is absolutely faithful
+and trustworthy."
+
+Considering the large number of men, the journey was most rapid,
+and, under the guidance of the trusty Belbeis, his native village
+was reached at sundown in safety. The journey was made in the heat
+of the day, and, notwithstanding the fortitude of both horses and
+men, was very trying. Even the guides and Helmar, after their
+terrible journey of the day before, were thankful when the little
+village was sighted, and the order for the bivouac was given. Many
+of the men lay down where they off-saddled, tired and worn out, and,
+after a frugal meal, slept where they were, without covering, and
+with only their saddles for a pillow.
+
+George, after the wants of his horse were attended to, glanced round
+the scattered soldiers, and noting the worn-out condition, registered
+a mental wager that many of them would never be able to last till
+Cairo was reached. At present only the shortest part of the journey
+had been traversed, how would they feel at the end of the next forty
+miles?
+
+With many misgivings he found his two friends, and communicated his
+fears to them.
+
+"Seems to me," he said, seating himself beside Belbeis, "many of
+those fellows will never reach Cairo."
+
+Belbeis was thoughtfully smoking, squatting on his haunches in true
+Oriental fashion, his water-bottle lying beside him, and the remains
+of his supper scattered about on the ground; the other guide sat
+facing him.
+
+"The children of the West," replied Belbeis, watching the puffs of
+smoke as he emitted them from his mouth, "are not used to the
+Egyptian sun and the sand of the desert. It is hard for them, but
+they are good men, their hearts are big. The horses are what I most
+fear."
+
+"Yes," put in the guide, "the Arab courser is as the wind in the
+desert, he never tires, and nothing can travel like him."
+
+"You are right," said George, gazing admiringly at his own mount,
+calmly feeding a little way off. "The desert has no terrors for the
+fleet-footed Arab, but I doubt if he would do as well in my
+country."
+
+There was a short pause, and then Belbeis again spoke.
+
+"What are we going to do when we reach Cairo?" he asked. "The way is
+long and we are but few."
+
+"Going to take the city, I expect," replied George.
+
+"But we are not a thousand fighting men," exclaimed the cautious
+Arab, "and there are at least twenty thousand rebels in the city.
+Poof, the English are mad, we shall die."
+
+George burst into a laugh, and Belbeis looked disgusted.
+
+"You do not understand our people, there is some trick on hand, they
+know their business; besides, if it came to a fight with such a
+number, I would not wager on the rebels."
+
+"Allah is great," replied Belbeis solemnly, "His ways are
+mysterious, but I cannot understand."
+
+"No," said George, smiling, "neither will Arabi, he does not know
+the sons of the West. They will dare anything."
+
+"Allah is powerful," replied Belbeis, "and we are but His children."
+
+Again a silence fell upon the little party, a silence only broken by
+the sound of the resting horses' movements and the buzzing of
+insects now abroad in the cooling air. On all sides, as far as the
+eye could reach in the darkening night, soldiers lay about in
+various attitudes of rest. Here and there, though infrequently,
+small groups sat smoking and talking, but mostly the weary men
+slept. One or two sentries, doing short reliefs of watch, hovered
+about, leaning for support on their carbines.
+
+The scene was an impressive one, and, to Belbeis, who understood not
+the daring of a British soldier, it seemed a pity that so many men
+should be doomed on such a futile effort as Helmar had said. George
+sat scanning the scene with very different feelings. He knew the
+subtle strategy of the soldiers, and was convinced that the task in
+hand must be more than possible, or this small force would never
+have been sent on such an errand.
+
+At last George and the guides curled themselves up and slept, the
+problem of the work in hand no longer interesting them. At last,
+after a period that seemed all too short to the weary men, came the
+first streak of dawn, and the guard walked among them, rousing each
+as he went for the beginning of the last stage of the journey. In a
+few minutes all was bustle and activity. The neigh of horses, the
+clatter of accoutrements, the voices of the men, resounded on all
+sides. With the trained discipline of soldiers, everything was in
+readiness before daylight, and, as the dawn began to broaden, the
+journey was resumed. On they rode, mile after mile, hour after hour;
+daylight gave place to sunrise, and with it the heat of the day once
+more brought streaming perspiration out on the horses and riders.
+None but those accustomed to the terrible heat of the tropics could
+understand the terrors of that journey to the Western-bred men.
+Every minute, every second of the day was a constant agony to man
+and beast, but still with indomitable pluck they kept on. At
+mid-day a halt was made and food partaken of; here many of the men
+had to fall out, their horses too exhausted to go further. The weary
+faces of the men told their tale, and the officer anxiously scanned
+the ranks in fear lest his troop would not be able to reach their
+destination.
+
+It was an anxious time for the man in command, but, with set purpose
+and grim determination, no thought of retreat entered his mind. So
+long as horse could travel, so long must the journey be kept up.
+
+George's horse seemed indefatigable, and still, at every halt,
+champed impatiently at its bit. Some of its spirit seemed to be
+communicated to its rider, for though absolutely worn out, he
+anxiously sought to hurry on.
+
+This part of the route was less barren and dreary; their course lay
+fairly near the canal, and signs of agriculture appeared at
+intervals.
+
+Again, with diminished ranks, the order of march was resumed. Horses
+floundered in the sand, too weary to lift their feet, others with
+drooping heads marched along in a dogged determined sort of way that
+betokened their condition. It was terrible.
+
+The officer riding beside Helmar was well mounted, and his horse as
+yet showed no signs of giving in. Observing the freshness of
+Helmar's mount, he said----
+
+"Your horse stands it well."
+
+"Yes, he is one of the purest Arabs. He travelled over this journey
+the day before yesterday, and he is fresher now than any of them,"
+replied George with pride.
+
+"Marvellous! marvellous!" replied the officer. "What we shall be
+like when we reach Cairo I shudder to think; this journey is awful."
+
+"The ranks are thinning," said Helmar, "our advanced guard can
+scarcely keep their seats. Heaven only knows what will happen if we
+are attacked!"
+
+"Let us trust that nothing of the sort occurs," answered the
+officer. "Even as it is, I do not see that we can do anything
+to-night."
+
+"What! is the attack on the city to be carried out to-night?"
+exclaimed George, incredulously.
+
+"Those are the orders," replied his superior, simply.
+
+George relapsed into silence, wondering even more at the ways of the
+Commander.
+
+The sun was sinking, and they were now nearing their destination.
+Already in the distant haze they could see some of the spires of the
+city they were to take. Each man of that devoted little band
+realized that the critical moment was nearing, and each man braced
+himself for the effort that would be expected of him. The nightmare
+of it all was not yet passed, and the last stage, they knew, would
+be worse than its predecessors.
+
+Six miles from the city a halt was made. The sun had already set,
+and the party that, at the start, had been a smart, compact, and
+fit body of troops, now trailed up to the halting-place in a
+scattered line, horses hardly able to put one foot before another,
+the men reeling and fainting with exhaustion in the saddle. It was a
+despairing sight to the officers in charge, with work to carry out
+that now seemed hopeless.
+
+As each man rode up, the last flicker of discipline asserted itself,
+and they closed up their ranks in one long line, whilst the officer
+rode down inspecting them. After that the horses were off-saddled.
+
+After a rest of two hours had been given, the men were called up and
+their Chief addressed them.
+
+"It is," he said, "absolutely necessary to ride into Cairo to-night!
+Many men and horses are not fit to move, but the orders must be
+obeyed. I shall leave it to you yourselves to decide who can travel
+on. The officers will inspect their troops and assist in that
+decision."
+
+After this, weary as they were, volunteers were not wanting, to a
+man they were all anxious; but on inspection it was found that one
+hundred and fifty only out of that nine hundred were fit to proceed
+further, and so it was decided that the gallant Major Watson should
+march in at the head of this infinitesimal force and demand the
+surrender of twenty thousand armed rebels.
+
+The task seemed utter madness, even to Helmar, whose adventurous
+spirit had made him one of the first to volunteer. Directly darkness
+closed in, the advance was made; one hundred and fifty tired but
+desperate men started on that fateful mission. George never expected
+to come out of it alive, and many and varied were his thoughts as
+the little band made its way towards the town. The one thing that he
+regretted most was, that he had not been able to see Osterberg
+before he left Tel-el-Kebir. He had been too tired to seek him out
+after his interview with the Commander-in-Chief in that labyrinth of
+tents, and by the time he left in the morning, doubtless the boy was
+with the fighting line at the trenches. Well, it couldn't be helped
+now; if George survived this night's work he would see him again
+some day, and if not----
+
+Here his reflections were broken in upon by the word being passed
+down the line to urge their horses into a trot, but with strict
+injunctions to keep together. Helmar was still on the lead,
+accompanied by Belbeis and the officer.
+
+"Four more miles and then we are in for it," said the latter, as his
+horse quickened his pace.
+
+"Yes, sir," replied Helmar, "four more miles and then--Death or
+Glory."
+
+[Illustration: "They rode straight for the citadel." p. 344]
+
+Nothing further was said, and in grim silence the march was
+continued. Major Watson now headed his men, and the outskirts of the
+town were reached. Without hesitation the gallant Major rode
+straight for the citadel. The clatter of mounted men in the streets
+alarmed the natives, but the darkness kept the numbers of the
+invaders covered, and it was believed the British were upon them.
+Hundreds flung down their arms and grovelled in the dust, as this
+victorious little army galloped on. At length the city itself was
+entered. Each man of the one hundred and fifty sat on his horse with
+his arms ready for use, prepared to fight to the last. But no
+opposition was offered them.
+
+Natives kept behind their doors in fear and trembling, thinking that
+the rest of the army was following, ready to adopt their own
+barbarous methods and massacre every one they came across. Panic had
+seized the city, and every one waited the catastrophe that each felt
+was about to fall upon them.
+
+On rode Major Watson towards the eminence on which stood the
+citadel; as they came to it the poor worn beasts could scarcely
+carry themselves up the hill. By superhuman efforts at last the
+gates were reached. The crucial point had come.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXX
+
+                  CAIRO SAVED AND HELMAR'S REWARD
+
+
+As they arrived outside the citadel of Mehemet Ali, Helmar looked up
+at the frowning wall of the great fortress. Here he was at the place
+where he had received his inhuman treatment; this was the place
+where he had been found by his friends and rescued when in dire
+extremity. Under what different circumstances was he now returning
+to it. No longer to be a place for the perpetration of atrocities,
+they had come to demand its surrender, and, with that surrender, the
+capitulation of the town. And how was this done? By the daring of a
+devoted little band of a hundred and fifty exhausted, though
+determined, men!
+
+Twenty thousand fanatics in the city and ten thousand troops in the
+citadel--was there any limit to the daring recklessness of the
+British soldier? After this exhibition, George thought not, and
+waited to see what next this brave little band was capable of.
+
+During the short pause while the garrison was being summoned, the
+men, with stern, set faces, gripped their weapons ready for any
+emergency. As Helmar glanced at the faces of those nearest him, the
+expressions he saw written upon their features put all doubt as to
+their intentions at rest. He had said truly on his journey to Cairo
+that they were marching to "Death or Glory!"
+
+At last the gates were flung open and Major Watson's summons
+answered. The troops marched in, and to their utter surprise found
+the commandant willing and ready to yield up his sword. After that,
+the whole of the garrison laid down their arms like a flock of
+sheep. Without a blow, without any resistance whatsoever, one
+hundred and fifty thirsty, hungry, exhausted men had captured Cairo,
+with its enormous garrison of nearly thirty thousand rebels! The
+feat was one unprecedented in history, and though it reflected
+little credit on the sagacity of the leaders of the campaign, it at
+least was a tribute to the commander's knowledge of the
+peculiarities of the Eastern character, and the reckless devotion to
+duty of the men under his command.
+
+The work of receiving the submission of the troops seemed as if it
+would never end, and Helmar, wearied beyond words with the work,
+felt that he was at the limit of bodily endurance. At last it was
+over, and he was at liberty to take his rest.
+
+He sought out his two friends, who had been occupied in a similar
+manner, and the three men set out in search of quarters. There was
+no fear from attack by the populace. Terror had been struck into
+their hearts, and they hugged their dwellings, fearful that to show
+their faces abroad would bring down summary chastisement upon them.
+
+With this knowledge of security, they prepared to take their
+hard-earned rest. After a little trouble, quarters were found.
+
+"Well, Belbeis," exclaimed Helmar, with a triumphant smile, "what do
+you think of it now? We are not going to die, as you prophesied!"
+
+Belbeis seated himself preparatory to enjoying a comfortable smoke,
+smiling benignly on his two companions the while.
+
+"Allah is great, and Mahomet is His prophet. The English are a brave
+race."
+
+"You've about struck it there," answered George, yawning and
+stretching himself out on a heap of rugs. "To use an expression of
+your own--it is Kismet. I wonder what will happen next?"
+
+"Sleep," replied the Oriental, laconically.
+
+"Yes, and not before we need it. I suppose you will stick to the
+English now?"
+
+"If the work of their servant is good in their eyes, I am content.
+Naoum is my master, and he knows what is best for Belbeis. I like
+the children of the West, they do not beat the faithful."
+
+"I never came across a man with so much sense as you have, Belbeis,"
+said George. "You always seem to understand intuitively."
+
+"My life is for peace," replied the Arab. "Where I get that best,
+there is my heart, I am no soldier!"
+
+"But a jolly good imitation of one, then," exclaimed George,
+laughing. "Why, man, you have the heart of a lion?"
+
+"That I cannot help," he replied, with a look of pleasure in his
+eyes at his companion's words. "It is no doing of mine,
+circumstances make it so."
+
+"Well, it's a good thing for us there are not many of your
+countrymen as brave," said George, sleepily. "Well," yawning again,
+"here goes for a little 'shut-eye.'"
+
+In a few minutes Belbeis and the guide followed George's example,
+and the room in which they lay resounded with their stertorous
+breathing. At daybreak they awoke refreshed and once more ready for
+the day's work. After they had foraged for and devoured breakfast,
+the little force were paraded prior to manning the forts. An hour
+later the remainder of the nine hundred rode into the city and
+joined them.
+
+Cairo was quite quiet and orderly. Patrols were sent out to prevent
+any riotousness on the part of the fanatics, and in this manner
+they awaited the arrival of the rest of the army.
+
+During the afternoon, the Commander-in-Chief, with a large force,
+marched into the city from Zag-a-zig. He was met with acclamation by
+the entire populace, and received from the officer in command of the
+party to which our hero belonged the surrender of Arabi and Toulba
+Pashas; thus the war of rebellion, which had threatened to overwhelm
+the land of the Pharaohs and exterminate the domination of the
+Khedive's rule, was at an end.
+
+Helmar saw now that his career with the British army would soon be
+at an end. He had done his duty, and, by his timely arrival at
+Tel-el-Kebir, had prevented the razing to the ground of the ancient
+capital. What now remained to him? As he looked these facts in the
+face, he realized that after about six months of hardships,
+misfortunes, and privations he was no better off than when he
+started; whatever he had done seemed now entirely forgotten.
+
+Consulting Belbeis upon the matter that evening, he received the
+good fellow's opinion and advice.
+
+"You do not know what to do?" replied the Arab, with a look of
+unusual surprise on his impassive face. "How can that be? You have
+not yet seen the master; he loves you, and you have done that which
+he wished for most, you have conveyed his papers to the General. Go
+to him, he will tell you that which you should do."
+
+"That is all very well, Belbeis," said George, simply, "but I did
+it for my own benefit as well, and, besides, I owe him more than I
+can repay already."
+
+Belbeis only smiled in answer, and, after a moment's pause, went
+on----
+
+"We shall see, there is yet time for thought of the future. Allah
+will provide!"
+
+After that, he left the citadel, and George was left to the
+companionship of his own thoughts. They were not very pleasant, and
+he put them from him and went out in search of his friend, Charlie
+Osterberg. He had not the least notion of where to find him. He knew
+the Engineers had arrived, but he was not aware of where they were
+quartered. However, a soldier whom he met told him they were outside
+the western gate of the city.
+
+With this information he made his way through the slums until he
+came to the Governmental portion of the town. This he passed
+through, and at length reached the west gate. On making inquiries
+there, he was directed to the camp he sought, and with some
+difficulty discovered that Osterberg was with the troops. At last he
+found him in a tent with two or three other civilians attached to
+the force in a similar capacity to himself.
+
+Charlie greeted his old friend and companion with open arms.
+
+"Thank goodness, you are all right, George," he exclaimed, the
+moment our hero appeared in the doorway. "I was wondering when I
+should find you. I have only just been relieved from duty, or I
+should have been in search of you now."
+
+"It's a good thing that it happened so," replied George, "or we
+should have both been searching in different directions, and so
+missed each other. Now tell me of all that has happened to you, we
+only had such a short time to talk when I saw you on the way to
+Tel-el-Kebir, that there must be still much to talk about."
+
+Osterberg's career had been so uneventful after they parted at
+Alexandria that his story was soon disposed of, and then George
+consulted him on matters concerning the future.
+
+"What do you intend doing, Charlie," he said, "now that the war is
+practically over?"
+
+"Why, go back to the bank, of course--what did you expect? You see,
+I made that arrangement with my employers, and they gladly consented
+to it. Of course, business was at a standstill while the war was on,
+and they were glad to dispose of their clerks; but now it is over
+they'll want us back again. But you--how do you intend going on?
+Shall you still remain with the Government authorities as
+interpreter?"
+
+"I can't say, I'm sure. Perhaps they won't want me," replied George,
+in tones that betrayed his reluctance to leave the service.
+"However, I expect they will soon enlighten us on that point."
+
+"Why, George, you are a bigger stupid than I took you for! Do you
+think they are going to discharge the man who made that magnificent
+ride to save Cairo?"
+
+"And himself!" put in George, in disgust. "There, for goodness sake,
+don't harp on that! Belbeis has just reminded me of it--it was
+nothing!"
+
+"That may be so," replied Charlie, "but anyway all the troops seem
+to have got hold of the story, and do nothing but talk about
+it--they can't say too much for you. It isn't likely the Government
+will forget you."
+
+"Oh, by the way," exclaimed George, to change the subject, "what is
+to be done with Arden? I suppose you haven't heard?"
+
+"Yes, I have. He's to be tried along with other leaders of the
+revolt. The probability is that he'll get a heavy sentence and no
+doubt be banished from the country."
+
+"Poor devil!" exclaimed George. "His ill-gotten wealth won't have
+done him much good. I doubt if he'll ever be able to touch a penny
+of it."
+
+"'M! I'm not so sure. Mark is a cunning fellow, and probably has
+sent it all out of the country to some safe place where he can get
+at it again. For my part, I am not in the least sorry for him.
+Hanging would be a too merciful sentence for such a villain."
+
+"Well, I have no doubt that all he deserves will fall to his lot. I
+bear him no malice; he is in trouble enough now; let us hope it will
+be a lesson to him."
+
+"No fear," exclaimed Charlie, with a hard look on his boyish face.
+"Nothing will ever be a lesson to him; villainy was born in him, and
+if ever he escapes, mark my word, the authorities will hear of him
+again, or I am much mistaken."
+
+His tone of conviction impressed his companion, and he looked
+sharply at him.
+
+"Why, what do you think he will do--raise another rebellion?" he
+asked, incredulously.
+
+"Stranger things have happened. We shall see. I am going to walk
+back to the city with you," he went on, as George rose to go. "A
+little fresh air will do me good."
+
+The two friends linked arms and strolled back to Cairo. The night
+was deliciously cool, and each had much to talk about, going over
+and over again through the many incidents that had occurred since
+their arrival in Egypt. At last the citadel was reached, and George,
+to his great surprise, found Belbeis anxiously awaiting his return.
+
+"My master, Naoum, bade me deliver this note," said he, directly our
+hero came up. "He wishes to see you to-night. He had not anticipated
+that you would return so soon."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed George, scanning the contents of the missive. "Now
+you shall see my benefactor, Charlie. Come, Belbeis, conduct us to
+him, that is, if I may bring my friend."
+
+"Your words are law to my master's servant," replied Belbeis; "to
+refuse you would be to cross the wishes of Naoum, and that cannot
+be."
+
+Without waiting for a reply, Belbeis led the companions down to the
+best part of the city. Stopping at one of the smaller Oriental
+palaces, he disappeared, asking George to await his return. In a few
+moments he came back, and led the way into the great entrance hall,
+where they found Naoum waiting to receive them.
+
+He greeted our hero with affection, and looked in surprise at
+Charlie. Helmar was quick to interpret the glance, and hastened to
+set his mind at rest.
+
+"This is my greatest German friend, Naoum," he said, "and I brought
+him with me that he might meet the man who has done so much for a
+stranger in a strange land; his name is Charlie Osterberg."
+
+Naoum acknowledged the introduction cordially, and begged them to
+rest.
+
+"I was surprised when Belbeis told me that you had returned to Cairo
+again so quickly. Had I known it before, I should have sought you
+earlier," he said, in his well-known kindly tones. "There are many
+things I would say to you, but time presses, and no doubt you would
+return to rest."
+
+The two young men shook their heads, and declared their willingness
+to hear all he had to say.
+
+"I have been thinking of your future," he said, looking keenly at
+George. "We have so long been associated that it seems as if Allah
+had woven our lives together. I am unwilling that we should now
+part. The war is over, therefore the Government will have little for
+you to do."
+
+George waited. Evidently Naoum had some proposition to make for his
+good. Somehow he did not like the thought of accepting more from
+this man who had done so much for him already, and yet he felt he
+had no right to refuse anything he might offer.
+
+"As you know," resumed Naoum, as if afraid to come too bluntly to
+the point, "I am wealthy beyond the knowledge of your people. I do
+not rest, my money begets money, and I trade and traffic always--it
+is my pleasure. I have caravans all over the Soudan and Upper Egypt,
+bringing in the wealth of produce of the scattered tribes in that
+country, therefore I employ many to do my work."
+
+He paused again, and a look of anxiety came into his eyes. He was
+fearful that Helmar might refuse what he was about to suggest.
+
+"I would not ask you to be my servant, but I would give you caravans
+that you may go and trade for yourself. There is wealth beyond your
+dreams in the enterprise. I have no children of my own, my mother is
+old, and she is all I have in the world to care for. If you will
+accept what I offer you, you shall, when Allah brings my work to a
+close, succeed me in my business. Say, shall it be so?"
+
+George did not answer at once, and Naoum waited patiently for him
+to speak. The generosity of this man knew no bounds; his offer was
+princely, and George hardly knew what to say. He hated to refuse
+this thing, for Naoum's heart was evidently set upon it, and yet he
+could not accept. The peaceful life of a trader, or at least the
+peaceful life he imagined it to be, had no attraction for him,
+despite the wealth accruing to it, and yet how could he make this
+good man understand? Naoum was still awaiting his reply, and George
+felt that he must not delay in giving his answer; perhaps if he
+could gain time he might see his way to doing as his protector
+wished, although, at present, he did not see how. Stepping over to
+the good man, he wrung him by the hand.
+
+"Naoum, you are all too good to me--you overwhelm me with your
+generosity. At present I cannot give you a definite answer, you must
+give me time to consider. You know, at heart I am a soldier, and I
+would that my life ran in that groove; therefore I must think
+carefully before I decide. You will not think me ungrateful, I'm
+sure, for you know me well. To-morrow evening I will see you again,
+and give you my answer."
+
+"Be it so, my son," answered Naoum, indulgently. "It is well to
+think. May Allah guide your thoughts into the right course! Go, and
+sleep well!"
+
+The two young men left Naoum's house and hurried back to the
+citadel; here Osterberg said good-night, and went back to his own
+quarters.
+
+That night Helmar did not sleep much, over and over again he thought
+of Naoum's offer, but with each attempt he failed to come to any
+decision. Wealth was not his main object; that, of course, had its
+attraction, but he wished to live the life of his choice; he had
+started as a soldier, and he wished to remain one, so that wealth
+sank into insignificance in his thoughts. He could not decide. For
+the first time in his life he failed to make up his mind.
+
+With daylight he awoke from the broken slumber that had, at last,
+overtaken him. Already Belbeis was awake, and preparing breakfast.
+George sprang up to assist him. During the meal Helmar was unusually
+silent. The doubts of over-night were still upon him, and made him
+irritable. Belbeis noticed these signs, and refrained wisely from
+breaking in on his thoughts.
+
+After breakfast Helmar went for a stroll round the fortress; the
+place was alive with troops, all the work of the day was carried out
+at this early hour, so that, when the heat of the day came on, the
+soldiers could rest. He was nearing the officers' quarters when a
+sergeant came out and walked quickly towards him.
+
+"Ah," he said, as he came up, "I was just coming to look for you.
+You are wanted at once at the office--you had better come with me
+now."
+
+George followed his guide without demur, and was conducted to the
+orderly room. After a short wait, he was shown in. A colonel was
+seated at the table, dictating a letter to his clerk. When our hero
+appeared he ceased, and, turning to a pile of papers, selected one
+from among the rest.
+
+"I have just received this from the Commander-in-Chief. It is the
+result of the excellent way in which you assisted in saving this
+city from destruction. Listen!"
+
+He then read out the following order----
+
+"In consequence of the gallant conduct of Interpreter Helmar in
+conveying the information of the rebels' intention to destroy the
+city of Cairo by fire, his Highness the Khedive of Egypt has been
+pleased to appoint him to a responsible office in the Intelligence
+Department. The appointment will carry with it the honorary rank and
+pay of Lieutenant in the Egyptian army. Interpreter Helmar's
+acceptance of the post must be forwarded to the Commander-in-Chief
+without delay."
+
+"I congratulate you, Lieutenant Helmar, on the result of your
+distinguished services," said the Colonel, breaking through his
+official iciness. "I hope what has gone before may be but the
+precursor of many such services in the future," and he shook our
+astonished hero by the hand.
+
+"But, sir----"
+
+"Tut, tut, man! I suppose I can reply to that letter in the
+affirmative? Such opportunities and promotion come but rarely. Good
+luck to you!"
+
+Helmar signified his intention of accepting his good fortune at
+once, and with his head in a whirl of excitement, he left the
+orderly room in search of Naoum.
+
+Hurrying down town, he found his benefactor, and explained what had
+happened.
+
+"You see, Naoum, all my aspirations are for a soldier's life, and
+last night, when you made me that generous offer, I felt it
+impossible to tell you so; events that have happened since have made
+it impossible for me to longer conceal from you that a civil life
+would be distasteful to me. I beg that you will not be hurt at my
+refusal, and will understand my motives."
+
+Naoum smiled at the young man's earnest manner, but the smile did
+not for a moment conceal from Helmar his deep disappointment that
+the decision was unfavourable to his offer.
+
+"I am glad that you are pleased, my son, but it would be idle to
+disguise my disappointment. I had hoped that you would have been a
+son to me upon whom I might lavish all my wealth, but it is not to
+be. You must make your own way. You are young and independent, your
+brave heart is unquestionable, do as it dictates. I am your friend
+always. Allah is good and great--may He watch over you!"
+
+After his conversation with Naoum, George had an interview with
+Mariam, and then sought out Charlie. He found him in his tent,
+getting ready to leave for Alexandria.
+
+"I have just received my discharge," he said, directly George
+entered, "and am now off back to the bank. What are you going to
+do?"
+
+Helmar seated himself on a flour barrel, and Charlie propped himself
+on an ammunition box.
+
+"Do?" our hero exclaimed, bursting to recount his good fortune;
+"why, stay here, of course! I am now Lieutenant Helmar of the
+Egyptian army, with a post in the Intelligence Department! Well," he
+added, laughing at Charlie's astonished face, "why don't you salute
+me?"
+
+And so, after months of hardships and failures, George Helmar had at
+last found what he sought. He reasonably considered that he had made
+a record in his search for fortune. An assured position in the walk
+of life he preferred, a liberal salary, and the prospect of heaps of
+adventure in the future. What more could he desire? Was there
+anything? Yes, there was. He wanted news of all in Germany. During
+the excitement of the last few months he had thought little of his
+friends and relatives in the Fatherland. Now that peace reigned, and
+he began to settle down in his new occupation, he longed to hear
+what had happened to them. As nobody, excepting friend Osterberg and
+foe Arden, knew of his whereabouts or what he was doing, he
+determined to write to his father and describe the adventurous time
+he had had, and tell him of the reward the end had brought him.
+
+After a few weeks' interval he received what he wanted--a long
+letter in return. The item of news which pleased him most was that
+telling of the safe recovery of Landauer, his opponent in the duel.
+
+"Thank God!" he exclaimed fervently. "My prayer was answered."
+
+                              THE END
+
+
+
+               R. Clay & Sons, Ltd., London & Bungay.
+
+
+
+                        FINE ART GIFT BOOKS
+
+                     *     *     *     *     *
+
+Wonders of the Bird World. By Dr. R. BOWDLER SHARPE. With numerous
+Illustrations by A. T. Elwes.
+
+                 Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, 6s.
+
+
+    "One of the most delightful and fascinating books that ever
+    delighted a bird-loving reader."--Daily News.
+
+    "Dr. Sharpe is as learned as man need wish to be, and as
+    entertaining as the most brilliant of
+    conversationalists."--Country Life.
+
+
+Sintram and His Companions, and Undine. By De la MOTTE FOUQUE. With
+Introduction by Charlotte M. Yonge. Illustrated by Gordon Browne, R.I.
+
+   Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, art linen boards, gilt
+                              top, 6s.
+
+
+    "The anonymous translation is the good old standard one,
+    vastly superior to subsequent versions."--Times.
+
+    "Certain to engage the sympathies of an entirely new set of
+    readers."--Daily Telegraph.
+
+    "Nothing could be more attractive than the form in which
+    this excellent edition is sent forth."--Record.
+
+
+Stories from the Faerie Queene. By MARY MACLEOD. With Introduction by
+J. W. Hales, Professor of English Literature, King's College, London,
+etc., etc. With numerous Illustrations by A. G. Walker, Sculptor.
+
+ Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "Miss Mary Macleod has performed a dangerous and difficult
+    task with taste and discretion. It can have been no light
+    labour to set forth in simple, equable prose the linked
+    sweetness, long drawn out, of Spenser's Faerie Queene, and
+    the latter-day child may well feel much the same gratitude
+    to her as those of another generation must have felt towards
+    Charles and Mary Lamb, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and
+    Kingsley."--Pall Mall Gazette.
+
+    "The book is beautifully produced, and ought to satisfy the
+    most fastidious and exacting taste."--Leeds Mercury.
+
+
+Sweetheart Travellers. A Child's Book FOR Children, FOR Women, AND FOR
+Men. By S. R. CROCKETT. With numerous Illustrations by Gordon Browne,
+R.I., and W. H. C. Groome. Large 8vo, printed on superfine paper,
+cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+   A LARGE-PAPER EDITION, numbered and signed by Author and Artists,
+                            net, 31s. 6d.
+
+
+    "Had any one ever been disinclined to believe in Mr.
+    Crockett's genius, he must have recanted and repented in
+    sackcloth and ashes after enjoying _Sweetheart Travellers_.
+    It is the rarest of all rarities, and veritably a child's
+    book for children, as well as for women and men. It is
+    seldom, indeed, that the reviewer has the opportunity of
+    bestowing unstinted praise, with the feeling that the
+    laudation is, nevertheless, inadequate. _Sweetheart
+    Travellers_ is instinct with drollery; it continually
+    strikes the softest notes of tenderest pathos, like some
+    sweet, old-fashioned nursery melody, and it must make the
+    most hardened bachelor feel something of the pleasures he
+    has missed in living mateless and childless."--Times.
+
+    "A more delightful book for young, old, and middle aged it
+    is scarcely possible to conceive."--Truth.
+
+
+The Surprising Adventures of Sir Toady Lion, with those of General
+Napoleon Smith. An Improving History for OLD BOYS, YOUNG BOYS, GOOD
+BOYS, BAD BOYS, BIG BOYS, LITTLE BOYS, COW-BOYS, and TOMBOYS. By S.R.
+CROCKETT. Illustrated by Gordon Browne, R.I.
+
+             Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "It is distinctly the best Christmas book of the
+    season."--Daily Mail.
+
+    "When we say it is one of the most delightful stories about
+    children we have ever read, we are still short of the
+    mark."--Daily Chronicle.
+
+    "In every way excellently got up."--Christian.
+
+    "In this excellent book for children, which the elders will
+    enjoy, Mr. Crockett comes right away from kailyard into a
+    kingdom of obstreperous fancy, and is purely, delightfully
+    funny, and not too Scotch. The wit of this feat of fancy,
+    which cannot be described, and does not belong to any order
+    of juvenile literature, unless we take Mr. Crockett as the
+    founder of one, is over the heads of children in many
+    instances, but they do not know it.... Mr. Gordon Browne's
+    illustrations are as good a treat as the story; they realize
+    every thought and intention of the writer, and are full of a
+    sly and characteristic drollery all the artist's own."--The
+    World.
+
+
+Fairy Tales from Grimm. With Introduction by S. Baring-Gould, M. A.
+Illustrated by Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+  Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, fancy cloth boards,
+                            gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "No more acceptable edition of some of Grimm's Stories has
+    been published."--Standard.
+
+    "Altogether delightful. The illustrations are full of charm
+    and sympathy."--Saturday Review.
+
+    "A fairy book beyond reproach."--Graphic.
+
+
+Prince Boohoo and Little Smuts. By the Rev. HARRY JONES, M. A.,
+Prebendary of St. Paul's Cathedral. With numerous Illustrations by
+Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+  Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, bound in fancy cloth
+                          boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "Really good nonsense, not at all copied from Mr. Lewis
+    Carroll. Admirably fresh and inspired by a quite delightful
+    _insouciance_."--Spectator.
+
+    "Will charm the more qualified critical reader by its
+    mingled gravity and whimsicality. It is not all sugar-plums;
+    there are nice little bits of satire in which the Rev. Harry
+    Jones is easily recognizable."--The World.
+
+
+National Rhymes of the Nursery. With Introduction by George Saintsbury,
+and numerous Illustrations by Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+   Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, bound in art linen
+                        boards, with gilt top, 6s.
+
+Second Edition, with additions both to the Rhymes and Illustrations,
+now ready.
+
+
+    "The prettiest and most complete collection of the kind that
+    we have seen."--Westminster Gazette.
+
+    "It is impossible to praise the volume too highly."--Black
+    and White.
+
+    "Every conceivable nursery rhyme is herein gathered
+    together, beautifully illustrated. The collection is
+    certainly the most perfect that has ever been
+    made."--School Guardian.
+
+
+Stories from Froissart. By HENRY NEWBOLT, Author of "Admirals All,"
+etc. With Illustrations by Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+              Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "No better book could be chosen to teach a boy some of the
+    noblest years in our 'rough-and-tumble island story,' and it
+    could hardly have been presented in a better form."--St.
+    James's Gazette.
+
+
+Under the Rebel's Reign, a Story of Egyptian Revolt. By CHARLES
+NEUFELD, Author of "A Prisoner of the Khaleefa." With numerous
+Illustrations by Charles M. Sheldon.
+
+               Large crown 8vo, fancy cloth boards, 6s.
+
+
+    In the present volume Mr. Neufeld has attempted to give a
+    picture of the exciting times during the Rebellion of Arabi
+    Pasha. Starting from his University, the hero, George
+    Helmar, goes out into the world to make a place in it for
+    himself. From the commencement he meets with adventures:
+    along the Danube and in Constantinople. He arrives in
+    Alexandria just as Arabi's antagonism towards the Khedive
+    has ripened into open revolt. He ultimately reaches
+    Alexandria just after the bombardment, and gets engaged as
+    interpreter to the British forces. He is taken prisoner
+    whilst out on patrol, escapes, is recaptured, and finally
+    escapes again in time to reach Tel-el-Kebir with important
+    news which saves Cairo from destruction. The book is full of
+    exciting and thrilling incidents and situations, many of
+    which have been experienced by Mr. Neufeld himself.
+
+
+The White Stone. By H. C. MacIlwaine, Author of "Dinkinbar," "Fate
+the Fiddler," etc. With numerous Illustrations by G. D. Rowlandson.
+
+               Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    Mr. MacIlwaine, the popular author of two novels dealing
+    with Australian life, has produced an excellent book about a
+    bush-born boy, the son of English parents who migrated to
+    Australia at the time of the gold fever. After living some
+    years in the bush they send their only son to the old
+    country to be educated. The rough lad comes to England at
+    the age of thirteen to find himself far behind other boys in
+    learning, but after a while a match for them in other
+    respects. The precipitate return of the boy and mother to
+    Australia, in consequence of the receipt of a telegram and a
+    paragraph in an Australian paper, leads to Rowley's famous
+    ride on his father's old horse. The interest in Colonial
+    life is awakened in the first chapter, and it is evident
+    that both in the life in England and Australia the author
+    has had living models before him.
+
+
+     WELLS GARDNER, DARTON AND CO., 3 Paternoster Buildings, E. C.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Under the Rebel's Reign, by Charles Neufeld
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 23829-8.txt or 23829-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/8/2/23829/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Roberta Staehlin and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/23829-8.zip b/23829-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98c0dd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-8.zip
diff --git a/23829-h.zip b/23829-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad9e04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h.zip
diff --git a/23829-h/23829-h.htm b/23829-h/23829-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f887b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/23829-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10964 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Under The Rebels Reign, by Charles Neufeld.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+    td.tdright        {vertical-align: bottom; text-align: right;}
+    td.tdleft         {vertical-align: top; text-align: left;}
+    hr.dashed         {width: 100%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; border:none; border-bottom:1px dashed;}
+    hr.chapter        {width: 100%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em; border:none; border-bottom:1px dashed;}
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Under the Rebel's Reign, by Charles Neufeld
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Under the Rebel's Reign
+
+Author: Charles Neufeld
+
+Illustrator: Charles Sheldon
+
+Release Date: December 12, 2007 [EBook #23829]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Roberta Staehlin and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 383px;">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="383" height="532" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class='dashed' />
+
+<h1>UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN</h1>
+
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<span style='font-size: 1.8em;'>A STORY OF EGYPTIAN</span><br />
+<span style='font-size: 1.8em;'>REVOLT</span><br /><br />
+<span style='font-size: large'>BY</span><br />
+<span style='font-size: x-large;'>CHARLES NEUFELD</span><br /><br />
+<span style='font-size: large'>ILLUS<span style='font-size:smaller'><sup>D</sup></span> BY CHAS SHELDON</span>
+</p>
+
+<hr class='dashed' />
+
+<p style="text-align: center">
+<span style='font-size: small;'>Under the Rebels Reign</span><br />
+<span style='font-size: small;'>Copyright 1900 <span class="smcap">Charles Neufeld</span></span>
+</p>
+
+<hr class='dashed' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 377px;">
+<a name="linktoimage1" id="linktoimage1"></a>
+<img src="images/i001.jpg" width="377" height="600" alt="&quot;His eyes rested on the motionless figure of an Arab standing in the centre of the room.&quot;"  title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;His eyes rested on the motionless figure of an
+Arab standing in the centre of the room.&quot; </span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='dashed' />
+
+<h2 class='toc'><a name='Contents' id='Contents'></a>CONTENTS</h2>
+<table border='0' width='500' cellpadding='2' cellspacing='0' summary='Contents' style='font-variant:small-caps; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto'>
+<col style='width:10%;' />
+<col style='width:2%;'  />
+<col style='width:78%;' />
+<col style='width:10%;' />
+<tr>
+<td align='right'><span style='font-size:x-small'>CHAP.</span></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td align='right'><span style='font-size:x-small'>PAGE</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>I.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A QUARREL AND A FIGHT</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_I'>1</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>II.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>DOWN THE DANUBE</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_II'>12</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>III.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A SURPRISE AND A REVELATION</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_III'>24</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>IV.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>THE PARTING OF FRIENDS</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_IV'>35</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>V.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>HELMAR TO THE RESCUE</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_V'>45</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>VI.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A TIGHT CORNER</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_VI'>59</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>VII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A GOOD SAMARITAN</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_VII'>68</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>VIII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>AN ENCOUNTER ON THE NILE</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_VIII'>83</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>IX.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>THE REIGN OF TERROR IN ALEXANDRIA</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_IX'>94</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>X.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>THE MEETING OF FRIENDS</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_X'>106</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XI.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A MYSTERIOUS MESSENGER</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XI'>117</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>THE NEW OCCUPATION</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XII'>131</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XIII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>HELMAR PROVES HIS METAL</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XIII'>144</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XIV.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>THE REGIMENTAL COOK</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XIV'>154</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XV.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>ON PATROL</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XV'>164</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XVI.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'> WE MEET AGAIN</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XVI'>178</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XVII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'> HAKESH THE PRIEST</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XVII'>193</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XVIII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>BEHIND PRISON BARS</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XVIII'>205</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XIX.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>THE ESCAPE</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XIX'>215</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XX.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'> ARABI PASHA</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XX'>225</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XXI.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>TO CAIRO AGAIN</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXI'>237</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XXII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>HORROR</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXII'>249</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XXIII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>IN THE HANDS OF THE PHILISTINES</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXIII'>261</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XIV.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A FRIEND INDEED</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXIV'>272</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XV.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>NAOUM PLANS</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXV'>284</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XVI.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A DASH FOR LIBERTY</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXVI'>297</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XVII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>ACROSS THE DESERT</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXVII'>308</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XVIII.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>MEETING OF FRIENDS AND CAPTURE OF ARDEN</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXVIII'>322</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XIX.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>TO DEATH OR GLORY</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXIX'>334</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdright'>XXX.</td>
+  <td></td>
+  <td class='tdleft'>CAIRO SAVED AND HELMAR'S REWARD</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#CHAPTER_XXX'>346</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<hr class='dashed' />
+
+<h2 class='toc'>LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+<table border='0' width='500' cellpadding='2' cellspacing='0' summary='List of Illustrations' style='margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto'>
+<col style='width:90%;' />
+<col style='width:10%;' />
+<tr>
+  <td align='right' colspan='2'><span style='font-size:x-small'>PAGE</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"His eyes rested on the motionless figure of an
+Arab standing in the centre of the room"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><span style='margin-right:1em'><a href='#linktoimage1'><i>Frontispiece</i></a></span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The Duel</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage2'>1</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A visit to the Pyramids</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage3'>11</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Camping on the banks of the Danube</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage4'>12</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Type of Egyptian</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage5'>23</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The accident on the Danube</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage6'>24</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>As the leader made an attempt to get over the bough, Helmar swung his heavy club at him</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage7'>27</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Helmar in Alexandria</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage8'>35</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Type of gipsy</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage9'>44</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The man-hunt in the slums of Cairo</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage10'>45</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A pair of pistols</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage11'>58</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The capture of the spy</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage12'>59</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"Just as a hideous black wretch rushed at him, he fired point-blank"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage13'>66</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A Good Samaritan</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage14'>68</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>On the look-out</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage15'>83</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"Presently the firing re-commenced, and Naoum gave orders to attack"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage16'>90</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Helmar seeking shelter for the night</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage17'>94</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>View of the city</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage18'>105</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>In the Consul's office</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage19'>106</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>An Egyptian water-carrier</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage20'>116</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A hot pursuit</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage21'>117</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"Trapped, by Heavens!" shouted Helmar</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage22'>124</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A patriarch</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage23'>130</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Watching the looters</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage24'>131</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Sword and Fez</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage25'>143</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The task accomplished</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage26'>144</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"At last the gun reached the top"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage27'>151</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Helmar and the cook</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage28'>154</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Death of Brian</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage29'>164</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A mounted patrol</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage30'>177</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Face to face</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage31'>178</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do not choose to go?"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage32'>181</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A Dahab&icirc;eh</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage33'>192</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Helmar felled the Egyptian to the ground</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage34'>193</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Hustled into prison</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage35'>205</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to remain firm in its socket"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage36'>211</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>A race for life</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage37'>215</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Helmar before Arabi</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage38'>225</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Arden's agent at work.</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage40'>237</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Breakfast brought into prison</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage41'>249</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>In the place of torture</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage42'>261</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"He was already beyond crying out. All sense of
+  feeling had left him!"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#unavailable_illus'>270</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Under friendly care</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage43'>272</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Arden's disguise discovered</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage44'>284</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The guide leads the way</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage45'>297</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The flight over the plain</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage46'>308</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"The fight in the desert"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage39'>319</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The meeting of Osterberg and Helmar</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage47'>322</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>To save Cairo!</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage48'>334</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>"They rode straight for the citadel"</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage49'>344</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>The Sphinx</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage50'>345</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Approaching the city</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage51'>346</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+  <td class='tdleft'>Helmar's gratification</td>
+  <td class='tdright'><a href='#linktoimage52'>362</a></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class='dashed' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 392px;">
+    <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span>
+    <a name="linktoimage2" id="linktoimage2"></a>
+    <img src="images/i002.jpg" width="392" height="266" alt="UNDER THE REBEL&#39;S REIGN" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<div>
+    <h1>UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN</h1>
+    <h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>A QUARREL AND A FIGHT</p>
+
+<p>The Debating Society of the  Königsberg University was sitting. The
+subject for the occasion was of a trivial nature, but lent itself to
+keen and heated argument. The whole afternoon had been occupied with
+the speeches of the minor lights of the society, and now only the
+two opposing leaders remained to make their closing speeches before
+the division took place.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Young Osterberg, the leader of the "Ayes," rose to his feet. His
+remarks were sound and clear, and his arguments, to many,
+conclusive. After he had occupied the attention of the assembly for
+nearly twenty minutes, he sat down amidst the plaudits of his own
+side, to await the speech from the leader of the Opposition.</p>
+
+<p>At that moment a voice, distinctly audible above the buzz of
+conversation that followed, spoke in a loud, unpleasant tone,
+evidently intended for the whole room to hear.</p>
+
+<p>"'Tis a pity certain positions are not filled by fellows capable of
+thinking and arguing logically. Such rot I have never before
+listened to. Come, Maurice, let us go to the club rooms, we shall
+find better entertainment there." And the two men rose from their
+seats and moved towards the door.</p>
+
+<p>Before they reached it the voice of the President stopped them, and
+in sharp, incisive tones called them to order.</p>
+
+<p>"Such words," he said, "are against the rules of the society and
+must be withdrawn, or the laws which govern the Association will be
+enforced and the speaker's name struck off the list of membership."</p>
+
+<p>John Landauer, the man who had uttered the offensive words, turned
+on hearing the President's mandate. With flashing eyes he glanced in
+the direction of Osterberg.</p>
+
+<p>"My words may have been untimely as uttered in this room, and for
+that I apologize; but my<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span> opinion of the last speaker, friend
+Osterberg, remains the same, and what I am not allowed to express
+here I shall take the earliest opportunity of doing elsewhere."</p>
+
+<p>He turned, and, followed by the youth he had addressed as Maurice,
+left the room.</p>
+
+<p>An ominous murmur went round the room as the door closed behind
+them, and an air of suppressed resentment pervaded the place. One
+and all felt that an insult had been offered to Osterberg, an insult
+which they knew, since he was a theological student, he would be
+unable to respond to in the customary manner. However, the
+expression of the young student's face, usually so kindly, indicated
+that the altercation had not yet ended.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the debate was over, a general adjournment to the club
+followed. Osterberg was one of the first to reach it.</p>
+
+<p>He found Landauer playing billiards with his companion Maurice.
+Stepping up to him, he eyed him sternly from head to foot.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, Landauer, for your opinion of my ability," he said,
+evidently with difficulty repressing a desire to indulge in personal
+violence, "it was a plucky remark of yours. Had I been studying for
+other than the ministry, you would not have dared to give it
+utterance. Bah! I appreciate a man, but you are a coward!"</p>
+
+<p>Landauer turned fiercely on the speaker.</p>
+
+<p>"Coward? It is not I who am the coward! I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span> do not take shelter under
+the cloak of the ministry, which forbids duels. You are the coward,"
+he went on, stepping towards him and snatching his cap from his
+head, "and I challenge you to prove my words false!"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke he flung the cap on the ground at Osterberg's feet, and
+defiantly awaited the outcome of his action. The challenge was a
+customary one amongst the students. The snatching Osterberg's cap
+from his head was the greatest insult Landauer could have offered
+him, and the bystanders wondered how it would be received.</p>
+
+<p>For a moment the young theological student stood as if in doubt. His
+lips twitched with indignation. There was no cowardice in his
+nature, but he knew the rigorous laws which governed his studies. On
+the one hand, if he refused to accept the challenge, the stigma of
+cowardice would stick to him all his life, and on the other, he
+would have to give up his profession if he should have a scar
+inflicted under such circumstances. Human nature conquered, and he
+was about to return insult for insult, when a firm, strong hand was
+laid on his shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>"One moment," said a voice, in passionless even tones, "I have
+something to say to our friend here."</p>
+
+<p>The speaker calmly strode up to the bullying Landauer, and, with his
+open hand, struck him across the face.</p>
+
+<p>"You wish to quarrel? Very well, now is your<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> opportunity. You have
+insulted not only our friend Osterberg, but the Debating Society of
+which I am a member. These things cannot go unnoticed. Apparently
+you selected Osterberg as a butt for your insults, knowing that,
+from the nature of his studies, he could not retaliate in the usual
+manner; but such cowardly bullying shall not be passed over, you
+shall account to me for your caddish behaviour."</p>
+
+<p>The challenge was so startlingly sudden, that Landauer had no answer
+ready to give, but with rage and mortification expressed in every
+feature he fumbled in his pocket for a card. At last he drew one
+out, and with all the bombast he could summon on the spur of the
+moment, he scribbled the name of a friend upon it, and threw it on
+the table.</p>
+
+<p>"You shall hear from me to-morrow," he cried, between his teeth.</p>
+
+<p>His opponent smiled as he picked the card up; then, with the same
+deliberation, he replaced it with one of his own.</p>
+
+<p>"Good," he said. "This is my affair now, and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"I'll give you a lesson, Mr Helmar, that you won't have time to
+forget." And Landauer, flinging his billiard cue on the table,
+strode from the room.</p>
+
+<p>"Well done, Helmar!" "Good luck to you!" and such-like exclamations
+of approval filled the room as the door closed behind Landauer. Some
+of the students, however, blamed Helmar for what they termed his
+foolhardiness in interfering. But<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span> the majority applauded his
+action, and wished him every success.</p>
+
+<p>Landauer was well known to be an expert swordsman, and had been
+victorious in several duels. Helmar, on the other hand, was entirely
+unknown in the use of the weapon, and was naturally pitied by his
+comrades. But the students admired bravery, especially when in a
+good cause. In this case they unanimously condemned Landauer's
+conduct in selecting Osterberg for the object of his assault.</p>
+
+<p>"The fellow's a bully, whatever else he is, and no doubt thought his
+insult would go unchallenged. But there, the thing's done now, and I
+do not regret my action in the least. He must get satisfaction from
+me, if he wants it."</p>
+
+<p>George Helmar was a quiet youth, of studious habits. A young man of
+seventeen, he had the reputation of being a hard worker, and had
+none of the quarrelsome spirit such as his adversary possessed. The
+thin, determined face, with its square jaw and keen grey eyes, the
+great loose shoulders and powerfully developed limbs might have told
+more careful observers than his fellow-students that underneath that
+calm exterior a latent power existed, which Landauer had best not
+underrate.</p>
+
+<p>He had been brought up in the country, where his father practised
+medicine. There all his leisure had been spent in manly sports,
+riding, running,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span> shooting, fencing; all these things he had gone in
+for as a boy, with the result that the town-bred Landauer, though an
+expert swordsman, was not, as regards physical training, to be
+compared with him.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar hoped at some future date to succeed his father in his
+practice, and to that end had worked hard, using, as a matter of
+fact, the University recreation rooms and grounds very little. It
+was, therefore, not strange that his companions should doubt his
+ability to meet his adversary with any chance of success.</p>
+
+<p>It is often small things that alter the course of a man's life, and
+so it was with Helmar. What he thought to be but a mere incident in
+his career turned out to be the cross-roads of his existence.</p>
+
+<p>During the time which elapsed before the duel, he pursued his
+studies in the same indomitable fashion, considering but little of
+his chances, assuring himself only of the justness of his cause.</p>
+
+<p>His friend Osterberg, however, was greatly concerned, and passed
+many sleepless nights weighing the possibilities of what might
+happen. Although he was to become a clergyman, and duelling was
+forbidden him, he nevertheless had plenty of fight in him, and many
+times wished that he could relieve his friend of the self-imposed
+risk he was taking on his behalf.</p>
+
+<p>Landauer, on the other hand, had too much of the vanity of the bully
+to cause him any uneasiness. He was confident of his own superiority
+over<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span> Helmar, and discussed his inevitable success wherever
+opportunity arose.</p>
+
+<p>The day at last arrived, and early in the morning the combatants met
+at the appointed place. Doctor Hertz was in attendance, and as the
+two young men stripped and stood grasping the hilts of their swords,
+he eyed them critically.</p>
+
+<p>Landauer he passed over with a glance, his neat, lithe figure was
+quite familiar to him, he knew his powers to a fraction, and was
+perfectly aware that he would give a good account of himself.</p>
+
+<p>With George Helmar it was different. He had never seen him
+before&mdash;it was his first appearance in the duelling world. The
+doctor's critical glance quickly turned into one of admiration. The
+tall, loose figure, though perhaps not beautiful in an artistic
+sense, pleased him greatly. Helmar's back and chest were ribbed with
+beautifully developed muscles, while his long, sinewy arms hung
+loosely at his sides, their very pose indicating to his practised
+eye their perfect suppleness.</p>
+
+<p>The old doctor liked what he saw in the new candidate, and a grim
+smile played over his face as the word of command was given.</p>
+
+<p>The spot was a solitary one. The common that had been selected was
+well away from the University, and admirably adapted to an encounter
+such as this. The trees in the background sheltered the combatants
+from observation in one direction, but for the rest the common lay
+open and uninviting,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span> and the chill morning air blowing across it
+made the onlookers think longingly of their beds.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding this, every eye was riveted on the duellists. No
+thought of the fact that probably one of the men would be carried
+lifeless from the spot detracted from their interest in the
+encounter. They loved a fight, it was their nature; and, rain or
+snow, wind or hail, they would watch it to the bitter end.</p>
+
+<p>At first the two young men fought cautiously, their heavy sabres
+flashing and glinting in the morning light as they thrust and
+parried with lightning rapidity. Later on Landauer seemed inclined
+to attack, and his blows on Helmar's weapon rang out in quick
+succession. Acting purely on the defensive, the latter parried the
+onslaught with an ease that puzzled and angered his opponent, until
+incautiously he fell into the trap by redoubling his attack. Helmar
+had reckoned on this. He hoped soon to tire the bully out, and a
+faint smile passed over his face, as with a head parry he stayed a
+terrific blow from his fiery antagonist.</p>
+
+<p>Whether it was the smile, or a sense of caution previously unheeded,
+is doubtful; but Landauer evidently saw his mistake and endeavoured
+to remedy it by defensive tactics. It was too late. He had already
+begun to tire, while Helmar was still fresh. Seeing his opportunity,
+the latter pressed his advantage with the utmost cleverness. Without
+giving his opponent time to recover, he came at him with a rapidity
+that fairly astonished everybody,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> never wasting any power on a
+stroke which he knew would be parried. Sparks flew from their
+swords, as with the agility of a swordsman only in the highest stage
+of training he fought, bearing his opponent back with his lightning
+thrusts.</p>
+
+<p>It was a fine sight. The whole thing seemed little more than play to
+him, while his antagonist was already breathing hard and showing
+signs of fatigue.</p>
+
+<p>In the third round Helmar received a slight wound in the face, and
+the sight of the blood made the onlookers think that he was tiring
+too. But they didn't know their man. He had a big reserve of power
+which, as yet, he had not exerted; but he knew the game was in his
+own hands, and was prolonging the bully's punishment.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Landauer made a ferocious attack, and in doing so for a
+moment drove the other back. His advantage was but momentary, for in
+an unguarded moment he had left himself badly open. With no real
+intention of doing him very serious harm, Helmar lunged out, and his
+sabre passed down Landauer's right cheek to his left shoulder, and
+he fell back on the grass with a terribly ugly wound.</p>
+
+<p>The duel was over, and the bully punished. The spectators rushed to
+express their admiration to the victor and congratulate him on his
+success, but he would have none of it, and hurriedly went to the
+assistance of his late foe.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The doctor examined the wound and looked very grave. In response to
+his inquiries, he told Helmar that he could not yet express an
+opinion, but the case was serious, and the wounded man must be at
+once taken to the hospital.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar turned to his friend Osterberg.</p>
+
+<p>"Come," said he, "this place is hateful to me. If I have killed him
+I shall never forgive myself." He put on his coat and went back to
+his house.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage3" id="linktoimage3"></a>
+<img src="images/i003.jpg" width="400" height="337" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+    <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>
+    <a name="linktoimage4" id="linktoimage4"></a>
+    <img src="images/i004.jpg" width="396" height="233" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>DOWN THE DANUBE</p>
+
+<p>After the duel Helmar endeavoured to return to his studies as
+before, but it was with a sore heart and a disturbed mind that he
+applied himself to his "Materia Medica." Each day he anxiously
+inquired after the wounded man, each night in the quiet of his room
+he prayed earnestly that Landauer's life might be spared.</p>
+
+<p>Charlie Osterberg was now his constant companion, and tried by every
+means in his power, but without avail, to cheer his friend and
+distract his mind from the gloom and despondency that had taken hold
+of him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was on the evening of the fourth day since the duel, young
+Osterberg, after a visit to the wounded man, returned hastily to
+George's rooms.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar looked up as his friend entered.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what news? No, never mind, I read it in your face," he said,
+as he noticed Charlie's pallor and troubled face. "He is dead?"</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>"Not as bad as that, thank God, but I fear he cannot live. Dr. Hertz
+was there when I arrived, and before I left, he said the patient was
+rapidly sinking, and that it was only a question of forty-eight
+hours; but," he added hurriedly, as he noticed the horrified
+expression of the listener's face, "he also told me to say to you
+that, should he die, you will in no way be blamed. You cannot be
+held responsible. Had you not wounded him, he would probably have
+killed you."</p>
+
+<p>His friend paid no heed to these consoling words, but, resting his
+face on his hand, gazed out of the window lost in deep thought.</p>
+
+<p>Receiving no reply, Charlie stepped towards him, and, laying his
+hand gently on his shoulder, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Cheer up, George, this affair is through no fault of yours. If
+anybody's, the blame is mine. I should have known better than to
+have noticed his words, but&mdash;&mdash;" And he broke off with a troubled
+look in his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, Charlie, no blame attaches to you or,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> for that matter, to
+me. According to the duelling laws of the country we are in the
+right&mdash;it isn't that. You don't understand."</p>
+
+<p>He paused for a moment, then suddenly looked up into the anxious
+young face at his side.</p>
+
+<p>"Charlie, are you very keen to remain here and continue your work?"</p>
+
+<p>"I ought to," he replied doubtfully. "My parents have been so good
+to me and are so anxious that I should do well in my examinations.
+But why?"</p>
+
+<p>"The thing is as plain as daylight," said Helmar, as if arguing with
+himself. "I cannot ever face my people again. How would it be
+possible for me to go to them with blood on my hands? No, a thousand
+times, no! I am a homicide morally, no matter what the law may
+countenance. It is a barbarous custom, and one in which I can see no
+right. Oh! why did he not kill me?" And he turned despairingly to
+the window.</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg endeavoured to interrupt him, but he turned fiercely on
+his friend.</p>
+
+<p>"No, do not speak, my mind is made up. My studies are broken, I can
+never return to them again. My associations are distasteful, and I
+must get away. I shall go and leave it all. Go where I am not known.
+Yes, I shall go out into the world with the brand of Cain on me!"
+And he shook off Charlie's kindly touch, and paced up and down the
+room.</p>
+
+<p>For a moment or two the silence was only broken<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> by the sound of
+Helmar's rapid footfalls. Presently Charlie spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"You asked me, just now, if I were anxious to keep on with my work.
+What did you mean?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing, nothing," replied Helmar hurriedly. "I was wrong. What I
+do in the future must be by myself. I will bring no further trouble
+on those I love."</p>
+
+<p>Charlie's eyes brightened, and his face broke out into a smile.</p>
+
+<p>"I am going away, too. I realize that there is too much human nature
+in me for the Church. Why not let us go together? I don't mind where
+it is, anywhere will do for me. What do you say? Egypt, Japan,
+India, or America, it's all the same."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar paused in his walk, and looked hard at his young friend.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you mean that, or is it the outcome of what I said?"</p>
+
+<p>"I mean every word. My mind is as fully made up as yours, and, if
+you will let me, I will throw in my lot with yours. There is but one
+thing I ask; Mark Arden, my old work companion, wants to go with me,
+and I have agreed. May he accompany us?"</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly, the more the merrier," replied Helmar, his face lighting
+up as the prospect of getting away grew brighter. "But we must
+discuss ways and means. I intend to start to-morrow morning. Money
+with me is a little flush just now, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> to-night I intend to
+realize on all my books and instruments, which will add a bit more.
+You and Mark can do the same, and we'll leave for Vienna by the
+first train in the morning, and then down the Danube on to
+Constantinople, at which place we can decide our ultimate
+destination. How does that suit you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Admirably," said Charlie. "I will go and tell Mark." And he turned
+to leave the room.</p>
+
+<p>"Meet me here at ten to-night, and, in the meantime, sell all your
+superfluous property, and tell Mark to do the same."</p>
+
+<p>All the final arrangements were settled that night. One pawnshop, at
+least, did a good trade, and when the three adventurers at last
+turned into their beds, it was with the knowledge that all the world
+was before them, with a totally inadequate capital to see them on
+their way. Health, strength, and inexperience is a grand stimulant
+to hope, and the three young men only looked on the bright side of
+the future.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar knew very little of Mark Arden; he had met him a few times
+with Osterberg, but he had no idea of the man's character. This,
+however, did not trouble him. In his open-hearted, manly way he
+trusted to his friend's judgment. In this he was wrong. Osterberg
+was a simple fellow, believing good of every one, and Mark, with a
+tact born of a scheming mind, had fostered this trust in him,
+carefully keeping hidden any of his doings which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> might open his
+friend's eyes. His object, so far, was not quite clear even to
+himself, but when it was settled that they were to journey together,
+he realized the benefit of what he had done.</p>
+
+<p>He was a peculiar fellow; not absolutely bad, so far as was known,
+but with a character capable of developing in accordance with
+whatever surroundings in which he found himself. His main object in
+life was self. He cared nothing for study, although he was decidedly
+clever, and he saw in this adventure a means of starting out on a
+career where his own innate smartness might be given full play, and
+very likely earn for him a fortune. How he succeeded we shall see.</p>
+
+<p>On the second day Vienna was reached. The excitement of this plunge
+into the world of adventure was still upon them. Helmar and
+Osterberg had written to their respective parents explaining what
+they had done, and giving their reasons for their actions. Mark
+Arden had carefully abstained from leaving any trace of his
+whereabouts, he had made up his mind to await developments.</p>
+
+<p>Many suggestions were offered as a means of reaching Constantinople,
+but Helmar, who was looked upon as the head of the expedition,
+passed them all by as being of too expensive a nature, and kept to
+his original plan of securing a boat and doing the journey down the
+Danube. He argued it was cheaper and more in accordance with the
+adventurous career they proposed. By this means<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> they would harbour
+their little stock of money, and as both Mark and Charlie possessed
+little more than would carry them to Constantinople, the plan was
+adopted.</p>
+
+<p>Their object now was to secure a boat, and they at once set about
+finding a boatman who could supply this need. Mark knew Vienna well,
+and acted as pilot in their search; but for a long time they were
+unsuccessful. None of the boatmen wished to sell their craft, and,
+as hiring was of no use to the adventurers, they had to search
+elsewhere.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we have interviewed every boatman on the river," said Mark.
+"The only thing to do now is to visit an old boat-builder I know of
+in another quarter of the town. He deals in second-hand craft, and
+is very likely to be able to accommodate us."</p>
+
+<p>"Right you are," said Helmar. "Lead the way, and unless he is a
+Shylock I dare say we shall be able to strike a bargain with him."</p>
+
+<p>The three friends proceeded at once to the place, and they found the
+old man busy painting a canoe he had just built. He looked up as
+they entered, and, recognizing Mark, nodded familiarly.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-morning, Jacob," said Arden. "Nice little craft that. Built to
+order?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied the Jew, eyeing his visitors narrowly. "But vat can I
+do for you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, look here," put in Helmar, "we want a small single sail boat.
+Not a new one&mdash;anything<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> will do. We are going for a trip down the
+river, but in case of accidents we want to buy it. Can you find us
+one?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ach, mein tear young frients, I have de very ting, but how much
+vill you pay?"</p>
+
+<p>"We are not particularly flush," said Mark, who was appointed chief
+haggler. "Where's the boat, and how much do you want for it?"</p>
+
+<p>"De poat is in de water, but I vill hab it prought to de
+landing-stage for you to zee."</p>
+
+<p>A boatman was sent out to bring in the boat in question, and after a
+careful scrutiny the trio of adventurers decided it would do, and
+determined to purchase it, if they could get it at a fair price.</p>
+
+<p>The process of beating the Jew down was no easy task, but Mark
+seemed quite equal to the wiles of the Israelite, and eventually the
+bargain was struck, the purchase effected, and the money handed
+over.</p>
+
+<p>"It's all right enough," said Mark, as they waited whilst the old
+Jew went to his office to write out the receipt; "the old man is a
+hard nut to crack, but he's honest, and the boat that he has sold us
+looks all he has represented it."</p>
+
+<p>Old Jacob soon returned, and the boat was duly handed over.</p>
+
+<p>For the next two or three hours the process of stocking the craft
+with provisions was gone through, and it was late at night when
+everything was in readiness for the start. The three companions
+slept aboard, and at daylight the next morning cast off<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span> their
+moorings and started on their career in the world.</p>
+
+<p>When they said good-bye to Vienna, it was a bright spring morning,
+and their feelings were in accord with the fresh appearance of the
+world. No thoughts or anticipations of how their varying fortunes
+might be marred troubled for one instant their youthful minds. Their
+hearts were full of hope and the overweening vanity and
+self-confidence of their years. The East, to them, was paved with
+gold. Troubles looked like the necessary things to be combatted
+fearlessly to reach the success that must await them beyond; life,
+indeed, was one rosy, golden, glorious dream. The stern realities
+were to come: when their fortitude would be tried, when all that was
+manly, or otherwise, in them would be brought out, and they would
+show of what manner of stuff they were made.</p>
+
+<p>The first two or three weeks of the journey passed uneventfully, the
+wind was in the right direction, and they glided smoothly along the
+waters of the great and glorious Danube.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the sun was sinking one night towards the end of the third
+week, they found that the river passed through a dense forest, and
+decided by way of a change, instead of passing the night in the boat
+as they had done up till then, to moor her to the bank, and, under a
+canopy of thick bush, sleep on the bosom of mother earth.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar at once steered for the bank, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span> party landed. Drawing
+the boat up out of the water, they pitched their camp and prepared
+their evening meal.</p>
+
+<p>When they were seated round their fire, the conversation turned upon
+their plans for the future.</p>
+
+<p>"We had better decide now," said Helmar, "as to where we shall make
+for when we reach Constantinople. Let's hear what you have to say,
+Charlie."</p>
+
+<p>"Whatever you propose will do for me. Mark, here, prefers Japan, but
+I am not altogether sure that it will be best."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, it will be," broke in Mark, in decisive tones. "There's a
+future in Japan second to none. The chance for enterprise is great
+there, and, besides, if a man has anything in him he can worm
+himself into Government circles, and that means a fortune."</p>
+
+<p>"Personally I'm in favour of Egypt," said Helmar, quietly. "Japan no
+doubt is promising enough, but if you only stop to think for a
+moment, Mark, you will realize that your capital is not sufficient
+to carry you there." And he eyed the other keenly.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course my capital isn't large, but I understood we were working
+on a common purse, and you, Helmar, have ample."</p>
+
+<p>"True enough," said Helmar, looking up the stream towards the rosy
+sunset, "but I am not going to waste it all on travelling. We shall
+need something to keep us until we get work."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, very well," said Mark, shrugging his shoulders in a
+discontented fashion. "Then I suppose as you want us to go to Egypt,
+that will have to be our destination; but, I can tell you, I didn't
+expect this sort of thing."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps not," replied Helmar, quietly. "But I'm not a fool, and
+intend going wherever our means will carry us best. Eh, Charlie?"
+turning to Osterberg.</p>
+
+<p>"You're right, it's no use wasting our capital. Hark! what's that?"</p>
+
+<p>The three men listened intently. There was the sound of voices not
+far from where they sat.</p>
+
+<p>"By Jove, we must be near a road," said Helmar, as the sound grew
+louder. "I'm going to reconnoitre."</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, let me go!" said the other two in a breath.</p>
+
+<p>Without waiting for reply they darted off into the bush, and Helmar
+was left to himself. For some moments he gave himself up to
+surmising the origin of the sounds he now heard distinctly. As they
+came nearer he could distinguish the language in which the voices
+spoke, and with an exclamation of anxiety, he recognized it.</p>
+
+<p>"Gipsies, by Jove! There'll be trouble if they come across those
+fellows," he muttered. "I must go and find them."</p>
+
+<p>There was reason for his anxiety. In these parts the gipsies were
+practically brigands, and would rob<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> and even murder without the
+least compunction. In recognizing the language Helmar had realized a
+danger for which he had in no wise prepared. He wondered if they had
+discovered the camping-ground. Suddenly he thought of the fire, and
+feared the smoke from it might have betrayed their whereabouts.
+However, in case it had not, he was determined to guard against such
+a possibility, and immediately poured some water on it.</p>
+
+<p>Looking round, his eye chanced on a heavy branch of a tree, which
+had been brought in for fire-wood; breaking a substantial limb off
+it, he quickly trimmed it into a heavy club.</p>
+
+<p>Giving one last look round he slipped off his coat, and, armed with
+his formidable weapon, darted into the bush, following in the
+footsteps of his companions as best he could.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage5" id="linktoimage5"></a>
+<img src="images/i005.jpg" width="400" height="384" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage6" id="linktoimage6"></a>
+<img src="images/i006.jpg" width="400" height="208" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>A SURPRISE AND A REVELATION</p>
+
+<p>Helmar had not proceeded more than fifty yards when his worst fears
+were realized. He had dodged his way along the tortuous footpath
+until, nearing an open space, he saw ahead of him his companions
+surrounded by a small group of dusky, evil-looking men.</p>
+
+<p>"Gipsies!" he exclaimed, and counted six of them, all armed with
+heavy sticks, and with knives stuck in their belts. Their voices
+were raised to a high pitch, and, jabbering in infuriated tones,
+they flourished their weapons in the faces of their two prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar stood gazing at them for a few seconds. Suddenly he saw one
+of the men, judging by his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span> size the leader, step up to Mark and
+make as though to search him. The instant his hand touched him,
+Mark's fist shot out like lightning, and striking the fellow on the
+point of the chin, felled him to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>This was the signal for a general <i>m&ecirc;l&eacute;e</i>. George caught a glimpse
+of steel as the men closed on their victims, then without waiting
+for anything further, he gave one ringing cheer, and bounding into
+the open, brandished his club aloft as he dashed into the struggling
+mob.</p>
+
+<p>The suddenness of his attack for an instant paralyzed the would-be
+murderers, and ere they had time to recover, he was laying about him
+with all the power at his command. In a moment two men fell, and as
+their heavy sticks slipped from their hands, Mark and Charlie seized
+them and ranged themselves at Helmar's side.</p>
+
+<p>The fight now waxed furious, the odds were heavily against the
+adventurers, and the issue looked doubtful. The noise had brought
+another man on the scene, and Helmar saw that to save themselves he
+must resort to strategy.</p>
+
+<p>Singling out one man, he attacked him with such agility and force
+that he gradually beat him back from the rest. The new-comer seeing
+this, went to the fellow's assistance and endeavoured to stab our
+hero from behind. George, however, was not to be caught napping.
+Redoubling his exertions and by constantly dodging he kept his
+adversaries<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> in front of him, until, at last, he succeeded in
+dealing the man a terrible blow on his shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>Down he went with a crash, and the other, fearing a similar fate,
+fled precipitately into the bush. Helmar now turned to see how his
+companions fared.</p>
+
+<p>The odds here were three to two, and his friends were keeping the
+men at bay. Without a moment's hesitation, George rushed into the
+fray, and, setting to work with a will, quickly stretched one of the
+gipsies out, whereupon the others beat a hasty retreat.</p>
+
+<p>"Quick, boys, make for the river before they come on again! They
+haven't done with us yet! Follow me!" And he led the way into the
+path by which he had come.</p>
+
+<p>Mark and Charlie needed no second bidding, but followed as swiftly
+as their legs could carry them. They were not a moment too soon, for
+as they disappeared into the bush, the brigands, further reinforced,
+again appeared on the scene.</p>
+
+<p>It now became a question as to whether they could reach the boat in
+time to get it into the water before the enemy were upon them.
+Helmar calculated this as he sped along, and quickly realized that
+the task would be hopeless. Calling to his friends, he told them to
+run on and launch the boat, and he would join them as soon as it was
+accomplished.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage7" id="linktoimage7"></a>
+<img src="images/i007.jpg" width="400" height="594" alt="&quot;As the leader made an attempt to get over the bough,
+Helmar swung his heavy club at him.&quot; p. 27" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;As the leader made an attempt to get over the bough,
+Helmar swung his heavy club at him.&quot; p. 27</span>
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But," said Charlie, "you cannot face them single-handed. Let Mark
+go to the boat, and I will remain with you."</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, run on for your lives and mine. When the boat is launched,
+keep her a few yards out from the bank and wait for me. Hurry up;
+here they come."</p>
+
+<p>Thus exhorted, Mark and Osterberg ran on without further demur, and
+Helmar followed them until he reached the edge of the camping-ground.
+Here he seized the bough from which he had broken his club, and
+flung it across the pathway, and stood waiting the approach of the
+brigands.</p>
+
+<p>In a moment the leader came up, and, seeing the resolute Helmar
+awaiting him on the other side of the barrier, he paused. It was
+only momentary, however, and as the rest of the gipsies joined him,
+the whole party, now six in number, rushed at the solitary defender.</p>
+
+<p>In that momentary pause, however, Helmar had heard the crunching
+sound of the boat sliding into the water, followed by the welcome
+shout of "all right" from his friends. He intended to hold the men
+at bay for just a few moments longer, so as to give his companions
+time to get well into the stream. The charge of the gipsies in a
+body was evidently intended to overwhelm him by numbers. As the
+leader made an attempt to get over the bough, Helmar swung his heavy
+club at him, and the fellow fell back. Then, seeing another clear
+his obstruction to his right, and not having time to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span> defend himself
+from his attack, he flung his trusty weapon at him and, turning, ran
+towards the river. Without pausing to see if he was pursued, he
+plunged headlong into the river, and struck out from the shore.</p>
+
+<p>Everything had worked beautifully. As he came to the surface and
+looked round, he saw the boat at a safe distance from the shore, and
+he swam quickly towards it. Reaching it his companions quickly
+hauled him aboard, and, looking towards the bank, he saw the
+brigands standing at the water's edge wildly gesticulating and
+shouting execrations at the top of their voices.</p>
+
+<p>"They seem pretty wild," ventured Osterberg, as the boat quickly
+widened the distance from the shore, "you just came in the nick of
+time, George; I believe they intended killing us."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, you fellows should have waited, instead of rushing off as you
+did to see who they were. Confound it, I've lost my coat, to say
+nothing of cooking utensils; however, it's all over now. We've had a
+lucky escape; I hope it'll be a lesson."</p>
+
+<p>They quickly set sail, and decided to keep on their way all that
+night rather than risk such another encounter. Mark said little
+about it, except to bemoan the fact that they would in future have
+to sleep in the boat, a proceeding which had become particularly
+distasteful to him.</p>
+
+<p>After this the journey went on without incident. They passed the
+cataracts in safety and on to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> Belgrade, at which point they
+encountered a series of rapids. The river here was shut in by lofty
+hills on either side, and was strewn with rocky shoals of limestone,
+crystalline, and granite, so that the greatest care had to be
+observed in navigating them. After many anxious hours, the last of
+these was passed and they began to near their journey's end.</p>
+
+<p>Altogether they had been a month in their little craft, and the
+monotony of it all, in spite of the beautiful scenery and
+picturesque country through which they passed, was beginning to tell
+on the voyagers. They were becoming irritable and pettish. Mark
+Arden had on several occasions made himself particularly
+disagreeable&mdash;airing his views as to the wanton waste of time which
+their journey had been, in no very measured terms.</p>
+
+<p>"What did you expect?" asked George, on one of these occasions. "Did
+you think we were going for a picnic? Or did you think some one
+would pull us along? It's no use complaining now. Look at it in a
+philosophical light. See what a splendid experience it is for us! It
+will harden us for what may be in front of us."</p>
+
+<p>"But it's such a dreary journey, no change, no variety, no
+amusement," grumbled Mark.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll admit it's a bit of a grind," chimed in Charlie. "But what
+change and variety is got out of it falls to you. You have your own
+way about provisions, and what is more, you always have the
+pleasant<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> journey into the villages to obtain them. Besides which,
+you frequently have the distinction of entertaining the company," he
+went on, in a jocular way. "For instance, I think it was as good as
+a play to see you yesterday with your rod, trying to catch our
+breakfast. If I hadn't been on the look-out, you'd have had George
+by the eye instead of the fish by the gills."</p>
+
+<p>"You shall try your hand at it to-morrow, and we'll see what a
+figure you'll cut," he said almost irritably.</p>
+
+<p>George got a little annoyed at this, and did not hesitate to show
+it.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm sure," he said, "we've given you all the best of it. The whole
+fact of the matter is, you are discontented already and ought to be
+back at the University, where you can get everything done for you.
+I'll tell you what it is, if you are going to make any more fuss,
+you'd better leave us and go back. I'm sick of it."</p>
+
+<p>"You needn't get in a huff," Mark replied, half apologetically; "a
+fellow couldn't help feeling the dreariness of this journey. There's
+nothing but this constant sitting in a boat and drifting down the
+river."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what more do you want?" said Charlie. "I'm sure I don't mind.
+This is a sort of paradise to what we shall probably have to go
+through."</p>
+
+<p>"I'll tell you what we'll do," said Helmar suddenly; "we are all a
+bit tired of the river. The next<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> decent town we come to we'll get
+out and take the train on to Varna. How'll that do?"</p>
+
+<p>His proposal was met with delight by both of his companions, and the
+surly Mark even cheered up. The thought of getting away from the
+boat overjoyed him, and he grumbled no more.</p>
+
+<p>Their journey, however, was to end sooner than they expected. They
+were fast nearing a big town when the wind, which was blowing very
+hard, suddenly changed its direction. As they rounded a bend in the
+river, it came down with a rush, and before they could throw their
+sail over to the other tack the boat capsized, and all three were
+struggling in the water.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was the best swimmer, and endeavoured to seize the boat, but
+it was swept along at such a rapid pace that he was unable to do so,
+and as he was about to follow it up a cry from Mark recalled him.</p>
+
+<p>Turning, he saw his companion entangled in some of the loose ropes
+trailing after the boat.</p>
+
+<p>It was with difficulty he extricated him, and by the time he had
+done so Mark was so exhausted with his struggles that the pursuit of
+the boat had to be abandoned, and the three made for the shore.</p>
+
+<p>Everything but Helmar's money was lost, and as they sat on the bank,
+shivering in their wet clothes, they gazed ruefully after the
+rapidly disappearing boat.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Helmar in resigned tones, "you've<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> got your wish,
+Arden, we must now find another means of conveyance, and in the
+meantime you will get a chance of stretching your legs."</p>
+
+<p>Arden didn't reply, and the trio got up and walked towards the
+distant town. Night was already closing in when they reached it, and
+cold, hungry, and tired, they hurried to the first inn that
+presented itself.</p>
+
+<p>Their clothes had almost dried on them, and so without bothering to
+have them put to the fire, they had supper and went to bed. The next
+morning at Helmar's suggestion they took the train to Varna on the
+Black Sea, determined, from there, to take ship to Constantinople.</p>
+
+<p>At Varna it became necessary for Helmar to change some of his money
+into Turkish currency.</p>
+
+<p>"I want you to get this money changed, Mark," said he, when they
+alighted from the train; "you are better able to do it than I, I do
+not understand the ways of these money bureaux. There is sure to be
+one somewhere handy. While you do this, Charlie and I will seek an
+hotel, and then return here and await you."</p>
+
+<p>He handed Arden some notes as he spoke, carefully counting them out
+to him lest he should make a mistake.</p>
+
+<p>"The exchequer is getting low," he went on, as he saw his companion
+pocket them; "that is half of my all, and is just sufficient to see
+us all three to Constantinople."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Is it as bad as that?" said Mark, looking keenly at Helmar as he
+spoke. "It's not a very lively look-out for us. Well, I'll meet you
+here in a couple of hours' time. I dare say by that time I shall
+have succeeded in changing them, and you in finding a suitable
+hotel." And he turned to go.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, we'll be here in the ticket-office when you return," Helmar
+called out after him; "don't be longer than you can help."</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he had gone, Charlie Osterberg and Helmar left in search
+of quarters.</p>
+
+<p>"This is the queerest place I was ever in, Helmar," said Charlie, as
+they turned into a narrow, unevenly-paved street. "These buildings
+all look as if they were about to collapse&mdash;and don't they look
+dirty!"</p>
+
+<p>"Eh? What was that you were saying?" replied his companion. "Oh,
+yes&mdash;the houses&mdash;'m, I dare say they aren't over-clean. I say,
+Charlie, I'm half sorry I sent Arden with that money, somehow I wish
+I'd gone myself."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, what do you mean? He'll change it right enough."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, he'll change it right enough&mdash;but&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"But what?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, nothing. Do you know, I don't care much about him, he's such a
+grumbler," he broke off lamely.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing more was said, and after a long hunt they at last discovered
+a hotel suitable to their means.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> It was a dingy-looking place, but,
+as Helmar said, "they couldn't live in a palace." Having struck a
+bargain with the proprietor they returned to the railway station in
+search of Mark.</p>
+
+<p>The ticket-office seemed quite deserted when they entered. One dim
+light illuminated the room, and they glanced round for their friend.
+There was no one there&mdash;evidently he had not yet succeeded in his
+task.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's go and wait outside," said Helmar, "the heat in here is
+stifling. I expect he's had a more difficult job than we
+anticipated."</p>
+
+<p>The two friends strolled from the office and sat down on a bench
+just outside. They had not been there for more than a minute, when a
+boy, dressed in half-European and half-native costume approached.</p>
+
+<p>"Excellency waits for his friend?" he asked in hesitating tones.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar eyed the youth up and down.</p>
+
+<p>"Well?" he said at last.</p>
+
+<p>"I have paper&mdash;what you call letter!"</p>
+
+<p>He handed a dirty envelope to Helmar, and bowing low, waited for the
+expected <i>douceur</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The letter was addressed to Helmar in Mark's handwriting. He tore it
+open and rapidly scanned the contents.</p>
+
+<p>"The scoundrel!" he cried, and flung the letter to Osterberg.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 394px;">
+    <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>
+    <a name="linktoimage8" id="linktoimage8"></a>
+    <img src="images/i008.jpg" width="394" height="380" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>THE PARTING OF FRIENDS</p>
+
+<p>Charlie picked up the letter and read it out.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>"<span class="smcap">Dear Helmar</span>,</p>
+
+<p>"I could not continue the journey as we have been going on. I did
+not want to rob you of your money, but you gave me the opportunity
+of borrowing sufficient to take me where I wish to go. At some
+future date I will return it with interest. Good-bye, and good luck
+to you. We shall meet again some day.</p>
+
+<p style="text-align:right; margin-right: 1em;">"<span class="smcap">Mark Arden</span>."</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>Having read and re-read the brief note, Osterberg silently returned
+it to his friend. His face wore a troubled expression, and, as soon
+as Helmar had paid the messenger, he burst out into a torrent of
+invective.</p>
+
+<p>"The lying scoundrel! Oh, George, I am so sorry I asked to bring
+him. It is all my fault&mdash;and I thought him honest. I can never
+forgive myself!" And the boy broke off, choking with anger and
+vexation.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind him," exclaimed George, placing the letter carefully in
+his pocket. "Some day, no doubt, we shall find him, and then&mdash;well,
+we shall see! In the meantime, I have still enough, with care, to
+take us to Egypt, and then we must trust to luck."</p>
+
+<p>They went to their hotel, sadder and wiser youths. The thought of
+Mark's treachery weighed more heavily on them than either cared to
+acknowledge. George, with the independence of character essentially
+his, was the first to throw the unpleasant feeling off. They were
+sitting in the little room they had rented, their frugal meal
+finished and thoughts of bed already possessing them. Suddenly
+Charlie looked over to his friend.</p>
+
+<p>"George, I'm going to stop in Constantinople for some time."</p>
+
+<p>"Why," exclaimed Helmar, "whatever for?"</p>
+
+<p>Charlie paused for a moment before answering.</p>
+
+<p>"It's no use beating about the bush. You have<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> scarcely enough money
+for yourself, and I've made up my mind that I will not sponge on
+you. I've thought it all out, and do not think there will be any
+difficulty in what I intend doing. You know I speak French and
+English well. My intention is to find employment in one of the
+banks, or big commercial houses, in Constantinople, and remain there
+until I have saved sufficient money to join you."</p>
+
+<p>"You'll do no such thing! It was agreed that you should share with
+me all that I have, and I want you to come. Now, don't be foolish,"
+as Charlie shook his head, "you <i>must</i> come!"</p>
+
+<p>"No, old fellow, I will not&mdash;at least, not yet. My mind is quite
+made up, so it is no use your frowning. I shall accept your
+hospitality as far as Constantinople, and then, for a few weeks, we
+must part."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar argued and tried to persuade, but all to no purpose; young
+Osterberg was as determined as he, and, on this particular point,
+nothing could move him. At length it was decided that they should
+journey, on the morrow, to Constantinople, whence George should sail
+at once for Alexandria, leaving his young friend at the Turkish
+capital.</p>
+
+<p>The following morning they went aboard the little coasting vessel,
+and were soon on the last stage of their journey together.</p>
+
+<p>On the way the two friends made the acquaintance of a doctor, who,
+discovering that Helmar was a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> medical student, took a keen interest
+in them. The medical man was an English army surgeon, and
+notwithstanding the difference of nationality his fancy was taken by
+the young adventurers, and, by the time they reached their
+destination, he had succeeded in discovering their intentions.</p>
+
+<p>During the voyage Helmar had been very useful to his new friend in
+assisting him in the case of one of the passengers who had been
+taken ill, and, in return, Dr. Frank Dixon determined to try and do
+something for him. One evening they were sitting in the cabin,
+talking.</p>
+
+<p>"Didn't you say our young friend here," said the doctor, indicating
+Charlie, "was going to remain in Constantinople if he could find
+employment?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," answered Helmar, with a grimace, "much against my will, that
+is his intention."</p>
+
+<p>"And a very laudable decision, too. I think it would be a great
+shame for him to let you spend what little money you have on
+anything but your own wants. Now, I may be of some help to him. I
+happen to be an intimate friend of the manager of one of the banks,
+and can give him a letter to him which, I feel sure, will secure him
+employment."</p>
+
+<p>"You are awfully kind," broke in Charlie. "If you could do so,
+without troubling yourself too much, it would save me a good many
+hardships, but I should never be able to thank you sufficiently."</p>
+
+<p>"Tut-tut," said the doctor, smiling at the eager young face before
+him, "it is nothing; besides, why<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span> should I not help you? I like
+your independent spirit, and feel sure you will not betray my
+confidence in you. Let me see, to-morrow we shall arrive. I'll tell
+you what to do. Array yourself in your best, and I will write the
+letter to-night and give it you before we land. I hope it may bring
+you the luck you deserve. As for you, Helmar," he went on, turning
+to the other, "you go on to Egypt. It will not be long before I am
+there too; we are bound therefore to meet, and then perhaps I may be
+of use to <i>you</i>. And now, good-night. I am going to turn in."</p>
+
+<p>The friends wished their benefactor good-night, and retired to their
+berths.</p>
+
+<p>In the morning they drew into the dock. The doctor, true to his
+promise, furnished Osterberg with a letter to the bank, to which
+place he at once proceeded. Helmar accompanied him to see how he
+fared.</p>
+
+<p>Their luck was in, the letter secured Charlie a berth as
+corresponding clerk, and Helmar, satisfied with his friend's
+success, went at once to the shipping office and took his passage to
+Alexandria.</p>
+
+<p>The boat started at three in the afternoon, and so the two friends
+spent their time in obtaining some new clothes for Osterberg, and
+generally fitting him to enter upon his clerical duties. As the time
+approached for Helmar's departure they made their way to the quay.</p>
+
+<p>"I cannot say how long I shall stay in Alexandria,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span> Charlie," said
+Helmar, "but I shall let you know of my movements. In the meantime,
+letters addressed to the Post Office will find me."</p>
+
+<p>The warning bell rang, and George hurriedly shook his companion by
+the hand.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall not be long in following you, old chap," said Charlie,
+pressing his friend's hand. "Give me a few weeks, or even a month or
+two, just long enough to get a little money together, and I'll be
+with you. Good-bye, and good luck."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar ran up the gangway. Reaching the deck, he turned and waved
+his hat while the moorings were cast off. Charlie stood watching the
+receding boat until it was out of sight.</p>
+
+<p>"There goes the man who has thrown up everything for me," he
+muttered, with a pained expression in his eyes. "I don't think he'll
+ever regret it. The greatest object of my life shall be to repay him
+tenfold!" And he turned away into the town.</p>
+
+<p>George Helmar did not pace the deck, as most modern heroes do, for
+his passage was steerage, and there was very little deck for him to
+promenade. Just at first he was low-spirited, he felt the loneliness
+of his own company, everything seemed different without the bright
+companionship of his friend beside him. He felt keenly leaving
+Europe, and all the associations of the land of his birth. He was
+going to a country of which he knew nothing; he was about to face
+adventures, the outcome of which<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> it would be impossible to
+anticipate. He might do well for himself, or on the contrary he
+might be a failure. All these things passed through his mind in the
+first few moments of depression that followed his departure, as he
+found himself cooped up in the unpleasant quarters of the steerage
+passengers.</p>
+
+<p>He was a man of strong determination, however, and quickly threw off
+his despondent mood, and busied himself with plans for the future.
+He pictured no glorious El Dorado in the country to which he was
+journeying&mdash;he was much too sensible. He was aware that he would
+have to work, and work hard, for whatever he was to make.</p>
+
+<p>One fact he had not passed idly by. He knew that trouble was brewing
+in Egypt; what it was he was not in a position to know. He had
+heard, vaguely, that at any moment fighting was likely to occur,
+and, if so, no doubt he would be in its midst; the very word "War"
+held out a world of hope to his adventurous spirit. In such times,
+he knew, there were no end of opportunities for the bold spirit,
+and, such being the case, he had no intention of letting any such
+chances pass unheeded.</p>
+
+<p>Thoughts of his father and others he had left behind frequently
+recurred to him, and he wondered what they would say of his doings.
+At last he decided to write to all those whom his departure had
+affected, and tell them everything as it had occurred. This done, he
+felt more at his ease, and he gave himself up to the enjoyment of
+the lovely<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> sea air as the vessel sped through the smooth, blue
+waters of the Mediterranean.</p>
+
+<p>At last land was sighted, and in a short time Helmar put his foot on
+Egyptian soil.</p>
+
+<p>The quay was thronged with a motley, dirty crew, evidently gathered
+there to await the arrival of the boat. The air was filled with the
+yelling and chattering of Arabs and negroes. The crowd was composed
+of all sorts of porters, hawkers offering their cheap wares for sale
+at exorbitant prices, dirty donkey boys with their wretched "mokes"
+looking even more starved and miserable than their owners. The
+dresses were of many kinds, and in a great variety of colours, from
+a dingy white to a bright scarlet. Close-fitting gowns and tunics,
+long, highly-coloured flowing robes, turbans, or semi-European
+clothing, with the usual Turkish fez, were scattered about in great
+profusion, and Helmar was glad to jostle his way through them to
+rest his eyes from the dazzling mixture. The many different tongues
+that caught his ear, as he made his way through the crowd, confused
+him terribly. Greek, Italian, French, English, Arabic, Turkish, and
+Persian, all shouting at once, as it seemed to him, jarred on his
+nerves, and he wondered if this pandemonium went on all over the
+town.</p>
+
+<p>Making his way from the docks, he wandered about from place to place
+in search of quarters.</p>
+
+<p>Failing to find what he wanted, he looked about for some
+likely-looking Europeans to whom he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> could appeal for guidance. He
+was chary of his countrymen abroad, and it was some time before he
+came across the man he desired.</p>
+
+<p>He was recommended to a certain Greek's house, and, after what
+seemed an interminable day, he found to his satisfaction that here
+he could make himself more or less comfortable.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning he set about finding work of some sort. He wandered
+about from street to street, gradually becoming more and more keenly
+interested in all he saw. First the inhabitants, then the buildings,
+attracted his attention. He watched the movements of the picturesque
+Egyptians, and was so taken with what he saw that, unconsciously, he
+found himself following them. This brought him again into the lower
+quarters of the town. The streets in this neighbourhood, whatever
+their redeeming charm, were certainly not to be recommended from any
+hygienic point of view, the smell being so bad that he quickly lost
+his interest in the wily native and hurriedly retraced his steps.
+Reaching the great square, the "Place des Consuls," with its
+masterful statue in the centre, he realized that the day was wearing
+on, and, instead of looking for work, he had been "doing" the city
+as a sightseer.</p>
+
+<p>"This will not do," he thought. "I cannot spend the whole day
+without result, my cash will soon give out. Cairo seems to my mind
+to be the place I want, this is too near the sea. Ah, yes, Cairo,
+Cairo!" he went on aloud, "that surely would suit<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span> my purpose
+better. Why not go there at once, while I have money enough to pay
+my way?"</p>
+
+<p>Once the thought possessed him it quickly became a fixed intention,
+and he hurried back to his room. Here he settled with the Greek, and
+then left at once for the railway station.</p>
+
+<p>The express was about to start, so purchasing a ticket he got
+aboard, and in a few moments was on his way to Cairo.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 366px;">
+<a name="linktoimage9" id="linktoimage9"></a>
+<img src="images/i009.jpg" width="366" height="433" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 395px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage10" id="linktoimage10"></a>
+<img src="images/i010.jpg" width="395" height="363" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>HELMAR TO THE RESCUE</p>
+
+<p>The third-class carriage in which George took his place was not the
+comfortable, up-to-date compartment to be found on European
+railways. At first glance it appeared to be more like a cattle-truck
+than anything else, except that it lacked the white-washed walls and
+healthy smell of such places.</p>
+
+<p>The "pen," as he designated it, was filled with a contingent of all
+classes of people, Egyptians predominating. The majority were
+squatting on their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> haunches on the floor, regardless of those who
+wished to move about, in an attitude reminding one for all the world
+of the "Dusky Red Man" of America holding a "pow-wow."</p>
+
+<p>Apparently this was the class principally catered for by the railway
+company, for George had observed before entering the train that the
+greater number of the carriages were labelled "third." In place of
+windows, these fearful and wonderful structures possessed iron bars
+placed horizontally along each side, still further likening them to
+cattle-vans.</p>
+
+<p>Amidst such cheerless surroundings Helmar slunk into a corner,
+whence he could observe the country through which the train passed.
+After leaving Alexandria the scenery became so interesting that he
+forgot the condition of the cars, forgot the whining crowd of
+mendicants, women and children, traders, etc., who were his
+fellow-passengers; he even forgot the noisome smell of the place, so
+taken up was he with the curious and novel scenes presented to his
+wondering gaze.</p>
+
+<p>The train sped past countless small villages, with their miniature
+dwellings around which gambolled little black, naked Egyptians,
+whose life apparently was a frolicsome pleasure. The larger towns,
+such as Kafr Dowar, Damanhour, Tarr&acirc;neh, El Wardan, with their
+monuments and minarets, presented the aspect of busy cities. Then on
+again, with the Nile on one side and the desert stretching further
+away on the other. As the journey neared its end the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> Arabian
+mountains came into view, whilst on the right, over the muddy banks
+of the river and across the plains, he saw the everlasting Pyramids.</p>
+
+<p>In this way he passed the weary hours of the journey, until at
+length he saw in the distance the Mokhattam hills, at the foot of
+which nestled the great Cairo he was bound for.</p>
+
+<p>His feelings when he first set foot in the city were mainly of
+intense relief at leaving the unwholesome car he had been travelling
+in; then, as he gazed admiringly at the Oriental buildings around
+him, they changed to those of satisfaction that he had reached the
+spot at last, where there was a reasonable possibility of making a
+start in his career for fortune. He looked upon the idea that had
+first induced him to leave Alexandria as an inspiration.</p>
+
+<p>He was not long in finding quarters, rough, it is true, but
+compatible with the means he was now reduced to. What little money
+still remained to him he calculated might, with care, last him a
+week, and, if he did not find work, at the end of that time he would
+be absolutely penniless.</p>
+
+<p>These conditions having occupied his attention for a time, he set
+about his quest for work at once. He had but vague ideas of how to
+conduct his search, but instinct told him that his best tactics
+would be to discover merchants of his own nationality, and try them
+first.</p>
+
+<p>With this object he walked about, carefully observing every business
+house he came across. His<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> wanderings took him through the broad
+streets of the medi&aelig;val quarter and along the principal boulevards
+until he reached the main street. Here he found what he sought&mdash;the
+European shops.</p>
+
+<p>He was not long before he came upon a German bookseller's, and, with
+his customary rapid decision, he entered and asked for the manager.
+The clerk to whom he addressed himself led the way to an inner
+office, where our hero was confronted with a little fat, bristly
+man, with a keen though kindly face of undoubted Teutonic type.
+Without pausing to consider his words, he plunged into the object of
+his visit.</p>
+
+<p>"I have just come from Europe, sir, and want work. Can you assist
+me?"</p>
+
+<p>"That depends," he answered quickly. "What can you do? Where do you
+come from, and what recommendations have you?"</p>
+
+<p>"I have no calling but that of medicine," replied Helmar with a
+sinking heart. "And I come from the K&ouml;nigsberg University. As for
+recommendations, I have none."</p>
+
+<p>"Um! Not much to apply for work with," grunted the little man. "But
+tell me," he went on, "you are a countryman of mine, and, if
+possible, I should like to help you. Why did you come out here?"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar then told him his whole story, disguising nothing; even going
+so far as to tell him who his father was. The little bookseller
+listened patiently<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> to all he had to say, and at the conclusion of
+his narrative rose from his chair and came towards him.</p>
+
+<p>"Your story seems to me a straight one, and you appear to be an
+open-hearted young man. I'll see what I can do for you. You say you
+speak and write English and French?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied George anxiously, "tolerably well."</p>
+
+<p>The man left his office for a few moments.</p>
+
+<p>Presently he returned. "I have a large catalogue to make out, which
+requires a knowledge of two or three languages. It will take three
+weeks or more to compile. If you like to undertake it, it will be a
+means of keeping you until you can find something better. We are not
+quite ready to start yet, but present yourself here the day after
+to-morrow, and you can begin your duties. How will that suit you?"</p>
+
+<p>George gratefully accepted the offer, and left the shop delighted
+with his good fortune.</p>
+
+<p>As he hurried along towards his quarters, it seemed to him that he
+was walking on air. His wildest anticipations had been more than
+realized. He had never for one moment expected that his first effort
+could have possibly met with such success, and he wanted to laugh
+aloud. He knew nothing of catalogue-making, but no doubt, he
+thought, it required but a little common-sense, and he felt he
+possessed that. At any rate he had undertaken it, and would go
+through with it now.</p>
+
+<p>On the appointed day George started his new<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> task, and found it not
+only easy but congenial work. The many books in various languages
+attracted him further than their covers and titles, and he filled up
+all the odd and spare moments he could afford in studying many of
+them, particularly the Arabic ones. And so the days passed. In the
+evenings he wandered about the neighbourhood as far as Boulak,
+admiring the palaces of the Khedives, and watching the steamboats
+and dahab&icirc;ehs arrive and depart for the Nile. At times he would
+stray further afield to the great Pyramids, and stand motionless
+with astonishment before their towering stone wonders. His first
+sight of the sun setting behind them, casting a golden-reddish glow
+all around, amazed and allured him so much that he made frequent
+visits to the same spot at the same hours.</p>
+
+<p>But he wanted to see as much as he could during the next few days,
+for he could not tell what would happen after his catalogue was
+done. He therefore visited the regions of every-day commercial life;
+the carpet bazaars decorated with their Oriental manufactures of all
+colours; the Khan Khalili, wherein the Persian, Spanish, Jewish, and
+Turkish merchants offer for sale their stock of jewels, silks,
+brass-work, etc.; the silver bazaar, where the finest filigree work
+is pressed upon prospective buyers. He brushed shoulders with
+shoe-sellers, the pistachio-sellers, and the water-carriers, who
+assure all who choose to listen that theirs is "Water sweet as
+honey! Water from the spring!" and in a commanding voice invite<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span> you
+to "Drink, O faithful! The wind is hot, and the way long!" but not
+without the necessary piastres first.</p>
+
+<p>During these few days George saw and learnt a good deal of Cairo,
+but he had not learnt quite sufficient of its manners and streets.</p>
+
+<p>The day came when the catalogue business was finished, and his
+employer promised to find him some other occupation on the morrow.
+George was quite pleased with himself, and started off for another
+of his rambles.</p>
+
+<p>For a while he was quite heedless of the direction he was taking,
+busily building castles in the air as fast as his thoughts would
+allow him; but he was brought to earth with a run as the fact dawned
+upon him suddenly that for the first time he had lost his way. He
+was in the densest part of the native quarter.</p>
+
+<p>The evening was rapidly closing in, and he looked about for some one
+to direct him. Not a European face could he see anywhere. The street
+in which he found himself was filled with a chattering mob of
+natives, the houses formed one continuous line of small, poky
+stalls, where evil-looking Egyptians, Turks, and Arabs were offering
+their worthless stock for sale.</p>
+
+<p>Hurrying along, he wandered through a labyrinth of streets, all more
+or less similar, until he became so confused that in despair he
+appealed to one of the native vendors.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>His efforts to discover his whereabouts from this man were futile.
+The Egyptian was unable to understand him, and the fellow's jargon
+was quite unintelligible to Helmar. In desperation he continued his
+way; the prospect of spending the night in wandering through the
+city being anything but pleasant to him. Night was fast closing in,
+and he was apparently a long distance from his destination.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly, as he turned into an almost deserted street, he saw ahead
+of him a man dressed in European costume, and he increased his pace
+to overtake him.</p>
+
+<p>To his annoyance, just as he was about to come up with him, the
+stranger turned into a squalid house, and Helmar was left to rail at
+his ill luck outside.</p>
+
+<p>Realizing that there was nothing to be gained by going on, he
+thought he might as well wait in the hopes of the man coming out
+shortly. He was really feeling very uneasy; the neighbourhood was
+filthy, and the quietness of the street depressed him.</p>
+
+<p>Sauntering quietly up the street, his attention was unexpectedly
+drawn to the figure of an Arab emerging from a house on the opposite
+side. It was now growing dark, and Helmar was quite unable to
+distinguish the fellow's face; but his furtive movements made him a
+little curious, and his interest in the man became riveted. He saw
+the Arab looking sharply along the street from end to end, and,
+apparently satisfied with his survey, quickly draw back into the
+shadow of the doorway. Helmar's curiosity<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span> now grew keener, and so
+engrossed was he for the time in the man's stealthy movements that
+he forgot the real object of his waiting. Consequently he failed to
+observe that the European had come out of the house he had a few
+minutes previously entered. Suddenly the figure of a crouching Arab
+darted from the shadow and walked swiftly and silently up the
+street.</p>
+
+<p>Looking up the road in the same direction, Helmar was astonished to
+see the European he had been waiting for hurrying along at a rapid
+pace, fast disappearing in the gloom of the deserted slum.</p>
+
+<p>The street, except for the two men in front of him, was now quite
+deserted, and our hero quickened his pace for fear of losing sight
+of his quarry.</p>
+
+<p>The native had crossed the road, and was now running along with
+silent footsteps some distance ahead of him. Suddenly, as the fellow
+passed under the light of a dingy lamp, Helmar caught the glint of a
+long curved knife he was carrying in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Hallo!" he muttered, "there's crime afoot!" and dodging on to the
+sandy road he hurried on. The European in front was walking
+leisurely along, totally unconscious of any danger that might be
+threatening him.</p>
+
+<p>George began to fear something serious was about to happen. The
+stealthy footsteps of the Arab, his long knife, the pace with which
+he was overtaking the man ahead, looked decidedly unpleasant.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Ten yards only separated one from the other, while thirty or more
+separated the Arab from George. Could he get sufficiently near to
+warn the stranger?</p>
+
+<p>Despite the roughness of the road, Helmar slipped his shoes from his
+feet and hurried along with all possible speed. A couple of yards
+only now separated the two men in front of him, and George had yet a
+few yards to go before he could come up with them.</p>
+
+<p>He was about to shout a warning when something seemed to attract the
+European's attention. Turning, he came suddenly to a standstill, and
+the pursuing Arab charged into him. For an instant the gleaming
+knife poised in the air, but, ere it had time to fall on its
+intended victim, George reached the struggling pair, and, with the
+swiftness of a hawk, he seized the upraised arm in an iron grip.
+Exerting his great strength to its utmost, he gave one terrific
+wrench and the would-be assassin was forced to his knees, while his
+shining blade fell clattering to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar's assistance was only just in time; another moment and the
+assassin would have accomplished his work. The freed stranger turned
+at once to aid his preserver. He saw the native struggling to
+release himself from George's terrible hold, and feared lest the man
+should escape. There was no need, however, George held the fellow
+with the greatest ease.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Steady! Hold that end a minute.... That's it. Now tie it
+tight ... pull ... hard. Good. I think we've got him safely this
+time&mdash;the villain!"</p>
+
+<p>These and other ejaculations were the only words passed between the
+two men as they secured their prisoner with the folds of his own
+sash. When this was accomplished, the stranger turned to Helmar and
+held out his hand.</p>
+
+<p>"You have saved my life, sir," he exclaimed, in English. "I cannot
+thank you sufficiently, but it is best not to remain here. If you
+will still further assist me in conveying this man to the police
+quarters, we shall then have time to become acquainted."</p>
+
+<p>As he finished speaking, he looked round sharply as if expecting a
+fresh attack from another quarter. George noticed his glance and
+looked inquiringly at him.</p>
+
+<p>"You do not understand," went on the stranger, in answer to the
+look; "this attack is part of a plot&mdash;there are others. Come!"</p>
+
+<p>Without demur, George assisted in dragging the unwilling prisoner
+along, and in a few minutes they reached the police head-quarters.
+Here they disposed of the Arab, and turned into a private room.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was struck with the air of authority his companion displayed
+as soon as the police station was reached, and, consequently, was
+not surprised when he introduced himself.</p>
+
+<p>"My name is Inspector Childs, chief of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> detective department of
+Cairo. Who may I have the pleasure of thanking for my preservation?"</p>
+
+<p>George gave his name, and the two men shook hands again.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me the most providential thing that you should have
+been in that neighbourhood to-night," said the inspector, eyeing the
+young man keenly. "But perhaps you are a stranger in the city, and
+perhaps you do not realize the danger of walking in the native
+quarter, after dark, just now."</p>
+
+<p>"You are right; I did not know there was the least danger. The fact
+is, I am a stranger in the country, having come direct from Germany
+for the purpose of earning a living. I had really lost my way, and
+was following you to ask for guidance. I have been here but a few
+days."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, a living, eh!" said the inspector, repeating his words
+musingly. "Then I presume you have got nothing definite on hand just
+now." Suddenly he seemed to rouse himself. "You have rendered me the
+greatest possible service this evening; I shall be glad to help you
+in some way. Have you any particular profession or choice in the
+means of earning the living you speak of?"</p>
+
+<p>"None whatever. I have been doing a small job, but that is finished
+now&mdash;in fact, I was returning from my place of employment when I saw
+you. The work was nothing very great, but I was glad of it as a
+start, and have been promised some further temporary employment by
+the same man."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"If you are not bound to him I can offer you something perhaps a
+little more profitable with the police staff here. Of course the
+progress you make will depend on yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"I should be glad to accept anything that offers me a future. The
+work that I have been doing has only been given me to keep me going
+until I can find something better. If you think me capable and can
+offer me something more permanent, I should be delighted. What would
+my duties consist of, and when would they begin?"</p>
+
+<p>"Your work would begin at once, and it would consist of general
+police duties; as for your capabilities, your exhibition of resource
+and action to-night is quite sufficient recommendation. What do you
+say?"</p>
+
+<p>"You are very kind. I shall not hesitate to accept any position you
+consider me fitted for. I will write to the bookseller to-morrow and
+tell him."</p>
+
+<p>The inspector paused for a moment, tapping his desk with his
+knuckle, as if endeavouring to make up his mind to what use he could
+put George.</p>
+
+<p>"I have a very ticklish affair on to-night&mdash;an affair of so much
+risk that I hardly like to ask you to take part in it as a start.
+But if you care to," he went on thoughtfully, "I am quite willing to
+take you with me, although I quite meant going alone. But you must
+decide at once."</p>
+
+<p>"Make your mind easy," exclaimed George, his eyes glistening at the
+prospect of adventure.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span> "Whatever it is, if you think I can be of
+assistance, I am with you."</p>
+
+<p>The inspector eyed the keen, eager face with approval.</p>
+
+<p>"So be it, then! Here, put this in your pocket," he said, handing
+him a revolver. "We will start at once."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage11" id="linktoimage11"></a>
+<img src="images/i011.jpg" width="400" height="185" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 396px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage12" id="linktoimage12"></a>
+<img src="images/i012.jpg" width="396" height="268" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>A TIGHT CORNER</p>
+
+<p>Following his new friend, George left the office. The spirit of
+adventure was fully upon him, and with his hand in his coat pocket,
+he gripped the weapon the inspector had given him, speculating in
+his mind as to what was the object of their night's work, and how
+their expedition would result. Evidently it was an affair of
+importance from the hesitation of the officer to enlist his
+services; instinctively he felt there was danger ahead.</p>
+
+<p>Their direction again lay towards the low quarter of the city, and
+Helmar noted the familiarity and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span> ease with which his guide wound
+his way through all the lanes, blind alleys, and courts that had so
+confused and puzzled him.</p>
+
+<p>"I had better explain to you," said the inspector, after a few
+moments' silence, as they threaded their way along the narrow,
+dirty, evil-smelling streets, "what we are about to do. Being a
+stranger in the country, you probably are not aware that for some
+time past, meetings of a revolutionary character have been going on
+in nearly all the towns in Egypt. The fountain head of this movement
+is as yet undiscovered, as also is the ultimate object. Of one thing
+the authorities are assured, and that is, there is some terrible
+secret danger threatening the country, and the duty of our
+department is to watch, and, if possible, stop the work of this
+organization."</p>
+
+<p>"Of what are the authorities afraid?" asked Helmar, as he listened
+with keen interest to his companion's explanations.</p>
+
+<p>"I can't quite say. My own opinion is a native rising. There are
+several big Pashas the Government would not trust as far as they can
+see, and, for my part, I think nothing is more likely than that one
+of these should head a rebellion against the power of the Khedive."</p>
+
+<p>"I see; and our work to-night is in connection with one of these
+meetings?"</p>
+
+<p>"Exactly. The meeting is to be held at one of the lowest dives in
+the city, and its locality I have only to-night discovered; in fact,
+that was the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> business I was engaged upon when your timely aid saved
+my life."</p>
+
+<p>"I see," exclaimed George; "but that attempt on you shows that these
+people are aware of your movements. The probabilities are that even
+now we are being watched."</p>
+
+<p>"Precisely; notwithstanding the silence and deserted appearance of
+these streets, I have no doubt that a lynx eye has been upon us from
+the moment we left the station. The object of our journey is to
+discover, if possible, whether the meeting takes place, and, if so,
+who passes in or out of the building. Our danger is in being
+discovered. Should their sentries or spies find us out, we shall
+probably have a rough time."</p>
+
+<p>A grim smile spread itself over the inspector's keen face as he
+finished speaking, and he looked at Helmar to observe the effect of
+his words.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, if it comes to a fight, I have little doubt that we can give
+a good account of ourselves," he replied. "For my part nothing would
+give me greater pleasure than to try conclusions with some of the
+cowardly assassins."</p>
+
+<p>"No doubt you will have your wish. It is the duty of a
+police-officer not to avoid trouble if he finds it."</p>
+
+<p>They were now nearing the outskirts of the town. The streets were
+wider and cleaner, long, open spaces stretched between the houses,
+and the reeking atmosphere of the native quarter gave place to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> the
+fresh air of the open country. There was no moon to guide them, and
+they had long since got beyond the limit of the city lighting.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly, in the middle of one of these long, open spaces, the
+officer caught hold of his companion's arm, and stopped in an
+attitude of keen attention.</p>
+
+<p>"Not a word!" he whispered, after a momentary pause. "We are
+followed. Come, drop down here, under this bush, and don't move till
+you see what I do. Shush!"</p>
+
+<p>The pair lay down and pushed themselves as far under the bush as
+possible. Here they were within reach of the foot-walk they had been
+travelling, and yet entirely screened from observation.</p>
+
+<p>So far George's untrained ear had discovered nothing, and he
+marvelled at his companion's sharpness, but before they had been
+there a minute, he heard the soft patter-patter of bare feet coming
+along the path. The officer squeezed his arm to impress silence upon
+him, and then, raising himself, he tucked his feet under him ready
+for a spring. The footsteps came nearer and nearer.</p>
+
+<p>George felt a quiver of excitement pass all over him as he waited;
+every nerve was strained to its utmost tension, and it was with
+difficulty he repressed the desire to jump out of his hiding-place.</p>
+
+<p>The footsteps were now nearing at a run, evidently the spy thought
+he had lost his quarry, and was anxious to see what had become of
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly the figure loomed up in the darkness,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> and just as it came
+abreast of the bush, the officer bounded from his place of
+concealment. Before the man could so much as cry out he had gripped
+him by the throat, and brought him down to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>George was hardly a moment behind his chief.</p>
+
+<p>"Quick, gag him with his turban!" said Childs. "There is no time to
+lose."</p>
+
+<p>While the inspector held the man, Helmar unwound the turban and
+bound it round the fellow's mouth. Then cutting the spare end off,
+he secured his hands behind him. The man's sash was useful in
+binding his feet, and, thus trussed, they threw him under the bush.</p>
+
+<p>"I calculated on this," said the officer. "Had we not secured this
+fellow, the meeting would have been warned, and we should probably
+never have escaped with our lives. Come along, he is safe for a
+while, and we can now continue our journey without fear of
+observation."</p>
+
+<p>"But," said Helmar, "how is it that this nigger came to follow
+us&mdash;who put him on your track?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, I see you don't understand. There are spies all over the town,
+and the police movements are watched. I, in particular, never leave
+the office but I am followed by one of these thieving, murdering
+Arabs."</p>
+
+<p>The inspector now altered his direction, and they returned towards
+the town. In a few minutes they approached a dingy-looking house
+standing well<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> back from the road. The place stood in its own
+grounds, and over the door was a sign which George failed to
+understand. At first glance there appeared to be no indication of
+occupation&mdash;the house was in complete darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Before they came up to it, the officer made a <i>d&eacute;tour</i> and reached
+the ground at the back.</p>
+
+<p>"That is the house," said he in a whisper. "It is one of the most
+infamous gambling hells in the city. You can see no lights because
+all the shutters are closed, and no doubt there are blankets over
+them; but&mdash;holloa, there's a light shining through that window!" he
+went on, pointing to one that had just come into view as they
+reached the garden.</p>
+
+<p>The two men now climbed over the fence, and, dropping into the
+shrubs on the other side, cautiously neared the building. Telling
+George to remain where he was, the inspector crawled right up to the
+window, through the shutters of which a stream of light poured.</p>
+
+<p>Watching him eagerly, George saw him place his hand on the sill and
+peer through the crack. The moments slipped by, and his eye remained
+glued to the crack. Suddenly there was a rustle in the bush close
+by. It passed unnoticed, for George had eyes and ears for nothing
+but what his chief was doing. Again there was a rustle, this time
+more pronounced. Still it remained unnoticed.</p>
+
+<p>The inspector suddenly left the window, and the next moment rejoined
+his companion.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well?" whispered Helmar, anxiously. "What news?"</p>
+
+<p>The inspector's face was very grave, and his tones, as he answered,
+were full of import.</p>
+
+<p>"The best&mdash;or rather, the worst. I recognized two people there, one
+a trusted member of the official staff, and the other a man who has
+been suspected for a long time. We had better get back&mdash;there is
+nothing more to be done to-night, I have seen all I wish to.
+To-morrow&mdash;we'll wait until to-morrow."</p>
+
+<p>As he finished speaking, he turned sharply round and peered into the
+scrubbly bush behind them.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" asked Helmar, his hand slipping to his revolver
+unconsciously.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you hear anything?" asked his companion. "By Jove, there's some
+one on our track. Come along, we'll get out while we have a whole
+skin."</p>
+
+<p>Leading the way out of the shrubs they made for the fence. The night
+was particularly dark, and the air was so still that the light sound
+of their footsteps became ominously loud. The inspector was
+convinced that there was some one in the garden watching them, and
+their only chance of safety was by taking to the open instead of
+returning as they came, through the scrub. At last the fence was
+reached.</p>
+
+<p>"Up you get, youngster!" whispered Childs. "Look well before you
+drop on the other side."</p>
+
+<p>George sprang on to the top and looked over.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span> At that moment he
+heard a terrible cry behind him. Glancing round, he was just in time
+to see the glint of a long keen blade, and the next instant the
+inspector fall to the ground with a groan.</p>
+
+<p>Without a moment's hesitation, George dropped from the fence to his
+assistance. He drew his revolver, and, just as a hideous great black
+wretch rushed at him, he fired point-blank. Down fell the man across
+the fallen officer, and then, as if by magic, half-a-dozen
+wild-looking figures appeared all round him.</p>
+
+<p>There was no mistaking their intention. With a yell of fury they
+rushed on him. Helmar was as cool as if anything but his life
+depended upon the issue. As the nearest of the Arabs approached, he
+dropped him with another shot, then turning with an astonishing
+quickness of the eye brought another to his knees. It was, however,
+his last shot, for, as the man fell, his knife which had been
+upraised, struck him on the wrist, lacerating it terribly; his
+revolver fell from his nerveless grasp, and he was at the mercy of
+his antagonists.</p>
+
+<p>For a moment or two he struggled furiously with the remaining three,
+but the contest was too uneven. The assailants were armed with long,
+keen knives, and Helmar had now nothing with which to defend
+himself.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 371px;">
+<a name="linktoimage13" id="linktoimage13"></a>
+<img src="images/i013.jpg" width="371" height="600" alt="&quot;Just as a hideous black wretch rushed at him, he
+fired point-blank.&quot; p. 66" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;Just as a hideous black wretch rushed at him, he
+fired point-blank.&quot; p. 66</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In those moments he realized the futility of his efforts, but he
+meant to sell his life dearly, and struck out with his left to such
+purpose that for a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>second the savages drew back. It was, however,
+but a momentary lull, and with a combined rush they overwhelmed him.</p>
+
+<p>For one brief moment he struggled fiercely, then he saw one of his
+assailants raise a long narrow blade&mdash;the next instant it fell, and,
+with a sickening sensation, it struck him in the shoulder. He
+struggled to release himself, and then, without a single cry, sank
+to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>The sound of the firing and the cries of his assailants had roused
+the neighbourhood, and just as the murderers were about to finish
+their work a crowd approached, and they precipitately fled. It was a
+mixed and villainous crew that first reached the spot after the
+departure of the murderers, mainly consisting of natives; but there
+was a sprinkling of Europeans of doubtful repute, and they quickly
+gathered round the two inanimate bodies.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 393px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage14" id="linktoimage14"></a>
+<img src="images/i014.jpg" width="393" height="324" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>A GOOD SAMARITAN</p>
+
+<p>When Helmar woke again to consciousness, it was with no idea either
+of the lapse of time or any recollections of what had occurred to
+him in the meantime. Beyond being able to turn his head slowly from
+side to side, he was unable to move, and a terrible feeling of
+lassitude and weakness nipped all inclination in that direction.</p>
+
+<p>The room in which he found himself was squalid and gloomy, and, as
+his dull, inquiring gaze wandered over his surroundings, he
+endeavoured to realize<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span> where he was. The effort was more than he
+was equal to, and, closing his eyes, he relapsed into a calm,
+dreamless sleep.</p>
+
+<p>In that first dawn of consciousness he had failed to see the silent
+figure at his bedside&mdash;a figure which, had his gaze rested upon it,
+would probably have troubled his weakened mind and stayed his
+peaceful slumber.</p>
+
+<p>The moment his eyes closed, the figure silently rose and glided
+noiselessly from the room. Presently it returned with a glass
+containing a steaming potion. Setting it down, it bent over the bed
+and gazed long and earnestly at the sleeper. A look of satisfaction
+came over its grim and wrinkled face as it resumed its vigil at the
+bedside.</p>
+
+<p>When next the sick man awoke, a tiny lamp was shedding its dim rays
+over the dingy apartment. This time the figure at once approached
+the sufferer and held the glass to his lips. Too weak to resist or
+even care what was happening, he silently drank. The blood instantly
+coursed more rapidly through his body, and he felt refreshed and
+stronger. Watching the look of intelligence come into his eyes, the
+figure put the glass down and spoke to him in excellent French.</p>
+
+<p>"You feel better now?" she asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," he replied in a faint voice, as though trying to recollect
+something. "I have been ill, haven't I?"</p>
+
+<p>"Very ill," was the response.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Who are you?" he asked, after a pause, "and where am I?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am Mariam Abagi," she answered quickly, "and you are in a house
+at Gizeh. I am what you call a Syrian Arab. But do not worry&mdash;you
+are too ill yet to think or talk; wait until you are better," and
+she silently left the room.</p>
+
+<p>For a moment or two Helmar tried to understand and recall something
+of what had happened, but all seemed so dim and misty that he had to
+give it up, and at last, becoming drowsy again, fell asleep.</p>
+
+<p>Mariam Abagi was a woman of unusual character for her caste. She was
+married to a German who was disliked and suspected by the natives.
+They looked upon him as a spy, a traitor come from Europe for some
+evil purpose, and eventually did away with him. Mariam was a really
+good woman, and resented the deed bitterly. Naoum, her son, never
+saw his father, but inherited some of his good business qualities,
+and all his mother's kindness of heart. So when he had found Helmar
+in distress after the affair with the inspector, he instinctively
+went to his aid, and, finding him still alive, did not hesitate to
+take him to Mariam at once. On discovering Helmar's nationality, and
+learning how he too had fallen foul of the treacherous natives, she
+showed great regard for him, which gradually developed into strong
+affection, and her kindness knew no bounds. Her son shared the
+feelings of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span> his mother, and the two, as will be seen, proved to be
+great benefactors to Helmar.</p>
+
+<p>During the next few days he made more rapid progress toward
+recovery. Each time he saw the patient nurse, he endeavoured to
+extract from her the meaning of the position in which he found
+himself, but without success&mdash;she would tell him nothing. He began
+to get a hazy recollection of a fight, but how it came about, and
+with whom, he could not recall.</p>
+
+<p>What puzzled him most was this old woman. She was tall and gaunt, of
+the Arab type, and her face was lined and wrinkled to such an extent
+that it was impossible to tell whether its expression was kindly or
+otherwise. When his strength grew and things became clearer to his
+mental vision, he determined to have an explanation.</p>
+
+<p>Late one evening as the woman came in with the lamp, he broached the
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>"Mariam," he said abruptly, as she was about to leave the room,
+"come here. I am strong now, and I want to talk to you. Now tell me
+all about it. How did I get into this plight? And how came I into
+this house?"</p>
+
+<p>She eyed him keenly for a moment, then walking over to the bed sat
+down beside it.</p>
+
+<p>"My son brought you here; you were wounded in a fight with Arabs in
+Cairo."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, yes," he said thoughtfully. "There was a meeting and we went to
+stop it. I remember<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span> something of it now. Where is the police
+inspector?"</p>
+
+<p>"Dead."</p>
+
+<p>"Dead?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, dead," she repeated.</p>
+
+<p>George did not answer. He was thinking hard. At last he spoke again.</p>
+
+<p>"Am I not in Cairo, then?" he asked in astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>"No, you are in Gizeh, a little distance from the city. Cairo is in
+such a state of tumult at the present time, it would be impossible
+to keep you in hiding there after the part you took with the police.
+So my son brought you here to me for safety."</p>
+
+<p>"How long have I been here?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"Since that affair with the police officer," Mariam answered.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said George, after another long pause, "I can see it all now;
+we were set upon. But how did your son find me?"</p>
+
+<p>"He was with the crowd who went round at the noise of the fighting.
+The people thought you were killed, and so left you. But my son,
+Naoum, he loves not people of this country, and he saw you were not
+of them, so he stayed and discovered you were still alive. He is a
+good man is Naoum, and a dutiful son; he knows my feelings towards
+your countrymen, and he brought you to me here. I love the men of
+Europe, therefore I help you.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span> Mariam Abagi does not love all and
+would not help many, but you are young to die."</p>
+
+<p>As she finished speaking, a troubled expression passed over her
+parchment-like face, and she sat munching her lips, blinking at the
+flickering light. Helmar sighed and shifted his position uneasily.
+The keen black eyes were turned on him at once.</p>
+
+<p>"But I can never repay you," he said. "You don't understand; I am a
+stranger&mdash;I have no money."</p>
+
+<p>The old woman's eyes flashed in a moment, but fortunately she was in
+such a position that he could not see them.</p>
+
+<p>"I require no money," she said, sharply. "I have enough for my
+wants. I do not this for gain," and her jaws shut with a snap.</p>
+
+<p>George saw that he had made a mistake and endeavoured to remedy it,
+but only plunged the further into the mire.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, yes, I know, you are very good, but I cannot let you do this
+for me without&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Peace! You mean well, I know, but I will not listen. Your troubles
+are not yet over. It will be sufficient reward to me that you get
+away from this place without being killed."</p>
+
+<p>"How do you mean?" he asked, failing to grasp the woman's meaning.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, I forgot, you do not know. The country is now in a critical
+position, and Arabi Pasha is at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span> the head of the army. The excited
+and corrupted citizens are stirring up strife, and menacing all the
+Europeans and any one else who had, or is supposed to have had, any
+connection with the hated government, and Arabi has nearly lost
+power over the mob. It is kept secret that you are here, and so you
+are safe for the present! But I do not know how long this safety
+will last. I have some power, and my son is powerful too, but that
+may not avail us long, and then you will have to fly. Have no fear,
+however, I shall watch, and, at the first warning of danger, will
+provide for you."</p>
+
+<p>After this Mariam would answer no more questions, and left him to
+ponder over what she had said. He could hardly realize the full
+purport of all she had told him. This then was the danger Inspector
+Childs had spoken of; this then was the result of those meetings the
+police had been watching, the one they had endeavoured to spy upon.
+In his weakened state the idea of it all set his brain in a whirl,
+and his thoughts became confused. The one thing that seemed to
+strike him more forcibly than the rest was, how on earth was he to
+escape?</p>
+
+<p>The days dragged slowly by, and he soon reached the convalescent
+stage. The wound he had received in his shoulder quickly healed
+under Mariam's treatment, and it became only a question of time for
+the recovery of his strength. He saw no one but the old woman who
+personally attended to all his wants. The son she spoke of did not
+show himself, although<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span> on several occasions he had heard a man's
+voice in another room.</p>
+
+<p>Once or twice Mariam had spoken of her power, and gave him to
+understand that she did not require money; the squalor of her room
+made this seem rather enigmatical to the sick man, but he knew such
+people were sometimes eccentric in their mode of living, and this
+might possibly account for his surroundings. However, it was no
+affair of his, she had been an angel of goodness to him, and he had
+no right to pry into her private affairs.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was young, and his great vitality stood him in good stead;
+the moment his wound healed his strength began to come back rapidly,
+and with returning health he felt it incumbent upon him to suggest
+that he should relieve the faithful Mariam of the trouble he was
+causing her. Knowing the old woman's peculiarities, he was a little
+afraid to broach the subject, but his duty lay so plainly before him
+that, despite his feelings, he decided to speak his mind.</p>
+
+<p>One evening, after a day of chafing at his inactivity, the
+opportunity came. She had brought in some food, and their
+conversation soon turned upon the terrible state of the country.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't want you to think me ungrateful for your kindness, Mariam,"
+he said, hesitatingly, "but I am now so far recovered and so strong
+that I feel I must no longer trespass on your goodness."</p>
+
+<p>A grim smile played over her withered old face.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And whither would you go? Death may await you outside these doors."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps that is so," said George, doubtfully, "but I must take my
+chance."</p>
+
+<p>"I like the young man for his spirit," said the old woman more to
+herself than her companion. "It is right, but he is a good youth and
+must not die&mdash;life is dear to me, then how much more so to him.
+Listen," she went on in unmistakable tones of command, "my son does
+big trade on the river. He owns many nuggars and dahab&icirc;ehs which
+carry wheat and produce down to Alexandria. If you could reach that
+city in safety, you would find means of leaving the country in a
+ship."</p>
+
+<p>"But I don't understand; how am I to reach Alexandria?"</p>
+
+<p>"My son will hide you on board one of his boats, and in that way you
+can escape. Your danger will be great, for although my son is known
+all along the river, your life will surely pay the forfeit if by any
+chance you should be discovered."</p>
+
+<p>It was a case of "Hobson's choice." Helmar was glad to accept any
+means of escape, and eagerly fell in with all the old woman had to
+say. Bearing out her character for beneficence, Mariam was as good
+as her word, and arranged all the details for his departure.</p>
+
+<p>The first time Helmar put on his clothes he discovered, to his great
+delight, the money he had earned at the bookseller's was still in
+his pocket.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span> This was a surprise, for he had naturally concluded it
+had been stolen. He now pressed Mariam to take it. But she would
+have none.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll require that, and more, yourself," she said. So Helmar let
+the matter drop.</p>
+
+<p>He was unfeignedly sorry to part with his protectress. A sort of
+filial affection had grown up in him for this woman, and when she
+came in for the last time, bringing her son with her, George felt
+that he was about to leave his best friend. On her part, the old
+woman seemed no less affected, and but for the presence of her son,
+she would undoubtedly have broken down altogether.</p>
+
+<p>The man in whose guardianship Mariam was about to trust her patient
+was a powerfully-built fellow of forty. He possessed a strong,
+honest face of a similar cast to his mother's, although perhaps a
+shade paler. He was dressed in the ordinary Egyptian garb, and, as
+his mother presented him, he advanced with outstretched hand and
+gripped Helmar's in a manner as hearty as it was honest.</p>
+
+<p>"The night is dark, Mussiu," he said, "we must not delay. For the
+moment the place is quiet, but the riotousness of the people is
+liable to break out at any moment, and, unless the greatest caution
+is used, we may be discovered and challenged. Come, let us start,
+for it is some distance to the river!"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar turned to his nurse. He was deeply affected at parting with
+the old soul.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-bye, Mariam," he exclaimed. "I can<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> never thank you for all
+you have done for me. I shall never forget it. Some day perhaps you
+will allow me to repay you."</p>
+
+<p>"Do not talk of thanks. I like it not. You will be a second son to
+me. Take these," she went on, handing him his revolver and a long
+knife of Egyptian make, "they may be of use to you. I shall watch
+for you always, and some day we shall meet again. Farewell!"</p>
+
+<p>Without another word she turned and left the room.</p>
+
+<p>Naoum stood looking on with a stolid face, and, as his mother
+departed, led the way to another door, and the two men left the
+house.</p>
+
+<p>To anybody of a less courageous spirit the position Helmar found
+himself placed in would have been appalling. With little money, with
+hardly recovered health, only these two people whom he could count
+his friends in a now hostile country&mdash;all these things combined to
+make his position one of the greatest insecurity and danger. Instead
+of doubting the outcome of it all, however, he rather gloried in the
+situation, and did not trouble himself in the least as to the
+future. He felt more than ever the keen enjoyment of the roving,
+happy-go-lucky existence he had elected to follow. The simple effect
+of stretching his legs as he walked beside his companion inspired in
+him a keen feeling of appreciation of life, and a grim determination
+to follow to the end his adventurous career.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"How far is it now?" he asked, as they swung along through the
+slummy quarters.</p>
+
+<p>"Quarter of a mile," was the laconic reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Wish it was more," said George, "it's a treat to be walking again."</p>
+
+<p>"I dare say it is, but we may find it's all too long before we reach
+the quay. Come along down here," he went on, turning into what
+looked like a blind court, "we must take all the most deserted
+streets and listen well, and look well ahead for sounds of trouble.
+The last two weeks have been terrible times."</p>
+
+<p>"And what does Arabi hope to gain by all this?" asked George.</p>
+
+<p>"The country and his own glorification. He hopes to destroy the
+Khedive's power and rule, and has adopted 'Egypt for the Egyptians'
+as his war-cry."</p>
+
+<p>"He must be foolish. The European powers will never allow it. It can
+only end in one way, and he will be the one to pay for it."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I know he will be punished, but there it is, and in the
+meantime the country is in a fearful state of alarm."</p>
+
+<p>They were nearing the river, and Helmar relapsed into silence as
+they wound their way through the narrow streets. On every side the
+tumble-down appearance of the buildings made their walk more
+solitary and dismal. The smell, as they approached the river, became
+more pronounced, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span> made him wonder how any one could live there
+at all.</p>
+
+<p>His guide seemed heedless of everything but his anxiety to reach
+their destination. At every corner and turning he paused to listen
+for any danger signal. Helmar, on the contrary, seemed quite to
+ignore his danger, and walked along indifferently, observing
+everything and comparing all with his recollections of the night
+when he had traversed a similar part in Cairo before he was wounded.</p>
+
+<p>At last the quay was reached. The river was covered with all sorts
+of odd craft, and George gazed with astonished eyes at the scene
+before him. The moon was just rising, and the great golden globe
+shone over the river, causing the boats of varying build to cast
+weird and fantastic shadows on the water.</p>
+
+<p>The guide pointed to two great cumbersome vessels near the other
+side of the river. They were built on the barge principle, with sail
+booms fore and aft like the Chinese river boats. These were the
+dahab&icirc;ehs, one of which was to carry them down to Alexandria. As
+they reached the water's edge, Naoum gave a peculiar low whistle,
+and a boat suddenly shot out from the vessel's side, propelled by a
+solitary occupant.</p>
+
+<p>The boat had hardly appeared when four men dashed out from the
+shadow and ran on to the shore towards the fugitives. They were
+dressed in uniform of the Khedive's army. As the fellows caught
+sight<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span> of Helmar's white face, they set up a shout which was
+immediately answered in various directions. The boat was rapidly
+nearing their side of the river. Naoum drew his pistol, and Helmar
+his revolver.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the men saw this they drew back, and two of them ran off,
+shouting as they went.</p>
+
+<p>"The moment the boat reaches us," said Naoum in agitated tones, "you
+must jump in instantly. They have gone for assistance, and if they
+return before we get off, it means&mdash;murder."</p>
+
+<p>The two Arabs left to watch our friends were evidently afraid to
+attack, and drew back to a respectful distance, eyeing the fugitives
+furtively. As they caught sight of the boat, now rapidly
+approaching, they set up another warning howl, and crept forward as
+though about to attack.</p>
+
+<p>Their cry was answered by the sound of hurrying feet, and just as
+the boat touched the shore and Helmar and his guide had jumped in,
+about a dozen men rushed towards them. The sight of their escaping
+prey so enraged the Arabs that they opened fire at once.</p>
+
+<p>Naoum and the waterman plied vigorously at the oars, and the boat
+skimmed over the water, while a hail of bullets struck the water
+around them.</p>
+
+<p>They were not a moment too soon, and even then the chances were
+largely against them.</p>
+
+<p>"Down with you," cried Naoum, addressing Helmar, "or they'll hit
+you! I'll pull the boat!"</p>
+
+<p>"Not I," replied George, scornfully. "Do you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span> think I'm going to
+take shelter while you are exposed to their fire? No, no, pull away,
+and I'll look after the tiller."</p>
+
+<p>The distance that separated them from the shore was rapidly
+widening, and the danger lessened.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think, so long as they aim at us, that they can do much
+damage," said Naoum, smiling calmly. "Egyptians are not noted for
+their accurate marksmanship."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar laughed a boyish, ringing laugh, as he listened to his
+companion's words. The spirit of adventure was upon him, and he was
+in a seventh heaven of delight as the whizzing bullets sped
+harmlessly by.</p>
+
+<p>When in mid-stream, the current rapidly took them down to the silent
+vessel, and a few moments later they reached it and climbed aboard,
+while the baffled rebels slunk off into the shadow of the quay. The
+boat was quickly hauled up, moorings cast off, and the dahab&icirc;eh
+began to glide down the sluggish river.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 395px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage15" id="linktoimage15"></a>
+<img src="images/i015.jpg" width="395" height="295" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>AN ENCOUNTER ON THE NILE</p>
+
+<p>"Thus far we have escaped," said Naoum, as the two men stood on the
+rough untidy dahab&icirc;eh, gazing at the slowly receding town. "They
+will probably not attempt to follow us, but I don't, for one moment,
+think our troubles are over. We must keep a sharp look-out along the
+banks for the rebels."</p>
+
+<p>"You think then we shall come across them again?" asked George,
+glancing keenly at the speaker.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't only think&mdash;I feel sure. Alexandria<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> will be in a worse
+state than Cairo, and it is certain the river will be watched
+carefully. We must anchor in the day-time and travel at night, that
+is our only hope."</p>
+
+<p>The man's quiet words in no way deceived Helmar, he realized that
+there was great danger ahead, and it would require all their
+fortitude and resource to cope with it. This knowledge, rather than
+damping his spirits, tended to raise them, and he looked forward
+with keen anticipation to what the future might have in store for
+him.</p>
+
+<p>The old dahab&icirc;eh was a dreary old craft, in a dirty and ruinous
+condition. It was carrying a heavy load of grain, and this made the
+journey so slow that, by sunrise, they were still within a distant
+view of Cairo.</p>
+
+<p>Daylight entirely changed the aspect of their surroundings. The
+weird beauty of the moonlight on the water had led George to
+anticipate a glorious scene when morning broke, but disappointment
+awaited him. The banks of the river were low and uninviting; as for
+the beautiful tropical jungle he had expected to find, there was
+none to be seen&mdash;nothing out of the common, but the broad, muddy
+banks.</p>
+
+<p>The heat was at its utmost, and the scourge of the Delta, the
+&eacute;pizootie, had done its dread work. Annually this plague among the
+beasts plays havoc with the Nile, its surroundings and inhabitants.
+As the animals die of the disease, they are either left<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> lying about
+on the banks to rot, decay, and pollute the air with devastating
+microbes, or are thrown into the water. It is then the hot sun does
+its work, and both the atmosphere and water become putrid.</p>
+
+<p>All down the river from Cairo, George kept coming across the
+carcases of either buffaloes or oxen, and when they did not actually
+meet his eye, his nose detected their close proximity.</p>
+
+<p>Life during the time was monotonous to a degree. In daylight when at
+anchor, the intense heat and smell caused sleep to be abandoned as
+far as Helmar was concerned. The watermen seemed able to put up with
+both, and stretched themselves out under any shelter, and slept as
+soundly on the bare planks as if they were on a feather bed.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar and Naoum mainly occupied themselves with keeping watch, and
+as soon as the sun sank, the former took an hour or two's sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes the monotony would be relieved by watching the natives
+making use of their river. Little parties could be seen in the
+distance washing their clothes; others cleaning or bathing what
+cattle they had; occasionally far away could be seen a collection of
+shiny, ebony-looking human beings taking a dip in the green, slimy,
+insanitary water and afterwards drinking it.</p>
+
+<p>In this way most of the journey was accomplished. So far they had
+come across no sign of the rebels, and George began to think they
+had escaped them altogether. Naoum was not so sanguine, in fact<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> he
+saw a greater danger ahead than even he had anticipated at first.</p>
+
+<p>"You can't see as I do," he said one evening, as George and he sat
+watching the setting sun; "the fact that we have not as yet come
+across them indicates nothing. The nearer we get to our destination
+the keener will be Arabi's watch on the river for fugitives."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but there is just a possibility that we have passed them on
+our way without having seen them," said George optimistically.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that may be so," replied his companion doubtfully. "Allah only
+knows what we shall do if Alexandria is occupied by them. There is
+but one course open to you as far as I can see. When we get into the
+Mahmoudieh Canal, you will have to hide amongst the grain; and if
+you ever reach Alexandria in safety, take my advice and get out of
+the country at once."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar did not reply, he was thinking hard. He had just arrived in
+the country in the hopes of making a fortune. So far he had only met
+with trouble&mdash;trouble that first threatened to wipe him out of
+existence, and now tried to force him to return home.</p>
+
+<p>The first he had escaped by what seemed to him a miracle, and the
+second, which he was just about to face, offered no alternative of
+escape than by the same means. The idea of flying before this danger
+was absolutely repugnant to him. If he were to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> die, why not meet
+his death boldly, instead of escaping by running away? It was absurd
+and cowardly to return home at the first sign of danger! How they
+would laugh at him! What would his father think? What would all
+say?&mdash;no, he had come to this country of his own choice, and
+whatever the consequences, he would stay. His good fortune had so
+far pulled him through&mdash;he would still trust to it.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," he said at last, "I shall be guided by circumstances. We
+shall see how things turn out, but it seems rough on you to take
+this venture on my behalf."</p>
+
+<p>There was a nice light breeze after sundown, and the vessel was
+slipping along at, for her, a very good speed. Naoum sat smoking and
+gazing at the banks as they passed by; George gave himself up to
+reflections.</p>
+
+<p>The man at the tiller moved to and fro with the regularity of
+clockwork, altering the tack as the wind chopped and changed about.
+The rest of the crew were squatting about the deck in various
+attitudes of perfect laziness. The splash of the water at the bow of
+the boat had insidiously attracted George's attention, and he found
+himself humming a tune to the time of the lapping stream.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Naoum turned with an exclamation. George looked at his
+companion, his tune gone from his mind, and all thoughts absorbed
+into a keen excitement. They were rounding a sharp bend,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> and
+Naoum's attention was fixed on the outer bank.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" asked George, in tones of suppressed excitement.</p>
+
+<p>Naoum turned sharply to him and waved his arm in the direction of
+the cabin. "Quick, below for your life! If your face is seen you are
+doomed."</p>
+
+<p>It was too late. Just as George was about to dive below, there was a
+sharp report followed by the "plosh" of a bullet, as it dropped into
+the water just a few yards ahead of the vessel.</p>
+
+<p>"Duck down under the bulwarks," said Naoum hurriedly, "they can't
+have seen you yet. The bank is lined with rebels," he went on,
+gazing hard through the gathering darkness. "Allah! but they mean to
+bring us to book!"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke there was a heavy rattle of musketry, and bullets flew
+in all directions around them. The crew sat huddled together in a
+place of safety, terror written in every line of their brown faces.
+Naoum alone seemed impervious to the danger, and watched every
+movement of the men on the bank.</p>
+
+<p>"What shall we do?" asked George, with a set, determined look on his
+face that made his question seem superfluous. "We won't surrender,"
+he added in emphatic tones.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll run for it," was the quiet answer. "Their guns can't do us
+much harm. They couldn't hit a mountain."</p>
+
+<p>George peered over the side at the bank.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Hallo! what are they doing? Looks as if they were launching boats."</p>
+
+<p>Naoum watched their actions keenly, and his face took on a slightly
+anxious expression as he realized the truth of George's statement.</p>
+
+<p>"They <i>are</i> launching boats, but what for?" he said, as if asking
+himself the question. Then a thought seemed to suddenly strike him. "I have
+it&mdash;yes, that's it."</p>
+
+<p>"What is it?" asked George, as Naoum walked towards the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>Without answering he disappeared, and a moment later returned with
+several rifles. These he served out to his men with a supply of
+cartridges. He then harangued them in Arabic, which George was only
+partly able to understand, but when he had finished, he observed the
+fellows line up under the bulwarks and load their rifles.</p>
+
+<p>"What's your idea?" asked George, as soon as Naoum had finished.</p>
+
+<p>"These rebels are going to follow us, and I have no doubt they will
+overtake us. Then will come a tough time," replied Naoum.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah! I understand. They mean to capture us if possible."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes. That is what they intend, and we shall stand a poor chance if
+they come up with us."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll not give in at any rate, but make a bold stand and give them
+a taste of what we are made of first," said George.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Naoum and George now went together to the stern of the boat and
+watched anxiously the pursuing rebels, who after their first volley
+from the shore had wasted no more powder, apparently content to wait
+until they came up with their prey. They filled two boats, and
+George thought that, given a fair and even chance, they could easily
+be overpowered. They were still some distance in the rear, and had
+so far gained nothing on the fugitives. But it was very apparent
+they were making a great effort, and presently it became evident
+they were slowly but surely gaining upon the dahab&icirc;eh.</p>
+
+<p>The men were posted all round the vessel, prepared to fire on either
+boat the moment it came within range.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, boys," cried out George, forgetful of the Arabs' language,
+"when they are within rifle shot, take a steady aim. Remember we
+have no ammunition to waste."</p>
+
+<p>Naoum was also busy with his men, giving them instructions and
+placing them in positions.</p>
+
+<p>The boats were slowly getting nearer and nearer, and presently the
+rattle of the rebels' rifles rang out, but the bullets falling short
+of Naoum's vessel, they quickly ceased firing.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't fire until their shots come nearer," said Naoum quietly. "As
+soon as they show us we are within range of their rifles it will be
+time enough for us to reply."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 378px;">
+<a name="linktoimage16" id="linktoimage16"></a>
+<img src="images/i016.jpg" width="378" height="600" alt="&quot;Presently the firing re-commenced, and Naoum gave
+orders to attack.&quot; p. 90" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;Presently the firing re-commenced, and Naoum gave
+orders to attack.&quot; p. 90</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Presently the firing re-commenced with a fearful <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>fusillade, and
+Naoum gave orders to attack. Nearer and nearer came the rebels, and
+more fierce became the firing. George was on one side of the vessel
+and Naoum on the other encouraging the men in their defence.</p>
+
+<p>The rebels' ranks were thinning fast, and George began to hope they
+would give in. They were still three to one, however, and if they
+should once get aboard the dahab&icirc;eh the defenders' chance would be a
+very poor one.</p>
+
+<p>They were but a few yards off and ceased firing. Evidently they had
+spent all their ammunition, and were going to attempt to board the
+vessel and capture it with a hand-to-hand fight.</p>
+
+<p>While they were yet watching, one of the boats drew near to the
+vessel's side, and the next moment a head appeared above the
+bulwarks of the dahab&icirc;eh, quickly followed by another and another.</p>
+
+<p>This was the signal Naoum's men waited for, and without further
+delay they set to work with a will, pitching the struggling rebels
+back into the water and taking pot shots at them afterwards as if
+they were ducks.</p>
+
+<p>The struggle, however, had only just begun; as fast as the defenders
+beat the assailants off more came on. Whilst the <i>m&ecirc;l&eacute;e</i> was in
+progress the defenders had not seen the other boats come alongside,
+and the reinforcements they brought. All along the side of the
+dahab&icirc;eh the Arabs were clambering up like so many ants, and though
+the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> advantage was still with Naoum, the outcome looked doubtful.
+The crew were hard put to it.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar worked indefatigably with his rifle used as a club;
+everywhere he darted, dealing terrible blows as the dusky creatures
+showed themselves, but despite his efforts they seemed to be in
+overwhelming numbers.</p>
+
+<p>At last they gained a foothold on the deck, and the firing ceased
+altogether. It became a struggle to the death, man against man. It
+was here the crew showed their superiority over their enemies, and
+slowly but surely began to drive them back.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly George saw three men pressing Naoum sorely. He himself had
+just succeeded in throwing off his own assailant; with a bound he
+went to his friend's rescue. He arrived only just in time, the men
+were in the act of knifing him.</p>
+
+<p>Without a thought, he rained blow after blow with his clubbed rifle
+on the would-be assassins, and they went down like ninepins; then,
+turning to where the crew were fighting, he saw to his delight that
+they had driven the foe back over the bulwarks, while the deck lay
+covered with damaged rebels. Naoum's men had fought like demons, and
+their devotion to their master touched Helmar&mdash;it would have been so
+much easier for them to have sold him.</p>
+
+<p>In a few more moments the rebels were driven off, dropping over the
+side into the water, without thinking as to the whereabouts of the
+boats so long<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> as they got safely out of the hornet's nest they had
+fallen into.</p>
+
+<p>As the last of them disappeared, Helmar fell rather than sat down on
+the deck, breathing hard.</p>
+
+<p>"That was a close call," he panted. "If they'd held on a bit longer,
+I was completely done. Poof! I've had enough for one day."</p>
+
+<p>Naoum was taking pot shots at the boats as they dodged about,
+picking up the men who had fallen into the water. He paused at his
+companion's words.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Allah is good, we are now out of danger and have no more to
+fear."</p>
+
+<p>The rifles were collected and put away, and the dahab&icirc;eh resumed its
+calm appearance as it glided lazily onwards.</p>
+
+<p>The following morning it entered the Mahmoudieh Canal, which runs
+direct to Alexandria. After his late experience, George realized
+what the appearance of a white face on board might mean to his
+protector, and for the rest of the journey kept out of sight.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 393px;">
+    <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage17" id="linktoimage17"></a>
+<img src="images/i017.jpg" width="393" height="386" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>THE REIGN OF TERROR IN ALEXANDRIA</p>
+
+<p>After what had happened, Helmar was prepared for almost anything
+when he actually arrived at Alexandria.</p>
+
+<p>For some time past everybody had been possessed of the feeling that
+something serious was about to happen. Arabi Pasha and his
+co-conspirator, Mahmoud Sami, had caused sedition to be preached
+amongst the native soldiers and police, and amassed together so
+large a following<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span> that his party had become masters of the
+situation. His firm conviction that the Khedive's rule and the power
+of the Europeans could be easily overthrown, got so instilled into
+the souls of the populace they could restrain their hot-blooded
+feelings no longer, and on an ever-memorable day in June 1882, broke
+out in one of the bloodiest riots of modern times.</p>
+
+<p>The first indication of what was to take place occurred one
+afternoon, when the chief streets of the city were suddenly awakened
+from their tranquillity by the shouts and yells of hundreds of
+natives.</p>
+
+<p>"Down with the Christians," some cried; others, "Death to the
+unbelievers!" And they rushed about madly in different parts of the
+town, ultimately joining forces when the riot became general.</p>
+
+<p>Europeans were beaten with "nabouts," knocked down and trampled on;
+shots were fired, the soldiers charged, and the police helped to
+make the butchery more complete. Shops and houses were attacked and
+pillaged, the proprietors being taken out and massacred in cold
+blood, and, after all valuables had been taken from them, their
+bodies thrown into the bye-streets. In one of these streets were
+found three bodies of Europeans. One was stabbed through the heart,
+another had bullet-holes in his head, whilst the head of the third
+was almost severed from the trunk, and the body divested of nearly
+all its clothes. The mob evidently felt confident that their actions
+were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span> approved, for they paraded the streets with their stolen goods
+and clothes with an air of glory and bravado. One soldier was seen
+to sit on the curbstone and change his own garments for the new
+stolen ones he had just acquired.</p>
+
+<p>The riff-raff of the crowd consisted of the lowest class of Arabs of
+the city. They fortified themselves with club-like weapons, felled
+their victims with them, and after stripping their bodies, cast them
+into the sea. Most diabolical deeds and acts were perpetrated, and
+the Arabic cry, coming almost spontaneously from the infuriated
+crowd, of, "Oh, Moslems! Kill him! Kill the Christian!" rent the air
+whenever a European appeared. One poor merchant was dragged from his
+carriage and bayoneted on the spot, whilst not many yards away a
+German, who had appealed to a soldier for protection, was responded
+to with a shot which penetrated his face. At the gate of the town
+the guard on duty was seen to draw his sword and strike a man twice,
+splitting his skull with the first stroke, and severing his head
+from his body with the second.</p>
+
+<p>These are but a tithe of the instances of the brutality displayed by
+the rioters which history chronicles, and which went on incessantly
+all day, during which time hundreds met their death at the hands of
+this maddened, murderous crew. Arabi was appealed to, to put a stop
+to the riot. To show the hold he had over the people, it is only
+necessary<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span> to say that at his given word the tramping, yelling, and
+shouting ceased almost as quickly as it had begun.</p>
+
+<p>For days after the place remained littered with the bodies of the
+massacred, and the spectacle, together with the appearance of the
+shops and houses that had been attacked, made Alexandria look like a
+town after a siege. Shops were shut and barred, windows barricaded
+with iron shutters, and the only persons about the streets were Arab
+soldiers.</p>
+
+<p>Fugitives were removed by train, the people crowding on the roofs
+and steps; ships laden with the English set off as quickly as
+possible for Malta.</p>
+
+<p>Outside the harbour was drawn up the French and English fleet.</p>
+
+<p>It was at this period that the dahab&icirc;eh, with George Helmar
+carefully kept from view, arrived outside the town almost unnoticed.
+The occupants of the place were too busily engaged to pay much
+attention to the addition of one vessel to the already large number
+idling about the canal. Besides, this was a trading boat and owned
+by a well-known native.</p>
+
+<p>When the night-time approached Naoum suggested to George that he
+might venture up and take a view of the situation.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me suspiciously quiet," said Naoum, as he stood beside
+George, eyeing the shore with a keen glance. "Can't say I like it."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it is quiet, but do you see those shops are barricaded at the
+end of the streets leading down to the water?"</p>
+
+<p>"Um&mdash;I don't like the look of that. There's been mischief."</p>
+
+<p>"What's that smoke over there?" exclaimed George, hurriedly. "Why,
+it's a fire, and look&mdash;look at those shattered houses, and&mdash;hallo,
+there's a gang of murderous-looking soldiers&mdash;we are too late!"</p>
+
+<p>Naoum did not answer. He was watching all the things his companion
+had drawn his attention to. There was no doubt in his mind now&mdash;the
+place was evidently in the rebels' hands, the process of sacking was
+going on. He turned to George.</p>
+
+<p>"Well?" he said inquiringly. "You daren't go ashore."</p>
+
+<p>"What, then, am I to do? I can't trespass on your good-nature any
+longer, and, besides, my presence here is a constant source of
+danger to you. No, I <i>must</i> chance it. I can't stay here."</p>
+
+<p>He spoke with determination, and Naoum was not slow to appreciate
+the sentiments that prompted him; yet he would not see him
+deliberately plunge into the deadly danger that awaited him ashore.</p>
+
+<p>"As I said, you can't land, friend Helmar. Allah has guided your
+steps to me, and you will have to throw in your lot on this boat
+until we can find a safe means for your escape. Come, you are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span> a
+good man, say, will you stay? Sooner or later things will calm down
+and then&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, Naoum, you have done so much for me already, I cannot let
+you risk more. My mind is made up, I will forge my own way ahead
+now."</p>
+
+<p>"There is no need to talk of risk, or of what I have done," he
+replied, with a kind look into the resolute face beside him; "I ask
+for no greater pleasure than that you stay here."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar only shook his head. It seemed to him that his duty lay
+plainly before him&mdash;he must no longer jeopardize this man's safety.
+He was well and strong again now, and must fight his own battles.
+Inclination made him wish to remain, but he must go.</p>
+
+<p>Seeing his charge's mind was made up, Naoum, with the philosophy of
+the East, attempted no further persuasion, and resigned himself to
+the inevitable.</p>
+
+<p>"When, then, will you leave?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"As soon as you will help me to land," George answered at once. "Do
+not think me ungrateful, Naoum&mdash;I am only doing my duty."</p>
+
+<p>"The boat shall be brought along the shore when you like," he
+replied, turning away, "but I should advise you to await darkness;
+remember your face is still white."</p>
+
+<p>Accepting his friend's advice, Helmar decided to wait until the sun
+had gone down and then seek<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span> shelter in some small drinking saloon
+where doubtless he might meet other refugees. He had still the money
+on him which he had in his pocket at the time he was wounded, and
+this would pay for his immediate wants.</p>
+
+<p>As darkness came on, the boat was pulled for the landing-stage. All
+along the river silence reigned, but from the distant parts of the
+city they could hear many sounds grating discordantly on the still
+night air. That little trip to the shore was, to the occupants of
+the boat, impressive to a degree. Neither knew what the future was
+to bring forth, both realized that danger was on all sides, and each
+one felt that he was parting from a friend, tried as only those who
+have fought side by side for one another are tried.</p>
+
+<p>The younger man fully appreciated the risks this stranger had run
+for his sake, and a feeling possessed him that though duty demanded
+the parting, still, in a measure, it seemed like desertion.</p>
+
+<p>Naoum on the other hand admired the spirit which prompted George's
+decision, and though he regretted bitterly the loss of so brave and
+good a companion, would not have had it otherwise.</p>
+
+<p>The landing-stage reached, Helmar sprang ashore, and, with a hearty
+grip of the hand and a quiet "good-bye and good luck," they parted.
+Each felt he knew the other's thoughts, and, if good wishes could
+help them, there was no doubt their lives would be prosperous and
+happy.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Allah is good. I shall see the boy again," thought Naoum.</p>
+
+<p>Left to himself, George primed his revolver, put it in his belt
+ready to hand, and then made his way from the water's edge to
+explore the city.</p>
+
+<p>It was some moments before he decided which way to go. In every
+street the houses were barricaded, and along the water front they
+were quite deserted. At last he decided to venture up a little dark
+alley to the left. He selected this particular one on account of its
+obscurity.</p>
+
+<p>From the vessel he had seen a stray party of Arabi's soldiery, and
+he had no fancy for running the risk of encountering them by taking
+one of the larger thoroughfares.</p>
+
+<p>How dark and quiet it seemed, not a sign of life was to be seen
+anywhere. In the distance he could still hear the discordant cries
+from other parts of the town and sometimes the discharge of
+fire-arms, but here&mdash;here in the lowest quarter of the city, where
+crime and low life usually prevailed, everything was silent as the
+grave.</p>
+
+<p>George stepped cautiously along, his ears strained to catch the
+least suspicious sound, his eyes peering on every side to catch a
+glimpse of light through some stray chink in the closed and
+shuttered windows&mdash;but none presented itself.</p>
+
+<p>After he had traversed the street without discovering anything to
+alarm him, he breathed more freely and turned into another,
+stretching his legs<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> in a brisk walk instead of keeping to his
+furtive, silent glide.</p>
+
+<p>This street, like the last, appeared to be deserted, but the houses
+showed signs of rough treatment; windows were broken, doors smashed,
+mounds of plaster, brick, and wood lay scattered about, evidences of
+the wanton work of the looting hordes that had no doubt recently
+visited it.</p>
+
+<p>As he neared the end of this unwholesome, wretched place, he fancied
+he saw the faint flicker of a light from one of the windows, and he
+hurriedly made his way towards it.</p>
+
+<p>His senses had not deceived him, the house was inhabited&mdash;but by
+whom? He paused outside and looked up at the window. The light was
+gone, but the sound of voices inside cheered his heart. He stood for
+a moment listening. At first he could not make out the language that
+was being spoken, but after a while, as his ear became accustomed to
+the confused tongues, he detected one voice speaking in his own
+language.</p>
+
+<p>His heart beat high with hope, and he strained his ear against the
+wood-work of the walls. There evidently were many persons inside and
+of mixed nationality. This gave him his cue; if all these people of
+different tongues were gathered together in one house it could only
+mean one thing&mdash;refugees.</p>
+
+<p>Without speculating further he tapped on the shuttered window of the
+ground floor, and waited.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> Immediately the voices inside ceased. He
+tapped again, louder than before. A moment after, the shutter of the
+window above was cautiously opened, and against the dim light of the
+sky he saw a head protruded.</p>
+
+<p>The night was so dark he could not make out whether the head was
+that of a white man or not, but he inclined to the latter belief,
+and summoning all his best Arabic, he asked for shelter for the
+night.</p>
+
+<p>"I have money to pay," he added, "but have nowhere to sleep."</p>
+
+<p>There was a grunt as the head was withdrawn and another face
+appeared in its place. There was no mistaking it this time, it was
+distinctly white, and when a voice came in English&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Who are you and what do you want?" Helmar's heart gave an
+instinctive leap for joy.</p>
+
+<p>"These are queer times," the speaker went on, "and I do not care to
+do business with every passing stranger."</p>
+
+<p>"I am a German," replied Helmar in the same language, "and am a
+stranger just come to the city from Cairo. I do not know what has
+happened here, but the town seems to be full of trouble. I must find
+somewhere to sleep."</p>
+
+<p>The tones of his voice evidently calmed the stranger's fears, for he
+replied in much milder tones&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Are you alone?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Quite," replied Helmar.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well then, wait a moment," and the head disappeared and he
+heard footsteps descending the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>The next moment the door was cautiously opened, and the burly figure
+of a man stood in the dark uninviting passage.</p>
+
+<p>"Quick, come in," he said in hurried tones, "there <i>is</i> trouble
+about, and we don't want more; this house is supposed to be
+deserted."</p>
+
+<p>George stepped in quickly, and the door was closed behind him. The
+man bolted and barred it as though the place was in a state of
+siege.</p>
+
+<p>"Step this way," he said, evidently relieved at having got him
+safely in and the door secured.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar followed the man to the end of the passage, where, flinging
+open another door, his host ushered him into a well-lighted room.</p>
+
+<p>"Ladies and gentlemen," he said, "another guest. I hope there is no
+objection?"</p>
+
+<p>At the sight of the new-comer several men rose from their seats and
+looked earnestly at him. The room in which Helmar found himself was
+part of the bar of one of the many cheap caf&eacute;s of this neighbourhood.
+It was filled by a number of men and women of all nationalities,
+seated at various small tables scattered round the room. The room
+itself was innocent of all attempts at decoration; the walls showed
+its dirty plaster, the rough floor was sanded, and the worn and
+cheerless tables and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> benches were polished with the dirt of ages.
+The atmosphere reeked with the smell of tobacco and coffee, and, as
+he stepped in, bowing to the assembled company, Helmar could not
+help feeling a strong desire to open a window.</p>
+
+<p>After their scrutiny, the occupants, one by one, resumed their
+seats, and George felt that they were mutely asking him for an
+explanation. As fugitives they were naturally suspicious of
+strangers, and he was about to speak, when he saw a slight figure
+step from an obscure corner.</p>
+
+<p>In a moment his eyes glistened, and an exclamation rose to his lips
+as he almost jumped forward and grasped the hand of his old chum
+Osterberg.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 387px;">
+<a name="linktoimage18" id="linktoimage18"></a>
+<img src="images/i018.jpg" width="387" height="258" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 397px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage19" id="linktoimage19"></a>
+<img src="images/i019.jpg" width="397" height="326" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>THE MEETING OF FRIENDS</p>
+
+<p>George was simply thunderstruck. It seemed almost miraculous that he
+should meet his bosom friend in such a place and under such
+circumstances. The two stared at each other in perfect astonishment
+for some moments, still clasping hands.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, of all the wonders," George exclaimed, after they had
+expressed sufficient surprise and finished their greetings, "who
+would have expected this? But why are you here, and why all this
+mystery?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But surely you know, George! You know what has happened?" said
+Osterberg.</p>
+
+<p>"I know nothing more than that Arabi is leading a rebellion against
+the Khedive's rule, with the object of deposing him, and that Cairo
+is becoming impossible to residents in consequence. I suppose
+Alexandria, from the look of the streets I came through, is in even
+a worse plight. But tell me about it."</p>
+
+<p>"That's putting it mildly. We've had one of the most inhuman riots
+here imaginable. The Seditionists have been pillaging the town and
+massacring all Europeans who came in their way. I only came here a
+week ago, and now, like all the occupants of this house, am hiding,
+waiting for an opportunity to get away in safety. It's frightful,
+it's terrible. Heaven only knows how many people have been
+massacred."</p>
+
+<p>"I didn't know it was as bad as that. You must have all been
+terror-stricken," replied George. "But let us come and have a quiet
+talk. How marvellous I should have chosen this place above all
+others to seek refuge in!"</p>
+
+<p>The two young men sat and talked in the background, Helmar first
+giving an account of all that had happened to him, which was
+punctuated with exclamations of surprise from Osterberg as George
+recounted his adventures.</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg, after parting with his friend at Constantinople, obtained
+work in the bank and gave<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span> great satisfaction to his employer. One
+day the latter called him in and told him there was a vacancy in the
+branch at Alexandria, and offered it to Osterberg. He accepted with
+alacrity and arrived in the town but a few days before the riots
+took place.</p>
+
+<p>"And here I am taking refuge like the others, with the proprietor of
+this caf&eacute;," he wound up. "Not quite so eventful a time as yours,
+George, is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"And what are we going to do now? Do you think we are safe for any
+length of time? Surely they must attack us in due course?" said
+George.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we shall be unmolested for a while," replied Osterberg.
+"The place was visited early by the rabble soldiery and they took
+all that was worth taking, so now I don't suppose they will bother
+us."</p>
+
+<p>That night was one of the worst Helmar had ever experienced; the
+only beds that could be scrambled together were used by the
+women-folk, and the men slept on the floor, benches, and tables.
+Fortunately blankets were not needed, as the heat was intense, but
+the benches were rickety and the sand on the floor worked into the
+sleepers' clothes. Altogether the plight of the refugees was
+miserable.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was unfeignedly delighted to meet his friend once more, and
+this compensated largely for the woeful condition in which he found
+himself. Osterberg, as he said, had now endured it for three<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> days
+and so didn't mind the imprisonment; but with George it was
+different, and he had yet to get used to it.</p>
+
+<p>The next two days were passed in this miserable captivity. Helmar
+chafed at the confinement, but was forced to put up with it. He
+often thought of leaving and trusting to good luck in the outside
+world, but Osterberg was always at his side, ready to point out the
+madness of such a proceeding.</p>
+
+<p>At last the welcome news came that Arabi, probably tired of his
+soldiers' wanton slaughter, had issued a proclamation that every
+European must leave the city within a certain time or abide by the
+consequences.</p>
+
+<p>This was news indeed, and the whites flocked in hundreds to the
+ships in the harbour. So great was the crush that Helmar and
+Osterberg were only just able to secure a passage in the last one to
+leave. They determined to go to Port Said and there apply to the
+British authorities for assistance. What they were to do after that,
+fate should decide; both able-bodied men, they had no doubt that
+they could make themselves useful. Helmar's idea, now that he could
+speak a little Arabic, was to try to become an interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>It was a dreary journey to Port Said, but they reached it in safety
+and proceeded immediately to the British Consul. Helmar was to be
+spokesman and explain the object of their visit. After some delay,
+they were told an interview would be granted<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> in about half-an-hour's
+time. Leaving the office, they strolled about in order to kill time.</p>
+
+<p>"We <i>are</i> in luck," said George, as they walked arm-in-arm. "I
+wonder what will happen."</p>
+
+<p>"Being Germans, possibly we shall be sent about our business," said
+Osterberg, "and after all, it's only to be expected."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think so," replied his friend; "you don't know these
+people. I'll bet something will be done for us."</p>
+
+<p>At this moment he caught sight, through the window, of a man dressed
+in European clothes crossing the square. The figure was so familiar
+that he paused and looked again.</p>
+
+<p>"By Jove! If I'm not very much mistaken, that's our old friend the
+doctor we met on the boat going to Constantinople!"</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg looked across at the man approaching.</p>
+
+<p>"You are right. It is he," he exclaimed, and they both made straight
+for the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, my friends, we meet sooner than we anticipated. I am delighted
+to see you, but am sorry for your plight. But come," he went on,
+shaking hands heartily, "this is no place to talk, we will go to my
+quarters."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar and his friend followed the doctor to his rooms.</p>
+
+<p>"So you managed to escape from Alexandria?" said Doctor Dixon, as he
+leant back in his chair after listening to the young men's story.
+"Well,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span> considering all things, you are lucky. Arabi Pasha, or his
+followers, are about the most inhuman devils I ever came across. And
+to think Arabi was one of the Khedive's most trusted ministers!
+Well, well, we live and learn!"</p>
+
+<p>"Now the point comes, what are we to do?" said George. "This
+rebellion has robbed us of our means of living, and we are simply
+thrown on the world without resource&mdash;at least without money. We
+have been to see the consul, but cannot do so for half-an-hour."</p>
+
+<p>The doctor laughed. George felt angry at this outburst of merriment
+at their troubles, and his face showed it.</p>
+
+<p>"There, there, my lad," said the officer, becoming serious, "I was
+not laughing at your troubles, but the way you put them. Now I dare
+say we can do something for you. You say you speak Arabic. Well," as
+George nodded in assent, "I'll see the consul and try to use my
+influence with him in getting you a job as interpreter. How'll that
+do?"</p>
+
+<p>"Excellently," replied our hero, beaming with delight; "but how
+about Osterberg?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, well, we'll look after him. He has his bank to go to, and I
+don't suppose for a moment Arabi will be allowed to remain in
+Alexandria for long. In fact, news came through this morning that
+the British warships were bombarding the place already, and if that
+is so, the blue-jackets will soon clear the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> town of the rabble. In
+the meantime provision will be made for him."</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg thanked him for his kind words, and the trio fell to
+discussing their journey from Varna to Constantinople.</p>
+
+<p>"By the way," said the doctor, "didn't you say that another fellow
+left the University with you? He played you a scurvy trick or
+something&mdash;didn't you say?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, you mean Mark Arden," said Helmar quickly.</p>
+
+<p>"Was that his name? You didn't tell me before. Strange&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, what do you mean?" asked both young men in a breath.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it's nothing. Only some weeks ago a young German of that name
+came here and he was found some employment. I forget exactly what.
+Anyhow the fellow misbehaved himself&mdash;stole some money or something
+and was imprisoned. There was a frightful scene when sentence was
+passed on him. He swore revenge for what he called 'the insulting
+treatment,' was taken away to the cells, and three days afterwards
+escaped."</p>
+
+<p>"What was he like?" asked George.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor described him. There was no doubt about it, it was
+certainly Mark.</p>
+
+<p>"The scoundrel," said Helmar, bitterly, "to think he should disgrace
+himself in such a manner! Has anything been heard of him since?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"No, we found no trace at all, and I shouldn't be surprised if he
+made his way into the rebel camp. But come, we must get to business.
+Osterberg can remain here until we return."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar followed his friend over to the consul's office. The doctor
+left him for a moment outside while he interviewed the arbitrator of
+his fate.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst waiting the result, Helmar could not help thinking of the
+perfidious Mark. What a viper he had been, and how quickly he had
+again fallen across his path! One thing was certain, if ever Helmar
+met him again, he would extort from him the money he had stolen, and
+denounce him for the rascal he was.</p>
+
+<p>His reflections were cut short by the door being thrown open and a
+sharp summons for him to enter.</p>
+
+<p>George found himself in a bare-looking office. The only furniture
+consisted of a desk, one or two hard, uncomfortable chairs, and a
+long, wooden bench. For decoration the wall was covered with
+innumerable paper files and maps. He had no time for inspection. He
+was standing in front of the desk, seated at which was a slight man.
+He was partially bald, and his face matched his hair&mdash;it was
+brick-dust colour. His features were small, though clear and sharply
+cut, while his eyes were jet black and keenly penetrating. The
+doctor was standing beside him, and the pair eyed the young man as
+he stepped forward.</p>
+
+<p>"German," said the man, without taking his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> eyes from Helmar's face.
+"Any relatives in the country?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," replied George without hesitation.</p>
+
+<p>"Want work, eh? Um," and he bit the end of his pen; "you speak
+Arabic, Dr. Dixon tells me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"How much do you know?" he asked in that language.</p>
+
+<p>George replied in the same tongue, and the rest of the conversation
+was carried on in it.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I can't promise you anything now at once, but Dr. Dixon
+recommends you highly, so that if we require any one, I have no
+doubt you will suit. You speak Arabic well for a man only a few
+months in the country."</p>
+
+<p>"I speak English and French as well, sir," broke in Helmar,
+"and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, yes, I have no doubt&mdash;that will do. You will hear from me as
+soon as it is possible."</p>
+
+<p>The doctor smiled at the way the interview was closed, but George
+simply expressed his thanks and walked out. Presently the doctor
+joined him, and the two walked back to the quarters.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what do you think of him?" asked the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>"Who? The consul? A smart-looking man."</p>
+
+<p>"A little abrupt, eh?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but all business men are more or less like that. If he finds
+me something to do, it <i>will</i> be a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span> relief, and anyway I can never
+thank you sufficiently for what you have done. It is strange, I
+always seem to be under obligations. First Mariam, then Naoum, and
+now you."</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind that, my boy, every one must start in life, and to get
+that start one has to be under obligations to some one, if it's only
+your parents. Now about quarters? I'll arrange that you have a spare
+room with your friend in my house, and you must be my guests until
+something turns up. No, no more thanks, you've done quite enough in
+that line already."</p>
+
+<p>In a few hours the two friends, Osterberg and George, were installed
+in the doctor's house. He was a bachelor, and his place was
+comfortably arranged. Everything he had he placed at their disposal,
+and for the next three or four days they thoroughly enjoyed
+themselves. At last the summons George had awaited came. After the
+doctor had finished his hospital duties he returned home with the
+announcement.</p>
+
+<p>"Our fleet has bombarded Alexandria, and the blue-jackets have
+landed," he cried, as he stepped into the sitting-room. "You,
+Osterberg, will be able to return to your bank, and you, Helmar, the
+consul is going to send to the general commanding the forces there
+as an interpreter. Everything will be arranged here, you will be
+engaged at a certain salary before you go, and I believe you leave
+to-night."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The news was so good and had come so suddenly that neither of the
+young men knew what to say, they were so overjoyed. At length their
+feelings burst out in a torrent of thanks, from which the kindly
+doctor took refuge by leaving the room.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage20" id="linktoimage20"></a>
+<img src="images/i020.jpg" width="400" height="390" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage21" id="linktoimage21"></a>
+<img src="images/i021.jpg" width="400" height="338" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>A MYSTERIOUS MESSENGER</p>
+
+<p>Everything turned out as the doctor had said, and at seven o'clock
+they bade good-bye to their friend and protector, and left for the
+transport.</p>
+
+<p>They had three hours to spare before the boat left, and to fill in
+the time they went for a walk round the port.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me the most marvellous thing, the way in which we have
+fallen on our feet," said George, as they walked slowly along. "No
+one can doubt but that a Higher Power guides our<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> footsteps. The
+miraculous escapes I have so far had teach me this, if I had needed
+any teaching."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and the providential way we have been brought together
+astonishes me still more," answered his companion. "Let us turn down
+here, it will take us out of the town; we have plenty of time. I
+don't suppose either of us will have much opportunity for pleasure
+after this. I say, isn't Dr. Dixon a brick?"</p>
+
+<p>"Rather! I only wish I was going to see more of him."</p>
+
+<p>They had turned into a quiet street, which rapidly brought them to
+the outskirts of the town. The houses on either side stood right up
+to the pavement, and appeared to be of the better class. This
+portion of Port Said was much more picturesque than the parts of
+Cairo and Alexandria to which our hero was used, and he remarked
+upon it.</p>
+
+<p>As they neared the end of the street, an Arab turned into it, from
+one of the many bye-ways, and came quickly towards them. He was a
+picturesque-looking man, dressed in his native garb. His dusky
+polished skin shone in the evening light, and he hurried along with
+a light, easy, swaying stride, his every movement displaying the
+athletic qualities that his robes tended to hide. As he approached
+the two friends, his watchful black eyes glanced quickly up and down
+the street, and then, apparently satisfied with what he saw, rested
+with a keen, penetrating look upon Helmar.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Without slackening his pace for a moment, or giving the least
+indication of his intention, he suddenly held out his hand and a
+piece of paper fluttered at our hero's feet, and the fellow passed
+swiftly on.</p>
+
+<p>The whole thing was done so suddenly, that neither of the friends
+had time to say a word before the man had passed; and when, after
+picking up the paper, they looked round for him, he had disappeared
+as quickly as he had come.</p>
+
+<p>George gazed at his companion, holding the missive in his hand, and
+burst out laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"What a queer chap! If it weren't that he touched me as he passed,
+and I felt that he was flesh and blood, I should be inclined to
+think he was a ghost. I wonder what he is up to?"</p>
+
+<p>"Examine the paper. Doubtless that will enlighten us," said the
+practical Osterberg. "If I'm not mistaken, this is some game, in
+which we are wanted to participate."</p>
+
+<p>George examined the paper, turning it over and over wonderingly. It
+was a dirty envelope, of the cheaper kind, sealed down and addressed
+to him.</p>
+
+<p>"The mystery deepens. It's from some one who knows me, evidently.
+The writing seems familiar, too. I wonder&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Confound it, man, open it!" broke in his impatient companion. "You
+are right about the handwriting. It <i>is</i> familiar."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar tore the envelope open, and examined the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span> contents. It was a
+brief note, signed by Mark Arden.</p>
+
+<p>The two read the contents eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"<span class="smcap">Dear George</span>,</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>"I have just found out you are in the town. For certain reasons, I
+cannot meet you in public; but, if you will meet me at the last
+Mosque outside the town, on the lake's edge (any one can direct
+you), in half-an-hour, I shall be glad to return you the money I
+borrowed at Varna.</p>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"Yours ever,</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 2em;">"<span class="smcap">Mark</span>."</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>As they finished reading this extraordinary epistle, the two young
+men silently looked at one another. Osterberg was the first to break
+the silence.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, of all the unadulterated cheek I ever heard of, this beats
+everything! I suppose he's going to pay you out of what he stole
+from the barracks. What are you going to do about it?"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar looked long at the paper before replying. He was trying to
+find out what lay hidden under these lines. Somehow, he could not
+bring himself to believe in their genuineness. There was a deeply
+suspicious air about the whole thing, not the least being the
+delivery of the note. At last he appeared to make up his mind.</p>
+
+<p>"We'll see it through. If there is any trickery, I dare say we can
+hold our own. Will you come?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Rather!" cried his friend. "But have we time?"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar looked at his watch. It still wanted two hours to the time he
+must be aboard the transport, and he had no doubt the quay could be
+reached in time.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, heaps of time! We'd better find out where this particular
+Mosque is. We'll ask the first person we meet."</p>
+
+<p>At this moment an elderly Arab came along from behind, as if in
+answer to his expressed intention, and Helmar stopped him, and
+inquired the way. The old fellow grinned, showing a row of perfect
+white teeth, which, in a man of his apparent years, astonished the
+companions.</p>
+
+<p>"It is not far," he said, in a peculiar, grating voice, "and I am
+going that way myself. It will take but a few minutes."</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg looked inquiringly at George.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, come along. You lead the way, old man," said Helmar,
+"and we will follow."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar slipped his hand in his coat pocket to make sure his revolver
+was there, and, having satisfied himself on the point, hurried along
+behind the Arab, talking and laughing with his friend, as if he had
+not the slightest doubt but that everything was fair and
+above-board.</p>
+
+<p>The limit of the town was reached, and they passed along the sandy
+road until they came to some gardens. Here they turned off, and soon
+found themselves in a lonely, obscure sort of disused brick-field<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>
+surrounded by some tumble-down hovels. At this spot their guide
+suddenly stopped.</p>
+
+<p>"That is the Mosque, in the distance," he said, and without waiting
+for reply, hurried off at a pace that belied his age.</p>
+
+<p>"I believe there's some trickery," said Osterberg. "I half wish we
+hadn't come. What's to be done?"</p>
+
+<p>"That old man has brought us to this spot for a purpose," said
+Helmar. "Why didn't he leave us at the gardens?" A dark look came
+into his eyes as he spoke. "Well, we'll give Mr. Mark ten minutes to
+turn up," he went on. "After that, we'll go."</p>
+
+<p>The two young men stood for a minute or two, kicking their heels
+about, and, at last, Osterberg got so impatient that he suddenly
+burst out&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Come on, don't let us wait here, let us get back to the quay. This
+is some beastly hoax. The place is as silent as the grave&mdash;it gives
+me the creeps."</p>
+
+<p>"I said we would give him ten minutes, and we will do so," said
+George, determinedly. "I'm not going until the time has elapsed.
+Hallo!" as he caught sight of a figure approaching, "here comes
+somebody. Perhaps it's Mark."</p>
+
+<p>His surmise proved correct. Mark came quickly up, and held out his
+hand. He was dressed in Egyptian costume, and with his dark
+complexion and black eyes might easily have passed as a native.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah! Helmar, and you, Osterberg!" he said.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> "I am glad to see you."
+Then, as neither took the proffered hand, he drew back. "Why, what's
+up? Aren't you going to shake hands?"</p>
+
+<p>"You said in your note," exclaimed our hero, impatiently, "that you
+wanted to return the money you owe me. Where is it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, that's it!" answered Mark, with apparent relief. "Well, if
+you'll come into this house I'll give it you. Oh, it's all right!"
+as Helmar did not offer to move, "there's not a soul about besides
+ourselves. Come along."</p>
+
+<p>"But why can't you pay me here? I have no time to fool about, and
+must get back to the quay in time to catch the boat."</p>
+
+<p>"I know&mdash;at least, that is&mdash;all right," said Mark, seeing that he
+had made a mistake. "But you don't understand. This is where I have
+to live."</p>
+
+<p>"Since you robbed those who helped you here, eh?" said George,
+contemptuously.</p>
+
+<p>"I see you have heard of that, then," replied Mark, with a smile.
+"But really I had no intention of stealing, I only borrowed it as I
+borrowed it from you, and am equally as ready to return it as I am
+yours."</p>
+
+<p>"Why don't you do so, then?" said Helmar, a little mollified at the
+man's open words. "Look here, Mark, I don't want to say hard things,
+but if you're not a knave you are a fool, and the sooner you pull
+yourself together and live a decent life, the better!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, don't preach, Helmar!" cried Arden impatiently.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span> "Allow me to
+do as I think fit. Now, will you come and get that money, or must I,
+on account of some silly notion of yours, go and fetch it? Of
+course, if you will not, then&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"All right, lead the way," said Helmar, "I'll follow."</p>
+
+<p>Arden led the way to a tumble-down, two-storied building, and the
+trio entered. It was dark inside.</p>
+
+<p>"You'd better follow me pretty closely," said their guide, "the
+floor is none too sound, and you may have a tumble if you don't."</p>
+
+<p>The two friends followed close up to their guide, and as they turned
+into a room, Osterberg fancied he heard a sound proceed from it. As
+nothing further alarmed him, he put it down to his straining nerves.
+As soon as they were inside, the door closed sharply behind them,
+and the ominous click of the lock made them both start. Helmar was
+about to say something, when Mark anticipated him.</p>
+
+<p>"Hold on while I strike a light. The beastly wind has blown the door
+to."</p>
+
+<p>This was such palpable nonsense that George expostulated.</p>
+
+<p>"There isn't a breath of wind, man. Hurry up with the light!"</p>
+
+<p>Arden fumbled with some matches for a moment, and then a light was
+struck.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 374px;">
+<a name="linktoimage22" id="linktoimage22"></a>
+<img src="images/i022.jpg" width="374" height="600" alt="&quot;&#39;Trapped, by Heavens!&#39; shouted Helmar.&quot; p. 124" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;Trapped, by Heavens!&#39; shouted Helmar.&quot; p. 124</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"Trapped, by Heavens!" shouted Helmar, as the light revealed the
+room filled with armed Arabs.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, as you say&mdash;trapped!" said Arden, with a leer on his dark
+face. "You are the fool, Helmar, not I. But see here, I am on
+business. Not of my own, but that of the person who employs me."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was gazing at their surroundings and calculating the chances
+of escape. As far as he could see, there were at least a dozen
+fierce-looking Arabs standing in a ring round the walls, and the
+only mode of egress was a broken window and the door. The door was
+securely locked, but the window was not only broken, but the wall
+below it was in decay and looked as if one heavy blow against it
+would bring the whole thing down&mdash;it seemed to be only held up by a
+couple of wooden props set up from the floor on either side of the
+window.</p>
+
+<p>He had no time for any careful survey, for Arden, observing his
+wandering gaze, exclaimed&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"It's no use, you can't escape. At a word from me these Arabs will
+kill you. Now, listen to what I have to say. As you know, Arabi is
+in open rebellion. I am employed by him. I am going round the
+country endeavouring to secure European recruits. He knows that he
+has practically only the British to deal with, and he wants to get
+as many Europeans as he can on his side. Now, in bringing you here,
+I am really doing you a good turn," he went on, with cool
+effrontery. "I am helping you to a far better position and
+infinitely more money than you will have with the British
+authorities. If you will join us you will be made an officer in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span> his
+army, at a big salary, and you will be liberated at once; if you
+refuse&mdash;well, these men have their orders and you will never leave
+this place alive."</p>
+
+<p>"So you would be a murderer as well as a thief!" cried George, with
+flashing eyes. "I will not talk about ingratitude to such a cur as
+you. You probably do not understand the word. I have this day signed
+to assist the British authorities to the utmost of my power,
+and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I am quite aware of it," interrupted the villain. "Your
+movements have been watched from the moment you arrived in Port
+Said; but come&mdash;your answer. I have no time to waste."</p>
+
+<p>Arden was holding the light in his hand. It was a small oil lamp,
+with uncovered flame. As he finished speaking, he held it out
+towards our hero, peering into his face. With a bound like a
+panther, George darted forward and seized the spluttering light.
+Giving one powerful twist, he wrenched it from the villain's hand,
+and, turning it upside down, a huge flame flashed out all over it.
+He dashed it to the ground and the burning oil ran over the floor,
+catching light to the pieces of worn-out mats scattered about, and
+in less time than it takes to write, the rotten boards flared up.
+Helmar, seeing what had happened, backed himself to the wall,
+dragging his companion with him.</p>
+
+<p>His movements had been so rapid that even Arden's usual presence of
+mind had failed him;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span> but, as he saw the flame burst from the
+flooring, he shouted to the Arabs to seize their prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>He had, however, calculated without his host. The house was so
+rotten and dry that the flames spread with great rapidity, and the
+Arabs, in terror of their lives, made for the door. Seeing this,
+almost blinded by the smoke, Helmar and Osterberg dashed to the
+window, and, tearing away the two supports, sprang on to the sill.
+The supports gone, the weight of their bodies finished the work that
+time had begun, and with a terrible crash the wall gave way, and the
+companions fell with it. Springing to their feet, quite unhurt, they
+found themselves out in the open, and ran off at top speed in the
+direction of the town.</p>
+
+<p>They were not a moment too soon, for Arden, at the head of the Arabs
+who had escaped by the door, came round the corner and followed in
+hot pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>It was almost dark, but George remembered the direction from which
+they had approached the desolate house, and with unerring judgment
+led the way as fast as his legs could carry him.</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg followed his fleet-footed friend, keeping pace with
+difficulty, and they soon reached the boundary of the gardens.</p>
+
+<p>"Which way now?" panted Osterberg, as the dim outline of trees
+loomed through the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>"Follow me," cried George in answer, as without a moment's
+hesitation he turned a sharp corner.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Each felt rather than knew that the swift-footed Arabs were coming
+ever nearer, and that their only means of salvation lay in strategy.
+For this reason George preferred the gardens to the open roads.
+Since Arabi's rising, Europeans had taken to staying in their houses
+at night, rather than run any risk of a stab in the dark, so that
+there was little hope of meeting any one who could help them in the
+open thoroughfare. The gardens appealed to Helmar on account of
+their dense foliage and excellent cover. In case the worst should
+come to the worst, they would at least afford them shelter, and he
+hoped against hope that by this means he could give their enemies
+the slip.</p>
+
+<p>The patter of feet behind them had now grown louder and perfectly
+distinct, and at times Helmar even fancied he could hear the heavy
+breathing of the pursuers.</p>
+
+<p>Darting like a brace of hares through the labyrinth of paths, the
+two young men kept on. Their pace was terrific, but the sound of
+feet was still not far behind them.</p>
+
+<p>"George," panted Osterberg, as he drew up alongside his friend, "we
+can't keep this up. Can't we take the scrub and hide?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not yet, not yet, keep going, we shall find a place soon."</p>
+
+<p>Just then a light appeared among the trees to their right, and
+inspired with fresh hope they renewed their exertions, searching
+vainly for a path<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span> by which to reach it. Suddenly an idea struck
+George.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind the light. Here, take this path to the left. Arden and
+his Arabs are sure to think we have made for that light in the hopes
+of assistance."</p>
+
+<p>Without hesitation they turned to the left, and in a few minutes
+came to an open gate in the boundary fence. For a second they paused
+to listen and recover their wind.</p>
+
+<p>"You were right, George," whispered his companion, "I cannot hear
+the footsteps, they have gone in the other direction. Come along,
+let's hurry. Do you know where we are?"</p>
+
+<p>"Haven't the faintest notion," was the comforting reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Well then, I suppose we must trust to luck. Which way?" he asked,
+as they stepped into the dusty road.</p>
+
+<p>George glanced quickly up and down. He saw some twinkling lights to
+the right.</p>
+
+<p>"There we are, that's the town," and the two set off again at a run.</p>
+
+<p>The lights became clearer and more numerous as they hurried along,
+and at last Helmar stopped running.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we are safe now. Listen!"</p>
+
+<p>The companions strained their ears to catch the slightest sound from
+behind, but they could hear nothing.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank goodness, they have lost us. I don't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> think we need fear
+further pursuit," said George. "Now, I wonder if we are in time to
+catch our boat." Fearing to strike a match to look at the time, they
+hurried on towards the town, and in a few minutes reached the
+outskirts. With hurried pace they made for the landing-stage, and
+reached it a few minutes before the gangway was about to be hauled
+aboard the transport.</p>
+
+<p>"A narrow shave in more ways than one," said Helmar, as they stepped
+on deck. "Come, we must report ourselves to the captain. I don't
+think we had better say anything about what has happened."</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg agreed, and the two young men reported themselves at once.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage23" id="linktoimage23"></a>
+<img src="images/i023.jpg" width="400" height="377" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage24" id="linktoimage24"></a>
+<img src="images/i024.jpg" width="400" height="341" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>THE NEW OCCUPATION</p>
+
+<p>The ironclad that bore Helmar and his young friend to Alexandria
+also carried a great number of refugees, all bound for their homes
+in Europe. The time passed so pleasantly, that when their
+destination came into view, it was with feelings of regret that the
+young men prepared to disembark.</p>
+
+<p>As the docks loomed up, the evidences of the bombardment became
+distinctly visible. How different everything seemed now, from the
+peaceful business-like appearance the place presented when<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> Helmar
+first landed on those self-same docks! The great heavy ironclads lay
+at anchor all around, silent and harmless enough to look at, but,
+withal, a mighty latent power protecting the shattered city. On
+shore the destruction seemed terrible; forts in all directions could
+be seen, battered and tumbled heaps of debris, a ghastly tribute to
+England's mighty naval power. Buildings that had been before all
+full of life and bustling activity were nothing but charred ruins.</p>
+
+<p>Altogether, the picture that presented itself, as the vessel slowly
+forged towards the shore, was one of appalling significance, and as
+George and Osterberg took in the terrible details, neither could
+help a feeling of regret at the necessity of such things.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems so terrible," said Osterberg, with a sigh, "to think that,
+for the sake of one great villain, all this destruction should have
+taken place."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but you must not forget that if it hadn't, probably there
+would not be a single European left alive in the city," answered the
+practical Helmar. "Personally I glory in a power that is so quick to
+avenge, and only regret that it did not come in time to prevent the
+terrible massacres of the hound Arabi. 'Egypt for the Egyptians' is
+no excuse for such wanton destruction of human life. If I am any
+judge there'll be a terrible reckoning for that gentleman and his
+satellites in the near future. England is roused now, and some one
+will have to answer for it."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Helmar was an enthusiast. He admired and believed in the English as
+a race, and gloried, in a broad-minded way, in their mighty power.
+Since he had left his own country, the English he had met had, at
+once, held out a helping hand to him, and there was no thought in
+his mind but of gratitude towards them.</p>
+
+<p>"We will not say 'Good-bye,'" said George, as the young men shook
+hands on the quay. "Some day I expect we shall come together again.
+Your life is, apparently, to be of a more peaceful nature than mine,
+and perhaps it is as well; but still, these are troublous times, and
+one never can tell what may occur to bring us together. <i>Au revoir</i>,
+and good luck."</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg replied in a similar strain, concluding with the fatherly
+advice, "Do not put your head into too many traps," then hastened
+off to seek his bank, or, at any rate, what might still remain of
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Although not an enlisted man, Helmar was now, more or less, bound
+down by the same rules as governed the marines. There were many
+restrictions put upon him, and his associations were entirely of a
+martial description. He was, of course, billeted with the sailors,
+who only numbered some four hundred, and his duties consisted mainly
+of attending the orderly room in his capacity of interpreter. To a
+man of his energy and brains, this soon became simply intolerable,
+and he quickly determined to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span> find other and more exciting means of
+occupying his time.</p>
+
+<p>Directly British forces landed from the ironclads, Arabi and his
+soldiery abandoned the city and took up their position at Kafr
+Dowar, a few miles to the south. A city patrol was quickly
+organized, consisting of blue-jackets and soldiers, and, in order to
+keep his mind and body employed, Helmar obtained permission to join
+these parties when he was not otherwise occupied.</p>
+
+<p>After the bombardment had ceased and before they evacuated the city,
+the rebels set light to hundreds of buildings, using petroleum, the
+better to work their fell purpose. The damage done in the European
+quarters was terrific, and many of the streets had become simply
+impassable, fallen ruins and dead and charred bodies in most
+instances blocking the way. All buildings that had escaped the
+incendiaries were looted from top to bottom, and not a vestige of
+anything valuable was left by the rabble.</p>
+
+<p>There was plenty of work, therefore, to be done in the city for some
+time to come. Notwithstanding the fact that the place was now in the
+hands of the British, acts of incendiarism were still being
+perpetrated at intervals. Natives who had remained in the town were
+the chief offenders, and it was a task of great difficulty for the
+patrols to stop the wanton destruction.</p>
+
+<p>One evening an alarm was given, and the patrol,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span> which Helmar
+chanced to be with, was ordered to the spot. The conflagration was
+near one of the city gates, and, as the little party approached, a
+mob of Bedouins was seen hovering round, evidently with the
+intention of looting.</p>
+
+<p>The officer in charge of the patrol gave the order for his men to
+conceal themselves, and the whole party waited developments.
+Avoiding the fire the Bedouins entered another house, creeping
+cautiously to avoid detection. The watchers realized at once what
+was on; the fire had been started to distract attention from them,
+and, meanwhile, they were looting to their hearts' content. There
+were about twenty of the ragged creatures, and, as the last one
+entered the building, the patrol dashed in after them.</p>
+
+<p>There was a short, sharp fight, and then the would-be looters
+endeavoured to escape, but the trap was perfect, and, with one or
+two exceptions, the whole party were captured, taken to the Market
+Square and shot.</p>
+
+<p>Such incidents were of frequent occurrence, and often the native
+police were the offenders; no mercy was shown, however; those found
+guilty of pillaging only were flogged, while incendiaries were shot.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar found his knowledge of Arabic brought plenty of work. The
+residents and shop-owners required much help, and, in many
+instances, permission was granted to erect makeshift places in the
+public thoroughfares to carry on business.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Destitute native families had to be provided for, homeless orphans
+and widowed mothers to be looked after. All these required people
+like Helmar to deal with them, and he found that his knowledge of
+their language brought him into constant demand.</p>
+
+<p>As often as not, his task was an unpleasant one. A fight, a tussle,
+a battle fair and square wouldn't have troubled him in the least,
+but when his work demanded the witnessing of prisoners being shot or
+flogged, he often felt, although he knew they deserved it, an
+absolute loathing for his duty. However, he was not always required
+for these things, and when they came, they were soon over, and, in
+the midst of all the bustle, he quickly forgot his momentary
+weakness.</p>
+
+<p>On one occasion only did his feelings get the better of him.</p>
+
+<p>A row of prisoners were lying down on their stomachs, moaning in the
+courtyards, awaiting their punishment; men of all nationalities and
+ages, varying from fifteen to seventy. Each was, in turn, tied to
+the pillar with his back bared, and received so many strokes from
+the cat at the hands of a marine, whilst the officer in command
+counted each blow, as it fell on the lacerated back. As the skin
+gradually turned red, blue, and then swelled, and the shrieks and
+yells of the victim filled the air, Helmar uttered a suppressed
+groan and turned his head, but he could not leave the courtyard. A
+fine specimen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span> of an Arab had attracted his attention, and he
+wondered how he would submit to the treatment. His curiosity was
+soon satisfied. The man was led up to the wall and securely tied,
+then, setting his teeth, took his punishment without flinching or
+the utterance of a word. Whilst the marines were untying him, George
+saw that the man was almost fainting, and, as he tottered away, he
+went to his assistance and supported him to the doorway. Here he
+offered him a tin of water, but, to his utter astonishment, the man
+refused it.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no," and the man waved the refreshing liquid away. Then he
+explained in broken accents that it was a month of fasting, when no
+good Moslem either drinks, eats, or smokes between sunrise and
+sunset.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was deeply impressed with the man's faith, which was strong
+enough to deny himself in his extremity for the sake of his
+religion.</p>
+
+<p>The rigorous manner in which crime was punished soon had its effect,
+and matters began to calm down inside the town.</p>
+
+<p>Incendiarism and robbery gradually ceased, citizens began to breathe
+more freely, and business revived.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar's occupation now began to grow more monotonous, and he looked
+about for something fresh. He found there was much work to be done
+in repairing the fortifications and building fresh ones. In this
+work native labour was largely requisitioned, and George saw an
+opportunity of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> employment in dealing with the workers. He soon
+obtained work here in a post of some slight importance, and, in a
+short time, proved himself so capable that the officers and those in
+authority began to notice him.</p>
+
+<p>Rumour had it that Arabi at Kafr Dowar was preparing to attack the
+town, and in consequence the authorities prepared to receive him. A
+large number of soldiers, blue-jackets, and marines with Gatling
+guns were landed, and the resources of the town were taxed to the
+utmost. Night and day the work of fortification went on, and guns
+were mounted at many points on the southern parts of the town.</p>
+
+<p>In this instance rumour was correct, and the rebel Pasha began to
+show fight. A contingent of his mounted infantry was known to be
+somewhere in the district of Ramleh water-works, so two regiments of
+mounted men were sent out in the direction to disperse them. They
+met, and a fierce but short encounter ensued, and the Egyptians fled
+towards Ramleh for reinforcements. This necessitated the dispatch of
+artillery and more troops to protect the place. On arriving there
+they found the ridge along the canal occupied by the enemy, and the
+water-works in danger. It soon became patent to the officer in
+command that the hill which commanded the position must be strongly
+held, and big guns mounted there. To this end he communicated with
+the town, and considerable delay was caused.</p>
+
+<p>It was at this time that Helmar received the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> order to join the
+forces at Ramleh. He had just turned into his blankets after a
+sixteen-hours day's work, and he felt that the much-needed rest was
+well earned. He was just dozing off to sleep, when a head was put
+through the doorway and a voice called him&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Helmar!"</p>
+
+<p>George was on his feet in an instant.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes!" he answered, recognizing the voice of an engineer.</p>
+
+<p>"You are wanted at once by the Colonel. Hurry up!"</p>
+
+<p>George did not wait an instant. He had lain down to sleep in his
+clothes, so putting on his helmet he ran out towards the Commander's
+quarters. In a few moments he found himself in the presence of his
+chief.</p>
+
+<p>"Helmar, I want you to join the officer in charge at Ramleh. The
+attack, I believe, is expected to be centred on that point at
+daylight, and there the defences are very incomplete. This is a case
+of emergency, or I should not send for you, for I am aware you have
+been at work for more than sixteen hours. However, you will take
+your gang to the point at once and render all the assistance
+possible. That will do!"</p>
+
+<p>The prospect, to most men, would not have been alluring, but to
+Helmar it was one of unmixed pleasure. True, he could have done with
+some sleep, but the hope of being in the thick of the fight<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span> on the
+morrow dwarfed into insignificance his desire for rest.</p>
+
+<p>In a short time he had aroused his blackies, and grumbling at being
+disturbed, they marched with their picks and shovels in the
+direction of the point to be defended.</p>
+
+<p>The enemy was still keeping up a desultory fire, and the solemn
+"boom" of their heavy guns could now and then be heard, while the
+hiss of the flying shell grated harshly on the still night air. The
+blackies were used to this sort of thing, and marched along as
+unconcernedly as if it were the natural state of things, only now
+and then would be heard a remark as a shell came a little nearer
+than usual.</p>
+
+<p>The spot was reached, and in a few minutes Helmar was superintending
+the throwing up of trenches. Approaching an officer in charge of a
+party of sappers close to him, he fell into conversation.</p>
+
+<p>"They expect an attack here at daylight?" he said, by way of
+greeting.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Arabi has found our weak spot, and the General has information
+of his intention. We shall give them a warm reception, but the
+trouble is, we have no guns of any kind mounted yet."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what do you think will happen?"</p>
+
+<p>"Can't say, I'm sure," replied the officer, looking towards the
+east. "I believe at the first streak of daylight they are going to
+try to mount some of the naval guns on that steep hill the other
+side of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span> railway. I don't quite see how it is to be done under
+fire."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar looked over at the hill in question. Well might the officer
+doubt the ability of the troops to mount the guns under fire. The
+hill was very steep and open, not a fraction of cover on it
+anywhere. Every man on the work would be exposed to the enemy's
+fire. The task looked a hopeless one.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, you're right," he said at last, "it will be a tough job. How
+do they propose to go about it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Set the blackies to haul them up," was the laconic reply.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar did not answer. The first streaks of daylight were already
+appearing, and his work was nearly completed. Already the fighting
+men of the camp were on the move and about to occupy the trenches.
+As the daylight began to broaden, he saw that the work of hauling
+the guns up on to the hill had begun. Shortly after, the fighting
+line occupied his trenches, and his gang were dismissed and sent
+back to their quarters. His work was completed, and he made his way
+towards the hill. Already Arabi's men had advanced to the attack,
+and firing had started at all points. It was quickly evident that
+the information was correct, and this portion of the town was to
+receive the main attack, for a terrific fusillade was opened by the
+enemy's artillery.</p>
+
+<p>The noise soon became deafening, the enemy's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span> heavy guns being
+answered by the few small ones that the British had been able to get
+into position during the night. There was no doubt that, until the
+heavy naval batteries were got into position, it would go hard with
+the defending forces.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar hurried along in face of the terrific fire, totally heedless
+of the danger he was running, until he reached the railway.</p>
+
+<p>Hurrying on with the greatest possible speed, he reached the base of
+the hill, where he stood watching the efforts of the men. It was
+frightful work, the great heavy guns moved ever so slowly, and to
+George the outlook seemed hopeless.</p>
+
+<p>He had not noticed the officer in charge standing close by him, but
+as a sergeant ran up to receive some order his attention was
+attracted, and he recognized a Captain of Engineers to whom he had
+been of use several times since his arrival in Alexandria.</p>
+
+<p>The officer looked very much concerned about something as he stood
+there directing the sergeant. At the very moment the man went off to
+do the bidding of his superior, the officer turned and caught sight
+of George standing there. Beckoning him to his side, he asked&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Is not your name Helmar?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," replied George.</p>
+
+<p>"What are you doing now?" demanded the officer.</p>
+
+<p>"I have just finished the trenches, sir; my men<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span> have gone back and
+I was about to follow, when I stopped to watch the hauling up of
+those guns," said George.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah! Those guns are giving much trouble. But I have just hit upon an
+idea which will save time and labour, and you are the very man I
+want to help carry it out. Come with me for a few minutes and I will
+give you the necessary instructions."</p>
+
+<p>George followed the officer promptly.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage25" id="linktoimage25"></a>
+<img src="images/i025.jpg" width="400" height="157" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class='chapter' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage26" id="linktoimage26"></a>
+<img src="images/i026.jpg" width="400" height="330" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>HELMAR PROVES HIS METAL</p>
+
+<p>As George followed the officer he wondered what the plan was and in
+what manner his services could be of use in its execution. So far
+his occupations had been many and various, and, being willing and
+prepared to do any mortal thing, he felt no anxiety about the task
+he was to have next.</p>
+
+<p>Having reached the spot where the operations were going on, the
+officer, addressing Helmar, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Unless we get those guns into position quickly, there is no telling
+what may happen. The situation<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> is getting very serious, but if I
+can carry out my plan successfully there will be nothing to fear. It
+is necessary, however, to have a trustworthy and fearless man for
+the job, for he will not only have a hard task but will be in a warm
+corner."</p>
+
+<p>"Give me your orders, sir, and I will do my best to carry them out,"
+said George, without hesitation.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it will take a long time to get the guns up by manual
+labour," said his companion meditatively, "and it seems to me that
+we might easily adopt another means. Now," he went on, in decisive
+tones, "there are plenty of ropes and wire cables, and my suggestion
+is, we fix two blocks, one on the top of the hill and the other on
+the railway line opposite to it, and then, fastening a cable to the
+gun and passing it through the pulleys, secure it to a locomotive
+and&mdash;the thing is done."</p>
+
+<p>The officer looked at George for a moment, wondering if he grasped
+the situation clearly. The plan was of such a simple nature that he
+could not fail to do so.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you understand what I mean?" asked the officer.</p>
+
+<p>"Perfectly," replied George, "it seems to me a splendid plan."</p>
+
+<p>"Good!" exclaimed the officer. "Now, I want you to undertake the
+securing of the block on the hill." Then turning to the men, he
+called out, "Cease hauling there! Sergeant," he went on,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> "send in
+word at once to dispatch a locomotive down the line to us with the
+least possible delay."</p>
+
+<p>The work assigned to George was of great importance and of great
+danger. The enemy had already trained their heavy guns on to the
+hill, and it was only their bad gunnery that made it possible for
+the officer's plan to be carried out. In every direction shells were
+flying, bursting overhead, on either side, short, and far over the
+city, till the air was filled with flying fragments of metal; every
+moment was a constant threat, a constant danger to the little party
+of blue-jackets at the foot of the hill.</p>
+
+<p>Without waiting for further orders, Helmar, with the assistance of
+one or two of the eager sailors, selected an iron block of great
+strength, some necessary tools and ropes, and began the ascent.</p>
+
+<p>The first part of the climb was a little sheltered, but, as they
+proceeded, the shells hurtled away over their heads in rapid
+succession, and as the hissing missiles sped on their way, the men
+involuntarily ducked their heads as though to avoid them. The
+devoted little party had barely a hundred and fifty yards to go to
+reach the summit, but every foot of the way they knew they would be
+exposed to this murderous fire.</p>
+
+<p>The battle was raging all along the south of the city, a dense cloud
+of smoke covering the land like a pall, hiding the glaring light of
+the sun and making the atmosphere more densely oppressive than ever.
+The little party toiled wearily up the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> hill, the perspiration
+pouring off them as they struggled beneath their iron burdens,
+prepared to do or die. Helmar led the way, and never for a moment
+paused, although the weight of the heavy block was almost
+unbearable. He thought nothing of the flying shells, nothing of the
+death he was facing at every step, only of reaching the top and
+securing the pulley. A few more yards and the journey would be over.</p>
+
+<p>"Come on, lads, only another step or two!" he cried, gasping for
+breath in the parching air.</p>
+
+<p>"Ay, ay," came the answer in various tones.</p>
+
+<p>At last the top was reached. The sight now became fearful; the
+bursting shells, ploughing up the ground on all sides, were enough
+to strike terror into any one's heart. The blue-jackets, used to
+facing fire of all kinds, simply laughed and joked as they pointed
+out the inaccuracy of the firing.</p>
+
+<p>"Them savages 'ad better go back to their bows and arrers,"
+exclaimed one of the men, as he saw a shell pitch about half-way
+short of the hill. "Blowed if they could 'it an 'aystack, the black
+divils!"</p>
+
+<p>His companions laughed, and it did all hands good. Notwithstanding
+their indomitable pluck, the nervous strain was great, and the laugh
+relieved them. The hill-top was very bare, and, as George glanced
+round for a means of securing the pulley, he began to think that
+after all he had no easy task. The only possible means of securing
+it was to drive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> strong poles deep and firmly into the earth, and
+then fix the pulleys to them.</p>
+
+<p>As Helmar stood examining the spot, a splinter of one of the shells
+struck the earth close to him, and glancing off, whizzed past within
+an inch of his face. Springing back, he turned to a man near him.</p>
+
+<p>"That was a close call," he said.</p>
+
+<p>"Ay, and it might ha' been closer," was the solemn reply.</p>
+
+<p>There was no time to be lost, Helmar had made up his mind, and gave
+his instructions to the men. Taking a crowbar, about seven feet
+long, they drove it into the earth until there was little more than
+two feet of it remaining above ground. Just as this was finished, a
+shell pitched and burst barely twenty yards from them, and the whole
+party narrowly escaped death. The explosion tore up the ground until
+it looked as if a plough had recently passed over it.</p>
+
+<p>For fear the crowbar should not be firm enough to hold the weight of
+the gun, Helmar now fixed a stay to it and secured it to the ground;
+then collecting all the loose, heavy stones around, had them rolled
+into position so as to prevent the stake from drawing.</p>
+
+<p>The hill was now becoming too hot to hold them; the Arabs, bent on
+dislodging them, continued their fire with greater accuracy, until
+it became so deadly that the rest of the work had to be done lying
+down.</p>
+
+<p>The process of fastening the iron block to the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> crowbar was
+comparatively easy, and yet it was during this operation that the
+first casualty happened. George was lashing the wire rope round the
+stanchion, with the assistance of one of the men, when, without a
+cry or a moan, his companion fell back on the ground, shot clean
+through the chest. Helmar was terribly shocked, but continued his
+work, the man's place being at once filled by one of the others, and
+so the task was completed.</p>
+
+<p>"If that doesn't hold, nothing will," exclaimed George, ducking
+involuntarily, as a shot passed over his head. "Come on, boys, we'd
+better go back. No, on second thoughts, go you down and haul up the
+cable, I'll remain here and take care of him," pointing to the dying
+sailor.</p>
+
+<p>Without a word, the men darted off, and Helmar was left alone.</p>
+
+<p>While waiting for the return of his comrades, he laid the dying man
+in a comfortable position, nursing his head on his lap. This was the
+first time Helmar had been under fire. His anticipation of it had
+been somewhat unnerving, but when he found himself in the midst of
+the hail of lead and iron, his spirits had at once risen and he felt
+a wild longing to shout defiance at the distant Arabs.</p>
+
+<p>He could see nothing of the enemy through the dense canopy of smoke,
+but, from his elevated position, he could see the line of the city
+defences quite plainly. The garrison troops on all sides seemed to
+be gaining ground, only at this one point<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span> did it seem that nothing
+was being done. Suddenly he saw the locomotive dash out from the
+town and run swiftly down the line towards him, and, at the same
+time, the cheery "heave-ho" of the tars broke on his ear as they
+hauled the cable up the hill.</p>
+
+<p>The next minute the pilot rope was passed through the block and the
+men ran off with it towards the railway, while George remained to
+guide the hawser into its place when it came up.</p>
+
+<p>The whole operation did not last more than a few minutes; he saw the
+men reach the railway, pass the rope through the pulley there, and
+then secure it to the waiting engine.</p>
+
+<p>The officer now came up and joined Helmar.</p>
+
+<p>"You have done well, my lad," he cried. "Do you think the stanchion
+will hold the weight of the heavy guns?"</p>
+
+<p>"I hope so, sir," answered Helmar, eyeing the crowbar narrowly.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well, I'll give the order to heave in the slack. We'll see."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 379px;">
+<a name="linktoimage27" id="linktoimage27"></a>
+<img src="images/i027.jpg" width="379" height="600" alt="&quot;At last the gun reached the top.&quot; p. 151" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;At last the gun reached the top.&quot; p. 151</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>He then gave the signal, and the engine began to steam slowly back
+to the town. The guide rope hauled taut, and then began to pass
+rapidly through the blocks. The hawser began to ascend. Up it came,
+lumbering along like a great snake until the block was reached. The
+officer signalled, and the engine came to a standstill. George
+passed the great steel rope safely through the pulley, and the work
+went on until the hawser had passed the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>second block on the
+railway. The engine then came back, and as soon as the great cable
+was secured to it, it started again for the town. The work had
+started in real earnest.</p>
+
+<p>All this time the enemy's fire was kept up incessantly, the
+locomotive being an object for their gunners to try their skill. But
+for the Arabs' atrocious practice, the naval guns would never have
+been got into position; as it was, whilst Helmar and the officer
+stood looking on, the gun began slowly to ascend.</p>
+
+<p>With a lynx eye, George watched the straining crowbar, fearful that
+it should draw and his work prove unavailing. It held, and, assisted
+by the men below, the heavy burden was steadily hauled up.</p>
+
+<p>At last the gun reached the top, and Helmar breathed a sigh of
+relief as he saw it wheeled off to its position. After this, the
+other guns were fetched up in a similar manner, and in less than
+half-an-hour the whole battery opened fire on the enemy. The naval
+brigade's practice quickly silenced the enemy's guns, and long
+before sundown Arabi and his hordes were in full retreat.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as his share in the work was over, George quietly slipped
+away and retired, thinking no more about it, content to leave the
+issue of the day in other more capable hands, while he took his
+well-earned rest. It did not occur to him that he had done anything
+wonderful, and therefore great was his surprise when, towards
+sundown, he was again<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> rudely awakened by a loud voice telling him
+to get up.</p>
+
+<p>"Be sharp, too; the Colonel wants you."</p>
+
+<p>Somewhat flustered by this peremptory order, George hurried out and
+followed the orderly until he reached a house on the outskirts. Here
+the man paused.</p>
+
+<p>"You're not very smart-looking," he said, eyeing Helmar's
+non-military appearance with a glance of contempt.</p>
+
+<p>"I can't help that," said George. "You said, 'come at once,' so I
+came. It's no use finding fault with my appearance now, you should
+have thought of that before."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, I don't want any cheek, only when you go before the
+Colonel you are supposed to look smart. Just remember, young fellar,
+it's an honour to speak to the chief."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, is it?" said George, tired of the man's patronage. "Well, if
+you'll lead the way, I shall be obliged, for it is no honour to
+speak to you."</p>
+
+<p>Muttering something derogatory to Helmar's nationality, the man led
+the way into the house.</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes Helmar stood in front of the Colonel in charge. In
+the room several other officers were standing round, amongst whom he
+recognized the Captain whom he had assisted with the guns. The
+latter smiled on him as he entered.</p>
+
+<p>"I am told," said the Colonel, looking up at Helmar, "that it was
+due to your gallant conduct to-day,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span> my man, that the guns were got
+into position so rapidly. It seems that, under a very heavy fire,
+you went to the top of the hill on which they were to be posted, and
+fixed up the hauling gear. These reports are very satisfactory to
+me. You are engaged as an interpreter at present. I shall endeavour
+to find you a position the better to show your capabilities. I
+compliment you heartily on what you have done."</p>
+
+<p>When Helmar got outside he could scarcely refrain from shouting for
+joy. The very first engagement he had been in, it seemed, he had
+distinguished himself and received the Colonel's congratulations. It
+seemed too good to be true. And yet the Colonel had said it himself.
+"Bah!" he muttered, "I did no more than the others did&mdash;yes, but
+very likely they got praised too."</p>
+
+<p>He anxiously hurried back, wondering what the morrow would bring
+forth. Evidently luck was coming his way.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage28" id="linktoimage28"></a>
+<img src="images/i028.jpg" width="400" height="364" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>THE REGIMENTAL COOK</p>
+
+<p>The sun had long risen when George awoke from his heavy, dreamless
+slumber. Tired nature had at last demanded and received her share of
+the healing balm of sleep. The day had been exciting, and eventful;
+and though the nervous strain had been great, it was long before his
+busy brain allowed him to get to sleep. When it did, however, it was
+hours before his body was sufficiently refreshed to begin the new
+day.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The sun was pouring down with scorching intensity when he sprang
+from his blankets; the heat of the atmosphere was like that of an
+oven, and he flung back the fastenings of the doorway and plunged
+his head into a bucket of water that stood ready to hand. Thoroughly
+refreshed and cooled with his dip, he set out in search of
+breakfast, his thoughts running wild over the events of the
+preceding day, as he made his way down the lines towards the
+cook-house.</p>
+
+<p>As he hurried along he was astonished at the number of men who
+paused in their work to take notice of him. As a matter of fact, he
+was scarcely known to any one, except the officers with whom he came
+into contact in his work, and yet he was greeted like an old friend
+by nearly every one he came across. It was some time before he began
+to realize that, in some way, the events of yesterday had brought
+this about.</p>
+
+<p>Reaching the cook-house, he plunged into the subject of breakfast.
+Had the cook anything to eat?</p>
+
+<p>"Anything to eat?" replied that worthy. "Well, rather. Always got
+something for you, Mr. Helmar!" his greasy face smiling with a look
+of pride at the man who had so distinguished himself on the hill
+yesterday.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm beastly hungry, and am afraid I'm a bit late," said George
+apologetically. "But I was so tired that I overslept myself."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Late? Not a bit of it&mdash;leastways, not for you. Here y'are, I been
+a-savin' this for you," and the benevolent-looking "slushy" dived
+into an oven and produced a piece of steak and some onions on a tin
+plate.</p>
+
+<p>George accepted this mark of extreme favour with the greatest
+pleasure. The steak smelt savoury, although, by the looks of it, he
+thought it would have done credit to a shoemaker's shop; but he fell
+to with such a healthy appetite that the cook was still further
+pleased.</p>
+
+<p>"'Ere, 'av a drop o' my kauffee," he said, holding out a pannikin of
+the steaming liquid; "there's a goodish 'stick' in it," he added,
+with a knowing wink.</p>
+
+<p>George accepted it without demur. He did not care for brandy, but he
+felt that he was under an obligation to the man and would not hurt
+his feelings by refusing what the soldiers considered a priceless
+treasure.</p>
+
+<p>While George was discussing his solid breakfast the cook looked on,
+chattering away about the doings of yesterday, avoiding with
+soldier-like tact Helmar's share in the proceedings; but just as the
+meal was over and he was about to depart, he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"S'pose you won't be 'avin' many more meals along o' us?"</p>
+
+<p>"What do you mean?" asked George, in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>The man smiled and looked knowing.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Orficers' mess grub better'n we do, yer know," he replied, winking
+with the whole side of his face.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I dare say they do, but that's got nothing to do with it,"
+said George.</p>
+
+<p>"Ho, 'asn't it! They tells me as you are a-goin' to be made a
+horsifer."</p>
+
+<p>Our hero laughed, and the man looked offended.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, that's wrong. You know, I'm not English, they can't do
+that&mdash;besides, there's no reason for it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, now, I never thought o' that," replied the cook, somewhat
+crestfallen. "But they're a-goin' to do somethin' for yer;
+everybody's a-talkin' about 'ow you got them guns up the 'ill, and I
+sez, right yer are, I sez, 'e's a chap as deserves to git hon."</p>
+
+<p>George was quite confused at the man's praise, and, to avoid more of
+it, said good-bye and left the kitchen. What he had heard had opened
+his eyes. Now he knew the meaning of his morning's greetings from
+the strangers he had passed. Apparently he was looked upon as a sort
+of hero&mdash;well, he hoped they would find him something to do to prove
+their belief in him.</p>
+
+<p>Cutting across the parade ground towards the office, where his
+duties as interpreter required him, he was met by an orderly
+sergeant.</p>
+
+<p>"Mornin', Mr. Helmar. I was just coming to look for you. You're
+wanted at the office. I think," he went on, impressively, "there's a
+little trip on hand and you are to go on it."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Good! Do you know what it is, and where to?"</p>
+
+<p>"Can't say, I'm sure. They keep these things very quiet. The
+Adjutant's inside," he went on, "you'd better go in."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar stepped in. A group of officers, standing round a desk,
+turned as he entered.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," said one who was sitting at the table with a chart spread in
+front of him, "I want you to hold yourself in readiness to accompany
+Captain Forsyth, this evening, on a patrol towards Kafr Dowar. You
+will act as interpreter. The commanding officer has selected you, as
+the work to be done will entail considerable risk, and we require a
+reliable man. Further instructions will be given you by Captain
+Forsyth. The patrol starts at sundown. You can go now and get
+ready."</p>
+
+<p>"Very good, sir," replied George, and turned to leave. One of the
+officers followed, and, as they got outside, joined him.</p>
+
+<p>"Your orders are not very explicit, Helmar," said he, "and probably
+convey but little to you. Of course, I dare say you know that after
+yesterday's engagement Arabi has retreated to Kafr Dowar. It is
+believed he has some thousands gathered under his banner, but we
+want to be sure. We are going out to gather all information
+possible, in which work you will be of great assistance to me."</p>
+
+<p>"You, then, are Captain Forsyth?" asked George, at once.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I asked that you might accompany me, for I do not care to
+trust to the native interpreters, and, besides," with a smile, "I am
+glad to have a man who not only can fight, but is also a man of
+resource."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know the country, sir," answered Helmar doubtfully, "and,
+under the circumstances, that seems to me to be a vital point.
+Arabi's men are pretty smart, and no doubt there will be many traps
+to avoid."</p>
+
+<p>"I have taken all that into consideration. As far as the country is
+concerned, I will answer for that, and the traps&mdash;well, we must be
+as shrewd as the enemy."</p>
+
+<p>"I am only too glad of the chance," said Helmar, afraid lest, in
+offering objections, the officer should think he did not want to go,
+"and if it comes to a tight corner, I will give the best account of
+myself possible."</p>
+
+<p>"That's all right, then," said Captain Forsyth. "And now you had
+better go and get ready. I am going to let you use one of my own
+horses instead of a trooper; a blanket on the saddle is all that you
+can carry, except, of course, a day or two's rations in your wallet
+in case of accidents. You can get your arms from the quartermaster."</p>
+
+<p>The officer returned to the room, and Helmar hurried off to secure
+all that he needed.</p>
+
+<p>There was but little difficulty; evidently orders had been given
+beforehand, for his equipments were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span> laid out and waiting for him.
+In an hour's time he had collected together everything he required,
+and the rest of the day was his own.</p>
+
+<p>His spirits were at the highest possible pitch, and the thoughts of
+the luck which was following him made him feel ready to undertake
+the most daring enterprises. He blessed the engineer officer who had
+given him the opportunity with the guns the day before. The drudgery
+of ganging natives in the trenches seemed as if it had now gone for
+ever, and he was about to embark on responsible work, or, at least,
+work that would give him scope to prove his mettle. The more he
+thought of it, the more castles he built of rising to a big
+position, until, at last, realizing the absurdity of his dreams, he
+brought himself back to the practical side of his duty.</p>
+
+<p>Late in the afternoon, about an hour before sundown, he again
+visited his friend the cook. He found that worthy looking as
+benevolently greasy as ever, and ready to offer him all the
+resources of his larder.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought I'd come and get my tea now, cook, I've got to go out on
+patrol at sundown. I'm afraid I'm a beastly nuisance."</p>
+
+<p>"Nuisance? No, o' course not. I ain't one o' them blokes as grumble
+cause a feller's 'ungry. Wot d'yer say to a bit o' cold meat and
+some tea to start with?"</p>
+
+<p>"Splendid. I haven't had any dinner, I had breakfast so late, so
+we'll make up for it now."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"An' where are yer goin', if it's a fair question?" asked his
+companion.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I don't know that I ought to say. Still, I wasn't told to
+keep it quiet, so I suppose it doesn't matter. It seems old Arabi
+has retired to Kafr Dowar and is going to make a stand there. We're
+going to gather information. I don't suppose there'll be much
+excitement."</p>
+
+<p>"Um," replied the cook, placing a pile of toast and dripping in
+front of his visitor. "I wouldn't mind bettin' a day's pay you git
+all the fun yer want afore yer git back."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, what makes you think that?" asked George, amused at the man's
+tone of conviction.</p>
+
+<p>"Yer don't know them horsifers like I do; I ain't been in service
+all these years for nothin'. I tell yer, if there wasn't no danger
+they'd a sent one o' them blessed blacks to interprit instead o'
+you. They knows you've got the grit, so they sends you, and it's
+odds yer don't come back with a 'ole skin."</p>
+
+<p>George knew the man's words were not meant unkindly, although they
+were something of a raven's croaking; however, with undamped ardour,
+he attacked the pile of greasy toast and waited for his host to
+continue.</p>
+
+<p>"I ain't got no opinion o' them all-fired Gypies!" he went on, as
+Helmar did not reply. "They're that treacherous as never, and if
+they gits 'old o' yer it means murder. Now, my advice is, an' I've
+'ad twenty year experience as a soldier ov 'er Majesty<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span> Queen
+Victoria&mdash;the greatest soverin o' the day&mdash;askin' yer pardon, as yer
+a Doycher&mdash;wot I says is, bayonit 'em, an' when yer done it see as
+they ain't alive arter. If yer don't, yer a goner."</p>
+
+<p>The good-natured cook had worked himself up to such a pitch of
+excitement as he laid the law down to our hero, that the latter was
+seriously afraid of apoplexy, and when the old fellow had finished,
+it was with difficulty he refrained from bursting out into a roar of
+laughter. However, keeping a straight face, he took a long pull at
+the pannikin of tea, and prepared to leave.</p>
+
+<p>"I've no doubt you are right, cook, and I shan't forget your advice.
+Well, good-bye, see you again some day."</p>
+
+<p>"Good-bye, Mr. Helmar," replied the cook, again beaming with
+good-nature and fat. "Good luck to you; don't forgit there's allers
+a drop o' good kauffee 'ere," and he turned to his work with a
+chuckle.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar hurried back to his quarters, and calling the chief nigger of
+his gang up, sent him to Captain Forsyth's quarters for the horse.
+While he was gone George busied himself with looking to his saddle.
+Presently, the fellow returned with a fine upstanding, raw-boned,
+dark brown horse. The animal looked all fire and mettle, and as
+George cast his eye over it, he registered a mental vow to thank the
+officer for his generosity.</p>
+
+<p>"You go to Kafr Dowar?" asked the nigger, as he held the horse for
+George to saddle him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What's it to do with you where I'm going?" he asked sharply. "Mind
+your own business."</p>
+
+<p>"Be not angry with thy servant," said the man with a furtive glance,
+which he quickly averted as he caught Helmar's eye. "I but thought.
+Arabi is there."</p>
+
+<p>"How do you know?" asked George quickly.</p>
+
+<p>"I hear," was the evasive reply. Then, seeing the dissatisfied look
+on Helmar's face, he tried to ingratiate himself. "The horse is
+good, he will travel fast," he went on, with a glance of admiration
+at the animal.</p>
+
+<p>For a moment Helmar was thrown off his guard.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and it will take Arabi all his time to catch him, if we should
+come across him."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you go to Kafr Dowar," said the man, with a grin.</p>
+
+<p>George, seeing his mistake, was about to reply, when he saw the
+patrol getting ready, so, without further parley, he mounted his
+horse and rode towards them.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage29" id="linktoimage29"></a>
+<img src="images/i029.jpg" width="400" height="376" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>ON PATROL</p>
+
+<p>It was with very mixed feelings that Helmar rode over to the patrol.
+Of late he had come to regard all Egyptians with suspicion, and, in
+fact, the entire native population. As regards the so-called "loyal"
+blackies, he looked upon them as mercenaries, giving their loyalty
+for gain to the stronger side; being more enlightened than others,
+they realized that Arabi's rebellion could not possibly survive any
+serious<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> opposition, and that in the end England was bound to crush
+it&mdash;hence their loyalty! Of course, it was well known that their
+ranks were crowded with spies&mdash;this was only natural&mdash;and he felt
+certain, though unable to prove it, that the man who had just spoken
+to him was one of these.</p>
+
+<p>As he rode up and joined the little party of horsemen, he was in two
+minds about speaking to Captain Forsyth of the man's suspicious
+behaviour; but, in the rush of moving off, he had no opportunity,
+and with the bustle and interest of his new work, the incident
+entirely slipped from his mind. It was not till later on that every
+word of that conversation was brought vividly back to him.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Captain Forsyth," said the Adjutant, after inspecting
+the patrol; "you can move off. Good-bye, and good luck to you!"</p>
+
+<p>The order to march was given, and the little party of twelve people
+slowly filed from the lines.</p>
+
+<p>The beautiful cool of the evening after the sweltering heat of the
+day was refreshing to all, man and beast alike; the men laughed and
+chatted, the horses snorted, threw their heads up and proudly showed
+their mettle as the slow "walk march" was quickly changed into a
+canter.</p>
+
+<p>The camp was gradually left behind in the distance, and long ere
+night set in, Alexandria, with its domes and spires, was lost in the
+haze of the evening, and the bare, level, open country surrounded
+them on all sides.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Their road lay in the direction of Kafr Dowar, distant about twenty
+miles to the south-east. For some time after leaving the city the
+railway was followed, until they arrived at the neck of land that
+separates the lakes Mariut and Abukir, then, leaving the road
+entirely, Captain Forsyth edged away from the railway and skirted
+along the south-west bank of Lake Abukir.</p>
+
+<p>Not very far out of the city, the officer dropped back to the rear
+where George was riding.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going to divide the party, Helmar," he said, "and I want you to
+ride with me. We will travel on the west side of the railway, and
+shall probably meet stray Arabs in that direction, from whom we can
+obtain information. It will be imperative to keep a sharp look-out."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Helmar, "so far we do not know if Arabi has left Kafr
+Dowar or not. Anyway, if he has, I expect he still has a large force
+there."</p>
+
+<p>A flanking party was then sent out to the east. The main body,
+consisting of six men, were to continue the road direct for Kafr
+Dowar, while Captain Forsyth himself, a trooper named Brian, and
+George took the western flank.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar and his companions soon reached and crossed the railway, and,
+pressing on, the main body was quickly lost to view, and the work of
+scouring the country began in earnest.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was very quick to learn his duties. A sort of instinct kept
+all his nerves and senses<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> strained, detecting anything that might
+furnish information, and, although night had closed in, he found he
+was able to distinguish many things that he would not have thought
+possible in such darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Their course lay across country, and the officer kept on the right
+track by the aid of the brilliant light of the stars. He pointed out
+the manner in which it was done to Helmar, who marvelled at the
+simplicity of it all, and wondered how it was he had never thought
+to try it before.</p>
+
+<p>For some miles the journey was quite uneventful, and Captain Forsyth
+began to think that the Arabs had really retired beyond Kafr Dowar,
+even perhaps to Damanhour.</p>
+
+<p>"There doesn't seem to be a sign of the enemy anywhere," said he.
+"We must be within six miles of their reputed camp now, and we
+haven't even seen a light. It seems very strange."</p>
+
+<p>"Personally," replied George, "I think it's suspicious. These
+Gypsies are very foxy; there are some about, or I'm much mistaken.
+You don't catch a man like Arabi retiring all his troops without
+leaving a strong rear-guard somewhere behind. What about that rise
+over there?" he went on, pointing to the dim outline of a hill in
+the distance. "I thought I saw the flash of a light there just now,
+but it might have been only fancy."</p>
+
+<p>Captain Forsyth pulled his horse up for a moment and looked keenly
+in the direction indicated; but, as nothing appeared, the journey
+was resumed. A<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span> little further on, he suddenly exclaimed under his
+breath and whispered, "Wait a minute!" while he sprang from his
+horse.</p>
+
+<p>George felt a breath of excitement as he watched the officer's
+movements. The trooper Brian had come up alongside him.</p>
+
+<p>"Faith, seems to me there's some one on the move ahead of us. Can't
+you hear the sound of horses' hoofs, sir?"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar listened. At first he could hear nothing but the sighing of
+the evening breeze as it rustled over the open plains; but gradually
+he became aware of other sounds blending with it. He listened
+intently, and the sounds became more distinct, but still so dim that
+they seemed very far off.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I think you are right, Brian, but they are a long way off.
+They seem to me more to the left and in the direction of the
+patrol."</p>
+
+<p>"That's so," replied the Irishman, "and, sure, it's to be hoped the
+sergeant is aware of 'em."</p>
+
+<p>Just then the officer re-mounted his horse.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sir, do you think it's anything coming our way?"</p>
+
+<p>"No," he replied, "not our way, but it's a party of horsemen, and
+they seem to be going straight for our main patrol. Brian, you and
+Helmar remain here; don't advance. I am going to join the sergeant's
+party. If you hear the sound of fire-arms from that direction, you
+two will join us at once; and if not, in twenty minutes from now
+strike a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span> light and I shall rejoin you. Don't make any mistake.
+Helmar, I shall leave you in charge."</p>
+
+<p>While the officer was speaking, George gave all his attention to the
+sounds approaching, and his restless eyes scanned the darkness all
+round. What he had thought to be coming from the east now sounded to
+be from the west.</p>
+
+<p>"Very good, sir," he replied, as Forsyth finished speaking. "But it
+strikes me you are either wrong about the direction of the sounds,
+or there are others coming towards us from the west."</p>
+
+<p>The officer listened, but he remained convinced that what he had
+heard came from the direction he had said.</p>
+
+<p>"No, I am right," he said, at last. "There is no sound to the west.
+Don't forget your instructions," and he turned his horse and
+disappeared in the darkness, the clatter of his horse's feet soon
+becoming deadened by the heavy sand.</p>
+
+<p>"You're right, Mr. Helmar, and he's wrong, though it wasn't for me
+to say so," said Brian, in tones of firm conviction. "As the officer
+disappeared, did you notice how quickly the sound of his horse's
+hoofs died away?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Helmar. "But what has that to do with it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Simple enough," replied the other; "he's forgotten about the wind.
+There isn't too much, it's true, but what there is is coming from
+the west, and consequently the sound travels with it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> Now, you
+listen. You can't hear a sound of him now."</p>
+
+<p>It was as the Irishman said. Strain as they would, there was not a
+sound to be heard from his retreating horse.</p>
+
+<p>"You're right," said George, at last, "and the other sound is still
+to be heard, which means&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Which means that some one is approaching us from the west, and the
+sound is travelling with the wind. Before he gets back we'll have
+trouble on our hands, or I'm&mdash;I'm&mdash;a Dutchman," he finished up in
+his broad Irish brogue.</p>
+
+<p>Although Helmar was determined and courageous, he was a novice at
+the art of war, and was ready to adopt any plan that appealed to his
+common-sense when danger threatened, so he consulted his companion.</p>
+
+<p>"Assuming that we are right, what plan do you suggest?" he asked,
+eyeing the Irishman keenly.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it's hard to say what's best. Sure, I'm right on for a fight,
+but we must first locate how many are coming, and p'raps after all
+they may be friendlies, though I wouldn't give much for the chance."</p>
+
+<p>"Neither would I," replied George, laughing. "Well, I'll tell you
+what I propose; we'll just lay low and be guided by circumstances,
+and, in the meantime, look to our arms."</p>
+
+<p>The two men's revolvers were loaded, and the magazine of their
+rifles full; after they had examined<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span> them carefully they sat in
+solemn silence, with every nerve strained to its highest tension for
+the slightest suspicious sound.</p>
+
+<p>Every moment increased their certainty of the approach of horsemen,
+although at a slow pace, for the sounds were infinitely more
+distinct.</p>
+
+<p>"They're coming, right enough," said Brian abruptly in a whisper. "I
+caught the sound of voices just now, and by jabers it seems to me
+they're Gypies."</p>
+
+<p>This was a surmise of the Irishman's imagination, for as yet Helmar
+had heard no voice; but still the sounds came nearer.</p>
+
+<p>"Another two minutes and it'll be time to give the signal to Captain
+Forsyth," said Helmar, feeling over the face of his watch.</p>
+
+<p>"Eh? And bring a hornet's nest about us!" exclaimed the Irishman in
+disgust. "But there, it's military orders, and I suppose they must
+be obeyed, whatever the consequences."</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me all wrong anyhow," replied Helmar; "I don't think he
+ought to have given such an order. A scout has no business to give
+signals like that, or even to carry matches, but I suppose it's got
+to be done. Get your pistol out and be ready while I strike a
+light."</p>
+
+<p>A grunt from the Irishman signified assent, and, a moment after,
+Helmar struck a match. Simultaneously as the match flared up, there
+was a howl from the west, and the two watchers heard the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span> galloping
+of horses from that direction, while from the eastward they heard a
+loud "whoop" from Captain Forsyth, who almost instantly dashed up.</p>
+
+<p>"Quick, for your lives, men," he cried, "we are surrounded. There's
+a party of the enemy in hot pursuit of me. We must turn back and try
+to outflank them and join the rest of the patrol. Come on!"</p>
+
+<p>Leading the way, he turned his horse and the three men galloped off.</p>
+
+<p>"It's no go, cap'n," cried Brian, whose horse had leapt into the
+lead and was trying to bolt. "There's a party coming straight for
+us. Let's make a stand and give 'em a taste of our lead."</p>
+
+<p>"On, man, on for your life! They're coming in all directions," he
+shouted back. "That match did it."</p>
+
+<p>They turned their horses in another direction, but as they did so a
+rattle of musketry met them, and a hail of bullets flew over and
+around them.</p>
+
+<p>"Pull up," said Forsyth, in quiet tones, "the game's up, we must
+make a fight for it."</p>
+
+<p>Another volley whistled about them, and Brian's horse was hit and
+fell to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you hurt?" cried Helmar, dismounting to his assistance.</p>
+
+<p>"Not a bit," replied the fallen man cheerily, springing to his feet.</p>
+
+<p>The officer jumped off his horse, and the three men stood ready to
+sell their lives as dearly as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span> possible. They were none too soon,
+for, in the darkness, the enemy, riding at full gallop, were almost
+on top of them before they could pull up. The moment they were near
+enough to see, they poured another murderous volley into the devoted
+little party, and the Irishman fell with a bullet through his chest.
+In reply, the Captain and our hero blazed away with their rifles
+into the cluster of horsemen.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly a voice rang out above the noise of the cracking rifles,
+and the Arabs ceased fire; then clear and strong came in
+unmistakable European tones&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Surrender, you English, or you die!"</p>
+
+<p>In an instant Helmar recognized the voice&mdash;it was Arden's. Rage
+filled him as he thought that once more he was in the power of this
+man, and he made up his mind to fire his last cartridge before he
+gave in. He raised his rifle to his shoulder, but Forsyth stayed
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"It's no use. He has got us foul. Alive we may escape, but with
+fifty to one against us, it is suicide." Then raising his voice to a
+shout, he cried, "We surrender!"</p>
+
+<p>The words were hardly out of his mouth when, with a terrific shout,
+a volley was poured into the unprepared Arabs, and a frightful
+<i>m&ecirc;l&eacute;e</i> ensued as the rest of the patrol, headed by the sergeant,
+charged to the rescue.</p>
+
+<p>In the confusion Forsyth and Helmar sprang on to their horses&mdash;Brian
+was beyond their help&mdash;and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> galloped towards their friends. The
+darkness was so intense that the two men immediately got separated.
+Helmar unconsciously altered his direction and immediately fell in
+with a party of horsemen galloping off. Thinking it to be the
+patrol, he joined them, and raced away. His horse was very fresh and
+quickly forged ahead into the midst of his companions, when, to his
+dismay, he discovered his mistake&mdash;he was in the midst of the flying
+enemy.</p>
+
+<p>With an exclamation of horror he endeavoured to pull up, but this
+attracted attention, and the men beside him, turning, saw his white
+face and shouted to their leader. George raised his revolver, but
+ere he could pull the trigger it was knocked from his hand and he
+was defenceless.</p>
+
+<p>The Arabs now closed all around him&mdash;there was no possibility of
+escape. One man had seized his horse's bridle, and he was forced to
+gallop on whether he liked it or not. He threw back his head and
+shouted, thinking his friends might still be within hearing, but a
+blow on the mouth with the butt end of a pistol silenced him, and
+bursting with rage and mortification he had to gallop on.</p>
+
+<p>His feelings were terrible; to be captured in this childish manner
+was too disgusting for words&mdash;and by Arden too! He railed bitterly
+at losing the Captain in the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>"If I had only had sense enough to stick close to him," he thought
+to himself, "I should have been all right, instead of again being in
+the power of this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span> treacherous Mark. There'll be precious little
+mercy for me this time, and when we get to his camp, I expect he'll
+have me hanged."</p>
+
+<p>Then the thought struck him that as yet Mark, if he was with the
+party, had not seen him, and he felt inclined, notwithstanding the
+exigencies of his position, to laugh at the surprise it would cause
+that worthy when he became aware of who his prisoner chanced to be.</p>
+
+<p>They were ascending a hill, and on the top of it George could see a
+number of lights twinkling and bobbing about through the fringe of
+bush that covered it. His captors gave him but little time to
+speculate as to the place they were nearing, for not for one instant
+did they slacken their speed as they ascended the steep slopes.
+Helmar knew by the pace of the journey that he could not be far from
+Kafr Dowar, but he had never heard that it was on a hill, and
+besides, the railway passed through it. This latter thought
+convinced him that this place must be only some patrolling station
+of the rebels, and he felt sorry for himself that such was the case;
+he would probably be in the power of Arden or some subordinate,
+either of whom might, as likely as not, order him to be beheaded for
+the amusement of the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>These thoughts were not very comforting, and he was glad to put them
+from him for others of a less morbid character, as he entered the
+low scrubby bush in which the camp was pitched.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>No word had passed between him and his captors from the moment they
+had become aware of his presence amongst them. This ominous silence
+had struck him at first as curious, but realizing a few of the
+peculiarities of the "Gypies," he took this for one of them and
+refrained from breaking it.</p>
+
+<p>He was still in doubt as to whether Arden was with them, or whether
+this was another party altogether, but, whichever way it was, he
+meant to keep to himself the fact that he could understand Arabic,
+and trusted that his knowledge of their language might help him to
+escape, or at least save his skin.</p>
+
+<p>On the whole, after the first shock of his capture was over, he
+began to think that his fate might have been very much worse; he
+might have been with poor Brian lying dead on the sandy plain, a
+prey for the vultures who would swarm in dozens over his carcase at
+daylight; or he might only have been wounded, when to be left out in
+the scorching rays of the sun would have been ten times worse.</p>
+
+<p>With reflections such as these he endeavoured to comfort himself,
+and, as he entered the rebels' encampment, he felt he was ready to
+face anything that was likely to happen.</p>
+
+<p>Passing by a row of mud huts, the party drew up outside one bigger
+than the rest.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was jealously guarded by two of the soldiers armed with
+rifles and pistols, while a confabulation was being held by the
+rest. They were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span> talking some yards away, and so many tongues were
+going at once that it was impossible for him to make out what was
+said.</p>
+
+<p>At last, however, they evidently came to a decision, and at a word
+he was led off, with his horse, to a hut where his guards told him
+in Arabic to dismount.</p>
+
+<p>George was prepared for something like this, and remained where he
+was, pretending that he did not understand. Immediately the men,
+taking the bait, conveyed their meaning by signs, and he instantly
+dismounted. He was then led into the hut, and the moment after the
+soldiers left him, closing and barring the door behind them.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage30" id="linktoimage30"></a>
+<img src="images/i030.jpg" width="400" height="420" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class='chapter' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 398px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage31" id="linktoimage31"></a>
+<img src="images/i031.jpg" width="398" height="310" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>WE MEET AGAIN</p>
+
+<p>The place in which George found himself so roughly thrust was pitch
+dark. He vainly turned from side to side to discover, if possible,
+what his surroundings were, but he could see nothing. The ominous
+"clumping" of the bars as the rebel soldiers put them in place,
+warned him that they had no idea of giving him any opportunity of
+escape, and he must be content for a while at least to remain where
+he was and make the best of things. He listened for the sound of
+retreating footsteps, but, hearing none,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> concluded that the two men
+had been told off to mount guard over him, thus making his captivity
+doubly secure.</p>
+
+<p>Waiting for a moment or two, to get accustomed to the darkness, he
+proceeded to feel his way about, in the hopes of finding something
+on which to sit and rest; but, after hesitatingly moving round the
+walls, he came to the conclusion that the hut was bare of all
+furniture, and if he wished for rest he must sit on the ground.
+Being somewhat philosophical, this he did, leaning his back against
+the wall, and gave himself up to formulating a plan of campaign.
+This was no easy matter; he had but the vaguest ideas what his fate
+was to be, and therefore it was impossible to know what was the best
+line of action to adopt.</p>
+
+<p>The one thing he feared was that there was no sufficiently powerful
+rebel here to protect him from the barbarity of the half-wild
+soldiery; and if this were so, his life, when daylight came, would
+not be worth twopence. If Mark Arden happened to be in command he
+might possibly attempt to save him for a worse fate than even the
+one he had already pictured; of the two, he would sooner face the
+soldiers, for then his end would be swift, and he could at least
+face it like a man.</p>
+
+<p>His thoughts brought him so little comfort, so little hope, that at
+last he put them from him altogether, and, in spite of all his
+danger, in spite of all this discomfort, he curled himself up and
+slept the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> sound refreshing sleep of a tired man. Once more he was
+back in Germany, once more amongst the students of the University;
+the Debating Society was in full swing, and he was again enacting
+that little drama in the club-rooms. Somehow Arabi was mixed up with
+it all, encouraging him to help his friend from the bullying
+Landauer, smiling brightly on him as he uttered the scathing words
+preceding his challenge. Suddenly in the midst of it all there came
+a terrific peal of thunder, and he awoke with a start, to hear the
+bars being removed from his prison-door and to see the bright
+sunlight streaming in through cracks in both roof and wall of the
+cranky hut.</p>
+
+<p>He rubbed his eyes for a moment to make sure he was not still
+dreaming, then, as the door was flung open and the dirty face of a
+ragged, half-dressed soldier appeared, he recollected everything,
+and sprang to his feet in anticipation of rough treatment.</p>
+
+<p>Critically scanning the man who stood before him, George could not
+be certain if it was the same fellow who had thrust him in there the
+night before. He was not long left in doubt, for he was addressed in
+the broken English common to natives used to mixing with Europeans,
+and George knew at once that this was a fresh jailer.</p>
+
+<p>"The officer will speak with the Englishman," he said with a grin.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 381px;">
+<a name="linktoimage32" id="linktoimage32"></a>
+<img src="images/i032.jpg" width="381" height="597" alt="&quot;And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do
+not choose to go?&quot; p. 181" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do
+not choose to go?&quot; p. 181</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"Oh," replied George in the same language, "and what does he want
+with me? Who is this officer? <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>Why can't he come to me?" he went
+on in defiant tones.</p>
+
+<p>"You are prisoner, and the officer he not come to prisoners. You are
+to die soon," was the comforting reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and who is going to kill me? You?" with fine contempt in his
+tones, eyeing the insignificant wretch up and down.</p>
+
+<p>"I come not here to talk with the dog of a Christian. If you will
+not come with me, I must take you, for the Pasha will not wait.
+Come!"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar burst out into a loud laugh. The thought of this dirty little
+Egyptian taking him anywhere against his will was too much for him;
+notwithstanding the exigencies of the situation he resolved to tease
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do not choose to
+go?"</p>
+
+<p>The little man's eyes glittered, and his hand rested on a revolver
+in his belt. He saw that the "dog of a Christian" was laughing at
+him, and he did not like it.</p>
+
+<p>"My orders are to bring you; if you will not come alive, then&mdash;&mdash;"
+and he drew his revolver and levelled it at George's head.</p>
+
+<p>Thinking he had gone far enough, and realizing that the wretch was
+in earnest, George stopped laughing.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, lead the way, I'll go with you. But you might give me
+something to eat; I haven't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span> touched food since yesterday afternoon
+and am hungry."</p>
+
+<p>"You not need food much longer," replied the man with a grim smile,
+as he led the way out into the scorching sunlight.</p>
+
+<p>"Evidently," thought George, "they don't intend to waste time with
+me. But, by Jupiter! I'll make a fight for it when the time comes!"</p>
+
+<p>The place he was in was a small encampment of mud huts scattered
+about amongst a scrubbly low bush. A number of rebel soldiers were
+to be seen in various attitudes of laziness, all smoking or chewing.
+As George passed along with his guide they eyed him with much
+disfavour, without moving from their particular position of ease,
+and if looks could kill, he would never have reached the officer's
+hut alive.</p>
+
+<p>"What place is this?" he asked, more interested in his surroundings
+than in his fate. "Is it Kafr Dowar?"</p>
+
+<p>The man shook his head and refused to answer. Not yet satisfied,
+George tried again.</p>
+
+<p>"How far is this from Alexandria?"</p>
+
+<p>This time the answer came short, sharp, and in deep tones of hatred.</p>
+
+<p>"Too far for the Christian ever to return."</p>
+
+<p>"How these wretches do hate Europeans," thought he, as he trudged
+along beside the man and began to think more seriously of what was
+in store for him.</p>
+
+<p>A few yards further on they stopped outside the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span> same hut where they
+halted the night before. The guard knocked at the door, which was
+instantly opened, and two soldiers barred the way. George's guard at
+once explained, and the two men fell back, leaving them free to
+enter.</p>
+
+<p>The guide led the way. The room was dark, and as far as Helmar could
+see at first glance, it was as devoid of windows and in almost as
+ruinous a condition as his prison. He saw in one swift glance an
+untidy bed, covered with brown blankets, occupying one side of the
+room, and then his attention was riveted on a man dressed in
+Egyptian costume writing at a table in the centre of the apartment.
+He seemed to take no notice of their approach, so absorbed was he in
+his work; not a movement escaped him beyond the manipulation of his
+pen, which was decidedly rapid, George thought, for an "uncivilized
+savage."</p>
+
+<p>The prisoner had time to note the long sword hanging at the man's
+side, and also the sinister projecting butt of a revolver from his
+belt, but beyond this there was nothing to mark him out as anything
+much above the rest of the rebels he had seen.</p>
+
+<p>George and his guide halted in front of the table, and the officer
+with a movement of irritation threw down his pen and looked up.
+There was a momentary silence, and the two men exchanged glances of
+mutual defiance and hatred. Then, with an unpleasant smiling curl of
+the lip, the latter said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"So, George Helmar, we meet again!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was Mark Arden. Helmar had not been altogether unprepared for
+this meeting. Mark, he knew, was in the neighbourhood, but he had
+not been certain he was to be the arbitrator of his fate. He thought
+swiftly, and quickly realized that no feelings of similar
+nationality and education would help to save him from this villain's
+vengeance. He therefore determined to put on the boldest face
+possible, and meet defiance with defiance, hatred with contempt, and
+let his captor understand that he did not care a jot for anything
+that he could do to him.</p>
+
+<p>"You escaped me before, but I thought it would not be long before I
+should again get hold of you. That was a smart trick you served me
+at Port Said, and I haven't forgotten it."</p>
+
+<p>George smiled, as he thought how easily he had outwitted this man
+before, and wondered if there were no possibility of repeating the
+operation. Mark seemed to read his thoughts.</p>
+
+<p>"No, my friend, it will not happen again; I will see to that. I have
+you more fully in my power now, and I can assure you I have no
+intention of letting you again slip through my fingers."</p>
+
+<p>"That remains to be seen," replied George, coolly. "But you haven't
+paid me that money yet, and I shall be glad of it just now."</p>
+
+<p>This was only said out of bravado, and had its effect. Mark could
+not refrain from smiling as he replied&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"What, still harping on the old theme? Ah,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span> well, you always were a
+cool fellow, but I'm afraid your coolness will avail you little now.
+I gave you a chance at Port Said, for old acquaintance' sake, a
+chance which you wantonly threw away in a manner little calculated
+to enlist my sympathy; and now, nothing I can do will save you," and
+he grinned fiendishly at the irony of his own words.</p>
+
+<p>George was not in the least taken in by them; he knew full well that
+this man would stop at nothing to injure him, so he treated his
+words with contempt.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, you do not believe me," Mark went on, observing the look of
+disdain on George's face.</p>
+
+<p>"But you will soon see. Listen to this," and he read from what he
+had written on the paper in front of him.</p>
+
+<p>"I am sending down a man captured, by my command, in the act of
+spying our works here. He is an interpreter to the enemy, and
+therefore a man to be feared. I refrain from sentencing him here, as
+a spy is always a useful subject for interrogation for the
+authorities, and if he receives his punishment here, of course that
+will all be lost."</p>
+
+<p>"That is my dispatch to Arabi, Helmar, as far as you are concerned.
+Doubtless you can draw your own conclusions as to its meaning."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied George, "I can. It means that you are asking to have
+me shot, probably tortured first to extract information from me
+which I do not possess. Bah! you are a cowardly hound!"</p>
+
+<p>"Exactly. For the sake of Auld Lang Syne," he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> replied coldly. "I do
+not care to have your execution on my hands. But I have no intention
+of letting you escape. Now you understand what I meant when I said
+that nothing could save you."</p>
+
+<p>As he finished speaking, he again bent over his writing. George
+watched him as his pen flew rapidly over the paper; he had nothing
+that he cared to say to such a despicable hound. He was simply
+raging with indignation at the traitor, and his fingers twitched
+longingly to get to the man's throat. However, he restrained
+himself, and waited for anything further that he had to say.
+Presently he looked up.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, is there anything I can still do for you?" he asked, in a
+sneering tone. "Although your fate has been decided, and I know that
+in less than a week you will be dead, I do not wish to deny you any
+comfort that my camp can provide."</p>
+
+<p>His words came short and sharp, and their tone was in no wise
+calculated to bring any relief to George's pent-up feelings, but
+rather aggravated them.</p>
+
+<p>"If you have finished all you have to say," he said sternly, "I
+shall be glad to return to my prison."</p>
+
+<p>Arden laughed coarsely at Helmar's indifference, and yet, while the
+smile was still on his lips, a look of anxiety came into his eyes as
+the calm demeanour of his former friend struck a latent chord of
+fear in his black heart. It passed, however, as quickly as it came,
+and angry that even for one moment he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> should have feared this man,
+he burst on him with a torrent of invective.</p>
+
+<p>"Leave me at once," he cried, pointing to the door; "go back to your
+kennel, you cur! If you stay here another minute I shall forget that
+I said I would not be responsible for your sentence! Here, guards,
+seize him and take him away!" He paused for a moment as the two
+soldiers obeyed, and then in cooler tones gave one parting shot.
+"When next we meet, Helmar, I shall pay my debts!"</p>
+
+<p>"When next we meet, you can have no choice: you shall pay them in
+full," rejoined Helmar quietly, as the guards marched him off.</p>
+
+<p>George breathed more freely when he found himself once more out in
+the brilliant sunlight. The atmosphere of that house had to him been
+unbearable, the presence of the villain Arden had taxed his feelings
+and temper to their utmost, and it was with a sense of intense
+relief that he surveyed again the mud huts and the lazy soldiers
+outside.</p>
+
+<p>The bright, hot sun, the fresh, sweet air quickly restored his
+mental balance, and he glanced at the many faces of the men lying
+about as he slowly sauntered, under the escort of his guards,
+towards his prison. He had not gone many paces when his attention
+was attracted towards a man who, just as he came abreast of where he
+was lying, turned over and grabbed at the air with his hand as
+though to catch some flying insect. The fellow's action was so out
+of keeping with the laziness of his attitude<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> that Helmar glanced
+more keenly at him, and was astonished to see him looking hard at
+him. Immediately it flashed across his mind that he had seen the man
+before, but where he could not say. However, the recognition seemed
+mutual, for as the soldier lay back again, there was an unmistakable
+smile on his face, and Helmar went on towards his hut wondering.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he arrived there, George stepped in and the door was
+closed upon him. While he had been away an aperture in the wall had
+been uncovered, and the miserable room was well lit up. He walked
+over to the opening and found that it was a small window, or rather
+square hole in the wall evidently used for that purpose. Carefully
+set in the centre of the floor was some rough food and a pitcher of
+water, and as he gazed at it, he thought that, uninviting as it
+looked, he could have done with quite double the quantity; however,
+satisfied that they did not intend to starve him, he fell to with a
+keen relish, and felt all the better when he had finished.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding the prospect of immediate death, he was in no wise
+disturbed, and, as he leaned back against the wall after his repast
+was finished, his mind centred on the familiar face he had just
+seen, and he wondered again and again where he had seen it before.</p>
+
+<p>With tantalizing persistency the recollection stuck to him, and,
+equally tantalizingly, he was unable to recall his previous
+acquaintance with it. At last his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span> thoughts began to drift, and he
+reviewed the events of his life since he had landed in Egypt.</p>
+
+<p>An hour passed in this way, when suddenly he started up with an
+exclamation.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course, what a fool I am!" he muttered. "He is the mate of
+Naoum's dahab&icirc;eh. I remember distinctly now. I wonder how he got
+here; he seemed a decent sort of nigger, too! I wonder if he were
+forced into Arabi's service against his will? I must find out; if
+so, he may be of use to me." Joy came into his heart, and he laughed
+aloud.</p>
+
+<p>He already began to picture himself fooling Arden for the second
+time, although how was not quite plain even to himself. Still, as a
+drowning man will cling to a straw, George grasped at this one gleam
+of hope, and it brought him a peace of mind that he had not felt
+since he was captured the night before.</p>
+
+<p>The day dragged wearily on. At short intervals his guards would look
+in to see that he was not attempting to escape, and, satisfied with
+their inspection, would prop themselves in a sitting posture outside
+the door against the wall, and to all appearance sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Towards sundown food was again brought to him, and at the same time
+his guard was changed. While he was yet eating his unsavoury meal
+one of the new men entered&mdash;it was the man he had recognized.</p>
+
+<p>Glancing furtively at his fellow-guard outside, he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span> advanced to the
+centre of the room, and with a smile that displayed a row of
+brilliant teeth, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"You remember, eh, de dahab&icirc;eh?"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar glanced up with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, you helped us to beat off the rebels, I remember. I saw you
+this morning. But how came you here?"</p>
+
+<p>For reply, the man put his finger to his lips and glanced towards
+the door; then, as if expecting a spy, stepped over to the window
+and looked out. Satisfied with his inspection, he came back, and,
+squatting himself down on the floor, looked for a moment at his
+prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>"I come because I cannot stay," he replied in fairly good French.
+"They come to de dahab&icirc;eh&mdash;Arabi's men&mdash;and they say I must go with
+them, so I am here, but I not like."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, I see, you were pressed into the service," said Helmar, "and
+you are here against your will."</p>
+
+<p>The man nodded, then again glancing suspiciously round, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"But you, they kill you&mdash;Arabi shoot you when you get to Damanhour."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm afraid that is their idea," replied George, with a rueful face,
+"unless I can escape, and that doesn't seem very likely."</p>
+
+<p>"Naoum is at Damanhour," said the man thoughtfully. "If he know you
+here, he no let them kill you. You go from here at sunrise
+to-morrow, I am to be one of your guard."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>George was on the alert in an instant. He could see that this man
+wanted to help him if he could only find a way. Apparently the
+fellow was not very resourceful, so he determined that he must
+suggest something himself.</p>
+
+<p>"You say that Naoum is at Damanhour, and you are to be one of my
+escort&mdash;well, look here. Do you think you could manage to give him a
+note from me when we arrive? He will pay you well."</p>
+
+<p>"Me want no pay. Naoum is a good master, and I am his servant. I do
+all you want. Naoum knows his servant. I come again at dark, and you
+have your letter written, and I take it."</p>
+
+<p>Without waiting for anything further, the man sprang to his feet and
+joined his companion outside. There was such an air of sincerity
+about the fellow that Helmar at once felt he could trust him, so
+without hesitation he set about writing the note. He found a pencil
+in his pocket, and using the inside of an envelope, gave a brief
+outline of what had befallen him, addressed it to Naoum, and then
+set himself to await the coming of his guard. Just as it was getting
+dark, the fellow again entered the prison, and without a word, took
+the note and departed. As soon as he had gone, George stretched
+himself out on the rough, sandy floor, and prepared to take as good
+a night's rest as possible. He felt convinced in his own mind that
+the means of escape had been found, and was now content to wait the
+outcome without apprehension. It was indeed a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> relief to him that he
+had found a friend in this hornet's nest of cut-throats, and he
+hoped sincerely that the man's honest intentions might not miscarry.</p>
+
+<p>With his mind still dwelling on thoughts such as these he fell
+asleep, and, rough and hard as was his couch, his sleep was calm and
+peaceful; as the other guard looked in and listened to his regular
+breathing, his conscience was at rest when, later on, he followed
+his prisoner's example.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage33" id="linktoimage33"></a>
+<img src="images/i033.jpg" width="400" height="438" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class='chapter' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage34" id="linktoimage34"></a>
+<img src="images/i034.jpg" width="400" height="303" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>HAKESH THE PRIEST</p>
+
+<p>As the guard had said, at sunrise the next morning the order was
+given for George to be conducted to Arabi's head-quarters. After the
+prisoner had been served with his rough breakfast, his horse was
+brought to him. His guard assembled, no less than six men, to form
+his escort, and he was ordered to mount. Just as they were about to
+start, Mark Arden made his appearance.</p>
+
+<p>"So you are off on your long journey, Helmar?" he said, in tones
+that plainly implied his meaning. "Sorry I shall not be able to
+travel with you, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span> I have no doubt Arabi will know how to treat
+you <i>properly</i>. I have pointed out to him many salient points in
+your character, that I know will appeal to him&mdash;don't you wish you
+were back at K&ouml;nigsberg?" And he broke off with a taunting laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"There's a good old adage that it would be as well for you to
+remember, Arden," replied George; "'There's many a slip,' etc. It's
+a favourite one of mine. And just by way of a piece of advice, don't
+forget the British advance, they'll give you but short shrift."</p>
+
+<p>"You needn't worry about me, I know all their doings, and by the
+time their slow movements bring them near enough to do me any harm,
+my plans will all be complete, and I shall be miles away." He paused
+for a moment, and a shadow passed over his face; then he suddenly
+burst out, "Helmar, you are a great fool. Why don't you join me? I
+have power, you are a German, the British are our enemies&mdash;there is
+yet time. Say the word, and I will free you&mdash;we will blot out old
+scores, and work together."</p>
+
+<p>George gave the man one look of withering scorn.</p>
+
+<p>"You think to coerce me!" he cried with flashing eyes. "You think
+that I am made of the same currish clay as yourself, and because I
+am in your power, and you intend to have me wantonly murdered, that
+I will accept any means of saving my life! But you are wrong! The
+British are not my enemies, if they are yours. They have stood my<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>
+friends ever since I came to this country, and, in return, I cannot
+do less than be faithful to their interests. Rather than associate
+myself with you, I would be blown from a cannon's mouth&mdash;that will
+show my opinion of you; and now let us get on with the journey&mdash;the
+very sight of you makes me sick."</p>
+
+<p>"So be it! Go! Go to your doom, you fool!"</p>
+
+<p>Arden gave the order to march, and the little party moved off. As
+they made their way out of the camp, Helmar could not help feeling
+pleased that he had had another opportunity of letting Mark know
+what he thought of him, it added to his sense of elation at the
+prospect which had been opened up to him, of a possible means of
+escape; he had that feeling which comes to all men after having
+performed an action that redounds credit to their moral character.
+So that when the little French-speaking soldier, who had first
+conducted him to Arden's presence, approached and bullyingly told
+him that any attempt to escape on his part would bring about
+immediate death to himself, he only smiled, and replied very
+cheerfully&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"All right, my friend, if I attempt to do so, I am quite willing to
+stand the consequences. But if I may be allowed to know&mdash;where am I
+being taken to?"</p>
+
+<p>"The great Pasha is now at Damanhour, whither we go. If when we come
+there he is gone, we shall follow. My orders are to deliver you to
+him and no one else."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Good!" replied Helmar. "I would sooner be sentenced by this great
+rebel than by any subordinate. I am more likely to be treated fairly
+decently."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was not in any way bound; he was given free use of his hands,
+but the bridle of his horse was secured to that of one of his
+guard's horses, and even if he had wished to do so, there was but
+little chance of getting away. However, he had not the least
+intention of attempting any such mad enterprise, infinitely
+preferring to trust to the man who carried his note to Naoum.</p>
+
+<p>They were to reach Damanhour that night, the distance was about
+twenty miles, and they intended to travel only in the cool of the
+day. After about an hour's journey, the guard halted at a clump of
+bush, the horses were off-saddled, and the little party prepared to
+rest until evening. The heat was intense, and the welcome shade of
+the trees was like water to the thirsty rider in the desert. To
+Helmar, unaccustomed to this mode of travelling, it was an
+indescribable relief to sit down on the sandy soil, with his back
+propped against his saddle, and watch the shimmering haze of heat
+across the sun-scorched plains. It made him think of the stories he
+had heard of the weary traveller lost in the desert, no water with
+which to moisten his parching throat, his tongue swollen, black, and
+immovable in his mouth, with already the first signs of delirium and
+insanity showing in his erratic and aimless actions. He shuddered as
+the picture presented itself, and thanked<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span> his stars that he was
+seated, though a prisoner, beneath such a deliciously refreshing
+shade.</p>
+
+<p>His escort distributed themselves under the various low bushes
+around, one man only, his little guide of the day before, sitting by
+his side to guard him. In a few minutes, with this one exception,
+they were all asleep. It seemed to George that these men could sleep
+at all hours of the day or night; in fact, as far as he could see,
+it was their one pastime. Work and watchfulness, except when
+compulsory, seemed to be quite out of the native ken.</p>
+
+<p>Hours passed, and at last one by one the men awoke, a fire was
+kindled, and food, in a careless, lazy sort of way, was prepared.
+After the meal was finished, they again slept, and Helmar was once
+more left to his own reflections. The sun was already past the
+meridian, and getting well down towards the horizon, but the heat
+was still too great for travelling. The little Egyptian again sat
+silently beside his charge.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly, George caught sight of the figure of an Arab approaching.
+He was some distance off, and as yet the one wakeful guard had not
+seen him. Helmar eyed the stranger keenly as he approached,
+wondering who he could be travelling in that intense heat, on foot,
+in a country infested with lawless soldiery. The stranger came
+steadily on, and as he drew near, Helmar noticed that, although
+dressed in flowing Eastern garb, he was a white man, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span> of
+patriarchal age. He had a snow-white beard, that reached to his
+waist, and his figure was tall, lean, attenuated, and tottering.
+Altogether his appearance was so fascinating that George drew his
+guard's attention to it.</p>
+
+<p>"Who can that old man be, coming along there on foot?" he asked, in
+French. "And what on earth is a tottering old fellow like him doing
+about by himself in such a place?"</p>
+
+<p>The guard looked in the direction indicated, and a peculiar
+expression passed over his face as his eyes rested on the stranger.
+Without a word of reply the man jumped up and roused his comrades,
+and a conversation in Arabic ensued. Helmar listened intently.</p>
+
+<p>"See, see," cried the little man. "It is that madman, Hakesh, the
+Christian, the priest who goes about calling down the wrath of Allah
+on our beloved leader. See, he comes from the direction of Mishish,
+where he has been stirring up the people against Arabi, calling on
+them to assist the dogs of Christians."</p>
+
+<p>A whispered conversation followed, the purport of which George could
+not catch, but evidently there appeared to be a divided opinion in
+the discussion. The friendly mate from the dahab&icirc;eh seemed to be
+strongly opposed to some plan the little man was laying before them,
+and his eyes were flashing ominously. Suddenly the Arab who had
+first spoken raised his voice.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You are no good believer, Belbeis," he cried, in angry tones. "This
+dog of a priest is harmful. If our master knew what you say, you
+would rot in prison. No, he must die&mdash;nobody will be the wiser, and
+we shall get reward. Think, the great Pasha will make us all rich,
+and Allah will be pleased."</p>
+
+<p>The Egyptian's words struck on Helmar's heart with a cold chill. The
+old man, Hakesh, was approaching feebly yet fearlessly, perhaps not
+even knowing the danger that awaited him, and that these fiends in
+human form were about to murder him in cold blood. The thought was
+too awful, and George looked about helplessly for a means to thwart
+them. He might call out and warn the approaching patriarch, but
+this, he knew, would be useless, for then the five men would fire a
+volley of bullets into his poor withered old body. No, that would
+not do. Just then George caught the sound of Belbeis's voice
+protesting loudly.</p>
+
+<p>"You are a fool, Abdu, you are like all the rest. Does Hakesh not
+look to all the sick? does he not help the poor?&mdash;besides, no
+Egyptian takes notice of his words, no true believer will follow his
+guidance, for he is mad. See, if anything is to be done, take him in
+as a prisoner to the Pasha, but do not kill him or evil will
+overtake you. He is insane!"</p>
+
+<p>The old man had now sighted the occupants of the bush, and increased
+his pace. He was only a few steps off, and George could see the
+benevolent expression of the kind face, and the determined<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span> light in
+the dark, steel-blue eyes, which not even the man's great age could
+dim.</p>
+
+<p>The discussion amongst the guard had now ceased, and they stood
+looking on as the old man came up. The little Abdu stood out ahead
+of his companions, aggressively eyeing the stranger as he came up.</p>
+
+<p>"Peace be with you, my children!" said Hakesh, in a thin, quavering
+voice, as he stood in front of the party. "You are resting on your
+weary journey, I see. I will rest with you, for the sun is hot; I
+have walked far, and am weary too."</p>
+
+<p>The old man made as though to walk over to a bush and sit down, but
+Abdu intercepted him.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, you cannot rest here, we are all true believers, and you
+are no friend of the Pasha's. You preach against him, and call upon
+all men to take up arms with the dogs of Christians. You cannot take
+rest with men of the true faith," and he barred the old man's way
+threateningly.</p>
+
+<p>One or two of the other men backed their leader up, but Belbeis hung
+back with a look on his face that boded no good to Abdu. Helmar saw
+the look and had risen to his feet quietly, so as not to attract the
+attention of the soldiers, but Hakesh caught sight of his white
+face, and a smile came into his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," he said, addressing Helmar in English, "you can speak for me.
+I cannot make these people understand that I am a man of peace, and
+would rest."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Abdu did not understand what he said, but seeing him address Helmar,
+quickly interposed.</p>
+
+<p>"He cannot assist you, he is a prisoner, therefore do not waste
+words with him. He is a dog of a Christian, too!"</p>
+
+<p>"Peace to your revilings!" answered Hakesh, in a tone of irritation.
+"Because you are not of our religion, it is no reason to call us
+dogs. Stand aside, I am weary and must rest."</p>
+
+<p>Either he did not understand that the soldiers were threatening, or
+he refused to let him see that he did, for he put out one trembling
+hand and endeavoured to push the little wretch on one side. The
+moment his hand touched Abdu, the match was set to the train and the
+explosion followed.</p>
+
+<p>"You would dare to lay a hand on a true believer!" he cried, in his
+high-pitched voice, his small, wicked eyes glittering with the lust
+for vengeance. "Dog, you are in my power, you have roused the people
+against Arabi, you shall go with us, a prisoner to the great
+Pasha&mdash;we shall see! Seize him!" he shouted to the others. "Lash him
+to a tree and we will flog him!"</p>
+
+<p>Four of the men advanced to do his bidding. Belbeis had not moved.
+The old man looked round helplessly, not knowing what to expect.
+Then as the men caught hold of him he struggled feebly. Abdu had
+stood by, but the moment he saw Hakesh struggle he drew a knife.
+Helmar, who had not taken his eyes off the man for a moment, saw
+this.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span> The old man continued his struggle, and Abdu, with murder
+written on his face, edged round behind him.</p>
+
+<p>Without a word of warning, Helmar with the agility of a tiger darted
+forward, and with one terrific blow felled the Egyptian to the
+ground.</p>
+
+<p>"Murder him, would you! You miserable hound! I'll give you a
+lesson!"</p>
+
+<p>He was about to continue his chastisement, when he found himself
+surrounded by the rest of the guard. He saw the flash of steel, and
+then jumping back beside the old man, he faced the infuriated men.
+As they were about to attack, Belbeis sprang into their midst, and,
+shouting at them, forced them aside.</p>
+
+<p>For a moment the men paused, and Belbeis at once got the hearing he
+wanted.</p>
+
+<p>"You fools! What would you do? Kill our prisoner, for the sake of
+this tottering old man? Out upon you for a flock of foolish
+vultures! If the white man is harmed we shall lose our heads when
+the Pasha hears of it."</p>
+
+<p>He spoke quickly and with force, and the ignorant soldiers were
+quick to see the importance of his arguments, but their thirst for
+blood was great and they were loth to give up the hated Christian.</p>
+
+<p>Abdu had recovered and sat up, with a huge lump on his forehead
+where Helmar had struck him.</p>
+
+<p>"Why do you not kill him?" he shouted. "You stand there skulking,
+while he murders me. Seize<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span> him, and let him see what it means to
+strike one of the faithful."</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis raised his hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Peace," said he, "you brought it on yourself. You would have
+murdered the old man while we made him prisoner. You may be glad
+that the Christian stayed your hand, or our lives would have paid
+the forfeit."</p>
+
+<p>"I care not!" cried Abdu, foaming with rage. "You shall obey me! I
+am your officer! Kill him, I say!"</p>
+
+<p>"You may not care, but we do," answered Belbeis, calmly. "You may
+say and do as you like, but we will not let your doings bring the
+Pasha's wrath on our heads."</p>
+
+<p>The little man still raged, but had to be content, and a compromise
+was brought about between Belbeis and the others, to the effect that
+Helmar's hands should be bound and the old man taken on to Damanhour
+a prisoner. As soon as this was settled, the party once more saddled
+up and continued their journey.</p>
+
+<p>Hakesh was made to mount behind Helmar's saddle, and in this
+uncomfortable position the poor old man clung to him for support.</p>
+
+<p>"I can never thank you sufficiently for saving my life," said he, as
+they rode slowly along. "True, I am so old that it does not much
+matter, but my work is not yet done, and I would live to see it
+finished."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"There is no need of thanks," replied George. "I am glad to have
+helped you. However, our troubles are not yet ended. Abdu won't soon
+forget that cuff I gave him&mdash;we have yet much to fear from his
+spite."</p>
+
+<p>The old man's attention was now entirely taken up with clinging on
+to his position, and he relapsed into silence. Helmar was occupied
+with thoughts of escape, so nothing more was said until the town of
+Damanhour was reached.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage35" id="linktoimage35"></a>
+<img src="images/i035.jpg" width="400" height="350" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>BEHIND PRISON BARS</p>
+
+<p>On his arrival at Damanhour George was conducted by his guards
+straight to the prison where he was to be confined. The gaol was one
+of the many ramshackle buildings which the village was comprised of.
+As the little party slowly made their way through the unpaved streets,
+they were intently watched by crowds of men, women, and children; the
+men were principally rebel soldiers, mixed with a smattering of
+insurgent townspeople, the women and children&mdash;creatures of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> all
+sorts&mdash;from the village folk to the common ruck which follows a native
+army. Many were picturesque, but others looked like the drainings of
+the slums of larger cities. There was no doubt as to the sentiments
+they entertained for the white people, for, as they caught sight of
+Helmar's face, under escort of rebel soldiers, unmistakable signs of
+rejoicing were shown, and more than once the threatening attitude of
+the mob made Helmar wonder if he would reach his destination alive.</p>
+
+<p>As they neared the centre of the town, Hakesh drew his companion's
+attention to a building surrounded by high walls.</p>
+
+<p>"That, I expect, is where they will imprison us. It is the town
+gaol, and since Arabi has been here they have used it for military
+purposes. It is a filthy den."</p>
+
+<p>"I expect so," replied George. "From what little I know of these
+people, I should hardly expect cleanliness to be amongst their
+virtues. What do you think they will do to us?"</p>
+
+<p>"That, my son, I cannot say," he replied, with his eyes fixed on the
+mud walls of the prison. "Arabi is not likely to kill us, I think;
+but should he be away we may be at the mercy of some subordinate
+officer who, as likely as not, may wish to get rid of us to curry
+favour with his chief. It is as well to be prepared for the worst."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar remained silent, he was thinking of Naoum and the letter
+which the man, Belbeis, was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span> carrying to him. Belbeis had told him
+that Naoum was here. Well, if that were the case, all might yet be
+well; but, on the other hand, if Arabi should have left, possibly
+Naoum had done the same. The predicament in which he found himself
+was one of great danger. He did not mind facing death, but he felt
+that he would like to outwit Arden.</p>
+
+<p>The gaol was at last reached in safety, although not without some
+trouble. Abdu, with villainous intent, made known along the road the
+fact that his prisoner was a spy, with the result that stones were
+frequently thrown, and in many instances George narrowly missed
+being struck; it was with a sigh of relief that he passed through
+the crazy old gateway of the prison-yard.</p>
+
+<p>Abdu, with his wicked eyes shining triumphantly, ordered him to
+dismount, and, as he reached the ground, George, with solicitous
+care, helped his companion from his uncomfortable position.</p>
+
+<p>Primitive and unsafe as the outer wall had looked, the gaol itself
+appeared to be strong enough. All the windows were heavily barred,
+and the doors looked as if they were capable of withstanding a
+siege. The place was constructed largely of wood, and, thinking of
+Hakesh's words, George felt sure that a place so constructed was
+more than likely to be decidedly unclean.</p>
+
+<p>He was not given much time to view his surroundings, for Abdu had
+him hustled into the building with as little delay as possible. Two
+of the soldiers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span> seized him by the shoulders and pushed him in with
+scant ceremony. Just as he passed through the door of the room where
+he was to be confined, one of the men had to drop back to let him
+pass, and he entered with only one of his guards holding him.</p>
+
+<p>"Naoum not here, I go find him," whispered the man as he released
+his hold.</p>
+
+<p>Turning, George noticed what he had not seen before&mdash;Belbeis was the
+man who had come in with him. There was no time for conversation,
+but the man's words had a reassuring effect.</p>
+
+<p>"Beware of Abdu!" whispered Belbeis, as he turned to leave, and
+then, exchanging a look of intelligence with his prisoner, he joined
+the other guard and the two men went out. The door was closed and
+securely bolted.</p>
+
+<p>Left to himself, Helmar surveyed his prison. There was not a
+particle of furniture in the place, and the only means of light and
+fresh air entering was through a small, narrow, heavily-barred
+window. George looked at this with thoughts of escape in his mind,
+but the prospect was dim and uninviting; even if the bars could be
+removed he doubted the possibility of forcing himself through the
+aperture. He next turned his attention to the floor; it was the
+rough earth covered with filth; portions of food lay about in a
+rotting condition. The smell that emanated from them nearly made him
+sick. With feelings of despair he wondered how long he was to be
+confined in the loathsome hole.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Selecting a spot somewhat cleaner than the rest, he was about to
+seat himself, when happening to glance more closely, he sprang back
+with a horrified exclamation. Again he looked at the window and
+again he turned away in despair.</p>
+
+<p>Night had closed in, and George made up his mind to a night of
+wakefulness rather than seat himself on that filthy ground. Round
+and round, backwards and forwards, he walked, wondering when some
+one would come who could give him something to sit upon.</p>
+
+<p>Hours passed, but no one came. The time dragged so slowly that the
+night seemed never-ending. He began to feel hungry in spite of his
+sickening surroundings, and with his hunger came vain imaginings. He
+pictured all sorts of horrible torturings to which his savage
+captors might subject him. He wondered if he would be beheaded, or
+whether he would be shot; he would much prefer the latter, it seemed
+a cleaner way of dying and more in keeping with his calling. He
+laughed, as he pictured the rebels aiming at him and repeatedly
+missing their target, through bad marksmanship. Then he began to
+wonder what his companions would say when they heard of his end.</p>
+
+<p>He stopped in front of the window and looked up at the sky. He
+stretched his arms and took hold of the two iron bars and shook them
+repeatedly, but they seemed quite firm and immovable. Several times
+he tried them, but each attempt left him more<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span> convinced than before
+that efforts in this direction were futile.</p>
+
+<p>At last, utterly worn out and sick at heart, he leant against the
+wall and involuntarily his eyes closed; several times, as he dozed
+off, his knees gave way under him, and he narrowly escaped falling
+to the ground. Again he roused himself and started to walk.</p>
+
+<p>He had not taken more than half-a-dozen steps when a hissing,
+crackling sound caught his ear and he paused to listen. What could
+it be? He went to the door from whence the sound proceeded. As he
+did so he noticed an unmistakable smell of burning.</p>
+
+<p>He rushed to the window and looked out. The sky was clear and
+brilliantly illuminated with stars. Here the air was sweet and
+fresh. Turning again to the door, he noticed that the smell of
+burning had increased and the crackling was still going on. The
+truth flashed on him suddenly!</p>
+
+<p>The gaol was on fire!</p>
+
+<p>"So they would roast me alive, the scoundrels!" he muttered, as he
+stood hesitating as to what he should do.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 379px;">
+<a name="linktoimage36" id="linktoimage36"></a>
+<img src="images/i036.jpg" width="379" height="600" alt="&quot;Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to
+remain firm in its socket.&quot; p. 211" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to
+remain firm in its socket.&quot; p. 211</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Glancing first at the door, then at the window, he quickly made up
+his mind as to the best course to adopt. Smoke was already
+penetrating the cracks of the doorway. If he were to escape, it must
+be through the window. At that instant he thought of poor old
+Hakesh, and wondered what was happening <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>to him. Where was he? Did
+they intend to roast him too?</p>
+
+<p>"The inhuman devils!" he cried, as these thoughts flashed through
+his mind. He forgot about his own safety for the moment, as his mind
+wandered to the old priest. A flash of light through the crack of
+the door brought him back to his own position, and seizing the iron
+bars of the window with both hands he heaved and shook at them till
+the wall rocked, but they gave not an inch.</p>
+
+<p>Gasping for breath, his hands sore with his terrible grip on the
+iron, he paused for a moment and cast about in his mind for a new
+idea. No other means of escape presented itself, so with the energy
+of despair he flung himself again on the rough iron. The room was
+rapidly filling with smoke, and he already found difficulty in
+breathing.</p>
+
+<p>Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to remain firm in its
+socket, and he was about to cease his efforts, when he noticed that
+the mud wall that held it was cracked, and hope again filled him.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving the bars for a moment he picked up a narrow piece of wood
+and jammed it as far as possible into the crack, then seizing the
+bar with one hand, he drew himself up and, placing his feet against
+the wall, pulled with all his strength. The wall opened out, and he
+drove the wedge far into the crack with his disengaged hand, and
+once more dropped to the ground.</p>
+
+<p>The fire was rapidly increasing, the room was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span> filled with blinding,
+choking smoke, and he became at once convinced that he had not many
+moments to spare before the fire would be upon him. One thing seemed
+certain, that, whoever had set light to the place must have been
+ignorant of his whereabouts in the building, or they intended to let
+the process of cooking him be slow. To what refinement had they
+brought their art of torture!</p>
+
+<p>Seizing the iron bars again, he set to work. The wood he had
+inserted held the crack open, and the bar, now under the terrific
+power he used, began to move about. For two minutes he worked
+incessantly, every moment bringing the chance of escape nearer. With
+feverish anxiety he watched the loosening bar. Once he looked round;
+the flames were lapping the door, and the hissing, crackling of the
+fire sounded in every direction.</p>
+
+<p>Again turning to his work, he gave one supreme wrench at the
+obstinate iron, and with a crack it yielded, flinging him to the
+floor. A lot of the brickwork had come away with the bar, and, as he
+sprang to his feet, he saw that in releasing one of the iron bars he
+had torn away sufficient of the wall to free the others. He tore
+them from their place in a flash, and at last the window was clear
+of obstruction.</p>
+
+<p>Taking one of the iron bars with him, he climbed up to the aperture,
+but found the process of squeezing himself through was no easy one;
+cheered on by hope, and with fear of the fire behind, he at last<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>
+succeeded, and dropped to the ground outside, only to find that the
+high wall surrounding the prison barred his way.</p>
+
+<p>At least he had escaped the fire, but now, how to get out of the
+yard? He ran round the burning building in the hopes of finding an
+outlet, expecting every moment to fall in with some of the guard,
+but to his astonishment not a soul was about. At first this seemed
+strange, but as he realized that the building had been set on fire
+purposely, the desertion of it was quickly accounted for.</p>
+
+<p>The only means of escape that now presented itself was a small
+outhouse built against the wall. This he clambered on to, and then,
+by the aid of some loose planks in the roof, succeeded in reaching
+the top of the wall.</p>
+
+<p>The moment he looked over he cursed himself bitterly for not having
+waited until the house had burnt itself out before attempting to go
+further, for then, no doubt, thinking him dead, the crowd would have
+deserted the place. As it was, he saw a cluster of rebels standing
+watching the fire carry out its fell work.</p>
+
+<p>He withdrew his head the instant he saw the murderous-looking mob.
+To expose himself on the top of the wall was merely to make a target
+of his body for a dozen rifles to "pot" at, and so nullify all he
+had accomplished. Yet how was he to get over on to the other side
+without being observed? If he could but alight on firm ground
+safely, he could<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span> then make a rush for it, and trust to the luck
+which, so far, had been on his side. He thought of the shadow cast
+by the wall, owing to the brilliant light of the burning prison
+behind, and he determined to try this one chance of escape.</p>
+
+<p>In the excitement of the leap from the window he dropped his weapon,
+and only just discovered the fact. Scrambling back, he soon found
+it, and climbing once more on to the outhouse, without further
+hesitation he gradually rolled himself full length on to the top of
+the wall, slid his legs over, and letting himself down to arms'
+length, dropped to the ground. The wall was nearly fifteen feet
+high, so that he had dropped about seven. The moment he landed he
+recovered himself and ran for dear life, not knowing in the least
+where he was going.</p>
+
+<p>At first he thought he had escaped notice, but it was not so, for
+scarcely had his brain formed the hope than one wild shout went up
+from the rebels, and the next instant he found himself closely
+followed by a hooting, murderous mob.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage37" id="linktoimage37"></a>
+<img src="images/i037.jpg" width="400" height="234" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIX" id="CHAPTER_XIX"></a>CHAPTER XIX</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>THE ESCAPE</p>
+
+<p>The moment George realized he had been discovered, the spirit of "do
+or die" entered into his soul, and he flew along at the utmost speed
+at his command. He did not even check his hope that the race would
+end in his favour; he did not pause to wonder where he was going, or
+how he would elude his pursuers. He had got a short start of them
+which he meant to keep, and, if possible, increase. He could hear
+the gibbering of the mob gradually getting louder and louder as the
+crowd gathered up fresh recruits and surged along in pursuit of him.
+The distant burr increased to yells and shouts, and the clatter of
+fire-arms became<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span> so loud that George began to fear that his attempt
+at escape was quite futile. He never lost heart, however, and raced
+on and on at a pace surprising even to himself.</p>
+
+<p>A man never learns what is possible until he is placed in a position
+that requires the apparently impossible. This was the situation
+George was now in. If he had stopped to ask himself the question,
+"Can I do it?" he probably would have been forced to answer it in
+the negative. As it was, he paid no heed to the danger behind, and
+thought only of the safety in front, if he could but keep up his
+speed long enough.</p>
+
+<p>The infuriated rebels finding themselves unable with even their
+greatest efforts to come up with their prey, now began to fire at
+him, but, as their shots were not those of very expert marksmen,
+George became more amused than frightened as the bullets dropped
+either short of him or flew far above his head.</p>
+
+<p>He was now getting into the inhabited part of the town, and tried to
+elude the pursuers by turning abrupt corners, but there was little
+chance of success in these tactics, for the "blackies" knew more
+about the place than he was ever likely to, and kept cutting him off
+in an alarming manner.</p>
+
+<p>The day was beginning to break, and George felt that he must soon
+give in. As he was making a rapid turn in his path a well-aimed
+nabout came most uncomfortably close to his head. This incited<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> him
+to greater effort, not so much from fear of being hit, as from the
+knowledge of the nearness of his pursuers.</p>
+
+<p>Breathless, and with the life almost run out of him, he continued
+his mad career, the hue and cry of the mob goading him on and
+lending wings to his feet. Swift of foot as the blacks had been,
+they had shown themselves no match so far for the trained athlete
+they were pursuing. But there comes a time when even the best man
+must give in, and that time George felt was rapidly approaching. He
+had been running now for a long time, and had traversed a lot of
+ground. However, he was not done yet, and he still kept on, although
+in what direction he knew not. The street he was now in looked like
+one of the principal thoroughfares, and, as he was nearing the end
+of it, he saw, to his horror, another crowd ahead, running towards
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Instinctively he turned into a bye-way, and darted along in the
+shadow of the buildings. The turning proved fatal&mdash;it was a blind
+court, and ended in a small paved square, hemmed in on all sides by
+the best class houses. Seeing the mistake he had made, George paused
+for a moment to glance round. The mob were tearing down the court,
+their cries filling the air and making the calm morning hideous with
+discord.</p>
+
+<p>Seeing no means of escape, Helmar made up his mind to sell his life
+as dearly as possible, and, rushing into the porch of the biggest
+house he saw, put<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> his back to the wall and waited the oncoming mob.</p>
+
+<p>Headed by a dozen or more soldiers, he saw the crowd enter the
+square. At sight of him standing at bay a loud, exultant cry went
+up, and they dashed towards him. He was fairly trapped now, and he
+knew it; with his iron bar upraised he awaited the leaders,
+determined that three or four should not escape him before he was
+done to death. At this instant he heard a sound beside him, and
+glancing in the direction, saw a door suddenly thrown open.</p>
+
+<p>With instinct of self-preservation, he ran to it, and, without
+waiting to see who was inside, rushed in, and immediately the door
+was closed with a slam.</p>
+
+<p>He had not the faintest idea where he was, and, for all he knew,
+might have fallen into a worse trap than before; but the opportunity
+had been too good for him to refuse to accept, and, as he paused in
+the dim hall, ready to strike down any one who attempted any
+violence, he was surprised to find it deserted.</p>
+
+<p>Outside, the disappointed fanatics beat and hammered at the door,
+and every moment Helmar expected to see it forced in. He scarcely
+knew what to do. Suddenly he noticed in front of him a curtained
+archway; he ran towards it, and flinging back the heavy tapestry he
+started back as if he had been struck&mdash;he stood face to face with a
+smiling countenance. He dropped his weapon and rushed forward with
+hands outstretched, crying<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Naoum! Friend Naoum! Thank God!"</p>
+
+<p>"Luck is with you, friend Helmar," said the Arab quietly. "Allah is
+great! Allah is good! He has brought you to me in your extremity.
+But come in here, I must quiet the children of darkness."</p>
+
+<p>He led the way in, and George found himself in a room of great
+splendour, arranged in Eastern style. Turning to his old friend he
+was about to speak, but the latter interrupted him.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, wait. There is danger; I must go and speak to the rebels,"
+and he turned swiftly and left the room.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments the hammering and noise ceased, and presently Naoum
+returned.</p>
+
+<p>"Now tell me what all this means," he said, glancing at George's
+dishevelled appearance, and doubtfully eyeing the torn clothes and
+the worried face in front of him.</p>
+
+<p>"It simply means that they wanted to murder me by roasting me alive,
+and, failing that, with knives and clubs."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar then recounted all that had happened to him from the time he
+had left Alexandria with the patrol. When he had finished, Naoum
+looked thoughtful.</p>
+
+<p>"So you are an escaped prisoner of Arabi's," he said at last; "that
+is not good. It makes my task harder, but you must be saved
+somehow," and he relapsed into deep thought, drumming on the side<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>
+of a cabinet which he leant against. "Just now I am very powerful
+with Arabi, he has forced me into service, with the alternative of
+confiscating my property. I am now one of his means of raising
+money, and as my fortune is considerable, he cannot quarrel with me,
+but&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Surely," broke in George, "you are not fighting on his side?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, but you do not understand. I am in his hands, and for the sake
+of the result of my life's work, I cannot defy him. I take no active
+part with him in this war, but I have no other alternative than to
+supply him with money on purely business securities, the same as I
+would to anybody else. I am, as you well know, against him in all my
+feelings. If I refused to do as he requires, I should forfeit
+everything; so you see I am compelled. Being with him, I save my
+property, and can prevent much mischief by using my influence over
+him."</p>
+
+<p>"I see," exclaimed George, heartily, "you are right. It would be
+folly to do otherwise. Well, returning to the awkward predicament I
+have placed you in, what is best to be done?"</p>
+
+<p>"I heard during the night that trouble had befallen you. In fact,
+this note in your writing was brought to me by Belbeis, one of my
+men, just as I returned here from Cairo," he went on, producing a
+bundle of papers. "I had intended to intercede for you this morning,
+but now the situation is more complicated. However," with a smile of
+meaning,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span> "I think you can safely leave it to me. For the time being
+you are free from the man Abdu, and are, at present, out of reach of
+your enemy Arden, so you can take some rest here. Food shall be
+brought you at once, and I will go and see what can be done."</p>
+
+<p>George thanked his friend and threw himself on a divan, while his
+host started on his errand of mercy.</p>
+
+<p>Good luck, as Naoum had said, was undoubtedly with him, and, as he
+lay back, with his weary, tired eyes closed from the bright light of
+the rising sun, he felt that Providence had been indeed good. He
+shuddered again and again as he went over, in thought, the exciting
+events of the night, and wondered what awful fate would have been
+his if he had chanced to take refuge in front of any of the other
+houses in the square. Naoum he knew would help him to the full
+extent of his power, and that seemed to be considerable, judging
+from the manner in which he had quieted the mob outside. It was too
+good to hope that he would be able to get him released altogether,
+but, probably, he would manage to secure for him a fairly
+comfortable prison and save his life.</p>
+
+<p>His thoughts were interrupted by the entrance of a servant with
+food, and, as soon as the man had retired, he set to ravenously. The
+food was of the most luxurious description, and Helmar marvelled the
+more at the mysterious man who had provided<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span> it. Who was he in
+reality? Naoum he knew was his name, and he had hitherto only taken
+him for a successful trader; but apparently he was a man of great
+fortune and power, or how could he supply money to the extent he
+appeared to be doing?</p>
+
+<p>After finishing his repast, George lay back on the comfortable
+cushions of the divan. He was tired and worn out, his whole body
+ached with his efforts of the night before, and the sleep that he so
+badly needed was not long before it overtook him. How long he lay
+unconscious of his surroundings he did not know; when he awoke it
+was night, and the rays of a small lamp lit the chamber he was in.
+For a moment or two he looked about him and tried to recall what had
+happened. At first it seemed like some horrid nightmare, but when he
+stood up and stretched himself he knew that it was all reality. He
+was greatly refreshed with his sleep, and now awaited eagerly the
+return of Naoum.</p>
+
+<p>Before his host re-appeared food was again brought to him, and this,
+with the aid of soap and water, made him ready to face the world
+again. A few minutes later Naoum came in.</p>
+
+<p>"I have been more fortunate than I had anticipated. Arabi, who
+fortunately chanced to return here from Cairo this afternoon whilst
+you slept, has promised me at least to spare your life; but, on the
+other hand, he will not hear of your being released. This, however,
+is quite a secondary affair and a matter which we can ourselves
+attend to later on," and he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span> chuckled softly. "In the meantime," he
+went on, "I expect you will be taken to Cairo. This he gave me to
+understand without actually saying so."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, beggars mustn't be choosers," said George, resignedly, "and
+glad enough am I that I am to escape with my life."</p>
+
+<p>"You may well say that," answered Naoum. "From what I can gather,
+this man Arden, who appears to hate you so cordially, is very
+powerful and enjoys Arabi's complete confidence. In fact I was shown
+a dispatch from that worthy recommending you to be <i>interrogated</i>; I
+dare say you know what that means. I had great difficulty to
+dissuade him from acting on the man's advice. Even now,
+notwithstanding I have his promise, your position is anything but
+safe, and we shall have to keep a watchful eye on them all."</p>
+
+<p>"What! do you think Arabi can be persuaded to go back on his
+promise?" asked George.</p>
+
+<p>Naoum smiled deprecatingly.</p>
+
+<p>"Go back, you call it. You mean break his word, I suppose. Well, I
+would not like to say, but if I am not about at the time there may
+be trouble."</p>
+
+<p>"Then the understanding is that I go to Cairo&mdash;when?"</p>
+
+<p>"When he sends word. In the meantime you will see him. He intends
+to&mdash;how you call it&mdash;interview you; I shall dispatch some of my men
+to Cairo, and also write to Mariam Abagi my mother, that she may
+know what to do when you arrive<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span> there. So now you can rest
+comfortable and wait for what the future has in store for you. I
+shall look after you."</p>
+
+<p>George thanked him for his words, and then Naoum went on&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I must go now, for I have much work and many things to do before
+morning. If there is anything you want, touch this gong, and my
+servants will wait on you&mdash;and now, good-night."</p>
+
+<p>Naoum went away and Helmar was again left to speculate and wonder.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage38" id="linktoimage38"></a>
+<img src="images/i038.jpg" width="400" height="362" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XX" id="CHAPTER_XX"></a>CHAPTER XX</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>ARABI PASHA</p>
+
+<p>The next morning Naoum brought word that George was to start
+immediately for Cairo.</p>
+
+<p>"Arabi intends mobilizing all his forces to the eastward, probably
+at Tel-el-Kebir or Kassassin. My men have brought me word that the
+British advance will be from the Suez Canal, which they have seized,
+towards Cairo. The rebels, indeed, have already been driven out of
+their position near<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span> the canal. This place is of no particular
+importance, and to all intents and purposes will be evacuated at
+once, so that you, in consequence, will have to be moved."</p>
+
+<p>"And is all this to take place immediately?" asked George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, immediately. The British have been landing a large army at
+Port Said, and if I am any judge, the days of the rebellion are
+numbered. If Arabi would only be advised by me, he would abandon his
+mad scheme."</p>
+
+<p>"You are right," replied Helmar; "he little knows the people he is
+fighting or he would soon give it up. But how do you think this will
+affect me?"</p>
+
+<p>Naoum paused for a moment before answering the question, and when he
+spoke, it was as if weighing each word before he uttered it.</p>
+
+<p>"That is hard to say as yet. Toulba Pasha is in temporary command at
+Cairo, and he is a hard man. I understand your friend," with
+emphasis on the word, "Arden is to be sent down there to relieve
+him."</p>
+
+<p>George made a grimace as Naoum uttered these words. He saw, in
+fancy, a busy time ahead of him. With this man Abdu, a renowned
+villain, to watch him at the instigation of his most bitter enemy
+there didn't seem to him to be much hope left.</p>
+
+<p>Naoum stepped up to his side and seated himself<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span> on the divan.
+Leaning over, he said in impressive tones&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"My plans are complete. By the time you reach Cairo, Mariam, my
+mother, will know of your coming and be ready for any emergency.
+Before you leave here I will give you a sign by which you may know
+your friends. But more of this when the word comes for you to start,
+and, in the meantime, Arabi intends coming here to see you himself."</p>
+
+<p>George started up.</p>
+
+<p>"What! Coming to see me? Why?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, that is the point I cannot myself understand. As I said, I do
+not trust him. But he dare not play me false," he added,
+thoughtfully. "It is bad, though, for there must be something in his
+mind. This man Arden is very powerful."</p>
+
+<p>For some moments the two remained silent. Each was wrapped in his
+own thoughts. Naoum was endeavouring to solve the mystery of Arabi's
+intended visit to his prisoner. It seemed to him so unnecessary.
+Helmar was not a man of great importance, in fact, very much the
+contrary. Somehow he fancied that the man Arden must have sent
+another dispatch, privately, with reference to Helmar, making him
+appear to be in possession of information necessary for the rebel
+chief to acquire. If this were so, then it opened up a much wider
+field of danger. Altogether he did not like the trend of affairs at
+all.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span> Helmar, on the other hand, saw no danger in this visit. It
+seemed to him that he would now have a chance of proving to Arabi
+that he&mdash;Helmar&mdash;was only a very small man on the British side, and
+that he was no spy at all, but merely a paid interpreter. Such being
+the case, there was no reason why he should be shot, for it was
+against the ethics of warfare. Consequently he was delighted at the
+prospect, and told Naoum so.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me the best thing that could happen, Naoum. Why, I
+shall be able to explain away all that the wretch Arden has told
+him, and, very likely, bring Arabi's wrath down on his own head.
+It's splendid!"</p>
+
+<p>Naoum watched the animated, hopeful face, smiling indulgently. The
+young man pleased him greatly; his sturdy hopefulness, his bright
+way of facing troubles, his general optimism, all combined to make
+the older man admire him. But, with better practical experience of
+the East, he did not share Helmar's view of the matter; he looked
+upon the Pasha's visit as of evil omen, to be treated with
+suspicion&mdash;to be watched with a lynx eye, and combatted with all the
+subtle means so dear to the Eastern heart. He vowed that if aught of
+evil befell his friend and <i>prot&eacute;g&eacute;</i>, some one should pay dearly for
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of replying to George's words Naoum turned the subject.</p>
+
+<p>"I have found out," he said, "that the priest you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span> befriended has
+been released, and that he has already disappeared."</p>
+
+<p>"Then he was not in the prison from which I escaped?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, he was never placed in it. There is a superstition regarding
+that man, and even the worst fanatics would not harm him, so he was
+set free, and the man Abdu has been reprimanded for interfering with
+him."</p>
+
+<p>"And a good thing too, it will perhaps be a lesson to him and&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Make him hate you the more."</p>
+
+<p>"Why hate me the more? He ought to thank me that I have saved him
+from murdering the poor old man."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, you don't understand the Eastern mind. That would be a strong
+reason for Abdu's hatred of you, you baulked him in his
+villainies&mdash;it is enough."</p>
+
+<p>After a little more conversation Naoum left the room to prepare for
+the coming of the rebel Pasha. He paused before he went, however, to
+give some parting advice.</p>
+
+<p>"When Arabi speaks, answer boldly. Say what your good sense prompts,
+but do not let him think you fear him. Arabi admires a bold man.
+Though clever, he is weak, and can easily be influenced by boldness.
+If he thinks you fear him, it will make your escape all the harder
+to accomplish, for he is in the power of his subordinates and will
+do as they bid him."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>This was indeed news to Helmar; he had believed that Arabi, the man
+who could have brought about this terrible rebellion, must be a man
+of indomitable character, and here he was told that such was not the
+case. He was truly living and learning. Now he began to understand
+how Mark had attained a position of so much power in such a short
+time; now he could understand how that worthy had been able to
+promise him a speedy execution by the Pasha's orders&mdash;evidently he
+relied upon his influence, the influence of a bold, unscrupulous
+villain over a weaker man.</p>
+
+<p>The time passed slowly after Naoum had left him, and George's
+patience was sorely tried as he waited for the great rebel. At last
+he heard a commotion in the hall, the clatter of arms and babel of
+voices telling him that at last Arabi Pasha had arrived. With
+beating heart and ever-increasing excitement, he waited for the
+summons that seemed so long in coming, but at length, after what
+seemed an endless period, a servant entered and signified that his
+presence was required.</p>
+
+<p>Hastily smoothing out his worn and tattered clothes, George, with a
+slight touch of vanity, peered into a mirror and then followed his
+guide from the room. He hoped that the interview was to be a private
+one, with perhaps only Naoum present. He felt under those
+circumstances that he would then have less hesitation in speaking
+his mind. He feared nothing, convinced as he was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>that anything he
+could say could not possibly make his position worse. Naoum would
+not fail him, and he would rely on his power for protection.</p>
+
+<p>His guide led him upstairs to a curtained doorway, guarded by two
+sentries, in front of whom he paused. At a sign from the former, one
+of the men disappeared behind the curtain, and the next moment Naoum
+appeared in the doorway. Waving the guide back he signed to George
+to enter, and a moment later Helmar stood in front of the great man.</p>
+
+<p>Arabi was seated on a big lounging chair, dressed in the uniform of
+the Egyptian army. His face was turned away as the prisoner entered,
+so that George was unable to realize all that Naoum had told him;
+but no time was given him to speculate, for Naoum broke the silence
+at once. With an easiness that astonished Helmar, he addressed the
+Pasha as though talking to his equal. There was no cringing in his
+manner, and at times George thought he even detected a slight tone
+of command in his voice.</p>
+
+<p>"This is the prisoner of whom I spoke," he said in Arabic; "he is
+not a British subject, but comes from Germany."</p>
+
+<p>Arabi lazily turned his head in Helmar's direction, and without
+changing the position of his body slowly eyed him from head to foot.
+The face that was thus revealed was a blank to George; he had
+expected to see one of strong character, or to discern<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span> in it
+indications at least of great intelligence. One of the greatest
+characteristics apparent was of intense indolence, whilst the shifty
+eyes pointed to a nature vacillating almost to weakness. Whether
+this really were his true character, or whether it were simply a
+mask used to cover the inner workings of this remarkable man's mind,
+George did not know; at any rate, it was sufficient, after what he
+had heard, to make him dislike and distrust him.</p>
+
+<p>"You are a spy!" said the Pasha, in Arabic, shifting his glance away
+from the prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>"I am no spy," replied George, haughtily, "I am merely an
+interpreter employed by the British Government."</p>
+
+<p>"How came you to be spying out our defences then, when you were
+captured?" asked he, sternly, looking up sharply at the tone of
+George's reply.</p>
+
+<p>"I accompanied the patrol in my official capacity."</p>
+
+<p>"Which means, I understand, that you were there to elicit
+information from any natives whom you chanced to meet."</p>
+
+<p>"Not at all&mdash;simply to translate into English whatever they had to
+say. The officer was there to gather information."</p>
+
+<p>A faint flicker of a smile passed over Arabi's face at Helmar's
+ready replies, and he exchanged a few words with Naoum in an
+undertone. Presently he turned again to his prisoner<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Then by your own showing you were simply an accomplice of spies."</p>
+
+<p>"A patrol on scouting duty is a legitimate tactic of warfare,
+therefore those who accompanied it were not spies, and I am entitled
+to be treated simply as a prisoner of war, not as prey for the
+rabble of the town to wreak their vengeance on by roasting alive!"</p>
+
+<p>Again the Pasha eyed his man. George felt that his words were bold,
+even to being dictatorial, but he remembered Naoum's words and was
+determined to act as he had directed. With his eyes still fixed upon
+his interrogator he waited for him to speak.</p>
+
+<p>The effect of the line of conduct he had taken up was apparent when
+next Arabi spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Then you think I have no right to have you shot! What do you
+expect?"</p>
+
+<p>"You have less right to shoot me than the British have to shoot you,
+when they have destroyed your army. You cannot do more than keep me
+prisoner, and then you must treat me well, or you will have to
+answer for it later on. There are those in your employ, I know, who
+would willingly do me harm and resort to any base subterfuge to
+attain their ends. Doubtless you have been told many lies about me
+already, but if you listen to them you will regret it."</p>
+
+<p>"So, you would dictate to me the course of action I am to adopt? You
+forget," Arabi went<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span> on, with an ominous pucker of his brows, "that
+this war is a war of extermination. We have been too long under the
+ban of European influence. The sons of the West have no right in the
+country of the ancient Egyptians, whose prosperity dates back to far
+before the Western countries were ever thought of. If Egyptians are
+not to be allowed their own country, if we cannot be allowed to rule
+according to our own traditions, who then is to dictate to us?
+Because your arms are powerful and other nations have joined in the
+task of conquest, do you think that there is the faintest semblance
+of right in the crime you would perpetrate? You speak of Egypt
+having no right to deal with you as it likes; it has all the right
+to do so, that you people of the West have to come and wrest our
+country from us. Your talk is not sound, and you cannot think well.
+I shall order for you as I think fit!"</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," replied George, as the momentary fire in the indolent
+man before him died out, "but remember my words, there are those who
+will avenge me, should you choose to betray the trust that is placed
+in you as head of the opposing army. Murder is punished with death,
+and if you choose to commit it, you are no more free from its
+consequences than the commonest of criminals."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar had become angry. The Pasha's words, so full of arrogance,
+had stung him, and he was not slow to answer him in like manner. He
+felt that in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span> doing so he was jeopardizing himself, but for the life
+of him he could not stop, and he was almost sorry when, as he
+finished speaking, Arabi's face cleared and he smiled condescending
+approval at his bold words.</p>
+
+<p>Naoum caught George's flashing eye, and a look of intelligence
+passed between the two men. Quick as lightning Helmar's equanimity
+was restored, and he waited to see what was next to happen.</p>
+
+<p>"Spy or no spy," said the Pasha, "you are a brave man to dare me to
+my face. One word from me and you would be torn limb from limb, but
+I do not intend to utter it. For the present you will be sent to
+Cairo as a prisoner; you will be safely guarded and in decent
+quarters. Later on it may be necessary to obtain information that
+you are believed to possess. If you are a wise man, as well as a
+brave, you will not hesitate to give it."</p>
+
+<p>As he finished speaking he turned to Naoum, whose stolid face had
+shown no variation of expression during the interview. He whispered
+a few words to him and then again spoke to Helmar.</p>
+
+<p>"You can now go. Remember, until you leave here our friend Naoum is
+responsible for your safe-keeping."</p>
+
+<p>Waving his hand in sign of having closed the interview, Arabi leant
+back in the chair, from which in his excitement he had sat bolt up
+straight, his eyes following the prisoner until he left the room.</p>
+
+<p>Once outside George was again conducted to his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span> luxurious prison,
+where an excellent repast awaited him. The effect of the interview
+in no way deterred his appetite, and he occupied his time, waiting
+for his benefactor, by doing ample justice to the luxuries placed
+temptingly before him.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage40" id="linktoimage40"></a>
+<img src="images/i040.jpg" width="400" height="312" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXI" id="CHAPTER_XXI"></a>CHAPTER XXI</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>TO CAIRO AGAIN</p>
+
+<p>It was some time before Naoum joined his <i>prot&eacute;g&eacute;</i>. George finished
+his meal and waited impatiently for his coming, but an hour passed
+without any sign. At last he heard again, outside in the hall, a
+bustle and noise similar to that which had occurred at Arabi's
+arrival, and he knew that at last the rebel chief was taking his
+departure.</p>
+
+<p>After a while the noise died away and Naoum appeared. His face was
+calm, but George noticed a something in his look that seemed foreign
+to it,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span> and a presentiment that he was about to hear bad news took
+possession of him. As Naoum came forward, our hero greeted him
+anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what news? Nothing bad, I hope?"</p>
+
+<p>Naoum turned his eyes away, and the strange look deepened on his
+face. George was quick to notice it.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, there is, I see it in your face. Tell me, I don't mind; it
+can't be worse than death, and I have already faced that often."</p>
+
+<p>"Arabi is a strange man," replied Naoum, as though thinking aloud.
+"He appears to have no will of his own. This man Arden has him under
+his thumb. Death," he went on, turning his strong face towards his
+companion, "would be a blessing to that which I am afraid will be
+your lot, unless&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Unless what?" eagerly demanded Helmar.</p>
+
+<p>"Unless we can prevent it," replied Naoum slowly.</p>
+
+<p>"What is this dreadful fate you anticipate?" asked George with a
+sinking heart, as his friend's ominous words fell on his ears.</p>
+
+<p>"After you had gone I endeavoured to draw from him what he intended
+doing with you. I felt convinced that some plans were revolving in
+his mind, and I wished, for our guidance, to discover them. In this
+conviction I am certain I was right. He assured me that he had no
+intention of having you executed, but he hung so persistently on the
+fact that you possessed information of the plans of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span> British
+Commander, that I knew he intended to force you to speak. Your enemy
+Arden has done his work well, for, with all the persuasion in my
+power, I could not move this foolish man in his belief. I fear that
+he intends to have you 'interrogated' at Cairo."</p>
+
+<p>"Tortured, do you mean?" asked George in dismay.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that is what it means, I fear. The barbarity of these inhuman
+creatures is frightful, and they carry out the rites of the
+Inquisition to the full extent of its cruelty. However," he went on,
+his face clearing a little, "although I tried to dissuade him, I was
+not altogether unprepared for this development, and you can rely on
+me not to lose a point in your favour. We must outwit these men
+somehow."</p>
+
+<p>Naoum relapsed into thoughtful silence; his face was heavy with
+anxiety; George could almost hear the throbbings of his own heart,
+the silence seemed so profound, and it was with a sense of relief
+that he heard his companion again talking in his slow, measured
+tones.</p>
+
+<p>"The sign by which you will know your friends in Cairo is the word
+'Amman!' Your answer to it will be, 'Allah is good!' To which the
+friend will reply, 'And ever watchful!' To any one coming to you in
+this way you can give any message, or follow any instructions he or
+she may give. You can trust me that never for one moment will our<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>
+watchfulness be relaxed, and, in times of your greatest danger, help
+will be near."</p>
+
+<p>George repeated the sign so as to be sure he had made no mistake,
+then, infinitely relieved, he asked&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"And when do I start for my new prison?"</p>
+
+<p>"To-night. You will go by train. Arabi will have gone before you. He
+also leaves to-night. I shall go and discover what news my men have
+brought in."</p>
+
+<p>He turned, as he spoke, and left the room.</p>
+
+<p>So after all he was to be the victim of Arden's cruel machinations,
+thought George, when he found himself alone. In spite of all Naoum's
+power he was unable to stay the hand of this ruthless enemy.
+Torture! The word was one of terrible significance; death was
+child's play compared with it. Pondering for a few moments on
+Arden's treacheries, his thoughts going back to the little petty
+theft at Constantinople, he tried to account for it all, but only
+came to the conclusion that it was inherent wickedness and villainy.
+George had outwitted and defied him at Port Said. To a man of Mark's
+cruel and villainous disposition this was sufficient, and he had
+made up his mind to leave no stone unturned to humble and ruin his
+former friend. Well, time would show if he were to succeed.</p>
+
+<p>As these thoughts passed through Helmar's mind, a grim, set look of
+determination came into the young man's handsome face, that boded
+ill for the success of his enemy's plans.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The sun had set, and night had closed in when Naoum again came to
+George to notify him that the guard awaited to take him to Cairo.</p>
+
+<p>"The little wretch Abdu is to be in charge of you, Helmar," said he,
+after informing him of the presence of the guard. "How this comes to
+be arranged, I do not know, but there is evidently some purpose in
+it. Be prepared for anything, and do not forget what I have told
+you; above all, do not let anything your guard can say to you rouse
+you to anger&mdash;it is a favourite way of obtaining an excuse for
+getting rid of prisoners. And now, good-bye!"</p>
+
+<p>George bade his kind host and protector good-bye, and with a
+haughty appearance of indifference, he accompanied Abdu and two
+soldiers to the station. If he had had any idea that he was to
+travel comfortably he was quickly undeceived, for the train, which
+was waiting, consisted of nothing but goods wagons; into one of
+these he was unceremoniously hustled and the doors firmly bolted.
+One source of comfort to him, at this treatment, was the fact that
+Abdu and his two guards had to travel in the same compartment.</p>
+
+<p>The moment the doors were closed his hands and feet were securely
+bound.</p>
+
+<p>"What is this for?" asked George, as in obedience to the little
+wretch's orders he submitted to the indignity.</p>
+
+<p>"In order that you cannot play any more tricks upon us," replied
+Abdu in French. "I haven't<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span> forgotten what you did on the way to
+Damanhour&mdash;we have not that fool Belbeis with us now&mdash;heh!"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar objected, and refused to allow the guards to bind his feet.
+Immediately Abdu's eyes flashed, and he drew a long, keen blade from
+his belt.</p>
+
+<p>"Would you?" he cried between his teeth; "this knife is sharp,
+so&mdash;&mdash;" And he pricked George's hands.</p>
+
+<p>Feeling the uselessness of resistance, George allowed the little
+black wretch to secure his feet, and as it was complete, stooped to
+sit down. With a fiendish look on his face, the Egyptian raised his
+foot and gave him a vicious kick in the chest. Losing his balance,
+Helmar fell heavily to the floor, striking his head with great force
+against the side of the van.</p>
+
+<p>Blind with fury at such inhuman treatment, George struggled to
+release his hands from the rope which held them, but his efforts
+were useless and only roused the soldiers to merriment. Suddenly, as
+if believing that his prisoner was succeeding in freeing himself,
+Abdu leaped upon him, and flourishing his long knife, pricked him
+several times in the body with it; with a brutal laugh he then
+kicked him again and rejoined his companions at the other end of the
+car.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar now understood the reason this brute was sent in charge of
+him, and he knew that his journey was to be one of insufferable
+agony. Oh, for one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span> moment of freedom again! If it cost him his life
+he would exterminate the hound.</p>
+
+<p>After his last onslaught, Abdu left him alone for a while, and
+Helmar's anger began to cool down. He thought of Naoum's words, and
+realized how truly he had spoken. No, he must remain quiet, and then
+even Abdu could not be barbarous enough to murder him. It was one
+thing to come to such a determination and another to carry it out;
+alternately he was a prey to violent thoughts of revenge and the
+calmness of philosophy. In the latter intervals he wondered how long
+the train would take to reach its destination, he had not been in it
+half-an-hour, and yet it seemed to him an eternity.</p>
+
+<p>The guards were talking in low tones; every now and then Helmar
+caught a word of Arabic, but they had taken the precaution to seat
+themselves so far from him that he could not hear what they talked
+about. The misery of his uncomfortable position and surroundings
+gave him little desire to interest himself with them.</p>
+
+<p>About an hour after they had started, Abdu left his companions and
+came and sat beside him. Helmar knew this was the prelude to some
+fiendish cruelty, but what he did not know. He was not long left in
+doubt.</p>
+
+<p>The train was bumping terrifically, the metals over which it was
+running being very uneven. For a few moments Abdu watched the motion
+of a piece<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span> of iron chain, hanging through a ring in the side of the
+car, then, having evolved some plan, he turned to his prisoner with
+a leer on his face.</p>
+
+<p>"You see this," he said, tapping the place where Helmar had struck
+him in the face; "Abdu hasn't forgotten, but he is kind and forgives
+easily. You are a prisoner, and must be made comfortable."</p>
+
+<p>As he said this he sprang up, and going over to where the chain was
+hanging, took it from its place, and coiling it up into a knot,
+returned to George's side. The chain was made of large iron links,
+with several sharp, square swivels in it, and these Abdu so placed
+that they projected from the rest. Having arranged it to his fancy,
+he seized his prisoner's hair, and raising his head by it, placed
+the bunch of chain beneath it, and then, with brutal force, pushed
+him back on to the sharp, rusty iron.</p>
+
+<p>"You must have a pillow," he laughed, as he saw George wince with
+pain.</p>
+
+<p>The moment Abdu had released his head, Helmar raised it from the
+cruel iron and moved himself away, but the Egyptian was ready in a
+moment; the knife flashed, and George felt its keen point prick
+through his clothes.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah! you would refuse my kindness, would you? This must not be," and
+he pushed the chain again beneath the prisoner's head. "So, if you
+move again the knife will go farther in next time."</p>
+
+<p>George now found himself compelled to remain with the chain under
+his head. Strain as he would,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span> to keep from resting upon it, the
+motion and jolting of the train made it pummel the back of his
+skull, until he felt that he should soon go mad. Once or twice, in
+desperation, he moved, but the wretch was as good as his word, and
+the point of his knife was dug into his legs and arms until his
+clothes were covered with blood.</p>
+
+<p>After half-an-hour of this Abdu seemed to have had enough of the
+pastime, and with a sneering laugh removed the chain, and then
+returned to his companions at the end of the car.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar all this time had not uttered one word. Notwithstanding the
+agony he had endured, and the pain of the wounds Abdu had inflicted
+upon him, he had not allowed a single sound to escape him, but it
+was with a sigh of intense relief that he saw the little monster
+rejoin his friends.</p>
+
+<p>The guards, for a time, now seemed to ignore the presence of their
+prisoner and spoke in louder tones. Possibly Abdu was not aware that
+his prisoner could speak Arabic, for they conversed quite freely,
+and George distinctly heard every word they said. Abdu was the man
+his attention was mainly fixed upon.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no," he was saying, "the officer Arden has been fooled by this
+Naoum. Arabi would have killed him at once but for the money-man
+Naoum. I tell you he is his friend, and we will have no power to
+harm him."</p>
+
+<p>"But Arden is powerful, and while Naoum is<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span> away, will be able to do
+as he likes," replied one of the men, in a tone of conviction.</p>
+
+<p>"You are a fool, and cannot see before your nose," cried Abdu,
+irritably. "Arabi dare not quarrel with Naoum; the other is only
+powerful in favour, he does not wield the hold over our master. No,
+Arden will work his end, but not through his master, it will be in
+the way he ordered the prison to be fired."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar listened to every word they were talking of him.</p>
+
+<p>"So it was Arden that had the prison set alight," thought he;
+"evidently he would stop at nothing. Would his influence extend to
+Cairo?"</p>
+
+<p>"Who says that Arden had the prison burnt?" said one of the men.
+"More likely that you did it, Abdu, because the Christian dog struck
+you."</p>
+
+<p>All three laughed, and George shuddered as he realized what it meant
+to be in the power of such creatures.</p>
+
+<p>"Whoever did it, it was good," said Abdu; "the dogs must die, or the
+true believers will be driven from their own land. I would that I
+were allowed, yonder dog should never leave this train alive, and
+his body should rot on the plains, and feed the vultures."</p>
+
+<p>"You are a great man, Abdu," said one of his companions, sneeringly,
+"and very brave. Go and cut yonder dog's ropes and see how you will
+fare! Allah! but he would eat you, knife and all!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Abdu was stung to the quick, and retorted hotly&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Have a care; I have dealt with him before, and if he hurt me it was
+because I was not aware; but I am here in front of you, and by the
+Prophet's beard, I fear you not," and he showed his glittering white
+teeth.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar was in hopes that they would start to fight amongst
+themselves, and he felt convinced that if they did so, they would
+not bother any more about troubling him.</p>
+
+<p>"Allah! but you think because you are the son of a great man that I
+fear to speak," retorted the other. "Shoo! I fear you so little that
+I spit in your face!"</p>
+
+<p>The man suited the action to the word, and immediately sprang to his
+feet. Abdu promptly followed suit, as did the third man. The little
+officer's eyes were blazing with rage, and he rushed, with upraised
+knife, on the man who had insulted him. Instantly the two men
+locked, and a struggle to the death ensued. Their knives gleamed and
+flashed in the dim light of the car as each tried to bury his weapon
+in his opponent's vitals.</p>
+
+<p>So interested was Helmar in what was going on that he forgot his
+pain and the torture to which he had been subjected, and laughed and
+cheered Abdu's assailant on with an enthusiasm that astonished even
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>The third man of his guard seemed in some magic way to have
+disappeared, but George had not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span> thought about him, so busily
+occupied was he with the combatants. To and fro they swayed; now
+Abdu seemed to be getting the best of it, and now the other appeared
+to be forcing the little man back. It was most exciting, and George
+struggled to a sitting posture, the better to follow their
+movements.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly a whispered tone reached his ear; some one close beside him
+uttered the word "Amman!"</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage41" id="linktoimage41"></a>
+<img src="images/i041.jpg" width="400" height="346" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXII" id="CHAPTER_XXII"></a>CHAPTER XXII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>HORROR</p>
+
+<p>Turning in the direction the sound came from, George saw it was the
+third man close by him who had whispered the word. Here was a
+surprise; but a light began to dawn on him as he answered with
+alacrity&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Allah is good!"</p>
+
+<p>"And ever watchful!" said the man at once.</p>
+
+<p>So Naoum's power was already working. Evidently this fight was a
+planned affair between these<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span> two men, and Helmar waited wonderingly
+for what was to happen next.</p>
+
+<p>The moment the fellow had given the sign he stooped down and quickly
+cut the ropes from the prisoner's feet and hands, and whispered,
+"Come! we will stay this Abdu's hand and give him a lesson!"</p>
+
+<p>George sprang to his feet instantly, and the two men dashed at the
+struggling pair. Abdu's assailant, doubtless prepared for this, at
+once relaxed his hold and, before the enraged little officer could
+deliver a home thrust with his knife, he was seized by Helmar and
+his friend, and the weapon wrenched from his grasp.</p>
+
+<p>The two guards now seemed inclined to leave the affair in the white
+man's hands, for the moment Helmar had got a firm grip on Abdu they
+fell back.</p>
+
+<p>"So, traitors," screamed the maddened little man, bursting with
+fury, "you have turned on me and released your prisoner! By Allah! I
+swear you shall pay for this! You are in league against the great
+Pasha Arabi, and your lives shall pay the forfeit!"</p>
+
+<p>All the answer he got to his ravings was a stolid smile of triumph
+from both men, and, to stay his tongue, Helmar gripped his throat
+until he almost choked with a spluttering cough.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind about traitors," said Helmar, in Arabic. "We are just
+going to read you a lesson; retribution has come to you sooner than
+you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span> expected. See!" he went on, turning to the others, "pass that
+rope along and we will bind him!"</p>
+
+<p>The two men did as they were bid, and together they secured the
+officer in no very gentle manner. His hands were folded behind his
+back and bound in that position, so that when his feet had been
+secured also, he looked like a trussed fowl.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll be more merciful than you were," said Helmar, laughing, as he
+forced him to lie full length on the floor. "I will not provide you
+with a pillow&mdash;but," as Abdu opened his mouth to speak, "if you
+utter a sound unbidden, I will fasten you to that chain and let you
+hang outside the door for the rest of the journey."</p>
+
+<p>Abdu ground his teeth with rage, but kept silent. His eyes gleamed
+murder at the two men who had sold him and released his prisoner.
+This, however, in no way seemed to trouble them, for they only
+grinned defiance; whilst one of them drew his knife and felt its
+sharp point, as if meditating giving the little wretch a taste of
+it.</p>
+
+<p>The humour of the situation appealed to George; all thoughts of
+revenge had gone, and he merely intended to keep the little man a
+prisoner in punishment for what he had done to him. After watching
+the contortions of his captive's face for a few moments, George
+turned to the two men.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what do you think is best to do?" he asked, wishing to find
+out what their instructions were. "I suppose it is no use to attempt
+escape.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span> If we were to manage to jump from the train, it could only
+end in disaster."</p>
+
+<p>"No, no," said one of the men. "There can be no escape. Abdu would
+have killed you had we not interfered. Our orders were to see that
+no harm befell you by the way, so while he sat beside you, we
+planned that little affair."</p>
+
+<p>"And very well done it was," replied George, laughing. "But what
+will happen when we reach Cairo? You will be shot!"</p>
+
+<p>"No," said the man, complacently. "It is all arranged. Abdu is a
+servant of Arden's, and although the master has ordered that you
+shall not be killed, yet has Arden ordered differently, and
+appointed Abdu to carry out his orders for him. Therefore, what we
+have done will bring us in favour with our chief, and Abdu will be
+punished&mdash;probably hanged," he added in a loud tone so that the
+prisoner could hear.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I see," replied Helmar. "Then you will take him where you take
+me, and hand him over as a prisoner too, for attempting to murder me
+against Arabi's wish. That is decidedly smart. Do you hear, Abdu?"</p>
+
+<p>All three men laughed, but the victim of their plans gave no sign.
+George was astonished at the workings of Naoum's power. He had
+already established a safeguard for him, even on the short journey
+to Cairo; what then would he do when at that place where Mariam
+Abagi was? The feeling<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span> of relief at this fresh instance of his
+protector's watchfulness filled him with a sense of security that he
+had not yet felt, and he blessed the man who was so kindly disposed
+towards him.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the journey passed uneventfully, and, as the train
+pulled up at its destination and Helmar and his guards alighted on
+the platform, he was glad to leave the stuffy, heated atmosphere of
+the place in which he had had such an exciting time.</p>
+
+<p>Abdu and he marched from the station side by side. The difference
+between them was that Abdu's hands still remained bound, while he
+was allowed to walk unfettered. His guards hailed a conveyance, and
+the four were immediately taken to the prison.</p>
+
+<p>This precaution was necessary, as Helmar soon discovered, for as
+they passed along the thoroughfares he saw that the whole city was
+in a ferment. The streets were thronged with a shouting cosmopolitan
+mob even at that early hour of the morning. Armed rebels were
+parading the streets, jostling and hustling any with whom they came
+into contact. There was not the slightest doubt that his white face
+would have served as a red rag to a bull in that mixed assembly, and
+he would never have reached his destination alive.</p>
+
+<p>He remarked on this to his guards, and his surmise was at once
+confirmed.</p>
+
+<p>"Your life would not be worth a minute's purchase exposed to view,"
+replied the man he addressed. "For that matter, even natives have to
+be most<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span> careful, the place is almost in a state of riot. Egypt
+cannot last like this, we shall eat ourselves up."</p>
+
+<p>Abdu was furtively watching the seething thoroughfare from the
+window, and, as the man finished speaking, he endeavoured to attract
+some one's attention outside by holding up his bound hands. The
+instant he did so, the guard flung himself upon him and forced him
+down; but it was too late, the mischief was done. With a cry, two or
+three of the crowd elbowed their way, at a run, towards the hack.
+Helmar glanced with apprehension at his guards, and noted the fear
+expressed in their faces, while Abdu was grinning with the most
+intense malice.</p>
+
+<p>The driver evidently saw danger threatening his vehicle and whipped
+his horses up, but apparently some signal had been passed along the
+road, for the number of pursuers was momentarily increasing to a
+howling crowd.</p>
+
+<p>What the issue would have been it is doubtful to say, but just at
+that moment they reached the citadel, parts of which were being used
+as prison cells, and, with intense relief, Helmar heard the gates of
+the courtyard close behind them.</p>
+
+<p>The moment he alighted he was conducted by two evil-looking warders
+to his cell, whilst the guards, with Abdu, were taken to an office.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he found himself alone, Helmar looked round his prison.
+It was a decidedly uninviting place. Although much cleaner than the
+one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span> in which he had been confined at Damanhour, it was bare of all
+furniture, except a sort of wooden trestle, evidently intended for
+his bed. This occupied one side of the room, which was a narrow
+apartment, about eight feet long by five in width. A dim light was
+allowed to penetrate into this dismal hole through a heavily-grated
+window high up in the wall. As George surveyed the place he came to
+the conclusion, from the solid construction of the walls, that he
+was in no ramshackle makeshift. There was none of the filth and dirt
+of his previous experience, and he felt that here at least he could
+lie down on the hard and uncomfortable boards without being eaten
+alive by loathsome insects.</p>
+
+<p>He felt tired after his long journey, and his appetite was keen. He
+fancied that no matter what his diet might be, he could do ample
+justice to it when it should be brought along.</p>
+
+<p>Using his coat as a pillow, he stretched himself out on his trestle
+and waited patiently for some one to come. Every now and then he
+burst out laughing, as his thoughts went back to the journey to
+Cairo.</p>
+
+<p>What stunning fellows those two guards had proved themselves&mdash;and
+how smartly they had fooled Abdu! He wondered where they were, and
+if they would be allowed to look after him. Such luck, he was
+afraid, could not be. No, he would probably be waited upon by one of
+those two<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span> surly fellows who had conducted him to his present abode.</p>
+
+<p>An hour passed, and at last he heard a footstep outside; he wondered
+if it was the much-desired breakfast, or a summons before Arabi's
+tribunal. The steps came nearer, and a key was placed in the lock of
+his door. A moment later a warder entered with some bread and
+coffee.</p>
+
+<p>The man silently advanced. Helmar's eyes watched his movements
+closely; he set the tin of coffee on the floor and the bread beside
+it, and thus, without a word, turned to depart.</p>
+
+<p>"I say," cried George, as the man neared the door, "is this all a
+hungry man is to have? Why, hang it all, I was treated better by
+Arden!"</p>
+
+<p>George had spoken in English, thinking it wisest not to air his
+Arabic before this man.</p>
+
+<p>The warder only shook his head, to signify that he did not
+understand.</p>
+
+<p>George then tried him in French, but with no better success. At
+last, seeing that his chance of a better breakfast was slipping from
+him, he repeated his remarks in Arabic.</p>
+
+<p>"Bread and coffee is too good for a dog of an unbeliever," replied
+the warder, in a surly tone, "better food is only for the sons of
+the Prophet. The white dog will soon not need anything in Egypt."</p>
+
+<p>As he finished speaking he left the cell, slamming the door behind
+him, as if to emphasize his disgust at waiting on a white man.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The surly pig," muttered Helmar, when the man had gone. "It's scant
+favour I shall get from him. Heigho! my troubles seem never-ending,
+but there&mdash;upon my word, I am getting used to them now. Bread, eh?"
+he went on, picking up the hunk of stale, black, husky-looking stuff
+before him. "I could make better bread myself out of bran."</p>
+
+<p>He picked up the tin of coffee and tasted it.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, that's a bit better. I must say they do understand making
+coffee." Without more ado he ate his bread ravenously, and, in spite
+of its blackness and heaviness, felt very much refreshed when he had
+finished. The coffee was certainly good, and George drank it
+sparingly, lest it should be long before he got any more.</p>
+
+<p>After this he lay down to take a nap. Sleep was not long in
+overtaking him, and despite his troubles, despite his hard
+uncomfortable bed, he slumbered peacefully.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed to him he had not slept five minutes when he was rudely
+awakened by some one pulling at his leg. It was his gaoler.</p>
+
+<p>"Come on, you're wanted," he said, with an unpleasant smile;
+"they're going to ask you some questions."</p>
+
+<p>"Eh, what? Who's going to ask me some questions?" said George,
+sitting up and rubbing his eyes. "Eh?" as he looked at his gaoler in
+great<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span> surprise. "Oh yes, I remember now&mdash;all right, lead on, I'm
+with you."</p>
+
+<p>He sprang from his hard couch, and stretched himself as he spoke. He
+had not yet had time to think or he would scarcely have answered as
+cheerily; neither had he seen the unpleasant look on the man's face,
+which portended anything but something pleasant awaiting him.
+However, he followed his guide, who led him out of the building
+across the courtyard he had entered in the morning, to a sort of
+miniature tower standing alone. The place was of peculiar structure,
+and there was no doubt that it was not built by European hands. So
+interested was he in the place that he drew the warder's attention
+to it.</p>
+
+<p>"What place is this? part of the prison?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ay, it's part of the prison, but a part not much used&mdash;until now,"
+and he turned to the door, fumbling with a great key in the lock.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar's curiosity was still further aroused. The man's words
+conveyed hidden meaning.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but what is it for? Does it contain another series of cells?"</p>
+
+<p>"You will soon find out what it is for unless you are sensible, and
+it certainly contains another series of cells," replied the man,
+flinging back the heavy iron-studded door, which creaked and groaned
+as if it hadn't been opened for years.</p>
+
+<p>Without another word the warder led the way in. The air was musty
+and dark, and George<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span> shuddered as he stepped into the dark passage
+that lay before him. As soon as he had passed in the gaoler turned
+and closed the door, and then proceeded to guide our hero to the
+head of a flight of stone steps. Here he took a lighted lantern from
+the wall, and together they descended into the depths below.</p>
+
+<p>The moment he put his foot on the first step of the stairway, George
+remembered Naoum's words. Was this the place in which the
+<i>interrogation</i> was to be carried out! The very thought of it sent a
+cold shiver of terror down his back, but he knew that it would be
+worse than useless to fight against the inevitable; even if he
+refused to go farther his retreat was entirely cut off, and
+doubtless his gaoler could summon aid to force him to the tribunal.
+No, he would endeavour to put a bold face upon it, and trust to
+circumstances and Naoum's help to see him through. Keeping close to
+his guide he steadily descended. The staircase wound round and
+round, and as they got lower and lower the steps became more and
+more damp and slippery, until at last he had to cling to a sort of
+rough wooden balustrade for support. At last the end of what seemed
+an interminable journey was reached, and the two men stood in front
+of an iron door. This, with some difficulty, the gaoler opened, and
+proceeded along a short narrow passage which ended in an archway
+covered by some rough damp fabric. Pulling this aside, the man led
+the way.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Helmar stood where he was, just inside the archway, while his guide
+proceeded to light several lanterns which hung round the walls.</p>
+
+<p>As the light spread over the room, a frenzy of terror seized Helmar,
+and he stood rooted to the spot.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage42" id="linktoimage42"></a>
+<img src="images/i042.jpg" width="400" height="321" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIII" id="CHAPTER_XXIII"></a>CHAPTER XXIII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>IN THE HANDS OF THE PHILISTINES</p>
+
+<p>The feeling of terror passed off as quickly as it had come. As the
+light spread luridly over the dismal room it exposed to our hero's
+gaze the unmistakable signs that the place was to be used for the
+administration of tortures. Instruments and tools of all sorts lay
+about in every direction, bottles were stored on a shelf in one
+corner, whether containing medical material, or stuff of a more
+deadly nature, George had no means of discovering. In another corner
+of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span> the dungeon stood a brick forge, with various irons scattered
+about on it, which were doubtless used for branding purposes. His
+attention was drawn to a pile of manacles and chains, amongst which
+he detected iron collars, anklets, iron bars of enormous weight, all
+cruel-looking and of dreadful portent.</p>
+
+<p>In one wall was placed a series of rings with ropes attached, while
+close by lay a heavy thonged lash; the nature of these things left
+him in no doubt concerning their use.</p>
+
+<p>As his eyes rested on them in turn, George again felt the terror
+coming on him; involuntarily he trembled, and it was only by a
+supreme effort he was able to cast it from him. The tension of his
+feeling was so great that to relieve it he turned to his gaoler.</p>
+
+<p>"But why am I brought here? They cannot torture a prisoner of war!"
+he exclaimed. "But perhaps," as an idea struck him, "they intend to
+frighten me."</p>
+
+<p>The gaoler guffawed in a sepulchral manner at what he considered his
+prisoner's simplicity; he did not understand that George was trying
+to convince himself against his own better judgment.</p>
+
+<p>"Frighten, eh?" he said at last, when his gruesome merriment had
+ceased, "they'll not waste their time in trying to frighten a
+Christian dog! These things are not for show, but use. Since the
+white people came to this country, this place," he went on, with a
+comprehensive sweep of his hands, "has not been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span> used, but kept more
+as a curiosity than anything else; now the Egyptians again rule,
+they will once more adopt the methods of our forefathers."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes," replied George, with growing irritation at the man's
+undisguised hatred for the white people in general, and himself in
+particular, "I know all about the <i>mighty</i> Egyptians and their
+forefathers. I've heard all about that before, but it has nothing to
+do with bringing me down here. What I want to know is, why I'm
+brought here."</p>
+
+<p>At the sneering tone George used when speaking of the Egyptians the
+expression of the gaoler's face lowered and his eyes shot fire, and
+as he ceased speaking the man turned away, and busied himself with
+setting a great arm-chair in position in the centre of the room.</p>
+
+<p>"You know a great deal about Egypt besides," he said in slow,
+measured tones, wiping cobwebs from a cumbersome piece of furniture,
+"and that is the reason you are brought here. Those who will not
+speak must be made to speak."</p>
+
+<p>"I am ready to tell them all I know, and I can assure you it isn't
+much."</p>
+
+<p>"About the British troops and their Commander's plans?" asked the
+man, with a stolid look of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar burst out into a laugh, although he felt anything but like
+doing so.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, man, how should I know anything about it&mdash;I am not an
+officer!"</p>
+
+<p>The gaoler smiled grimly. He had expected this,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[Pg 264]</a></span> and refrained from
+comment, contenting himself with shrugging his shoulders in an
+approved Eastern style.</p>
+
+<p>Seeing that nothing further was to be gained from this unintelligent
+pig, Helmar gave up the attempt, and examined more closely the
+instruments of torture, wondering in a hopeless sort of way what was
+to be his fate. Unable to come to any decision, he flung himself
+into the chair his gaoler had set in the centre of the room, a prey
+to a horrible despair.</p>
+
+<p>He had hardly seated himself when he became aware of the sound of
+approaching footsteps. They did not come from the passage by which
+he had entered, but from the opposite side of the room. At that
+moment the gaoler approached, and, seizing him roughly by the
+shoulder, attempted to hustle him from his seat.</p>
+
+<p>"This is for another; we will find something less comfortable for
+you."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar detested being pushed about, and as he expected to be handled
+badly later on, he determined to put up with none of it now. He
+sprang in a bound from his seat and, turning, dealt the great
+Egyptian a smashing blow on the face, and was about to follow it up
+with another, when a door, which he had not seen, suddenly opened,
+and a procession of dusky figures entered. Instantly two of the
+new-comers sprang forward and, before George could continue his
+chastisement, had him securely<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[Pg 265]</a></span> pinioned, his flashing eyes
+indicating the storm of rage that was going on within him.</p>
+
+<p>Realizing that now, if ever, he must be calm, he stifled back his
+feelings, and waited for the next act in the horrible drama. Six men
+had entered, and one of them seated himself at once in the arm-chair
+George had vacated. He was a powerful, thick-set fellow and
+evidently, by the deference the others paid him, a man of
+considerable importance. His expression was one of fixed malignity,
+and George rightly surmised that he need look for no mercy from this
+individual. He wondered who and what he was. Was he a magistrate, or
+some potentate of Arabi's army? He did not give him the idea of
+being a military man. His costume was decidedly that of the native
+civilian, and yet there was an air of stern command about the man
+that puzzled him.</p>
+
+<p>At a sign from the new-comer, the two men who held him proceeded to
+divest Helmar of his coat and shirt. This done, his hands and feet
+were fastened, and he was then thrown on the floor face downwards,
+while the bigger of his two custodians stood by, handling the deadly
+kourbash.</p>
+
+<p>There was no mistaking their vile intentions; he was to be
+interrogated with a vengeance, and George eyed the cruel thong as it
+lay idly resting on the ground beside the great Arab. The horrors it
+conjured up in his mind were too appalling for words. Already in
+fancy he could feel its relentless blows on his bared back, and he
+shuddered again<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[Pg 266]</a></span> and again. He shut his teeth and, to use his own
+phraseology, determined to "die hard." He would show these inhuman
+monsters that a white man could stand without a sign anything they
+could think of to reduce him to submission. In bitterness he felt
+that this mockery of interrogation was only an excuse to vent their
+hatred of the European, and that in reality they did not hope to
+discover anything from him, and, in fact, knew that he had no
+information to give.</p>
+
+<p>The dreaded kourbash, he was determined, should do its fell work
+with no response from him, terrible as he knew that punishment would
+be; they might kill him, they might flay him alive, but they could
+not reduce his stubborn pride as no doubt they hoped to do. This
+spirit bore him through those few moments that preceded the first
+words of his mock interrogation, but he felt himself shrink on the
+floor when he saw the slightest movement on the part of his
+executioner. The torture of that short period was the refinement of
+cruelty, but never for one moment did he waver from his fixed
+determination to face his inquisitors like a man and a son of his
+fatherland.</p>
+
+<p>At last the man in the chair spoke; his tones were calm and
+dispassionate, but there rang in them an undercurrent of intensity
+that warned George, whose mental faculties were painfully acute,
+that the latent feeling of racial hatred was only held in check by
+the power of an iron will, and that like a boiling<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[Pg 267]</a></span> volcano it
+needed but the faintest extra aggravation to make it burst forth and
+overwhelm its surroundings. The man's words fell on his ears like
+the knell of doom, and ere he replied he braced himself for the
+inevitable result of his answer.</p>
+
+<p>"Being a secret agent of the British, you possess information that
+will be of use to the great Pasha now ruling the land of the
+faithful!"</p>
+
+<p>Though the words were an assertion, the tones in which they were
+delivered were undoubtedly those of a question. While yet
+considering his reply, George saw out of the corner of his eye the
+fearful kourbash raised from the ground. Quickly making up his mind
+that no subterfuge would hold him, Helmar replied&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I am not a secret agent, neither do I possess any information
+whatsoever of the British movements. How should I? Have I not been a
+captive ever since Arabi was expelled from Alexandria?"</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding the fearful position in which he stood, George could
+not resist this little bit of sarcasm at the expense of Arabi's
+prowess. Apparently his interrogator had no sense of humour, for
+although Helmar could not see the man he was convinced that he gave
+some sign. There was a horrid swish in the air, and the kourbash
+fell across his bare shoulders with ruthless force, and a great wale
+was raised where it struck. George uttered no sound, but, bursting
+with indignation and in great pain, waited for the next question.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[Pg 268]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It came quickly, and in the same even tones.</p>
+
+<p>"Your retort is untimely, and will bring retribution upon you. The
+faithful require no comments from the Christian dog. Answer the
+questions put to you, simply, that your punishment may be less
+severe. We would mercifully save you more pain than is necessary. It
+is known that you are aware of the point at which the forces of the
+great Pasha are to be attacked. The English dogs are slow, but they
+are cunning. Where will their men-of-war be concentrated?"</p>
+
+<p>"How can I tell you that&mdash;I don't know," replied Helmar irritably.</p>
+
+<p>The last words were scarcely out his mouth when the kourbash again
+fell with terrific force on his flesh, this time twice in rapid
+succession. The pain was intense, and as each blow fell George
+hollowed his back involuntarily as if by doing so he would lessen
+the force of the dreaded thong. His back was scalding, and the sting
+of the cruel lash pervaded his whole body, but he only shut his
+teeth the harder and waited for what next was to come.</p>
+
+<p>"Where will the concentration take place?"</p>
+
+<p>The words came like the knell of doom, the monotony of their tone
+was appalling.</p>
+
+<p>"I do not know," replied George again.</p>
+
+<p>Again the lash fell, with another cut added&mdash;again he writhed in
+pain, pain that was anguish of mind as well as of body. He felt as
+if his brain was bursting with the dreadful slowness of the
+proceedings.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[Pg 269]</a></span> It seemed to him that if he were to receive a hundred
+lashes in quick succession he could easily stand it, but the torture
+of the delay was fearful.</p>
+
+<p>Again the fiendish inquisitor asked his question, and again our hero
+replied in the negative. Four more frightful cuts of the inexorable
+kourbash fell on his rapidly-scarring back. The torture he endured
+was frightful, not a single blow from the raw-hide thong but was
+timed to produce the utmost effect; his back was waled in large
+ridges, and with a fiendish cruelty the inhuman executioner with
+unfailing aim had smote and re-smote him in the same place. Already
+he could feel that the skin had burst, and it came almost as a
+relief as he felt the flow of blood down his back. Again and again
+the malignant man in the chair asked his question. Again and again
+the answer came from our hero, followed quickly by the increased
+number of lashes from his executioner.</p>
+
+<p>The terrible punishment was beginning to tell; already George had
+passed from the defiant stage to one of patient endurance. As the
+torture continued his body began to feel numbed, and he became
+light-headed; he caught himself counting in a foolish manner the
+number of strokes he had received, and as each one fell, he would
+add two or three according to whether he felt it more or less than
+its predecessor. Once he even laughed as the man struck him on a
+part of his body that was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[Pg 270]</a></span> clothed, with the effect that the
+executioner, enraged at the levity, redoubled his merciless attack.</p>
+
+<p>The light-headed stage passed off and was replaced by a feeling of
+horrible despair. He wondered when these monsters would have vented
+their spite sufficiently; he wondered if he would be alive at the
+end of the castigation, or if they would flay the flesh from his
+body. He thought of the ignominious ending it would be to his brief
+career with the fighting line.</p>
+
+<p><a name="unavailable_illus" id="unavailable_illus"></a>
+[Transcriber's note: Illustration not available.<br />
+Caption: "He was already beyond crying out. All sense of feeling had left him!"]</p>
+
+<p>His head was buried in his arms, and he was becoming indifferent to
+how frequently the kourbash fell on his shoulders. Had he but known
+it, it was the beginning of unconsciousness; he uttered no sound, he
+cared nothing for what was going on; he no longer, as the blows were
+rained on him, shut his teeth to bear the pain&mdash;it was not
+necessary, he was already beyond crying out. All sense of feeling
+had left him.</p>
+
+<p>Now and again he could hear, as if a long way off, the voice of the
+inquisitor repeating his question, but it had no meaning for him,
+the words were blurred and indistinct to his mental faculties, and
+he made no attempt to answer.</p>
+
+<p>Presently the blows ceased to fall; his body lost all feeling as his
+legs became cramped, and he fell into unconsciousness. Suddenly he
+was aroused from his torpor by angry voices. Far away they sounded,
+but still they penetrated to his dulled and aching brain. He could
+hear a high-pitched, shrill,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[Pg 271]</a></span> screaming sound that struck on his
+almost senseless nerves with a shock.</p>
+
+<p>Vaguely he became aware that his flogging had ceased, and that
+something had gone wrong with his persecutors.</p>
+
+<p>With a supreme effort he roused himself, but he was too weak and
+feeble to be able to grasp the meaning of what he heard, and quickly
+sank down to full length again, as he felt a warm touch on his
+hands.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[Pg 272]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage43" id="linktoimage43"></a>
+<img src="images/i043.jpg" width="400" height="318" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIV" id="CHAPTER_XXIV"></a>CHAPTER XXIV</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>A FRIEND INDEED</p>
+
+<p>The oblivion into which our hero had fallen did not last long, the
+suspension of brain-power was but passing and soon gave place to
+dreams. With that extraordinary irony of reduced mental power these
+dreams were of the most beautiful description; all the agony he had
+suffered had passed away, and he dreamt that he was in a gorgeous
+garden on the banks of his beloved Danube; all around him the most
+beautiful fountains played, and people were wandering about terraces
+and lawns dressed in lovely white flowing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[Pg 273]</a></span> robes. Many of the faces
+he saw about him were those of the friends of his earlier
+associations, and they smiled and bowed to him as they passed by
+where he was reclining. No one seemed to speak, and a silence too
+peaceful and delightful for words reigned everywhere.</p>
+
+<p>In the distance beyond the limits of this perfect place, he saw many
+dark shadows, in each of which he could distinctly trace the figures
+of dusky Egyptians vainly endeavouring to reach him, but, as each
+one made the attempt, he was beaten back by the heavy fall of some
+terrible weapon. Suddenly the scene changed and he was seated on a
+throne. On every side the white-robed figures stood waiting for him
+to speak; this he was vainly attempting to do, but at each effort a
+terrible pain passed over him and the words remained unuttered. At
+last a big fountain began to play in front of where he sat, and the
+spray, in falling, played over his throne, saturating him and every
+one around; then his tongue seemed released, and he suddenly awoke
+to find himself lying upon a comfortable bed, with Mariam Abagi
+stooping over him bathing his back. The moment he regained
+consciousness the agony of his position burst upon him with terrible
+force. Racking pains shot all through his body, until he felt that
+he must shriek aloud; he could move neither hand nor foot, for, at
+each effort, his pain was redoubled, and he lay still, moaning
+piteously.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[Pg 274]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>At last the bathing that Mariam was administering began to soothe
+him, he felt easier, and his moans lessened. As time went on they
+ceased altogether, and the bathing was at once discontinued.</p>
+
+<p>He was now aware of everything that had happened, and longed to ask
+his nurse to tell him all that had occurred after the flogging had
+ceased. Once he made an effort to speak, but Mariam restrained him
+by giving him something to drink. After that he slept.</p>
+
+<p>When next he awoke there were several people in the room. Mariam was
+seated at his side, and Naoum stood near, while several dusky
+figures were waiting in the background. He found that he had been
+turned on to his back, and he felt very little pain until he
+attempted to move, when he at once realized that he had better make
+no further effort in that direction.</p>
+
+<p>"Where am I, Mariam? In prison still?" he asked in feeble tones.</p>
+
+<p>The old woman's face relaxed from its stern expression and became
+wreathed in a wrinkled smile, which set George's heart at rest
+before she uttered a word.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, my son, still in prison, but with those around you who will no
+more allow harm to reach you. We only found you out just in time, or
+you would have seen the light of day no more. Your enemies were
+clever, and attacked you quickly to prevent our interference, but
+the news was brought<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[Pg 275]</a></span> to us and we hurried to your assistance. You
+are now in safety."</p>
+
+<p>George thought for a moment, his eyes resting on Naoum's face,
+everything became quite clear to him, and he remembered, though
+indistinctly, the angry tones he had heard before he became
+unconscious, and was wondering if they were Mariam's.</p>
+
+<p>"Did you come yourself?" he next asked her. "Ah," as she nodded, "I
+remember your voice."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I was indeed angry, and had to exert all my power before the
+wretched Pasha would release you."</p>
+
+<p>The old woman's look as she uttered these words was one of intense
+hatred, and boded, as George thought, but little mercy should ever
+opportunity arise for the man who had attempted to defy her. Again
+he caught himself wondering at the power of these two strange
+people. His reflections were put a stop to as the sound of Naoum's
+voice fell on his ear.</p>
+
+<p>"I will leave you, mother; he will recover now, and, under your
+administering, rapidly. See that you tell him the news I have
+brought you. There is much work for us all, and his share of it will
+require a healthy body."</p>
+
+<p>As he finished speaking, Naoum turned and left the room, followed by
+the rest of his onlookers, whom Helmar quickly surmised were
+servants.</p>
+
+<p>Mariam alone remained, intent upon the care of her patient. Her eyes
+never for one moment left<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[Pg 276]</a></span> the thin and drawn face on the pillow
+before her, anticipating, with the solicitous care of a mother,
+every need for his comfort.</p>
+
+<p>"How long do you think it will be before I can get up?" asked George
+suddenly, after a long pause. "My back feels much better already.
+To-morrow?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, my son. Not to-morrow or the day after, neither will you
+get up for some days to come," replied the old woman, shaking her
+head. "You have been injured almost unto death, and your recovery
+must surely be slow. As Naoum said, there is work to be done in
+which you will have to bear your part, and, to that end, we must
+take the greatest care of you. Now, listen, to-night I shall come
+again, when I shall have news of the greatest importance to
+communicate to you; by that time you will be sufficiently refreshed
+to listen, and for the while you must sleep."</p>
+
+<p>She then administered an opiate and left him. In a few moments he
+was again buried in profound slumber. It was not until the morrow
+that he awoke; it was broad daylight when he did so, and while he
+waited for the coming of Mariam he scanned the apartment in which he
+was a prisoner. Evidently it was a room unused for the retention of
+people in custody, for it was fitted up in luxurious style. The
+walls were hung with heavy tapestries, and the floor was carpeted
+with Eastern rugs. The window he observed was unbarred, and this
+alone brought him a sense of comfort and repose that he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[Pg 277]</a></span> could never
+have felt, in spite of Mariam's assurances, had the ominous gratings
+obtruded their sinister presence. The window was sheltered from the
+intense rays of the burning sun outside by a protecting lattice, and
+this kept the atmosphere pleasantly cool within; he sighed as he
+mentally thanked his kindly friends for their goodness to him&mdash;a
+stranger. Several times his thoughts reverted to the wretches who
+had so cruelly flogged him, and vividly he traced his arch-enemy
+Arden's hand in all his sufferings; he was too weak to rouse himself
+to indignation, but he could not forget his inhuman treatment.</p>
+
+<p>Presently his nurse entered, and his wounds were at once attended
+to. After submitting to the process he felt much relieved, and lay
+back, prepared to listen to the promised news, when his protectress
+should be disposed to deliver it.</p>
+
+<p>"And now, Mariam, what about the news you have to tell me? I am
+quite strong enough to listen."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I think I can safely tell you. You must not let anything I
+have to say excite you." She paused for a moment, as if to think how
+best to express herself, but, as she observed her patient's growing
+irritation at the delay, plunged into the subject at once.</p>
+
+<p>"The information you were supposed to possess has already been
+communicated to Arabi. The silence and apparent inactivity of the
+British Commanders<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[Pg 278]</a></span> have now taken the form of a definite plan, and
+the Pasha is aware that they intend advancing against him from the
+direction of Port Said, through Ismalia on the canal. Against this
+Arabi will bring his army to meet them at some place on the railway,
+in the hopes of driving them back to the Suez. If this succeeds he
+will then destroy the canal, the further to hamper their movements."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but is he aware of his opponent's strength? Surely they would
+not advance unless in overwhelming numbers?" George broke in. "Psha!
+The man must be mad to hope for success!"</p>
+
+<p>"That of course remains to be seen," said Mariam slowly. "Naoum's
+people bring us word that soldiers have been landing ever since the
+beginning of the war, but Arabi's people, probably to encourage the
+rebellion, say no, that the British army is but a puny affair."</p>
+
+<p>"What fools!" said Helmar. "They'll find out their mistake before
+long, and get such a smashing up that they won't forget in a hurry."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said the old woman, "that we know, but all this will take a
+long time, and by the time the blow is ready to fall, I must get you
+well enough for the work before you."</p>
+
+<p>Mariam paused, as if weighing her words. George was at once all
+interest. Something was coming, he felt sure, that was of even
+greater importance than the conflict and probable overthrow of
+Arabi. Mariam, he knew, never spoke lightly,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[Pg 279]</a></span> and when she hinted at
+work that, apparently, could only be carried out by himself, it must
+indeed be of an urgent character.</p>
+
+<p>"But what is this work you speak of in such solemn tones? Surely, it
+cannot be as important as the downfall of this arch-rebel, Arabi?"</p>
+
+<p>"Listen, and I will tell you; then you can judge for yourself as to
+its importance. Naoum's people have discovered a cruel plot. Arabi,
+influenced by his wicked advisers, has arranged that, should he fail
+in his campaign against the British, should he receive one
+overwhelming defeat, then, to avenge himself upon his conquerors, at
+a word from him, Cairo will be burned to the ground."</p>
+
+<p>"The villain!" exclaimed George. "He would ruin thousands of his own
+people for the sake of revenge on others! And this is the man to
+whom the misguided Arabs trust the emancipation of their country!"</p>
+
+<p>"You must not excite yourself, my son," said Mariam, alarmed at the
+effect of her words on the invalid. "What I have said is the truth,
+but the scheme can be stayed through you. Naoum and I, whose
+interests do not entirely lie in this city, intend to thwart him for
+the sake of humanity, but without you our object will be difficult
+to accomplish."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, yes," said George, impatiently. "But how can I stop it? I am
+at best but one man, and a prisoner, and," ruefully glancing at his
+nurse, "by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[Pg 280]</a></span> the present signs, not likely to be able to get about
+for a month."</p>
+
+<p>"All that we have taken into consideration," replied Mariam, calmly.
+"Your help in our plans will not be needed for some days yet, and by
+that time I hope to have you well and strong; but, in the meantime,
+we cannot care for you too well, for your enemies are powerful, and
+Naoum will have to keep an impenetrable shield over you while you
+lie here on a bed of sickness."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar remained silent, thinking of the deep significance of
+Mariam's words. Evidently, he gathered from them, there was some
+very desperate enterprise in which they required him to take part.
+What was the nature of a scheme that could require such a solemn
+preamble?</p>
+
+<p>"And what is required of me?" he asked, presently.</p>
+
+<p>Mariam smiled, with a look of maternal affection in her calm, hollow
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"In the first place to get well as soon as possible. Do not delay
+that desired end by worrying about the future. Everything that can
+be done by us for your safety will be attended to, and when the time
+comes, you shall be acquainted with what is required of you. You
+must rest content with what I have told you. The reason for telling
+you so much and no more is that you must see the importance of
+getting well as soon as possible."</p>
+
+<p>George had to be content; no persuasion could<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[Pg 281]</a></span> draw from her
+anything more of the scheme with which she and her son determined to
+thwart Arabi. Many times he tried to get her to speak, but she would
+only shake her head and refuse to reply, so at last he gave it up
+and devoted himself to recovering from the effects of his flogging.</p>
+
+<p>His recovery, despite the unremitting attention of his nurse, was
+somewhat slow; the frightful mauling he had received from the cruel
+kourbash had done its work well, but at last his terrible
+lacerations began to heal. His constitution did wonders for him; he
+was young and of strong vitality, and this, aided by Mariam's
+wonderful skill, brought him to the turning-point, and finally
+safety was reached.</p>
+
+<p>It was some days, however, ere he rose from that bed of sickness,
+and when he did, the stalwart young athlete was hardly recognizable
+when he staggered from his bed to a chair. Notwithstanding his stern
+old nurse's fortitude, there was no mistaking the look of relief in
+her worn face when that day arrived. All her patience, all her
+untiring energy had not been in vain, she had helped to save his
+life, as she hoped to save, through him, the lives of thousands of
+poor souls in the beautiful city of Cairo.</p>
+
+<p>George's strength came apace; every day saw him nearer the desired
+end. His bones, which at first had been almost bursting through his
+skin, quickly regained their wonted appearance, and he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[Pg 282]</a></span> began to
+feel now that if there was any work for him to do there must be no
+further delay.</p>
+
+<p>One evening he was seated beside the open window, Mariam was busying
+herself with arranging his supper, when he broached the subject that
+was ever in his thoughts.</p>
+
+<p>"Mariam," he said, without turning his head, "tell me about the work
+that you and Naoum require of me. Is there yet time, or has my
+recovery been too long delayed?"</p>
+
+<p>The old woman ceased in her preparations and came beside him. Just
+as she was about to speak a draught blew across her face, and she at
+once stepped to the window and closed it.</p>
+
+<p>"The wind blows cold in the room to-night," she exclaimed, with a
+troubled look on her face. "I like it not. To-morrow we shall have
+you laid up again."</p>
+
+<p>She looked round the room as she spoke, as if to discover where the
+draught came from. Failing to discover its source, she turned again
+to her companion.</p>
+
+<p>"The time is even now at hand," she said, with deliberation.
+"To-morrow, Naoum will be here, when he will explain everything that
+you should know. Remember, every word that he speaks with you must
+be graven on your heart, nothing must be forgotten, for the lives of
+thousands of innocent souls depend upon your undertaking."</p>
+
+<p>At this moment a sound attracted her attention<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[Pg 283]</a></span> and she turned round
+with a look of uneasiness in her eyes. Presently she continued&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I ask not, in my own name, that you should do aught to show the
+gratitude you may feel for what has been done for you, but if you
+feel that gratitude you have so often expressed, show it by carrying
+out Naoum's instructions to you as if your life depended upon it,
+and the debt will be largely on our side."</p>
+
+<p>Without waiting for reply, she left the room.</p>
+
+<p>So engrossed were these two in the subject of their conversation,
+that neither observed the shaking tapestry on the wall, or the faint
+exclamation that proceeded from it, as Mariam took her departure.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[Pg 284]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage44" id="linktoimage44"></a>
+<img src="images/i044.jpg" width="400" height="416" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXV" id="CHAPTER_XXV"></a>CHAPTER XXV</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>NAOUM PLANS</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, as Mariam had promised, Naoum presented himself.
+George had not seen him for many weeks, and was prepared for some
+slight change in his appearance; he knew that Naoum had much to
+trouble him, much opposition to contend with, and, consequently,
+expected that the serenity of his expression would bear traces of
+the mental strain of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[Pg 285]</a></span> his position; but it was not so. The cheery,
+smiling face was the same as ever, and he greeted Helmar as if no
+matters of moment had ever weighed on his mind, the firm, set jaw
+and smooth forehead giving not the slightest indication of what was
+passing within.</p>
+
+<p>"My mother tells me you are once more sound and well," he said,
+gazing admiringly at the straight, lithe figure in front of him. "It
+is good, for the time has now arrived for action."</p>
+
+<p>He paused, and looked thoughtfully out of window. "Before I disclose
+my plan, there is one question I must ask you," he said at last.
+"Perhaps it will seem a strange one, but I have reasons."</p>
+
+<p>"Go ahead," replied George, all anxiety to hear anything this man
+had to say.</p>
+
+<p>"Have you had occasion to use the sign I gave you at Damanhour?"</p>
+
+<p>"Only that once with your people in the railway train," replied
+George, at once.</p>
+
+<p>"Has my mother spoken to you of the matter in hand when there has
+been any one near enough to have possibly overheard the
+conversation?"</p>
+
+<p>"Decidedly not," was the prompt reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Strange!" muttered Naoum. "However, it cannot now be helped.
+Somebody has got wind of our plans; I do not think to any damaging
+degree, but sufficiently to have me regarded with suspicion. Arden
+is in the city."</p>
+
+<p>His words were uttered calmly, but they lost none<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[Pg 286]</a></span> of their
+significance by the tone. George started involuntarily at the
+mention of Arden's name, and a presentiment of evil at once took
+possession of him. What was he here for? What did his coming
+portend? Was it simply coincidence, or was it in reference to
+himself? These questions passed rapidly through his mind before he
+replied.</p>
+
+<p>"You then anticipate something?"</p>
+
+<p>Naoum smiled his calm, inscrutable smile.</p>
+
+<p>"Not from him directly, but he has many friends, or paid servants,
+ready to carry out his orders. However, we must not seek trouble. In
+the meantime, I will tell you what I propose."</p>
+
+<p>He stepped round the room, examining the tapestries, tapping the
+walls as he went; apparently satisfied with his inspection, he
+secured the door and returned to George.</p>
+
+<p>"These precautions are necessary, for one word of what I have to
+say, overheard, would ruin everything and probably bring death upon
+us all. My mother, I understand, has already told you of the plot to
+burn the city to the ground. Very well," as George assented, "you
+must now understand Arabi's position. He has so far done little but
+spread sedition over the country. The British have forced him back
+step by step from Alexandria, until he anticipated a direct attack
+on Cairo from that direction; but suddenly your friends changed
+their tactics, and brought over a large force which they have landed
+at Port Said and Ismalia, whence a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[Pg 287]</a></span> steady advance has been going on
+ever since. Arabi has summoned all his forces together, and
+mobilized them in the direction of Tel-el-Kebir, at which place he
+means to make a big stand. The position he has taken up is supposed
+to be impregnable, and success is anticipated by all his people.
+Personally, I am assured he must fail; there is too much lack of
+discipline, too much rivalry and disaffection in his ranks for him
+to stand against the well-drilled and splendidly-armed forces of a
+European Power; consequently, the inevitable is that he will be
+driven back on Cairo. The moment this happens, the place will be
+fired in every direction, and those who succeed in escaping the
+conflagration will be ruined and homeless. This must not be allowed,
+Cairo must be in the hands of the British before he can carry out
+his scheme, and you are the man to bring it about."</p>
+
+<p>"I?" exclaimed George. "But how? I am a prisoner, and cannot hope to
+be released in time to reach the British lines!"</p>
+
+<p>"Nevertheless, it must be so, the attempt must be made. My
+emissaries bring me word that the engagement at Tel-el-Kebir cannot
+take place for a few days; the British are not ready. That will give
+us time to effect your escape and for you to reach there."</p>
+
+<p>A light began to dawn on Helmar, and he at last understood what
+Naoum was driving at; but how was the escape to be accomplished?<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[Pg 288]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I am ready and willing," said George, "but tell me how you hope to
+get me out of here."</p>
+
+<p>"That will be simple enough. The part that is difficult will be the
+journey. From here to Tel-el-Kebir the country is covered by Arabi's
+men, besides which you do not know the route to be taken. There are
+many ways, of course, but the difficulties are stupendous, and to
+have any hope of success requires a man who knows every inch of the
+trails. However, I have discovered a route by which the journey may
+be accomplished in safety; but it will require all the ingenuity you
+may possess to bring it to a successful issue."</p>
+
+<p>"When will the start be made?" asked George, with many misgivings,
+as he listened to Naoum's words.</p>
+
+<p>"To-night," came the startling reply.</p>
+
+<p>"To-night?" echoed George, in surprise. "But how?"</p>
+
+<p>"I have arranged that Belbeis shall accompany you as guide; he is
+subtle and brave, and I can rely upon him as myself, besides which
+he has much love for you. From my mother's apartments in this place
+there is secret communication with the grounds, so that there will
+be little difficulty in leaving here. You will wait for a summons,
+which will occur late in the night; it will be a scratching sound on
+the door. Immediately afterwards, you will leave this room and
+follow the passage to the extreme end, then, without giving any
+sign, enter the door that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[Pg 289]</a></span> you will find facing you. The moment you
+enter, a guide will give you the sign and then conduct you to where
+Belbeis is awaiting with horses."</p>
+
+<p>"How about the news I am to convey? I require some proofs!"</p>
+
+<p>"Exactly; this packet," said Naoum, holding out a small bundle of
+papers, "will convince the authorities of the truth of what you tell
+them. You can deliver them to whom you think best."</p>
+
+<p>George's heart beat high with excitement and hope, as he carefully
+placed the packet in an inner pocket. The thought of once more being
+at liberty was indeed alluring, and he hoped and prayed that the
+attempt would be successful. True, he had little now to complain of
+since his rescue by Naoum and Mariam, but the love of liberty was
+strong upon him. He felt that to be so keen about it was almost like
+ingratitude to his two friends, but he could not control the
+feeling, and it showed plainly in his face. Naoum saw it, and smiled
+as he noted the bright, anxious expression of the young man.</p>
+
+<p>"There is one thing you do not seem to have thought about, Helmar,"
+he said, in his paternal fashion, "and that is&mdash;money. You will need
+some, and I do not suppose you have much of that necessary."</p>
+
+<p>"Not a cent," answered George, suddenly brought to earth by this
+reminder.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, well, I will see to that," he replied, drawing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[Pg 290]</a></span> forth a small
+bag of gold. "Here, take this, the contents will more than pay your
+expenses. No, you need have no scruples," as George drew back,
+hesitating to accept the money. "This is my affair; you are doing
+this thing for me, and it is only right that I should pay all
+expenses."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but I have received so much at your hands which I can never
+repay, Naoum. Do not make me increase the debt! I shall never be
+able to return the money."</p>
+
+<p>"Neither is there the smallest need," said Naoum, quietly. "In this
+case you are my paid servant, or, at least, you must look upon
+yourself in that light. Come, do not be foolish! These Europeans are
+very proud," he went on, shaking his head.</p>
+
+<p>Allowing himself to be convinced by his protector's words, George at
+length accepted the proffered money, and thus everything was
+settled. Naoum made him repeat his instructions to be assured that
+there was no mistake, and, having satisfied himself upon this point,
+he prepared to take his departure.</p>
+
+<p>"One word, Naoum, before you go," said George. "I understand that I
+may not see you again before I depart&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, yes," interrupted his companion, hastily. "I know what you
+would say, but it is unnecessary. The thanks must be on my side, and
+as for seeing you again, that is inevitable. Twice I have been able
+to assist you, rest assured I shall meet you a third time&mdash;it is
+fate. Allah will care for you by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[Pg 291]</a></span> way; your journey is in a good
+cause, and He will guide your steps. And now, farewell!"</p>
+
+<p>At last the two friends parted; George felt it very much indeed. So
+long now had he known Naoum, and though he had not always been near
+him, his protection had been always felt, that the parting left him
+with a sense of loneliness which he had never before experienced,
+and for some time he was quite depressed. Realizing the folly of
+giving way to it, he at last pulled himself together and thought
+over the enterprise on which he was to embark.</p>
+
+<p>He was thankful that his guide was to be Belbeis, for this man was
+well known to him, and he would be able to talk freely on matters
+which, with a stranger, he would have to avoid. Belbeis had long ago
+proved his fidelity, and as to his "subtleness," of which Naoum had
+spoken, that was beyond doubt. It was still quite early in the day,
+and George sat idly by his window, impatiently waiting for the
+approach of night. It seemed to him that the hours were of
+intolerable length, and would never pass. His excitement increased
+as the day wore on, till he hardly knew what to do with himself.
+Mariam came in with his mid-day meal, and he tried to detain her and
+discuss his prospects of success, but the old woman would not
+listen, and the moment he opened his mouth to speak, she placed her
+finger mysteriously upon her lips and hurried from the room.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[Pg 292]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There was no help for it, he must put up with his own thoughts and
+company, and bear the delay as best he could. The day dragged slowly
+on, and the sun began to set. With the approach of night his spirits
+rose, and he busied himself with plans of procedure for when he
+should find himself outside the grounds of his present prison.</p>
+
+<p>Mariam brought in a light and his evening meal, and took her leave
+of him. The parting was a sad one. She treated him as a son, and
+could not have been more affected had she been saying good-bye to
+Naoum himself. George, on his part, was deeply touched by her
+solicitous care of him, but words did not come easily; yet his
+farewell lost nothing of its sincerity in the silence that
+accompanied it.</p>
+
+<p>At last it was over, and he was left to himself for the few
+remaining hours before his departure.</p>
+
+<p>It yet wanted at least a couple of hours to midnight. George had
+stretched himself out upon his couch, taking all the rest he could
+to prepare himself for his journey. He was buried in deep thought,
+and not a sound broke the stillness of the room; so profound was the
+silence that he gradually began to feel drowsy, and every now and
+then he found his eyelids closing involuntarily. He fought against
+this sleepiness for some time, but at last he fell into a light
+slumber.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly he was aroused by a gust of cool air passing over his face,
+and sitting bolt upright with a start, his eyes rested on the
+motionless figure of an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[Pg 293]</a></span> Arab standing in the centre of the room,
+watching him.</p>
+
+<p>George rubbed his eyes and stared again at the figure, hardly able
+to realize that it was a human being, and not a creature of his
+fancy. The sleepiness passed instantly, and his faculties became
+intensely acute. He sprang from his bed and stood confronting his
+visitor.</p>
+
+<p>"Who are you, and what the deuce do you want here?" he asked
+sharply, eyeing the stranger from head to foot with a stern glance.</p>
+
+<p>The man was dressed in the native costume of the lower class of
+Arab, and his features were peculiarly regular for the colour of his
+skin&mdash;details which George was not slow to note. The fellow was
+armed with the usual long knife stuck in his waist-cloth, and looked
+the picture of the unscrupulous mercenary so frequently found abroad
+at the time.</p>
+
+<p>"I come as a messenger from Naoum," replied the stranger, in a
+peculiar, strained tone of voice. "I have matters of importance to
+communicate to you."</p>
+
+<p>At the sound of the man's voice George eyed him keenly, then as the
+purport of his mission fell on his ears, the faintest suspicion of a
+smile passed over his face.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," he said, keeping his eyes steadily fixed on the man's face,
+"and what has Naoum to say to me?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[Pg 294]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Your escape cannot be attempted to-night. News has got abroad, and
+the guards are doubled. Your enemy, the officer Arden, has
+discovered your plans and will thwart them."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh," said George, walking to the door and fastening it. "So our
+plans are frustrated? 'm! that's bad," he said thoughtfully. "Then
+what is to be done?"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke, he came close to the Arab, and peered steadily into his
+face. The man never for an instant flinched under the close
+scrutiny, but returned glance for glance. Suddenly, before the man
+could reply, George raised his hand and snatched at the fellow's
+head-gear, and pulling it from his head with a jerk, displayed a
+shock of brown hair.</p>
+
+<p>"So, Mr. Mark Arden!" he said, in stern tones, "you think to play a
+trick on me! I recognized you the moment my eyes rested on your
+face, and I heard your feeble attempt at altering the tones of your
+voice. Now, what's your game?"</p>
+
+<p>So sudden was George's movement that Arden had been unable to stay
+his hand and prevent his own unmasking. Consumed with fury, he
+replied through his clenched teeth.</p>
+
+<p>"To prevent your escape! You fool!" he hissed. "Do you think that
+you are going to be allowed to get away from here to foil Arabi's
+plans? I tell you no! I have but to go from here and summon the
+guard, and you will never again see daylight!"</p>
+
+<p>"'m! that certainly would be awkward," replied<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[Pg 295]</a></span> George, quietly.
+"But you have first got to leave this room. How do you propose doing
+that?" he added, with an ironical smile.</p>
+
+<p>Arden grasped his meaning, and was at once ready with his retort.</p>
+
+<p>"By the same way that I came. Yes, I am aware that you have secured
+that door, but," drawing the tapestry on one side, he disclosed, to
+Helmar's utter dismay, another door in the wall, "this is the way I
+entered," he said cunningly, "and by the aid of this door I
+discovered Naoum's treacherous plans. He shall pay for his double
+dealing, as shall you. Ostensibly Arabi's friend, he would betray
+him through you into the hands of his enemy; but I tell you it shall
+not be!"</p>
+
+<p>"You are indeed the right person to speak of another's so-called
+treachery! But no matter. So you intend to prevent my escape? What
+if I prevent your leaving here&mdash;by force&mdash;how will you prevent
+that?"</p>
+
+<p>"Try," was Arden's sneering response.</p>
+
+<p>George was carefully calculating what this visit meant to him.
+Fortunately in giving him the details of his escape Naoum had spoken
+vaguely of the means by which he was to leave the palace, therefore,
+if he could reach Mariam's quarters, there might still be hope of
+success. There was to his mind only one thing to be done, and that
+was to keep Arden where he was, if possible, until his summons came,
+and then defy him. Let him call<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[Pg 296]</a></span> the guard, and the moment he had
+gone, dash down the passage to Mariam's quarters. It took him but an
+instant to decide on what to do, and, as Arden's sneering tones fell
+upon his ear, he burst out into a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>"It is not worth my while to do so, or you may rest assured that
+long knife in your belt would not prevent me." To gain time he went
+on. "Now, what do you want me to do? Apparently the game is in your
+hands&mdash;doubtless you have some purpose beyond thwarting Naoum?"</p>
+
+<p>The tone Helmar had adopted seemed to lull Arden's suspicions, for,
+as he put his question, the latter, before he replied, strode up to
+the bed and seated himself upon it, always, however, keeping his
+eyes upon his companion.</p>
+
+<p>Arden seemed in no hurry to speak, he was endeavouring to penetrate
+George's innermost thoughts; when at last he did express himself it
+was as if weighing each word before he gave it utterance.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[Pg 297]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage45" id="linktoimage45"></a>
+<img src="images/i045.jpg" width="400" height="315" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXVI" id="CHAPTER_XXVI"></a>CHAPTER XXVI</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>A DASH FOR LIBERTY</p>
+
+<p>"You are right, Helmar," he said, slowly. "I have another object in
+coming here." He paused for a moment, impatiently tugging at the
+fringe of his sash. "You remember I asked you at Port Said about
+joining Arabi?"</p>
+
+<p>"I do&mdash;what about it?" said George, in tones of supreme
+indifference.</p>
+
+<p>"That offer was made with the best of feeling towards you, and, as I
+thought, for your good. It would have brought you wealth, as it has
+me."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[Pg 298]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And very nice comfortable means you adopted to attain my
+conversion, didn't you?" broke in Helmar, with upraised eyebrows.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, perhaps the treatment was a little rough, but the intention
+was, nevertheless, sincere."</p>
+
+<p>"Doubtless. Go on."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," Mark went on, with eyes looking anywhere but at the man in
+front of him, "at that time I thought that Arabi would be bound to
+win the day, and <i>we</i>," with emphasis on the word, "should be made
+for life. But I was mistaken, and now it is plain to me that Arabi
+must fall."</p>
+
+<p>Again he paused, as if waiting for comment from his companion, but
+none came, and he nervously continued, while Helmar kept his keen
+eyes fixed upon him.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I've made a pile of money," he went on, with a leer, "so
+that now I've only to get out of the country when the crash comes,
+and I can do anything I wish."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah!" ejaculated Helmar, beginning to see through this man's
+scheming. "And you would get some one to help you do that, eh?" he
+added, unable to conceal his contempt, as he realized the sneaking
+character of this villain.</p>
+
+<p>"Not necessarily," replied Arden, coldly. "I have in no way appeared
+in this Rebellion, and, therefore, nothing can be traced to my
+handiwork. The British cannot accuse me of having taken any part in
+the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[Pg 299]</a></span> affair, and there is no one who can inform them of my share in
+it."</p>
+
+<p>"But I could," said George sharply.</p>
+
+<p>Arden smiled indulgently. He had no fear of Helmar; he considered
+him in his power.</p>
+
+<p>"You cannot harm me, for you will never leave this place alive,
+unless&mdash;unless I choose."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said George, "granting that, what, then, do you propose?
+What is all this talk leading up to?"</p>
+
+<p>"You, as you say, are the only man who is aware of the part I have
+played in this affair, except, perhaps, some of the men immediately
+under my control. Therefore I need not fear; but I should like to
+make doubly sure of my position against any accident. Although I can
+see no possibility of my share being known, I do not want to run any
+chances. Now, if I were to allow you to escape, I should have done
+you a good turn, for which, I have no doubt, you would be glad to
+make some return. This could be done by your statement to the
+British authorities of the assistance which I shall give you. Do you
+understand?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; go on. Is that all?" And Helmar leant back in his chair,
+keenly listening for the sign from Naoum's agent.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, that is all. I offer you your release, with no possibility of
+re-capture or bodily harm, in return for which you will have to
+secure me immunity from the consequences of the part I have taken in
+the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[Pg 300]</a></span> Rebellion. And a very fair offer I consider it, seeing that
+without my assistance you can never get away!"</p>
+
+<p>As he ceased speaking George noted a slightly anxious expression on
+the man's face, but he said nothing. Waiting for a moment to see if
+Arden had anything further to say before he replied, he fancied he
+heard a light footfall outside the door. As his companion offered
+nothing further, he rose to his feet, and, with flashing eyes, gave
+him his answer.</p>
+
+<p>"So, Mark Arden, you would again play the part of tempter, even in
+your last extremity, for notwithstanding your assertion to the
+contrary, I know that to be the state you are in. You cannot be
+other than a villain, you cannot even stand alone in your villainy,
+but must attempt to draw others into it. You try, with cunning
+purpose, to save yourself by forcing me, who have never done you
+harm, to become a participator in your crimes. You bid me lie to
+save you, you who have persecuted me from the moment of our meeting
+at Port Said until now, when you hold the threat of your vengeance
+over my head as an alternative to the non-compliance with your
+wishes. You dare to ask my assistance after the inhuman flogging you
+caused to be given me! You dare even to face me after such
+treatment! Liar! cheat! scoundrel that you are, I will be no party
+to your villainies! I have managed, with the help of those who are
+good and true, to save myself from the fate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[Pg 301]</a></span> you would have wished
+for me. I have escaped from your toils thus far, I will now dare you
+to do your worst. If I am to die this time, it shall be fighting; no
+more imprisonment will I submit to, and least of all at your hands.
+Go!" he cried, his voice rising in anger, "go and call your guards!
+Bid them do the deed that you are too cowardly to perpetrate
+yourself! I care not that much for your power!" and he snapped his
+fingers in the air.</p>
+
+<p>While he was still speaking Helmar had heard the scratching at the
+door&mdash;the signal was given. He now only waited for Arden to go and
+carry out his threat to call his guards. During his tirade the
+villain's face had shown the sneer so habitual to him, but, as
+Helmar's words gradually struck home, his expression changed to one
+of rage, and, as George ceased, Arden sprang up, and shaking his
+fist in his face, cried&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"You shall never live to see daylight! You have dared me to do this
+deed, and I will see that it is carried out! You have flouted my
+generosity and defied me, then your blood shall be on your own
+head," and striding to the wall, he disappeared through the secret
+door.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar waited for the door to slam behind his retreating enemy, and
+then, dashing out into the passage, ran swiftly down it. A few
+moments sufficed to bring him to the door Naoum had told him of, and
+without hesitation he pushed it open and entered the room. As he
+passed in he heard the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[Pg 302]</a></span> sound of the approaching guard, with Arden's
+voice excitedly urging them on.</p>
+
+<p>He closed the door after him immediately, and as he did so he heard
+a voice close beside him from out of the darkness in which he found
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>"Amman!" it said quickly.</p>
+
+<p>"Allah is good!" replied George, without hesitation.</p>
+
+<p>"And ever watchful!" was the instantaneous response.</p>
+
+<p>Then, without another word, George felt himself seized by the arm,
+and unresistingly allowed himself to be led whither his guide
+pleased. A few steps, and the voice said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Bend low."</p>
+
+<p>George complied, and passed through a narrow doorway. As he did so,
+he heard the door of the room he was leaving open and the guard rush
+in. The same instant the secret door, by which he was escaping,
+silently closed and the lock snapped to. No sooner had this occurred
+than his guide struck a light, and he found himself at the head of a
+flight of tiny, narrow, stone steps. Hurriedly they descended these,
+which seemed unending, and, before they reached the bottom, Helmar
+concluded they had passed down several hundreds of them.</p>
+
+<p>The atmosphere became very damp and rank, all sound from above had
+died away, and for a while, at least, George thought they were safe.
+At the bottom they came to an earthen passage; along this they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[Pg 303]</a></span> ran,
+the light from his guide's torch steering them through the many
+obstacles this apparently ancient and decayed passage presented. It
+was a weird flight, the ruddy glow on the broken and uneven walls
+and roof made the place very ghostly, while the flapping, whirring
+little bats shooting past their heads, often flying blindly into
+their faces, gave George a creepy sensation that was anything but
+pleasant.</p>
+
+<p>At last they came to the end of the passage, and another flight of
+stone steps presented itself; this time they had to ascend. Half-way
+up they came to a solid stone wall, the sight of which filled George
+with dismay, but the guide, with perfectly assured action, stooped
+and in a moment touched a spring, and the solid mass revolved on a
+pivot, disclosing more steps. They passed through the opening, and
+the stone swung back into its original position as they hurried up
+the steps.</p>
+
+<p>"We are quite safe from pursuit now," said the guide. "They cannot
+move that stone; only three persons know its secret&mdash;Naoum, Mariam,
+and I. We have nothing to fear until we reach the open air."</p>
+
+<p>"When will that be?" asked Helmar, glad to think that they would at
+last leave this underground passage.</p>
+
+<p>"At the top of these steps," replied the guide. "Then we shall have
+to reach a postern in the wall of the grounds. That is our greatest
+danger."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[Pg 304]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A few moments later they reached the end of the steps. A small
+wooden trap formed the outlet to this place. The guide raised it and
+looked out, then cautiously pushed his way up through it, and
+assisted Helmar to do the same; the trap was then replaced. As soon
+as he reached the open air George turned to see what outward sign of
+its presence the trap gave, and was surprised to see none. It was
+covered with a thin layer of soil, and, when replaced in its
+setting, a few scrapings of his guide's foot sufficed to obliterate
+all traces of it.</p>
+
+<p>The place in which they now found themselves was the centre of a
+thick shrubbery, and before leaving it the guide went to
+reconnoitre. Presently he came back, having satisfied himself that
+the coast was clear.</p>
+
+<p>"There is no sign of the guards," he explained, "but they cannot, I
+know, be far off. Come, we must run for it. There is no doubt that
+where they are, Naoum's men will be watching to help us."</p>
+
+<p>Emerging from the thicket, the guide, followed by George, dashed
+across the open gardens towards another cluster of bushes. The night
+was one of supreme loveliness, the moon was up, and, though only in
+its first quarter, shone brilliantly. This was one of the dangers of
+their journey, but, even so, it assisted them as well, for if it was
+likely to betray the fugitives, it would also warn them of the
+approach of the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>As they ran across the open, George could see<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[Pg 305]</a></span> the palace some
+distance off. The whole place was lit up, and the flashing lights
+warned him that his escape had brought about this activity so late
+at night.</p>
+
+<p>At last they reached the thicket, and were congratulating themselves
+on their success when suddenly the guide seized Helmar's arm, and
+dragged him down under a bush.</p>
+
+<p>"Hist! there is some one near us! Listen!"</p>
+
+<p>George could not hear a sound, but the sharp ears of his guide had
+detected something which caused him alarm. Crouching down beneath
+the bush, they waited in silence; then, as nothing further occurred,
+the guide cautiously crept out and again listened. Apparently
+satisfied that the intruder, whoever he was, had gone, he signed to
+George, who immediately joined him.</p>
+
+<p>Together they made their way stealthily to the outskirts of the
+bush, and prepared to make their final dash for the wall, which they
+now saw before them.</p>
+
+<p>"It seems all right," said George in a whisper. "I can hear
+nothing."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied the guide slowly. "I think we are yet safe; Allah is
+with us. Yonder is the wall, and the gate is opposite us. The gate
+is an old one that has not been used for years. The guards will not
+think of it, for it has been heavily secured with bolts. But Naoum
+has had them removed to-night, and, in case of accidents, his men
+are stationed in hiding near by. Come!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[Pg 306]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They were just about to rush across the intervening space to the
+wall, when, without the slightest warning, a small, dark figure
+sprang up at their very feet and barred the way. So sudden was the
+apparition that George almost fancied the figure had sprung out of
+the ground.</p>
+
+<p>Quickly drawing back from the long, gleaming knife that flashed
+before their eyes, George and his guide stood for a second
+irresolute. The stranger at once spoke.</p>
+
+<p>"Ha! you thought to escape, did you? You forgot that Abdu was still
+in Cairo. No, you don't, my friend; we will have you bowstrung at
+daylight."</p>
+
+<p>Helmar made a dart at the little man. He saw in this one untoward
+incident the loss of all Naoum had planned for; he saw his liberty
+already slipping away from him, and the thoughts of Arden's
+villainous intent spurred him on. There was yet time; no alarm had
+been given. As he sprang forward, Abdu, with the agility of an ape,
+sprang out of reach, and, setting his fingers in his mouth, gave one
+prolonged whistle. Immediately it was answered in every direction.</p>
+
+<p>All hope now seemed to be gone, and the two men prepared to fight to
+the end; his guide passed Helmar a long knife, and they backed up to
+a tree. Help, however, was nearer than they had expected.</p>
+
+<p>Hardly had they taken up their position, when, with the sound of
+hurrying footsteps, came a long-drawn, hissing sound through the
+air. Before they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[Pg 307]</a></span> had time to even conjecture its cause, they saw a
+knife strike Abdu in the breast, and he fell to the ground with a
+moan, the weapon still quivering in his body with the force of its
+flight.</p>
+
+<p>Without waiting for anything further, the guide beckoned to his
+companion, and the two dashed for the wall. Directly they reached
+the open, they saw hurrying figures on all sides, who, the moment
+the fugitives appeared, set up a howl and gave chase.</p>
+
+<p>George and his companion had a fair start of them, and, provided
+there was no delay at the postern, a chance of escape.</p>
+
+<p>Running with all possible speed, they reached the gate in a few
+seconds&mdash;it was closed. Again their position seemed hopeless; but
+again, to their joy, Naoum's power was evidenced, and at their
+approach the gate was thrown open as if by magic.</p>
+
+<p>Once outside, they found Belbeis waiting with three horses, ready
+saddled. They mounted in an instant, and, as the pursuing guards
+dashed through the gate, all three started away at a gallop.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[Pg 308]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage46" id="linktoimage46"></a>
+<img src="images/i046.jpg" width="400" height="262" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXVII" id="CHAPTER_XXVII"></a>CHAPTER XXVII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>ACROSS THE DESERT</p>
+
+<p>Casting one glance behind him George saw the crowd of soldiers
+pushing and jostling their way through the little gate. Those who
+had reached the outside opened fire on the fugitives, but their aim
+was hurried, and the darkness quickly hid the departing men from
+view. As a consequence their shots became erratic, whistling over
+the heads of George and his companions.</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis drew alongside Helmar, his horse pulling at his bit and
+endeavouring to make a race of it.</p>
+
+<p>"We have to skirt the south of the town," said he, when his horse
+had settled down. "It will be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[Pg 309]</a></span> no use attempting to cut our way
+directly to the east; that course will take us through the heart of
+the city."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied George, as he leant well over his horse's neck to
+ease the animal, "that, of course, would entail much danger, but it
+would also save time."</p>
+
+<p>"It would save time, I know," replied Belbeis, "but we could never
+get through, the town is alive with troops, and the alarm will have
+spread. No, my orders are to take this route, but even so, our
+danger will be great."</p>
+
+<p>"How do you mean?" asked George, failing to understand the drift of
+his companion's thoughts.</p>
+
+<p>"Our flight will cause us to circle the city," replied the Arab,
+"and, before we can strike the desert road to the east, we shall
+have to reach the eastern limits of the town. The officer Arden, who
+is cunning, and will understand that we are making for the British
+camp, will probably send out a party of horsemen in that direction
+to wait for us."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, I see, while we are making a circle they will take a short cut
+across and intercept us," answered George; "but I presume you have
+thought this out before?" he hazarded.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Belbeis.</p>
+
+<p>Then he turned to the man who had guided George from the palace, and
+held a low conversation with him. Presently he turned again to
+Helmar.</p>
+
+<p>"With Allah's help we shall avoid them by<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[Pg 310]</a></span> striking the road at
+another point," he said, "but the chance is small, and we shall
+probably have to fight sooner or later; if they do not catch us on
+the outskirts of the city they will very likely do so where we cross
+the road to Suez, and before we reach the desert trail for
+Tel-el-Kebir."</p>
+
+<p>The prospect was not alluring; Helmar was unarmed except for the
+knife his guide had given him, and this would be of little use to
+him. Belbeis seemed in no way disturbed, and kept his horse going
+steadily on, while his ever alert eye glanced from side to side of
+the route, watching for the slightest sign of anything that could
+obstruct their flight.</p>
+
+<p>They were rapidly nearing the south-western limits of the city, and
+the streets were becoming more open. The fresh night air stimulated
+their spirited Arab horses, and they raced along the silent roads at
+a speed that would have made it difficult for Arden's men to
+overtake. As they reached the open, Belbeis turned his horse to the
+south-east, and, making a big <i>d&eacute;tour</i>, keeping the city in sight to
+their left, the three travelled rapidly over the open plain. They
+reached the railway in safety, and crossed it without an encounter
+of any sort; then, drawing rein, they breathed their horses,
+watching for daylight before beginning the great effort of their
+escape.</p>
+
+<p>"Our horses must be fresh and ready for a hard gallop," said
+Belbeis, in answer to a question from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[Pg 311]</a></span> Helmar. "If we are to be
+pursued, of which there is not the least doubt, we shall sight the
+enemy very soon. When that comes to pass we must try a race, and, if
+we fail to get away," he shrugged his shoulders, "well&mdash;then we will
+fight."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, but how?" asked George. "We have no arms, at least I have
+none."</p>
+
+<p>"You have not yet examined your saddle," replied Belbeis, with a
+smile. "Naoum thinks of everything. You are equipped with pistols
+and a carbine, and your magazine is filled with cartridges."</p>
+
+<p>The darkness had hidden these things from George's notice, but now,
+reaching his hand down beside his horse's flanks, he realized the
+truth of his companion's words, and a feeling of relief passed over
+him, as he thought that, at least, he could now give a good account
+of himself.</p>
+
+<p>The slowness of their pace seemed to Helmar unnecessary. He turned
+to Belbeis, and for a moment watched his quick sharp face as it
+turned in this direction and that, nothing in sight escaping his
+eagle glance. A smile spread over George's face as he noticed the
+keen reliant countenance beside him.</p>
+
+<p>"Upon my word, Belbeis, I really believe that you are hoping for a
+brush with the enemy, notwithstanding the size of our party."</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis did not reply for a moment, then rousing himself as if from
+deep thought, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I have many scores to wipe out with the officer<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[Pg 312]</a></span> Arden, and should
+be glad of a chance to do so;" then with a backward jerk of the
+head, in the direction of the guide riding behind, "You do not know
+that we have a man with us who is the greatest renowned fighter in
+the Egyptian army. He also hates this Arden."</p>
+
+<p>"Good," replied George. "As far as I can see we are all of the same
+mind on that point, but, to satisfy our own personal grievances, we
+must not forget that we have a most important mission to fulfil.
+Cairo must be saved, no matter how much we want to pay off old
+scores."</p>
+
+<p>Day was now beginning to break, and the first streaks of dawn were
+already shooting across the eastern horizon; in a few minutes the
+light would have spread, with the rapidity only to be found in
+tropical climates, and the morning twilight passed. The desert air
+was delicious as it swept with the light morning breeze into the
+faces of the fugitives, and though for only a period of short
+duration, was more than refreshing to both horse and rider. Soon the
+scorching sun would rise, and the stifling, burning, parching heat
+would take the place of this balmy atmosphere; then the endurance of
+the travellers would be taxed, and all their fortitude be required
+to reach their destination.</p>
+
+<p>The city was still in sight, but rapidly sinking from view. George
+reckoned that they had already covered eight or nine miles.</p>
+
+<p>"How far off is the road to Suez, where<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[Pg 313]</a></span> you expect to meet Arden's
+men?" asked our hero.</p>
+
+<p>"Eight miles further on. We could strike the road sooner, but it is
+not good," Belbeis answered; "there is time enough."</p>
+
+<p>"And how far is it to Tel-el-Kebir?"</p>
+
+<p>"Fifty miles as the bird flies," he answered. "The way we go, about
+sixty. Ah!"</p>
+
+<p>The exclamation was caused by the sight of a small cloud of dust to
+their left front. It was far in the distance, but in the broadening
+daylight plainly visible to the keen-eyed Belbeis. Pointing in the
+direction he drew Helmar's attention.</p>
+
+<p>"See, there go the officer Arden's men. They are riding hard to
+overtake those who are behind them," he said, smiling grimly. "Their
+horses will soon tire. Good!"</p>
+
+<p>George looked in the direction his companion indicated. No horsemen
+were visible to him, but the cloud of dust rolling along over the
+sandy plain showed the course that the party were taking.</p>
+
+<p>"We will now change our course," said Belbeis, turning his horse's
+head towards the south as he spoke. "Those scoundrels will ride on
+to the first water and wait for us; we must get round them."</p>
+
+<p>All three set off at a good pace, and soon the cloud of dust was
+lost to view. On they rode with all possible speed; their horses
+beginning to feel the effects of the now risen sun, settled down to
+a steady<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[Pg 314]</a></span> canter. The heat was already intense, and the barren,
+uninviting plain that lay before them seemed interminable. When they
+had made sufficient southing, Belbeis again headed for the Suez
+road, and after another two hours' ride this was reached without
+accident.</p>
+
+<p>"They have gone further than I expected," said Belbeis, as he looked
+in vain for the pursuers. "See, the hoof-marks on the road are quite
+plain, they did not stop at the water."</p>
+
+<p>He shook his head as he spoke, and his face assumed an anxious
+expression.</p>
+
+<p>"And what of it?" said George. "As I understand we do not go by this
+road, there should be less to fear."</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, not less," said Belbeis, "but more. The party are scouring
+this road only; there are evidently others in search of us; some
+have doubtless gone to the north."</p>
+
+<p>The guide approached.</p>
+
+<p>"It is plain as the daylight," he said. "Word has gone forward, and
+the soldiers between Cairo and Tel-el-Kebir will be warned, and our
+course will be watched by patrols the whole way. Allah, but we shall
+be kept busy," and the man grinned at the thought of fighting ahead
+of him.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, there are soldiers in El Menair, Abu Zabel, El Khankah, and
+many other villages along the fresh-water canal," said Belbeis.
+"They will all be warned, and the country will be scoured. We must<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[Pg 315]</a></span>
+not fear, but ride hard, keeping as far in the desert as possible."</p>
+
+<p>They now pushed on again, and in a short time the disused railroad
+between Cairo and Suez was reached. Here the horses were watered and
+rested, whilst the riders partook of breakfast. After an hour's rest
+they again resumed their journey. The caravan road to Tel-el-Mahuta
+was reached, and for the present adopted as the best course to
+pursue.</p>
+
+<p>This journey was very different from the one George had made to
+Damanhour; there it was through more or less cultivated land, and
+was done in the cool of the day, whilst now they were travelling
+rapidly, with the sun pouring its intense rays down upon them as
+they traversed the shelterless desert. It taxed the endurance of all
+three men to the utmost, the Arabs, who were used to the scorching
+sun, feeling it severely; so what must it have meant to Helmar, who
+had recently recovered from an illness? Still, with a determination
+to see his work through, he never for one minute allowed his spirits
+to flag. He had a duty to perform, and, if for nothing else, his
+gratitude to Naoum would not allow him to succumb to the trials of
+his undertaking. Belbeis and the guide rode on in stolid silence,
+evidently with no intention of allowing the effort of speech to
+increase their thirst. George, following their example, let his
+thoughts dwell upon the cool forests in the land of his birth, and
+longed<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[Pg 316]</a></span> ardently for a few minutes' shelter beneath one of the great
+elm trees that grew in the grounds of his father's house. The time
+passed on, and mile after mile was covered, until shortly after noon
+a watering-place was at length reached. Another short halt was
+called, and a rest taken before the last stage of the journey was
+begun. So far, only distant clouds of dust warned the travellers of
+the nearness of their enemies, and with the subtle intuition of
+Belbeis, they were skilfully avoided. Another twenty-five miles only
+remained before Tel-el-Kebir would be reached, and already Helmar
+was promising himself success.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Belbeis roused himself from a light doze he had fallen
+into, and, glancing quickly round the horizon, called on his
+companions to saddle up their horses again.</p>
+
+<p>"I see a party approaching from the north; we must hasten! I fear we
+shall be observed," he said, as he sprang into the saddle.</p>
+
+<p>George and the guide quickly followed his example, and the party
+moved off with all possible haste. They had scarcely gone a quarter
+of a mile when George drew Belbeis's attention to another cloud of
+dust.</p>
+
+<p>"See," he said, "there are some more ahead of us! It looks as if we
+are hemmed in on all sides. We cannot retreat&mdash;our horses will not
+last."</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis gazed at the cloud George had drawn<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[Pg 317]</a></span> attention to, and then
+anxiously glanced at the one to the north.</p>
+
+<p>"They are both coming towards us, but it looks as if some conveyance
+were with the one you have pointed out."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," said George, "and if so, what do you expect?"</p>
+
+<p>"That I cannot say," replied Belbeis. "It might be one of Arabi's
+patrols, or it might be&mdash;no, it cannot be British, their patrols
+would never venture so far into the enemy's country, unless, of
+course, it was in a strong force, and that does not seem to me the
+case."</p>
+
+<p>"Anyway," said George in determined tones, "we have come so far,
+there must be no turning back&mdash;we'll make a fight for it. They are
+not going to take me back to Cairo alive."</p>
+
+<p>"Set your mind at rest on that point," said Belbeis quietly; "they
+will not attempt to do so. The moment we are seen they will swoop
+down on us and attempt to cut us up. Well, let them come!"</p>
+
+<p>"So say I," answered Helmar, his eyes glittering with excitement as
+he spoke.</p>
+
+<p>The rolls of dust were coming nearer; the party to the north was the
+one that occupied the fugitives' attention most. Already the figures
+of at least twenty horsemen were plainly discernible; the other
+cloud was still in the far distance.</p>
+
+<p>"They must have already seen us," said Belbeis, with his eyes fixed
+on the northern party, "and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[Pg 318]</a></span> cannot be more than two miles off. Come
+along, let us give them a race!"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke all three men urged their horses on, but the approaching
+party were travelling more rapidly than they, and every minute
+seemed to be coming nearer. At last Helmar said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Look here, Belbeis, it seems to me we are uselessly distressing our
+horses; let us slow down and wait until they come up. We may as well
+fight now as later on."</p>
+
+<p>"Good," answered Belbeis, his eyes sparkling with pleasure; "my duty
+is to convey you safely to Tel-el-Kebir, and I thought there might
+just be a chance of avoiding the risk of a fight; but it is not to
+my liking, I would sooner fight."</p>
+
+<p>"We shall get all we want of it, I expect," said Helmar, drawing his
+carbine from its bucket and examining the breech.</p>
+
+<p>Since they had drawn rein the party of approaching horsemen neared
+rapidly; as they galloped over the plain George counted at least
+twenty mounted men, headed by one who rode by himself. The
+companions determined to save their ammunition until the enemy was
+at short range, which did not take long, the distance decreasing
+every instant.</p>
+
+<p>"Our horses will stand fire," said Belbeis, "they are well trained,
+and we can shoot from their backs."</p>
+
+<p>"Good," said George, "that will be in our favour.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[Pg 319]</a></span> Now wait till I
+give the word to fire, and then take a steady aim at their horses."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 395px;">
+<a name="linktoimage39" id="linktoimage39"></a>
+<img src="images/i039.jpg" width="395" height="600" alt="The fight in the desert. p. 319" title="" />
+<span class="caption">The fight in the desert. p. 319</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The three men sat keenly watching the advancing soldiers. They were
+plainly visible, and the uniform told our hero that they were
+Arabi's men. In five minutes' time Helmar turned with an exclamation
+to his companions.</p>
+
+<p>"A white man leads them!" he cried, in excited tones. "Who can it
+be?"</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis narrowly scrutinized the leader, then turning to George
+smiled grimly into his face.</p>
+
+<p>"You will have the opportunity you wish for. Old scores can be wiped
+off before we are taken. The leader is your old enemy, the officer
+Arden himself!"</p>
+
+<p>The foremost of the party were within eight hundred yards of the
+waiting trio; Helmar gave the word "Ready," and taking a careful
+aim, his companions waited for the word to fire. It came short and
+sharp, and the three carbines rang out. When the smoke had cleared
+away three horses were plunging, and a moment after, fell headlong
+to the ground. This for a moment checked the advance of the rebels,
+and Helmar saw several of them dismount.</p>
+
+<p>Out rang the enemy's rifles, and a heavy volley of lead flew round
+the heads of the fugitives. Helmar gave the word, and again the
+carbines rang out, simultaneously several of the rebels' horses ran
+off riderless. The fight now waxed furious; the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[Pg 320]</a></span> deadly aim of
+Helmar and his two friends was telling rapidly, whilst the rebels
+were shooting wildly.</p>
+
+<p>This seemed to alarm Arden, and he immediately adopted different
+tactics. Instead of wasting his shot, he decided to advance, and
+galloped forward as hard as his horse could carry him, his men
+following his example. Helmar's party fired as rapidly as they could
+work the levers of their magazines; each one of that devoted little
+band realized that they must soon be overwhelmed, but still
+determined to sell their lives as dearly as possible.</p>
+
+<p>Their rapid fire into the advancing enemy told its tale, and many
+saddles were emptied, but they were now nearly at close quarters.
+Helmar and his men clubbed their rifles and waited.</p>
+
+<p>George's horse was struck and fell; its master extricated himself,
+and stood up ready to face the enemy to the last. On they came,
+tearing down on the little party like hawks on their prey. The
+suspense while they covered the intervening space, although only for
+a few seconds, was terrible and seemed as if it would never end.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly a rattle of musketry from behind drew Helmar's attention.
+Turning his head quickly he saw a large party of men approaching at
+a gallop, in skirmishing order. A Maxim gun was in position and
+belching forth a hail of lead.</p>
+
+<p>There were others who had seen the same thing, and felt the deadly
+effects of the relentless Maxim.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[Pg 321]</a></span> Arden pulled his horse up nearly
+on to its haunches. George, whose attention was again turned to the
+rebels, saw his old enemy reel in his saddle; then, throwing up his
+arms, he shouted to his men&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Back, back for your lives!" and fell headlong to the ground.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[Pg 322]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage47" id="linktoimage47"></a>
+<img src="images/i047.jpg" width="400" height="414" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXVIII" id="CHAPTER_XXVIII"></a>CHAPTER XXVIII</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>MEETING OF FRIENDS AND CAPTURE OF ARDEN</p>
+
+<p>The murderous fire continued, and the rebels, urged by their
+leader's words, turned like a flock of sheep worried by the herder's
+dog and fled precipitately; not one of that cowardly band waited to
+help their fallen chief, not one of them had any thought other than
+to save his own skin. Those who still remained in possession of
+their horses, scattered and galloped away in every direction, while
+those on foot threw down their arms<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[Pg 323]</a></span> and ran for their lives,
+pursued by the skirmishers who came galloping across the sandy
+plains.</p>
+
+<p>George and his companions took in the situation at a glance, the
+uniform of the new-comers told its tale&mdash;the British soldiers had
+come to their rescue.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar had no time to realize what this timely succour meant to him,
+and, for the present, he watched with interest the panic-stricken
+retreating rabble. He saw the sturdy horses of the honest English
+soldiers overtake one by one the flying Arabs, until at last the
+whole of that murderous band was in the hands of his friends. While
+he was still watching this interesting sight, three men rode up from
+behind, and a voice, sharp and clear, in tones of command addressed
+him.</p>
+
+<p>"Who are you, and what does all this mean?"</p>
+
+<p>George turned at the words and glanced at the man who had uttered
+them. He was tall and slight, with a thin aristocratic face, and, by
+the stars on his shoulders, Helmar knew him to be the officer in
+command. Without replying to the question, he said with heartfelt
+fervour&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Thank God you came in time, you have accomplished more than you
+know of, sir!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, yes, but answer my questions," the officer said impatiently.</p>
+
+<p>"I am an escaped prisoner from Cairo, and bear dispatches of the
+utmost importance; on their instant delivery to the Commander of the
+British forces depends the lives of thousands."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[Pg 324]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Eh, what?" ejaculated the officer. "How do you mean?"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar then explained who and what he was, how he had escaped, and
+the facts of the mission on which he was now embarked. The officer
+listened with interest to all he had to say, the varying expression
+of his face betraying his feelings of surprise and disgust, horror
+and admiration as his story proceeded. At its conclusion he got off
+his horse and shook Helmar heartily by the hand.</p>
+
+<p>"You are a brave man, and if the plot to destroy Cairo is as you
+say, and you bear the proofs with you, should we be in time to save
+it, you will have earned the nation's thanks, and any reward that
+Her Gracious Majesty can confer on you. But come, there is no time
+to be lost, we must return at once to camp."</p>
+
+<p>As he finished speaking he turned away to give some orders; during
+the conversation the men not otherwise engaged had clustered round,
+standing at a respectful distance from their chief, eyeing George
+and his companions with curiosity. The moment the officer had moved
+off, one of the men rode up to George, and, glancing for one moment
+at the weary face before him, sprang from his horse and grasped him
+by the arm.</p>
+
+<p>"What, George!" he cried. "I thought you were dead!" and the eager
+young face was wreathed in smiles, his eyes looking suspiciously
+watery as he gazed into the worn face of his friend.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[Pg 325]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Charlie! Well, I never!" cried George in delight, as he grasped the
+fact it was his friend Osterberg in front of him. "Why, what are you
+doing here? This is nothing to do with banks!"</p>
+
+<p>"And to think I should be with the party who has saved you,"
+Osterberg rattled on, ignoring his friend's questions. "But, George,
+you are looking ill and not like your old self. What's the matter?"</p>
+
+<p>Then Helmar went again through his story, and Osterberg, when it was
+finished, in his turn told him that the peaceful life at the bank
+had not suited him, so he had thrown it up and got employment with
+the British army, attached to the Engineers.</p>
+
+<p>Before the two young men had finished exchanging confidences, the
+officer, having arranged the disposition of the prisoners, again
+approached. Seeing Osterberg in close conversation with his friend,
+he looked from one to the other, as if for explanation. Osterberg,
+understanding the look, promptly spoke up.</p>
+
+<p>"Helmar is a very old friend of mine, sir. We came to this country
+together&mdash;in fact, we left the University for that purpose. I
+remember him being captured near Kafr Dowar; he was on patrol with
+an officer of the Engineers."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," replied the officer, "that is all the better. But we must
+start at once. You," he went on, turning to George, "had better take
+one of your men's horses and ride with me in advance of the rest of
+the party."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[Pg 326]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He was about to turn to his horse when, seeing Osterberg's speaking
+glance, he smiled and continued&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, you can accompany us, but hurry up!"</p>
+
+<p>The young man, delighted at this extreme mark of favour, jumped on
+his horse, and Helmar, in obedience to the officer's instructions,
+took Belbeis's horse.</p>
+
+<p>"It is good," said the Arab, "the master's work is now done. Be
+careful of him," he went on, handing over his sleek Arab charger.
+"He is Naoum's favourite steed, and will never fail you. I regret
+that he is wounded."</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis and the guide now remained with the main body, whilst Helmar
+and Osterberg joined the officer, who, accompanied by an escort of
+four men, started at once for head-quarters.</p>
+
+<p>"By the way," said the officer, after they had ridden a little way
+in silence, "the man who was leading the rebels is a prisoner&mdash;he is
+a white man. Do you know anything of him?"</p>
+
+<p>George glanced at his young friend riding beside him.</p>
+
+<p>"Do I know him, sir?" he said, repeating his superior's question.
+"There is a story of villainous treachery surrounding that man that
+will sound to you like fiction; if it will not weary you, as we have
+yet some miles to travel, I will tell it."</p>
+
+<p>The officer expressed his willingness to listen, and George
+recounted to him all that had occurred from<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[Pg 327]</a></span> the time the three
+companions left Germany. The latter part of the story was new to
+Osterberg, and he exclaimed in horror and indignation at the
+villainous way Arden had persecuted his friend. When our hero came
+to the flogging, the officer's face became hard and stern.</p>
+
+<p>"And you still bear the marks of that inhuman treatment?" he asked,
+when George had finished.</p>
+
+<p>"That I do, sir," he replied, with a look of chagrin on his face.
+"My back is scored and lined like a ploughed field. I shall carry
+the marks to my grave, but, even so, I regret not one moment of the
+agony I have gone through so long as Cairo and the many hundreds of
+true men and women in it are saved. Had I not gone through this, had
+I not been a prisoner, I do not know who Naoum could have sent with
+the news. It is an ill wind that blows no one any good. Let us hope
+I am in time."</p>
+
+<p>George's calm words, his lack of resentment at the treatment he had
+received from Mark Arden, touched a deep chord in the officer's
+nature, but he wondered at George's apparent unconcern.</p>
+
+<p>"I should think considerably more of vengeance than you appear to
+do," he said, with an ominous glitter in his eyes; "prisoners, when
+left to the authorities, do not always get what they deserve."</p>
+
+<p>"That may be, sir," replied George, "but time will show. Arden has
+lost his chance, the chance<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[Pg 328]</a></span> he wanted, of getting out of the
+country with his ill-gotten gains, therefore his rascality has
+brought him but little fortune. To my mind that is sufficient
+punishment, and, after all, revenge is but a small thing&mdash;he will be
+punished in some way."</p>
+
+<p>"'m!" said the officer doubtfully. "I should want something more
+definite."</p>
+
+<p>By sundown the British camp was in view, and, to Helmar at least,
+never was any sight more welcome. The heat of the sun, the
+excitement of the encounter with the rebels, the strain of the sixty
+miles' ride, all combined to weary him both mentally and bodily. The
+thought that after months of degrading captivity he was at last free
+was scarcely sufficient to raise his flagging spirits. As he saw the
+miles of white lines of tents stretching before him, a feeling of
+contentment gradually crept over his tired body, but there was none
+of the exhilaration he had anticipated; all he longed for was to
+fling himself from his horse and rest his weary bones. The watchful
+eye of young Osterberg had noted all this, and he anxiously looked
+over towards the camp as if expecting to see his friend give in
+before he reached it.</p>
+
+<p>George, however, had no such intention; the sufferings he had gone
+through had hardened him to trials such as this, and though
+enthusiasm had gone from him to a great extent, he was nevertheless
+determined to see his duty through to the bitter end.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[Pg 329]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>At last the outposts were reached, the countersign given, and they
+passed down the endless lines towards the Commander's quarters.
+After what seemed an interminable time, their destination was
+reached and the little party dismounted. Several <i>aides-de-camp</i>
+were about, and to one of these the officer explained his business;
+George, too weary to stand, seated himself on the ground and waited
+while the <i>aide</i> delivered the officer's message. In a few moments
+the man returned and said a few words to the officer and then
+returned to the hut. The officer approached Helmar.</p>
+
+<p>"Brace yourself up," he said, in kindly tones, as he noted the weary
+expression of the young man's face. "Your work will soon be over,
+and you can take all the rest you need. You must come with me and
+see the Commander-in-Chief."</p>
+
+<p>George sprang to his feet and followed his guide. He passed through
+a number of officers, who eyed his dishevelled appearance with
+curiosity, but they all made way for him, and at last he stood in
+the presence of the great man. Helmar waited in respectful silence
+until the Chief looked up. He found himself in the presence of a
+thin, wiry-looking man, with iron-grey hair, and a keen, sharp face,
+the aquiline features of which were lined from exposure and care. He
+spoke abruptly, and in the usual tone of an English military man.</p>
+
+<p>"You have matters of importance to communicate?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[Pg 330]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Helmar fumbled in his pocket, and produced the bundle of papers
+Naoum had given him.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir; these papers are the proof of what I have to say," he
+said, laying them on the desk in front of the Commander-in-Chief.</p>
+
+<p>The officer unfastened them and glanced rapidly over the contents,
+then looked up.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what is your story?" he said, fixing a penetrating gaze on
+the young man's weary face.</p>
+
+<p>George told his story as briefly as possible. During its narration
+the Commander kept his eyes on the papers, glancing up every now and
+then as something more astounding than the rest attracted his
+attention. When the story was finished he carefully folded up the
+documents and put them in a drawer.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you, my man," he said, in a dispassionate voice. "You have
+done well. The news you have brought through is of the utmost
+importance. Action will be taken at once. Your name is George
+Helmar, is it not?&mdash;good," he went on, writing it down on a tablet,
+then turning to the officer at his side, said, "Let this man be
+provided with quarters, and every comfort given him. This rebel
+officer, Captain, I believe you said was a prisoner. I shall want to
+see him in the morning. Er&mdash;that will do."</p>
+
+<p>George knew this was his dismissal; but he hesitated as he turned to
+go, and the Commander was quick to notice it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[Pg 331]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, what is it?" he asked, without raising his eyes from his work
+in front of him. "Have you anything else to say?"</p>
+
+<p>"Excuse me, sir, I do not wish to trouble you too much; but if any
+one is sent to Cairo," said Helmar, diffidently, "I should like to
+be allowed to go too&mdash;I know the best route to take."</p>
+
+<p>The officer looked up, and scanned the drawn face before him.</p>
+
+<p>"You look tired, my man, and I do not wonder at it. You must rest;
+but your orders will be given you later on. You can go now."</p>
+
+<p>George was compelled to leave, and he did so reluctantly. He felt it
+was hard if a relieving force should be sent, and he not allowed to
+accompany it after all he had done. Still, he knew this man's word
+was absolute, and he must abide by his decision whatever it might
+be. With keen disappointment he left the room, accompanied by the
+officer who had been directed to see about quarters for him.</p>
+
+<p>Once outside he was handed over to a subordinate, who carried him
+off to his tent. The man was a sergeant, and a good sort. After
+traversing the lines for a few minutes they stopped outside one of
+the many white tents.</p>
+
+<p>"It's very late to see about quarters for you," said the man, "but
+this is my tent, and if you would like to share it with me to-night,
+I will see that you are made comfortable to-morrow. You'll find they
+are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[Pg 332]</a></span> not so bad," he went on, throwing back the fastenings as he
+spoke. "There are plenty of blankets and some good grub."</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be delighted," replied George quickly; "only let me sleep,
+the bare ground will do as well as anything else."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, well, you'll find my quarters better than that," said the
+sergeant, with a laugh, leading the way in.</p>
+
+<p>Inside, George found as the man had said, and he quickly had a
+comfortable bed made on the ground.</p>
+
+<p>"There you are, fling yourself on that while I go and get you some
+supper. Your horse has been put on our lines, and the men have
+attended to him, so you needn't bother. Your saddle shall be brought
+here."</p>
+
+<p>The sergeant went out, and soon returned with the promised supper,
+and George fell to with an appetite in no way impaired by his
+fatigue. While he was in the middle of it, chatting away to his
+companion, an orderly strode up, and, putting his head in the
+doorway, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Does the man named Helmar stop here, Sergeant Smith?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, here I am," answered George, before the sergeant could reply.</p>
+
+<p>"Good!" said the orderly. "You will hold yourself in readiness to
+leave at daybreak on special duty."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[Pg 333]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Hurrah!" exclaimed Helmar. "I'm going to Cairo after all!"</p>
+
+<p>"You, Sergeant," continued the man, "will have other work to do. The
+general assembly will sound at ten-thirty. Arabi's going to get fits
+to-night!" he added, as he went off, laughing.</p>
+
+<hr class="chapter" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[Pg 334]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage48" id="linktoimage48"></a>
+<img src="images/i048.jpg" width="400" height="249" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXIX" id="CHAPTER_XXIX"></a>CHAPTER XXIX</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>TO DEATH OR GLORY</p>
+
+<p>History chronicles the events that followed on the night Helmar
+arrived at the British camp outside Tel-el-Kebir. It is therefore
+unnecessary to give here the details of how on that night, the
+thirteenth of September, the camp was struck at Kassassin Lock, with
+a few men only left to hold the place; how the whole force,
+consisting of about 14,000 men, marched out in the dead of night
+towards Arabi's entrenchments; how they bivouacked within a short
+distance of them until nearly morning; and how at length the order
+for attack was passed along the line, and the rebels, taken by
+surprise, utterly routed by this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[Pg 335]</a></span> daring man&oelig;uvre. There is no
+need to dilate on the gallantry displayed by the Highland Brigade
+and the Royal Irish regiment on that occasion, all this is known
+with the rest of the history of the British nation's many great
+victories, and will remain until the day of doom graven on the pages
+of the military achievements of the English race.</p>
+
+<p>But the events that resulted after the news of Arabi's intention to
+burn the beautiful city of Cairo to the ground reached the
+Commander-in-Chief, concern us most, for in their development Helmar
+was largely concerned.</p>
+
+<p>After the orderly had warned him to hold himself in readiness,
+George, with the help of his new-found friend Sergeant Smith, set
+about collecting his accoutrements. His saddle was brought to the
+tent, and his horse placed where he could easily find it; this done,
+he lay down to snatch all the rest he could.</p>
+
+<p>So weary and tired was he, that he failed to hear his companion
+leave the tent, when the troops moved to the attack. There was no
+noise in their leaving, and even had there been, it is doubtful if
+it would have roused him, so worn out was he with his day's work.</p>
+
+<p>Towards daybreak he was awakened by one of the men left in camp, and
+he rose refreshed and ready for the journey that lay before him. A
+few minutes sufficed to devour a few mouthfuls of food, and then he
+saddled up his horse; by the time this was over he saw a large body
+of mounted men<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[Pg 336]</a></span> already assembling further down the lines. Mounting
+his sleek Arab steed he rode hastily over to them, and in a few
+minutes the whole body moved off.</p>
+
+<p>As far as he could see there were about nine hundred men of various
+regiments, all mounted on horses in the pink of condition, the men
+themselves looking fit to undertake any work, no matter how arduous.</p>
+
+<p>Before the party had proceeded far, an officer rode up to George.</p>
+
+<p>"You are the man who came from Cairo yesterday, are you not?" he
+said, as he drew rein alongside.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," George replied.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well, your two men are on ahead acting as guides with the
+advanced guard; you will ride on and join them, and act under the
+orders of the officer in command of that party. Hurry up!"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar at once started off, and in a few minutes caught them up. He
+found Belbeis and his guide of the previous day riding on the lead
+with the officer. Reporting himself, he was told to ride with them,
+and the journey began in deadly earnest.</p>
+
+<p>"We are bound for Cairo," the officer explained, "and must reach
+there in the quickest possible time."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir; and which route is to be taken?" asked George.</p>
+
+<p>"Via a little village called Belbeis, where we shall rest for the
+night."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[Pg 337]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Belbeis," exclaimed Helmar, looking over at his faithful guide.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied the Arab, "I know, it is my native place, the village
+from which I take my name. It is on the fresh-water canal. We must
+take the desert route, and so avoid Arabi's entrenchments."</p>
+
+<p>Turning to the officer, George interpreted what Belbeis had said,
+adding that he thought the suggestion the guide had made was the
+best plan possible.</p>
+
+<p>"Very well, but there must be no mistake, for our work will admit of
+no delay. The man can be trusted, I hope."</p>
+
+<p>"Without doubt," said George, at once. "He is absolutely faithful
+and trustworthy."</p>
+
+<p>Considering the large number of men, the journey was most rapid,
+and, under the guidance of the trusty Belbeis, his native village
+was reached at sundown in safety. The journey was made in the heat
+of the day, and, notwithstanding the fortitude of both horses and
+men, was very trying. Even the guides and Helmar, after their
+terrible journey of the day before, were thankful when the little
+village was sighted, and the order for the bivouac was given. Many
+of the men lay down where they off-saddled, tired and worn out, and,
+after a frugal meal, slept where they were, without covering, and
+with only their saddles for a pillow.</p>
+
+<p>George, after the wants of his horse were attended to, glanced round
+the scattered soldiers, and noting<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[Pg 338]</a></span> the worn-out condition, registered
+a mental wager that many of them would never be able to last till
+Cairo was reached. At present only the shortest part of the journey
+had been traversed, how would they feel at the end of the next forty
+miles?</p>
+
+<p>With many misgivings he found his two friends, and communicated his
+fears to them.</p>
+
+<p>"Seems to me," he said, seating himself beside Belbeis, "many of
+those fellows will never reach Cairo."</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis was thoughtfully smoking, squatting on his haunches in true
+Oriental fashion, his water-bottle lying beside him, and the remains
+of his supper scattered about on the ground; the other guide sat
+facing him.</p>
+
+<p>"The children of the West," replied Belbeis, watching the puffs of
+smoke as he emitted them from his mouth, "are not used to the
+Egyptian sun and the sand of the desert. It is hard for them, but
+they are good men, their hearts are big. The horses are what I most
+fear."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," put in the guide, "the Arab courser is as the wind in the
+desert, he never tires, and nothing can travel like him."</p>
+
+<p>"You are right," said George, gazing admiringly at his own mount,
+calmly feeding a little way off. "The desert has no terrors for the
+fleet-footed Arab, but I doubt if he would do as well in my
+country."</p>
+
+<p>There was a short pause, and then Belbeis again spoke.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[Pg 339]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What are we going to do when we reach Cairo?" he asked. "The way is
+long and we are but few."</p>
+
+<p>"Going to take the city, I expect," replied George.</p>
+
+<p>"But we are not a thousand fighting men," exclaimed the cautious
+Arab, "and there are at least twenty thousand rebels in the city.
+Poof, the English are mad, we shall die."</p>
+
+<p>George burst into a laugh, and Belbeis looked disgusted.</p>
+
+<p>"You do not understand our people, there is some trick on hand, they
+know their business; besides, if it came to a fight with such a
+number, I would not wager on the rebels."</p>
+
+<p>"Allah is great," replied Belbeis solemnly, "His ways are
+mysterious, but I cannot understand."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said George, smiling, "neither will Arabi, he does not know
+the sons of the West. They will dare anything."</p>
+
+<p>"Allah is powerful," replied Belbeis, "and we are but His children."</p>
+
+<p>Again a silence fell upon the little party, a silence only broken by
+the sound of the resting horses' movements and the buzzing of
+insects now abroad in the cooling air. On all sides, as far as the
+eye could reach in the darkening night, soldiers lay about in
+various attitudes of rest. Here and there, though infrequently,
+small groups sat smoking and talking, but mostly the weary men
+slept. One or two sentries, doing short reliefs of watch, hovered
+about, leaning for support on their carbines.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[Pg 340]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The scene was an impressive one, and, to Belbeis, who understood not
+the daring of a British soldier, it seemed a pity that so many men
+should be doomed on such a futile effort as Helmar had said. George
+sat scanning the scene with very different feelings. He knew the
+subtle strategy of the soldiers, and was convinced that the task in
+hand must be more than possible, or this small force would never
+have been sent on such an errand.</p>
+
+<p>At last George and the guides curled themselves up and slept, the
+problem of the work in hand no longer interesting them. At last,
+after a period that seemed all too short to the weary men, came the
+first streak of dawn, and the guard walked among them, rousing each
+as he went for the beginning of the last stage of the journey. In a
+few minutes all was bustle and activity. The neigh of horses, the
+clatter of accoutrements, the voices of the men, resounded on all
+sides. With the trained discipline of soldiers, everything was in
+readiness before daylight, and, as the dawn began to broaden, the
+journey was resumed. On they rode, mile after mile, hour after hour;
+daylight gave place to sunrise, and with it the heat of the day once
+more brought streaming perspiration out on the horses and riders.
+None but those accustomed to the terrible heat of the tropics could
+understand the terrors of that journey to the Western-bred men.
+Every minute, every second of the day was a constant agony to man
+and beast, but still with indomitable pluck they kept on.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[Pg 341]</a></span> At
+mid-day a halt was made and food partaken of; here many of the men
+had to fall out, their horses too exhausted to go further. The weary
+faces of the men told their tale, and the officer anxiously scanned
+the ranks in fear lest his troop would not be able to reach their
+destination.</p>
+
+<p>It was an anxious time for the man in command, but, with set purpose
+and grim determination, no thought of retreat entered his mind. So
+long as horse could travel, so long must the journey be kept up.</p>
+
+<p>George's horse seemed indefatigable, and still, at every halt,
+champed impatiently at its bit. Some of its spirit seemed to be
+communicated to its rider, for though absolutely worn out, he
+anxiously sought to hurry on.</p>
+
+<p>This part of the route was less barren and dreary; their course lay
+fairly near the canal, and signs of agriculture appeared at
+intervals.</p>
+
+<p>Again, with diminished ranks, the order of march was resumed. Horses
+floundered in the sand, too weary to lift their feet, others with
+drooping heads marched along in a dogged determined sort of way that
+betokened their condition. It was terrible.</p>
+
+<p>The officer riding beside Helmar was well mounted, and his horse as
+yet showed no signs of giving in. Observing the freshness of
+Helmar's mount, he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Your horse stands it well."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, he is one of the purest Arabs. He<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[Pg 342]</a></span> travelled over this journey
+the day before yesterday, and he is fresher now than any of them,"
+replied George with pride.</p>
+
+<p>"Marvellous! marvellous!" replied the officer. "What we shall be
+like when we reach Cairo I shudder to think; this journey is awful."</p>
+
+<p>"The ranks are thinning," said Helmar, "our advanced guard can
+scarcely keep their seats. Heaven only knows what will happen if we
+are attacked!"</p>
+
+<p>"Let us trust that nothing of the sort occurs," answered the
+officer. "Even as it is, I do not see that we can do anything
+to-night."</p>
+
+<p>"What! is the attack on the city to be carried out to-night?"
+exclaimed George, incredulously.</p>
+
+<p>"Those are the orders," replied his superior, simply.</p>
+
+<p>George relapsed into silence, wondering even more at the ways of the
+Commander.</p>
+
+<p>The sun was sinking, and they were now nearing their destination.
+Already in the distant haze they could see some of the spires of the
+city they were to take. Each man of that devoted little band
+realized that the critical moment was nearing, and each man braced
+himself for the effort that would be expected of him. The nightmare
+of it all was not yet passed, and the last stage, they knew, would
+be worse than its predecessors.</p>
+
+<p>Six miles from the city a halt was made. The sun had already set,
+and the party that, at the start,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[Pg 343]</a></span> had been a smart, compact, and
+fit body of troops, now trailed up to the halting-place in a
+scattered line, horses hardly able to put one foot before another,
+the men reeling and fainting with exhaustion in the saddle. It was a
+despairing sight to the officers in charge, with work to carry out
+that now seemed hopeless.</p>
+
+<p>As each man rode up, the last flicker of discipline asserted itself,
+and they closed up their ranks in one long line, whilst the officer
+rode down inspecting them. After that the horses were off-saddled.</p>
+
+<p>After a rest of two hours had been given, the men were called up and
+their Chief addressed them.</p>
+
+<p>"It is," he said, "absolutely necessary to ride into Cairo to-night!
+Many men and horses are not fit to move, but the orders must be
+obeyed. I shall leave it to you yourselves to decide who can travel
+on. The officers will inspect their troops and assist in that
+decision."</p>
+
+<p>After this, weary as they were, volunteers were not wanting, to a
+man they were all anxious; but on inspection it was found that one
+hundred and fifty only out of that nine hundred were fit to proceed
+further, and so it was decided that the gallant Major Watson should
+march in at the head of this infinitesimal force and demand the
+surrender of twenty thousand armed rebels.</p>
+
+<p>The task seemed utter madness, even to Helmar, whose adventurous
+spirit had made him one of the first to volunteer. Directly darkness
+closed in, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[Pg 344]</a></span> advance was made; one hundred and fifty tired but
+desperate men started on that fateful mission. George never expected
+to come out of it alive, and many and varied were his thoughts as
+the little band made its way towards the town. The one thing that he
+regretted most was, that he had not been able to see Osterberg
+before he left Tel-el-Kebir. He had been too tired to seek him out
+after his interview with the Commander-in-Chief in that labyrinth of
+tents, and by the time he left in the morning, doubtless the boy was
+with the fighting line at the trenches. Well, it couldn't be helped
+now; if George survived this night's work he would see him again
+some day, and if not&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Here his reflections were broken in upon by the word being passed
+down the line to urge their horses into a trot, but with strict
+injunctions to keep together. Helmar was still on the lead,
+accompanied by Belbeis and the officer.</p>
+
+<p>"Four more miles and then we are in for it," said the latter, as his
+horse quickened his pace.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," replied Helmar, "four more miles and then&mdash;Death or
+Glory."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 376px;">
+<a name="linktoimage49" id="linktoimage49"></a>
+<img src="images/i049.jpg" width="376" height="600" alt="&quot;They rode straight for the citadel.&quot; p. 344" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;They rode straight for the citadel.&quot; p. 344</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Nothing further was said, and in grim silence the march was
+continued. Major Watson now headed his men, and the outskirts of the
+town were reached. Without hesitation the gallant Major rode
+straight for the citadel. The clatter of mounted men in the streets
+alarmed the natives, but the darkness kept the numbers of the
+invaders covered, and it was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[Pg 345]</a></span>believed the British were upon them.
+Hundreds flung down their arms and grovelled in the dust, as this
+victorious little army galloped on. At length the city itself was
+entered. Each man of the one hundred and fifty sat on his horse with
+his arms ready for use, prepared to fight to the last. But no
+opposition was offered them.</p>
+
+<p>Natives kept behind their doors in fear and trembling, thinking that
+the rest of the army was following, ready to adopt their own
+barbarous methods and massacre every one they came across. Panic had
+seized the city, and every one waited the catastrophe that each felt
+was about to fall upon them.</p>
+
+<p>On rode Major Watson towards the eminence on which stood the
+citadel; as they came to it the poor worn beasts could scarcely
+carry themselves up the hill. By superhuman efforts at last the
+gates were reached. The crucial point had come.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage50" id="linktoimage50"></a>
+<img src="images/i050.jpg" width="400" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class='chapter' />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[Pg 346]</a></span>
+<a name="linktoimage51" id="linktoimage51"></a>
+<img src="images/i051.jpg" width="400" height="192" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XXX" id="CHAPTER_XXX"></a>CHAPTER XXX</h2>
+
+<p style='font-size:larger; text-align:center; margin-bottom:2em;'>CAIRO SAVED AND HELMAR'S REWARD</p>
+
+<p>As they arrived outside the citadel of Mehemet Ali, Helmar looked up
+at the frowning wall of the great fortress. Here he was at the place
+where he had received his inhuman treatment; this was the place
+where he had been found by his friends and rescued when in dire
+extremity. Under what different circumstances was he now returning
+to it. No longer to be a place for the perpetration of atrocities,
+they had come to demand its surrender, and, with that surrender, the
+capitulation of the town. And how was this done? By the daring of a
+devoted little band of a hundred and fifty exhausted, though
+determined, men!</p>
+
+<p>Twenty thousand fanatics in the city and ten thousand troops in the
+citadel&mdash;was there any limit<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[Pg 347]</a></span> to the daring recklessness of the
+British soldier? After this exhibition, George thought not, and
+waited to see what next this brave little band was capable of.</p>
+
+<p>During the short pause while the garrison was being summoned, the
+men, with stern, set faces, gripped their weapons ready for any
+emergency. As Helmar glanced at the faces of those nearest him, the
+expressions he saw written upon their features put all doubt as to
+their intentions at rest. He had said truly on his journey to Cairo
+that they were marching to "Death or Glory!"</p>
+
+<p>At last the gates were flung open and Major Watson's summons
+answered. The troops marched in, and to their utter surprise found
+the commandant willing and ready to yield up his sword. After that,
+the whole of the garrison laid down their arms like a flock of
+sheep. Without a blow, without any resistance whatsoever, one
+hundred and fifty thirsty, hungry, exhausted men had captured Cairo,
+with its enormous garrison of nearly thirty thousand rebels! The
+feat was one unprecedented in history, and though it reflected
+little credit on the sagacity of the leaders of the campaign, it at
+least was a tribute to the commander's knowledge of the
+peculiarities of the Eastern character, and the reckless devotion to
+duty of the men under his command.</p>
+
+<p>The work of receiving the submission of the troops seemed as if it
+would never end, and Helmar, wearied beyond words with the work,
+felt that he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[Pg 348]</a></span> was at the limit of bodily endurance. At last it was
+over, and he was at liberty to take his rest.</p>
+
+<p>He sought out his two friends, who had been occupied in a similar
+manner, and the three men set out in search of quarters. There was
+no fear from attack by the populace. Terror had been struck into
+their hearts, and they hugged their dwellings, fearful that to show
+their faces abroad would bring down summary chastisement upon them.</p>
+
+<p>With this knowledge of security, they prepared to take their
+hard-earned rest. After a little trouble, quarters were found.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Belbeis," exclaimed Helmar, with a triumphant smile, "what do
+you think of it now? We are not going to die, as you prophesied!"</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis seated himself preparatory to enjoying a comfortable smoke,
+smiling benignly on his two companions the while.</p>
+
+<p>"Allah is great, and Mahomet is His prophet. The English are a brave
+race."</p>
+
+<p>"You've about struck it there," answered George, yawning and
+stretching himself out on a heap of rugs. "To use an expression of
+your own&mdash;it is Kismet. I wonder what will happen next?"</p>
+
+<p>"Sleep," replied the Oriental, laconically.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and not before we need it. I suppose you will stick to the
+English now?"</p>
+
+<p>"If the work of their servant is good in their eyes, I am content.
+Naoum is my master, and he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[Pg 349]</a></span> knows what is best for Belbeis. I like
+the children of the West, they do not beat the faithful."</p>
+
+<p>"I never came across a man with so much sense as you have, Belbeis,"
+said George. "You always seem to understand intuitively."</p>
+
+<p>"My life is for peace," replied the Arab. "Where I get that best,
+there is my heart, I am no soldier!"</p>
+
+<p>"But a jolly good imitation of one, then," exclaimed George,
+laughing. "Why, man, you have the heart of a lion?"</p>
+
+<p>"That I cannot help," he replied, with a look of pleasure in his
+eyes at his companion's words. "It is no doing of mine,
+circumstances make it so."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it's a good thing for us there are not many of your
+countrymen as brave," said George, sleepily. "Well," yawning again,
+"here goes for a little 'shut-eye.'"</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes Belbeis and the guide followed George's example,
+and the room in which they lay resounded with their stertorous
+breathing. At daybreak they awoke refreshed and once more ready for
+the day's work. After they had foraged for and devoured breakfast,
+the little force were paraded prior to manning the forts. An hour
+later the remainder of the nine hundred rode into the city and
+joined them.</p>
+
+<p>Cairo was quite quiet and orderly. Patrols were sent out to prevent
+any riotousness on the part of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[Pg 350]</a></span> the fanatics, and in this manner
+they awaited the arrival of the rest of the army.</p>
+
+<p>During the afternoon, the Commander-in-Chief, with a large force,
+marched into the city from Zag-a-zig. He was met with acclamation by
+the entire populace, and received from the officer in command of the
+party to which our hero belonged the surrender of Arabi and Toulba
+Pashas; thus the war of rebellion, which had threatened to overwhelm
+the land of the Pharaohs and exterminate the domination of the
+Khedive's rule, was at an end.</p>
+
+<p>Helmar saw now that his career with the British army would soon be
+at an end. He had done his duty, and, by his timely arrival at
+Tel-el-Kebir, had prevented the razing to the ground of the ancient
+capital. What now remained to him? As he looked these facts in the
+face, he realized that after about six months of hardships,
+misfortunes, and privations he was no better off than when he
+started; whatever he had done seemed now entirely forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>Consulting Belbeis upon the matter that evening, he received the
+good fellow's opinion and advice.</p>
+
+<p>"You do not know what to do?" replied the Arab, with a look of
+unusual surprise on his impassive face. "How can that be? You have
+not yet seen the master; he loves you, and you have done that which
+he wished for most, you have conveyed his papers to the General. Go
+to him, he will tell you that which you should do."</p>
+
+<p>"That is all very well, Belbeis," said George,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[Pg 351]</a></span> simply, "but I did
+it for my own benefit as well, and, besides, I owe him more than I
+can repay already."</p>
+
+<p>Belbeis only smiled in answer, and, after a moment's pause, went
+on&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"We shall see, there is yet time for thought of the future. Allah
+will provide!"</p>
+
+<p>After that, he left the citadel, and George was left to the
+companionship of his own thoughts. They were not very pleasant, and
+he put them from him and went out in search of his friend, Charlie
+Osterberg. He had not the least notion of where to find him. He knew
+the Engineers had arrived, but he was not aware of where they were
+quartered. However, a soldier whom he met told him they were outside
+the western gate of the city.</p>
+
+<p>With this information he made his way through the slums until he
+came to the Governmental portion of the town. This he passed
+through, and at length reached the west gate. On making inquiries
+there, he was directed to the camp he sought, and with some
+difficulty discovered that Osterberg was with the troops. At last he
+found him in a tent with two or three other civilians attached to
+the force in a similar capacity to himself.</p>
+
+<p>Charlie greeted his old friend and companion with open arms.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank goodness, you are all right, George," he exclaimed, the
+moment our hero appeared in the doorway. "I was wondering when I
+should find<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[Pg 352]</a></span> you. I have only just been relieved from duty, or I
+should have been in search of you now."</p>
+
+<p>"It's a good thing that it happened so," replied George, "or we
+should have both been searching in different directions, and so
+missed each other. Now tell me of all that has happened to you, we
+only had such a short time to talk when I saw you on the way to
+Tel-el-Kebir, that there must be still much to talk about."</p>
+
+<p>Osterberg's career had been so uneventful after they parted at
+Alexandria that his story was soon disposed of, and then George
+consulted him on matters concerning the future.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you intend doing, Charlie," he said, "now that the war is
+practically over?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, go back to the bank, of course&mdash;what did you expect? You see,
+I made that arrangement with my employers, and they gladly consented
+to it. Of course, business was at a standstill while the war was on,
+and they were glad to dispose of their clerks; but now it is over
+they'll want us back again. But you&mdash;how do you intend going on?
+Shall you still remain with the Government authorities as
+interpreter?"</p>
+
+<p>"I can't say, I'm sure. Perhaps they won't want me," replied George,
+in tones that betrayed his reluctance to leave the service.
+"However, I expect they will soon enlighten us on that point."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, George, you are a bigger stupid than I took you for! Do you
+think they are going to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353">[Pg 353]</a></span> discharge the man who made that magnificent
+ride to save Cairo?"</p>
+
+<p>"And himself!" put in George, in disgust. "There, for goodness sake,
+don't harp on that! Belbeis has just reminded me of it&mdash;it was
+nothing!"</p>
+
+<p>"That may be so," replied Charlie, "but anyway all the troops seem
+to have got hold of the story, and do nothing but talk about
+it&mdash;they can't say too much for you. It isn't likely the Government
+will forget you."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, by the way," exclaimed George, to change the subject, "what is
+to be done with Arden? I suppose you haven't heard?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I have. He's to be tried along with other leaders of the
+revolt. The probability is that he'll get a heavy sentence and no
+doubt be banished from the country."</p>
+
+<p>"Poor devil!" exclaimed George. "His ill-gotten wealth won't have
+done him much good. I doubt if he'll ever be able to touch a penny
+of it."</p>
+
+<p>"'M! I'm not so sure. Mark is a cunning fellow, and probably has
+sent it all out of the country to some safe place where he can get
+at it again. For my part, I am not in the least sorry for him.
+Hanging would be a too merciful sentence for such a villain."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I have no doubt that all he deserves will fall to his lot. I
+bear him no malice; he is in trouble enough now; let us hope it will
+be a lesson to him."</p>
+
+<p>"No fear," exclaimed Charlie, with a hard look<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354">[Pg 354]</a></span> on his boyish face.
+"Nothing will ever be a lesson to him; villainy was born in him, and
+if ever he escapes, mark my word, the authorities will hear of him
+again, or I am much mistaken."</p>
+
+<p>His tone of conviction impressed his companion, and he looked
+sharply at him.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, what do you think he will do&mdash;raise another rebellion?" he
+asked, incredulously.</p>
+
+<p>"Stranger things have happened. We shall see. I am going to walk
+back to the city with you," he went on, as George rose to go. "A
+little fresh air will do me good."</p>
+
+<p>The two friends linked arms and strolled back to Cairo. The night
+was deliciously cool, and each had much to talk about, going over
+and over again through the many incidents that had occurred since
+their arrival in Egypt. At last the citadel was reached, and George,
+to his great surprise, found Belbeis anxiously awaiting his return.</p>
+
+<p>"My master, Naoum, bade me deliver this note," said he, directly our
+hero came up. "He wishes to see you to-night. He had not anticipated
+that you would return so soon."</p>
+
+<p>"Good!" exclaimed George, scanning the contents of the missive. "Now
+you shall see my benefactor, Charlie. Come, Belbeis, conduct us to
+him, that is, if I may bring my friend."</p>
+
+<p>"Your words are law to my master's servant," replied Belbeis; "to
+refuse you would be to cross the wishes of Naoum, and that cannot
+be."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355">[Pg 355]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Without waiting for a reply, Belbeis led the companions down to the
+best part of the city. Stopping at one of the smaller Oriental
+palaces, he disappeared, asking George to await his return. In a few
+moments he came back, and led the way into the great entrance hall,
+where they found Naoum waiting to receive them.</p>
+
+<p>He greeted our hero with affection, and looked in surprise at
+Charlie. Helmar was quick to interpret the glance, and hastened to
+set his mind at rest.</p>
+
+<p>"This is my greatest German friend, Naoum," he said, "and I brought
+him with me that he might meet the man who has done so much for a
+stranger in a strange land; his name is Charlie Osterberg."</p>
+
+<p>Naoum acknowledged the introduction cordially, and begged them to
+rest.</p>
+
+<p>"I was surprised when Belbeis told me that you had returned to Cairo
+again so quickly. Had I known it before, I should have sought you
+earlier," he said, in his well-known kindly tones. "There are many
+things I would say to you, but time presses, and no doubt you would
+return to rest."</p>
+
+<p>The two young men shook their heads, and declared their willingness
+to hear all he had to say.</p>
+
+<p>"I have been thinking of your future," he said, looking keenly at
+George. "We have so long been associated that it seems as if Allah
+had woven our lives together. I am unwilling that we should now<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_356" id="Page_356">[Pg 356]</a></span>
+part. The war is over, therefore the Government will have little for
+you to do."</p>
+
+<p>George waited. Evidently Naoum had some proposition to make for his
+good. Somehow he did not like the thought of accepting more from
+this man who had done so much for him already, and yet he felt he
+had no right to refuse anything he might offer.</p>
+
+<p>"As you know," resumed Naoum, as if afraid to come too bluntly to
+the point, "I am wealthy beyond the knowledge of your people. I do
+not rest, my money begets money, and I trade and traffic always&mdash;it
+is my pleasure. I have caravans all over the Soudan and Upper Egypt,
+bringing in the wealth of produce of the scattered tribes in that
+country, therefore I employ many to do my work."</p>
+
+<p>He paused again, and a look of anxiety came into his eyes. He was
+fearful that Helmar might refuse what he was about to suggest.</p>
+
+<p>"I would not ask you to be my servant, but I would give you caravans
+that you may go and trade for yourself. There is wealth beyond your
+dreams in the enterprise. I have no children of my own, my mother is
+old, and she is all I have in the world to care for. If you will
+accept what I offer you, you shall, when Allah brings my work to a
+close, succeed me in my business. Say, shall it be so?"</p>
+
+<p>George did not answer at once, and Naoum waited<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_357" id="Page_357">[Pg 357]</a></span> patiently for him
+to speak. The generosity of this man knew no bounds; his offer was
+princely, and George hardly knew what to say. He hated to refuse
+this thing, for Naoum's heart was evidently set upon it, and yet he
+could not accept. The peaceful life of a trader, or at least the
+peaceful life he imagined it to be, had no attraction for him,
+despite the wealth accruing to it, and yet how could he make this
+good man understand? Naoum was still awaiting his reply, and George
+felt that he must not delay in giving his answer; perhaps if he
+could gain time he might see his way to doing as his protector
+wished, although, at present, he did not see how. Stepping over to
+the good man, he wrung him by the hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Naoum, you are all too good to me&mdash;you overwhelm me with your
+generosity. At present I cannot give you a definite answer, you must
+give me time to consider. You know, at heart I am a soldier, and I
+would that my life ran in that groove; therefore I must think
+carefully before I decide. You will not think me ungrateful, I'm
+sure, for you know me well. To-morrow evening I will see you again,
+and give you my answer."</p>
+
+<p>"Be it so, my son," answered Naoum, indulgently. "It is well to
+think. May Allah guide your thoughts into the right course! Go, and
+sleep well!"</p>
+
+<p>The two young men left Naoum's house and hurried back to the
+citadel; here Osterberg said good-night, and went back to his own
+quarters.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_358" id="Page_358">[Pg 358]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>That night Helmar did not sleep much, over and over again he thought
+of Naoum's offer, but with each attempt he failed to come to any
+decision. Wealth was not his main object; that, of course, had its
+attraction, but he wished to live the life of his choice; he had
+started as a soldier, and he wished to remain one, so that wealth
+sank into insignificance in his thoughts. He could not decide. For
+the first time in his life he failed to make up his mind.</p>
+
+<p>With daylight he awoke from the broken slumber that had, at last,
+overtaken him. Already Belbeis was awake, and preparing breakfast.
+George sprang up to assist him. During the meal Helmar was unusually
+silent. The doubts of over-night were still upon him, and made him
+irritable. Belbeis noticed these signs, and refrained wisely from
+breaking in on his thoughts.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast Helmar went for a stroll round the fortress; the
+place was alive with troops, all the work of the day was carried out
+at this early hour, so that, when the heat of the day came on, the
+soldiers could rest. He was nearing the officers' quarters when a
+sergeant came out and walked quickly towards him.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," he said, as he came up, "I was just coming to look for you.
+You are wanted at once at the office&mdash;you had better come with me
+now."</p>
+
+<p>George followed his guide without demur, and was conducted to the
+orderly room. After a short<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359">[Pg 359]</a></span> wait, he was shown in. A colonel was
+seated at the table, dictating a letter to his clerk. When our hero
+appeared he ceased, and, turning to a pile of papers, selected one
+from among the rest.</p>
+
+<p>"I have just received this from the Commander-in-Chief. It is the
+result of the excellent way in which you assisted in saving this
+city from destruction. Listen!"</p>
+
+<p>He then read out the following order&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"In consequence of the gallant conduct of Interpreter Helmar in
+conveying the information of the rebels' intention to destroy the
+city of Cairo by fire, his Highness the Khedive of Egypt has been
+pleased to appoint him to a responsible office in the Intelligence
+Department. The appointment will carry with it the honorary rank and
+pay of Lieutenant in the Egyptian army. Interpreter Helmar's
+acceptance of the post must be forwarded to the Commander-in-Chief
+without delay."</p>
+
+<p>"I congratulate you, Lieutenant Helmar, on the result of your
+distinguished services," said the Colonel, breaking through his
+official iciness. "I hope what has gone before may be but the
+precursor of many such services in the future," and he shook our
+astonished hero by the hand.</p>
+
+<p>"But, sir&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Tut, tut, man! I suppose I can reply to that letter in the
+affirmative? Such opportunities and promotion come but rarely. Good
+luck to you!"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar signified his intention of accepting his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_360" id="Page_360">[Pg 360]</a></span> good fortune at
+once, and with his head in a whirl of excitement, he left the
+orderly room in search of Naoum.</p>
+
+<p>Hurrying down town, he found his benefactor, and explained what had
+happened.</p>
+
+<p>"You see, Naoum, all my aspirations are for a soldier's life, and
+last night, when you made me that generous offer, I felt it
+impossible to tell you so; events that have happened since have made
+it impossible for me to longer conceal from you that a civil life
+would be distasteful to me. I beg that you will not be hurt at my
+refusal, and will understand my motives."</p>
+
+<p>Naoum smiled at the young man's earnest manner, but the smile did
+not for a moment conceal from Helmar his deep disappointment that
+the decision was unfavourable to his offer.</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad that you are pleased, my son, but it would be idle to
+disguise my disappointment. I had hoped that you would have been a
+son to me upon whom I might lavish all my wealth, but it is not to
+be. You must make your own way. You are young and independent, your
+brave heart is unquestionable, do as it dictates. I am your friend
+always. Allah is good and great&mdash;may He watch over you!"</p>
+
+<p>After his conversation with Naoum, George had an interview with
+Mariam, and then sought out Charlie. He found him in his tent,
+getting ready to leave for Alexandria.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361">[Pg 361]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I have just received my discharge," he said, directly George
+entered, "and am now off back to the bank. What are you going to
+do?"</p>
+
+<p>Helmar seated himself on a flour barrel, and Charlie propped himself
+on an ammunition box.</p>
+
+<p>"Do?" our hero exclaimed, bursting to recount his good fortune;
+"why, stay here, of course! I am now Lieutenant Helmar of the
+Egyptian army, with a post in the Intelligence Department! Well," he
+added, laughing at Charlie's astonished face, "why don't you salute
+me?"</p>
+
+<p>And so, after months of hardships and failures, George Helmar had at
+last found what he sought. He reasonably considered that he had made
+a record in his search for fortune. An assured position in the walk
+of life he preferred, a liberal salary, and the prospect of heaps of
+adventure in the future. What more could he desire? Was there
+anything? Yes, there was. He wanted news of all in Germany. During
+the excitement of the last few months he had thought little of his
+friends and relatives in the Fatherland. Now that peace reigned, and
+he began to settle down in his new occupation, he longed to hear
+what had happened to them. As nobody, excepting friend Osterberg and
+foe Arden, knew of his whereabouts or what he was doing, he
+determined to write to his father and describe the adventurous time
+he had had, and tell him of the reward the end had brought him.</p>
+
+<p>After a few weeks' interval he received what he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_362" id="Page_362">[Pg 362]</a></span> wanted&mdash;a long
+letter in return. The item of news which pleased him most was that
+telling of the safe recovery of Landauer, his opponent in the duel.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank God!" he exclaimed fervently. "My prayer was answered."</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em;">THE END</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<a name="linktoimage52" id="linktoimage52"></a>
+<img src="images/i052.jpg" width="400" height="405" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p style="text-align:center; font-size:smaller"><i>R. Clay &amp; Sons, Ltd., London &amp; Bungay.</i></p>
+
+<hr class="dashed" />
+
+<h2><a name="FINE_ART_GIFT_BOOKS" id="FINE_ART_GIFT_BOOKS"></a>FINE ART GIFT BOOKS</h2>
+
+<p><b>Wonders of the Bird World.</b> By Dr. R. BOWDLER SHARPE. With numerous
+Illustrations by A. T. <span class="smcap">Elwes</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, cloth boards</i>, <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"One of the most delightful and fascinating books that ever
+delighted a bird-loving reader."&mdash;<i>Daily News.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Dr. Sharpe is as learned as man need wish to be, and as
+entertaining as the most brilliant of
+conversationalists."&mdash;<i>Country Life.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><b>Sintram and His Companions, and Undine.</b> By <span class="smcap">De la</span> MOTTE FOUQUE. With
+Introduction by <span class="smcap">Charlotte</span> M. <span class="smcap">Yonge</span>. Illustrated by <span class="smcap">Gordon Browne</span>, R.I.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, art linen boards, gilt
+top</i>, <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The anonymous translation is the good old standard one,
+vastly superior to subsequent versions."&mdash;<i>Times.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Certain to engage the sympathies of an entirely new set of
+readers."&mdash;<i>Daily Telegraph.</i></p>
+
+<p>"Nothing could be more attractive than the form in which
+this excellent edition is sent forth."&mdash;<i>Record.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><b>Stories from the Faerie Queene.</b> By MARY MACLEOD. With Introduction by
+J. W. <span class="smcap">Hales</span>, Professor of English Literature, King's College, London,
+etc., etc. With numerous Illustrations by A. G. <span class="smcap">Walker</span>, Sculptor.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, cloth boards, gilt top,</i>
+<b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Miss Mary Macleod has performed a dangerous and difficult
+task with taste and discretion. It can have been no light
+labour to set forth in simple, equable prose the linked
+sweetness, long drawn out, of Spenser's Faerie Queene, and
+the latter-day child may well feel much the same gratitude
+to her as those of another generation must have felt towards
+Charles and Mary Lamb, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and
+Kingsley."&mdash;<i>Pall Mall Gazette.</i></p>
+
+<p>"The book is beautifully produced, and ought to satisfy the
+most fastidious and exacting taste."&mdash;<i>Leeds Mercury.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><b>Sweetheart Travellers.</b> <span class="smcap">A Child's Book for Children, for Women, and for
+Men.</span> By S. R. CROCKETT. With numerous Illustrations by <span class="smcap">Gordon Browne</span>,
+R.I., and W. H. C. <span class="smcap">Groome</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large 8vo, printed on superfine paper,
+cloth boards, gilt top</i>, <b>6s.</b><br />
+<i>A LARGE-PAPER EDITION, numbered and signed by Author and Artists,
+net,</i> <b>31s. 6d.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Had any one ever been disinclined to believe in Mr.
+Crockett's genius, he must have recanted and repented in
+sackcloth and ashes after enjoying <i>Sweetheart Travellers</i>.
+It is the rarest of all rarities, and veritably a child's
+book for children, as well as for women and men. It is
+seldom, indeed, that the reviewer has the opportunity of
+bestowing unstinted praise, with the feeling that the
+laudation is, nevertheless, inadequate. <i>Sweetheart
+Travellers</i> is instinct with drollery; it continually
+strikes the softest notes of tenderest pathos, like some
+sweet, old-fashioned nursery melody, and it must make the
+most hardened bachelor feel something of the pleasures he
+has missed in living mateless and childless."&mdash;<i>Times.</i></p>
+
+<p>"A more delightful book for young, old, and middle aged it
+is scarcely possible to conceive."&mdash;<i>Truth.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><b>The Surprising Adventures of Sir Toady Lion, with those of General
+Napoleon Smith.</b> An Improving History for <span class="smcap">old boys, young boys, good
+boys, bad boys, big boys, little boys, cow-boys</span>, and <span class="smcap">tomboys</span>. By S.R.
+CROCKETT. Illustrated by <span class="smcap">Gordon Browne</span>, R.I.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top,</i> <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"It is distinctly the best Christmas book of the
+season."&mdash;<i>Daily Mail.</i></p>
+
+<p>"When we say it is one of the most delightful stories about
+children we have ever read, we are still short of the
+mark."&mdash;<i>Daily Chronicle.</i></p>
+
+<p>"In every way excellently got up."&mdash;<i>Christian.</i></p>
+
+<p>"In this excellent book for children, which the elders will
+enjoy, Mr. Crockett comes right away from kailyard into a
+kingdom of obstreperous fancy, and is purely, delightfully
+funny, and not too Scotch. The wit of this feat of fancy,
+which cannot be described, and does not belong to any order
+of juvenile literature, unless we take Mr. Crockett as the
+founder of one, is over the heads of children in many
+instances, but they do not know it.... Mr. Gordon Browne's
+illustrations are as good a treat as the story; they realize
+every thought and intention of the writer, and are full of a
+sly and characteristic drollery all the artist's own."&mdash;<i>The
+World.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><b>Fairy Tales from Grimm.</b> With Introduction by <span class="smcap">S. Baring-Gould</span>, M. A.
+Illustrated by <span class="smcap">Gordon Browne</span>, R. I.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, fancy cloth boards, gilt
+top</i>, <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"No more acceptable edition of some of Grimm's Stories has
+been published."&mdash;<i>Standard</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"Altogether delightful. The illustrations are full of charm
+and sympathy."&mdash;<i>Saturday Review</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"A fairy book beyond reproach."&mdash;<i>Graphic</i>.</p></div>
+
+<p><b>Prince Boohoo and Little Smuts.</b> By the Rev. HARRY JONES, M. A.,
+Prebendary of St. Paul's Cathedral. With numerous Illustrations by
+<span class="smcap">Gordon Browne</span>, R. I.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, bound in fancy cloth
+boards, gilt top</i>, <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"Really good nonsense, not at all copied from Mr. Lewis
+Carroll. Admirably fresh and inspired by a quite delightful
+<i>insouciance</i>."&mdash;<i>Spectator</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"Will charm the more qualified critical reader by its
+mingled gravity and whimsicality. It is not all sugar-plums;
+there are nice little bits of satire in which the Rev. <span class="smcap">Harry
+Jones</span> is easily recognizable."&mdash;<i>The World</i>.</p></div>
+
+<p><b>National Rhymes of the Nursery.</b> With Introduction by <span class="smcap">George Saintsbury</span>,
+and numerous Illustrations by <span class="smcap">Gordon Browne</span>, R. I.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, bound in art linen
+boards, with gilt top</i>, <b>6s.</b><br />
+<i>Second Edition, with additions both to the Rhymes and Illustrations,
+now ready.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"The prettiest and most complete collection of the kind that
+we have seen."&mdash;<i>Westminster Gazette</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"It is impossible to praise the volume too highly."&mdash;<i>Black
+and White</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"Every conceivable nursery rhyme is herein gathered
+together, beautifully illustrated. The collection is
+certainly the most perfect that has ever been
+made."&mdash;<i>School Guardian</i>.</p></div>
+
+<p><b>Stories from Froissart.</b> By HENRY NEWBOLT, Author of "Admirals All,"
+etc. With Illustrations by <span class="smcap">Gordon Browne</span>, R. I.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top</i>, <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"No better book could be chosen to teach a boy some of the
+noblest years in our 'rough-and-tumble island story,' and it
+could hardly have been presented in a better form."&mdash;<i>St.
+James's Gazette</i>.</p></div>
+
+<p><b>Under the Rebel's Reign, a Story of Egyptian Revolt.</b> By CHARLES
+NEUFELD, Author of "A Prisoner of the Khaleefa." With numerous
+Illustrations by <span class="smcap">Charles M. Sheldon</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, fancy cloth boards</i>, <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>In the present volume Mr. Neufeld has attempted to give a
+picture of the exciting times during the Rebellion of Arabi
+Pasha. Starting from his University, the hero, George
+Helmar, goes out into the world to make a place in it for
+himself. From the commencement he meets with adventures:
+along the Danube and in Constantinople. He arrives in
+Alexandria just as Arabi's antagonism towards the Khedive
+has ripened into open revolt. He ultimately reaches
+Alexandria just after the bombardment, and gets engaged as
+interpreter to the British forces. He is taken prisoner
+whilst out on patrol, escapes, is recaptured, and finally
+escapes again in time to reach Tel-el-Kebir with important
+news which saves Cairo from destruction. The book is full of
+exciting and thrilling incidents and situations, many of
+which have been experienced by Mr. Neufeld himself.</p></div>
+
+<p><b>The White Stone.</b> By <span class="smcap">H. C. MacIlwaine</span>, Author of "Dinkinbar," "Fate the
+Fiddler," etc. With numerous Illustrations by <span class="smcap">G. D. Rowlandson</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top</i>, <b>6s.</b></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Mr. MacIlwaine, the popular author of two novels dealing
+with Australian life, has produced an excellent book about a
+bush-born boy, the son of English parents who migrated to
+Australia at the time of the gold fever. After living some
+years in the bush they send their only son to the old
+country to be educated. The rough lad comes to England at
+the age of thirteen to find himself far behind other boys in
+learning, but after a while a match for them in other
+respects. The precipitate return of the boy and mother to
+Australia, in consequence of the receipt of a telegram and a
+paragraph in an Australian paper, leads to Rowley's famous
+ride on his father's old horse. The interest in Colonial
+life is awakened in the first chapter, and it is evident
+that both in the life in England and Australia the author
+has had living models before him.</p></div>
+
+<p class="center"><i><b>WELLS GARDNER, DARTON AND CO., 3 Paternoster Buildings, E. C.</b></i></p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Under the Rebel's Reign, by Charles Neufeld
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 23829-h.htm or 23829-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/8/2/23829/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Roberta Staehlin and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/23829-h/images/cover.jpg b/23829-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a70504e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i001.jpg b/23829-h/images/i001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..183153d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i001.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i002.jpg b/23829-h/images/i002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ece13f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i002.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i003.jpg b/23829-h/images/i003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8837e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i003.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i004.jpg b/23829-h/images/i004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c9991d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i004.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i005.jpg b/23829-h/images/i005.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c99ad1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i005.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i006.jpg b/23829-h/images/i006.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ec9a36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i006.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i007.jpg b/23829-h/images/i007.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8e9c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i007.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i008.jpg b/23829-h/images/i008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e205612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i008.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i009.jpg b/23829-h/images/i009.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53b2217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i009.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i010.jpg b/23829-h/images/i010.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..379c643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i010.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i011.jpg b/23829-h/images/i011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08ecf62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i011.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i012.jpg b/23829-h/images/i012.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dd1234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i012.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i013.jpg b/23829-h/images/i013.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e7dfce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i013.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i014.jpg b/23829-h/images/i014.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9dfc04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i014.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i015.jpg b/23829-h/images/i015.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29bb159
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i015.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i016.jpg b/23829-h/images/i016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eae0ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i016.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i017.jpg b/23829-h/images/i017.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8167342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i017.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i018.jpg b/23829-h/images/i018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5707990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i018.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i019.jpg b/23829-h/images/i019.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd07512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i019.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i020.jpg b/23829-h/images/i020.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aae3f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i020.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i021.jpg b/23829-h/images/i021.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6b6dc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i021.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i022.jpg b/23829-h/images/i022.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6847b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i022.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i023.jpg b/23829-h/images/i023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..547a847
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i023.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i024.jpg b/23829-h/images/i024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd50b22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i024.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i025.jpg b/23829-h/images/i025.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c8f0dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i025.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i026.jpg b/23829-h/images/i026.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee5bd07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i026.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i027.jpg b/23829-h/images/i027.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1408321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i027.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i028.jpg b/23829-h/images/i028.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fec920
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i028.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i029.jpg b/23829-h/images/i029.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7807522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i029.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i030.jpg b/23829-h/images/i030.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d45feb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i030.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i031.jpg b/23829-h/images/i031.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..094b3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i031.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i032.jpg b/23829-h/images/i032.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1edba17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i032.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i033.jpg b/23829-h/images/i033.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2138f48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i033.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i034.jpg b/23829-h/images/i034.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd0a901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i034.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i035.jpg b/23829-h/images/i035.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9d39b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i035.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i036.jpg b/23829-h/images/i036.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf3f00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i036.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i037.jpg b/23829-h/images/i037.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d08467c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i037.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i038.jpg b/23829-h/images/i038.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34740b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i038.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i039.jpg b/23829-h/images/i039.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..680a654
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i039.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i040.jpg b/23829-h/images/i040.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0cb946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i040.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i041.jpg b/23829-h/images/i041.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7f5cb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i041.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i042.jpg b/23829-h/images/i042.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba47de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i042.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i043.jpg b/23829-h/images/i043.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7716c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i043.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i044.jpg b/23829-h/images/i044.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3da2181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i044.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i045.jpg b/23829-h/images/i045.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c8b195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i045.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i046.jpg b/23829-h/images/i046.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e48cdfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i046.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i047.jpg b/23829-h/images/i047.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..109acd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i047.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i048.jpg b/23829-h/images/i048.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f47b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i048.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i049.jpg b/23829-h/images/i049.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b936445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i049.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i050.jpg b/23829-h/images/i050.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6999a59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i050.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i051.jpg b/23829-h/images/i051.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e2a9f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i051.jpg
diff --git a/23829-h/images/i052.jpg b/23829-h/images/i052.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9420ac3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-h/images/i052.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/c001.jpg b/23829-page-images/c001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..646a85f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/c001.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/c002.jpg b/23829-page-images/c002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e1d594
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/c002.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f001.png b/23829-page-images/f001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a1485c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f001.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f002.jpg b/23829-page-images/f002.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9265bcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f002.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f003.jpg b/23829-page-images/f003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd29b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f003.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f004.png b/23829-page-images/f004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c93130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f004.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f005.png b/23829-page-images/f005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bc198d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f005.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f006.png b/23829-page-images/f006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56e3c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f006.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f007.png b/23829-page-images/f007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c4f2e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f007.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/f008.png b/23829-page-images/f008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f4405a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/f008.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p001.jpg b/23829-page-images/p001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bacea3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p001.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p002.png b/23829-page-images/p002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec6e000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p002.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p003.png b/23829-page-images/p003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5102307
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p003.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p004.png b/23829-page-images/p004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b7bcf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p004.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p005.png b/23829-page-images/p005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fed201
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p005.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p006.png b/23829-page-images/p006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9b701c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p006.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p007.png b/23829-page-images/p007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6221033
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p007.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p008.png b/23829-page-images/p008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06f1652
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p008.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p009.png b/23829-page-images/p009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78dbd70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p009.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p010.png b/23829-page-images/p010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1eac45b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p010.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p011.jpg b/23829-page-images/p011.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9633acc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p011.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p012.jpg b/23829-page-images/p012.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f65fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p012.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p013.png b/23829-page-images/p013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa2bf08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p013.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p014.png b/23829-page-images/p014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45eb31e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p014.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p015.png b/23829-page-images/p015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd6f483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p015.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p016.png b/23829-page-images/p016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c21db2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p016.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p017.png b/23829-page-images/p017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..778fffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p017.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p018.png b/23829-page-images/p018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1e30bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p018.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p019.png b/23829-page-images/p019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..788ec06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p019.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p020.png b/23829-page-images/p020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b0fbe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p020.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p021.png b/23829-page-images/p021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8798f63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p021.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p022.png b/23829-page-images/p022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8ec156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p022.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p023.jpg b/23829-page-images/p023.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3961731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p023.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p024.jpg b/23829-page-images/p024.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a5ad94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p024.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p025.png b/23829-page-images/p025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4b15ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p025.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p026-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p026-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fccaf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p026-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p026.png b/23829-page-images/p026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f18d28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p026.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p027.png b/23829-page-images/p027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c39f87b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p027.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p028.png b/23829-page-images/p028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57c9ce4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p028.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p029.png b/23829-page-images/p029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e7b9b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p029.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p030.png b/23829-page-images/p030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f798b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p030.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p031.png b/23829-page-images/p031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f392025
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p031.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p032.png b/23829-page-images/p032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be8b7ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p032.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p033.png b/23829-page-images/p033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cedd14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p033.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p034.png b/23829-page-images/p034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84b793a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p034.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p035.jpg b/23829-page-images/p035.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82831e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p035.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p036.png b/23829-page-images/p036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f53ee0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p036.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p037.png b/23829-page-images/p037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8192e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p037.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p038.png b/23829-page-images/p038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a81f71c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p038.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p039.png b/23829-page-images/p039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1e92ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p039.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p040.png b/23829-page-images/p040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a95740b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p040.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p041.png b/23829-page-images/p041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f536e53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p041.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p042.png b/23829-page-images/p042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03f5ea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p042.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p043.png b/23829-page-images/p043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dea377
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p043.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p044.jpg b/23829-page-images/p044.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16bcd14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p044.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p045.jpg b/23829-page-images/p045.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..513a6a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p045.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p046.png b/23829-page-images/p046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fb5cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p046.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p047.png b/23829-page-images/p047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b767f20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p047.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p048.png b/23829-page-images/p048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f5b021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p048.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p049.png b/23829-page-images/p049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..318ef52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p049.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p050.png b/23829-page-images/p050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c326d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p050.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p051.png b/23829-page-images/p051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a3df30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p051.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p052.png b/23829-page-images/p052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f157b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p052.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p053.png b/23829-page-images/p053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3b3379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p053.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p054.png b/23829-page-images/p054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d240003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p054.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p055.png b/23829-page-images/p055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37f02a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p055.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p056.png b/23829-page-images/p056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1934372
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p056.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p057.png b/23829-page-images/p057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27d9341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p057.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p058.jpg b/23829-page-images/p058.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2923305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p058.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p059.jpg b/23829-page-images/p059.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b68f32b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p059.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p060.png b/23829-page-images/p060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b05ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p060.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p061.png b/23829-page-images/p061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fee266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p061.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p062.png b/23829-page-images/p062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5402b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p062.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p063.png b/23829-page-images/p063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95cb4e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p063.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p064.png b/23829-page-images/p064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f7903c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p064.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p065.png b/23829-page-images/p065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cdf9d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p065.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p066-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p066-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d5279d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p066-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p066.png b/23829-page-images/p066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..843c537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p066.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p067.png b/23829-page-images/p067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d19f20d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p067.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p068.jpg b/23829-page-images/p068.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e28a1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p068.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p069.png b/23829-page-images/p069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..018a406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p069.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p070.png b/23829-page-images/p070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13d3c36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p070.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p071.png b/23829-page-images/p071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88965b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p071.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p072.png b/23829-page-images/p072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7b1d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p072.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p073.png b/23829-page-images/p073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7efc2df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p073.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p074.png b/23829-page-images/p074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b92578a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p074.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p075.png b/23829-page-images/p075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0e7fd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p075.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p076.png b/23829-page-images/p076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67d0585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p076.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p077.png b/23829-page-images/p077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4115943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p077.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p078.png b/23829-page-images/p078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b196b4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p078.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p079.png b/23829-page-images/p079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cac229e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p079.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p080.png b/23829-page-images/p080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4da6783
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p080.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p081.png b/23829-page-images/p081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7d4ad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p081.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p082.png b/23829-page-images/p082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a1cfbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p082.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p083.jpg b/23829-page-images/p083.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ddb732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p083.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p084.png b/23829-page-images/p084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6643cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p084.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p085.png b/23829-page-images/p085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b641e27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p085.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p086.png b/23829-page-images/p086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a0764a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p086.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p087.png b/23829-page-images/p087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f615755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p087.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p088.png b/23829-page-images/p088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d02278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p088.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p089.png b/23829-page-images/p089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba4a51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p089.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p090-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p090-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96415e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p090-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p090.png b/23829-page-images/p090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0590022
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p090.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p091.png b/23829-page-images/p091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41ad0c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p091.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p092.png b/23829-page-images/p092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd0320e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p092.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p093.png b/23829-page-images/p093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5955bd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p093.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p094.jpg b/23829-page-images/p094.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d671aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p094.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p095.png b/23829-page-images/p095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..495936b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p095.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p096.png b/23829-page-images/p096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6821276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p096.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p097.png b/23829-page-images/p097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f00ff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p097.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p098.png b/23829-page-images/p098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79707a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p098.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p099.png b/23829-page-images/p099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0a700d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p099.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p100.png b/23829-page-images/p100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b3c6ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p100.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p101.png b/23829-page-images/p101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..542ae2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p101.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p102.png b/23829-page-images/p102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f947259
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p102.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p103.png b/23829-page-images/p103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d54946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p103.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p104.png b/23829-page-images/p104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31411fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p104.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p105.jpg b/23829-page-images/p105.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8aa0cf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p105.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p106.jpg b/23829-page-images/p106.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ac5d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p106.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p107.png b/23829-page-images/p107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3326514
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p107.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p108.png b/23829-page-images/p108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad201e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p108.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p109.png b/23829-page-images/p109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41c29db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p109.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p110.png b/23829-page-images/p110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6330be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p110.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p111.png b/23829-page-images/p111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f660ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p111.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p112.png b/23829-page-images/p112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e6fe44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p112.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p113.png b/23829-page-images/p113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68e2a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p113.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p114.png b/23829-page-images/p114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9b6d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p114.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p115.png b/23829-page-images/p115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..520927a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p115.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p116.jpg b/23829-page-images/p116.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35f61d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p116.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p117.jpg b/23829-page-images/p117.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6130122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p117.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p118.png b/23829-page-images/p118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc1e105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p118.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p119.png b/23829-page-images/p119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d63b8ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p119.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p120.png b/23829-page-images/p120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..010a3e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p120.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p121.png b/23829-page-images/p121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c062c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p121.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p122.png b/23829-page-images/p122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c64ce7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p122.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p123.png b/23829-page-images/p123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd1f507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p123.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p124-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p124-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee928ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p124-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p124.png b/23829-page-images/p124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7be183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p124.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p125.png b/23829-page-images/p125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab3d09e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p125.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p126.png b/23829-page-images/p126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ecef21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p126.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p127.png b/23829-page-images/p127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49f9a19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p127.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p128.png b/23829-page-images/p128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..481de73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p128.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p129.png b/23829-page-images/p129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed83e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p129.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p130.jpg b/23829-page-images/p130.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3a7e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p130.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p131.jpg b/23829-page-images/p131.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c19b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p131.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p132.png b/23829-page-images/p132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0985d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p132.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p133.png b/23829-page-images/p133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db52233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p133.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p134.png b/23829-page-images/p134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..235a748
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p134.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p135.png b/23829-page-images/p135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..505b447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p135.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p136.png b/23829-page-images/p136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfd3ec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p136.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p137.png b/23829-page-images/p137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91761cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p137.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p138.png b/23829-page-images/p138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4457b96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p138.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p139.png b/23829-page-images/p139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f3276a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p139.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p140.png b/23829-page-images/p140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed913d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p140.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p141.png b/23829-page-images/p141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebe3a0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p141.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p142.png b/23829-page-images/p142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2da633
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p142.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p143.jpg b/23829-page-images/p143.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91eb1c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p143.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p144.jpg b/23829-page-images/p144.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a760ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p144.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p145.png b/23829-page-images/p145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07e22a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p145.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p146.png b/23829-page-images/p146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e36cec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p146.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p147.png b/23829-page-images/p147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51cc587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p147.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p148.png b/23829-page-images/p148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65275dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p148.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p149.png b/23829-page-images/p149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1a4350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p149.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p150-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p150-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26cbaa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p150-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p150.png b/23829-page-images/p150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eefab9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p150.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p151.png b/23829-page-images/p151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0910062
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p151.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p152.png b/23829-page-images/p152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..404583f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p152.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p153.png b/23829-page-images/p153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3e5d09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p153.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p154.jpg b/23829-page-images/p154.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53aa01e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p154.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p155.png b/23829-page-images/p155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..436ec42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p155.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p156.png b/23829-page-images/p156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abdcf5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p156.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p157.png b/23829-page-images/p157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..351c39a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p157.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p158.png b/23829-page-images/p158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8d5326
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p158.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p159.png b/23829-page-images/p159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a722fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p159.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p160.png b/23829-page-images/p160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..904b5cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p160.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p161.png b/23829-page-images/p161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86dc44f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p161.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p162.png b/23829-page-images/p162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4988691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p162.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p163.png b/23829-page-images/p163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc488d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p163.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p164.jpg b/23829-page-images/p164.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52a091f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p164.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p165.png b/23829-page-images/p165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a11e28a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p165.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p166.png b/23829-page-images/p166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2184ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p166.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p167.png b/23829-page-images/p167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..806f399
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p167.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p168.png b/23829-page-images/p168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..241facb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p168.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p169.png b/23829-page-images/p169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e83f2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p169.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p170.png b/23829-page-images/p170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8856ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p170.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p171.png b/23829-page-images/p171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d72e113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p171.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p172.png b/23829-page-images/p172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5f907e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p172.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p173.png b/23829-page-images/p173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32b8607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p173.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p174.png b/23829-page-images/p174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..165a6e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p174.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p175.png b/23829-page-images/p175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e32838
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p175.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p176.png b/23829-page-images/p176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2616e3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p176.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p177.jpg b/23829-page-images/p177.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d4a101
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p177.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p178.jpg b/23829-page-images/p178.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bc8486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p178.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p179.png b/23829-page-images/p179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6f0a29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p179.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p180-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p180-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4db8021
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p180-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p180.png b/23829-page-images/p180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6f0439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p180.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p181.png b/23829-page-images/p181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8192c5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p181.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p182.png b/23829-page-images/p182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5da55e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p182.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p183.png b/23829-page-images/p183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..138eb27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p183.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p184.png b/23829-page-images/p184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29f38bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p184.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p185.png b/23829-page-images/p185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df5e7bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p185.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p186.png b/23829-page-images/p186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ac40a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p186.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p187.png b/23829-page-images/p187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3214e5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p187.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p188.png b/23829-page-images/p188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d55f73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p188.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p189.png b/23829-page-images/p189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..551e2b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p189.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p190.png b/23829-page-images/p190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11e21ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p190.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p191.png b/23829-page-images/p191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ef87e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p191.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p192.jpg b/23829-page-images/p192.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34edbf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p192.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p193.jpg b/23829-page-images/p193.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..354e21b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p193.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p194.png b/23829-page-images/p194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b99a1cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p194.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p195.png b/23829-page-images/p195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..710281e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p195.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p196.png b/23829-page-images/p196.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..509ee8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p196.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p197.png b/23829-page-images/p197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36ca4a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p197.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p198.png b/23829-page-images/p198.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eb93f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p198.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p199.png b/23829-page-images/p199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5ba854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p199.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p200.png b/23829-page-images/p200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff8b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p200.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p201.png b/23829-page-images/p201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd9c941
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p201.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p202.png b/23829-page-images/p202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e842c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p202.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p203.png b/23829-page-images/p203.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14c751b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p203.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p204.png b/23829-page-images/p204.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89b9947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p204.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p205.jpg b/23829-page-images/p205.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af4f942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p205.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p206.png b/23829-page-images/p206.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d6987b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p206.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p207.png b/23829-page-images/p207.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19df06c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p207.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p208.png b/23829-page-images/p208.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f90af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p208.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p209.png b/23829-page-images/p209.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c94c538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p209.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p210-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p210-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13f2189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p210-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p210.png b/23829-page-images/p210.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09b3d2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p210.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p211.png b/23829-page-images/p211.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d18c44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p211.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p212.png b/23829-page-images/p212.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..001f16f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p212.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p213.png b/23829-page-images/p213.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6980c1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p213.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p214.png b/23829-page-images/p214.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37260d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p214.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p215.jpg b/23829-page-images/p215.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c700d03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p215.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p216.png b/23829-page-images/p216.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd94f7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p216.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p217.png b/23829-page-images/p217.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b52e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p217.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p218.png b/23829-page-images/p218.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..143928c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p218.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p219.png b/23829-page-images/p219.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9123d6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p219.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p220.png b/23829-page-images/p220.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fbb17c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p220.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p221.png b/23829-page-images/p221.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5de1a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p221.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p222.png b/23829-page-images/p222.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..788ade6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p222.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p223.png b/23829-page-images/p223.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1b70e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p223.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p224.png b/23829-page-images/p224.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7d9470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p224.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p225.jpg b/23829-page-images/p225.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42970b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p225.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p226.png b/23829-page-images/p226.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b53837a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p226.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p227.png b/23829-page-images/p227.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec2cc95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p227.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p228.png b/23829-page-images/p228.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67c3a7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p228.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p229.png b/23829-page-images/p229.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3276441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p229.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p230-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p230-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fe65d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p230-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p230.png b/23829-page-images/p230.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bff2839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p230.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p231.png b/23829-page-images/p231.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..379195e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p231.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p232.png b/23829-page-images/p232.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cebe7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p232.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p233.png b/23829-page-images/p233.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3760485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p233.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p234.png b/23829-page-images/p234.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..404147c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p234.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p235.png b/23829-page-images/p235.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..754e223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p235.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p236.png b/23829-page-images/p236.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0833928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p236.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p237.jpg b/23829-page-images/p237.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11093f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p237.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p238.png b/23829-page-images/p238.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63f0ca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p238.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p239.png b/23829-page-images/p239.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65aa8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p239.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p240.png b/23829-page-images/p240.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33a6290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p240.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p241.png b/23829-page-images/p241.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1a00b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p241.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p242.png b/23829-page-images/p242.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d20c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p242.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p243.png b/23829-page-images/p243.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f231eaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p243.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p244.png b/23829-page-images/p244.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f032eca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p244.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p245.png b/23829-page-images/p245.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57481bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p245.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p246.png b/23829-page-images/p246.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29e6d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p246.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p247.png b/23829-page-images/p247.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..513547e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p247.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p248.png b/23829-page-images/p248.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab7ca3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p248.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p249.jpg b/23829-page-images/p249.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c75869
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p249.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p250.png b/23829-page-images/p250.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b25585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p250.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p251.png b/23829-page-images/p251.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a798cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p251.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p252.png b/23829-page-images/p252.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9eebada
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p252.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p253.png b/23829-page-images/p253.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..600dffe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p253.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p254.png b/23829-page-images/p254.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfd9de2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p254.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p255.png b/23829-page-images/p255.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4112fc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p255.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p256.png b/23829-page-images/p256.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74f5206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p256.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p257.png b/23829-page-images/p257.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bee64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p257.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p258.png b/23829-page-images/p258.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab6ff13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p258.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p259.png b/23829-page-images/p259.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1f64a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p259.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p260.png b/23829-page-images/p260.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4090e57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p260.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p261.jpg b/23829-page-images/p261.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc84614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p261.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p262.png b/23829-page-images/p262.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..131d053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p262.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p263.png b/23829-page-images/p263.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b52481
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p263.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p264.png b/23829-page-images/p264.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fd9b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p264.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p265.png b/23829-page-images/p265.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba314a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p265.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p266.png b/23829-page-images/p266.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a9aca9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p266.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p267.png b/23829-page-images/p267.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6eb5f7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p267.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p268.png b/23829-page-images/p268.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2a8cc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p268.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p269.png b/23829-page-images/p269.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ec9707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p269.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p270.png b/23829-page-images/p270.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d642dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p270.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p271.png b/23829-page-images/p271.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef6599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p271.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p272.jpg b/23829-page-images/p272.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1987b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p272.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p273.png b/23829-page-images/p273.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56c4fb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p273.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p274.png b/23829-page-images/p274.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..734d543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p274.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p275.png b/23829-page-images/p275.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7686d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p275.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p276.png b/23829-page-images/p276.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f569417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p276.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p277.png b/23829-page-images/p277.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21dab55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p277.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p278.png b/23829-page-images/p278.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b8619e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p278.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p279.png b/23829-page-images/p279.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0aead72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p279.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p280.png b/23829-page-images/p280.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dbd995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p280.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p281.png b/23829-page-images/p281.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a6a142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p281.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p282.png b/23829-page-images/p282.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c69c88d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p282.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p283.png b/23829-page-images/p283.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9064e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p283.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p284.jpg b/23829-page-images/p284.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b9df66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p284.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p285.png b/23829-page-images/p285.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10e602f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p285.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p286.png b/23829-page-images/p286.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab5a189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p286.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p287.png b/23829-page-images/p287.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8585b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p287.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p288.png b/23829-page-images/p288.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..954c0b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p288.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p289.png b/23829-page-images/p289.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9b2f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p289.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p290.png b/23829-page-images/p290.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bebe8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p290.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p291.png b/23829-page-images/p291.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..089b5b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p291.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p292.png b/23829-page-images/p292.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebce1db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p292.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p293.png b/23829-page-images/p293.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e50fc82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p293.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p294.png b/23829-page-images/p294.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6774190
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p294.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p295.png b/23829-page-images/p295.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3208d1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p295.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p296.png b/23829-page-images/p296.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3ead5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p296.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p297.jpg b/23829-page-images/p297.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2216c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p297.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p298.png b/23829-page-images/p298.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54a5c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p298.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p299.png b/23829-page-images/p299.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..507958e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p299.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p300.png b/23829-page-images/p300.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a56de59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p300.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p301.png b/23829-page-images/p301.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6ba347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p301.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p302.png b/23829-page-images/p302.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6559930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p302.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p303.png b/23829-page-images/p303.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74f0431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p303.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p304.png b/23829-page-images/p304.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dbc2f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p304.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p305.png b/23829-page-images/p305.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38a6ab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p305.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p306.png b/23829-page-images/p306.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6d6977
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p306.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p307.png b/23829-page-images/p307.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d6220f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p307.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p308.jpg b/23829-page-images/p308.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da9a142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p308.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p309.png b/23829-page-images/p309.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e4911f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p309.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p310.png b/23829-page-images/p310.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58ec725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p310.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p311.png b/23829-page-images/p311.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dee316a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p311.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p312.png b/23829-page-images/p312.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..862e862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p312.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p313.png b/23829-page-images/p313.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..861652e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p313.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p314.png b/23829-page-images/p314.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3858501
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p314.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p315.png b/23829-page-images/p315.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..550515a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p315.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p316.png b/23829-page-images/p316.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06d1aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p316.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p317.png b/23829-page-images/p317.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..598ed44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p317.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p318.png b/23829-page-images/p318.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feed3dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p318.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p319.png b/23829-page-images/p319.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f43acb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p319.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p320.png b/23829-page-images/p320.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e536f97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p320.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p321.png b/23829-page-images/p321.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71d9e81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p321.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p322.jpg b/23829-page-images/p322.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c1ffbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p322.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p323.png b/23829-page-images/p323.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae8476d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p323.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p324.png b/23829-page-images/p324.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12ef1a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p324.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p325.png b/23829-page-images/p325.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d62b780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p325.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p326.png b/23829-page-images/p326.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cb663c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p326.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p327.png b/23829-page-images/p327.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9286179
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p327.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p328.png b/23829-page-images/p328.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5070cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p328.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p329.png b/23829-page-images/p329.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fca803c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p329.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p330.png b/23829-page-images/p330.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc78d22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p330.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p331.png b/23829-page-images/p331.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9440aff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p331.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p332.png b/23829-page-images/p332.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2968960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p332.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p333.png b/23829-page-images/p333.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42f4a0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p333.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p334.jpg b/23829-page-images/p334.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ba3254
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p334.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p335.png b/23829-page-images/p335.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac1317b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p335.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p336.png b/23829-page-images/p336.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..265298b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p336.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p337.png b/23829-page-images/p337.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7292366
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p337.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p338.png b/23829-page-images/p338.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce52ead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p338.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p339.png b/23829-page-images/p339.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69623e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p339.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p340.png b/23829-page-images/p340.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60beeab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p340.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p341.png b/23829-page-images/p341.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..390bc47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p341.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p342.png b/23829-page-images/p342.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1353f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p342.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p343.png b/23829-page-images/p343.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a32f64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p343.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p344-insert.jpg b/23829-page-images/p344-insert.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87d265a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p344-insert.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p344.png b/23829-page-images/p344.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf21d4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p344.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p345.jpg b/23829-page-images/p345.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a321c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p345.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p346.jpg b/23829-page-images/p346.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c26d4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p346.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p347.png b/23829-page-images/p347.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5862c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p347.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p348.png b/23829-page-images/p348.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92f7d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p348.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p349.png b/23829-page-images/p349.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eacb468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p349.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p350.png b/23829-page-images/p350.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d73fcdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p350.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p351.png b/23829-page-images/p351.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce3da55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p351.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p352.png b/23829-page-images/p352.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d69005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p352.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p353.png b/23829-page-images/p353.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a605a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p353.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p354.png b/23829-page-images/p354.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73f5489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p354.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p355.png b/23829-page-images/p355.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..039367a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p355.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p356.png b/23829-page-images/p356.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7e5e0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p356.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p357.png b/23829-page-images/p357.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a02af3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p357.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p358.png b/23829-page-images/p358.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e947c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p358.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p359.png b/23829-page-images/p359.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed5921b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p359.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p360.png b/23829-page-images/p360.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cc449c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p360.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p361.png b/23829-page-images/p361.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..243130f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p361.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p362.jpg b/23829-page-images/p362.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76f6b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p362.jpg
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p363.png b/23829-page-images/p363.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d30af05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p363.png
diff --git a/23829-page-images/p364.png b/23829-page-images/p364.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f179baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829-page-images/p364.png
diff --git a/23829.txt b/23829.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da5ac22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10465 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Under the Rebel's Reign, by Charles Neufeld
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Under the Rebel's Reign
+
+Author: Charles Neufeld
+
+Illustrator: Charles Sheldon
+
+Release Date: December 12, 2007 [EBook #23829]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Roberta Staehlin and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                         UNDER
+
+                      THE REBEL'S
+
+                         REIGN
+
+
+
+                  A STORY OF EGYPTIAN
+
+                         REVOLT
+
+
+                           BY
+
+
+                     CHARLES NEUFELD
+
+                 ILLUS'D BY CHAS SHELDON
+
+
+                 Under the Rebel's Reign
+              Copyright 1900 Charles Neufeld
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+[Illustration: "His eyes rested on the motionless figure of an
+Arab standing in the centre of the room."
+Frontispiece. p. 292]
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+          [Illustration: UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN
+
+                        A STORY OF
+                      EGYPTIAN REVOLT
+
+                     By CHARLES NEUFELD
+
+          AUTHOR OF 'A PRISONER OF THE KHALEEFA'
+
+             _ILLUSTRATED BY CHARLES SHELDON_
+
+           London: WELLS GARDNER, DARTON & CO.]
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                           CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAP.                                                PAGE
+
+      I.  A QUARREL AND A FIGHT                          1
+
+     II.  DOWN THE DANUBE                               12
+
+    III.  A SURPRISE AND A REVELATION                   24
+
+     IV.  THE PARTING OF FRIENDS                        35
+
+      V.  HELMAR TO THE RESCUE                          45
+
+     VI.  A TIGHT CORNER                                59
+
+    VII.  A GOOD SAMARITAN                              68
+
+   VIII.  AN ENCOUNTER ON THE NILE                      83
+
+     IX.  THE REIGN OF TERROR IN ALEXANDRIA             94
+
+      X.  THE MEETING OF FRIENDS                       106
+
+     XI.  A MYSTERIOUS MESSENGER                       117
+
+    XII.  THE NEW OCCUPATION                           131
+
+   XIII.  HELMAR PROVES HIS METAL                      144
+
+    XIV.  THE REGIMENTAL COOK                          154
+
+     XV.  ON PATROL                                    164
+
+    XVI.  WE MEET AGAIN                                178
+
+   XVII.  HAKESH THE PRIEST                            193
+
+  XVIII.  BEHIND PRISON BARS                           205
+
+    XIX.  THE ESCAPE                                   215
+
+     XX.  ARABI PASHA                                  225
+
+    XXI.  TO CAIRO AGAIN                               237
+
+   XXII.  HORROR                                       249
+
+  XXIII.  IN THE HANDS OF THE PHILISTINES              261
+
+   XXIV.  A FRIEND INDEED                              272
+
+    XXV.  NAOUM PLANS                                  284
+
+   XXVI.  A DASH FOR LIBERTY                           297
+
+  XXVII.  ACROSS THE DESERT                            308
+
+ XXVIII.  MEETING OF FRIENDS AND CAPTURE OF ARDEN      322
+
+   XXIX.  TO DEATH OR GLORY                            334
+
+    XXX.  CAIRO SAVED AND HELMAR'S REWARD              346
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                   LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+                                                       PAGE
+
+ "His eyes rested on the motionless figure of an
+  Arab standing in the centre of the room"          Frontispiece
+
+ The Duel                                                1
+
+ A visit to the Pyramids                                11
+
+ Camping on the banks of the Danube                     12
+
+ Type of Egyptian                                       23
+
+ The accident on the Danube                             24
+
+ "As the leader made an attempt to get over the
+  bough, Helmar swung his heavy club at him"            27
+
+ Helmar in Alexandria                                   35
+
+ Type of gipsy                                          44
+
+ The man-hunt in the slums of Cairo                     45
+
+ A pair of pistols                                      58
+
+ The capture of the spy                                 59
+
+ "Just as a hideous black wretch rushed at him,
+  he fired point-blank"                                 66
+
+ A Good Samaritan                                       68
+
+ On the look-out                                        83
+
+ "Presently the firing re-commenced, and Naoum
+  gave orders to attack"                                90
+
+ Helmar seeking shelter for the night                   94
+
+ View of the city                                      105
+
+ In the Consul's office                                106
+
+ An Egyptian water-carrier                             116
+
+ A hot pursuit                                         117
+
+ "Trapped, by Heavens!" shouted Helmar                 124
+
+ A patriarch                                           130
+
+ Watching the looters                                  131
+
+ Sword and Fez                                         143
+
+ The task accomplished                                 144
+
+ "At last the gun reached the top"                     151
+
+ Helmar and the cook                                   154
+
+ Death of Brian                                        164
+
+ A mounted patrol                                      177
+
+ Face to face                                          178
+
+ "And how do you propose to drag me from here if
+  I do not choose to go?"                              181
+
+ A Dahabieh                                            192
+
+ Helmar felled the Egyptian to the ground              193
+
+ Hustled into prison                                   205
+
+ "Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to
+  remain firm in its socket"                           211
+
+ A race for life                                       215
+
+ Helmar before Arabi                                   225
+
+ Arden's agent at work                                 237
+
+ Breakfast brought into prison                         249
+
+ In the place of torture                               261
+
+ "He was already beyond crying out. All sense of
+  feeling had left him!"                               270
+
+ Under friendly care                                   272
+
+ Arden's disguise discovered                           284
+
+ The guide leads the way                               297
+
+ The flight over the plain                             308
+
+ The fight in the desert                               319
+
+ The meeting of Osterberg and Helmar                   322
+
+ To save Cairo!                                        334
+
+ "They rode straight for the citadel"                  344
+
+ The Sphinx                                            345
+
+ Approaching the city                                  346
+
+ Helmar's gratification                                362
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+[Illustration: UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN]
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER I
+
+                    A QUARREL AND A FIGHT
+
+
+The Debating Society of the Koenigsberg University was sitting. The
+subject for the occasion was of a trivial nature, but lent itself to
+keen and heated argument. The whole afternoon had been occupied with
+the speeches of the minor lights of the society, and now only the
+two opposing leaders remained to make their closing speeches before
+the division took place.
+
+Young Osterberg, the leader of the "Ayes," rose to his feet. His
+remarks were sound and clear, and his arguments, to many,
+conclusive. After he had occupied the attention of the assembly for
+nearly twenty minutes, he sat down amidst the plaudits of his own
+side, to await the speech from the leader of the Opposition.
+
+At that moment a voice, distinctly audible above the buzz of
+conversation that followed, spoke in a loud, unpleasant tone,
+evidently intended for the whole room to hear.
+
+"'Tis a pity certain positions are not filled by fellows capable of
+thinking and arguing logically. Such rot I have never before
+listened to. Come, Maurice, let us go to the club rooms, we shall
+find better entertainment there." And the two men rose from their
+seats and moved towards the door.
+
+Before they reached it the voice of the President stopped them, and
+in sharp, incisive tones called them to order.
+
+"Such words," he said, "are against the rules of the society and
+must be withdrawn, or the laws which govern the Association will be
+enforced and the speaker's name struck off the list of membership."
+
+John Landauer, the man who had uttered the offensive words, turned
+on hearing the President's mandate. With flashing eyes he glanced in
+the direction of Osterberg.
+
+"My words may have been untimely as uttered in this room, and for
+that I apologize; but my opinion of the last speaker, friend
+Osterberg, remains the same, and what I am not allowed to express
+here I shall take the earliest opportunity of doing elsewhere."
+
+He turned, and, followed by the youth he had addressed as Maurice,
+left the room.
+
+An ominous murmur went round the room as the door closed behind
+them, and an air of suppressed resentment pervaded the place. One
+and all felt that an insult had been offered to Osterberg, an insult
+which they knew, since he was a theological student, he would be
+unable to respond to in the customary manner. However, the
+expression of the young student's face, usually so kindly, indicated
+that the altercation had not yet ended.
+
+As soon as the debate was over, a general adjournment to the club
+followed. Osterberg was one of the first to reach it.
+
+He found Landauer playing billiards with his companion Maurice.
+Stepping up to him, he eyed him sternly from head to foot.
+
+"Thank you, Landauer, for your opinion of my ability," he said,
+evidently with difficulty repressing a desire to indulge in personal
+violence, "it was a plucky remark of yours. Had I been studying for
+other than the ministry, you would not have dared to give it
+utterance. Bah! I appreciate a man, but you are a coward!"
+
+Landauer turned fiercely on the speaker.
+
+"Coward? It is not I who am the coward! I do not take shelter under
+the cloak of the ministry, which forbids duels. You are the coward,"
+he went on, stepping towards him and snatching his cap from his
+head, "and I challenge you to prove my words false!"
+
+As he spoke he flung the cap on the ground at Osterberg's feet, and
+defiantly awaited the outcome of his action. The challenge was a
+customary one amongst the students. The snatching Osterberg's cap
+from his head was the greatest insult Landauer could have offered
+him, and the bystanders wondered how it would be received.
+
+For a moment the young theological student stood as if in doubt. His
+lips twitched with indignation. There was no cowardice in his
+nature, but he knew the rigorous laws which governed his studies. On
+the one hand, if he refused to accept the challenge, the stigma of
+cowardice would stick to him all his life, and on the other, he
+would have to give up his profession if he should have a scar
+inflicted under such circumstances. Human nature conquered, and he
+was about to return insult for insult, when a firm, strong hand was
+laid on his shoulder.
+
+"One moment," said a voice, in passionless even tones, "I have
+something to say to our friend here."
+
+The speaker calmly strode up to the bullying Landauer, and, with his
+open hand, struck him across the face.
+
+"You wish to quarrel? Very well, now is your opportunity. You have
+insulted not only our friend Osterberg, but the Debating Society of
+which I am a member. These things cannot go unnoticed. Apparently
+you selected Osterberg as a butt for your insults, knowing that,
+from the nature of his studies, he could not retaliate in the usual
+manner; but such cowardly bullying shall not be passed over, you
+shall account to me for your caddish behaviour."
+
+The challenge was so startlingly sudden, that Landauer had no answer
+ready to give, but with rage and mortification expressed in every
+feature he fumbled in his pocket for a card. At last he drew one
+out, and with all the bombast he could summon on the spur of the
+moment, he scribbled the name of a friend upon it, and threw it on
+the table.
+
+"You shall hear from me to-morrow," he cried, between his teeth.
+
+His opponent smiled as he picked the card up; then, with the same
+deliberation, he replaced it with one of his own.
+
+"Good," he said. "This is my affair now, and----"
+
+"I'll give you a lesson, Mr Helmar, that you won't have time to
+forget." And Landauer, flinging his billiard cue on the table,
+strode from the room.
+
+"Well done, Helmar!" "Good luck to you!" and such-like exclamations
+of approval filled the room as the door closed behind Landauer. Some
+of the students, however, blamed Helmar for what they termed his
+foolhardiness in interfering. But the majority applauded his
+action, and wished him every success.
+
+Landauer was well known to be an expert swordsman, and had been
+victorious in several duels. Helmar, on the other hand, was entirely
+unknown in the use of the weapon, and was naturally pitied by his
+comrades. But the students admired bravery, especially when in a
+good cause. In this case they unanimously condemned Landauer's
+conduct in selecting Osterberg for the object of his assault.
+
+"The fellow's a bully, whatever else he is, and no doubt thought his
+insult would go unchallenged. But there, the thing's done now, and I
+do not regret my action in the least. He must get satisfaction from
+me, if he wants it."
+
+George Helmar was a quiet youth, of studious habits. A young man of
+seventeen, he had the reputation of being a hard worker, and had
+none of the quarrelsome spirit such as his adversary possessed. The
+thin, determined face, with its square jaw and keen grey eyes, the
+great loose shoulders and powerfully developed limbs might have told
+more careful observers than his fellow-students that underneath that
+calm exterior a latent power existed, which Landauer had best not
+underrate.
+
+He had been brought up in the country, where his father practised
+medicine. There all his leisure had been spent in manly sports,
+riding, running, shooting, fencing; all these things he had gone in
+for as a boy, with the result that the town-bred Landauer, though an
+expert swordsman, was not, as regards physical training, to be
+compared with him.
+
+Helmar hoped at some future date to succeed his father in his
+practice, and to that end had worked hard, using, as a matter of
+fact, the University recreation rooms and grounds very little. It
+was, therefore, not strange that his companions should doubt his
+ability to meet his adversary with any chance of success.
+
+It is often small things that alter the course of a man's life, and
+so it was with Helmar. What he thought to be but a mere incident in
+his career turned out to be the cross-roads of his existence.
+
+During the time which elapsed before the duel, he pursued his
+studies in the same indomitable fashion, considering but little of
+his chances, assuring himself only of the justness of his cause.
+
+His friend Osterberg, however, was greatly concerned, and passed
+many sleepless nights weighing the possibilities of what might
+happen. Although he was to become a clergyman, and duelling was
+forbidden him, he nevertheless had plenty of fight in him, and many
+times wished that he could relieve his friend of the self-imposed
+risk he was taking on his behalf.
+
+Landauer, on the other hand, had too much of the vanity of the bully
+to cause him any uneasiness. He was confident of his own superiority
+over Helmar, and discussed his inevitable success wherever
+opportunity arose.
+
+The day at last arrived, and early in the morning the combatants met
+at the appointed place. Doctor Hertz was in attendance, and as the
+two young men stripped and stood grasping the hilts of their swords,
+he eyed them critically.
+
+Landauer he passed over with a glance, his neat, lithe figure was
+quite familiar to him, he knew his powers to a fraction, and was
+perfectly aware that he would give a good account of himself.
+
+With George Helmar it was different. He had never seen him
+before--it was his first appearance in the duelling world. The
+doctor's critical glance quickly turned into one of admiration. The
+tall, loose figure, though perhaps not beautiful in an artistic
+sense, pleased him greatly. Helmar's back and chest were ribbed with
+beautifully developed muscles, while his long, sinewy arms hung
+loosely at his sides, their very pose indicating to his practised
+eye their perfect suppleness.
+
+The old doctor liked what he saw in the new candidate, and a grim
+smile played over his face as the word of command was given.
+
+The spot was a solitary one. The common that had been selected was
+well away from the University, and admirably adapted to an encounter
+such as this. The trees in the background sheltered the combatants
+from observation in one direction, but for the rest the common lay
+open and uninviting, and the chill morning air blowing across it
+made the onlookers think longingly of their beds.
+
+Notwithstanding this, every eye was riveted on the duellists. No
+thought of the fact that probably one of the men would be carried
+lifeless from the spot detracted from their interest in the
+encounter. They loved a fight, it was their nature; and, rain or
+snow, wind or hail, they would watch it to the bitter end.
+
+At first the two young men fought cautiously, their heavy sabres
+flashing and glinting in the morning light as they thrust and
+parried with lightning rapidity. Later on Landauer seemed inclined
+to attack, and his blows on Helmar's weapon rang out in quick
+succession. Acting purely on the defensive, the latter parried the
+onslaught with an ease that puzzled and angered his opponent, until
+incautiously he fell into the trap by redoubling his attack. Helmar
+had reckoned on this. He hoped soon to tire the bully out, and a
+faint smile passed over his face, as with a head parry he stayed a
+terrific blow from his fiery antagonist.
+
+Whether it was the smile, or a sense of caution previously unheeded,
+is doubtful; but Landauer evidently saw his mistake and endeavoured
+to remedy it by defensive tactics. It was too late. He had already
+begun to tire, while Helmar was still fresh. Seeing his opportunity,
+the latter pressed his advantage with the utmost cleverness. Without
+giving his opponent time to recover, he came at him with a rapidity
+that fairly astonished everybody, never wasting any power on a
+stroke which he knew would be parried. Sparks flew from their
+swords, as with the agility of a swordsman only in the highest stage
+of training he fought, bearing his opponent back with his lightning
+thrusts.
+
+It was a fine sight. The whole thing seemed little more than play to
+him, while his antagonist was already breathing hard and showing
+signs of fatigue.
+
+In the third round Helmar received a slight wound in the face, and
+the sight of the blood made the onlookers think that he was tiring
+too. But they didn't know their man. He had a big reserve of power
+which, as yet, he had not exerted; but he knew the game was in his
+own hands, and was prolonging the bully's punishment.
+
+Suddenly Landauer made a ferocious attack, and in doing so for a
+moment drove the other back. His advantage was but momentary, for in
+an unguarded moment he had left himself badly open. With no real
+intention of doing him very serious harm, Helmar lunged out, and his
+sabre passed down Landauer's right cheek to his left shoulder, and
+he fell back on the grass with a terribly ugly wound.
+
+The duel was over, and the bully punished. The spectators rushed to
+express their admiration to the victor and congratulate him on his
+success, but he would have none of it, and hurriedly went to the
+assistance of his late foe.
+
+The doctor examined the wound and looked very grave. In response to
+his inquiries, he told Helmar that he could not yet express an
+opinion, but the case was serious, and the wounded man must be at
+once taken to the hospital.
+
+Helmar turned to his friend Osterberg.
+
+"Come," said he, "this place is hateful to me. If I have killed him
+I shall never forgive myself." He put on his coat and went back to
+his house.
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER II
+
+                        DOWN THE DANUBE
+
+
+After the duel Helmar endeavoured to return to his studies as
+before, but it was with a sore heart and a disturbed mind that he
+applied himself to his "Materia Medica." Each day he anxiously
+inquired after the wounded man, each night in the quiet of his room
+he prayed earnestly that Landauer's life might be spared.
+
+Charlie Osterberg was now his constant companion, and tried by every
+means in his power, but without avail, to cheer his friend and
+distract his mind from the gloom and despondency that had taken hold
+of him.
+
+It was on the evening of the fourth day since the duel, young
+Osterberg, after a visit to the wounded man, returned hastily to
+George's rooms.
+
+Helmar looked up as his friend entered.
+
+"Well, what news? No, never mind, I read it in your face," he said,
+as he noticed Charlie's pallor and troubled face. "He is dead?"
+
+Osterberg shook his head.
+
+"Not as bad as that, thank God, but I fear he cannot live. Dr. Hertz
+was there when I arrived, and before I left, he said the patient was
+rapidly sinking, and that it was only a question of forty-eight
+hours; but," he added hurriedly, as he noticed the horrified
+expression of the listener's face, "he also told me to say to you
+that, should he die, you will in no way be blamed. You cannot be
+held responsible. Had you not wounded him, he would probably have
+killed you."
+
+His friend paid no heed to these consoling words, but, resting his
+face on his hand, gazed out of the window lost in deep thought.
+
+Receiving no reply, Charlie stepped towards him, and, laying his
+hand gently on his shoulder, said--
+
+"Cheer up, George, this affair is through no fault of yours. If
+anybody's, the blame is mine. I should have known better than to
+have noticed his words, but----" And he broke off with a troubled
+look in his eyes.
+
+"No, no, Charlie, no blame attaches to you or, for that matter, to
+me. According to the duelling laws of the country we are in the
+right--it isn't that. You don't understand."
+
+He paused for a moment, then suddenly looked up into the anxious
+young face at his side.
+
+"Charlie, are you very keen to remain here and continue your work?"
+
+"I ought to," he replied doubtfully. "My parents have been so good
+to me and are so anxious that I should do well in my examinations.
+But why?"
+
+"The thing is as plain as daylight," said Helmar, as if arguing with
+himself. "I cannot ever face my people again. How would it be
+possible for me to go to them with blood on my hands? No, a thousand
+times, no! I am a homicide morally, no matter what the law may
+countenance. It is a barbarous custom, and one in which I can see no
+right. Oh! why did he not kill me?" And he turned despairingly to
+the window.
+
+Osterberg endeavoured to interrupt him, but he turned fiercely on
+his friend.
+
+"No, do not speak, my mind is made up. My studies are broken, I can
+never return to them again. My associations are distasteful, and I
+must get away. I shall go and leave it all. Go where I am not known.
+Yes, I shall go out into the world with the brand of Cain on me!"
+And he shook off Charlie's kindly touch, and paced up and down the
+room.
+
+For a moment or two the silence was only broken by the sound of
+Helmar's rapid footfalls. Presently Charlie spoke.
+
+"You asked me, just now, if I were anxious to keep on with my work.
+What did you mean?"
+
+"Nothing, nothing," replied Helmar hurriedly. "I was wrong. What I
+do in the future must be by myself. I will bring no further trouble
+on those I love."
+
+Charlie's eyes brightened, and his face broke out into a smile.
+
+"I am going away, too. I realize that there is too much human nature
+in me for the Church. Why not let us go together? I don't mind where
+it is, anywhere will do for me. What do you say? Egypt, Japan,
+India, or America, it's all the same."
+
+Helmar paused in his walk, and looked hard at his young friend.
+
+"Do you mean that, or is it the outcome of what I said?"
+
+"I mean every word. My mind is as fully made up as yours, and, if
+you will let me, I will throw in my lot with yours. There is but one
+thing I ask; Mark Arden, my old work companion, wants to go with me,
+and I have agreed. May he accompany us?"
+
+"Certainly, the more the merrier," replied Helmar, his face lighting
+up as the prospect of getting away grew brighter. "But we must
+discuss ways and means. I intend to start to-morrow morning. Money
+with me is a little flush just now, and to-night I intend to
+realize on all my books and instruments, which will add a bit more.
+You and Mark can do the same, and we'll leave for Vienna by the
+first train in the morning, and then down the Danube on to
+Constantinople, at which place we can decide our ultimate
+destination. How does that suit you?"
+
+"Admirably," said Charlie. "I will go and tell Mark." And he turned
+to leave the room.
+
+"Meet me here at ten to-night, and, in the meantime, sell all your
+superfluous property, and tell Mark to do the same."
+
+All the final arrangements were settled that night. One pawnshop, at
+least, did a good trade, and when the three adventurers at last
+turned into their beds, it was with the knowledge that all the world
+was before them, with a totally inadequate capital to see them on
+their way. Health, strength, and inexperience is a grand stimulant
+to hope, and the three young men only looked on the bright side of
+the future.
+
+Helmar knew very little of Mark Arden; he had met him a few times
+with Osterberg, but he had no idea of the man's character. This,
+however, did not trouble him. In his open-hearted, manly way he
+trusted to his friend's judgment. In this he was wrong. Osterberg
+was a simple fellow, believing good of every one, and Mark, with a
+tact born of a scheming mind, had fostered this trust in him,
+carefully keeping hidden any of his doings which might open his
+friend's eyes. His object, so far, was not quite clear even to
+himself, but when it was settled that they were to journey together,
+he realized the benefit of what he had done.
+
+He was a peculiar fellow; not absolutely bad, so far as was known,
+but with a character capable of developing in accordance with
+whatever surroundings in which he found himself. His main object in
+life was self. He cared nothing for study, although he was decidedly
+clever, and he saw in this adventure a means of starting out on a
+career where his own innate smartness might be given full play, and
+very likely earn for him a fortune. How he succeeded we shall see.
+
+On the second day Vienna was reached. The excitement of this plunge
+into the world of adventure was still upon them. Helmar and
+Osterberg had written to their respective parents explaining what
+they had done, and giving their reasons for their actions. Mark
+Arden had carefully abstained from leaving any trace of his
+whereabouts, he had made up his mind to await developments.
+
+Many suggestions were offered as a means of reaching Constantinople,
+but Helmar, who was looked upon as the head of the expedition,
+passed them all by as being of too expensive a nature, and kept to
+his original plan of securing a boat and doing the journey down the
+Danube. He argued it was cheaper and more in accordance with the
+adventurous career they proposed. By this means they would harbour
+their little stock of money, and as both Mark and Charlie possessed
+little more than would carry them to Constantinople, the plan was
+adopted.
+
+Their object now was to secure a boat, and they at once set about
+finding a boatman who could supply this need. Mark knew Vienna well,
+and acted as pilot in their search; but for a long time they were
+unsuccessful. None of the boatmen wished to sell their craft, and,
+as hiring was of no use to the adventurers, they had to search
+elsewhere.
+
+"I think we have interviewed every boatman on the river," said Mark.
+"The only thing to do now is to visit an old boat-builder I know of
+in another quarter of the town. He deals in second-hand craft, and
+is very likely to be able to accommodate us."
+
+"Right you are," said Helmar. "Lead the way, and unless he is a
+Shylock I dare say we shall be able to strike a bargain with him."
+
+The three friends proceeded at once to the place, and they found the
+old man busy painting a canoe he had just built. He looked up as
+they entered, and, recognizing Mark, nodded familiarly.
+
+"Good-morning, Jacob," said Arden. "Nice little craft that. Built to
+order?"
+
+"Yes," replied the Jew, eyeing his visitors narrowly. "But vat can I
+do for you?"
+
+"Well, look here," put in Helmar, "we want a small single sail boat.
+Not a new one--anything will do. We are going for a trip down the
+river, but in case of accidents we want to buy it. Can you find us
+one?"
+
+"Ach, mein tear young frients, I have de very ting, but how much
+vill you pay?"
+
+"We are not particularly flush," said Mark, who was appointed chief
+haggler. "Where's the boat, and how much do you want for it?"
+
+"De poat is in de water, but I vill hab it prought to de
+landing-stage for you to zee."
+
+A boatman was sent out to bring in the boat in question, and after a
+careful scrutiny the trio of adventurers decided it would do, and
+determined to purchase it, if they could get it at a fair price.
+
+The process of beating the Jew down was no easy task, but Mark
+seemed quite equal to the wiles of the Israelite, and eventually the
+bargain was struck, the purchase effected, and the money handed
+over.
+
+"It's all right enough," said Mark, as they waited whilst the old
+Jew went to his office to write out the receipt; "the old man is a
+hard nut to crack, but he's honest, and the boat that he has sold us
+looks all he has represented it."
+
+Old Jacob soon returned, and the boat was duly handed over.
+
+For the next two or three hours the process of stocking the craft
+with provisions was gone through, and it was late at night when
+everything was in readiness for the start. The three companions
+slept aboard, and at daylight the next morning cast off their
+moorings and started on their career in the world.
+
+When they said good-bye to Vienna, it was a bright spring morning,
+and their feelings were in accord with the fresh appearance of the
+world. No thoughts or anticipations of how their varying fortunes
+might be marred troubled for one instant their youthful minds. Their
+hearts were full of hope and the overweening vanity and
+self-confidence of their years. The East, to them, was paved with
+gold. Troubles looked like the necessary things to be combatted
+fearlessly to reach the success that must await them beyond; life,
+indeed, was one rosy, golden, glorious dream. The stern realities
+were to come: when their fortitude would be tried, when all that was
+manly, or otherwise, in them would be brought out, and they would
+show of what manner of stuff they were made.
+
+The first two or three weeks of the journey passed uneventfully, the
+wind was in the right direction, and they glided smoothly along the
+waters of the great and glorious Danube.
+
+Just as the sun was sinking one night towards the end of the third
+week, they found that the river passed through a dense forest, and
+decided by way of a change, instead of passing the night in the boat
+as they had done up till then, to moor her to the bank, and, under a
+canopy of thick bush, sleep on the bosom of mother earth.
+
+Helmar at once steered for the bank, and the party landed. Drawing
+the boat up out of the water, they pitched their camp and prepared
+their evening meal.
+
+When they were seated round their fire, the conversation turned upon
+their plans for the future.
+
+"We had better decide now," said Helmar, "as to where we shall make
+for when we reach Constantinople. Let's hear what you have to say,
+Charlie."
+
+"Whatever you propose will do for me. Mark, here, prefers Japan, but
+I am not altogether sure that it will be best."
+
+"Oh, yes, it will be," broke in Mark, in decisive tones. "There's a
+future in Japan second to none. The chance for enterprise is great
+there, and, besides, if a man has anything in him he can worm
+himself into Government circles, and that means a fortune."
+
+"Personally I'm in favour of Egypt," said Helmar, quietly. "Japan no
+doubt is promising enough, but if you only stop to think for a
+moment, Mark, you will realize that your capital is not sufficient
+to carry you there." And he eyed the other keenly.
+
+"Of course my capital isn't large, but I understood we were working
+on a common purse, and you, Helmar, have ample."
+
+"True enough," said Helmar, looking up the stream towards the rosy
+sunset, "but I am not going to waste it all on travelling. We shall
+need something to keep us until we get work."
+
+"Oh, very well," said Mark, shrugging his shoulders in a
+discontented fashion. "Then I suppose as you want us to go to Egypt,
+that will have to be our destination; but, I can tell you, I didn't
+expect this sort of thing."
+
+"Perhaps not," replied Helmar, quietly. "But I'm not a fool, and
+intend going wherever our means will carry us best. Eh, Charlie?"
+turning to Osterberg.
+
+"You're right, it's no use wasting our capital. Hark! what's that?"
+
+The three men listened intently. There was the sound of voices not
+far from where they sat.
+
+"By Jove, we must be near a road," said Helmar, as the sound grew
+louder. "I'm going to reconnoitre."
+
+"No, no, let me go!" said the other two in a breath.
+
+Without waiting for reply they darted off into the bush, and Helmar
+was left to himself. For some moments he gave himself up to
+surmising the origin of the sounds he now heard distinctly. As they
+came nearer he could distinguish the language in which the voices
+spoke, and with an exclamation of anxiety, he recognized it.
+
+"Gipsies, by Jove! There'll be trouble if they come across those
+fellows," he muttered. "I must go and find them."
+
+There was reason for his anxiety. In these parts the gipsies were
+practically brigands, and would rob and even murder without the
+least compunction. In recognizing the language Helmar had realized a
+danger for which he had in no wise prepared. He wondered if they had
+discovered the camping-ground. Suddenly he thought of the fire, and
+feared the smoke from it might have betrayed their whereabouts.
+However, in case it had not, he was determined to guard against such
+a possibility, and immediately poured some water on it.
+
+Looking round, his eye chanced on a heavy branch of a tree, which
+had been brought in for fire-wood; breaking a substantial limb off
+it, he quickly trimmed it into a heavy club.
+
+Giving one last look round he slipped off his coat, and, armed with
+his formidable weapon, darted into the bush, following in the
+footsteps of his companions as best he could.
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER III
+
+                  A SURPRISE AND A REVELATION
+
+
+Helmar had not proceeded more than fifty yards when his worst fears
+were realized. He had dodged his way along the tortuous footpath
+until, nearing an open space, he saw ahead of him his companions
+surrounded by a small group of dusky, evil-looking men.
+
+"Gipsies!" he exclaimed, and counted six of them, all armed with
+heavy sticks, and with knives stuck in their belts. Their voices
+were raised to a high pitch, and, jabbering in infuriated tones,
+they flourished their weapons in the faces of their two prisoners.
+
+Helmar stood gazing at them for a few seconds. Suddenly he saw one
+of the men, judging by his size the leader, step up to Mark and
+make as though to search him. The instant his hand touched him,
+Mark's fist shot out like lightning, and striking the fellow on the
+point of the chin, felled him to the ground.
+
+This was the signal for a general _melee_. George caught a glimpse
+of steel as the men closed on their victims, then without waiting
+for anything further, he gave one ringing cheer, and bounding into
+the open, brandished his club aloft as he dashed into the struggling
+mob.
+
+The suddenness of his attack for an instant paralyzed the would-be
+murderers, and ere they had time to recover, he was laying about him
+with all the power at his command. In a moment two men fell, and as
+their heavy sticks slipped from their hands, Mark and Charlie seized
+them and ranged themselves at Helmar's side.
+
+The fight now waxed furious, the odds were heavily against the
+adventurers, and the issue looked doubtful. The noise had brought
+another man on the scene, and Helmar saw that to save themselves he
+must resort to strategy.
+
+Singling out one man, he attacked him with such agility and force
+that he gradually beat him back from the rest. The new-comer seeing
+this, went to the fellow's assistance and endeavoured to stab our
+hero from behind. George, however, was not to be caught napping.
+Redoubling his exertions and by constantly dodging he kept his
+adversaries in front of him, until, at last, he succeeded in
+dealing the man a terrible blow on his shoulder.
+
+Down he went with a crash, and the other, fearing a similar fate,
+fled precipitately into the bush. Helmar now turned to see how his
+companions fared.
+
+The odds here were three to two, and his friends were keeping the
+men at bay. Without a moment's hesitation, George rushed into the
+fray, and, setting to work with a will, quickly stretched one of the
+gipsies out, whereupon the others beat a hasty retreat.
+
+"Quick, boys, make for the river before they come on again! They
+haven't done with us yet! Follow me!" And he led the way into the
+path by which he had come.
+
+Mark and Charlie needed no second bidding, but followed as swiftly
+as their legs could carry them. They were not a moment too soon, for
+as they disappeared into the bush, the brigands, further reinforced,
+again appeared on the scene.
+
+It now became a question as to whether they could reach the boat in
+time to get it into the water before the enemy were upon them.
+Helmar calculated this as he sped along, and quickly realized that
+the task would be hopeless. Calling to his friends, he told them to
+run on and launch the boat, and he would join them as soon as it was
+accomplished.
+
+[Illustration: "As the leader made an attempt to get over the bough,
+Helmar swung his heavy club at him." p. 27]
+
+"But," said Charlie, "you cannot face them single-handed. Let Mark
+go to the boat, and I will remain with you."
+
+"No, no, run on for your lives and mine. When the boat is launched,
+keep her a few yards out from the bank and wait for me. Hurry up;
+here they come."
+
+Thus exhorted, Mark and Osterberg ran on without further demur, and
+Helmar followed them until he reached the edge of the camping-ground.
+Here he seized the bough from which he had broken his club, and
+flung it across the pathway, and stood waiting the approach of the
+brigands.
+
+In a moment the leader came up, and, seeing the resolute Helmar
+awaiting him on the other side of the barrier, he paused. It was
+only momentary, however, and as the rest of the gipsies joined him,
+the whole party, now six in number, rushed at the solitary defender.
+
+In that momentary pause, however, Helmar had heard the crunching
+sound of the boat sliding into the water, followed by the welcome
+shout of "all right" from his friends. He intended to hold the men
+at bay for just a few moments longer, so as to give his companions
+time to get well into the stream. The charge of the gipsies in a
+body was evidently intended to overwhelm him by numbers. As the
+leader made an attempt to get over the bough, Helmar swung his heavy
+club at him, and the fellow fell back. Then, seeing another clear
+his obstruction to his right, and not having time to defend himself
+from his attack, he flung his trusty weapon at him and, turning, ran
+towards the river. Without pausing to see if he was pursued, he
+plunged headlong into the river, and struck out from the shore.
+
+Everything had worked beautifully. As he came to the surface and
+looked round, he saw the boat at a safe distance from the shore, and
+he swam quickly towards it. Reaching it his companions quickly
+hauled him aboard, and, looking towards the bank, he saw the
+brigands standing at the water's edge wildly gesticulating and
+shouting execrations at the top of their voices.
+
+"They seem pretty wild," ventured Osterberg, as the boat quickly
+widened the distance from the shore, "you just came in the nick of
+time, George; I believe they intended killing us."
+
+"Yes, you fellows should have waited, instead of rushing off as you
+did to see who they were. Confound it, I've lost my coat, to say
+nothing of cooking utensils; however, it's all over now. We've had a
+lucky escape; I hope it'll be a lesson."
+
+They quickly set sail, and decided to keep on their way all that
+night rather than risk such another encounter. Mark said little
+about it, except to bemoan the fact that they would in future have
+to sleep in the boat, a proceeding which had become particularly
+distasteful to him.
+
+After this the journey went on without incident. They passed the
+cataracts in safety and on to Belgrade, at which point they
+encountered a series of rapids. The river here was shut in by lofty
+hills on either side, and was strewn with rocky shoals of limestone,
+crystalline, and granite, so that the greatest care had to be
+observed in navigating them. After many anxious hours, the last of
+these was passed and they began to near their journey's end.
+
+Altogether they had been a month in their little craft, and the
+monotony of it all, in spite of the beautiful scenery and
+picturesque country through which they passed, was beginning to tell
+on the voyagers. They were becoming irritable and pettish. Mark
+Arden had on several occasions made himself particularly
+disagreeable--airing his views as to the wanton waste of time which
+their journey had been, in no very measured terms.
+
+"What did you expect?" asked George, on one of these occasions. "Did
+you think we were going for a picnic? Or did you think some one
+would pull us along? It's no use complaining now. Look at it in a
+philosophical light. See what a splendid experience it is for us! It
+will harden us for what may be in front of us."
+
+"But it's such a dreary journey, no change, no variety, no
+amusement," grumbled Mark.
+
+"I'll admit it's a bit of a grind," chimed in Charlie. "But what
+change and variety is got out of it falls to you. You have your own
+way about provisions, and what is more, you always have the
+pleasant journey into the villages to obtain them. Besides which,
+you frequently have the distinction of entertaining the company," he
+went on, in a jocular way. "For instance, I think it was as good as
+a play to see you yesterday with your rod, trying to catch our
+breakfast. If I hadn't been on the look-out, you'd have had George
+by the eye instead of the fish by the gills."
+
+"You shall try your hand at it to-morrow, and we'll see what a
+figure you'll cut," he said almost irritably.
+
+George got a little annoyed at this, and did not hesitate to show
+it.
+
+"I'm sure," he said, "we've given you all the best of it. The whole
+fact of the matter is, you are discontented already and ought to be
+back at the University, where you can get everything done for you.
+I'll tell you what it is, if you are going to make any more fuss,
+you'd better leave us and go back. I'm sick of it."
+
+"You needn't get in a huff," Mark replied, half apologetically; "a
+fellow couldn't help feeling the dreariness of this journey. There's
+nothing but this constant sitting in a boat and drifting down the
+river."
+
+"Well, what more do you want?" said Charlie. "I'm sure I don't mind.
+This is a sort of paradise to what we shall probably have to go
+through."
+
+"I'll tell you what we'll do," said Helmar suddenly; "we are all a
+bit tired of the river. The next decent town we come to we'll get
+out and take the train on to Varna. How'll that do?"
+
+His proposal was met with delight by both of his companions, and the
+surly Mark even cheered up. The thought of getting away from the
+boat overjoyed him, and he grumbled no more.
+
+Their journey, however, was to end sooner than they expected. They
+were fast nearing a big town when the wind, which was blowing very
+hard, suddenly changed its direction. As they rounded a bend in the
+river, it came down with a rush, and before they could throw their
+sail over to the other tack the boat capsized, and all three were
+struggling in the water.
+
+Helmar was the best swimmer, and endeavoured to seize the boat, but
+it was swept along at such a rapid pace that he was unable to do so,
+and as he was about to follow it up a cry from Mark recalled him.
+
+Turning, he saw his companion entangled in some of the loose ropes
+trailing after the boat.
+
+It was with difficulty he extricated him, and by the time he had
+done so Mark was so exhausted with his struggles that the pursuit of
+the boat had to be abandoned, and the three made for the shore.
+
+Everything but Helmar's money was lost, and as they sat on the bank,
+shivering in their wet clothes, they gazed ruefully after the
+rapidly disappearing boat.
+
+"Well," said Helmar in resigned tones, "you've got your wish,
+Arden, we must now find another means of conveyance, and in the
+meantime you will get a chance of stretching your legs."
+
+Arden didn't reply, and the trio got up and walked towards the
+distant town. Night was already closing in when they reached it, and
+cold, hungry, and tired, they hurried to the first inn that
+presented itself.
+
+Their clothes had almost dried on them, and so without bothering to
+have them put to the fire, they had supper and went to bed. The next
+morning at Helmar's suggestion they took the train to Varna on the
+Black Sea, determined, from there, to take ship to Constantinople.
+
+At Varna it became necessary for Helmar to change some of his money
+into Turkish currency.
+
+"I want you to get this money changed, Mark," said he, when they
+alighted from the train; "you are better able to do it than I, I do
+not understand the ways of these money bureaux. There is sure to be
+one somewhere handy. While you do this, Charlie and I will seek an
+hotel, and then return here and await you."
+
+He handed Arden some notes as he spoke, carefully counting them out
+to him lest he should make a mistake.
+
+"The exchequer is getting low," he went on, as he saw his companion
+pocket them; "that is half of my all, and is just sufficient to see
+us all three to Constantinople."
+
+"Is it as bad as that?" said Mark, looking keenly at Helmar as he
+spoke. "It's not a very lively look-out for us. Well, I'll meet you
+here in a couple of hours' time. I dare say by that time I shall
+have succeeded in changing them, and you in finding a suitable
+hotel." And he turned to go.
+
+"Yes, we'll be here in the ticket-office when you return," Helmar
+called out after him; "don't be longer than you can help."
+
+As soon as he had gone, Charlie Osterberg and Helmar left in search
+of quarters.
+
+"This is the queerest place I was ever in, Helmar," said Charlie, as
+they turned into a narrow, unevenly-paved street. "These buildings
+all look as if they were about to collapse--and don't they look
+dirty!"
+
+"Eh? What was that you were saying?" replied his companion. "Oh,
+yes--the houses--'m, I dare say they aren't over-clean. I say,
+Charlie, I'm half sorry I sent Arden with that money, somehow I wish
+I'd gone myself."
+
+"Why, what do you mean? He'll change it right enough."
+
+"Oh, yes, he'll change it right enough--but----"
+
+"But what?"
+
+"Oh, nothing. Do you know, I don't care much about him, he's such a
+grumbler," he broke off lamely.
+
+Nothing more was said, and after a long hunt they at last discovered
+a hotel suitable to their means. It was a dingy-looking place, but,
+as Helmar said, "they couldn't live in a palace." Having struck a
+bargain with the proprietor they returned to the railway station in
+search of Mark.
+
+The ticket-office seemed quite deserted when they entered. One dim
+light illuminated the room, and they glanced round for their friend.
+There was no one there--evidently he had not yet succeeded in his
+task.
+
+"Let's go and wait outside," said Helmar, "the heat in here is
+stifling. I expect he's had a more difficult job than we
+anticipated."
+
+The two friends strolled from the office and sat down on a bench
+just outside. They had not been there for more than a minute, when a
+boy, dressed in half-European and half-native costume approached.
+
+"Excellency waits for his friend?" he asked in hesitating tones.
+
+Helmar eyed the youth up and down.
+
+"Well?" he said at last.
+
+"I have paper--what you call letter!"
+
+He handed a dirty envelope to Helmar, and bowing low, waited for the
+expected _douceur_.
+
+The letter was addressed to Helmar in Mark's handwriting. He tore it
+open and rapidly scanned the contents.
+
+"The scoundrel!" he cried, and flung the letter to Osterberg.
+
+
+
+
+                          CHAPTER IV
+
+                    THE PARTING OF FRIENDS
+
+
+Charlie picked up the letter and read it out.
+
+    "Dear Helmar,
+
+    "I could not continue the journey as we have been going on. I did
+    not want to rob you of your money, but you gave me the opportunity
+    of borrowing sufficient to take me where I wish to go. At some
+    future date I will return it with interest. Good-bye, and good luck
+    to you. We shall meet again some day.
+
+    "Mark Arden."
+
+Having read and re-read the brief note, Osterberg silently returned
+it to his friend. His face wore a troubled expression, and, as soon
+as Helmar had paid the messenger, he burst out into a torrent of
+invective.
+
+"The lying scoundrel! Oh, George, I am so sorry I asked to bring
+him. It is all my fault--and I thought him honest. I can never
+forgive myself!" And the boy broke off, choking with anger and
+vexation.
+
+"Never mind him," exclaimed George, placing the letter carefully in
+his pocket. "Some day, no doubt, we shall find him, and then--well,
+we shall see! In the meantime, I have still enough, with care, to
+take us to Egypt, and then we must trust to luck."
+
+They went to their hotel, sadder and wiser youths. The thought of
+Mark's treachery weighed more heavily on them than either cared to
+acknowledge. George, with the independence of character essentially
+his, was the first to throw the unpleasant feeling off. They were
+sitting in the little room they had rented, their frugal meal
+finished and thoughts of bed already possessing them. Suddenly
+Charlie looked over to his friend.
+
+"George, I'm going to stop in Constantinople for some time."
+
+"Why," exclaimed Helmar, "whatever for?"
+
+Charlie paused for a moment before answering.
+
+"It's no use beating about the bush. You have scarcely enough money
+for yourself, and I've made up my mind that I will not sponge on
+you. I've thought it all out, and do not think there will be any
+difficulty in what I intend doing. You know I speak French and
+English well. My intention is to find employment in one of the
+banks, or big commercial houses, in Constantinople, and remain there
+until I have saved sufficient money to join you."
+
+"You'll do no such thing! It was agreed that you should share with
+me all that I have, and I want you to come. Now, don't be foolish,"
+as Charlie shook his head, "you _must_ come!"
+
+"No, old fellow, I will not--at least, not yet. My mind is quite
+made up, so it is no use your frowning. I shall accept your
+hospitality as far as Constantinople, and then, for a few weeks, we
+must part."
+
+Helmar argued and tried to persuade, but all to no purpose; young
+Osterberg was as determined as he, and, on this particular point,
+nothing could move him. At length it was decided that they should
+journey, on the morrow, to Constantinople, whence George should sail
+at once for Alexandria, leaving his young friend at the Turkish
+capital.
+
+The following morning they went aboard the little coasting vessel,
+and were soon on the last stage of their journey together.
+
+On the way the two friends made the acquaintance of a doctor, who,
+discovering that Helmar was a medical student, took a keen interest
+in them. The medical man was an English army surgeon, and
+notwithstanding the difference of nationality his fancy was taken by
+the young adventurers, and, by the time they reached their
+destination, he had succeeded in discovering their intentions.
+
+During the voyage Helmar had been very useful to his new friend in
+assisting him in the case of one of the passengers who had been
+taken ill, and, in return, Dr. Frank Dixon determined to try and do
+something for him. One evening they were sitting in the cabin,
+talking.
+
+"Didn't you say our young friend here," said the doctor, indicating
+Charlie, "was going to remain in Constantinople if he could find
+employment?"
+
+"Yes," answered Helmar, with a grimace, "much against my will, that
+is his intention."
+
+"And a very laudable decision, too. I think it would be a great
+shame for him to let you spend what little money you have on
+anything but your own wants. Now, I may be of some help to him. I
+happen to be an intimate friend of the manager of one of the banks,
+and can give him a letter to him which, I feel sure, will secure him
+employment."
+
+"You are awfully kind," broke in Charlie. "If you could do so,
+without troubling yourself too much, it would save me a good many
+hardships, but I should never be able to thank you sufficiently."
+
+"Tut-tut," said the doctor, smiling at the eager young face before
+him, "it is nothing; besides, why should I not help you? I like
+your independent spirit, and feel sure you will not betray my
+confidence in you. Let me see, to-morrow we shall arrive. I'll tell
+you what to do. Array yourself in your best, and I will write the
+letter to-night and give it you before we land. I hope it may bring
+you the luck you deserve. As for you, Helmar," he went on, turning
+to the other, "you go on to Egypt. It will not be long before I am
+there too; we are bound therefore to meet, and then perhaps I may be
+of use to _you_. And now, good-night. I am going to turn in."
+
+The friends wished their benefactor good-night, and retired to their
+berths.
+
+In the morning they drew into the dock. The doctor, true to his
+promise, furnished Osterberg with a letter to the bank, to which
+place he at once proceeded. Helmar accompanied him to see how he
+fared.
+
+Their luck was in, the letter secured Charlie a berth as
+corresponding clerk, and Helmar, satisfied with his friend's
+success, went at once to the shipping office and took his passage to
+Alexandria.
+
+The boat started at three in the afternoon, and so the two friends
+spent their time in obtaining some new clothes for Osterberg, and
+generally fitting him to enter upon his clerical duties. As the time
+approached for Helmar's departure they made their way to the quay.
+
+"I cannot say how long I shall stay in Alexandria, Charlie," said
+Helmar, "but I shall let you know of my movements. In the meantime,
+letters addressed to the Post Office will find me."
+
+The warning bell rang, and George hurriedly shook his companion by
+the hand.
+
+"I shall not be long in following you, old chap," said Charlie,
+pressing his friend's hand. "Give me a few weeks, or even a month or
+two, just long enough to get a little money together, and I'll be
+with you. Good-bye, and good luck."
+
+Helmar ran up the gangway. Reaching the deck, he turned and waved
+his hat while the moorings were cast off. Charlie stood watching the
+receding boat until it was out of sight.
+
+"There goes the man who has thrown up everything for me," he
+muttered, with a pained expression in his eyes. "I don't think he'll
+ever regret it. The greatest object of my life shall be to repay him
+tenfold!" And he turned away into the town.
+
+George Helmar did not pace the deck, as most modern heroes do, for
+his passage was steerage, and there was very little deck for him to
+promenade. Just at first he was low-spirited, he felt the loneliness
+of his own company, everything seemed different without the bright
+companionship of his friend beside him. He felt keenly leaving
+Europe, and all the associations of the land of his birth. He was
+going to a country of which he knew nothing; he was about to face
+adventures, the outcome of which it would be impossible to
+anticipate. He might do well for himself, or on the contrary he
+might be a failure. All these things passed through his mind in the
+first few moments of depression that followed his departure, as he
+found himself cooped up in the unpleasant quarters of the steerage
+passengers.
+
+He was a man of strong determination, however, and quickly threw off
+his despondent mood, and busied himself with plans for the future.
+He pictured no glorious El Dorado in the country to which he was
+journeying--he was much too sensible. He was aware that he would
+have to work, and work hard, for whatever he was to make.
+
+One fact he had not passed idly by. He knew that trouble was brewing
+in Egypt; what it was he was not in a position to know. He had
+heard, vaguely, that at any moment fighting was likely to occur,
+and, if so, no doubt he would be in its midst; the very word "War"
+held out a world of hope to his adventurous spirit. In such times,
+he knew, there were no end of opportunities for the bold spirit,
+and, such being the case, he had no intention of letting any such
+chances pass unheeded.
+
+Thoughts of his father and others he had left behind frequently
+recurred to him, and he wondered what they would say of his doings.
+At last he decided to write to all those whom his departure had
+affected, and tell them everything as it had occurred. This done, he
+felt more at his ease, and he gave himself up to the enjoyment of
+the lovely sea air as the vessel sped through the smooth, blue
+waters of the Mediterranean.
+
+At last land was sighted, and in a short time Helmar put his foot on
+Egyptian soil.
+
+The quay was thronged with a motley, dirty crew, evidently gathered
+there to await the arrival of the boat. The air was filled with the
+yelling and chattering of Arabs and negroes. The crowd was composed
+of all sorts of porters, hawkers offering their cheap wares for sale
+at exorbitant prices, dirty donkey boys with their wretched "mokes"
+looking even more starved and miserable than their owners. The
+dresses were of many kinds, and in a great variety of colours, from
+a dingy white to a bright scarlet. Close-fitting gowns and tunics,
+long, highly-coloured flowing robes, turbans, or semi-European
+clothing, with the usual Turkish fez, were scattered about in great
+profusion, and Helmar was glad to jostle his way through them to
+rest his eyes from the dazzling mixture. The many different tongues
+that caught his ear, as he made his way through the crowd, confused
+him terribly. Greek, Italian, French, English, Arabic, Turkish, and
+Persian, all shouting at once, as it seemed to him, jarred on his
+nerves, and he wondered if this pandemonium went on all over the
+town.
+
+Making his way from the docks, he wandered about from place to place
+in search of quarters.
+
+Failing to find what he wanted, he looked about for some
+likely-looking Europeans to whom he could appeal for guidance. He
+was chary of his countrymen abroad, and it was some time before he
+came across the man he desired.
+
+He was recommended to a certain Greek's house, and, after what
+seemed an interminable day, he found to his satisfaction that here
+he could make himself more or less comfortable.
+
+The next morning he set about finding work of some sort. He wandered
+about from street to street, gradually becoming more and more keenly
+interested in all he saw. First the inhabitants, then the buildings,
+attracted his attention. He watched the movements of the picturesque
+Egyptians, and was so taken with what he saw that, unconsciously, he
+found himself following them. This brought him again into the lower
+quarters of the town. The streets in this neighbourhood, whatever
+their redeeming charm, were certainly not to be recommended from any
+hygienic point of view, the smell being so bad that he quickly lost
+his interest in the wily native and hurriedly retraced his steps.
+Reaching the great square, the "Place des Consuls," with its
+masterful statue in the centre, he realized that the day was wearing
+on, and, instead of looking for work, he had been "doing" the city
+as a sightseer.
+
+"This will not do," he thought. "I cannot spend the whole day
+without result, my cash will soon give out. Cairo seems to my mind
+to be the place I want, this is too near the sea. Ah, yes, Cairo,
+Cairo!" he went on aloud, "that surely would suit my purpose
+better. Why not go there at once, while I have money enough to pay
+my way?"
+
+Once the thought possessed him it quickly became a fixed intention,
+and he hurried back to his room. Here he settled with the Greek, and
+then left at once for the railway station.
+
+The express was about to start, so purchasing a ticket he got
+aboard, and in a few moments was on his way to Cairo.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER V
+
+                         HELMAR TO THE RESCUE
+
+
+The third-class carriage in which George took his place was not the
+comfortable, up-to-date compartment to be found on European
+railways. At first glance it appeared to be more like a cattle-truck
+than anything else, except that it lacked the white-washed walls and
+healthy smell of such places.
+
+The "pen," as he designated it, was filled with a contingent of all
+classes of people, Egyptians predominating. The majority were
+squatting on their haunches on the floor, regardless of those who
+wished to move about, in an attitude reminding one for all the world
+of the "Dusky Red Man" of America holding a "pow-wow."
+
+Apparently this was the class principally catered for by the railway
+company, for George had observed before entering the train that the
+greater number of the carriages were labelled "third." In place of
+windows, these fearful and wonderful structures possessed iron bars
+placed horizontally along each side, still further likening them to
+cattle-vans.
+
+Amidst such cheerless surroundings Helmar slunk into a corner,
+whence he could observe the country through which the train passed.
+After leaving Alexandria the scenery became so interesting that he
+forgot the condition of the cars, forgot the whining crowd of
+mendicants, women and children, traders, etc., who were his
+fellow-passengers; he even forgot the noisome smell of the place, so
+taken up was he with the curious and novel scenes presented to his
+wondering gaze.
+
+The train sped past countless small villages, with their miniature
+dwellings around which gambolled little black, naked Egyptians,
+whose life apparently was a frolicsome pleasure. The larger towns,
+such as Kafr Dowar, Damanhour, Tarraneh, El Wardan, with their
+monuments and minarets, presented the aspect of busy cities. Then on
+again, with the Nile on one side and the desert stretching further
+away on the other. As the journey neared its end the Arabian
+mountains came into view, whilst on the right, over the muddy banks
+of the river and across the plains, he saw the everlasting Pyramids.
+
+In this way he passed the weary hours of the journey, until at
+length he saw in the distance the Mokhattam hills, at the foot of
+which nestled the great Cairo he was bound for.
+
+His feelings when he first set foot in the city were mainly of
+intense relief at leaving the unwholesome car he had been travelling
+in; then, as he gazed admiringly at the Oriental buildings around
+him, they changed to those of satisfaction that he had reached the
+spot at last, where there was a reasonable possibility of making a
+start in his career for fortune. He looked upon the idea that had
+first induced him to leave Alexandria as an inspiration.
+
+He was not long in finding quarters, rough, it is true, but
+compatible with the means he was now reduced to. What little money
+still remained to him he calculated might, with care, last him a
+week, and, if he did not find work, at the end of that time he would
+be absolutely penniless.
+
+These conditions having occupied his attention for a time, he set
+about his quest for work at once. He had but vague ideas of how to
+conduct his search, but instinct told him that his best tactics
+would be to discover merchants of his own nationality, and try them
+first.
+
+With this object he walked about, carefully observing every business
+house he came across. His wanderings took him through the broad
+streets of the mediaeval quarter and along the principal boulevards
+until he reached the main street. Here he found what he sought--the
+European shops.
+
+He was not long before he came upon a German bookseller's, and, with
+his customary rapid decision, he entered and asked for the manager.
+The clerk to whom he addressed himself led the way to an inner
+office, where our hero was confronted with a little fat, bristly
+man, with a keen though kindly face of undoubted Teutonic type.
+Without pausing to consider his words, he plunged into the object of
+his visit.
+
+"I have just come from Europe, sir, and want work. Can you assist
+me?"
+
+"That depends," he answered quickly. "What can you do? Where do you
+come from, and what recommendations have you?"
+
+"I have no calling but that of medicine," replied Helmar with a
+sinking heart. "And I come from the Koenigsberg University. As for
+recommendations, I have none."
+
+"Um! Not much to apply for work with," grunted the little man. "But
+tell me," he went on, "you are a countryman of mine, and, if
+possible, I should like to help you. Why did you come out here?"
+
+Helmar then told him his whole story, disguising nothing; even going
+so far as to tell him who his father was. The little bookseller
+listened patiently to all he had to say, and at the conclusion of
+his narrative rose from his chair and came towards him.
+
+"Your story seems to me a straight one, and you appear to be an
+open-hearted young man. I'll see what I can do for you. You say you
+speak and write English and French?"
+
+"Yes," replied George anxiously, "tolerably well."
+
+The man left his office for a few moments.
+
+Presently he returned. "I have a large catalogue to make out, which
+requires a knowledge of two or three languages. It will take three
+weeks or more to compile. If you like to undertake it, it will be a
+means of keeping you until you can find something better. We are not
+quite ready to start yet, but present yourself here the day after
+to-morrow, and you can begin your duties. How will that suit you?"
+
+George gratefully accepted the offer, and left the shop delighted
+with his good fortune.
+
+As he hurried along towards his quarters, it seemed to him that he
+was walking on air. His wildest anticipations had been more than
+realized. He had never for one moment expected that his first effort
+could have possibly met with such success, and he wanted to laugh
+aloud. He knew nothing of catalogue-making, but no doubt, he
+thought, it required but a little common-sense, and he felt he
+possessed that. At any rate he had undertaken it, and would go
+through with it now.
+
+On the appointed day George started his new task, and found it not
+only easy but congenial work. The many books in various languages
+attracted him further than their covers and titles, and he filled up
+all the odd and spare moments he could afford in studying many of
+them, particularly the Arabic ones. And so the days passed. In the
+evenings he wandered about the neighbourhood as far as Boulak,
+admiring the palaces of the Khedives, and watching the steamboats
+and dahabiehs arrive and depart for the Nile. At times he would
+stray further afield to the great Pyramids, and stand motionless
+with astonishment before their towering stone wonders. His first
+sight of the sun setting behind them, casting a golden-reddish glow
+all around, amazed and allured him so much that he made frequent
+visits to the same spot at the same hours.
+
+But he wanted to see as much as he could during the next few days,
+for he could not tell what would happen after his catalogue was
+done. He therefore visited the regions of every-day commercial life;
+the carpet bazaars decorated with their Oriental manufactures of all
+colours; the Khan Khalili, wherein the Persian, Spanish, Jewish, and
+Turkish merchants offer for sale their stock of jewels, silks,
+brass-work, etc.; the silver bazaar, where the finest filigree work
+is pressed upon prospective buyers. He brushed shoulders with
+shoe-sellers, the pistachio-sellers, and the water-carriers, who
+assure all who choose to listen that theirs is "Water sweet as
+honey! Water from the spring!" and in a commanding voice invite you
+to "Drink, O faithful! The wind is hot, and the way long!" but not
+without the necessary piastres first.
+
+During these few days George saw and learnt a good deal of Cairo,
+but he had not learnt quite sufficient of its manners and streets.
+
+The day came when the catalogue business was finished, and his
+employer promised to find him some other occupation on the morrow.
+George was quite pleased with himself, and started off for another
+of his rambles.
+
+For a while he was quite heedless of the direction he was taking,
+busily building castles in the air as fast as his thoughts would
+allow him; but he was brought to earth with a run as the fact dawned
+upon him suddenly that for the first time he had lost his way. He
+was in the densest part of the native quarter.
+
+The evening was rapidly closing in, and he looked about for some one
+to direct him. Not a European face could he see anywhere. The street
+in which he found himself was filled with a chattering mob of
+natives, the houses formed one continuous line of small, poky
+stalls, where evil-looking Egyptians, Turks, and Arabs were offering
+their worthless stock for sale.
+
+Hurrying along, he wandered through a labyrinth of streets, all more
+or less similar, until he became so confused that in despair he
+appealed to one of the native vendors.
+
+His efforts to discover his whereabouts from this man were futile.
+The Egyptian was unable to understand him, and the fellow's jargon
+was quite unintelligible to Helmar. In desperation he continued his
+way; the prospect of spending the night in wandering through the
+city being anything but pleasant to him. Night was fast closing in,
+and he was apparently a long distance from his destination.
+
+Suddenly, as he turned into an almost deserted street, he saw ahead
+of him a man dressed in European costume, and he increased his pace
+to overtake him.
+
+To his annoyance, just as he was about to come up with him, the
+stranger turned into a squalid house, and Helmar was left to rail at
+his ill luck outside.
+
+Realizing that there was nothing to be gained by going on, he
+thought he might as well wait in the hopes of the man coming out
+shortly. He was really feeling very uneasy; the neighbourhood was
+filthy, and the quietness of the street depressed him.
+
+Sauntering quietly up the street, his attention was unexpectedly
+drawn to the figure of an Arab emerging from a house on the opposite
+side. It was now growing dark, and Helmar was quite unable to
+distinguish the fellow's face; but his furtive movements made him a
+little curious, and his interest in the man became riveted. He saw
+the Arab looking sharply along the street from end to end, and,
+apparently satisfied with his survey, quickly draw back into the
+shadow of the doorway. Helmar's curiosity now grew keener, and so
+engrossed was he for the time in the man's stealthy movements that
+he forgot the real object of his waiting. Consequently he failed to
+observe that the European had come out of the house he had a few
+minutes previously entered. Suddenly the figure of a crouching Arab
+darted from the shadow and walked swiftly and silently up the
+street.
+
+Looking up the road in the same direction, Helmar was astonished to
+see the European he had been waiting for hurrying along at a rapid
+pace, fast disappearing in the gloom of the deserted slum.
+
+The street, except for the two men in front of him, was now quite
+deserted, and our hero quickened his pace for fear of losing sight
+of his quarry.
+
+The native had crossed the road, and was now running along with
+silent footsteps some distance ahead of him. Suddenly, as the fellow
+passed under the light of a dingy lamp, Helmar caught the glint of a
+long curved knife he was carrying in his hand.
+
+"Hallo!" he muttered, "there's crime afoot!" and dodging on to the
+sandy road he hurried on. The European in front was walking
+leisurely along, totally unconscious of any danger that might be
+threatening him.
+
+George began to fear something serious was about to happen. The
+stealthy footsteps of the Arab, his long knife, the pace with which
+he was overtaking the man ahead, looked decidedly unpleasant.
+
+Ten yards only separated one from the other, while thirty or more
+separated the Arab from George. Could he get sufficiently near to
+warn the stranger?
+
+Despite the roughness of the road, Helmar slipped his shoes from his
+feet and hurried along with all possible speed. A couple of yards
+only now separated the two men in front of him, and George had yet a
+few yards to go before he could come up with them.
+
+He was about to shout a warning when something seemed to attract the
+European's attention. Turning, he came suddenly to a standstill, and
+the pursuing Arab charged into him. For an instant the gleaming
+knife poised in the air, but, ere it had time to fall on its
+intended victim, George reached the struggling pair, and, with the
+swiftness of a hawk, he seized the upraised arm in an iron grip.
+Exerting his great strength to its utmost, he gave one terrific
+wrench and the would-be assassin was forced to his knees, while his
+shining blade fell clattering to the ground.
+
+Helmar's assistance was only just in time; another moment and the
+assassin would have accomplished his work. The freed stranger turned
+at once to aid his preserver. He saw the native struggling to
+release himself from George's terrible hold, and feared lest the man
+should escape. There was no need, however, George held the fellow
+with the greatest ease.
+
+"Steady! Hold that end a minute.... That's it. Now tie it
+tight ... pull ... hard. Good. I think we've got him safely this
+time--the villain!"
+
+These and other ejaculations were the only words passed between the
+two men as they secured their prisoner with the folds of his own
+sash. When this was accomplished, the stranger turned to Helmar and
+held out his hand.
+
+"You have saved my life, sir," he exclaimed, in English. "I cannot
+thank you sufficiently, but it is best not to remain here. If you
+will still further assist me in conveying this man to the police
+quarters, we shall then have time to become acquainted."
+
+As he finished speaking, he looked round sharply as if expecting a
+fresh attack from another quarter. George noticed his glance and
+looked inquiringly at him.
+
+"You do not understand," went on the stranger, in answer to the
+look; "this attack is part of a plot--there are others. Come!"
+
+Without demur, George assisted in dragging the unwilling prisoner
+along, and in a few minutes they reached the police head-quarters.
+Here they disposed of the Arab, and turned into a private room.
+
+Helmar was struck with the air of authority his companion displayed
+as soon as the police station was reached, and, consequently, was
+not surprised when he introduced himself.
+
+"My name is Inspector Childs, chief of the detective department of
+Cairo. Who may I have the pleasure of thanking for my preservation?"
+
+George gave his name, and the two men shook hands again.
+
+"It seems to me the most providential thing that you should have
+been in that neighbourhood to-night," said the inspector, eyeing the
+young man keenly. "But perhaps you are a stranger in the city, and
+perhaps you do not realize the danger of walking in the native
+quarter, after dark, just now."
+
+"You are right; I did not know there was the least danger. The fact
+is, I am a stranger in the country, having come direct from Germany
+for the purpose of earning a living. I had really lost my way, and
+was following you to ask for guidance. I have been here but a few
+days."
+
+"Ah, a living, eh!" said the inspector, repeating his words
+musingly. "Then I presume you have got nothing definite on hand just
+now." Suddenly he seemed to rouse himself. "You have rendered me the
+greatest possible service this evening; I shall be glad to help you
+in some way. Have you any particular profession or choice in the
+means of earning the living you speak of?"
+
+"None whatever. I have been doing a small job, but that is finished
+now--in fact, I was returning from my place of employment when I saw
+you. The work was nothing very great, but I was glad of it as a
+start, and have been promised some further temporary employment by
+the same man."
+
+"If you are not bound to him I can offer you something perhaps a
+little more profitable with the police staff here. Of course the
+progress you make will depend on yourself."
+
+"I should be glad to accept anything that offers me a future. The
+work that I have been doing has only been given me to keep me going
+until I can find something better. If you think me capable and can
+offer me something more permanent, I should be delighted. What would
+my duties consist of, and when would they begin?"
+
+"Your work would begin at once, and it would consist of general
+police duties; as for your capabilities, your exhibition of resource
+and action to-night is quite sufficient recommendation. What do you
+say?"
+
+"You are very kind. I shall not hesitate to accept any position you
+consider me fitted for. I will write to the bookseller to-morrow and
+tell him."
+
+The inspector paused for a moment, tapping his desk with his
+knuckle, as if endeavouring to make up his mind to what use he could
+put George.
+
+"I have a very ticklish affair on to-night--an affair of so much
+risk that I hardly like to ask you to take part in it as a start.
+But if you care to," he went on thoughtfully, "I am quite willing to
+take you with me, although I quite meant going alone. But you must
+decide at once."
+
+"Make your mind easy," exclaimed George, his eyes glistening at the
+prospect of adventure. "Whatever it is, if you think I can be of
+assistance, I am with you."
+
+The inspector eyed the keen, eager face with approval.
+
+"So be it, then! Here, put this in your pocket," he said, handing
+him a revolver. "We will start at once."
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VI
+
+                            A TIGHT CORNER
+
+
+Following his new friend, George left the office. The spirit of
+adventure was fully upon him, and with his hand in his coat pocket,
+he gripped the weapon the inspector had given him, speculating in
+his mind as to what was the object of their night's work, and how
+their expedition would result. Evidently it was an affair of
+importance from the hesitation of the officer to enlist his
+services; instinctively he felt there was danger ahead.
+
+Their direction again lay towards the low quarter of the city, and
+Helmar noted the familiarity and ease with which his guide wound
+his way through all the lanes, blind alleys, and courts that had so
+confused and puzzled him.
+
+"I had better explain to you," said the inspector, after a few
+moments' silence, as they threaded their way along the narrow,
+dirty, evil-smelling streets, "what we are about to do. Being a
+stranger in the country, you probably are not aware that for some
+time past, meetings of a revolutionary character have been going on
+in nearly all the towns in Egypt. The fountain head of this movement
+is as yet undiscovered, as also is the ultimate object. Of one thing
+the authorities are assured, and that is, there is some terrible
+secret danger threatening the country, and the duty of our
+department is to watch, and, if possible, stop the work of this
+organization."
+
+"Of what are the authorities afraid?" asked Helmar, as he listened
+with keen interest to his companion's explanations.
+
+"I can't quite say. My own opinion is a native rising. There are
+several big Pashas the Government would not trust as far as they can
+see, and, for my part, I think nothing is more likely than that one
+of these should head a rebellion against the power of the Khedive."
+
+"I see; and our work to-night is in connection with one of these
+meetings?"
+
+"Exactly. The meeting is to be held at one of the lowest dives in
+the city, and its locality I have only to-night discovered; in fact,
+that was the business I was engaged upon when your timely aid saved
+my life."
+
+"I see," exclaimed George; "but that attempt on you shows that these
+people are aware of your movements. The probabilities are that even
+now we are being watched."
+
+"Precisely; notwithstanding the silence and deserted appearance of
+these streets, I have no doubt that a lynx eye has been upon us from
+the moment we left the station. The object of our journey is to
+discover, if possible, whether the meeting takes place, and, if so,
+who passes in or out of the building. Our danger is in being
+discovered. Should their sentries or spies find us out, we shall
+probably have a rough time."
+
+A grim smile spread itself over the inspector's keen face as he
+finished speaking, and he looked at Helmar to observe the effect of
+his words.
+
+"Well, if it comes to a fight, I have little doubt that we can give
+a good account of ourselves," he replied. "For my part nothing would
+give me greater pleasure than to try conclusions with some of the
+cowardly assassins."
+
+"No doubt you will have your wish. It is the duty of a
+police-officer not to avoid trouble if he finds it."
+
+They were now nearing the outskirts of the town. The streets were
+wider and cleaner, long, open spaces stretched between the houses,
+and the reeking atmosphere of the native quarter gave place to the
+fresh air of the open country. There was no moon to guide them, and
+they had long since got beyond the limit of the city lighting.
+
+Suddenly, in the middle of one of these long, open spaces, the
+officer caught hold of his companion's arm, and stopped in an
+attitude of keen attention.
+
+"Not a word!" he whispered, after a momentary pause. "We are
+followed. Come, drop down here, under this bush, and don't move till
+you see what I do. Shush!"
+
+The pair lay down and pushed themselves as far under the bush as
+possible. Here they were within reach of the foot-walk they had been
+travelling, and yet entirely screened from observation.
+
+So far George's untrained ear had discovered nothing, and he
+marvelled at his companion's sharpness, but before they had been
+there a minute, he heard the soft patter-patter of bare feet coming
+along the path. The officer squeezed his arm to impress silence upon
+him, and then, raising himself, he tucked his feet under him ready
+for a spring. The footsteps came nearer and nearer.
+
+George felt a quiver of excitement pass all over him as he waited;
+every nerve was strained to its utmost tension, and it was with
+difficulty he repressed the desire to jump out of his hiding-place.
+
+The footsteps were now nearing at a run, evidently the spy thought
+he had lost his quarry, and was anxious to see what had become of
+them.
+
+Suddenly the figure loomed up in the darkness, and just as it came
+abreast of the bush, the officer bounded from his place of
+concealment. Before the man could so much as cry out he had gripped
+him by the throat, and brought him down to the ground.
+
+George was hardly a moment behind his chief.
+
+"Quick, gag him with his turban!" said Childs. "There is no time to
+lose."
+
+While the inspector held the man, Helmar unwound the turban and
+bound it round the fellow's mouth. Then cutting the spare end off,
+he secured his hands behind him. The man's sash was useful in
+binding his feet, and, thus trussed, they threw him under the bush.
+
+"I calculated on this," said the officer. "Had we not secured this
+fellow, the meeting would have been warned, and we should probably
+never have escaped with our lives. Come along, he is safe for a
+while, and we can now continue our journey without fear of
+observation."
+
+"But," said Helmar, "how is it that this nigger came to follow
+us--who put him on your track?"
+
+"Ah, I see you don't understand. There are spies all over the town,
+and the police movements are watched. I, in particular, never leave
+the office but I am followed by one of these thieving, murdering
+Arabs."
+
+The inspector now altered his direction, and they returned towards
+the town. In a few minutes they approached a dingy-looking house
+standing well back from the road. The place stood in its own
+grounds, and over the door was a sign which George failed to
+understand. At first glance there appeared to be no indication of
+occupation--the house was in complete darkness.
+
+Before they came up to it, the officer made a _detour_ and reached
+the ground at the back.
+
+"That is the house," said he in a whisper. "It is one of the most
+infamous gambling hells in the city. You can see no lights because
+all the shutters are closed, and no doubt there are blankets over
+them; but--holloa, there's a light shining through that window!" he
+went on, pointing to one that had just come into view as they
+reached the garden.
+
+The two men now climbed over the fence, and, dropping into the
+shrubs on the other side, cautiously neared the building. Telling
+George to remain where he was, the inspector crawled right up to the
+window, through the shutters of which a stream of light poured.
+
+Watching him eagerly, George saw him place his hand on the sill and
+peer through the crack. The moments slipped by, and his eye remained
+glued to the crack. Suddenly there was a rustle in the bush close
+by. It passed unnoticed, for George had eyes and ears for nothing
+but what his chief was doing. Again there was a rustle, this time
+more pronounced. Still it remained unnoticed.
+
+The inspector suddenly left the window, and the next moment rejoined
+his companion.
+
+"Well?" whispered Helmar, anxiously. "What news?"
+
+The inspector's face was very grave, and his tones, as he answered,
+were full of import.
+
+"The best--or rather, the worst. I recognized two people there, one
+a trusted member of the official staff, and the other a man who has
+been suspected for a long time. We had better get back--there is
+nothing more to be done to-night, I have seen all I wish to.
+To-morrow--we'll wait until to-morrow."
+
+As he finished speaking, he turned sharply round and peered into the
+scrubbly bush behind them.
+
+"What is it?" asked Helmar, his hand slipping to his revolver
+unconsciously.
+
+"Did you hear anything?" asked his companion. "By Jove, there's some
+one on our track. Come along, we'll get out while we have a whole
+skin."
+
+Leading the way out of the shrubs they made for the fence. The night
+was particularly dark, and the air was so still that the light sound
+of their footsteps became ominously loud. The inspector was
+convinced that there was some one in the garden watching them, and
+their only chance of safety was by taking to the open instead of
+returning as they came, through the scrub. At last the fence was
+reached.
+
+"Up you get, youngster!" whispered Childs. "Look well before you
+drop on the other side."
+
+George sprang on to the top and looked over. At that moment he
+heard a terrible cry behind him. Glancing round, he was just in time
+to see the glint of a long keen blade, and the next instant the
+inspector fall to the ground with a groan.
+
+Without a moment's hesitation, George dropped from the fence to his
+assistance. He drew his revolver, and, just as a hideous great black
+wretch rushed at him, he fired point-blank. Down fell the man across
+the fallen officer, and then, as if by magic, half-a-dozen
+wild-looking figures appeared all round him.
+
+There was no mistaking their intention. With a yell of fury they
+rushed on him. Helmar was as cool as if anything but his life
+depended upon the issue. As the nearest of the Arabs approached, he
+dropped him with another shot, then turning with an astonishing
+quickness of the eye brought another to his knees. It was, however,
+his last shot, for, as the man fell, his knife which had been
+upraised, struck him on the wrist, lacerating it terribly; his
+revolver fell from his nerveless grasp, and he was at the mercy of
+his antagonists.
+
+For a moment or two he struggled furiously with the remaining three,
+but the contest was too uneven. The assailants were armed with long,
+keen knives, and Helmar had now nothing with which to defend
+himself.
+
+[Illustration: "Just as a hideous black wretch rushed at him, he
+fired point-blank." p. 66]
+
+In those moments he realized the futility of his efforts, but he
+meant to sell his life dearly, and struck out with his left to such
+purpose that for a second the savages drew back. It was, however,
+but a momentary lull, and with a combined rush they overwhelmed him.
+
+For one brief moment he struggled fiercely, then he saw one of his
+assailants raise a long narrow blade--the next instant it fell, and,
+with a sickening sensation, it struck him in the shoulder. He
+struggled to release himself, and then, without a single cry, sank
+to the ground.
+
+The sound of the firing and the cries of his assailants had roused
+the neighbourhood, and just as the murderers were about to finish
+their work a crowd approached, and they precipitately fled. It was a
+mixed and villainous crew that first reached the spot after the
+departure of the murderers, mainly consisting of natives; but there
+was a sprinkling of Europeans of doubtful repute, and they quickly
+gathered round the two inanimate bodies.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER VII
+
+                            A GOOD SAMARITAN
+
+
+When Helmar woke again to consciousness, it was with no idea either
+of the lapse of time or any recollections of what had occurred to
+him in the meantime. Beyond being able to turn his head slowly from
+side to side, he was unable to move, and a terrible feeling of
+lassitude and weakness nipped all inclination in that direction.
+
+The room in which he found himself was squalid and gloomy, and, as
+his dull, inquiring gaze wandered over his surroundings, he
+endeavoured to realize where he was. The effort was more than he
+was equal to, and, closing his eyes, he relapsed into a calm,
+dreamless sleep.
+
+In that first dawn of consciousness he had failed to see the silent
+figure at his bedside--a figure which, had his gaze rested upon it,
+would probably have troubled his weakened mind and stayed his
+peaceful slumber.
+
+The moment his eyes closed, the figure silently rose and glided
+noiselessly from the room. Presently it returned with a glass
+containing a steaming potion. Setting it down, it bent over the bed
+and gazed long and earnestly at the sleeper. A look of satisfaction
+came over its grim and wrinkled face as it resumed its vigil at the
+bedside.
+
+When next the sick man awoke, a tiny lamp was shedding its dim rays
+over the dingy apartment. This time the figure at once approached
+the sufferer and held the glass to his lips. Too weak to resist or
+even care what was happening, he silently drank. The blood instantly
+coursed more rapidly through his body, and he felt refreshed and
+stronger. Watching the look of intelligence come into his eyes, the
+figure put the glass down and spoke to him in excellent French.
+
+"You feel better now?" she asked.
+
+"Yes," he replied in a faint voice, as though trying to recollect
+something. "I have been ill, haven't I?"
+
+"Very ill," was the response.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked, after a pause, "and where am I?"
+
+"I am Mariam Abagi," she answered quickly, "and you are in a house
+at Gizeh. I am what you call a Syrian Arab. But do not worry--you
+are too ill yet to think or talk; wait until you are better," and
+she silently left the room.
+
+For a moment or two Helmar tried to understand and recall something
+of what had happened, but all seemed so dim and misty that he had to
+give it up, and at last, becoming drowsy again, fell asleep.
+
+Mariam Abagi was a woman of unusual character for her caste. She was
+married to a German who was disliked and suspected by the natives.
+They looked upon him as a spy, a traitor come from Europe for some
+evil purpose, and eventually did away with him. Mariam was a really
+good woman, and resented the deed bitterly. Naoum, her son, never
+saw his father, but inherited some of his good business qualities,
+and all his mother's kindness of heart. So when he had found Helmar
+in distress after the affair with the inspector, he instinctively
+went to his aid, and, finding him still alive, did not hesitate to
+take him to Mariam at once. On discovering Helmar's nationality, and
+learning how he too had fallen foul of the treacherous natives, she
+showed great regard for him, which gradually developed into strong
+affection, and her kindness knew no bounds. Her son shared the
+feelings of his mother, and the two, as will be seen, proved to be
+great benefactors to Helmar.
+
+During the next few days he made more rapid progress toward
+recovery. Each time he saw the patient nurse, he endeavoured to
+extract from her the meaning of the position in which he found
+himself, but without success--she would tell him nothing. He began
+to get a hazy recollection of a fight, but how it came about, and
+with whom, he could not recall.
+
+What puzzled him most was this old woman. She was tall and gaunt, of
+the Arab type, and her face was lined and wrinkled to such an extent
+that it was impossible to tell whether its expression was kindly or
+otherwise. When his strength grew and things became clearer to his
+mental vision, he determined to have an explanation.
+
+Late one evening as the woman came in with the lamp, he broached the
+subject.
+
+"Mariam," he said abruptly, as she was about to leave the room,
+"come here. I am strong now, and I want to talk to you. Now tell me
+all about it. How did I get into this plight? And how came I into
+this house?"
+
+She eyed him keenly for a moment, then walking over to the bed sat
+down beside it.
+
+"My son brought you here; you were wounded in a fight with Arabs in
+Cairo."
+
+"Ah, yes," he said thoughtfully. "There was a meeting and we went to
+stop it. I remember something of it now. Where is the police
+inspector?"
+
+"Dead."
+
+"Dead?"
+
+"Yes, dead," she repeated.
+
+George did not answer. He was thinking hard. At last he spoke again.
+
+"Am I not in Cairo, then?" he asked in astonishment.
+
+"No, you are in Gizeh, a little distance from the city. Cairo is in
+such a state of tumult at the present time, it would be impossible
+to keep you in hiding there after the part you took with the police.
+So my son brought you here to me for safety."
+
+"How long have I been here?" he asked.
+
+"Since that affair with the police officer," Mariam answered.
+
+"Yes," said George, after another long pause, "I can see it all now;
+we were set upon. But how did your son find me?"
+
+"He was with the crowd who went round at the noise of the fighting.
+The people thought you were killed, and so left you. But my son,
+Naoum, he loves not people of this country, and he saw you were not
+of them, so he stayed and discovered you were still alive. He is a
+good man is Naoum, and a dutiful son; he knows my feelings towards
+your countrymen, and he brought you to me here. I love the men of
+Europe, therefore I help you. Mariam Abagi does not love all and
+would not help many, but you are young to die."
+
+As she finished speaking, a troubled expression passed over her
+parchment-like face, and she sat munching her lips, blinking at the
+flickering light. Helmar sighed and shifted his position uneasily.
+The keen black eyes were turned on him at once.
+
+"But I can never repay you," he said. "You don't understand; I am a
+stranger--I have no money."
+
+The old woman's eyes flashed in a moment, but fortunately she was in
+such a position that he could not see them.
+
+"I require no money," she said, sharply. "I have enough for my
+wants. I do not this for gain," and her jaws shut with a snap.
+
+George saw that he had made a mistake and endeavoured to remedy it,
+but only plunged the further into the mire.
+
+"Yes, yes, I know, you are very good, but I cannot let you do this
+for me without----"
+
+"Peace! You mean well, I know, but I will not listen. Your troubles
+are not yet over. It will be sufficient reward to me that you get
+away from this place without being killed."
+
+"How do you mean?" he asked, failing to grasp the woman's meaning.
+
+"Ah, I forgot, you do not know. The country is now in a critical
+position, and Arabi Pasha is at the head of the army. The excited
+and corrupted citizens are stirring up strife, and menacing all the
+Europeans and any one else who had, or is supposed to have had, any
+connection with the hated government, and Arabi has nearly lost
+power over the mob. It is kept secret that you are here, and so you
+are safe for the present! But I do not know how long this safety
+will last. I have some power, and my son is powerful too, but that
+may not avail us long, and then you will have to fly. Have no fear,
+however, I shall watch, and, at the first warning of danger, will
+provide for you."
+
+After this Mariam would answer no more questions, and left him to
+ponder over what she had said. He could hardly realize the full
+purport of all she had told him. This then was the danger Inspector
+Childs had spoken of; this then was the result of those meetings the
+police had been watching, the one they had endeavoured to spy upon.
+In his weakened state the idea of it all set his brain in a whirl,
+and his thoughts became confused. The one thing that seemed to
+strike him more forcibly than the rest was, how on earth was he to
+escape?
+
+The days dragged slowly by, and he soon reached the convalescent
+stage. The wound he had received in his shoulder quickly healed
+under Mariam's treatment, and it became only a question of time for
+the recovery of his strength. He saw no one but the old woman who
+personally attended to all his wants. The son she spoke of did not
+show himself, although on several occasions he had heard a man's
+voice in another room.
+
+Once or twice Mariam had spoken of her power, and gave him to
+understand that she did not require money; the squalor of her room
+made this seem rather enigmatical to the sick man, but he knew such
+people were sometimes eccentric in their mode of living, and this
+might possibly account for his surroundings. However, it was no
+affair of his, she had been an angel of goodness to him, and he had
+no right to pry into her private affairs.
+
+Helmar was young, and his great vitality stood him in good stead;
+the moment his wound healed his strength began to come back rapidly,
+and with returning health he felt it incumbent upon him to suggest
+that he should relieve the faithful Mariam of the trouble he was
+causing her. Knowing the old woman's peculiarities, he was a little
+afraid to broach the subject, but his duty lay so plainly before him
+that, despite his feelings, he decided to speak his mind.
+
+One evening, after a day of chafing at his inactivity, the
+opportunity came. She had brought in some food, and their
+conversation soon turned upon the terrible state of the country.
+
+"I don't want you to think me ungrateful for your kindness, Mariam,"
+he said, hesitatingly, "but I am now so far recovered and so strong
+that I feel I must no longer trespass on your goodness."
+
+A grim smile played over her withered old face.
+
+"And whither would you go? Death may await you outside these doors."
+
+"Perhaps that is so," said George, doubtfully, "but I must take my
+chance."
+
+"I like the young man for his spirit," said the old woman more to
+herself than her companion. "It is right, but he is a good youth and
+must not die--life is dear to me, then how much more so to him.
+Listen," she went on in unmistakable tones of command, "my son does
+big trade on the river. He owns many nuggars and dahabiehs which
+carry wheat and produce down to Alexandria. If you could reach that
+city in safety, you would find means of leaving the country in a
+ship."
+
+"But I don't understand; how am I to reach Alexandria?"
+
+"My son will hide you on board one of his boats, and in that way you
+can escape. Your danger will be great, for although my son is known
+all along the river, your life will surely pay the forfeit if by any
+chance you should be discovered."
+
+It was a case of "Hobson's choice." Helmar was glad to accept any
+means of escape, and eagerly fell in with all the old woman had to
+say. Bearing out her character for beneficence, Mariam was as good
+as her word, and arranged all the details for his departure.
+
+The first time Helmar put on his clothes he discovered, to his great
+delight, the money he had earned at the bookseller's was still in
+his pocket. This was a surprise, for he had naturally concluded it
+had been stolen. He now pressed Mariam to take it. But she would
+have none.
+
+"You'll require that, and more, yourself," she said. So Helmar let
+the matter drop.
+
+He was unfeignedly sorry to part with his protectress. A sort of
+filial affection had grown up in him for this woman, and when she
+came in for the last time, bringing her son with her, George felt
+that he was about to leave his best friend. On her part, the old
+woman seemed no less affected, and but for the presence of her son,
+she would undoubtedly have broken down altogether.
+
+The man in whose guardianship Mariam was about to trust her patient
+was a powerfully-built fellow of forty. He possessed a strong,
+honest face of a similar cast to his mother's, although perhaps a
+shade paler. He was dressed in the ordinary Egyptian garb, and, as
+his mother presented him, he advanced with outstretched hand and
+gripped Helmar's in a manner as hearty as it was honest.
+
+"The night is dark, Mussiu," he said, "we must not delay. For the
+moment the place is quiet, but the riotousness of the people is
+liable to break out at any moment, and, unless the greatest caution
+is used, we may be discovered and challenged. Come, let us start,
+for it is some distance to the river!"
+
+Helmar turned to his nurse. He was deeply affected at parting with
+the old soul.
+
+"Good-bye, Mariam," he exclaimed. "I can never thank you for all
+you have done for me. I shall never forget it. Some day perhaps you
+will allow me to repay you."
+
+"Do not talk of thanks. I like it not. You will be a second son to
+me. Take these," she went on, handing him his revolver and a long
+knife of Egyptian make, "they may be of use to you. I shall watch
+for you always, and some day we shall meet again. Farewell!"
+
+Without another word she turned and left the room.
+
+Naoum stood looking on with a stolid face, and, as his mother
+departed, led the way to another door, and the two men left the
+house.
+
+To anybody of a less courageous spirit the position Helmar found
+himself placed in would have been appalling. With little money, with
+hardly recovered health, only these two people whom he could count
+his friends in a now hostile country--all these things combined to
+make his position one of the greatest insecurity and danger. Instead
+of doubting the outcome of it all, however, he rather gloried in the
+situation, and did not trouble himself in the least as to the
+future. He felt more than ever the keen enjoyment of the roving,
+happy-go-lucky existence he had elected to follow. The simple effect
+of stretching his legs as he walked beside his companion inspired in
+him a keen feeling of appreciation of life, and a grim determination
+to follow to the end his adventurous career.
+
+"How far is it now?" he asked, as they swung along through the
+slummy quarters.
+
+"Quarter of a mile," was the laconic reply.
+
+"Wish it was more," said George, "it's a treat to be walking again."
+
+"I dare say it is, but we may find it's all too long before we reach
+the quay. Come along down here," he went on, turning into what
+looked like a blind court, "we must take all the most deserted
+streets and listen well, and look well ahead for sounds of trouble.
+The last two weeks have been terrible times."
+
+"And what does Arabi hope to gain by all this?" asked George.
+
+"The country and his own glorification. He hopes to destroy the
+Khedive's power and rule, and has adopted 'Egypt for the Egyptians'
+as his war-cry."
+
+"He must be foolish. The European powers will never allow it. It can
+only end in one way, and he will be the one to pay for it."
+
+"Yes, I know he will be punished, but there it is, and in the
+meantime the country is in a fearful state of alarm."
+
+They were nearing the river, and Helmar relapsed into silence as
+they wound their way through the narrow streets. On every side the
+tumble-down appearance of the buildings made their walk more
+solitary and dismal. The smell, as they approached the river, became
+more pronounced, and made him wonder how any one could live there
+at all.
+
+His guide seemed heedless of everything but his anxiety to reach
+their destination. At every corner and turning he paused to listen
+for any danger signal. Helmar, on the contrary, seemed quite to
+ignore his danger, and walked along indifferently, observing
+everything and comparing all with his recollections of the night
+when he had traversed a similar part in Cairo before he was wounded.
+
+At last the quay was reached. The river was covered with all sorts
+of odd craft, and George gazed with astonished eyes at the scene
+before him. The moon was just rising, and the great golden globe
+shone over the river, causing the boats of varying build to cast
+weird and fantastic shadows on the water.
+
+The guide pointed to two great cumbersome vessels near the other
+side of the river. They were built on the barge principle, with sail
+booms fore and aft like the Chinese river boats. These were the
+dahabiehs, one of which was to carry them down to Alexandria. As
+they reached the water's edge, Naoum gave a peculiar low whistle,
+and a boat suddenly shot out from the vessel's side, propelled by a
+solitary occupant.
+
+The boat had hardly appeared when four men dashed out from the
+shadow and ran on to the shore towards the fugitives. They were
+dressed in uniform of the Khedive's army. As the fellows caught
+sight of Helmar's white face, they set up a shout which was
+immediately answered in various directions. The boat was rapidly
+nearing their side of the river. Naoum drew his pistol, and Helmar
+his revolver.
+
+As soon as the men saw this they drew back, and two of them ran off,
+shouting as they went.
+
+"The moment the boat reaches us," said Naoum in agitated tones, "you
+must jump in instantly. They have gone for assistance, and if they
+return before we get off, it means--murder."
+
+The two Arabs left to watch our friends were evidently afraid to
+attack, and drew back to a respectful distance, eyeing the fugitives
+furtively. As they caught sight of the boat, now rapidly
+approaching, they set up another warning howl, and crept forward as
+though about to attack.
+
+Their cry was answered by the sound of hurrying feet, and just as
+the boat touched the shore and Helmar and his guide had jumped in,
+about a dozen men rushed towards them. The sight of their escaping
+prey so enraged the Arabs that they opened fire at once.
+
+Naoum and the waterman plied vigorously at the oars, and the boat
+skimmed over the water, while a hail of bullets struck the water
+around them.
+
+They were not a moment too soon, and even then the chances were
+largely against them.
+
+"Down with you," cried Naoum, addressing Helmar, "or they'll hit
+you! I'll pull the boat!"
+
+"Not I," replied George, scornfully. "Do you think I'm going to
+take shelter while you are exposed to their fire? No, no, pull away,
+and I'll look after the tiller."
+
+The distance that separated them from the shore was rapidly
+widening, and the danger lessened.
+
+"I don't think, so long as they aim at us, that they can do much
+damage," said Naoum, smiling calmly. "Egyptians are not noted for
+their accurate marksmanship."
+
+Helmar laughed a boyish, ringing laugh, as he listened to his
+companion's words. The spirit of adventure was upon him, and he was
+in a seventh heaven of delight as the whizzing bullets sped
+harmlessly by.
+
+When in mid-stream, the current rapidly took them down to the silent
+vessel, and a few moments later they reached it and climbed aboard,
+while the baffled rebels slunk off into the shadow of the quay. The
+boat was quickly hauled up, moorings cast off, and the dahabieh
+began to glide down the sluggish river.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER VIII
+
+                      AN ENCOUNTER ON THE NILE
+
+
+"Thus far we have escaped," said Naoum, as the two men stood on the
+rough untidy dahabieh, gazing at the slowly receding town. "They
+will probably not attempt to follow us, but I don't, for one moment,
+think our troubles are over. We must keep a sharp look-out along the
+banks for the rebels."
+
+"You think then we shall come across them again?" asked George,
+glancing keenly at the speaker.
+
+"I don't only think--I feel sure. Alexandria will be in a worse
+state than Cairo, and it is certain the river will be watched
+carefully. We must anchor in the day-time and travel at night, that
+is our only hope."
+
+The man's quiet words in no way deceived Helmar, he realized that
+there was great danger ahead, and it would require all their
+fortitude and resource to cope with it. This knowledge, rather than
+damping his spirits, tended to raise them, and he looked forward
+with keen anticipation to what the future might have in store for
+him.
+
+The old dahabieh was a dreary old craft, in a dirty and ruinous
+condition. It was carrying a heavy load of grain, and this made the
+journey so slow that, by sunrise, they were still within a distant
+view of Cairo.
+
+Daylight entirely changed the aspect of their surroundings. The
+weird beauty of the moonlight on the water had led George to
+anticipate a glorious scene when morning broke, but disappointment
+awaited him. The banks of the river were low and uninviting; as for
+the beautiful tropical jungle he had expected to find, there was
+none to be seen--nothing out of the common, but the broad, muddy
+banks.
+
+The heat was at its utmost, and the scourge of the Delta, the
+epizootie, had done its dread work. Annually this plague among the
+beasts plays havoc with the Nile, its surroundings and inhabitants.
+As the animals die of the disease, they are either left lying about
+on the banks to rot, decay, and pollute the air with devastating
+microbes, or are thrown into the water. It is then the hot sun does
+its work, and both the atmosphere and water become putrid.
+
+All down the river from Cairo, George kept coming across the
+carcases of either buffaloes or oxen, and when they did not actually
+meet his eye, his nose detected their close proximity.
+
+Life during the time was monotonous to a degree. In daylight when at
+anchor, the intense heat and smell caused sleep to be abandoned as
+far as Helmar was concerned. The watermen seemed able to put up with
+both, and stretched themselves out under any shelter, and slept as
+soundly on the bare planks as if they were on a feather bed.
+
+Helmar and Naoum mainly occupied themselves with keeping watch, and
+as soon as the sun sank, the former took an hour or two's sleep.
+
+Sometimes the monotony would be relieved by watching the natives
+making use of their river. Little parties could be seen in the
+distance washing their clothes; others cleaning or bathing what
+cattle they had; occasionally far away could be seen a collection of
+shiny, ebony-looking human beings taking a dip in the green, slimy,
+insanitary water and afterwards drinking it.
+
+In this way most of the journey was accomplished. So far they had
+come across no sign of the rebels, and George began to think they
+had escaped them altogether. Naoum was not so sanguine, in fact he
+saw a greater danger ahead than even he had anticipated at first.
+
+"You can't see as I do," he said one evening, as George and he sat
+watching the setting sun; "the fact that we have not as yet come
+across them indicates nothing. The nearer we get to our destination
+the keener will be Arabi's watch on the river for fugitives."
+
+"Yes, but there is just a possibility that we have passed them on
+our way without having seen them," said George optimistically.
+
+"Yes, that may be so," replied his companion doubtfully. "Allah only
+knows what we shall do if Alexandria is occupied by them. There is
+but one course open to you as far as I can see. When we get into the
+Mahmoudieh Canal, you will have to hide amongst the grain; and if
+you ever reach Alexandria in safety, take my advice and get out of
+the country at once."
+
+Helmar did not reply, he was thinking hard. He had just arrived in
+the country in the hopes of making a fortune. So far he had only met
+with trouble--trouble that first threatened to wipe him out of
+existence, and now tried to force him to return home.
+
+The first he had escaped by what seemed to him a miracle, and the
+second, which he was just about to face, offered no alternative of
+escape than by the same means. The idea of flying before this danger
+was absolutely repugnant to him. If he were to die, why not meet
+his death boldly, instead of escaping by running away? It was absurd
+and cowardly to return home at the first sign of danger! How they
+would laugh at him! What would his father think? What would all
+say?--no, he had come to this country of his own choice, and
+whatever the consequences, he would stay. His good fortune had so
+far pulled him through--he would still trust to it.
+
+"Well," he said at last, "I shall be guided by circumstances. We
+shall see how things turn out, but it seems rough on you to take
+this venture on my behalf."
+
+There was a nice light breeze after sundown, and the vessel was
+slipping along at, for her, a very good speed. Naoum sat smoking and
+gazing at the banks as they passed by; George gave himself up to
+reflections.
+
+The man at the tiller moved to and fro with the regularity of
+clockwork, altering the tack as the wind chopped and changed about.
+The rest of the crew were squatting about the deck in various
+attitudes of perfect laziness. The splash of the water at the bow of
+the boat had insidiously attracted George's attention, and he found
+himself humming a tune to the time of the lapping stream.
+
+Suddenly Naoum turned with an exclamation. George looked at his
+companion, his tune gone from his mind, and all thoughts absorbed
+into a keen excitement. They were rounding a sharp bend, and
+Naoum's attention was fixed on the outer bank.
+
+"What is it?" asked George, in tones of suppressed excitement.
+
+Naoum turned sharply to him and waved his arm in the direction of
+the cabin. "Quick, below for your life! If your face is seen you are
+doomed."
+
+It was too late. Just as George was about to dive below, there was a
+sharp report followed by the "plosh" of a bullet, as it dropped into
+the water just a few yards ahead of the vessel.
+
+"Duck down under the bulwarks," said Naoum hurriedly, "they can't
+have seen you yet. The bank is lined with rebels," he went on,
+gazing hard through the gathering darkness. "Allah! but they mean to
+bring us to book!"
+
+As he spoke there was a heavy rattle of musketry, and bullets flew
+in all directions around them. The crew sat huddled together in a
+place of safety, terror written in every line of their brown faces.
+Naoum alone seemed impervious to the danger, and watched every
+movement of the men on the bank.
+
+"What shall we do?" asked George, with a set, determined look on his
+face that made his question seem superfluous. "We won't surrender,"
+he added in emphatic tones.
+
+"We'll run for it," was the quiet answer. "Their guns can't do us
+much harm. They couldn't hit a mountain."
+
+George peered over the side at the bank.
+
+"Hallo! what are they doing? Looks as if they were launching boats."
+
+Naoum watched their actions keenly, and his face took on a slightly
+anxious expression as he realized the truth of George's statement.
+
+"They _are_ launching boats, but what for?" he said, as if asking
+himself the question. Then a thought seemed to suddenly strike him.
+"I have it--yes, that's it."
+
+"What is it?" asked George, as Naoum walked towards the cabin.
+
+Without answering he disappeared, and a moment later returned with
+several rifles. These he served out to his men with a supply of
+cartridges. He then harangued them in Arabic, which George was only
+partly able to understand, but when he had finished, he observed the
+fellows line up under the bulwarks and load their rifles.
+
+"What's your idea?" asked George, as soon as Naoum had finished.
+
+"These rebels are going to follow us, and I have no doubt they will
+overtake us. Then will come a tough time," replied Naoum.
+
+"Ah! I understand. They mean to capture us if possible."
+
+"Yes. That is what they intend, and we shall stand a poor chance if
+they come up with us."
+
+"We'll not give in at any rate, but make a bold stand and give them
+a taste of what we are made of first," said George.
+
+Naoum and George now went together to the stern of the boat and
+watched anxiously the pursuing rebels, who after their first volley
+from the shore had wasted no more powder, apparently content to wait
+until they came up with their prey. They filled two boats, and
+George thought that, given a fair and even chance, they could easily
+be overpowered. They were still some distance in the rear, and had
+so far gained nothing on the fugitives. But it was very apparent
+they were making a great effort, and presently it became evident
+they were slowly but surely gaining upon the dahabieh.
+
+The men were posted all round the vessel, prepared to fire on either
+boat the moment it came within range.
+
+"Now, boys," cried out George, forgetful of the Arabs' language,
+"when they are within rifle shot, take a steady aim. Remember we
+have no ammunition to waste."
+
+Naoum was also busy with his men, giving them instructions and
+placing them in positions.
+
+The boats were slowly getting nearer and nearer, and presently the
+rattle of the rebels' rifles rang out, but the bullets falling short
+of Naoum's vessel, they quickly ceased firing.
+
+"Don't fire until their shots come nearer," said Naoum quietly. "As
+soon as they show us we are within range of their rifles it will be
+time enough for us to reply."
+
+[Illustration: "Presently the firing re-commenced, and Naoum gave
+orders to attack." p. 90]
+
+Presently the firing re-commenced with a fearful fusillade, and
+Naoum gave orders to attack. Nearer and nearer came the rebels, and
+more fierce became the firing. George was on one side of the vessel
+and Naoum on the other encouraging the men in their defence.
+
+The rebels' ranks were thinning fast, and George began to hope they
+would give in. They were still three to one, however, and if they
+should once get aboard the dahabieh the defenders' chance would be a
+very poor one.
+
+They were but a few yards off and ceased firing. Evidently they had
+spent all their ammunition, and were going to attempt to board the
+vessel and capture it with a hand-to-hand fight.
+
+While they were yet watching, one of the boats drew near to the
+vessel's side, and the next moment a head appeared above the
+bulwarks of the dahabieh, quickly followed by another and another.
+
+This was the signal Naoum's men waited for, and without further
+delay they set to work with a will, pitching the struggling rebels
+back into the water and taking pot shots at them afterwards as if
+they were ducks.
+
+The struggle, however, had only just begun; as fast as the defenders
+beat the assailants off more came on. Whilst the _melee_ was in
+progress the defenders had not seen the other boats come alongside,
+and the reinforcements they brought. All along the side of the
+dahabieh the Arabs were clambering up like so many ants, and though
+the advantage was still with Naoum, the outcome looked doubtful.
+The crew were hard put to it.
+
+Helmar worked indefatigably with his rifle used as a club;
+everywhere he darted, dealing terrible blows as the dusky creatures
+showed themselves, but despite his efforts they seemed to be in
+overwhelming numbers.
+
+At last they gained a foothold on the deck, and the firing ceased
+altogether. It became a struggle to the death, man against man. It
+was here the crew showed their superiority over their enemies, and
+slowly but surely began to drive them back.
+
+Suddenly George saw three men pressing Naoum sorely. He himself had
+just succeeded in throwing off his own assailant; with a bound he
+went to his friend's rescue. He arrived only just in time, the men
+were in the act of knifing him.
+
+Without a thought, he rained blow after blow with his clubbed rifle
+on the would-be assassins, and they went down like ninepins; then,
+turning to where the crew were fighting, he saw to his delight that
+they had driven the foe back over the bulwarks, while the deck lay
+covered with damaged rebels. Naoum's men had fought like demons, and
+their devotion to their master touched Helmar--it would have been so
+much easier for them to have sold him.
+
+In a few more moments the rebels were driven off, dropping over the
+side into the water, without thinking as to the whereabouts of the
+boats so long as they got safely out of the hornet's nest they had
+fallen into.
+
+As the last of them disappeared, Helmar fell rather than sat down on
+the deck, breathing hard.
+
+"That was a close call," he panted. "If they'd held on a bit longer,
+I was completely done. Poof! I've had enough for one day."
+
+Naoum was taking pot shots at the boats as they dodged about,
+picking up the men who had fallen into the water. He paused at his
+companion's words.
+
+"Yes, Allah is good, we are now out of danger and have no more to
+fear."
+
+The rifles were collected and put away, and the dahabieh resumed its
+calm appearance as it glided lazily onwards.
+
+The following morning it entered the Mahmoudieh Canal, which runs
+direct to Alexandria. After his late experience, George realized
+what the appearance of a white face on board might mean to his
+protector, and for the rest of the journey kept out of sight.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER IX
+
+                  THE REIGN OF TERROR IN ALEXANDRIA
+
+
+After what had happened, Helmar was prepared for almost anything
+when he actually arrived at Alexandria.
+
+For some time past everybody had been possessed of the feeling that
+something serious was about to happen. Arabi Pasha and his
+co-conspirator, Mahmoud Sami, had caused sedition to be preached
+amongst the native soldiers and police, and amassed together so
+large a following that his party had become masters of the
+situation. His firm conviction that the Khedive's rule and the power
+of the Europeans could be easily overthrown, got so instilled into
+the souls of the populace they could restrain their hot-blooded
+feelings no longer, and on an ever-memorable day in June 1882, broke
+out in one of the bloodiest riots of modern times.
+
+The first indication of what was to take place occurred one
+afternoon, when the chief streets of the city were suddenly awakened
+from their tranquillity by the shouts and yells of hundreds of
+natives.
+
+"Down with the Christians," some cried; others, "Death to the
+unbelievers!" And they rushed about madly in different parts of the
+town, ultimately joining forces when the riot became general.
+
+Europeans were beaten with "nabouts," knocked down and trampled on;
+shots were fired, the soldiers charged, and the police helped to
+make the butchery more complete. Shops and houses were attacked and
+pillaged, the proprietors being taken out and massacred in cold
+blood, and, after all valuables had been taken from them, their
+bodies thrown into the bye-streets. In one of these streets were
+found three bodies of Europeans. One was stabbed through the heart,
+another had bullet-holes in his head, whilst the head of the third
+was almost severed from the trunk, and the body divested of nearly
+all its clothes. The mob evidently felt confident that their actions
+were approved, for they paraded the streets with their stolen goods
+and clothes with an air of glory and bravado. One soldier was seen
+to sit on the curbstone and change his own garments for the new
+stolen ones he had just acquired.
+
+The riff-raff of the crowd consisted of the lowest class of Arabs of
+the city. They fortified themselves with club-like weapons, felled
+their victims with them, and after stripping their bodies, cast them
+into the sea. Most diabolical deeds and acts were perpetrated, and
+the Arabic cry, coming almost spontaneously from the infuriated
+crowd, of, "Oh, Moslems! Kill him! Kill the Christian!" rent the air
+whenever a European appeared. One poor merchant was dragged from his
+carriage and bayoneted on the spot, whilst not many yards away a
+German, who had appealed to a soldier for protection, was responded
+to with a shot which penetrated his face. At the gate of the town
+the guard on duty was seen to draw his sword and strike a man twice,
+splitting his skull with the first stroke, and severing his head
+from his body with the second.
+
+These are but a tithe of the instances of the brutality displayed by
+the rioters which history chronicles, and which went on incessantly
+all day, during which time hundreds met their death at the hands of
+this maddened, murderous crew. Arabi was appealed to, to put a stop
+to the riot. To show the hold he had over the people, it is only
+necessary to say that at his given word the tramping, yelling, and
+shouting ceased almost as quickly as it had begun.
+
+For days after the place remained littered with the bodies of the
+massacred, and the spectacle, together with the appearance of the
+shops and houses that had been attacked, made Alexandria look like a
+town after a siege. Shops were shut and barred, windows barricaded
+with iron shutters, and the only persons about the streets were Arab
+soldiers.
+
+Fugitives were removed by train, the people crowding on the roofs
+and steps; ships laden with the English set off as quickly as
+possible for Malta.
+
+Outside the harbour was drawn up the French and English fleet.
+
+It was at this period that the dahabieh, with George Helmar
+carefully kept from view, arrived outside the town almost unnoticed.
+The occupants of the place were too busily engaged to pay much
+attention to the addition of one vessel to the already large number
+idling about the canal. Besides, this was a trading boat and owned
+by a well-known native.
+
+When the night-time approached Naoum suggested to George that he
+might venture up and take a view of the situation.
+
+"It seems to me suspiciously quiet," said Naoum, as he stood beside
+George, eyeing the shore with a keen glance. "Can't say I like it."
+
+"Yes, it is quiet, but do you see those shops are barricaded at the
+end of the streets leading down to the water?"
+
+"Um--I don't like the look of that. There's been mischief."
+
+"What's that smoke over there?" exclaimed George, hurriedly. "Why,
+it's a fire, and look--look at those shattered houses, and--hallo,
+there's a gang of murderous-looking soldiers--we are too late!"
+
+Naoum did not answer. He was watching all the things his companion
+had drawn his attention to. There was no doubt in his mind now--the
+place was evidently in the rebels' hands, the process of sacking was
+going on. He turned to George.
+
+"Well?" he said inquiringly. "You daren't go ashore."
+
+"What, then, am I to do? I can't trespass on your good-nature any
+longer, and, besides, my presence here is a constant source of
+danger to you. No, I _must_ chance it. I can't stay here."
+
+He spoke with determination, and Naoum was not slow to appreciate
+the sentiments that prompted him; yet he would not see him
+deliberately plunge into the deadly danger that awaited him ashore.
+
+"As I said, you can't land, friend Helmar. Allah has guided your
+steps to me, and you will have to throw in your lot on this boat
+until we can find a safe means for your escape. Come, you are a
+good man, say, will you stay? Sooner or later things will calm down
+and then----"
+
+"No, no, Naoum, you have done so much for me already, I cannot let
+you risk more. My mind is made up, I will forge my own way ahead
+now."
+
+"There is no need to talk of risk, or of what I have done," he
+replied, with a kind look into the resolute face beside him; "I ask
+for no greater pleasure than that you stay here."
+
+Helmar only shook his head. It seemed to him that his duty lay
+plainly before him--he must no longer jeopardize this man's safety.
+He was well and strong again now, and must fight his own battles.
+Inclination made him wish to remain, but he must go.
+
+Seeing his charge's mind was made up, Naoum, with the philosophy of
+the East, attempted no further persuasion, and resigned himself to
+the inevitable.
+
+"When, then, will you leave?" he asked.
+
+"As soon as you will help me to land," George answered at once. "Do
+not think me ungrateful, Naoum--I am only doing my duty."
+
+"The boat shall be brought along the shore when you like," he
+replied, turning away, "but I should advise you to await darkness;
+remember your face is still white."
+
+Accepting his friend's advice, Helmar decided to wait until the sun
+had gone down and then seek shelter in some small drinking saloon
+where doubtless he might meet other refugees. He had still the money
+on him which he had in his pocket at the time he was wounded, and
+this would pay for his immediate wants.
+
+As darkness came on, the boat was pulled for the landing-stage. All
+along the river silence reigned, but from the distant parts of the
+city they could hear many sounds grating discordantly on the still
+night air. That little trip to the shore was, to the occupants of
+the boat, impressive to a degree. Neither knew what the future was
+to bring forth, both realized that danger was on all sides, and each
+one felt that he was parting from a friend, tried as only those who
+have fought side by side for one another are tried.
+
+The younger man fully appreciated the risks this stranger had run
+for his sake, and a feeling possessed him that though duty demanded
+the parting, still, in a measure, it seemed like desertion.
+
+Naoum on the other hand admired the spirit which prompted George's
+decision, and though he regretted bitterly the loss of so brave and
+good a companion, would not have had it otherwise.
+
+The landing-stage reached, Helmar sprang ashore, and, with a hearty
+grip of the hand and a quiet "good-bye and good luck," they parted.
+Each felt he knew the other's thoughts, and, if good wishes could
+help them, there was no doubt their lives would be prosperous and
+happy.
+
+"Allah is good. I shall see the boy again," thought Naoum.
+
+Left to himself, George primed his revolver, put it in his belt
+ready to hand, and then made his way from the water's edge to
+explore the city.
+
+It was some moments before he decided which way to go. In every
+street the houses were barricaded, and along the water front they
+were quite deserted. At last he decided to venture up a little dark
+alley to the left. He selected this particular one on account of its
+obscurity.
+
+From the vessel he had seen a stray party of Arabi's soldiery, and
+he had no fancy for running the risk of encountering them by taking
+one of the larger thoroughfares.
+
+How dark and quiet it seemed, not a sign of life was to be seen
+anywhere. In the distance he could still hear the discordant cries
+from other parts of the town and sometimes the discharge of
+fire-arms, but here--here in the lowest quarter of the city, where
+crime and low life usually prevailed, everything was silent as the
+grave.
+
+George stepped cautiously along, his ears strained to catch the
+least suspicious sound, his eyes peering on every side to catch a
+glimpse of light through some stray chink in the closed and
+shuttered windows--but none presented itself.
+
+After he had traversed the street without discovering anything to
+alarm him, he breathed more freely and turned into another,
+stretching his legs in a brisk walk instead of keeping to his
+furtive, silent glide.
+
+This street, like the last, appeared to be deserted, but the houses
+showed signs of rough treatment; windows were broken, doors smashed,
+mounds of plaster, brick, and wood lay scattered about, evidences of
+the wanton work of the looting hordes that had no doubt recently
+visited it.
+
+As he neared the end of this unwholesome, wretched place, he fancied
+he saw the faint flicker of a light from one of the windows, and he
+hurriedly made his way towards it.
+
+His senses had not deceived him, the house was inhabited--but by
+whom? He paused outside and looked up at the window. The light was
+gone, but the sound of voices inside cheered his heart. He stood for
+a moment listening. At first he could not make out the language that
+was being spoken, but after a while, as his ear became accustomed to
+the confused tongues, he detected one voice speaking in his own
+language.
+
+His heart beat high with hope, and he strained his ear against the
+wood-work of the walls. There evidently were many persons inside and
+of mixed nationality. This gave him his cue; if all these people of
+different tongues were gathered together in one house it could only
+mean one thing--refugees.
+
+Without speculating further he tapped on the shuttered window of the
+ground floor, and waited. Immediately the voices inside ceased. He
+tapped again, louder than before. A moment after, the shutter of the
+window above was cautiously opened, and against the dim light of the
+sky he saw a head protruded.
+
+The night was so dark he could not make out whether the head was
+that of a white man or not, but he inclined to the latter belief,
+and summoning all his best Arabic, he asked for shelter for the
+night.
+
+"I have money to pay," he added, "but have nowhere to sleep."
+
+There was a grunt as the head was withdrawn and another face
+appeared in its place. There was no mistaking it this time, it was
+distinctly white, and when a voice came in English--
+
+"Who are you and what do you want?" Helmar's heart gave an
+instinctive leap for joy.
+
+"These are queer times," the speaker went on, "and I do not care to
+do business with every passing stranger."
+
+"I am a German," replied Helmar in the same language, "and am a
+stranger just come to the city from Cairo. I do not know what has
+happened here, but the town seems to be full of trouble. I must find
+somewhere to sleep."
+
+The tones of his voice evidently calmed the stranger's fears, for he
+replied in much milder tones----
+
+"Are you alone?"
+
+"Quite," replied Helmar.
+
+"Very well then, wait a moment," and the head disappeared and he
+heard footsteps descending the stairs.
+
+The next moment the door was cautiously opened, and the burly figure
+of a man stood in the dark uninviting passage.
+
+"Quick, come in," he said in hurried tones, "there _is_ trouble
+about, and we don't want more; this house is supposed to be
+deserted."
+
+George stepped in quickly, and the door was closed behind him. The
+man bolted and barred it as though the place was in a state of
+siege.
+
+"Step this way," he said, evidently relieved at having got him
+safely in and the door secured.
+
+Helmar followed the man to the end of the passage, where, flinging
+open another door, his host ushered him into a well-lighted room.
+
+"Ladies and gentlemen," he said, "another guest. I hope there is no
+objection?"
+
+At the sight of the new-comer several men rose from their seats and
+looked earnestly at him. The room in which Helmar found himself was
+part of the bar of one of the many cheap cafes of this neighbourhood.
+It was filled by a number of men and women of all nationalities,
+seated at various small tables scattered round the room. The room
+itself was innocent of all attempts at decoration; the walls showed
+its dirty plaster, the rough floor was sanded, and the worn and
+cheerless tables and benches were polished with the dirt of ages.
+The atmosphere reeked with the smell of tobacco and coffee, and, as
+he stepped in, bowing to the assembled company, Helmar could not
+help feeling a strong desire to open a window.
+
+After their scrutiny, the occupants, one by one, resumed their
+seats, and George felt that they were mutely asking him for an
+explanation. As fugitives they were naturally suspicious of
+strangers, and he was about to speak, when he saw a slight figure
+step from an obscure corner.
+
+In a moment his eyes glistened, and an exclamation rose to his lips
+as he almost jumped forward and grasped the hand of his old chum
+Osterberg.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER X
+
+                       THE MEETING OF FRIENDS
+
+
+George was simply thunderstruck. It seemed almost miraculous that he
+should meet his bosom friend in such a place and under such
+circumstances. The two stared at each other in perfect astonishment
+for some moments, still clasping hands.
+
+"Well, of all the wonders," George exclaimed, after they had
+expressed sufficient surprise and finished their greetings, "who
+would have expected this? But why are you here, and why all this
+mystery?"
+
+"But surely you know, George! You know what has happened?" said
+Osterberg.
+
+"I know nothing more than that Arabi is leading a rebellion against
+the Khedive's rule, with the object of deposing him, and that Cairo
+is becoming impossible to residents in consequence. I suppose
+Alexandria, from the look of the streets I came through, is in even
+a worse plight. But tell me about it."
+
+"That's putting it mildly. We've had one of the most inhuman riots
+here imaginable. The Seditionists have been pillaging the town and
+massacring all Europeans who came in their way. I only came here a
+week ago, and now, like all the occupants of this house, am hiding,
+waiting for an opportunity to get away in safety. It's frightful,
+it's terrible. Heaven only knows how many people have been
+massacred."
+
+"I didn't know it was as bad as that. You must have all been
+terror-stricken," replied George. "But let us come and have a quiet
+talk. How marvellous I should have chosen this place above all
+others to seek refuge in!"
+
+The two young men sat and talked in the background, Helmar first
+giving an account of all that had happened to him, which was
+punctuated with exclamations of surprise from Osterberg as George
+recounted his adventures.
+
+Osterberg, after parting with his friend at Constantinople, obtained
+work in the bank and gave great satisfaction to his employer. One
+day the latter called him in and told him there was a vacancy in the
+branch at Alexandria, and offered it to Osterberg. He accepted with
+alacrity and arrived in the town but a few days before the riots
+took place.
+
+"And here I am taking refuge like the others, with the proprietor of
+this cafe," he wound up. "Not quite so eventful a time as yours,
+George, is it?"
+
+"And what are we going to do now? Do you think we are safe for any
+length of time? Surely they must attack us in due course?" said
+George.
+
+"I think we shall be unmolested for a while," replied Osterberg.
+"The place was visited early by the rabble soldiery and they took
+all that was worth taking, so now I don't suppose they will bother
+us."
+
+That night was one of the worst Helmar had ever experienced; the
+only beds that could be scrambled together were used by the
+women-folk, and the men slept on the floor, benches, and tables.
+Fortunately blankets were not needed, as the heat was intense, but
+the benches were rickety and the sand on the floor worked into the
+sleepers' clothes. Altogether the plight of the refugees was
+miserable.
+
+Helmar was unfeignedly delighted to meet his friend once more, and
+this compensated largely for the woeful condition in which he found
+himself. Osterberg, as he said, had now endured it for three days
+and so didn't mind the imprisonment; but with George it was
+different, and he had yet to get used to it.
+
+The next two days were passed in this miserable captivity. Helmar
+chafed at the confinement, but was forced to put up with it. He
+often thought of leaving and trusting to good luck in the outside
+world, but Osterberg was always at his side, ready to point out the
+madness of such a proceeding.
+
+At last the welcome news came that Arabi, probably tired of his
+soldiers' wanton slaughter, had issued a proclamation that every
+European must leave the city within a certain time or abide by the
+consequences.
+
+This was news indeed, and the whites flocked in hundreds to the
+ships in the harbour. So great was the crush that Helmar and
+Osterberg were only just able to secure a passage in the last one to
+leave. They determined to go to Port Said and there apply to the
+British authorities for assistance. What they were to do after that,
+fate should decide; both able-bodied men, they had no doubt that
+they could make themselves useful. Helmar's idea, now that he could
+speak a little Arabic, was to try to become an interpreter.
+
+It was a dreary journey to Port Said, but they reached it in safety
+and proceeded immediately to the British Consul. Helmar was to be
+spokesman and explain the object of their visit. After some delay,
+they were told an interview would be granted in about half-an-hour's
+time. Leaving the office, they strolled about in order to kill time.
+
+"We _are_ in luck," said George, as they walked arm-in-arm. "I
+wonder what will happen."
+
+"Being Germans, possibly we shall be sent about our business," said
+Osterberg, "and after all, it's only to be expected."
+
+"I don't think so," replied his friend; "you don't know these
+people. I'll bet something will be done for us."
+
+At this moment he caught sight, through the window, of a man dressed
+in European clothes crossing the square. The figure was so familiar
+that he paused and looked again.
+
+"By Jove! If I'm not very much mistaken, that's our old friend the
+doctor we met on the boat going to Constantinople!"
+
+Osterberg looked across at the man approaching.
+
+"You are right. It is he," he exclaimed, and they both made straight
+for the doctor.
+
+"Ah, my friends, we meet sooner than we anticipated. I am delighted
+to see you, but am sorry for your plight. But come," he went on,
+shaking hands heartily, "this is no place to talk, we will go to my
+quarters."
+
+Helmar and his friend followed the doctor to his rooms.
+
+"So you managed to escape from Alexandria?" said Doctor Dixon, as he
+leant back in his chair after listening to the young men's story.
+"Well, considering all things, you are lucky. Arabi Pasha, or his
+followers, are about the most inhuman devils I ever came across. And
+to think Arabi was one of the Khedive's most trusted ministers!
+Well, well, we live and learn!"
+
+"Now the point comes, what are we to do?" said George. "This
+rebellion has robbed us of our means of living, and we are simply
+thrown on the world without resource--at least without money. We
+have been to see the consul, but cannot do so for half-an-hour."
+
+The doctor laughed. George felt angry at this outburst of merriment
+at their troubles, and his face showed it.
+
+"There, there, my lad," said the officer, becoming serious, "I was
+not laughing at your troubles, but the way you put them. Now I dare
+say we can do something for you. You say you speak Arabic. Well," as
+George nodded in assent, "I'll see the consul and try to use my
+influence with him in getting you a job as interpreter. How'll that
+do?"
+
+"Excellently," replied our hero, beaming with delight; "but how
+about Osterberg?"
+
+"Ah, well, we'll look after him. He has his bank to go to, and I
+don't suppose for a moment Arabi will be allowed to remain in
+Alexandria for long. In fact, news came through this morning that
+the British warships were bombarding the place already, and if that
+is so, the blue-jackets will soon clear the town of the rabble. In
+the meantime provision will be made for him."
+
+Osterberg thanked him for his kind words, and the trio fell to
+discussing their journey from Varna to Constantinople.
+
+"By the way," said the doctor, "didn't you say that another fellow
+left the University with you? He played you a scurvy trick or
+something--didn't you say?"
+
+"Yes, you mean Mark Arden," said Helmar quickly.
+
+"Was that his name? You didn't tell me before. Strange----"
+
+"Why, what do you mean?" asked both young men in a breath.
+
+"Oh, it's nothing. Only some weeks ago a young German of that name
+came here and he was found some employment. I forget exactly what.
+Anyhow the fellow misbehaved himself--stole some money or something
+and was imprisoned. There was a frightful scene when sentence was
+passed on him. He swore revenge for what he called 'the insulting
+treatment,' was taken away to the cells, and three days afterwards
+escaped."
+
+"What was he like?" asked George.
+
+The doctor described him. There was no doubt about it, it was
+certainly Mark.
+
+"The scoundrel," said Helmar, bitterly, "to think he should disgrace
+himself in such a manner! Has anything been heard of him since?"
+
+"No, we found no trace at all, and I shouldn't be surprised if he
+made his way into the rebel camp. But come, we must get to business.
+Osterberg can remain here until we return."
+
+Helmar followed his friend over to the consul's office. The doctor
+left him for a moment outside while he interviewed the arbitrator of
+his fate.
+
+Whilst waiting the result, Helmar could not help thinking of the
+perfidious Mark. What a viper he had been, and how quickly he had
+again fallen across his path! One thing was certain, if ever Helmar
+met him again, he would extort from him the money he had stolen, and
+denounce him for the rascal he was.
+
+His reflections were cut short by the door being thrown open and a
+sharp summons for him to enter.
+
+George found himself in a bare-looking office. The only furniture
+consisted of a desk, one or two hard, uncomfortable chairs, and a
+long, wooden bench. For decoration the wall was covered with
+innumerable paper files and maps. He had no time for inspection. He
+was standing in front of the desk, seated at which was a slight man.
+He was partially bald, and his face matched his hair--it was
+brick-dust colour. His features were small, though clear and sharply
+cut, while his eyes were jet black and keenly penetrating. The
+doctor was standing beside him, and the pair eyed the young man as
+he stepped forward.
+
+"German," said the man, without taking his eyes from Helmar's face.
+"Any relatives in the country?"
+
+"No, sir," replied George without hesitation.
+
+"Want work, eh? Um," and he bit the end of his pen; "you speak
+Arabic, Dr. Dixon tells me?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"How much do you know?" he asked in that language.
+
+George replied in the same tongue, and the rest of the conversation
+was carried on in it.
+
+"Well, I can't promise you anything now at once, but Dr. Dixon
+recommends you highly, so that if we require any one, I have no
+doubt you will suit. You speak Arabic well for a man only a few
+months in the country."
+
+"I speak English and French as well, sir," broke in Helmar,
+"and----"
+
+"Yes, yes, I have no doubt--that will do. You will hear from me as
+soon as it is possible."
+
+The doctor smiled at the way the interview was closed, but George
+simply expressed his thanks and walked out. Presently the doctor
+joined him, and the two walked back to the quarters.
+
+"Well, what do you think of him?" asked the doctor.
+
+"Who? The consul? A smart-looking man."
+
+"A little abrupt, eh?"
+
+"Yes, but all business men are more or less like that. If he finds
+me something to do, it _will_ be a relief, and anyway I can never
+thank you sufficiently for what you have done. It is strange, I
+always seem to be under obligations. First Mariam, then Naoum, and
+now you."
+
+"Never mind that, my boy, every one must start in life, and to get
+that start one has to be under obligations to some one, if it's only
+your parents. Now about quarters? I'll arrange that you have a spare
+room with your friend in my house, and you must be my guests until
+something turns up. No, no more thanks, you've done quite enough in
+that line already."
+
+In a few hours the two friends, Osterberg and George, were installed
+in the doctor's house. He was a bachelor, and his place was
+comfortably arranged. Everything he had he placed at their disposal,
+and for the next three or four days they thoroughly enjoyed
+themselves. At last the summons George had awaited came. After the
+doctor had finished his hospital duties he returned home with the
+announcement.
+
+"Our fleet has bombarded Alexandria, and the blue-jackets have
+landed," he cried, as he stepped into the sitting-room. "You,
+Osterberg, will be able to return to your bank, and you, Helmar, the
+consul is going to send to the general commanding the forces there
+as an interpreter. Everything will be arranged here, you will be
+engaged at a certain salary before you go, and I believe you leave
+to-night."
+
+The news was so good and had come so suddenly that neither of the
+young men knew what to say, they were so overjoyed. At length their
+feelings burst out in a torrent of thanks, from which the kindly
+doctor took refuge by leaving the room.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XI
+
+                        A MYSTERIOUS MESSENGER
+
+
+Everything turned out as the doctor had said, and at seven o'clock
+they bade good-bye to their friend and protector, and left for the
+transport.
+
+They had three hours to spare before the boat left, and to fill in
+the time they went for a walk round the port.
+
+"It seems to me the most marvellous thing, the way in which we have
+fallen on our feet," said George, as they walked slowly along. "No
+one can doubt but that a Higher Power guides our footsteps. The
+miraculous escapes I have so far had teach me this, if I had needed
+any teaching."
+
+"Yes, and the providential way we have been brought together
+astonishes me still more," answered his companion. "Let us turn down
+here, it will take us out of the town; we have plenty of time. I
+don't suppose either of us will have much opportunity for pleasure
+after this. I say, isn't Dr. Dixon a brick?"
+
+"Rather! I only wish I was going to see more of him."
+
+They had turned into a quiet street, which rapidly brought them to
+the outskirts of the town. The houses on either side stood right up
+to the pavement, and appeared to be of the better class. This
+portion of Port Said was much more picturesque than the parts of
+Cairo and Alexandria to which our hero was used, and he remarked
+upon it.
+
+As they neared the end of the street, an Arab turned into it, from
+one of the many bye-ways, and came quickly towards them. He was a
+picturesque-looking man, dressed in his native garb. His dusky
+polished skin shone in the evening light, and he hurried along with
+a light, easy, swaying stride, his every movement displaying the
+athletic qualities that his robes tended to hide. As he approached
+the two friends, his watchful black eyes glanced quickly up and down
+the street, and then, apparently satisfied with what he saw, rested
+with a keen, penetrating look upon Helmar.
+
+Without slackening his pace for a moment, or giving the least
+indication of his intention, he suddenly held out his hand and a
+piece of paper fluttered at our hero's feet, and the fellow passed
+swiftly on.
+
+The whole thing was done so suddenly, that neither of the friends
+had time to say a word before the man had passed; and when, after
+picking up the paper, they looked round for him, he had disappeared
+as quickly as he had come.
+
+George gazed at his companion, holding the missive in his hand, and
+burst out laughing.
+
+"What a queer chap! If it weren't that he touched me as he passed,
+and I felt that he was flesh and blood, I should be inclined to
+think he was a ghost. I wonder what he is up to?"
+
+"Examine the paper. Doubtless that will enlighten us," said the
+practical Osterberg. "If I'm not mistaken, this is some game, in
+which we are wanted to participate."
+
+George examined the paper, turning it over and over wonderingly. It
+was a dirty envelope, of the cheaper kind, sealed down and addressed
+to him.
+
+"The mystery deepens. It's from some one who knows me, evidently.
+The writing seems familiar, too. I wonder----"
+
+"Confound it, man, open it!" broke in his impatient companion. "You
+are right about the handwriting. It _is_ familiar."
+
+Helmar tore the envelope open, and examined the contents. It was a
+brief note, signed by Mark Arden.
+
+The two read the contents eagerly.
+
+    "Dear George,
+
+    "I have just found out you are in the town. For certain reasons, I
+    cannot meet you in public; but, if you will meet me at the last
+    Mosque outside the town, on the lake's edge (any one can direct
+    you), in half-an-hour, I shall be glad to return you the money I
+    borrowed at Varna.
+
+    "Yours ever,
+
+    "Mark."
+
+As they finished reading this extraordinary epistle, the two young
+men silently looked at one another. Osterberg was the first to break
+the silence.
+
+"Well, of all the unadulterated cheek I ever heard of, this beats
+everything! I suppose he's going to pay you out of what he stole
+from the barracks. What are you going to do about it?"
+
+Helmar looked long at the paper before replying. He was trying to
+find out what lay hidden under these lines. Somehow, he could not
+bring himself to believe in their genuineness. There was a deeply
+suspicious air about the whole thing, not the least being the
+delivery of the note. At last he appeared to make up his mind.
+
+"We'll see it through. If there is any trickery, I dare say we can
+hold our own. Will you come?"
+
+"Rather!" cried his friend. "But have we time?"
+
+Helmar looked at his watch. It still wanted two hours to the time he
+must be aboard the transport, and he had no doubt the quay could be
+reached in time.
+
+"Oh, yes, heaps of time! We'd better find out where this particular
+Mosque is. We'll ask the first person we meet."
+
+At this moment an elderly Arab came along from behind, as if in
+answer to his expressed intention, and Helmar stopped him, and
+inquired the way. The old fellow grinned, showing a row of perfect
+white teeth, which, in a man of his apparent years, astonished the
+companions.
+
+"It is not far," he said, in a peculiar, grating voice, "and I am
+going that way myself. It will take but a few minutes."
+
+Osterberg looked inquiringly at George.
+
+"All right, come along. You lead the way, old man," said Helmar,
+"and we will follow."
+
+Helmar slipped his hand in his coat pocket to make sure his revolver
+was there, and, having satisfied himself on the point, hurried along
+behind the Arab, talking and laughing with his friend, as if he had
+not the slightest doubt but that everything was fair and
+above-board.
+
+The limit of the town was reached, and they passed along the sandy
+road until they came to some gardens. Here they turned off, and soon
+found themselves in a lonely, obscure sort of disused brick-field
+surrounded by some tumble-down hovels. At this spot their guide
+suddenly stopped.
+
+"That is the Mosque, in the distance," he said, and without waiting
+for reply, hurried off at a pace that belied his age.
+
+"I believe there's some trickery," said Osterberg. "I half wish we
+hadn't come. What's to be done?"
+
+"That old man has brought us to this spot for a purpose," said
+Helmar. "Why didn't he leave us at the gardens?" A dark look came
+into his eyes as he spoke. "Well, we'll give Mr. Mark ten minutes to
+turn up," he went on. "After that, we'll go."
+
+The two young men stood for a minute or two, kicking their heels
+about, and, at last, Osterberg got so impatient that he suddenly
+burst out----
+
+"Come on, don't let us wait here, let us get back to the quay. This
+is some beastly hoax. The place is as silent as the grave--it gives
+me the creeps."
+
+"I said we would give him ten minutes, and we will do so," said
+George, determinedly. "I'm not going until the time has elapsed.
+Hallo!" as he caught sight of a figure approaching, "here comes
+somebody. Perhaps it's Mark."
+
+His surmise proved correct. Mark came quickly up, and held out his
+hand. He was dressed in Egyptian costume, and with his dark
+complexion and black eyes might easily have passed as a native.
+
+"Ah! Helmar, and you, Osterberg!" he said. "I am glad to see you."
+Then, as neither took the proffered hand, he drew back. "Why, what's
+up? Aren't you going to shake hands?"
+
+"You said in your note," exclaimed our hero, impatiently, "that you
+wanted to return the money you owe me. Where is it?"
+
+"Ah, that's it!" answered Mark, with apparent relief. "Well, if
+you'll come into this house I'll give it you. Oh, it's all right!"
+as Helmar did not offer to move, "there's not a soul about besides
+ourselves. Come along."
+
+"But why can't you pay me here? I have no time to fool about, and
+must get back to the quay in time to catch the boat."
+
+"I know--at least, that is--all right," said Mark, seeing that he
+had made a mistake. "But you don't understand. This is where I have
+to live."
+
+"Since you robbed those who helped you here, eh?" said George,
+contemptuously.
+
+"I see you have heard of that, then," replied Mark, with a smile.
+"But really I had no intention of stealing, I only borrowed it as I
+borrowed it from you, and am equally as ready to return it as I am
+yours."
+
+"Why don't you do so, then?" said Helmar, a little mollified at the
+man's open words. "Look here, Mark, I don't want to say hard things,
+but if you're not a knave you are a fool, and the sooner you pull
+yourself together and live a decent life, the better!"
+
+"Oh, don't preach, Helmar!" cried Arden impatiently. "Allow me to
+do as I think fit. Now, will you come and get that money, or must I,
+on account of some silly notion of yours, go and fetch it? Of
+course, if you will not, then----"
+
+"All right, lead the way," said Helmar, "I'll follow."
+
+Arden led the way to a tumble-down, two-storied building, and the
+trio entered. It was dark inside.
+
+"You'd better follow me pretty closely," said their guide, "the
+floor is none too sound, and you may have a tumble if you don't."
+
+The two friends followed close up to their guide, and as they turned
+into a room, Osterberg fancied he heard a sound proceed from it. As
+nothing further alarmed him, he put it down to his straining nerves.
+As soon as they were inside, the door closed sharply behind them,
+and the ominous click of the lock made them both start. Helmar was
+about to say something, when Mark anticipated him.
+
+"Hold on while I strike a light. The beastly wind has blown the door
+to."
+
+This was such palpable nonsense that George expostulated.
+
+"There isn't a breath of wind, man. Hurry up with the light!"
+
+Arden fumbled with some matches for a moment, and then a light was
+struck.
+
+[Illustration: "'Trapped, by Heavens!' shouted Helmar." p. 124]
+
+"Trapped, by Heavens!" shouted Helmar, as the light revealed the
+room filled with armed Arabs.
+
+"Yes, as you say--trapped!" said Arden, with a leer on his dark
+face. "You are the fool, Helmar, not I. But see here, I am on
+business. Not of my own, but that of the person who employs me."
+
+Helmar was gazing at their surroundings and calculating the chances
+of escape. As far as he could see, there were at least a dozen
+fierce-looking Arabs standing in a ring round the walls, and the
+only mode of egress was a broken window and the door. The door was
+securely locked, but the window was not only broken, but the wall
+below it was in decay and looked as if one heavy blow against it
+would bring the whole thing down--it seemed to be only held up by a
+couple of wooden props set up from the floor on either side of the
+window.
+
+He had no time for any careful survey, for Arden, observing his
+wandering gaze, exclaimed----
+
+"It's no use, you can't escape. At a word from me these Arabs will
+kill you. Now, listen to what I have to say. As you know, Arabi is
+in open rebellion. I am employed by him. I am going round the
+country endeavouring to secure European recruits. He knows that he
+has practically only the British to deal with, and he wants to get
+as many Europeans as he can on his side. Now, in bringing you here,
+I am really doing you a good turn," he went on, with cool
+effrontery. "I am helping you to a far better position and
+infinitely more money than you will have with the British
+authorities. If you will join us you will be made an officer in his
+army, at a big salary, and you will be liberated at once; if you
+refuse--well, these men have their orders and you will never leave
+this place alive."
+
+"So you would be a murderer as well as a thief!" cried George, with
+flashing eyes. "I will not talk about ingratitude to such a cur as
+you. You probably do not understand the word. I have this day signed
+to assist the British authorities to the utmost of my power,
+and----"
+
+"Yes, I am quite aware of it," interrupted the villain. "Your
+movements have been watched from the moment you arrived in Port
+Said; but come--your answer. I have no time to waste."
+
+Arden was holding the light in his hand. It was a small oil lamp,
+with uncovered flame. As he finished speaking, he held it out
+towards our hero, peering into his face. With a bound like a
+panther, George darted forward and seized the spluttering light.
+Giving one powerful twist, he wrenched it from the villain's hand,
+and, turning it upside down, a huge flame flashed out all over it.
+He dashed it to the ground and the burning oil ran over the floor,
+catching light to the pieces of worn-out mats scattered about, and
+in less time than it takes to write, the rotten boards flared up.
+Helmar, seeing what had happened, backed himself to the wall,
+dragging his companion with him.
+
+His movements had been so rapid that even Arden's usual presence of
+mind had failed him; but, as he saw the flame burst from the
+flooring, he shouted to the Arabs to seize their prisoners.
+
+He had, however, calculated without his host. The house was so
+rotten and dry that the flames spread with great rapidity, and the
+Arabs, in terror of their lives, made for the door. Seeing this,
+almost blinded by the smoke, Helmar and Osterberg dashed to the
+window, and, tearing away the two supports, sprang on to the sill.
+The supports gone, the weight of their bodies finished the work that
+time had begun, and with a terrible crash the wall gave way, and the
+companions fell with it. Springing to their feet, quite unhurt, they
+found themselves out in the open, and ran off at top speed in the
+direction of the town.
+
+They were not a moment too soon, for Arden, at the head of the Arabs
+who had escaped by the door, came round the corner and followed in
+hot pursuit.
+
+It was almost dark, but George remembered the direction from which
+they had approached the desolate house, and with unerring judgment
+led the way as fast as his legs could carry him.
+
+Osterberg followed his fleet-footed friend, keeping pace with
+difficulty, and they soon reached the boundary of the gardens.
+
+"Which way now?" panted Osterberg, as the dim outline of trees
+loomed through the darkness.
+
+"Follow me," cried George in answer, as without a moment's
+hesitation he turned a sharp corner.
+
+Each felt rather than knew that the swift-footed Arabs were coming
+ever nearer, and that their only means of salvation lay in strategy.
+For this reason George preferred the gardens to the open roads.
+Since Arabi's rising, Europeans had taken to staying in their houses
+at night, rather than run any risk of a stab in the dark, so that
+there was little hope of meeting any one who could help them in the
+open thoroughfare. The gardens appealed to Helmar on account of
+their dense foliage and excellent cover. In case the worst should
+come to the worst, they would at least afford them shelter, and he
+hoped against hope that by this means he could give their enemies
+the slip.
+
+The patter of feet behind them had now grown louder and perfectly
+distinct, and at times Helmar even fancied he could hear the heavy
+breathing of the pursuers.
+
+Darting like a brace of hares through the labyrinth of paths, the
+two young men kept on. Their pace was terrific, but the sound of
+feet was still not far behind them.
+
+"George," panted Osterberg, as he drew up alongside his friend, "we
+can't keep this up. Can't we take the scrub and hide?"
+
+"Not yet, not yet, keep going, we shall find a place soon."
+
+Just then a light appeared among the trees to their right, and
+inspired with fresh hope they renewed their exertions, searching
+vainly for a path by which to reach it. Suddenly an idea struck
+George.
+
+"Never mind the light. Here, take this path to the left. Arden and
+his Arabs are sure to think we have made for that light in the hopes
+of assistance."
+
+Without hesitation they turned to the left, and in a few minutes
+came to an open gate in the boundary fence. For a second they paused
+to listen and recover their wind.
+
+"You were right, George," whispered his companion, "I cannot hear
+the footsteps, they have gone in the other direction. Come along,
+let's hurry. Do you know where we are?"
+
+"Haven't the faintest notion," was the comforting reply.
+
+"Well then, I suppose we must trust to luck. Which way?" he asked,
+as they stepped into the dusty road.
+
+George glanced quickly up and down. He saw some twinkling lights to
+the right.
+
+"There we are, that's the town," and the two set off again at a run.
+
+The lights became clearer and more numerous as they hurried along,
+and at last Helmar stopped running.
+
+"I think we are safe now. Listen!"
+
+The companions strained their ears to catch the slightest sound from
+behind, but they could hear nothing.
+
+"Thank goodness, they have lost us. I don't think we need fear
+further pursuit," said George. "Now, I wonder if we are in time to
+catch our boat." Fearing to strike a match to look at the time, they
+hurried on towards the town, and in a few minutes reached the
+outskirts. With hurried pace they made for the landing-stage, and
+reached it a few minutes before the gangway was about to be hauled
+aboard the transport.
+
+"A narrow shave in more ways than one," said Helmar, as they stepped
+on deck. "Come, we must report ourselves to the captain. I don't
+think we had better say anything about what has happened."
+
+Osterberg agreed, and the two young men reported themselves at once.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XII
+
+                        THE NEW OCCUPATION
+
+
+The ironclad that bore Helmar and his young friend to Alexandria
+also carried a great number of refugees, all bound for their homes
+in Europe. The time passed so pleasantly, that when their
+destination came into view, it was with feelings of regret that the
+young men prepared to disembark.
+
+As the docks loomed up, the evidences of the bombardment became
+distinctly visible. How different everything seemed now, from the
+peaceful business-like appearance the place presented when Helmar
+first landed on those self-same docks! The great heavy ironclads lay
+at anchor all around, silent and harmless enough to look at, but,
+withal, a mighty latent power protecting the shattered city. On
+shore the destruction seemed terrible; forts in all directions could
+be seen, battered and tumbled heaps of debris, a ghastly tribute to
+England's mighty naval power. Buildings that had been before all
+full of life and bustling activity were nothing but charred ruins.
+
+Altogether, the picture that presented itself, as the vessel slowly
+forged towards the shore, was one of appalling significance, and as
+George and Osterberg took in the terrible details, neither could
+help a feeling of regret at the necessity of such things.
+
+"It seems so terrible," said Osterberg, with a sigh, "to think that,
+for the sake of one great villain, all this destruction should have
+taken place."
+
+"Yes, but you must not forget that if it hadn't, probably there
+would not be a single European left alive in the city," answered the
+practical Helmar. "Personally I glory in a power that is so quick to
+avenge, and only regret that it did not come in time to prevent the
+terrible massacres of the hound Arabi. 'Egypt for the Egyptians' is
+no excuse for such wanton destruction of human life. If I am any
+judge there'll be a terrible reckoning for that gentleman and his
+satellites in the near future. England is roused now, and some one
+will have to answer for it."
+
+Helmar was an enthusiast. He admired and believed in the English as
+a race, and gloried, in a broad-minded way, in their mighty power.
+Since he had left his own country, the English he had met had, at
+once, held out a helping hand to him, and there was no thought in
+his mind but of gratitude towards them.
+
+"We will not say 'Good-bye,'" said George, as the young men shook
+hands on the quay. "Some day I expect we shall come together again.
+Your life is, apparently, to be of a more peaceful nature than mine,
+and perhaps it is as well; but still, these are troublous times, and
+one never can tell what may occur to bring us together. _Au revoir_,
+and good luck."
+
+Osterberg replied in a similar strain, concluding with the fatherly
+advice, "Do not put your head into too many traps," then hastened
+off to seek his bank, or, at any rate, what might still remain of
+it.
+
+Although not an enlisted man, Helmar was now, more or less, bound
+down by the same rules as governed the marines. There were many
+restrictions put upon him, and his associations were entirely of a
+martial description. He was, of course, billeted with the sailors,
+who only numbered some four hundred, and his duties consisted mainly
+of attending the orderly room in his capacity of interpreter. To a
+man of his energy and brains, this soon became simply intolerable,
+and he quickly determined to find other and more exciting means of
+occupying his time.
+
+Directly British forces landed from the ironclads, Arabi and his
+soldiery abandoned the city and took up their position at Kafr
+Dowar, a few miles to the south. A city patrol was quickly
+organized, consisting of blue-jackets and soldiers, and, in order to
+keep his mind and body employed, Helmar obtained permission to join
+these parties when he was not otherwise occupied.
+
+After the bombardment had ceased and before they evacuated the city,
+the rebels set light to hundreds of buildings, using petroleum, the
+better to work their fell purpose. The damage done in the European
+quarters was terrific, and many of the streets had become simply
+impassable, fallen ruins and dead and charred bodies in most
+instances blocking the way. All buildings that had escaped the
+incendiaries were looted from top to bottom, and not a vestige of
+anything valuable was left by the rabble.
+
+There was plenty of work, therefore, to be done in the city for some
+time to come. Notwithstanding the fact that the place was now in the
+hands of the British, acts of incendiarism were still being
+perpetrated at intervals. Natives who had remained in the town were
+the chief offenders, and it was a task of great difficulty for the
+patrols to stop the wanton destruction.
+
+One evening an alarm was given, and the patrol, which Helmar
+chanced to be with, was ordered to the spot. The conflagration was
+near one of the city gates, and, as the little party approached, a
+mob of Bedouins was seen hovering round, evidently with the
+intention of looting.
+
+The officer in charge of the patrol gave the order for his men to
+conceal themselves, and the whole party waited developments.
+Avoiding the fire the Bedouins entered another house, creeping
+cautiously to avoid detection. The watchers realized at once what
+was on; the fire had been started to distract attention from them,
+and, meanwhile, they were looting to their hearts' content. There
+were about twenty of the ragged creatures, and, as the last one
+entered the building, the patrol dashed in after them.
+
+There was a short, sharp fight, and then the would-be looters
+endeavoured to escape, but the trap was perfect, and, with one or
+two exceptions, the whole party were captured, taken to the Market
+Square and shot.
+
+Such incidents were of frequent occurrence, and often the native
+police were the offenders; no mercy was shown, however; those found
+guilty of pillaging only were flogged, while incendiaries were shot.
+
+Helmar found his knowledge of Arabic brought plenty of work. The
+residents and shop-owners required much help, and, in many
+instances, permission was granted to erect makeshift places in the
+public thoroughfares to carry on business.
+
+Destitute native families had to be provided for, homeless orphans
+and widowed mothers to be looked after. All these required people
+like Helmar to deal with them, and he found that his knowledge of
+their language brought him into constant demand.
+
+As often as not, his task was an unpleasant one. A fight, a tussle,
+a battle fair and square wouldn't have troubled him in the least,
+but when his work demanded the witnessing of prisoners being shot or
+flogged, he often felt, although he knew they deserved it, an
+absolute loathing for his duty. However, he was not always required
+for these things, and when they came, they were soon over, and, in
+the midst of all the bustle, he quickly forgot his momentary
+weakness.
+
+On one occasion only did his feelings get the better of him.
+
+A row of prisoners were lying down on their stomachs, moaning in the
+courtyards, awaiting their punishment; men of all nationalities and
+ages, varying from fifteen to seventy. Each was, in turn, tied to
+the pillar with his back bared, and received so many strokes from
+the cat at the hands of a marine, whilst the officer in command
+counted each blow, as it fell on the lacerated back. As the skin
+gradually turned red, blue, and then swelled, and the shrieks and
+yells of the victim filled the air, Helmar uttered a suppressed
+groan and turned his head, but he could not leave the courtyard. A
+fine specimen of an Arab had attracted his attention, and he
+wondered how he would submit to the treatment. His curiosity was
+soon satisfied. The man was led up to the wall and securely tied,
+then, setting his teeth, took his punishment without flinching or
+the utterance of a word. Whilst the marines were untying him, George
+saw that the man was almost fainting, and, as he tottered away, he
+went to his assistance and supported him to the doorway. Here he
+offered him a tin of water, but, to his utter astonishment, the man
+refused it.
+
+"No, no," and the man waved the refreshing liquid away. Then he
+explained in broken accents that it was a month of fasting, when no
+good Moslem either drinks, eats, or smokes between sunrise and
+sunset.
+
+Helmar was deeply impressed with the man's faith, which was strong
+enough to deny himself in his extremity for the sake of his
+religion.
+
+The rigorous manner in which crime was punished soon had its effect,
+and matters began to calm down inside the town.
+
+Incendiarism and robbery gradually ceased, citizens began to breathe
+more freely, and business revived.
+
+Helmar's occupation now began to grow more monotonous, and he looked
+about for something fresh. He found there was much work to be done
+in repairing the fortifications and building fresh ones. In this
+work native labour was largely requisitioned, and George saw an
+opportunity of employment in dealing with the workers. He soon
+obtained work here in a post of some slight importance, and, in a
+short time, proved himself so capable that the officers and those in
+authority began to notice him.
+
+Rumour had it that Arabi at Kafr Dowar was preparing to attack the
+town, and in consequence the authorities prepared to receive him. A
+large number of soldiers, blue-jackets, and marines with Gatling
+guns were landed, and the resources of the town were taxed to the
+utmost. Night and day the work of fortification went on, and guns
+were mounted at many points on the southern parts of the town.
+
+In this instance rumour was correct, and the rebel Pasha began to
+show fight. A contingent of his mounted infantry was known to be
+somewhere in the district of Ramleh water-works, so two regiments of
+mounted men were sent out in the direction to disperse them. They
+met, and a fierce but short encounter ensued, and the Egyptians fled
+towards Ramleh for reinforcements. This necessitated the dispatch of
+artillery and more troops to protect the place. On arriving there
+they found the ridge along the canal occupied by the enemy, and the
+water-works in danger. It soon became patent to the officer in
+command that the hill which commanded the position must be strongly
+held, and big guns mounted there. To this end he communicated with
+the town, and considerable delay was caused.
+
+It was at this time that Helmar received the order to join the
+forces at Ramleh. He had just turned into his blankets after a
+sixteen-hours day's work, and he felt that the much-needed rest was
+well earned. He was just dozing off to sleep, when a head was put
+through the doorway and a voice called him--
+
+"Helmar!"
+
+George was on his feet in an instant.
+
+"Yes!" he answered, recognizing the voice of an engineer.
+
+"You are wanted at once by the Colonel. Hurry up!"
+
+George did not wait an instant. He had lain down to sleep in his
+clothes, so putting on his helmet he ran out towards the Commander's
+quarters. In a few moments he found himself in the presence of his
+chief.
+
+"Helmar, I want you to join the officer in charge at Ramleh. The
+attack, I believe, is expected to be centred on that point at
+daylight, and there the defences are very incomplete. This is a case
+of emergency, or I should not send for you, for I am aware you have
+been at work for more than sixteen hours. However, you will take
+your gang to the point at once and render all the assistance
+possible. That will do!"
+
+The prospect, to most men, would not have been alluring, but to
+Helmar it was one of unmixed pleasure. True, he could have done with
+some sleep, but the hope of being in the thick of the fight on the
+morrow dwarfed into insignificance his desire for rest.
+
+In a short time he had aroused his blackies, and grumbling at being
+disturbed, they marched with their picks and shovels in the
+direction of the point to be defended.
+
+The enemy was still keeping up a desultory fire, and the solemn
+"boom" of their heavy guns could now and then be heard, while the
+hiss of the flying shell grated harshly on the still night air. The
+blackies were used to this sort of thing, and marched along as
+unconcernedly as if it were the natural state of things, only now
+and then would be heard a remark as a shell came a little nearer
+than usual.
+
+The spot was reached, and in a few minutes Helmar was superintending
+the throwing up of trenches. Approaching an officer in charge of a
+party of sappers close to him, he fell into conversation.
+
+"They expect an attack here at daylight?" he said, by way of
+greeting.
+
+"Yes, Arabi has found our weak spot, and the General has information
+of his intention. We shall give them a warm reception, but the
+trouble is, we have no guns of any kind mounted yet."
+
+"Well, what do you think will happen?"
+
+"Can't say, I'm sure," replied the officer, looking towards the
+east. "I believe at the first streak of daylight they are going to
+try to mount some of the naval guns on that steep hill the other
+side of the railway. I don't quite see how it is to be done under
+fire."
+
+Helmar looked over at the hill in question. Well might the officer
+doubt the ability of the troops to mount the guns under fire. The
+hill was very steep and open, not a fraction of cover on it
+anywhere. Every man on the work would be exposed to the enemy's
+fire. The task looked a hopeless one.
+
+"Yes, you're right," he said at last, "it will be a tough job. How
+do they propose to go about it?"
+
+"Set the blackies to haul them up," was the laconic reply.
+
+Helmar did not answer. The first streaks of daylight were already
+appearing, and his work was nearly completed. Already the fighting
+men of the camp were on the move and about to occupy the trenches.
+As the daylight began to broaden, he saw that the work of hauling
+the guns up on to the hill had begun. Shortly after, the fighting
+line occupied his trenches, and his gang were dismissed and sent
+back to their quarters. His work was completed, and he made his way
+towards the hill. Already Arabi's men had advanced to the attack,
+and firing had started at all points. It was quickly evident that
+the information was correct, and this portion of the town was to
+receive the main attack, for a terrific fusillade was opened by the
+enemy's artillery.
+
+The noise soon became deafening, the enemy's heavy guns being
+answered by the few small ones that the British had been able to get
+into position during the night. There was no doubt that, until the
+heavy naval batteries were got into position, it would go hard with
+the defending forces.
+
+Helmar hurried along in face of the terrific fire, totally heedless
+of the danger he was running, until he reached the railway.
+
+Hurrying on with the greatest possible speed, he reached the base of
+the hill, where he stood watching the efforts of the men. It was
+frightful work, the great heavy guns moved ever so slowly, and to
+George the outlook seemed hopeless.
+
+He had not noticed the officer in charge standing close by him, but
+as a sergeant ran up to receive some order his attention was
+attracted, and he recognized a Captain of Engineers to whom he had
+been of use several times since his arrival in Alexandria.
+
+The officer looked very much concerned about something as he stood
+there directing the sergeant. At the very moment the man went off to
+do the bidding of his superior, the officer turned and caught sight
+of George standing there. Beckoning him to his side, he asked--
+
+"Is not your name Helmar?"
+
+"Yes, sir," replied George.
+
+"What are you doing now?" demanded the officer.
+
+"I have just finished the trenches, sir; my men have gone back and
+I was about to follow, when I stopped to watch the hauling up of
+those guns," said George.
+
+"Ah! Those guns are giving much trouble. But I have just hit upon an
+idea which will save time and labour, and you are the very man I
+want to help carry it out. Come with me for a few minutes and I will
+give you the necessary instructions."
+
+George followed the officer promptly.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XIII
+
+                      HELMAR PROVES HIS METAL
+
+
+As George followed the officer he wondered what the plan was and in
+what manner his services could be of use in its execution. So far
+his occupations had been many and various, and, being willing and
+prepared to do any mortal thing, he felt no anxiety about the task
+he was to have next.
+
+Having reached the spot where the operations were going on, the
+officer, addressing Helmar, said--
+
+"Unless we get those guns into position quickly, there is no telling
+what may happen. The situation is getting very serious, but if I
+can carry out my plan successfully there will be nothing to fear. It
+is necessary, however, to have a trustworthy and fearless man for
+the job, for he will not only have a hard task but will be in a warm
+corner."
+
+"Give me your orders, sir, and I will do my best to carry them out,"
+said George, without hesitation.
+
+"Well, it will take a long time to get the guns up by manual
+labour," said his companion meditatively, "and it seems to me that
+we might easily adopt another means. Now," he went on, in decisive
+tones, "there are plenty of ropes and wire cables, and my suggestion
+is, we fix two blocks, one on the top of the hill and the other on
+the railway line opposite to it, and then, fastening a cable to the
+gun and passing it through the pulleys, secure it to a locomotive
+and--the thing is done."
+
+The officer looked at George for a moment, wondering if he grasped
+the situation clearly. The plan was of such a simple nature that he
+could not fail to do so.
+
+"Do you understand what I mean?" asked the officer.
+
+"Perfectly," replied George, "it seems to me a splendid plan."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed the officer. "Now, I want you to undertake the
+securing of the block on the hill." Then turning to the men, he
+called out, "Cease hauling there! Sergeant," he went on, "send in
+word at once to dispatch a locomotive down the line to us with the
+least possible delay."
+
+The work assigned to George was of great importance and of great
+danger. The enemy had already trained their heavy guns on to the
+hill, and it was only their bad gunnery that made it possible for
+the officer's plan to be carried out. In every direction shells were
+flying, bursting overhead, on either side, short, and far over the
+city, till the air was filled with flying fragments of metal; every
+moment was a constant threat, a constant danger to the little party
+of blue-jackets at the foot of the hill.
+
+Without waiting for further orders, Helmar, with the assistance of
+one or two of the eager sailors, selected an iron block of great
+strength, some necessary tools and ropes, and began the ascent.
+
+The first part of the climb was a little sheltered, but, as they
+proceeded, the shells hurtled away over their heads in rapid
+succession, and as the hissing missiles sped on their way, the men
+involuntarily ducked their heads as though to avoid them. The
+devoted little party had barely a hundred and fifty yards to go to
+reach the summit, but every foot of the way they knew they would be
+exposed to this murderous fire.
+
+The battle was raging all along the south of the city, a dense cloud
+of smoke covering the land like a pall, hiding the glaring light of
+the sun and making the atmosphere more densely oppressive than ever.
+The little party toiled wearily up the hill, the perspiration
+pouring off them as they struggled beneath their iron burdens,
+prepared to do or die. Helmar led the way, and never for a moment
+paused, although the weight of the heavy block was almost
+unbearable. He thought nothing of the flying shells, nothing of the
+death he was facing at every step, only of reaching the top and
+securing the pulley. A few more yards and the journey would be over.
+
+"Come on, lads, only another step or two!" he cried, gasping for
+breath in the parching air.
+
+"Ay, ay," came the answer in various tones.
+
+At last the top was reached. The sight now became fearful; the
+bursting shells, ploughing up the ground on all sides, were enough
+to strike terror into any one's heart. The blue-jackets, used to
+facing fire of all kinds, simply laughed and joked as they pointed
+out the inaccuracy of the firing.
+
+"Them savages 'ad better go back to their bows and arrers,"
+exclaimed one of the men, as he saw a shell pitch about half-way
+short of the hill. "Blowed if they could 'it an 'aystack, the black
+divils!"
+
+His companions laughed, and it did all hands good. Notwithstanding
+their indomitable pluck, the nervous strain was great, and the laugh
+relieved them. The hill-top was very bare, and, as George glanced
+round for a means of securing the pulley, he began to think that
+after all he had no easy task. The only possible means of securing
+it was to drive strong poles deep and firmly into the earth, and
+then fix the pulleys to them.
+
+As Helmar stood examining the spot, a splinter of one of the shells
+struck the earth close to him, and glancing off, whizzed past within
+an inch of his face. Springing back, he turned to a man near him.
+
+"That was a close call," he said.
+
+"Ay, and it might ha' been closer," was the solemn reply.
+
+There was no time to be lost, Helmar had made up his mind, and gave
+his instructions to the men. Taking a crowbar, about seven feet
+long, they drove it into the earth until there was little more than
+two feet of it remaining above ground. Just as this was finished, a
+shell pitched and burst barely twenty yards from them, and the whole
+party narrowly escaped death. The explosion tore up the ground until
+it looked as if a plough had recently passed over it.
+
+For fear the crowbar should not be firm enough to hold the weight of
+the gun, Helmar now fixed a stay to it and secured it to the ground;
+then collecting all the loose, heavy stones around, had them rolled
+into position so as to prevent the stake from drawing.
+
+The hill was now becoming too hot to hold them; the Arabs, bent on
+dislodging them, continued their fire with greater accuracy, until
+it became so deadly that the rest of the work had to be done lying
+down.
+
+The process of fastening the iron block to the crowbar was
+comparatively easy, and yet it was during this operation that the
+first casualty happened. George was lashing the wire rope round the
+stanchion, with the assistance of one of the men, when, without a
+cry or a moan, his companion fell back on the ground, shot clean
+through the chest. Helmar was terribly shocked, but continued his
+work, the man's place being at once filled by one of the others, and
+so the task was completed.
+
+"If that doesn't hold, nothing will," exclaimed George, ducking
+involuntarily, as a shot passed over his head. "Come on, boys, we'd
+better go back. No, on second thoughts, go you down and haul up the
+cable, I'll remain here and take care of him," pointing to the dying
+sailor.
+
+Without a word, the men darted off, and Helmar was left alone.
+
+While waiting for the return of his comrades, he laid the dying man
+in a comfortable position, nursing his head on his lap. This was the
+first time Helmar had been under fire. His anticipation of it had
+been somewhat unnerving, but when he found himself in the midst of
+the hail of lead and iron, his spirits had at once risen and he felt
+a wild longing to shout defiance at the distant Arabs.
+
+He could see nothing of the enemy through the dense canopy of smoke,
+but, from his elevated position, he could see the line of the city
+defences quite plainly. The garrison troops on all sides seemed to
+be gaining ground, only at this one point did it seem that nothing
+was being done. Suddenly he saw the locomotive dash out from the
+town and run swiftly down the line towards him, and, at the same
+time, the cheery "heave-ho" of the tars broke on his ear as they
+hauled the cable up the hill.
+
+The next minute the pilot rope was passed through the block and the
+men ran off with it towards the railway, while George remained to
+guide the hawser into its place when it came up.
+
+The whole operation did not last more than a few minutes; he saw the
+men reach the railway, pass the rope through the pulley there, and
+then secure it to the waiting engine.
+
+The officer now came up and joined Helmar.
+
+"You have done well, my lad," he cried. "Do you think the stanchion
+will hold the weight of the heavy guns?"
+
+"I hope so, sir," answered Helmar, eyeing the crowbar narrowly.
+
+"Very well, I'll give the order to heave in the slack. We'll see."
+
+[Illustration: "At last the gun reached the top." p. 151]
+
+He then gave the signal, and the engine began to steam slowly back
+to the town. The guide rope hauled taut, and then began to pass
+rapidly through the blocks. The hawser began to ascend. Up it came,
+lumbering along like a great snake until the block was reached. The
+officer signalled, and the engine came to a standstill. George
+passed the great steel rope safely through the pulley, and the work
+went on until the hawser had passed the second block on the
+railway. The engine then came back, and as soon as the great cable
+was secured to it, it started again for the town. The work had
+started in real earnest.
+
+All this time the enemy's fire was kept up incessantly, the
+locomotive being an object for their gunners to try their skill. But
+for the Arabs' atrocious practice, the naval guns would never have
+been got into position; as it was, whilst Helmar and the officer
+stood looking on, the gun began slowly to ascend.
+
+With a lynx eye, George watched the straining crowbar, fearful that
+it should draw and his work prove unavailing. It held, and, assisted
+by the men below, the heavy burden was steadily hauled up.
+
+At last the gun reached the top, and Helmar breathed a sigh of
+relief as he saw it wheeled off to its position. After this, the
+other guns were fetched up in a similar manner, and in less than
+half-an-hour the whole battery opened fire on the enemy. The naval
+brigade's practice quickly silenced the enemy's guns, and long
+before sundown Arabi and his hordes were in full retreat.
+
+As soon as his share in the work was over, George quietly slipped
+away and retired, thinking no more about it, content to leave the
+issue of the day in other more capable hands, while he took his
+well-earned rest. It did not occur to him that he had done anything
+wonderful, and therefore great was his surprise when, towards
+sundown, he was again rudely awakened by a loud voice telling him
+to get up.
+
+"Be sharp, too; the Colonel wants you."
+
+Somewhat flustered by this peremptory order, George hurried out and
+followed the orderly until he reached a house on the outskirts. Here
+the man paused.
+
+"You're not very smart-looking," he said, eyeing Helmar's
+non-military appearance with a glance of contempt.
+
+"I can't help that," said George. "You said, 'come at once,' so I
+came. It's no use finding fault with my appearance now, you should
+have thought of that before."
+
+"All right, I don't want any cheek, only when you go before the
+Colonel you are supposed to look smart. Just remember, young fellar,
+it's an honour to speak to the chief."
+
+"Oh, is it?" said George, tired of the man's patronage. "Well, if
+you'll lead the way, I shall be obliged, for it is no honour to
+speak to you."
+
+Muttering something derogatory to Helmar's nationality, the man led
+the way into the house.
+
+In a few minutes Helmar stood in front of the Colonel in charge. In
+the room several other officers were standing round, amongst whom he
+recognized the Captain whom he had assisted with the guns. The
+latter smiled on him as he entered.
+
+"I am told," said the Colonel, looking up at Helmar, "that it was
+due to your gallant conduct to-day, my man, that the guns were got
+into position so rapidly. It seems that, under a very heavy fire,
+you went to the top of the hill on which they were to be posted, and
+fixed up the hauling gear. These reports are very satisfactory to
+me. You are engaged as an interpreter at present. I shall endeavour
+to find you a position the better to show your capabilities. I
+compliment you heartily on what you have done."
+
+When Helmar got outside he could scarcely refrain from shouting for
+joy. The very first engagement he had been in, it seemed, he had
+distinguished himself and received the Colonel's congratulations. It
+seemed too good to be true. And yet the Colonel had said it himself.
+"Bah!" he muttered, "I did no more than the others did--yes, but
+very likely they got praised too."
+
+He anxiously hurried back, wondering what the morrow would bring
+forth. Evidently luck was coming his way.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XIV
+
+                        THE REGIMENTAL COOK
+
+
+The sun had long risen when George awoke from his heavy, dreamless
+slumber. Tired nature had at last demanded and received her share of
+the healing balm of sleep. The day had been exciting, and eventful;
+and though the nervous strain had been great, it was long before his
+busy brain allowed him to get to sleep. When it did, however, it was
+hours before his body was sufficiently refreshed to begin the new
+day.
+
+The sun was pouring down with scorching intensity when he sprang
+from his blankets; the heat of the atmosphere was like that of an
+oven, and he flung back the fastenings of the doorway and plunged
+his head into a bucket of water that stood ready to hand. Thoroughly
+refreshed and cooled with his dip, he set out in search of
+breakfast, his thoughts running wild over the events of the
+preceding day, as he made his way down the lines towards the
+cook-house.
+
+As he hurried along he was astonished at the number of men who
+paused in their work to take notice of him. As a matter of fact, he
+was scarcely known to any one, except the officers with whom he came
+into contact in his work, and yet he was greeted like an old friend
+by nearly every one he came across. It was some time before he began
+to realize that, in some way, the events of yesterday had brought
+this about.
+
+Reaching the cook-house, he plunged into the subject of breakfast.
+Had the cook anything to eat?
+
+"Anything to eat?" replied that worthy. "Well, rather. Always got
+something for you, Mr. Helmar!" his greasy face smiling with a look
+of pride at the man who had so distinguished himself on the hill
+yesterday.
+
+"I'm beastly hungry, and am afraid I'm a bit late," said George
+apologetically. "But I was so tired that I overslept myself."
+
+"Late? Not a bit of it--leastways, not for you. Here y'are, I been
+a-savin' this for you," and the benevolent-looking "slushy" dived
+into an oven and produced a piece of steak and some onions on a tin
+plate.
+
+George accepted this mark of extreme favour with the greatest
+pleasure. The steak smelt savoury, although, by the looks of it, he
+thought it would have done credit to a shoemaker's shop; but he fell
+to with such a healthy appetite that the cook was still further
+pleased.
+
+"'Ere, 'av a drop o' my kauffee," he said, holding out a pannikin of
+the steaming liquid; "there's a goodish 'stick' in it," he added,
+with a knowing wink.
+
+George accepted it without demur. He did not care for brandy, but he
+felt that he was under an obligation to the man and would not hurt
+his feelings by refusing what the soldiers considered a priceless
+treasure.
+
+While George was discussing his solid breakfast the cook looked on,
+chattering away about the doings of yesterday, avoiding with
+soldier-like tact Helmar's share in the proceedings; but just as the
+meal was over and he was about to depart, he said--
+
+"S'pose you won't be 'avin' many more meals along o' us?"
+
+"What do you mean?" asked George, in surprise.
+
+The man smiled and looked knowing.
+
+"Orficers' mess grub better'n we do, yer know," he replied, winking
+with the whole side of his face.
+
+"Yes, I dare say they do, but that's got nothing to do with it,"
+said George.
+
+"Ho, 'asn't it! They tells me as you are a-goin' to be made a
+horsifer."
+
+Our hero laughed, and the man looked offended.
+
+"No, no, that's wrong. You know, I'm not English, they can't do
+that--besides, there's no reason for it."
+
+"Well, now, I never thought o' that," replied the cook, somewhat
+crestfallen. "But they're a-goin' to do somethin' for yer;
+everybody's a-talkin' about 'ow you got them guns up the 'ill, and I
+sez, right yer are, I sez, 'e's a chap as deserves to git hon."
+
+George was quite confused at the man's praise, and, to avoid more of
+it, said good-bye and left the kitchen. What he had heard had opened
+his eyes. Now he knew the meaning of his morning's greetings from
+the strangers he had passed. Apparently he was looked upon as a sort
+of hero--well, he hoped they would find him something to do to prove
+their belief in him.
+
+Cutting across the parade ground towards the office, where his
+duties as interpreter required him, he was met by an orderly
+sergeant.
+
+"Mornin', Mr. Helmar. I was just coming to look for you. You're
+wanted at the office. I think," he went on, impressively, "there's a
+little trip on hand and you are to go on it."
+
+"Good! Do you know what it is, and where to?"
+
+"Can't say, I'm sure. They keep these things very quiet. The
+Adjutant's inside," he went on, "you'd better go in."
+
+Helmar stepped in. A group of officers, standing round a desk,
+turned as he entered.
+
+"Ah," said one who was sitting at the table with a chart spread in
+front of him, "I want you to hold yourself in readiness to accompany
+Captain Forsyth, this evening, on a patrol towards Kafr Dowar. You
+will act as interpreter. The commanding officer has selected you, as
+the work to be done will entail considerable risk, and we require a
+reliable man. Further instructions will be given you by Captain
+Forsyth. The patrol starts at sundown. You can go now and get
+ready."
+
+"Very good, sir," replied George, and turned to leave. One of the
+officers followed, and, as they got outside, joined him.
+
+"Your orders are not very explicit, Helmar," said he, "and probably
+convey but little to you. Of course, I dare say you know that after
+yesterday's engagement Arabi has retreated to Kafr Dowar. It is
+believed he has some thousands gathered under his banner, but we
+want to be sure. We are going out to gather all information
+possible, in which work you will be of great assistance to me."
+
+"You, then, are Captain Forsyth?" asked George, at once.
+
+"Yes, I asked that you might accompany me, for I do not care to
+trust to the native interpreters, and, besides," with a smile, "I am
+glad to have a man who not only can fight, but is also a man of
+resource."
+
+"I don't know the country, sir," answered Helmar doubtfully, "and,
+under the circumstances, that seems to me to be a vital point.
+Arabi's men are pretty smart, and no doubt there will be many traps
+to avoid."
+
+"I have taken all that into consideration. As far as the country is
+concerned, I will answer for that, and the traps--well, we must be
+as shrewd as the enemy."
+
+"I am only too glad of the chance," said Helmar, afraid lest, in
+offering objections, the officer should think he did not want to go,
+"and if it comes to a tight corner, I will give the best account of
+myself possible."
+
+"That's all right, then," said Captain Forsyth. "And now you had
+better go and get ready. I am going to let you use one of my own
+horses instead of a trooper; a blanket on the saddle is all that you
+can carry, except, of course, a day or two's rations in your wallet
+in case of accidents. You can get your arms from the quartermaster."
+
+The officer returned to the room, and Helmar hurried off to secure
+all that he needed.
+
+There was but little difficulty; evidently orders had been given
+beforehand, for his equipments were laid out and waiting for him.
+In an hour's time he had collected together everything he required,
+and the rest of the day was his own.
+
+His spirits were at the highest possible pitch, and the thoughts of
+the luck which was following him made him feel ready to undertake
+the most daring enterprises. He blessed the engineer officer who had
+given him the opportunity with the guns the day before. The drudgery
+of ganging natives in the trenches seemed as if it had now gone for
+ever, and he was about to embark on responsible work, or, at least,
+work that would give him scope to prove his mettle. The more he
+thought of it, the more castles he built of rising to a big
+position, until, at last, realizing the absurdity of his dreams, he
+brought himself back to the practical side of his duty.
+
+Late in the afternoon, about an hour before sundown, he again
+visited his friend the cook. He found that worthy looking as
+benevolently greasy as ever, and ready to offer him all the
+resources of his larder.
+
+"I thought I'd come and get my tea now, cook, I've got to go out on
+patrol at sundown. I'm afraid I'm a beastly nuisance."
+
+"Nuisance? No, o' course not. I ain't one o' them blokes as grumble
+cause a feller's 'ungry. Wot d'yer say to a bit o' cold meat and
+some tea to start with?"
+
+"Splendid. I haven't had any dinner, I had breakfast so late, so
+we'll make up for it now."
+
+"An' where are yer goin', if it's a fair question?" asked his
+companion.
+
+"Well, I don't know that I ought to say. Still, I wasn't told to
+keep it quiet, so I suppose it doesn't matter. It seems old Arabi
+has retired to Kafr Dowar and is going to make a stand there. We're
+going to gather information. I don't suppose there'll be much
+excitement."
+
+"Um," replied the cook, placing a pile of toast and dripping in
+front of his visitor. "I wouldn't mind bettin' a day's pay you git
+all the fun yer want afore yer git back."
+
+"Why, what makes you think that?" asked George, amused at the man's
+tone of conviction.
+
+"Yer don't know them horsifers like I do; I ain't been in service
+all these years for nothin'. I tell yer, if there wasn't no danger
+they'd a sent one o' them blessed blacks to interprit instead o'
+you. They knows you've got the grit, so they sends you, and it's
+odds yer don't come back with a 'ole skin."
+
+George knew the man's words were not meant unkindly, although they
+were something of a raven's croaking; however, with undamped ardour,
+he attacked the pile of greasy toast and waited for his host to
+continue.
+
+"I ain't got no opinion o' them all-fired Gypies!" he went on, as
+Helmar did not reply. "They're that treacherous as never, and if
+they gits 'old o' yer it means murder. Now, my advice is, an' I've
+'ad twenty year experience as a soldier ov 'er Majesty Queen
+Victoria--the greatest soverin o' the day--askin' yer pardon, as yer
+a Doycher--wot I says is, bayonit 'em, an' when yer done it see as
+they ain't alive arter. If yer don't, yer a goner."
+
+The good-natured cook had worked himself up to such a pitch of
+excitement as he laid the law down to our hero, that the latter was
+seriously afraid of apoplexy, and when the old fellow had finished,
+it was with difficulty he refrained from bursting out into a roar of
+laughter. However, keeping a straight face, he took a long pull at
+the pannikin of tea, and prepared to leave.
+
+"I've no doubt you are right, cook, and I shan't forget your advice.
+Well, good-bye, see you again some day."
+
+"Good-bye, Mr. Helmar," replied the cook, again beaming with
+good-nature and fat. "Good luck to you; don't forgit there's allers
+a drop o' good kauffee 'ere," and he turned to his work with a
+chuckle.
+
+Helmar hurried back to his quarters, and calling the chief nigger of
+his gang up, sent him to Captain Forsyth's quarters for the horse.
+While he was gone George busied himself with looking to his saddle.
+Presently, the fellow returned with a fine upstanding, raw-boned,
+dark brown horse. The animal looked all fire and mettle, and as
+George cast his eye over it, he registered a mental vow to thank the
+officer for his generosity.
+
+"You go to Kafr Dowar?" asked the nigger, as he held the horse for
+George to saddle him.
+
+"What's it to do with you where I'm going?" he asked sharply. "Mind
+your own business."
+
+"Be not angry with thy servant," said the man with a furtive glance,
+which he quickly averted as he caught Helmar's eye. "I but thought.
+Arabi is there."
+
+"How do you know?" asked George quickly.
+
+"I hear," was the evasive reply. Then, seeing the dissatisfied look
+on Helmar's face, he tried to ingratiate himself. "The horse is
+good, he will travel fast," he went on, with a glance of admiration
+at the animal.
+
+For a moment Helmar was thrown off his guard.
+
+"Yes, and it will take Arabi all his time to catch him, if we should
+come across him."
+
+"Then you go to Kafr Dowar," said the man, with a grin.
+
+George, seeing his mistake, was about to reply, when he saw the
+patrol getting ready, so, without further parley, he mounted his
+horse and rode towards them.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XV
+
+                              ON PATROL
+
+
+It was with very mixed feelings that Helmar rode over to the patrol.
+Of late he had come to regard all Egyptians with suspicion, and, in
+fact, the entire native population. As regards the so-called "loyal"
+blackies, he looked upon them as mercenaries, giving their loyalty
+for gain to the stronger side; being more enlightened than others,
+they realized that Arabi's rebellion could not possibly survive any
+serious opposition, and that in the end England was bound to crush
+it--hence their loyalty! Of course, it was well known that their
+ranks were crowded with spies--this was only natural--and he felt
+certain, though unable to prove it, that the man who had just spoken
+to him was one of these.
+
+As he rode up and joined the little party of horsemen, he was in two
+minds about speaking to Captain Forsyth of the man's suspicious
+behaviour; but, in the rush of moving off, he had no opportunity,
+and with the bustle and interest of his new work, the incident
+entirely slipped from his mind. It was not till later on that every
+word of that conversation was brought vividly back to him.
+
+"All right, Captain Forsyth," said the Adjutant, after inspecting
+the patrol; "you can move off. Good-bye, and good luck to you!"
+
+The order to march was given, and the little party of twelve people
+slowly filed from the lines.
+
+The beautiful cool of the evening after the sweltering heat of the
+day was refreshing to all, man and beast alike; the men laughed and
+chatted, the horses snorted, threw their heads up and proudly showed
+their mettle as the slow "walk march" was quickly changed into a
+canter.
+
+The camp was gradually left behind in the distance, and long ere
+night set in, Alexandria, with its domes and spires, was lost in the
+haze of the evening, and the bare, level, open country surrounded
+them on all sides.
+
+Their road lay in the direction of Kafr Dowar, distant about twenty
+miles to the south-east. For some time after leaving the city the
+railway was followed, until they arrived at the neck of land that
+separates the lakes Mariut and Abukir, then, leaving the road
+entirely, Captain Forsyth edged away from the railway and skirted
+along the south-west bank of Lake Abukir.
+
+Not very far out of the city, the officer dropped back to the rear
+where George was riding.
+
+"I'm going to divide the party, Helmar," he said, "and I want you to
+ride with me. We will travel on the west side of the railway, and
+shall probably meet stray Arabs in that direction, from whom we can
+obtain information. It will be imperative to keep a sharp look-out."
+
+"Yes," replied Helmar, "so far we do not know if Arabi has left Kafr
+Dowar or not. Anyway, if he has, I expect he still has a large force
+there."
+
+A flanking party was then sent out to the east. The main body,
+consisting of six men, were to continue the road direct for Kafr
+Dowar, while Captain Forsyth himself, a trooper named Brian, and
+George took the western flank.
+
+Helmar and his companions soon reached and crossed the railway, and,
+pressing on, the main body was quickly lost to view, and the work of
+scouring the country began in earnest.
+
+Helmar was very quick to learn his duties. A sort of instinct kept
+all his nerves and senses strained, detecting anything that might
+furnish information, and, although night had closed in, he found he
+was able to distinguish many things that he would not have thought
+possible in such darkness.
+
+Their course lay across country, and the officer kept on the right
+track by the aid of the brilliant light of the stars. He pointed out
+the manner in which it was done to Helmar, who marvelled at the
+simplicity of it all, and wondered how it was he had never thought
+to try it before.
+
+For some miles the journey was quite uneventful, and Captain Forsyth
+began to think that the Arabs had really retired beyond Kafr Dowar,
+even perhaps to Damanhour.
+
+"There doesn't seem to be a sign of the enemy anywhere," said he.
+"We must be within six miles of their reputed camp now, and we
+haven't even seen a light. It seems very strange."
+
+"Personally," replied George, "I think it's suspicious. These
+Gypsies are very foxy; there are some about, or I'm much mistaken.
+You don't catch a man like Arabi retiring all his troops without
+leaving a strong rear-guard somewhere behind. What about that rise
+over there?" he went on, pointing to the dim outline of a hill in
+the distance. "I thought I saw the flash of a light there just now,
+but it might have been only fancy."
+
+Captain Forsyth pulled his horse up for a moment and looked keenly
+in the direction indicated; but, as nothing appeared, the journey
+was resumed. A little further on, he suddenly exclaimed under his
+breath and whispered, "Wait a minute!" while he sprang from his
+horse.
+
+George felt a breath of excitement as he watched the officer's
+movements. The trooper Brian had come up alongside him.
+
+"Faith, seems to me there's some one on the move ahead of us. Can't
+you hear the sound of horses' hoofs, sir?"
+
+Helmar listened. At first he could hear nothing but the sighing of
+the evening breeze as it rustled over the open plains; but gradually
+he became aware of other sounds blending with it. He listened
+intently, and the sounds became more distinct, but still so dim that
+they seemed very far off.
+
+"Yes, I think you are right, Brian, but they are a long way off.
+They seem to me more to the left and in the direction of the
+patrol."
+
+"That's so," replied the Irishman, "and, sure, it's to be hoped the
+sergeant is aware of 'em."
+
+Just then the officer re-mounted his horse.
+
+"Well, sir, do you think it's anything coming our way?"
+
+"No," he replied, "not our way, but it's a party of horsemen, and
+they seem to be going straight for our main patrol. Brian, you and
+Helmar remain here; don't advance. I am going to join the sergeant's
+party. If you hear the sound of fire-arms from that direction, you
+two will join us at once; and if not, in twenty minutes from now
+strike a light and I shall rejoin you. Don't make any mistake.
+Helmar, I shall leave you in charge."
+
+While the officer was speaking, George gave all his attention to the
+sounds approaching, and his restless eyes scanned the darkness all
+round. What he had thought to be coming from the east now sounded to
+be from the west.
+
+"Very good, sir," he replied, as Forsyth finished speaking. "But it
+strikes me you are either wrong about the direction of the sounds,
+or there are others coming towards us from the west."
+
+The officer listened, but he remained convinced that what he had
+heard came from the direction he had said.
+
+"No, I am right," he said, at last. "There is no sound to the west.
+Don't forget your instructions," and he turned his horse and
+disappeared in the darkness, the clatter of his horse's feet soon
+becoming deadened by the heavy sand.
+
+"You're right, Mr. Helmar, and he's wrong, though it wasn't for me
+to say so," said Brian, in tones of firm conviction. "As the officer
+disappeared, did you notice how quickly the sound of his horse's
+hoofs died away?"
+
+"Yes," replied Helmar. "But what has that to do with it?"
+
+"Simple enough," replied the other; "he's forgotten about the wind.
+There isn't too much, it's true, but what there is is coming from
+the west, and consequently the sound travels with it. Now, you
+listen. You can't hear a sound of him now."
+
+It was as the Irishman said. Strain as they would, there was not a
+sound to be heard from his retreating horse.
+
+"You're right," said George, at last, "and the other sound is still
+to be heard, which means----"
+
+"Which means that some one is approaching us from the west, and the
+sound is travelling with the wind. Before he gets back we'll have
+trouble on our hands, or I'm--I'm--a Dutchman," he finished up in
+his broad Irish brogue.
+
+Although Helmar was determined and courageous, he was a novice at
+the art of war, and was ready to adopt any plan that appealed to his
+common-sense when danger threatened, so he consulted his companion.
+
+"Assuming that we are right, what plan do you suggest?" he asked,
+eyeing the Irishman keenly.
+
+"Well, it's hard to say what's best. Sure, I'm right on for a fight,
+but we must first locate how many are coming, and p'raps after all
+they may be friendlies, though I wouldn't give much for the chance."
+
+"Neither would I," replied George, laughing. "Well, I'll tell you
+what I propose; we'll just lay low and be guided by circumstances,
+and, in the meantime, look to our arms."
+
+The two men's revolvers were loaded, and the magazine of their
+rifles full; after they had examined them carefully they sat in
+solemn silence, with every nerve strained to its highest tension for
+the slightest suspicious sound.
+
+Every moment increased their certainty of the approach of horsemen,
+although at a slow pace, for the sounds were infinitely more
+distinct.
+
+"They're coming, right enough," said Brian abruptly in a whisper. "I
+caught the sound of voices just now, and by jabers it seems to me
+they're Gypies."
+
+This was a surmise of the Irishman's imagination, for as yet Helmar
+had heard no voice; but still the sounds came nearer.
+
+"Another two minutes and it'll be time to give the signal to Captain
+Forsyth," said Helmar, feeling over the face of his watch.
+
+"Eh? And bring a hornet's nest about us!" exclaimed the Irishman in
+disgust. "But there, it's military orders, and I suppose they must
+be obeyed, whatever the consequences."
+
+"It seems to me all wrong anyhow," replied Helmar; "I don't think he
+ought to have given such an order. A scout has no business to give
+signals like that, or even to carry matches, but I suppose it's got
+to be done. Get your pistol out and be ready while I strike a
+light."
+
+A grunt from the Irishman signified assent, and, a moment after,
+Helmar struck a match. Simultaneously as the match flared up, there
+was a howl from the west, and the two watchers heard the galloping
+of horses from that direction, while from the eastward they heard a
+loud "whoop" from Captain Forsyth, who almost instantly dashed up.
+
+"Quick, for your lives, men," he cried, "we are surrounded. There's
+a party of the enemy in hot pursuit of me. We must turn back and try
+to outflank them and join the rest of the patrol. Come on!"
+
+Leading the way, he turned his horse and the three men galloped off.
+
+"It's no go, cap'n," cried Brian, whose horse had leapt into the
+lead and was trying to bolt. "There's a party coming straight for
+us. Let's make a stand and give 'em a taste of our lead."
+
+"On, man, on for your life! They're coming in all directions," he
+shouted back. "That match did it."
+
+They turned their horses in another direction, but as they did so a
+rattle of musketry met them, and a hail of bullets flew over and
+around them.
+
+"Pull up," said Forsyth, in quiet tones, "the game's up, we must
+make a fight for it."
+
+Another volley whistled about them, and Brian's horse was hit and
+fell to the ground.
+
+"Are you hurt?" cried Helmar, dismounting to his assistance.
+
+"Not a bit," replied the fallen man cheerily, springing to his feet.
+
+The officer jumped off his horse, and the three men stood ready to
+sell their lives as dearly as possible. They were none too soon,
+for, in the darkness, the enemy, riding at full gallop, were almost
+on top of them before they could pull up. The moment they were near
+enough to see, they poured another murderous volley into the devoted
+little party, and the Irishman fell with a bullet through his chest.
+In reply, the Captain and our hero blazed away with their rifles
+into the cluster of horsemen.
+
+Suddenly a voice rang out above the noise of the cracking rifles,
+and the Arabs ceased fire; then clear and strong came in
+unmistakable European tones--
+
+"Surrender, you English, or you die!"
+
+In an instant Helmar recognized the voice--it was Arden's. Rage
+filled him as he thought that once more he was in the power of this
+man, and he made up his mind to fire his last cartridge before he
+gave in. He raised his rifle to his shoulder, but Forsyth stayed
+him.
+
+"It's no use. He has got us foul. Alive we may escape, but with
+fifty to one against us, it is suicide." Then raising his voice to a
+shout, he cried, "We surrender!"
+
+The words were hardly out of his mouth when, with a terrific shout,
+a volley was poured into the unprepared Arabs, and a frightful
+_melee_ ensued as the rest of the patrol, headed by the sergeant,
+charged to the rescue.
+
+In the confusion Forsyth and Helmar sprang on to their horses--Brian
+was beyond their help--and galloped towards their friends. The
+darkness was so intense that the two men immediately got separated.
+Helmar unconsciously altered his direction and immediately fell in
+with a party of horsemen galloping off. Thinking it to be the
+patrol, he joined them, and raced away. His horse was very fresh and
+quickly forged ahead into the midst of his companions, when, to his
+dismay, he discovered his mistake--he was in the midst of the flying
+enemy.
+
+With an exclamation of horror he endeavoured to pull up, but this
+attracted attention, and the men beside him, turning, saw his white
+face and shouted to their leader. George raised his revolver, but
+ere he could pull the trigger it was knocked from his hand and he
+was defenceless.
+
+The Arabs now closed all around him--there was no possibility of
+escape. One man had seized his horse's bridle, and he was forced to
+gallop on whether he liked it or not. He threw back his head and
+shouted, thinking his friends might still be within hearing, but a
+blow on the mouth with the butt end of a pistol silenced him, and
+bursting with rage and mortification he had to gallop on.
+
+His feelings were terrible; to be captured in this childish manner
+was too disgusting for words--and by Arden too! He railed bitterly
+at losing the Captain in the darkness.
+
+"If I had only had sense enough to stick close to him," he thought
+to himself, "I should have been all right, instead of again being in
+the power of this treacherous Mark. There'll be precious little
+mercy for me this time, and when we get to his camp, I expect he'll
+have me hanged."
+
+Then the thought struck him that as yet Mark, if he was with the
+party, had not seen him, and he felt inclined, notwithstanding the
+exigencies of his position, to laugh at the surprise it would cause
+that worthy when he became aware of who his prisoner chanced to be.
+
+They were ascending a hill, and on the top of it George could see a
+number of lights twinkling and bobbing about through the fringe of
+bush that covered it. His captors gave him but little time to
+speculate as to the place they were nearing, for not for one instant
+did they slacken their speed as they ascended the steep slopes.
+Helmar knew by the pace of the journey that he could not be far from
+Kafr Dowar, but he had never heard that it was on a hill, and
+besides, the railway passed through it. This latter thought
+convinced him that this place must be only some patrolling station
+of the rebels, and he felt sorry for himself that such was the case;
+he would probably be in the power of Arden or some subordinate,
+either of whom might, as likely as not, order him to be beheaded for
+the amusement of the crowd.
+
+These thoughts were not very comforting, and he was glad to put them
+from him for others of a less morbid character, as he entered the
+low scrubby bush in which the camp was pitched.
+
+No word had passed between him and his captors from the moment they
+had become aware of his presence amongst them. This ominous silence
+had struck him at first as curious, but realizing a few of the
+peculiarities of the "Gypies," he took this for one of them and
+refrained from breaking it.
+
+He was still in doubt as to whether Arden was with them, or whether
+this was another party altogether, but, whichever way it was, he
+meant to keep to himself the fact that he could understand Arabic,
+and trusted that his knowledge of their language might help him to
+escape, or at least save his skin.
+
+On the whole, after the first shock of his capture was over, he
+began to think that his fate might have been very much worse; he
+might have been with poor Brian lying dead on the sandy plain, a
+prey for the vultures who would swarm in dozens over his carcase at
+daylight; or he might only have been wounded, when to be left out in
+the scorching rays of the sun would have been ten times worse.
+
+With reflections such as these he endeavoured to comfort himself,
+and, as he entered the rebels' encampment, he felt he was ready to
+face anything that was likely to happen.
+
+Passing by a row of mud huts, the party drew up outside one bigger
+than the rest.
+
+Helmar was jealously guarded by two of the soldiers armed with
+rifles and pistols, while a confabulation was being held by the
+rest. They were talking some yards away, and so many tongues were
+going at once that it was impossible for him to make out what was
+said.
+
+At last, however, they evidently came to a decision, and at a word
+he was led off, with his horse, to a hut where his guards told him
+in Arabic to dismount.
+
+George was prepared for something like this, and remained where he
+was, pretending that he did not understand. Immediately the men,
+taking the bait, conveyed their meaning by signs, and he instantly
+dismounted. He was then led into the hut, and the moment after the
+soldiers left him, closing and barring the door behind them.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVI
+
+                           WE MEET AGAIN
+
+
+The place in which George found himself so roughly thrust was pitch
+dark. He vainly turned from side to side to discover, if possible,
+what his surroundings were, but he could see nothing. The ominous
+"clumping" of the bars as the rebel soldiers put them in place,
+warned him that they had no idea of giving him any opportunity of
+escape, and he must be content for a while at least to remain where
+he was and make the best of things. He listened for the sound of
+retreating footsteps, but, hearing none, concluded that the two men
+had been told off to mount guard over him, thus making his captivity
+doubly secure.
+
+Waiting for a moment or two, to get accustomed to the darkness, he
+proceeded to feel his way about, in the hopes of finding something
+on which to sit and rest; but, after hesitatingly moving round the
+walls, he came to the conclusion that the hut was bare of all
+furniture, and if he wished for rest he must sit on the ground.
+Being somewhat philosophical, this he did, leaning his back against
+the wall, and gave himself up to formulating a plan of campaign.
+This was no easy matter; he had but the vaguest ideas what his fate
+was to be, and therefore it was impossible to know what was the best
+line of action to adopt.
+
+The one thing he feared was that there was no sufficiently powerful
+rebel here to protect him from the barbarity of the half-wild
+soldiery; and if this were so, his life, when daylight came, would
+not be worth twopence. If Mark Arden happened to be in command he
+might possibly attempt to save him for a worse fate than even the
+one he had already pictured; of the two, he would sooner face the
+soldiers, for then his end would be swift, and he could at least
+face it like a man.
+
+His thoughts brought him so little comfort, so little hope, that at
+last he put them from him altogether, and, in spite of all his
+danger, in spite of all this discomfort, he curled himself up and
+slept the sound refreshing sleep of a tired man. Once more he was
+back in Germany, once more amongst the students of the University;
+the Debating Society was in full swing, and he was again enacting
+that little drama in the club-rooms. Somehow Arabi was mixed up with
+it all, encouraging him to help his friend from the bullying
+Landauer, smiling brightly on him as he uttered the scathing words
+preceding his challenge. Suddenly in the midst of it all there came
+a terrific peal of thunder, and he awoke with a start, to hear the
+bars being removed from his prison-door and to see the bright
+sunlight streaming in through cracks in both roof and wall of the
+cranky hut.
+
+He rubbed his eyes for a moment to make sure he was not still
+dreaming, then, as the door was flung open and the dirty face of a
+ragged, half-dressed soldier appeared, he recollected everything,
+and sprang to his feet in anticipation of rough treatment.
+
+Critically scanning the man who stood before him, George could not
+be certain if it was the same fellow who had thrust him in there the
+night before. He was not long left in doubt, for he was addressed in
+the broken English common to natives used to mixing with Europeans,
+and George knew at once that this was a fresh jailer.
+
+"The officer will speak with the Englishman," he said with a grin.
+
+[Illustration: "And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do
+not choose to go?" p. 181]
+
+"Oh," replied George in the same language, "and what does he want
+with me? Who is this officer? Why can't he come to me?" he went
+on in defiant tones.
+
+"You are prisoner, and the officer he not come to prisoners. You are
+to die soon," was the comforting reply.
+
+"Yes, and who is going to kill me? You?" with fine contempt in his
+tones, eyeing the insignificant wretch up and down.
+
+"I come not here to talk with the dog of a Christian. If you will
+not come with me, I must take you, for the Pasha will not wait.
+Come!"
+
+Helmar burst out into a loud laugh. The thought of this dirty little
+Egyptian taking him anywhere against his will was too much for him;
+notwithstanding the exigencies of the situation he resolved to tease
+him.
+
+"And how do you propose to drag me from here if I do not choose to
+go?"
+
+The little man's eyes glittered, and his hand rested on a revolver
+in his belt. He saw that the "dog of a Christian" was laughing at
+him, and he did not like it.
+
+"My orders are to bring you; if you will not come alive, then----"
+and he drew his revolver and levelled it at George's head.
+
+Thinking he had gone far enough, and realizing that the wretch was
+in earnest, George stopped laughing.
+
+"All right, lead the way, I'll go with you. But you might give me
+something to eat; I haven't touched food since yesterday afternoon
+and am hungry."
+
+"You not need food much longer," replied the man with a grim smile,
+as he led the way out into the scorching sunlight.
+
+"Evidently," thought George, "they don't intend to waste time with
+me. But, by Jupiter! I'll make a fight for it when the time comes!"
+
+The place he was in was a small encampment of mud huts scattered
+about amongst a scrubbly low bush. A number of rebel soldiers were
+to be seen in various attitudes of laziness, all smoking or chewing.
+As George passed along with his guide they eyed him with much
+disfavour, without moving from their particular position of ease,
+and if looks could kill, he would never have reached the officer's
+hut alive.
+
+"What place is this?" he asked, more interested in his surroundings
+than in his fate. "Is it Kafr Dowar?"
+
+The man shook his head and refused to answer. Not yet satisfied,
+George tried again.
+
+"How far is this from Alexandria?"
+
+This time the answer came short, sharp, and in deep tones of hatred.
+
+"Too far for the Christian ever to return."
+
+"How these wretches do hate Europeans," thought he, as he trudged
+along beside the man and began to think more seriously of what was
+in store for him.
+
+A few yards further on they stopped outside the same hut where they
+halted the night before. The guard knocked at the door, which was
+instantly opened, and two soldiers barred the way. George's guard at
+once explained, and the two men fell back, leaving them free to
+enter.
+
+The guide led the way. The room was dark, and as far as Helmar could
+see at first glance, it was as devoid of windows and in almost as
+ruinous a condition as his prison. He saw in one swift glance an
+untidy bed, covered with brown blankets, occupying one side of the
+room, and then his attention was riveted on a man dressed in
+Egyptian costume writing at a table in the centre of the apartment.
+He seemed to take no notice of their approach, so absorbed was he in
+his work; not a movement escaped him beyond the manipulation of his
+pen, which was decidedly rapid, George thought, for an "uncivilized
+savage."
+
+The prisoner had time to note the long sword hanging at the man's
+side, and also the sinister projecting butt of a revolver from his
+belt, but beyond this there was nothing to mark him out as anything
+much above the rest of the rebels he had seen.
+
+George and his guide halted in front of the table, and the officer
+with a movement of irritation threw down his pen and looked up.
+There was a momentary silence, and the two men exchanged glances of
+mutual defiance and hatred. Then, with an unpleasant smiling curl of
+the lip, the latter said--
+
+"So, George Helmar, we meet again!"
+
+It was Mark Arden. Helmar had not been altogether unprepared for
+this meeting. Mark, he knew, was in the neighbourhood, but he had
+not been certain he was to be the arbitrator of his fate. He thought
+swiftly, and quickly realized that no feelings of similar
+nationality and education would help to save him from this villain's
+vengeance. He therefore determined to put on the boldest face
+possible, and meet defiance with defiance, hatred with contempt, and
+let his captor understand that he did not care a jot for anything
+that he could do to him.
+
+"You escaped me before, but I thought it would not be long before I
+should again get hold of you. That was a smart trick you served me
+at Port Said, and I haven't forgotten it."
+
+George smiled, as he thought how easily he had outwitted this man
+before, and wondered if there were no possibility of repeating the
+operation. Mark seemed to read his thoughts.
+
+"No, my friend, it will not happen again; I will see to that. I have
+you more fully in my power now, and I can assure you I have no
+intention of letting you again slip through my fingers."
+
+"That remains to be seen," replied George, coolly. "But you haven't
+paid me that money yet, and I shall be glad of it just now."
+
+This was only said out of bravado, and had its effect. Mark could
+not refrain from smiling as he replied----
+
+"What, still harping on the old theme? Ah, well, you always were a
+cool fellow, but I'm afraid your coolness will avail you little now.
+I gave you a chance at Port Said, for old acquaintance' sake, a
+chance which you wantonly threw away in a manner little calculated
+to enlist my sympathy; and now, nothing I can do will save you," and
+he grinned fiendishly at the irony of his own words.
+
+George was not in the least taken in by them; he knew full well that
+this man would stop at nothing to injure him, so he treated his
+words with contempt.
+
+"Ah, you do not believe me," Mark went on, observing the look of
+disdain on George's face.
+
+"But you will soon see. Listen to this," and he read from what he
+had written on the paper in front of him.
+
+"I am sending down a man captured, by my command, in the act of
+spying our works here. He is an interpreter to the enemy, and
+therefore a man to be feared. I refrain from sentencing him here, as
+a spy is always a useful subject for interrogation for the
+authorities, and if he receives his punishment here, of course that
+will all be lost."
+
+"That is my dispatch to Arabi, Helmar, as far as you are concerned.
+Doubtless you can draw your own conclusions as to its meaning."
+
+"Yes," replied George, "I can. It means that you are asking to have
+me shot, probably tortured first to extract information from me
+which I do not possess. Bah! you are a cowardly hound!"
+
+"Exactly. For the sake of Auld Lang Syne," he replied coldly. "I do
+not care to have your execution on my hands. But I have no intention
+of letting you escape. Now you understand what I meant when I said
+that nothing could save you."
+
+As he finished speaking, he again bent over his writing. George
+watched him as his pen flew rapidly over the paper; he had nothing
+that he cared to say to such a despicable hound. He was simply
+raging with indignation at the traitor, and his fingers twitched
+longingly to get to the man's throat. However, he restrained
+himself, and waited for anything further that he had to say.
+Presently he looked up.
+
+"Well, is there anything I can still do for you?" he asked, in a
+sneering tone. "Although your fate has been decided, and I know that
+in less than a week you will be dead, I do not wish to deny you any
+comfort that my camp can provide."
+
+His words came short and sharp, and their tone was in no wise
+calculated to bring any relief to George's pent-up feelings, but
+rather aggravated them.
+
+"If you have finished all you have to say," he said sternly, "I
+shall be glad to return to my prison."
+
+Arden laughed coarsely at Helmar's indifference, and yet, while the
+smile was still on his lips, a look of anxiety came into his eyes as
+the calm demeanour of his former friend struck a latent chord of
+fear in his black heart. It passed, however, as quickly as it came,
+and angry that even for one moment he should have feared this man,
+he burst on him with a torrent of invective.
+
+"Leave me at once," he cried, pointing to the door; "go back to your
+kennel, you cur! If you stay here another minute I shall forget that
+I said I would not be responsible for your sentence! Here, guards,
+seize him and take him away!" He paused for a moment as the two
+soldiers obeyed, and then in cooler tones gave one parting shot.
+"When next we meet, Helmar, I shall pay my debts!"
+
+"When next we meet, you can have no choice: you shall pay them in
+full," rejoined Helmar quietly, as the guards marched him off.
+
+George breathed more freely when he found himself once more out in
+the brilliant sunlight. The atmosphere of that house had to him been
+unbearable, the presence of the villain Arden had taxed his feelings
+and temper to their utmost, and it was with a sense of intense
+relief that he surveyed again the mud huts and the lazy soldiers
+outside.
+
+The bright, hot sun, the fresh, sweet air quickly restored his
+mental balance, and he glanced at the many faces of the men lying
+about as he slowly sauntered, under the escort of his guards,
+towards his prison. He had not gone many paces when his attention
+was attracted towards a man who, just as he came abreast of where he
+was lying, turned over and grabbed at the air with his hand as
+though to catch some flying insect. The fellow's action was so out
+of keeping with the laziness of his attitude that Helmar glanced
+more keenly at him, and was astonished to see him looking hard at
+him. Immediately it flashed across his mind that he had seen the man
+before, but where he could not say. However, the recognition seemed
+mutual, for as the soldier lay back again, there was an unmistakable
+smile on his face, and Helmar went on towards his hut wondering.
+
+As soon as he arrived there, George stepped in and the door was
+closed upon him. While he had been away an aperture in the wall had
+been uncovered, and the miserable room was well lit up. He walked
+over to the opening and found that it was a small window, or rather
+square hole in the wall evidently used for that purpose. Carefully
+set in the centre of the floor was some rough food and a pitcher of
+water, and as he gazed at it, he thought that, uninviting as it
+looked, he could have done with quite double the quantity; however,
+satisfied that they did not intend to starve him, he fell to with a
+keen relish, and felt all the better when he had finished.
+
+Notwithstanding the prospect of immediate death, he was in no wise
+disturbed, and, as he leaned back against the wall after his repast
+was finished, his mind centred on the familiar face he had just
+seen, and he wondered again and again where he had seen it before.
+
+With tantalizing persistency the recollection stuck to him, and,
+equally tantalizingly, he was unable to recall his previous
+acquaintance with it. At last his thoughts began to drift, and he
+reviewed the events of his life since he had landed in Egypt.
+
+An hour passed in this way, when suddenly he started up with an
+exclamation.
+
+"Of course, what a fool I am!" he muttered. "He is the mate of
+Naoum's dahabieh. I remember distinctly now. I wonder how he got
+here; he seemed a decent sort of nigger, too! I wonder if he were
+forced into Arabi's service against his will? I must find out; if
+so, he may be of use to me." Joy came into his heart, and he laughed
+aloud.
+
+He already began to picture himself fooling Arden for the second
+time, although how was not quite plain even to himself. Still, as a
+drowning man will cling to a straw, George grasped at this one gleam
+of hope, and it brought him a peace of mind that he had not felt
+since he was captured the night before.
+
+The day dragged wearily on. At short intervals his guards would look
+in to see that he was not attempting to escape, and, satisfied with
+their inspection, would prop themselves in a sitting posture outside
+the door against the wall, and to all appearance sleep.
+
+Towards sundown food was again brought to him, and at the same time
+his guard was changed. While he was yet eating his unsavoury meal
+one of the new men entered--it was the man he had recognized.
+
+Glancing furtively at his fellow-guard outside, he advanced to the
+centre of the room, and with a smile that displayed a row of
+brilliant teeth, said----
+
+"You remember, eh, de dahabieh?"
+
+Helmar glanced up with a smile.
+
+"Yes, you helped us to beat off the rebels, I remember. I saw you
+this morning. But how came you here?"
+
+For reply, the man put his finger to his lips and glanced towards
+the door; then, as if expecting a spy, stepped over to the window
+and looked out. Satisfied with his inspection, he came back, and,
+squatting himself down on the floor, looked for a moment at his
+prisoner.
+
+"I come because I cannot stay," he replied in fairly good French.
+"They come to de dahabieh--Arabi's men--and they say I must go with
+them, so I am here, but I not like."
+
+"Ah, I see, you were pressed into the service," said Helmar, "and
+you are here against your will."
+
+The man nodded, then again glancing suspiciously round, said--
+
+"But you, they kill you--Arabi shoot you when you get to Damanhour."
+
+"I'm afraid that is their idea," replied George, with a rueful face,
+"unless I can escape, and that doesn't seem very likely."
+
+"Naoum is at Damanhour," said the man thoughtfully. "If he know you
+here, he no let them kill you. You go from here at sunrise
+to-morrow, I am to be one of your guard."
+
+George was on the alert in an instant. He could see that this man
+wanted to help him if he could only find a way. Apparently the
+fellow was not very resourceful, so he determined that he must
+suggest something himself.
+
+"You say that Naoum is at Damanhour, and you are to be one of my
+escort--well, look here. Do you think you could manage to give him a
+note from me when we arrive? He will pay you well."
+
+"Me want no pay. Naoum is a good master, and I am his servant. I do
+all you want. Naoum knows his servant. I come again at dark, and you
+have your letter written, and I take it."
+
+Without waiting for anything further, the man sprang to his feet and
+joined his companion outside. There was such an air of sincerity
+about the fellow that Helmar at once felt he could trust him, so
+without hesitation he set about writing the note. He found a pencil
+in his pocket, and using the inside of an envelope, gave a brief
+outline of what had befallen him, addressed it to Naoum, and then
+set himself to await the coming of his guard. Just as it was getting
+dark, the fellow again entered the prison, and without a word, took
+the note and departed. As soon as he had gone, George stretched
+himself out on the rough, sandy floor, and prepared to take as good
+a night's rest as possible. He felt convinced in his own mind that
+the means of escape had been found, and was now content to wait the
+outcome without apprehension. It was indeed a relief to him that he
+had found a friend in this hornet's nest of cut-throats, and he
+hoped sincerely that the man's honest intentions might not miscarry.
+
+With his mind still dwelling on thoughts such as these he fell
+asleep, and, rough and hard as was his couch, his sleep was calm and
+peaceful; as the other guard looked in and listened to his regular
+breathing, his conscience was at rest when, later on, he followed
+his prisoner's example.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVII
+
+                         HAKESH THE PRIEST
+
+
+As the guard had said, at sunrise the next morning the order was
+given for George to be conducted to Arabi's head-quarters. After the
+prisoner had been served with his rough breakfast, his horse was
+brought to him. His guard assembled, no less than six men, to form
+his escort, and he was ordered to mount. Just as they were about to
+start, Mark Arden made his appearance.
+
+"So you are off on your long journey, Helmar?" he said, in tones
+that plainly implied his meaning. "Sorry I shall not be able to
+travel with you, but I have no doubt Arabi will know how to treat
+you _properly_. I have pointed out to him many salient points in
+your character, that I know will appeal to him--don't you wish you
+were back at Koenigsberg?" And he broke off with a taunting laugh.
+
+"There's a good old adage that it would be as well for you to
+remember, Arden," replied George; "'There's many a slip,' etc. It's
+a favourite one of mine. And just by way of a piece of advice, don't
+forget the British advance, they'll give you but short shrift."
+
+"You needn't worry about me, I know all their doings, and by the
+time their slow movements bring them near enough to do me any harm,
+my plans will all be complete, and I shall be miles away." He paused
+for a moment, and a shadow passed over his face; then he suddenly
+burst out, "Helmar, you are a great fool. Why don't you join me? I
+have power, you are a German, the British are our enemies--there is
+yet time. Say the word, and I will free you--we will blot out old
+scores, and work together."
+
+George gave the man one look of withering scorn.
+
+"You think to coerce me!" he cried with flashing eyes. "You think
+that I am made of the same currish clay as yourself, and because I
+am in your power, and you intend to have me wantonly murdered, that
+I will accept any means of saving my life! But you are wrong! The
+British are not my enemies, if they are yours. They have stood my
+friends ever since I came to this country, and, in return, I cannot
+do less than be faithful to their interests. Rather than associate
+myself with you, I would be blown from a cannon's mouth--that will
+show my opinion of you; and now let us get on with the journey--the
+very sight of you makes me sick."
+
+"So be it! Go! Go to your doom, you fool!"
+
+Arden gave the order to march, and the little party moved off. As
+they made their way out of the camp, Helmar could not help feeling
+pleased that he had had another opportunity of letting Mark know
+what he thought of him, it added to his sense of elation at the
+prospect which had been opened up to him, of a possible means of
+escape; he had that feeling which comes to all men after having
+performed an action that redounds credit to their moral character.
+So that when the little French-speaking soldier, who had first
+conducted him to Arden's presence, approached and bullyingly told
+him that any attempt to escape on his part would bring about
+immediate death to himself, he only smiled, and replied very
+cheerfully----
+
+"All right, my friend, if I attempt to do so, I am quite willing to
+stand the consequences. But if I may be allowed to know--where am I
+being taken to?"
+
+"The great Pasha is now at Damanhour, whither we go. If when we come
+there he is gone, we shall follow. My orders are to deliver you to
+him and no one else."
+
+"Good!" replied Helmar. "I would sooner be sentenced by this great
+rebel than by any subordinate. I am more likely to be treated fairly
+decently."
+
+Helmar was not in any way bound; he was given free use of his hands,
+but the bridle of his horse was secured to that of one of his
+guard's horses, and even if he had wished to do so, there was but
+little chance of getting away. However, he had not the least
+intention of attempting any such mad enterprise, infinitely
+preferring to trust to the man who carried his note to Naoum.
+
+They were to reach Damanhour that night, the distance was about
+twenty miles, and they intended to travel only in the cool of the
+day. After about an hour's journey, the guard halted at a clump of
+bush, the horses were off-saddled, and the little party prepared to
+rest until evening. The heat was intense, and the welcome shade of
+the trees was like water to the thirsty rider in the desert. To
+Helmar, unaccustomed to this mode of travelling, it was an
+indescribable relief to sit down on the sandy soil, with his back
+propped against his saddle, and watch the shimmering haze of heat
+across the sun-scorched plains. It made him think of the stories he
+had heard of the weary traveller lost in the desert, no water with
+which to moisten his parching throat, his tongue swollen, black, and
+immovable in his mouth, with already the first signs of delirium and
+insanity showing in his erratic and aimless actions. He shuddered as
+the picture presented itself, and thanked his stars that he was
+seated, though a prisoner, beneath such a deliciously refreshing
+shade.
+
+His escort distributed themselves under the various low bushes
+around, one man only, his little guide of the day before, sitting by
+his side to guard him. In a few minutes, with this one exception,
+they were all asleep. It seemed to George that these men could sleep
+at all hours of the day or night; in fact, as far as he could see,
+it was their one pastime. Work and watchfulness, except when
+compulsory, seemed to be quite out of the native ken.
+
+Hours passed, and at last one by one the men awoke, a fire was
+kindled, and food, in a careless, lazy sort of way, was prepared.
+After the meal was finished, they again slept, and Helmar was once
+more left to his own reflections. The sun was already past the
+meridian, and getting well down towards the horizon, but the heat
+was still too great for travelling. The little Egyptian again sat
+silently beside his charge.
+
+Suddenly, George caught sight of the figure of an Arab approaching.
+He was some distance off, and as yet the one wakeful guard had not
+seen him. Helmar eyed the stranger keenly as he approached,
+wondering who he could be travelling in that intense heat, on foot,
+in a country infested with lawless soldiery. The stranger came
+steadily on, and as he drew near, Helmar noticed that, although
+dressed in flowing Eastern garb, he was a white man, and of
+patriarchal age. He had a snow-white beard, that reached to his
+waist, and his figure was tall, lean, attenuated, and tottering.
+Altogether his appearance was so fascinating that George drew his
+guard's attention to it.
+
+"Who can that old man be, coming along there on foot?" he asked, in
+French. "And what on earth is a tottering old fellow like him doing
+about by himself in such a place?"
+
+The guard looked in the direction indicated, and a peculiar
+expression passed over his face as his eyes rested on the stranger.
+Without a word of reply the man jumped up and roused his comrades,
+and a conversation in Arabic ensued. Helmar listened intently.
+
+"See, see," cried the little man. "It is that madman, Hakesh, the
+Christian, the priest who goes about calling down the wrath of Allah
+on our beloved leader. See, he comes from the direction of Mishish,
+where he has been stirring up the people against Arabi, calling on
+them to assist the dogs of Christians."
+
+A whispered conversation followed, the purport of which George could
+not catch, but evidently there appeared to be a divided opinion in
+the discussion. The friendly mate from the dahabieh seemed to be
+strongly opposed to some plan the little man was laying before them,
+and his eyes were flashing ominously. Suddenly the Arab who had
+first spoken raised his voice.
+
+"You are no good believer, Belbeis," he cried, in angry tones. "This
+dog of a priest is harmful. If our master knew what you say, you
+would rot in prison. No, he must die--nobody will be the wiser, and
+we shall get reward. Think, the great Pasha will make us all rich,
+and Allah will be pleased."
+
+The Egyptian's words struck on Helmar's heart with a cold chill. The
+old man, Hakesh, was approaching feebly yet fearlessly, perhaps not
+even knowing the danger that awaited him, and that these fiends in
+human form were about to murder him in cold blood. The thought was
+too awful, and George looked about helplessly for a means to thwart
+them. He might call out and warn the approaching patriarch, but
+this, he knew, would be useless, for then the five men would fire a
+volley of bullets into his poor withered old body. No, that would
+not do. Just then George caught the sound of Belbeis's voice
+protesting loudly.
+
+"You are a fool, Abdu, you are like all the rest. Does Hakesh not
+look to all the sick? does he not help the poor?--besides, no
+Egyptian takes notice of his words, no true believer will follow his
+guidance, for he is mad. See, if anything is to be done, take him in
+as a prisoner to the Pasha, but do not kill him or evil will
+overtake you. He is insane!"
+
+The old man had now sighted the occupants of the bush, and increased
+his pace. He was only a few steps off, and George could see the
+benevolent expression of the kind face, and the determined light in
+the dark, steel-blue eyes, which not even the man's great age could
+dim.
+
+The discussion amongst the guard had now ceased, and they stood
+looking on as the old man came up. The little Abdu stood out ahead
+of his companions, aggressively eyeing the stranger as he came up.
+
+"Peace be with you, my children!" said Hakesh, in a thin, quavering
+voice, as he stood in front of the party. "You are resting on your
+weary journey, I see. I will rest with you, for the sun is hot; I
+have walked far, and am weary too."
+
+The old man made as though to walk over to a bush and sit down, but
+Abdu intercepted him.
+
+"No, no, you cannot rest here, we are all true believers, and you
+are no friend of the Pasha's. You preach against him, and call upon
+all men to take up arms with the dogs of Christians. You cannot take
+rest with men of the true faith," and he barred the old man's way
+threateningly.
+
+One or two of the other men backed their leader up, but Belbeis hung
+back with a look on his face that boded no good to Abdu. Helmar saw
+the look and had risen to his feet quietly, so as not to attract the
+attention of the soldiers, but Hakesh caught sight of his white
+face, and a smile came into his eyes.
+
+"Ah," he said, addressing Helmar in English, "you can speak for me.
+I cannot make these people understand that I am a man of peace, and
+would rest."
+
+Abdu did not understand what he said, but seeing him address Helmar,
+quickly interposed.
+
+"He cannot assist you, he is a prisoner, therefore do not waste
+words with him. He is a dog of a Christian, too!"
+
+"Peace to your revilings!" answered Hakesh, in a tone of irritation.
+"Because you are not of our religion, it is no reason to call us
+dogs. Stand aside, I am weary and must rest."
+
+Either he did not understand that the soldiers were threatening, or
+he refused to let him see that he did, for he put out one trembling
+hand and endeavoured to push the little wretch on one side. The
+moment his hand touched Abdu, the match was set to the train and the
+explosion followed.
+
+"You would dare to lay a hand on a true believer!" he cried, in his
+high-pitched voice, his small, wicked eyes glittering with the lust
+for vengeance. "Dog, you are in my power, you have roused the people
+against Arabi, you shall go with us, a prisoner to the great
+Pasha--we shall see! Seize him!" he shouted to the others. "Lash him
+to a tree and we will flog him!"
+
+Four of the men advanced to do his bidding. Belbeis had not moved.
+The old man looked round helplessly, not knowing what to expect.
+Then as the men caught hold of him he struggled feebly. Abdu had
+stood by, but the moment he saw Hakesh struggle he drew a knife.
+Helmar, who had not taken his eyes off the man for a moment, saw
+this. The old man continued his struggle, and Abdu, with murder
+written on his face, edged round behind him.
+
+Without a word of warning, Helmar with the agility of a tiger darted
+forward, and with one terrific blow felled the Egyptian to the
+ground.
+
+"Murder him, would you! You miserable hound! I'll give you a
+lesson!"
+
+He was about to continue his chastisement, when he found himself
+surrounded by the rest of the guard. He saw the flash of steel, and
+then jumping back beside the old man, he faced the infuriated men.
+As they were about to attack, Belbeis sprang into their midst, and,
+shouting at them, forced them aside.
+
+For a moment the men paused, and Belbeis at once got the hearing he
+wanted.
+
+"You fools! What would you do? Kill our prisoner, for the sake of
+this tottering old man? Out upon you for a flock of foolish
+vultures! If the white man is harmed we shall lose our heads when
+the Pasha hears of it."
+
+He spoke quickly and with force, and the ignorant soldiers were
+quick to see the importance of his arguments, but their thirst for
+blood was great and they were loth to give up the hated Christian.
+
+Abdu had recovered and sat up, with a huge lump on his forehead
+where Helmar had struck him.
+
+"Why do you not kill him?" he shouted. "You stand there skulking,
+while he murders me. Seize him, and let him see what it means to
+strike one of the faithful."
+
+Belbeis raised his hand.
+
+"Peace," said he, "you brought it on yourself. You would have
+murdered the old man while we made him prisoner. You may be glad
+that the Christian stayed your hand, or our lives would have paid
+the forfeit."
+
+"I care not!" cried Abdu, foaming with rage. "You shall obey me! I
+am your officer! Kill him, I say!"
+
+"You may not care, but we do," answered Belbeis, calmly. "You may
+say and do as you like, but we will not let your doings bring the
+Pasha's wrath on our heads."
+
+The little man still raged, but had to be content, and a compromise
+was brought about between Belbeis and the others, to the effect that
+Helmar's hands should be bound and the old man taken on to Damanhour
+a prisoner. As soon as this was settled, the party once more saddled
+up and continued their journey.
+
+Hakesh was made to mount behind Helmar's saddle, and in this
+uncomfortable position the poor old man clung to him for support.
+
+"I can never thank you sufficiently for saving my life," said he, as
+they rode slowly along. "True, I am so old that it does not much
+matter, but my work is not yet done, and I would live to see it
+finished."
+
+"There is no need of thanks," replied George. "I am glad to have
+helped you. However, our troubles are not yet ended. Abdu won't soon
+forget that cuff I gave him--we have yet much to fear from his
+spite."
+
+The old man's attention was now entirely taken up with clinging on
+to his position, and he relapsed into silence. Helmar was occupied
+with thoughts of escape, so nothing more was said until the town of
+Damanhour was reached.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XVIII
+
+                         BEHIND PRISON BARS
+
+
+On his arrival at Damanhour George was conducted by his guards
+straight to the prison where he was to be confined. The gaol was one
+of the many ramshackle buildings which the village was comprised of.
+As the little party slowly made their way through the unpaved streets,
+they were intently watched by crowds of men, women, and children; the
+men were principally rebel soldiers, mixed with a smattering of
+insurgent townspeople, the women and children--creatures of all
+sorts--from the village folk to the common ruck which follows a native
+army. Many were picturesque, but others looked like the drainings of
+the slums of larger cities. There was no doubt as to the sentiments
+they entertained for the white people, for, as they caught sight of
+Helmar's face, under escort of rebel soldiers, unmistakable signs of
+rejoicing were shown, and more than once the threatening attitude of
+the mob made Helmar wonder if he would reach his destination alive.
+
+As they neared the centre of the town, Hakesh drew his companion's
+attention to a building surrounded by high walls.
+
+"That, I expect, is where they will imprison us. It is the town
+gaol, and since Arabi has been here they have used it for military
+purposes. It is a filthy den."
+
+"I expect so," replied George. "From what little I know of these
+people, I should hardly expect cleanliness to be amongst their
+virtues. What do you think they will do to us?"
+
+"That, my son, I cannot say," he replied, with his eyes fixed on the
+mud walls of the prison. "Arabi is not likely to kill us, I think;
+but should he be away we may be at the mercy of some subordinate
+officer who, as likely as not, may wish to get rid of us to curry
+favour with his chief. It is as well to be prepared for the worst."
+
+Helmar remained silent, he was thinking of Naoum and the letter
+which the man, Belbeis, was carrying to him. Belbeis had told him
+that Naoum was here. Well, if that were the case, all might yet be
+well; but, on the other hand, if Arabi should have left, possibly
+Naoum had done the same. The predicament in which he found himself
+was one of great danger. He did not mind facing death, but he felt
+that he would like to outwit Arden.
+
+The gaol was at last reached in safety, although not without some
+trouble. Abdu, with villainous intent, made known along the road the
+fact that his prisoner was a spy, with the result that stones were
+frequently thrown, and in many instances George narrowly missed
+being struck; it was with a sigh of relief that he passed through
+the crazy old gateway of the prison-yard.
+
+Abdu, with his wicked eyes shining triumphantly, ordered him to
+dismount, and, as he reached the ground, George, with solicitous
+care, helped his companion from his uncomfortable position.
+
+Primitive and unsafe as the outer wall had looked, the gaol itself
+appeared to be strong enough. All the windows were heavily barred,
+and the doors looked as if they were capable of withstanding a
+siege. The place was constructed largely of wood, and, thinking of
+Hakesh's words, George felt sure that a place so constructed was
+more than likely to be decidedly unclean.
+
+He was not given much time to view his surroundings, for Abdu had
+him hustled into the building with as little delay as possible. Two
+of the soldiers seized him by the shoulders and pushed him in with
+scant ceremony. Just as he passed through the door of the room where
+he was to be confined, one of the men had to drop back to let him
+pass, and he entered with only one of his guards holding him.
+
+"Naoum not here, I go find him," whispered the man as he released
+his hold.
+
+Turning, George noticed what he had not seen before--Belbeis was the
+man who had come in with him. There was no time for conversation,
+but the man's words had a reassuring effect.
+
+"Beware of Abdu!" whispered Belbeis, as he turned to leave, and
+then, exchanging a look of intelligence with his prisoner, he joined
+the other guard and the two men went out. The door was closed and
+securely bolted.
+
+Left to himself, Helmar surveyed his prison. There was not a
+particle of furniture in the place, and the only means of light and
+fresh air entering was through a small, narrow, heavily-barred
+window. George looked at this with thoughts of escape in his mind,
+but the prospect was dim and uninviting; even if the bars could be
+removed he doubted the possibility of forcing himself through the
+aperture. He next turned his attention to the floor; it was the
+rough earth covered with filth; portions of food lay about in a
+rotting condition. The smell that emanated from them nearly made him
+sick. With feelings of despair he wondered how long he was to be
+confined in the loathsome hole.
+
+Selecting a spot somewhat cleaner than the rest, he was about to
+seat himself, when happening to glance more closely, he sprang back
+with a horrified exclamation. Again he looked at the window and
+again he turned away in despair.
+
+Night had closed in, and George made up his mind to a night of
+wakefulness rather than seat himself on that filthy ground. Round
+and round, backwards and forwards, he walked, wondering when some
+one would come who could give him something to sit upon.
+
+Hours passed, but no one came. The time dragged so slowly that the
+night seemed never-ending. He began to feel hungry in spite of his
+sickening surroundings, and with his hunger came vain imaginings. He
+pictured all sorts of horrible torturings to which his savage
+captors might subject him. He wondered if he would be beheaded, or
+whether he would be shot; he would much prefer the latter, it seemed
+a cleaner way of dying and more in keeping with his calling. He
+laughed, as he pictured the rebels aiming at him and repeatedly
+missing their target, through bad marksmanship. Then he began to
+wonder what his companions would say when they heard of his end.
+
+He stopped in front of the window and looked up at the sky. He
+stretched his arms and took hold of the two iron bars and shook them
+repeatedly, but they seemed quite firm and immovable. Several times
+he tried them, but each attempt left him more convinced than before
+that efforts in this direction were futile.
+
+At last, utterly worn out and sick at heart, he leant against the
+wall and involuntarily his eyes closed; several times, as he dozed
+off, his knees gave way under him, and he narrowly escaped falling
+to the ground. Again he roused himself and started to walk.
+
+He had not taken more than half-a-dozen steps when a hissing,
+crackling sound caught his ear and he paused to listen. What could
+it be? He went to the door from whence the sound proceeded. As he
+did so he noticed an unmistakable smell of burning.
+
+He rushed to the window and looked out. The sky was clear and
+brilliantly illuminated with stars. Here the air was sweet and
+fresh. Turning again to the door, he noticed that the smell of
+burning had increased and the crackling was still going on. The
+truth flashed on him suddenly!
+
+The gaol was on fire!
+
+"So they would roast me alive, the scoundrels!" he muttered, as he
+stood hesitating as to what he should do.
+
+[Illustration: "Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to
+remain firm in its socket." p. 211]
+
+Glancing first at the door, then at the window, he quickly made up
+his mind as to the best course to adopt. Smoke was already
+penetrating the cracks of the doorway. If he were to escape, it must
+be through the window. At that instant he thought of poor old
+Hakesh, and wondered what was happening to him. Where was he? Did
+they intend to roast him too?
+
+"The inhuman devils!" he cried, as these thoughts flashed through
+his mind. He forgot about his own safety for the moment, as his mind
+wandered to the old priest. A flash of light through the crack of
+the door brought him back to his own position, and seizing the iron
+bars of the window with both hands he heaved and shook at them till
+the wall rocked, but they gave not an inch.
+
+Gasping for breath, his hands sore with his terrible grip on the
+iron, he paused for a moment and cast about in his mind for a new
+idea. No other means of escape presented itself, so with the energy
+of despair he flung himself again on the rough iron. The room was
+rapidly filling with smoke, and he already found difficulty in
+breathing.
+
+Pull and shake as he would, the iron seemed to remain firm in its
+socket, and he was about to cease his efforts, when he noticed that
+the mud wall that held it was cracked, and hope again filled him.
+
+Leaving the bars for a moment he picked up a narrow piece of wood
+and jammed it as far as possible into the crack, then seizing the
+bar with one hand, he drew himself up and, placing his feet against
+the wall, pulled with all his strength. The wall opened out, and he
+drove the wedge far into the crack with his disengaged hand, and
+once more dropped to the ground.
+
+The fire was rapidly increasing, the room was filled with blinding,
+choking smoke, and he became at once convinced that he had not many
+moments to spare before the fire would be upon him. One thing seemed
+certain, that, whoever had set light to the place must have been
+ignorant of his whereabouts in the building, or they intended to let
+the process of cooking him be slow. To what refinement had they
+brought their art of torture!
+
+Seizing the iron bars again, he set to work. The wood he had
+inserted held the crack open, and the bar, now under the terrific
+power he used, began to move about. For two minutes he worked
+incessantly, every moment bringing the chance of escape nearer. With
+feverish anxiety he watched the loosening bar. Once he looked round;
+the flames were lapping the door, and the hissing, crackling of the
+fire sounded in every direction.
+
+Again turning to his work, he gave one supreme wrench at the
+obstinate iron, and with a crack it yielded, flinging him to the
+floor. A lot of the brickwork had come away with the bar, and, as he
+sprang to his feet, he saw that in releasing one of the iron bars he
+had torn away sufficient of the wall to free the others. He tore
+them from their place in a flash, and at last the window was clear
+of obstruction.
+
+Taking one of the iron bars with him, he climbed up to the aperture,
+but found the process of squeezing himself through was no easy one;
+cheered on by hope, and with fear of the fire behind, he at last
+succeeded, and dropped to the ground outside, only to find that the
+high wall surrounding the prison barred his way.
+
+At least he had escaped the fire, but now, how to get out of the
+yard? He ran round the burning building in the hopes of finding an
+outlet, expecting every moment to fall in with some of the guard,
+but to his astonishment not a soul was about. At first this seemed
+strange, but as he realized that the building had been set on fire
+purposely, the desertion of it was quickly accounted for.
+
+The only means of escape that now presented itself was a small
+outhouse built against the wall. This he clambered on to, and then,
+by the aid of some loose planks in the roof, succeeded in reaching
+the top of the wall.
+
+The moment he looked over he cursed himself bitterly for not having
+waited until the house had burnt itself out before attempting to go
+further, for then, no doubt, thinking him dead, the crowd would have
+deserted the place. As it was, he saw a cluster of rebels standing
+watching the fire carry out its fell work.
+
+He withdrew his head the instant he saw the murderous-looking mob.
+To expose himself on the top of the wall was merely to make a target
+of his body for a dozen rifles to "pot" at, and so nullify all he
+had accomplished. Yet how was he to get over on to the other side
+without being observed? If he could but alight on firm ground
+safely, he could then make a rush for it, and trust to the luck
+which, so far, had been on his side. He thought of the shadow cast
+by the wall, owing to the brilliant light of the burning prison
+behind, and he determined to try this one chance of escape.
+
+In the excitement of the leap from the window he dropped his weapon,
+and only just discovered the fact. Scrambling back, he soon found
+it, and climbing once more on to the outhouse, without further
+hesitation he gradually rolled himself full length on to the top of
+the wall, slid his legs over, and letting himself down to arms'
+length, dropped to the ground. The wall was nearly fifteen feet
+high, so that he had dropped about seven. The moment he landed he
+recovered himself and ran for dear life, not knowing in the least
+where he was going.
+
+At first he thought he had escaped notice, but it was not so, for
+scarcely had his brain formed the hope than one wild shout went up
+from the rebels, and the next instant he found himself closely
+followed by a hooting, murderous mob.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XIX
+
+                            THE ESCAPE
+
+
+The moment George realized he had been discovered, the spirit of "do
+or die" entered into his soul, and he flew along at the utmost speed
+at his command. He did not even check his hope that the race would
+end in his favour; he did not pause to wonder where he was going, or
+how he would elude his pursuers. He had got a short start of them
+which he meant to keep, and, if possible, increase. He could hear
+the gibbering of the mob gradually getting louder and louder as the
+crowd gathered up fresh recruits and surged along in pursuit of him.
+The distant burr increased to yells and shouts, and the clatter of
+fire-arms became so loud that George began to fear that his attempt
+at escape was quite futile. He never lost heart, however, and raced
+on and on at a pace surprising even to himself.
+
+A man never learns what is possible until he is placed in a position
+that requires the apparently impossible. This was the situation
+George was now in. If he had stopped to ask himself the question,
+"Can I do it?" he probably would have been forced to answer it in
+the negative. As it was, he paid no heed to the danger behind, and
+thought only of the safety in front, if he could but keep up his
+speed long enough.
+
+The infuriated rebels finding themselves unable with even their
+greatest efforts to come up with their prey, now began to fire at
+him, but, as their shots were not those of very expert marksmen,
+George became more amused than frightened as the bullets dropped
+either short of him or flew far above his head.
+
+He was now getting into the inhabited part of the town, and tried to
+elude the pursuers by turning abrupt corners, but there was little
+chance of success in these tactics, for the "blackies" knew more
+about the place than he was ever likely to, and kept cutting him off
+in an alarming manner.
+
+The day was beginning to break, and George felt that he must soon
+give in. As he was making a rapid turn in his path a well-aimed
+nabout came most uncomfortably close to his head. This incited him
+to greater effort, not so much from fear of being hit, as from the
+knowledge of the nearness of his pursuers.
+
+Breathless, and with the life almost run out of him, he continued
+his mad career, the hue and cry of the mob goading him on and
+lending wings to his feet. Swift of foot as the blacks had been,
+they had shown themselves no match so far for the trained athlete
+they were pursuing. But there comes a time when even the best man
+must give in, and that time George felt was rapidly approaching. He
+had been running now for a long time, and had traversed a lot of
+ground. However, he was not done yet, and he still kept on, although
+in what direction he knew not. The street he was now in looked like
+one of the principal thoroughfares, and, as he was nearing the end
+of it, he saw, to his horror, another crowd ahead, running towards
+him.
+
+Instinctively he turned into a bye-way, and darted along in the
+shadow of the buildings. The turning proved fatal--it was a blind
+court, and ended in a small paved square, hemmed in on all sides by
+the best class houses. Seeing the mistake he had made, George paused
+for a moment to glance round. The mob were tearing down the court,
+their cries filling the air and making the calm morning hideous with
+discord.
+
+Seeing no means of escape, Helmar made up his mind to sell his life
+as dearly as possible, and, rushing into the porch of the biggest
+house he saw, put his back to the wall and waited the oncoming mob.
+
+Headed by a dozen or more soldiers, he saw the crowd enter the
+square. At sight of him standing at bay a loud, exultant cry went
+up, and they dashed towards him. He was fairly trapped now, and he
+knew it; with his iron bar upraised he awaited the leaders,
+determined that three or four should not escape him before he was
+done to death. At this instant he heard a sound beside him, and
+glancing in the direction, saw a door suddenly thrown open.
+
+With instinct of self-preservation, he ran to it, and, without
+waiting to see who was inside, rushed in, and immediately the door
+was closed with a slam.
+
+He had not the faintest idea where he was, and, for all he knew,
+might have fallen into a worse trap than before; but the opportunity
+had been too good for him to refuse to accept, and, as he paused in
+the dim hall, ready to strike down any one who attempted any
+violence, he was surprised to find it deserted.
+
+Outside, the disappointed fanatics beat and hammered at the door,
+and every moment Helmar expected to see it forced in. He scarcely
+knew what to do. Suddenly he noticed in front of him a curtained
+archway; he ran towards it, and flinging back the heavy tapestry he
+started back as if he had been struck--he stood face to face with a
+smiling countenance. He dropped his weapon and rushed forward with
+hands outstretched, crying----
+
+"Naoum! Friend Naoum! Thank God!"
+
+"Luck is with you, friend Helmar," said the Arab quietly. "Allah is
+great! Allah is good! He has brought you to me in your extremity.
+But come in here, I must quiet the children of darkness."
+
+He led the way in, and George found himself in a room of great
+splendour, arranged in Eastern style. Turning to his old friend he
+was about to speak, but the latter interrupted him.
+
+"No, no, wait. There is danger; I must go and speak to the rebels,"
+and he turned swiftly and left the room.
+
+In a few moments the hammering and noise ceased, and presently Naoum
+returned.
+
+"Now tell me what all this means," he said, glancing at George's
+dishevelled appearance, and doubtfully eyeing the torn clothes and
+the worried face in front of him.
+
+"It simply means that they wanted to murder me by roasting me alive,
+and, failing that, with knives and clubs."
+
+Helmar then recounted all that had happened to him from the time he
+had left Alexandria with the patrol. When he had finished, Naoum
+looked thoughtful.
+
+"So you are an escaped prisoner of Arabi's," he said at last; "that
+is not good. It makes my task harder, but you must be saved
+somehow," and he relapsed into deep thought, drumming on the side
+of a cabinet which he leant against. "Just now I am very powerful
+with Arabi, he has forced me into service, with the alternative of
+confiscating my property. I am now one of his means of raising
+money, and as my fortune is considerable, he cannot quarrel with me,
+but----"
+
+"Surely," broke in George, "you are not fighting on his side?"
+
+"No, but you do not understand. I am in his hands, and for the sake
+of the result of my life's work, I cannot defy him. I take no active
+part with him in this war, but I have no other alternative than to
+supply him with money on purely business securities, the same as I
+would to anybody else. I am, as you well know, against him in all my
+feelings. If I refused to do as he requires, I should forfeit
+everything; so you see I am compelled. Being with him, I save my
+property, and can prevent much mischief by using my influence over
+him."
+
+"I see," exclaimed George, heartily, "you are right. It would be
+folly to do otherwise. Well, returning to the awkward predicament I
+have placed you in, what is best to be done?"
+
+"I heard during the night that trouble had befallen you. In fact,
+this note in your writing was brought to me by Belbeis, one of my
+men, just as I returned here from Cairo," he went on, producing a
+bundle of papers. "I had intended to intercede for you this morning,
+but now the situation is more complicated. However," with a smile of
+meaning, "I think you can safely leave it to me. For the time being
+you are free from the man Abdu, and are, at present, out of reach of
+your enemy Arden, so you can take some rest here. Food shall be
+brought you at once, and I will go and see what can be done."
+
+George thanked his friend and threw himself on a divan, while his
+host started on his errand of mercy.
+
+Good luck, as Naoum had said, was undoubtedly with him, and, as he
+lay back, with his weary, tired eyes closed from the bright light of
+the rising sun, he felt that Providence had been indeed good. He
+shuddered again and again as he went over, in thought, the exciting
+events of the night, and wondered what awful fate would have been
+his if he had chanced to take refuge in front of any of the other
+houses in the square. Naoum he knew would help him to the full
+extent of his power, and that seemed to be considerable, judging
+from the manner in which he had quieted the mob outside. It was too
+good to hope that he would be able to get him released altogether,
+but, probably, he would manage to secure for him a fairly
+comfortable prison and save his life.
+
+His thoughts were interrupted by the entrance of a servant with
+food, and, as soon as the man had retired, he set to ravenously. The
+food was of the most luxurious description, and Helmar marvelled the
+more at the mysterious man who had provided it. Who was he in
+reality? Naoum he knew was his name, and he had hitherto only taken
+him for a successful trader; but apparently he was a man of great
+fortune and power, or how could he supply money to the extent he
+appeared to be doing?
+
+After finishing his repast, George lay back on the comfortable
+cushions of the divan. He was tired and worn out, his whole body
+ached with his efforts of the night before, and the sleep that he so
+badly needed was not long before it overtook him. How long he lay
+unconscious of his surroundings he did not know; when he awoke it
+was night, and the rays of a small lamp lit the chamber he was in.
+For a moment or two he looked about him and tried to recall what had
+happened. At first it seemed like some horrid nightmare, but when he
+stood up and stretched himself he knew that it was all reality. He
+was greatly refreshed with his sleep, and now awaited eagerly the
+return of Naoum.
+
+Before his host re-appeared food was again brought to him, and this,
+with the aid of soap and water, made him ready to face the world
+again. A few minutes later Naoum came in.
+
+"I have been more fortunate than I had anticipated. Arabi, who
+fortunately chanced to return here from Cairo this afternoon whilst
+you slept, has promised me at least to spare your life; but, on the
+other hand, he will not hear of your being released. This, however,
+is quite a secondary affair and a matter which we can ourselves
+attend to later on," and he chuckled softly. "In the meantime," he
+went on, "I expect you will be taken to Cairo. This he gave me to
+understand without actually saying so."
+
+"Well, beggars mustn't be choosers," said George, resignedly, "and
+glad enough am I that I am to escape with my life."
+
+"You may well say that," answered Naoum. "From what I can gather,
+this man Arden, who appears to hate you so cordially, is very
+powerful and enjoys Arabi's complete confidence. In fact I was shown
+a dispatch from that worthy recommending you to be _interrogated_; I
+dare say you know what that means. I had great difficulty to
+dissuade him from acting on the man's advice. Even now,
+notwithstanding I have his promise, your position is anything but
+safe, and we shall have to keep a watchful eye on them all."
+
+"What! do you think Arabi can be persuaded to go back on his
+promise?" asked George.
+
+Naoum smiled deprecatingly.
+
+"Go back, you call it. You mean break his word, I suppose. Well, I
+would not like to say, but if I am not about at the time there may
+be trouble."
+
+"Then the understanding is that I go to Cairo--when?"
+
+"When he sends word. In the meantime you will see him. He intends
+to--how you call it--interview you; I shall dispatch some of my men
+to Cairo, and also write to Mariam Abagi my mother, that she may
+know what to do when you arrive there. So now you can rest
+comfortable and wait for what the future has in store for you. I
+shall look after you."
+
+George thanked him for his words, and then Naoum went on----
+
+"I must go now, for I have much work and many things to do before
+morning. If there is anything you want, touch this gong, and my
+servants will wait on you--and now, good-night."
+
+Naoum went away and Helmar was again left to speculate and wonder.
+
+
+
+
+                              CHAPTER XX
+
+                              ARABI PASHA
+
+
+The next morning Naoum brought word that George was to start
+immediately for Cairo.
+
+"Arabi intends mobilizing all his forces to the eastward, probably
+at Tel-el-Kebir or Kassassin. My men have brought me word that the
+British advance will be from the Suez Canal, which they have seized,
+towards Cairo. The rebels, indeed, have already been driven out of
+their position near the canal. This place is of no particular
+importance, and to all intents and purposes will be evacuated at
+once, so that you, in consequence, will have to be moved."
+
+"And is all this to take place immediately?" asked George.
+
+"Yes, immediately. The British have been landing a large army at
+Port Said, and if I am any judge, the days of the rebellion are
+numbered. If Arabi would only be advised by me, he would abandon his
+mad scheme."
+
+"You are right," replied Helmar; "he little knows the people he is
+fighting or he would soon give it up. But how do you think this will
+affect me?"
+
+Naoum paused for a moment before answering the question, and when he
+spoke, it was as if weighing each word before he uttered it.
+
+"That is hard to say as yet. Toulba Pasha is in temporary command at
+Cairo, and he is a hard man. I understand your friend," with
+emphasis on the word, "Arden is to be sent down there to relieve
+him."
+
+George made a grimace as Naoum uttered these words. He saw, in
+fancy, a busy time ahead of him. With this man Abdu, a renowned
+villain, to watch him at the instigation of his most bitter enemy
+there didn't seem to him to be much hope left.
+
+Naoum stepped up to his side and seated himself on the divan.
+Leaning over, he said in impressive tones----
+
+"My plans are complete. By the time you reach Cairo, Mariam, my
+mother, will know of your coming and be ready for any emergency.
+Before you leave here I will give you a sign by which you may know
+your friends. But more of this when the word comes for you to start,
+and, in the meantime, Arabi intends coming here to see you himself."
+
+George started up.
+
+"What! Coming to see me? Why?"
+
+"Ah, that is the point I cannot myself understand. As I said, I do
+not trust him. But he dare not play me false," he added,
+thoughtfully. "It is bad, though, for there must be something in his
+mind. This man Arden is very powerful."
+
+For some moments the two remained silent. Each was wrapped in his
+own thoughts. Naoum was endeavouring to solve the mystery of Arabi's
+intended visit to his prisoner. It seemed to him so unnecessary.
+Helmar was not a man of great importance, in fact, very much the
+contrary. Somehow he fancied that the man Arden must have sent
+another dispatch, privately, with reference to Helmar, making him
+appear to be in possession of information necessary for the rebel
+chief to acquire. If this were so, then it opened up a much wider
+field of danger. Altogether he did not like the trend of affairs at
+all. Helmar, on the other hand, saw no danger in this visit. It
+seemed to him that he would now have a chance of proving to Arabi
+that he--Helmar--was only a very small man on the British side, and
+that he was no spy at all, but merely a paid interpreter. Such being
+the case, there was no reason why he should be shot, for it was
+against the ethics of warfare. Consequently he was delighted at the
+prospect, and told Naoum so.
+
+"It seems to me the best thing that could happen, Naoum. Why, I
+shall be able to explain away all that the wretch Arden has told
+him, and, very likely, bring Arabi's wrath down on his own head.
+It's splendid!"
+
+Naoum watched the animated, hopeful face, smiling indulgently. The
+young man pleased him greatly; his sturdy hopefulness, his bright
+way of facing troubles, his general optimism, all combined to make
+the older man admire him. But, with better practical experience of
+the East, he did not share Helmar's view of the matter; he looked
+upon the Pasha's visit as of evil omen, to be treated with
+suspicion--to be watched with a lynx eye, and combatted with all the
+subtle means so dear to the Eastern heart. He vowed that if aught of
+evil befell his friend and _protege_, some one should pay dearly for
+it.
+
+Instead of replying to George's words Naoum turned the subject.
+
+"I have found out," he said, "that the priest you befriended has
+been released, and that he has already disappeared."
+
+"Then he was not in the prison from which I escaped?"
+
+"No, he was never placed in it. There is a superstition regarding
+that man, and even the worst fanatics would not harm him, so he was
+set free, and the man Abdu has been reprimanded for interfering with
+him."
+
+"And a good thing too, it will perhaps be a lesson to him and----"
+
+"Make him hate you the more."
+
+"Why hate me the more? He ought to thank me that I have saved him
+from murdering the poor old man."
+
+"Ah, you don't understand the Eastern mind. That would be a strong
+reason for Abdu's hatred of you, you baulked him in his
+villainies--it is enough."
+
+After a little more conversation Naoum left the room to prepare for
+the coming of the rebel Pasha. He paused before he went, however, to
+give some parting advice.
+
+"When Arabi speaks, answer boldly. Say what your good sense prompts,
+but do not let him think you fear him. Arabi admires a bold man.
+Though clever, he is weak, and can easily be influenced by boldness.
+If he thinks you fear him, it will make your escape all the harder
+to accomplish, for he is in the power of his subordinates and will
+do as they bid him."
+
+This was indeed news to Helmar; he had believed that Arabi, the man
+who could have brought about this terrible rebellion, must be a man
+of indomitable character, and here he was told that such was not the
+case. He was truly living and learning. Now he began to understand
+how Mark had attained a position of so much power in such a short
+time; now he could understand how that worthy had been able to
+promise him a speedy execution by the Pasha's orders--evidently he
+relied upon his influence, the influence of a bold, unscrupulous
+villain over a weaker man.
+
+The time passed slowly after Naoum had left him, and George's
+patience was sorely tried as he waited for the great rebel. At last
+he heard a commotion in the hall, the clatter of arms and babel of
+voices telling him that at last Arabi Pasha had arrived. With
+beating heart and ever-increasing excitement, he waited for the
+summons that seemed so long in coming, but at length, after what
+seemed an endless period, a servant entered and signified that his
+presence was required.
+
+[Illustration: The fight in the desert. p. 319]
+
+Hastily smoothing out his worn and tattered clothes, George, with a
+slight touch of vanity, peered into a mirror and then followed his
+guide from the room. He hoped that the interview was to be a private
+one, with perhaps only Naoum present. He felt under those
+circumstances that he would then have less hesitation in speaking
+his mind. He feared nothing, convinced as he was that anything he
+could say could not possibly make his position worse. Naoum would
+not fail him, and he would rely on his power for protection.
+
+His guide led him upstairs to a curtained doorway, guarded by two
+sentries, in front of whom he paused. At a sign from the former, one
+of the men disappeared behind the curtain, and the next moment Naoum
+appeared in the doorway. Waving the guide back he signed to George
+to enter, and a moment later Helmar stood in front of the great man.
+
+Arabi was seated on a big lounging chair, dressed in the uniform of
+the Egyptian army. His face was turned away as the prisoner entered,
+so that George was unable to realize all that Naoum had told him;
+but no time was given him to speculate, for Naoum broke the silence
+at once. With an easiness that astonished Helmar, he addressed the
+Pasha as though talking to his equal. There was no cringing in his
+manner, and at times George thought he even detected a slight tone
+of command in his voice.
+
+"This is the prisoner of whom I spoke," he said in Arabic; "he is
+not a British subject, but comes from Germany."
+
+Arabi lazily turned his head in Helmar's direction, and without
+changing the position of his body slowly eyed him from head to foot.
+The face that was thus revealed was a blank to George; he had
+expected to see one of strong character, or to discern in it
+indications at least of great intelligence. One of the greatest
+characteristics apparent was of intense indolence, whilst the shifty
+eyes pointed to a nature vacillating almost to weakness. Whether
+this really were his true character, or whether it were simply a
+mask used to cover the inner workings of this remarkable man's mind,
+George did not know; at any rate, it was sufficient, after what he
+had heard, to make him dislike and distrust him.
+
+"You are a spy!" said the Pasha, in Arabic, shifting his glance away
+from the prisoner.
+
+"I am no spy," replied George, haughtily, "I am merely an
+interpreter employed by the British Government."
+
+"How came you to be spying out our defences then, when you were
+captured?" asked he, sternly, looking up sharply at the tone of
+George's reply.
+
+"I accompanied the patrol in my official capacity."
+
+"Which means, I understand, that you were there to elicit
+information from any natives whom you chanced to meet."
+
+"Not at all--simply to translate into English whatever they had to
+say. The officer was there to gather information."
+
+A faint flicker of a smile passed over Arabi's face at Helmar's
+ready replies, and he exchanged a few words with Naoum in an
+undertone. Presently he turned again to his prisoner--
+
+"Then by your own showing you were simply an accomplice of spies."
+
+"A patrol on scouting duty is a legitimate tactic of warfare,
+therefore those who accompanied it were not spies, and I am entitled
+to be treated simply as a prisoner of war, not as prey for the
+rabble of the town to wreak their vengeance on by roasting alive!"
+
+Again the Pasha eyed his man. George felt that his words were bold,
+even to being dictatorial, but he remembered Naoum's words and was
+determined to act as he had directed. With his eyes still fixed upon
+his interrogator he waited for him to speak.
+
+The effect of the line of conduct he had taken up was apparent when
+next Arabi spoke.
+
+"Then you think I have no right to have you shot! What do you
+expect?"
+
+"You have less right to shoot me than the British have to shoot you,
+when they have destroyed your army. You cannot do more than keep me
+prisoner, and then you must treat me well, or you will have to
+answer for it later on. There are those in your employ, I know, who
+would willingly do me harm and resort to any base subterfuge to
+attain their ends. Doubtless you have been told many lies about me
+already, but if you listen to them you will regret it."
+
+"So, you would dictate to me the course of action I am to adopt? You
+forget," Arabi went on, with an ominous pucker of his brows, "that
+this war is a war of extermination. We have been too long under the
+ban of European influence. The sons of the West have no right in the
+country of the ancient Egyptians, whose prosperity dates back to far
+before the Western countries were ever thought of. If Egyptians are
+not to be allowed their own country, if we cannot be allowed to rule
+according to our own traditions, who then is to dictate to us?
+Because your arms are powerful and other nations have joined in the
+task of conquest, do you think that there is the faintest semblance
+of right in the crime you would perpetrate? You speak of Egypt
+having no right to deal with you as it likes; it has all the right
+to do so, that you people of the West have to come and wrest our
+country from us. Your talk is not sound, and you cannot think well.
+I shall order for you as I think fit!"
+
+"Very well," replied George, as the momentary fire in the indolent
+man before him died out, "but remember my words, there are those who
+will avenge me, should you choose to betray the trust that is placed
+in you as head of the opposing army. Murder is punished with death,
+and if you choose to commit it, you are no more free from its
+consequences than the commonest of criminals."
+
+Helmar had become angry. The Pasha's words, so full of arrogance,
+had stung him, and he was not slow to answer him in like manner. He
+felt that in doing so he was jeopardizing himself, but for the life
+of him he could not stop, and he was almost sorry when, as he
+finished speaking, Arabi's face cleared and he smiled condescending
+approval at his bold words.
+
+Naoum caught George's flashing eye, and a look of intelligence
+passed between the two men. Quick as lightning Helmar's equanimity
+was restored, and he waited to see what was next to happen.
+
+"Spy or no spy," said the Pasha, "you are a brave man to dare me to
+my face. One word from me and you would be torn limb from limb, but
+I do not intend to utter it. For the present you will be sent to
+Cairo as a prisoner; you will be safely guarded and in decent
+quarters. Later on it may be necessary to obtain information that
+you are believed to possess. If you are a wise man, as well as a
+brave, you will not hesitate to give it."
+
+As he finished speaking he turned to Naoum, whose stolid face had
+shown no variation of expression during the interview. He whispered
+a few words to him and then again spoke to Helmar.
+
+"You can now go. Remember, until you leave here our friend Naoum is
+responsible for your safe-keeping."
+
+Waving his hand in sign of having closed the interview, Arabi leant
+back in the chair, from which in his excitement he had sat bolt up
+straight, his eyes following the prisoner until he left the room.
+
+Once outside George was again conducted to his luxurious prison,
+where an excellent repast awaited him. The effect of the interview
+in no way deterred his appetite, and he occupied his time, waiting
+for his benefactor, by doing ample justice to the luxuries placed
+temptingly before him.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXI
+
+                           TO CAIRO AGAIN
+
+
+It was some time before Naoum joined his _protege_. George finished
+his meal and waited impatiently for his coming, but an hour passed
+without any sign. At last he heard again, outside in the hall, a
+bustle and noise similar to that which had occurred at Arabi's
+arrival, and he knew that at last the rebel chief was taking his
+departure.
+
+After a while the noise died away and Naoum appeared. His face was
+calm, but George noticed a something in his look that seemed foreign
+to it, and a presentiment that he was about to hear bad news took
+possession of him. As Naoum came forward, our hero greeted him
+anxiously.
+
+"Well, what news? Nothing bad, I hope?"
+
+Naoum turned his eyes away, and the strange look deepened on his
+face. George was quick to notice it.
+
+"Yes, there is, I see it in your face. Tell me, I don't mind; it
+can't be worse than death, and I have already faced that often."
+
+"Arabi is a strange man," replied Naoum, as though thinking aloud.
+"He appears to have no will of his own. This man Arden has him under
+his thumb. Death," he went on, turning his strong face towards his
+companion, "would be a blessing to that which I am afraid will be
+your lot, unless----"
+
+"Unless what?" eagerly demanded Helmar.
+
+"Unless we can prevent it," replied Naoum slowly.
+
+"What is this dreadful fate you anticipate?" asked George with a
+sinking heart, as his friend's ominous words fell on his ears.
+
+"After you had gone I endeavoured to draw from him what he intended
+doing with you. I felt convinced that some plans were revolving in
+his mind, and I wished, for our guidance, to discover them. In this
+conviction I am certain I was right. He assured me that he had no
+intention of having you executed, but he hung so persistently on the
+fact that you possessed information of the plans of the British
+Commander, that I knew he intended to force you to speak. Your enemy
+Arden has done his work well, for, with all the persuasion in my
+power, I could not move this foolish man in his belief. I fear that
+he intends to have you 'interrogated' at Cairo."
+
+"Tortured, do you mean?" asked George in dismay.
+
+"Yes, that is what it means, I fear. The barbarity of these inhuman
+creatures is frightful, and they carry out the rites of the
+Inquisition to the full extent of its cruelty. However," he went on,
+his face clearing a little, "although I tried to dissuade him, I was
+not altogether unprepared for this development, and you can rely on
+me not to lose a point in your favour. We must outwit these men
+somehow."
+
+Naoum relapsed into thoughtful silence; his face was heavy with
+anxiety; George could almost hear the throbbings of his own heart,
+the silence seemed so profound, and it was with a sense of relief
+that he heard his companion again talking in his slow, measured
+tones.
+
+"The sign by which you will know your friends in Cairo is the word
+'Amman!' Your answer to it will be, 'Allah is good!' To which the
+friend will reply, 'And ever watchful!' To any one coming to you in
+this way you can give any message, or follow any instructions he or
+she may give. You can trust me that never for one moment will our
+watchfulness be relaxed, and, in times of your greatest danger, help
+will be near."
+
+George repeated the sign so as to be sure he had made no mistake,
+then, infinitely relieved, he asked----
+
+"And when do I start for my new prison?"
+
+"To-night. You will go by train. Arabi will have gone before you. He
+also leaves to-night. I shall go and discover what news my men have
+brought in."
+
+He turned, as he spoke, and left the room.
+
+So after all he was to be the victim of Arden's cruel machinations,
+thought George, when he found himself alone. In spite of all Naoum's
+power he was unable to stay the hand of this ruthless enemy.
+Torture! The word was one of terrible significance; death was
+child's play compared with it. Pondering for a few moments on
+Arden's treacheries, his thoughts going back to the little petty
+theft at Constantinople, he tried to account for it all, but only
+came to the conclusion that it was inherent wickedness and villainy.
+George had outwitted and defied him at Port Said. To a man of Mark's
+cruel and villainous disposition this was sufficient, and he had
+made up his mind to leave no stone unturned to humble and ruin his
+former friend. Well, time would show if he were to succeed.
+
+As these thoughts passed through Helmar's mind, a grim, set look of
+determination came into the young man's handsome face, that boded
+ill for the success of his enemy's plans.
+
+The sun had set, and night had closed in when Naoum again came to
+George to notify him that the guard awaited to take him to Cairo.
+
+"The little wretch Abdu is to be in charge of you, Helmar," said he,
+after informing him of the presence of the guard. "How this comes to
+be arranged, I do not know, but there is evidently some purpose in
+it. Be prepared for anything, and do not forget what I have told
+you; above all, do not let anything your guard can say to you rouse
+you to anger--it is a favourite way of obtaining an excuse for
+getting rid of prisoners. And now, good-bye!"
+
+George bade his kind host and protector good-bye, and with a
+haughty appearance of indifference, he accompanied Abdu and two
+soldiers to the station. If he had had any idea that he was to
+travel comfortably he was quickly undeceived, for the train, which
+was waiting, consisted of nothing but goods wagons; into one of
+these he was unceremoniously hustled and the doors firmly bolted.
+One source of comfort to him, at this treatment, was the fact that
+Abdu and his two guards had to travel in the same compartment.
+
+The moment the doors were closed his hands and feet were securely
+bound.
+
+"What is this for?" asked George, as in obedience to the little
+wretch's orders he submitted to the indignity.
+
+"In order that you cannot play any more tricks upon us," replied
+Abdu in French. "I haven't forgotten what you did on the way to
+Damanhour--we have not that fool Belbeis with us now--heh!"
+
+Helmar objected, and refused to allow the guards to bind his feet.
+Immediately Abdu's eyes flashed, and he drew a long, keen blade from
+his belt.
+
+"Would you?" he cried between his teeth; "this knife is sharp,
+so----" And he pricked George's hands.
+
+Feeling the uselessness of resistance, George allowed the little
+black wretch to secure his feet, and as it was complete, stooped to
+sit down. With a fiendish look on his face, the Egyptian raised his
+foot and gave him a vicious kick in the chest. Losing his balance,
+Helmar fell heavily to the floor, striking his head with great force
+against the side of the van.
+
+Blind with fury at such inhuman treatment, George struggled to
+release his hands from the rope which held them, but his efforts
+were useless and only roused the soldiers to merriment. Suddenly, as
+if believing that his prisoner was succeeding in freeing himself,
+Abdu leaped upon him, and flourishing his long knife, pricked him
+several times in the body with it; with a brutal laugh he then
+kicked him again and rejoined his companions at the other end of the
+car.
+
+Helmar now understood the reason this brute was sent in charge of
+him, and he knew that his journey was to be one of insufferable
+agony. Oh, for one moment of freedom again! If it cost him his life
+he would exterminate the hound.
+
+After his last onslaught, Abdu left him alone for a while, and
+Helmar's anger began to cool down. He thought of Naoum's words, and
+realized how truly he had spoken. No, he must remain quiet, and then
+even Abdu could not be barbarous enough to murder him. It was one
+thing to come to such a determination and another to carry it out;
+alternately he was a prey to violent thoughts of revenge and the
+calmness of philosophy. In the latter intervals he wondered how long
+the train would take to reach its destination, he had not been in it
+half-an-hour, and yet it seemed to him an eternity.
+
+The guards were talking in low tones; every now and then Helmar
+caught a word of Arabic, but they had taken the precaution to seat
+themselves so far from him that he could not hear what they talked
+about. The misery of his uncomfortable position and surroundings
+gave him little desire to interest himself with them.
+
+About an hour after they had started, Abdu left his companions and
+came and sat beside him. Helmar knew this was the prelude to some
+fiendish cruelty, but what he did not know. He was not long left in
+doubt.
+
+The train was bumping terrifically, the metals over which it was
+running being very uneven. For a few moments Abdu watched the motion
+of a piece of iron chain, hanging through a ring in the side of the
+car, then, having evolved some plan, he turned to his prisoner with
+a leer on his face.
+
+"You see this," he said, tapping the place where Helmar had struck
+him in the face; "Abdu hasn't forgotten, but he is kind and forgives
+easily. You are a prisoner, and must be made comfortable."
+
+As he said this he sprang up, and going over to where the chain was
+hanging, took it from its place, and coiling it up into a knot,
+returned to George's side. The chain was made of large iron links,
+with several sharp, square swivels in it, and these Abdu so placed
+that they projected from the rest. Having arranged it to his fancy,
+he seized his prisoner's hair, and raising his head by it, placed
+the bunch of chain beneath it, and then, with brutal force, pushed
+him back on to the sharp, rusty iron.
+
+"You must have a pillow," he laughed, as he saw George wince with
+pain.
+
+The moment Abdu had released his head, Helmar raised it from the
+cruel iron and moved himself away, but the Egyptian was ready in a
+moment; the knife flashed, and George felt its keen point prick
+through his clothes.
+
+"Ah! you would refuse my kindness, would you? This must not be," and
+he pushed the chain again beneath the prisoner's head. "So, if you
+move again the knife will go farther in next time."
+
+George now found himself compelled to remain with the chain under
+his head. Strain as he would, to keep from resting upon it, the
+motion and jolting of the train made it pummel the back of his
+skull, until he felt that he should soon go mad. Once or twice, in
+desperation, he moved, but the wretch was as good as his word, and
+the point of his knife was dug into his legs and arms until his
+clothes were covered with blood.
+
+After half-an-hour of this Abdu seemed to have had enough of the
+pastime, and with a sneering laugh removed the chain, and then
+returned to his companions at the end of the car.
+
+Helmar all this time had not uttered one word. Notwithstanding the
+agony he had endured, and the pain of the wounds Abdu had inflicted
+upon him, he had not allowed a single sound to escape him, but it
+was with a sigh of intense relief that he saw the little monster
+rejoin his friends.
+
+The guards, for a time, now seemed to ignore the presence of their
+prisoner and spoke in louder tones. Possibly Abdu was not aware that
+his prisoner could speak Arabic, for they conversed quite freely,
+and George distinctly heard every word they said. Abdu was the man
+his attention was mainly fixed upon.
+
+"No, no," he was saying, "the officer Arden has been fooled by this
+Naoum. Arabi would have killed him at once but for the money-man
+Naoum. I tell you he is his friend, and we will have no power to
+harm him."
+
+"But Arden is powerful, and while Naoum is away, will be able to do
+as he likes," replied one of the men, in a tone of conviction.
+
+"You are a fool, and cannot see before your nose," cried Abdu,
+irritably. "Arabi dare not quarrel with Naoum; the other is only
+powerful in favour, he does not wield the hold over our master. No,
+Arden will work his end, but not through his master, it will be in
+the way he ordered the prison to be fired."
+
+Helmar listened to every word they were talking of him.
+
+"So it was Arden that had the prison set alight," thought he;
+"evidently he would stop at nothing. Would his influence extend to
+Cairo?"
+
+"Who says that Arden had the prison burnt?" said one of the men.
+"More likely that you did it, Abdu, because the Christian dog struck
+you."
+
+All three laughed, and George shuddered as he realized what it meant
+to be in the power of such creatures.
+
+"Whoever did it, it was good," said Abdu; "the dogs must die, or the
+true believers will be driven from their own land. I would that I
+were allowed, yonder dog should never leave this train alive, and
+his body should rot on the plains, and feed the vultures."
+
+"You are a great man, Abdu," said one of his companions, sneeringly,
+"and very brave. Go and cut yonder dog's ropes and see how you will
+fare! Allah! but he would eat you, knife and all!"
+
+Abdu was stung to the quick, and retorted hotly--
+
+"Have a care; I have dealt with him before, and if he hurt me it was
+because I was not aware; but I am here in front of you, and by the
+Prophet's beard, I fear you not," and he showed his glittering white
+teeth.
+
+Helmar was in hopes that they would start to fight amongst
+themselves, and he felt convinced that if they did so, they would
+not bother any more about troubling him.
+
+"Allah! but you think because you are the son of a great man that I
+fear to speak," retorted the other. "Shoo! I fear you so little that
+I spit in your face!"
+
+The man suited the action to the word, and immediately sprang to his
+feet. Abdu promptly followed suit, as did the third man. The little
+officer's eyes were blazing with rage, and he rushed, with upraised
+knife, on the man who had insulted him. Instantly the two men
+locked, and a struggle to the death ensued. Their knives gleamed and
+flashed in the dim light of the car as each tried to bury his weapon
+in his opponent's vitals.
+
+So interested was Helmar in what was going on that he forgot his
+pain and the torture to which he had been subjected, and laughed and
+cheered Abdu's assailant on with an enthusiasm that astonished even
+himself.
+
+The third man of his guard seemed in some magic way to have
+disappeared, but George had not thought about him, so busily
+occupied was he with the combatants. To and fro they swayed; now
+Abdu seemed to be getting the best of it, and now the other appeared
+to be forcing the little man back. It was most exciting, and George
+struggled to a sitting posture, the better to follow their
+movements.
+
+Suddenly a whispered tone reached his ear; some one close beside him
+uttered the word "Amman!"
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXII
+
+                               HORROR
+
+
+Turning in the direction the sound came from, George saw it was the
+third man close by him who had whispered the word. Here was a
+surprise; but a light began to dawn on him as he answered with
+alacrity----
+
+"Allah is good!"
+
+"And ever watchful!" said the man at once.
+
+So Naoum's power was already working. Evidently this fight was a
+planned affair between these two men, and Helmar waited wonderingly
+for what was to happen next.
+
+The moment the fellow had given the sign he stooped down and quickly
+cut the ropes from the prisoner's feet and hands, and whispered,
+"Come! we will stay this Abdu's hand and give him a lesson!"
+
+George sprang to his feet instantly, and the two men dashed at the
+struggling pair. Abdu's assailant, doubtless prepared for this, at
+once relaxed his hold and, before the enraged little officer could
+deliver a home thrust with his knife, he was seized by Helmar and
+his friend, and the weapon wrenched from his grasp.
+
+The two guards now seemed inclined to leave the affair in the white
+man's hands, for the moment Helmar had got a firm grip on Abdu they
+fell back.
+
+"So, traitors," screamed the maddened little man, bursting with
+fury, "you have turned on me and released your prisoner! By Allah! I
+swear you shall pay for this! You are in league against the great
+Pasha Arabi, and your lives shall pay the forfeit!"
+
+All the answer he got to his ravings was a stolid smile of triumph
+from both men, and, to stay his tongue, Helmar gripped his throat
+until he almost choked with a spluttering cough.
+
+"Never mind about traitors," said Helmar, in Arabic. "We are just
+going to read you a lesson; retribution has come to you sooner than
+you expected. See!" he went on, turning to the others, "pass that
+rope along and we will bind him!"
+
+The two men did as they were bid, and together they secured the
+officer in no very gentle manner. His hands were folded behind his
+back and bound in that position, so that when his feet had been
+secured also, he looked like a trussed fowl.
+
+"I'll be more merciful than you were," said Helmar, laughing, as he
+forced him to lie full length on the floor. "I will not provide you
+with a pillow--but," as Abdu opened his mouth to speak, "if you
+utter a sound unbidden, I will fasten you to that chain and let you
+hang outside the door for the rest of the journey."
+
+Abdu ground his teeth with rage, but kept silent. His eyes gleamed
+murder at the two men who had sold him and released his prisoner.
+This, however, in no way seemed to trouble them, for they only
+grinned defiance; whilst one of them drew his knife and felt its
+sharp point, as if meditating giving the little wretch a taste of
+it.
+
+The humour of the situation appealed to George; all thoughts of
+revenge had gone, and he merely intended to keep the little man a
+prisoner in punishment for what he had done to him. After watching
+the contortions of his captive's face for a few moments, George
+turned to the two men.
+
+"Well, what do you think is best to do?" he asked, wishing to find
+out what their instructions were. "I suppose it is no use to attempt
+escape. If we were to manage to jump from the train, it could only
+end in disaster."
+
+"No, no," said one of the men. "There can be no escape. Abdu would
+have killed you had we not interfered. Our orders were to see that
+no harm befell you by the way, so while he sat beside you, we
+planned that little affair."
+
+"And very well done it was," replied George, laughing. "But what
+will happen when we reach Cairo? You will be shot!"
+
+"No," said the man, complacently. "It is all arranged. Abdu is a
+servant of Arden's, and although the master has ordered that you
+shall not be killed, yet has Arden ordered differently, and
+appointed Abdu to carry out his orders for him. Therefore, what we
+have done will bring us in favour with our chief, and Abdu will be
+punished--probably hanged," he added in a loud tone so that the
+prisoner could hear.
+
+"Oh, I see," replied Helmar. "Then you will take him where you take
+me, and hand him over as a prisoner too, for attempting to murder me
+against Arabi's wish. That is decidedly smart. Do you hear, Abdu?"
+
+All three men laughed, but the victim of their plans gave no sign.
+George was astonished at the workings of Naoum's power. He had
+already established a safeguard for him, even on the short journey
+to Cairo; what then would he do when at that place where Mariam
+Abagi was? The feeling of relief at this fresh instance of his
+protector's watchfulness filled him with a sense of security that he
+had not yet felt, and he blessed the man who was so kindly disposed
+towards him.
+
+The rest of the journey passed uneventfully, and, as the train
+pulled up at its destination and Helmar and his guards alighted on
+the platform, he was glad to leave the stuffy, heated atmosphere of
+the place in which he had had such an exciting time.
+
+Abdu and he marched from the station side by side. The difference
+between them was that Abdu's hands still remained bound, while he
+was allowed to walk unfettered. His guards hailed a conveyance, and
+the four were immediately taken to the prison.
+
+This precaution was necessary, as Helmar soon discovered, for as
+they passed along the thoroughfares he saw that the whole city was
+in a ferment. The streets were thronged with a shouting cosmopolitan
+mob even at that early hour of the morning. Armed rebels were
+parading the streets, jostling and hustling any with whom they came
+into contact. There was not the slightest doubt that his white face
+would have served as a red rag to a bull in that mixed assembly, and
+he would never have reached his destination alive.
+
+He remarked on this to his guards, and his surmise was at once
+confirmed.
+
+"Your life would not be worth a minute's purchase exposed to view,"
+replied the man he addressed. "For that matter, even natives have to
+be most careful, the place is almost in a state of riot. Egypt
+cannot last like this, we shall eat ourselves up."
+
+Abdu was furtively watching the seething thoroughfare from the
+window, and, as the man finished speaking, he endeavoured to attract
+some one's attention outside by holding up his bound hands. The
+instant he did so, the guard flung himself upon him and forced him
+down; but it was too late, the mischief was done. With a cry, two or
+three of the crowd elbowed their way, at a run, towards the hack.
+Helmar glanced with apprehension at his guards, and noted the fear
+expressed in their faces, while Abdu was grinning with the most
+intense malice.
+
+The driver evidently saw danger threatening his vehicle and whipped
+his horses up, but apparently some signal had been passed along the
+road, for the number of pursuers was momentarily increasing to a
+howling crowd.
+
+What the issue would have been it is doubtful to say, but just at
+that moment they reached the citadel, parts of which were being used
+as prison cells, and, with intense relief, Helmar heard the gates of
+the courtyard close behind them.
+
+The moment he alighted he was conducted by two evil-looking warders
+to his cell, whilst the guards, with Abdu, were taken to an office.
+
+As soon as he found himself alone, Helmar looked round his prison.
+It was a decidedly uninviting place. Although much cleaner than the
+one in which he had been confined at Damanhour, it was bare of all
+furniture, except a sort of wooden trestle, evidently intended for
+his bed. This occupied one side of the room, which was a narrow
+apartment, about eight feet long by five in width. A dim light was
+allowed to penetrate into this dismal hole through a heavily-grated
+window high up in the wall. As George surveyed the place he came to
+the conclusion, from the solid construction of the walls, that he
+was in no ramshackle makeshift. There was none of the filth and dirt
+of his previous experience, and he felt that here at least he could
+lie down on the hard and uncomfortable boards without being eaten
+alive by loathsome insects.
+
+He felt tired after his long journey, and his appetite was keen. He
+fancied that no matter what his diet might be, he could do ample
+justice to it when it should be brought along.
+
+Using his coat as a pillow, he stretched himself out on his trestle
+and waited patiently for some one to come. Every now and then he
+burst out laughing, as his thoughts went back to the journey to
+Cairo.
+
+What stunning fellows those two guards had proved themselves--and
+how smartly they had fooled Abdu! He wondered where they were, and
+if they would be allowed to look after him. Such luck, he was
+afraid, could not be. No, he would probably be waited upon by one of
+those two surly fellows who had conducted him to his present abode.
+
+An hour passed, and at last he heard a footstep outside; he wondered
+if it was the much-desired breakfast, or a summons before Arabi's
+tribunal. The steps came nearer, and a key was placed in the lock of
+his door. A moment later a warder entered with some bread and
+coffee.
+
+The man silently advanced. Helmar's eyes watched his movements
+closely; he set the tin of coffee on the floor and the bread beside
+it, and thus, without a word, turned to depart.
+
+"I say," cried George, as the man neared the door, "is this all a
+hungry man is to have? Why, hang it all, I was treated better by
+Arden!"
+
+George had spoken in English, thinking it wisest not to air his
+Arabic before this man.
+
+The warder only shook his head, to signify that he did not
+understand.
+
+George then tried him in French, but with no better success. At
+last, seeing that his chance of a better breakfast was slipping from
+him, he repeated his remarks in Arabic.
+
+"Bread and coffee is too good for a dog of an unbeliever," replied
+the warder, in a surly tone, "better food is only for the sons of
+the Prophet. The white dog will soon not need anything in Egypt."
+
+As he finished speaking he left the cell, slamming the door behind
+him, as if to emphasize his disgust at waiting on a white man.
+
+"The surly pig," muttered Helmar, when the man had gone. "It's scant
+favour I shall get from him. Heigho! my troubles seem never-ending,
+but there--upon my word, I am getting used to them now. Bread, eh?"
+he went on, picking up the hunk of stale, black, husky-looking stuff
+before him. "I could make better bread myself out of bran."
+
+He picked up the tin of coffee and tasted it.
+
+"Ah, that's a bit better. I must say they do understand making
+coffee." Without more ado he ate his bread ravenously, and, in spite
+of its blackness and heaviness, felt very much refreshed when he had
+finished. The coffee was certainly good, and George drank it
+sparingly, lest it should be long before he got any more.
+
+After this he lay down to take a nap. Sleep was not long in
+overtaking him, and despite his troubles, despite his hard
+uncomfortable bed, he slumbered peacefully.
+
+It seemed to him he had not slept five minutes when he was rudely
+awakened by some one pulling at his leg. It was his gaoler.
+
+"Come on, you're wanted," he said, with an unpleasant smile;
+"they're going to ask you some questions."
+
+"Eh, what? Who's going to ask me some questions?" said George,
+sitting up and rubbing his eyes. "Eh?" as he looked at his gaoler in
+great surprise. "Oh yes, I remember now--all right, lead on, I'm
+with you."
+
+He sprang from his hard couch, and stretched himself as he spoke. He
+had not yet had time to think or he would scarcely have answered as
+cheerily; neither had he seen the unpleasant look on the man's face,
+which portended anything but something pleasant awaiting him.
+However, he followed his guide, who led him out of the building
+across the courtyard he had entered in the morning, to a sort of
+miniature tower standing alone. The place was of peculiar structure,
+and there was no doubt that it was not built by European hands. So
+interested was he in the place that he drew the warder's attention
+to it.
+
+"What place is this? part of the prison?"
+
+"Ay, it's part of the prison, but a part not much used--until now,"
+and he turned to the door, fumbling with a great key in the lock.
+
+Helmar's curiosity was still further aroused. The man's words
+conveyed hidden meaning.
+
+"Yes, but what is it for? Does it contain another series of cells?"
+
+"You will soon find out what it is for unless you are sensible, and
+it certainly contains another series of cells," replied the man,
+flinging back the heavy iron-studded door, which creaked and groaned
+as if it hadn't been opened for years.
+
+Without another word the warder led the way in. The air was musty
+and dark, and George shuddered as he stepped into the dark passage
+that lay before him. As soon as he had passed in the gaoler turned
+and closed the door, and then proceeded to guide our hero to the
+head of a flight of stone steps. Here he took a lighted lantern from
+the wall, and together they descended into the depths below.
+
+The moment he put his foot on the first step of the stairway, George
+remembered Naoum's words. Was this the place in which the
+_interrogation_ was to be carried out! The very thought of it sent a
+cold shiver of terror down his back, but he knew that it would be
+worse than useless to fight against the inevitable; even if he
+refused to go farther his retreat was entirely cut off, and
+doubtless his gaoler could summon aid to force him to the tribunal.
+No, he would endeavour to put a bold face upon it, and trust to
+circumstances and Naoum's help to see him through. Keeping close to
+his guide he steadily descended. The staircase wound round and
+round, and as they got lower and lower the steps became more and
+more damp and slippery, until at last he had to cling to a sort of
+rough wooden balustrade for support. At last the end of what seemed
+an interminable journey was reached, and the two men stood in front
+of an iron door. This, with some difficulty, the gaoler opened, and
+proceeded along a short narrow passage which ended in an archway
+covered by some rough damp fabric. Pulling this aside, the man led
+the way.
+
+Helmar stood where he was, just inside the archway, while his guide
+proceeded to light several lanterns which hung round the walls.
+
+As the light spread over the room, a frenzy of terror seized Helmar,
+and he stood rooted to the spot.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXIII
+
+                   IN THE HANDS OF THE PHILISTINES
+
+
+The feeling of terror passed off as quickly as it had come. As the
+light spread luridly over the dismal room it exposed to our hero's
+gaze the unmistakable signs that the place was to be used for the
+administration of tortures. Instruments and tools of all sorts lay
+about in every direction, bottles were stored on a shelf in one
+corner, whether containing medical material, or stuff of a more
+deadly nature, George had no means of discovering. In another corner
+of the dungeon stood a brick forge, with various irons scattered
+about on it, which were doubtless used for branding purposes. His
+attention was drawn to a pile of manacles and chains, amongst which
+he detected iron collars, anklets, iron bars of enormous weight, all
+cruel-looking and of dreadful portent.
+
+In one wall was placed a series of rings with ropes attached, while
+close by lay a heavy thonged lash; the nature of these things left
+him in no doubt concerning their use.
+
+As his eyes rested on them in turn, George again felt the terror
+coming on him; involuntarily he trembled, and it was only by a
+supreme effort he was able to cast it from him. The tension of his
+feeling was so great that to relieve it he turned to his gaoler.
+
+"But why am I brought here? They cannot torture a prisoner of war!"
+he exclaimed. "But perhaps," as an idea struck him, "they intend to
+frighten me."
+
+The gaoler guffawed in a sepulchral manner at what he considered his
+prisoner's simplicity; he did not understand that George was trying
+to convince himself against his own better judgment.
+
+"Frighten, eh?" he said at last, when his gruesome merriment had
+ceased, "they'll not waste their time in trying to frighten a
+Christian dog! These things are not for show, but use. Since the
+white people came to this country, this place," he went on, with a
+comprehensive sweep of his hands, "has not been used, but kept more
+as a curiosity than anything else; now the Egyptians again rule,
+they will once more adopt the methods of our forefathers."
+
+"Oh, yes," replied George, with growing irritation at the man's
+undisguised hatred for the white people in general, and himself in
+particular, "I know all about the _mighty_ Egyptians and their
+forefathers. I've heard all about that before, but it has nothing to
+do with bringing me down here. What I want to know is, why I'm
+brought here."
+
+At the sneering tone George used when speaking of the Egyptians the
+expression of the gaoler's face lowered and his eyes shot fire, and
+as he ceased speaking the man turned away, and busied himself with
+setting a great arm-chair in position in the centre of the room.
+
+"You know a great deal about Egypt besides," he said in slow,
+measured tones, wiping cobwebs from a cumbersome piece of furniture,
+"and that is the reason you are brought here. Those who will not
+speak must be made to speak."
+
+"I am ready to tell them all I know, and I can assure you it isn't
+much."
+
+"About the British troops and their Commander's plans?" asked the
+man, with a stolid look of surprise.
+
+Helmar burst out into a laugh, although he felt anything but like
+doing so.
+
+"Why, man, how should I know anything about it--I am not an
+officer!"
+
+The gaoler smiled grimly. He had expected this, and refrained from
+comment, contenting himself with shrugging his shoulders in an
+approved Eastern style.
+
+Seeing that nothing further was to be gained from this unintelligent
+pig, Helmar gave up the attempt, and examined more closely the
+instruments of torture, wondering in a hopeless sort of way what was
+to be his fate. Unable to come to any decision, he flung himself
+into the chair his gaoler had set in the centre of the room, a prey
+to a horrible despair.
+
+He had hardly seated himself when he became aware of the sound of
+approaching footsteps. They did not come from the passage by which
+he had entered, but from the opposite side of the room. At that
+moment the gaoler approached, and, seizing him roughly by the
+shoulder, attempted to hustle him from his seat.
+
+"This is for another; we will find something less comfortable for
+you."
+
+Helmar detested being pushed about, and as he expected to be handled
+badly later on, he determined to put up with none of it now. He
+sprang in a bound from his seat and, turning, dealt the great
+Egyptian a smashing blow on the face, and was about to follow it up
+with another, when a door, which he had not seen, suddenly opened,
+and a procession of dusky figures entered. Instantly two of the
+new-comers sprang forward and, before George could continue his
+chastisement, had him securely pinioned, his flashing eyes
+indicating the storm of rage that was going on within him.
+
+Realizing that now, if ever, he must be calm, he stifled back his
+feelings, and waited for the next act in the horrible drama. Six men
+had entered, and one of them seated himself at once in the arm-chair
+George had vacated. He was a powerful, thick-set fellow and
+evidently, by the deference the others paid him, a man of
+considerable importance. His expression was one of fixed malignity,
+and George rightly surmised that he need look for no mercy from this
+individual. He wondered who and what he was. Was he a magistrate, or
+some potentate of Arabi's army? He did not give him the idea of
+being a military man. His costume was decidedly that of the native
+civilian, and yet there was an air of stern command about the man
+that puzzled him.
+
+At a sign from the new-comer, the two men who held him proceeded to
+divest Helmar of his coat and shirt. This done, his hands and feet
+were fastened, and he was then thrown on the floor face downwards,
+while the bigger of his two custodians stood by, handling the deadly
+kourbash.
+
+There was no mistaking their vile intentions; he was to be
+interrogated with a vengeance, and George eyed the cruel thong as it
+lay idly resting on the ground beside the great Arab. The horrors it
+conjured up in his mind were too appalling for words. Already in
+fancy he could feel its relentless blows on his bared back, and he
+shuddered again and again. He shut his teeth and, to use his own
+phraseology, determined to "die hard." He would show these inhuman
+monsters that a white man could stand without a sign anything they
+could think of to reduce him to submission. In bitterness he felt
+that this mockery of interrogation was only an excuse to vent their
+hatred of the European, and that in reality they did not hope to
+discover anything from him, and, in fact, knew that he had no
+information to give.
+
+The dreaded kourbash, he was determined, should do its fell work
+with no response from him, terrible as he knew that punishment would
+be; they might kill him, they might flay him alive, but they could
+not reduce his stubborn pride as no doubt they hoped to do. This
+spirit bore him through those few moments that preceded the first
+words of his mock interrogation, but he felt himself shrink on the
+floor when he saw the slightest movement on the part of his
+executioner. The torture of that short period was the refinement of
+cruelty, but never for one moment did he waver from his fixed
+determination to face his inquisitors like a man and a son of his
+fatherland.
+
+At last the man in the chair spoke; his tones were calm and
+dispassionate, but there rang in them an undercurrent of intensity
+that warned George, whose mental faculties were painfully acute,
+that the latent feeling of racial hatred was only held in check by
+the power of an iron will, and that like a boiling volcano it
+needed but the faintest extra aggravation to make it burst forth and
+overwhelm its surroundings. The man's words fell on his ears like
+the knell of doom, and ere he replied he braced himself for the
+inevitable result of his answer.
+
+"Being a secret agent of the British, you possess information that
+will be of use to the great Pasha now ruling the land of the
+faithful!"
+
+Though the words were an assertion, the tones in which they were
+delivered were undoubtedly those of a question. While yet
+considering his reply, George saw out of the corner of his eye the
+fearful kourbash raised from the ground. Quickly making up his mind
+that no subterfuge would hold him, Helmar replied--
+
+"I am not a secret agent, neither do I possess any information
+whatsoever of the British movements. How should I? Have I not been a
+captive ever since Arabi was expelled from Alexandria?"
+
+Notwithstanding the fearful position in which he stood, George could
+not resist this little bit of sarcasm at the expense of Arabi's
+prowess. Apparently his interrogator had no sense of humour, for
+although Helmar could not see the man he was convinced that he gave
+some sign. There was a horrid swish in the air, and the kourbash
+fell across his bare shoulders with ruthless force, and a great wale
+was raised where it struck. George uttered no sound, but, bursting
+with indignation and in great pain, waited for the next question.
+
+It came quickly, and in the same even tones.
+
+"Your retort is untimely, and will bring retribution upon you. The
+faithful require no comments from the Christian dog. Answer the
+questions put to you, simply, that your punishment may be less
+severe. We would mercifully save you more pain than is necessary. It
+is known that you are aware of the point at which the forces of the
+great Pasha are to be attacked. The English dogs are slow, but they
+are cunning. Where will their men-of-war be concentrated?"
+
+"How can I tell you that--I don't know," replied Helmar irritably.
+
+The last words were scarcely out his mouth when the kourbash again
+fell with terrific force on his flesh, this time twice in rapid
+succession. The pain was intense, and as each blow fell George
+hollowed his back involuntarily as if by doing so he would lessen
+the force of the dreaded thong. His back was scalding, and the sting
+of the cruel lash pervaded his whole body, but he only shut his
+teeth the harder and waited for what next was to come.
+
+"Where will the concentration take place?"
+
+The words came like the knell of doom, the monotony of their tone
+was appalling.
+
+"I do not know," replied George again.
+
+Again the lash fell, with another cut added--again he writhed in
+pain, pain that was anguish of mind as well as of body. He felt as
+if his brain was bursting with the dreadful slowness of the
+proceedings. It seemed to him that if he were to receive a hundred
+lashes in quick succession he could easily stand it, but the torture
+of the delay was fearful.
+
+Again the fiendish inquisitor asked his question, and again our hero
+replied in the negative. Four more frightful cuts of the inexorable
+kourbash fell on his rapidly-scarring back. The torture he endured
+was frightful, not a single blow from the raw-hide thong but was
+timed to produce the utmost effect; his back was waled in large
+ridges, and with a fiendish cruelty the inhuman executioner with
+unfailing aim had smote and re-smote him in the same place. Already
+he could feel that the skin had burst, and it came almost as a
+relief as he felt the flow of blood down his back. Again and again
+the malignant man in the chair asked his question. Again and again
+the answer came from our hero, followed quickly by the increased
+number of lashes from his executioner.
+
+The terrible punishment was beginning to tell; already George had
+passed from the defiant stage to one of patient endurance. As the
+torture continued his body began to feel numbed, and he became
+light-headed; he caught himself counting in a foolish manner the
+number of strokes he had received, and as each one fell, he would
+add two or three according to whether he felt it more or less than
+its predecessor. Once he even laughed as the man struck him on a
+part of his body that was clothed, with the effect that the
+executioner, enraged at the levity, redoubled his merciless attack.
+
+The light-headed stage passed off and was replaced by a feeling of
+horrible despair. He wondered when these monsters would have vented
+their spite sufficiently; he wondered if he would be alive at the
+end of the castigation, or if they would flay the flesh from his
+body. He thought of the ignominious ending it would be to his brief
+career with the fighting line.
+
+[Illustration: "He was already beyond crying out. All sense of feeling
+had left him!" p. 270.]
+(Transcriber's note: Illustration not available.)
+
+His head was buried in his arms, and he was becoming indifferent to
+how frequently the kourbash fell on his shoulders. Had he but known
+it, it was the beginning of unconsciousness; he uttered no sound, he
+cared nothing for what was going on; he no longer, as the blows were
+rained on him, shut his teeth to bear the pain--it was not
+necessary, he was already beyond crying out. All sense of feeling
+had left him.
+
+Now and again he could hear, as if a long way off, the voice of the
+inquisitor repeating his question, but it had no meaning for him,
+the words were blurred and indistinct to his mental faculties, and
+he made no attempt to answer.
+
+Presently the blows ceased to fall; his body lost all feeling as his
+legs became cramped, and he fell into unconsciousness. Suddenly he
+was aroused from his torpor by angry voices. Far away they sounded,
+but still they penetrated to his dulled and aching brain. He could
+hear a high-pitched, shrill, screaming sound that struck on his
+almost senseless nerves with a shock.
+
+Vaguely he became aware that his flogging had ceased, and that
+something had gone wrong with his persecutors.
+
+With a supreme effort he roused himself, but he was too weak and
+feeble to be able to grasp the meaning of what he heard, and quickly
+sank down to full length again, as he felt a warm touch on his
+hands.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXIV
+
+                           A FRIEND INDEED
+
+
+The oblivion into which our hero had fallen did not last long, the
+suspension of brain-power was but passing and soon gave place to
+dreams. With that extraordinary irony of reduced mental power these
+dreams were of the most beautiful description; all the agony he had
+suffered had passed away, and he dreamt that he was in a gorgeous
+garden on the banks of his beloved Danube; all around him the most
+beautiful fountains played, and people were wandering about terraces
+and lawns dressed in lovely white flowing robes. Many of the faces
+he saw about him were those of the friends of his earlier
+associations, and they smiled and bowed to him as they passed by
+where he was reclining. No one seemed to speak, and a silence too
+peaceful and delightful for words reigned everywhere.
+
+In the distance beyond the limits of this perfect place, he saw many
+dark shadows, in each of which he could distinctly trace the figures
+of dusky Egyptians vainly endeavouring to reach him, but, as each
+one made the attempt, he was beaten back by the heavy fall of some
+terrible weapon. Suddenly the scene changed and he was seated on a
+throne. On every side the white-robed figures stood waiting for him
+to speak; this he was vainly attempting to do, but at each effort a
+terrible pain passed over him and the words remained unuttered. At
+last a big fountain began to play in front of where he sat, and the
+spray, in falling, played over his throne, saturating him and every
+one around; then his tongue seemed released, and he suddenly awoke
+to find himself lying upon a comfortable bed, with Mariam Abagi
+stooping over him bathing his back. The moment he regained
+consciousness the agony of his position burst upon him with terrible
+force. Racking pains shot all through his body, until he felt that
+he must shriek aloud; he could move neither hand nor foot, for, at
+each effort, his pain was redoubled, and he lay still, moaning
+piteously.
+
+At last the bathing that Mariam was administering began to soothe
+him, he felt easier, and his moans lessened. As time went on they
+ceased altogether, and the bathing was at once discontinued.
+
+He was now aware of everything that had happened, and longed to ask
+his nurse to tell him all that had occurred after the flogging had
+ceased. Once he made an effort to speak, but Mariam restrained him
+by giving him something to drink. After that he slept.
+
+When next he awoke there were several people in the room. Mariam was
+seated at his side, and Naoum stood near, while several dusky
+figures were waiting in the background. He found that he had been
+turned on to his back, and he felt very little pain until he
+attempted to move, when he at once realized that he had better make
+no further effort in that direction.
+
+"Where am I, Mariam? In prison still?" he asked in feeble tones.
+
+The old woman's face relaxed from its stern expression and became
+wreathed in a wrinkled smile, which set George's heart at rest
+before she uttered a word.
+
+"Yes, my son, still in prison, but with those around you who will no
+more allow harm to reach you. We only found you out just in time, or
+you would have seen the light of day no more. Your enemies were
+clever, and attacked you quickly to prevent our interference, but
+the news was brought to us and we hurried to your assistance. You
+are now in safety."
+
+George thought for a moment, his eyes resting on Naoum's face,
+everything became quite clear to him, and he remembered, though
+indistinctly, the angry tones he had heard before he became
+unconscious, and was wondering if they were Mariam's.
+
+"Did you come yourself?" he next asked her. "Ah," as she nodded, "I
+remember your voice."
+
+"Yes, I was indeed angry, and had to exert all my power before the
+wretched Pasha would release you."
+
+The old woman's look as she uttered these words was one of intense
+hatred, and boded, as George thought, but little mercy should ever
+opportunity arise for the man who had attempted to defy her. Again
+he caught himself wondering at the power of these two strange
+people. His reflections were put a stop to as the sound of Naoum's
+voice fell on his ear.
+
+"I will leave you, mother; he will recover now, and, under your
+administering, rapidly. See that you tell him the news I have
+brought you. There is much work for us all, and his share of it will
+require a healthy body."
+
+As he finished speaking, Naoum turned and left the room, followed by
+the rest of his onlookers, whom Helmar quickly surmised were
+servants.
+
+Mariam alone remained, intent upon the care of her patient. Her eyes
+never for one moment left the thin and drawn face on the pillow
+before her, anticipating, with the solicitous care of a mother,
+every need for his comfort.
+
+"How long do you think it will be before I can get up?" asked George
+suddenly, after a long pause. "My back feels much better already.
+To-morrow?"
+
+"No, no, my son. Not to-morrow or the day after, neither will you
+get up for some days to come," replied the old woman, shaking her
+head. "You have been injured almost unto death, and your recovery
+must surely be slow. As Naoum said, there is work to be done in
+which you will have to bear your part, and, to that end, we must
+take the greatest care of you. Now, listen, to-night I shall come
+again, when I shall have news of the greatest importance to
+communicate to you; by that time you will be sufficiently refreshed
+to listen, and for the while you must sleep."
+
+She then administered an opiate and left him. In a few moments he
+was again buried in profound slumber. It was not until the morrow
+that he awoke; it was broad daylight when he did so, and while he
+waited for the coming of Mariam he scanned the apartment in which he
+was a prisoner. Evidently it was a room unused for the retention of
+people in custody, for it was fitted up in luxurious style. The
+walls were hung with heavy tapestries, and the floor was carpeted
+with Eastern rugs. The window he observed was unbarred, and this
+alone brought him a sense of comfort and repose that he could never
+have felt, in spite of Mariam's assurances, had the ominous gratings
+obtruded their sinister presence. The window was sheltered from the
+intense rays of the burning sun outside by a protecting lattice, and
+this kept the atmosphere pleasantly cool within; he sighed as he
+mentally thanked his kindly friends for their goodness to him--a
+stranger. Several times his thoughts reverted to the wretches who
+had so cruelly flogged him, and vividly he traced his arch-enemy
+Arden's hand in all his sufferings; he was too weak to rouse himself
+to indignation, but he could not forget his inhuman treatment.
+
+Presently his nurse entered, and his wounds were at once attended
+to. After submitting to the process he felt much relieved, and lay
+back, prepared to listen to the promised news, when his protectress
+should be disposed to deliver it.
+
+"And now, Mariam, what about the news you have to tell me? I am
+quite strong enough to listen."
+
+"Yes, I think I can safely tell you. You must not let anything I
+have to say excite you." She paused for a moment, as if to think how
+best to express herself, but, as she observed her patient's growing
+irritation at the delay, plunged into the subject at once.
+
+"The information you were supposed to possess has already been
+communicated to Arabi. The silence and apparent inactivity of the
+British Commanders have now taken the form of a definite plan, and
+the Pasha is aware that they intend advancing against him from the
+direction of Port Said, through Ismalia on the canal. Against this
+Arabi will bring his army to meet them at some place on the railway,
+in the hopes of driving them back to the Suez. If this succeeds he
+will then destroy the canal, the further to hamper their movements."
+
+"Yes, but is he aware of his opponent's strength? Surely they would
+not advance unless in overwhelming numbers?" George broke in. "Psha!
+The man must be mad to hope for success!"
+
+"That of course remains to be seen," said Mariam slowly. "Naoum's
+people bring us word that soldiers have been landing ever since the
+beginning of the war, but Arabi's people, probably to encourage the
+rebellion, say no, that the British army is but a puny affair."
+
+"What fools!" said Helmar. "They'll find out their mistake before
+long, and get such a smashing up that they won't forget in a hurry."
+
+"Yes," said the old woman, "that we know, but all this will take a
+long time, and by the time the blow is ready to fall, I must get you
+well enough for the work before you."
+
+Mariam paused, as if weighing her words. George was at once all
+interest. Something was coming, he felt sure, that was of even
+greater importance than the conflict and probable overthrow of
+Arabi. Mariam, he knew, never spoke lightly, and when she hinted at
+work that, apparently, could only be carried out by himself, it must
+indeed be of an urgent character.
+
+"But what is this work you speak of in such solemn tones? Surely, it
+cannot be as important as the downfall of this arch-rebel, Arabi?"
+
+"Listen, and I will tell you; then you can judge for yourself as to
+its importance. Naoum's people have discovered a cruel plot. Arabi,
+influenced by his wicked advisers, has arranged that, should he fail
+in his campaign against the British, should he receive one
+overwhelming defeat, then, to avenge himself upon his conquerors, at
+a word from him, Cairo will be burned to the ground."
+
+"The villain!" exclaimed George. "He would ruin thousands of his own
+people for the sake of revenge on others! And this is the man to
+whom the misguided Arabs trust the emancipation of their country!"
+
+"You must not excite yourself, my son," said Mariam, alarmed at the
+effect of her words on the invalid. "What I have said is the truth,
+but the scheme can be stayed through you. Naoum and I, whose
+interests do not entirely lie in this city, intend to thwart him for
+the sake of humanity, but without you our object will be difficult
+to accomplish."
+
+"Yes, yes," said George, impatiently. "But how can I stop it? I am
+at best but one man, and a prisoner, and," ruefully glancing at his
+nurse, "by the present signs, not likely to be able to get about
+for a month."
+
+"All that we have taken into consideration," replied Mariam, calmly.
+"Your help in our plans will not be needed for some days yet, and by
+that time I hope to have you well and strong; but, in the meantime,
+we cannot care for you too well, for your enemies are powerful, and
+Naoum will have to keep an impenetrable shield over you while you
+lie here on a bed of sickness."
+
+Helmar remained silent, thinking of the deep significance of
+Mariam's words. Evidently, he gathered from them, there was some
+very desperate enterprise in which they required him to take part.
+What was the nature of a scheme that could require such a solemn
+preamble?
+
+"And what is required of me?" he asked, presently.
+
+Mariam smiled, with a look of maternal affection in her calm, hollow
+eyes.
+
+"In the first place to get well as soon as possible. Do not delay
+that desired end by worrying about the future. Everything that can
+be done by us for your safety will be attended to, and when the time
+comes, you shall be acquainted with what is required of you. You
+must rest content with what I have told you. The reason for telling
+you so much and no more is that you must see the importance of
+getting well as soon as possible."
+
+George had to be content; no persuasion could draw from her
+anything more of the scheme with which she and her son determined to
+thwart Arabi. Many times he tried to get her to speak, but she would
+only shake her head and refuse to reply, so at last he gave it up
+and devoted himself to recovering from the effects of his flogging.
+
+His recovery, despite the unremitting attention of his nurse, was
+somewhat slow; the frightful mauling he had received from the cruel
+kourbash had done its work well, but at last his terrible
+lacerations began to heal. His constitution did wonders for him; he
+was young and of strong vitality, and this, aided by Mariam's
+wonderful skill, brought him to the turning-point, and finally
+safety was reached.
+
+It was some days, however, ere he rose from that bed of sickness,
+and when he did, the stalwart young athlete was hardly recognizable
+when he staggered from his bed to a chair. Notwithstanding his stern
+old nurse's fortitude, there was no mistaking the look of relief in
+her worn face when that day arrived. All her patience, all her
+untiring energy had not been in vain, she had helped to save his
+life, as she hoped to save, through him, the lives of thousands of
+poor souls in the beautiful city of Cairo.
+
+George's strength came apace; every day saw him nearer the desired
+end. His bones, which at first had been almost bursting through his
+skin, quickly regained their wonted appearance, and he began to
+feel now that if there was any work for him to do there must be no
+further delay.
+
+One evening he was seated beside the open window, Mariam was busying
+herself with arranging his supper, when he broached the subject that
+was ever in his thoughts.
+
+"Mariam," he said, without turning his head, "tell me about the work
+that you and Naoum require of me. Is there yet time, or has my
+recovery been too long delayed?"
+
+The old woman ceased in her preparations and came beside him. Just
+as she was about to speak a draught blew across her face, and she at
+once stepped to the window and closed it.
+
+"The wind blows cold in the room to-night," she exclaimed, with a
+troubled look on her face. "I like it not. To-morrow we shall have
+you laid up again."
+
+She looked round the room as she spoke, as if to discover where the
+draught came from. Failing to discover its source, she turned again
+to her companion.
+
+"The time is even now at hand," she said, with deliberation.
+"To-morrow, Naoum will be here, when he will explain everything that
+you should know. Remember, every word that he speaks with you must
+be graven on your heart, nothing must be forgotten, for the lives of
+thousands of innocent souls depend upon your undertaking."
+
+At this moment a sound attracted her attention and she turned round
+with a look of uneasiness in her eyes. Presently she continued--
+
+"I ask not, in my own name, that you should do aught to show the
+gratitude you may feel for what has been done for you, but if you
+feel that gratitude you have so often expressed, show it by carrying
+out Naoum's instructions to you as if your life depended upon it,
+and the debt will be largely on our side."
+
+Without waiting for reply, she left the room.
+
+So engrossed were these two in the subject of their conversation,
+that neither observed the shaking tapestry on the wall, or the faint
+exclamation that proceeded from it, as Mariam took her departure.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXV
+
+                            NAOUM PLANS
+
+
+The next morning, as Mariam had promised, Naoum presented himself.
+George had not seen him for many weeks, and was prepared for some
+slight change in his appearance; he knew that Naoum had much to
+trouble him, much opposition to contend with, and, consequently,
+expected that the serenity of his expression would bear traces of
+the mental strain of his position; but it was not so. The cheery,
+smiling face was the same as ever, and he greeted Helmar as if no
+matters of moment had ever weighed on his mind, the firm, set jaw
+and smooth forehead giving not the slightest indication of what was
+passing within.
+
+"My mother tells me you are once more sound and well," he said,
+gazing admiringly at the straight, lithe figure in front of him. "It
+is good, for the time has now arrived for action."
+
+He paused, and looked thoughtfully out of window. "Before I disclose
+my plan, there is one question I must ask you," he said at last.
+"Perhaps it will seem a strange one, but I have reasons."
+
+"Go ahead," replied George, all anxiety to hear anything this man
+had to say.
+
+"Have you had occasion to use the sign I gave you at Damanhour?"
+
+"Only that once with your people in the railway train," replied
+George, at once.
+
+"Has my mother spoken to you of the matter in hand when there has
+been any one near enough to have possibly overheard the
+conversation?"
+
+"Decidedly not," was the prompt reply.
+
+"Strange!" muttered Naoum. "However, it cannot now be helped.
+Somebody has got wind of our plans; I do not think to any damaging
+degree, but sufficiently to have me regarded with suspicion. Arden
+is in the city."
+
+His words were uttered calmly, but they lost none of their
+significance by the tone. George started involuntarily at the
+mention of Arden's name, and a presentiment of evil at once took
+possession of him. What was he here for? What did his coming
+portend? Was it simply coincidence, or was it in reference to
+himself? These questions passed rapidly through his mind before he
+replied.
+
+"You then anticipate something?"
+
+Naoum smiled his calm, inscrutable smile.
+
+"Not from him directly, but he has many friends, or paid servants,
+ready to carry out his orders. However, we must not seek trouble. In
+the meantime, I will tell you what I propose."
+
+He stepped round the room, examining the tapestries, tapping the
+walls as he went; apparently satisfied with his inspection, he
+secured the door and returned to George.
+
+"These precautions are necessary, for one word of what I have to
+say, overheard, would ruin everything and probably bring death upon
+us all. My mother, I understand, has already told you of the plot to
+burn the city to the ground. Very well," as George assented, "you
+must now understand Arabi's position. He has so far done little but
+spread sedition over the country. The British have forced him back
+step by step from Alexandria, until he anticipated a direct attack
+on Cairo from that direction; but suddenly your friends changed
+their tactics, and brought over a large force which they have landed
+at Port Said and Ismalia, whence a steady advance has been going on
+ever since. Arabi has summoned all his forces together, and
+mobilized them in the direction of Tel-el-Kebir, at which place he
+means to make a big stand. The position he has taken up is supposed
+to be impregnable, and success is anticipated by all his people.
+Personally, I am assured he must fail; there is too much lack of
+discipline, too much rivalry and disaffection in his ranks for him
+to stand against the well-drilled and splendidly-armed forces of a
+European Power; consequently, the inevitable is that he will be
+driven back on Cairo. The moment this happens, the place will be
+fired in every direction, and those who succeed in escaping the
+conflagration will be ruined and homeless. This must not be allowed,
+Cairo must be in the hands of the British before he can carry out
+his scheme, and you are the man to bring it about."
+
+"I?" exclaimed George. "But how? I am a prisoner, and cannot hope to
+be released in time to reach the British lines!"
+
+"Nevertheless, it must be so, the attempt must be made. My
+emissaries bring me word that the engagement at Tel-el-Kebir cannot
+take place for a few days; the British are not ready. That will give
+us time to effect your escape and for you to reach there."
+
+A light began to dawn on Helmar, and he at last understood what
+Naoum was driving at; but how was the escape to be accomplished?
+
+"I am ready and willing," said George, "but tell me how you hope to
+get me out of here."
+
+"That will be simple enough. The part that is difficult will be the
+journey. From here to Tel-el-Kebir the country is covered by Arabi's
+men, besides which you do not know the route to be taken. There are
+many ways, of course, but the difficulties are stupendous, and to
+have any hope of success requires a man who knows every inch of the
+trails. However, I have discovered a route by which the journey may
+be accomplished in safety; but it will require all the ingenuity you
+may possess to bring it to a successful issue."
+
+"When will the start be made?" asked George, with many misgivings,
+as he listened to Naoum's words.
+
+"To-night," came the startling reply.
+
+"To-night?" echoed George, in surprise. "But how?"
+
+"I have arranged that Belbeis shall accompany you as guide; he is
+subtle and brave, and I can rely upon him as myself, besides which
+he has much love for you. From my mother's apartments in this place
+there is secret communication with the grounds, so that there will
+be little difficulty in leaving here. You will wait for a summons,
+which will occur late in the night; it will be a scratching sound on
+the door. Immediately afterwards, you will leave this room and
+follow the passage to the extreme end, then, without giving any
+sign, enter the door that you will find facing you. The moment you
+enter, a guide will give you the sign and then conduct you to where
+Belbeis is awaiting with horses."
+
+"How about the news I am to convey? I require some proofs!"
+
+"Exactly; this packet," said Naoum, holding out a small bundle of
+papers, "will convince the authorities of the truth of what you tell
+them. You can deliver them to whom you think best."
+
+George's heart beat high with excitement and hope, as he carefully
+placed the packet in an inner pocket. The thought of once more being
+at liberty was indeed alluring, and he hoped and prayed that the
+attempt would be successful. True, he had little now to complain of
+since his rescue by Naoum and Mariam, but the love of liberty was
+strong upon him. He felt that to be so keen about it was almost like
+ingratitude to his two friends, but he could not control the
+feeling, and it showed plainly in his face. Naoum saw it, and smiled
+as he noted the bright, anxious expression of the young man.
+
+"There is one thing you do not seem to have thought about, Helmar,"
+he said, in his paternal fashion, "and that is--money. You will need
+some, and I do not suppose you have much of that necessary."
+
+"Not a cent," answered George, suddenly brought to earth by this
+reminder.
+
+"Ah, well, I will see to that," he replied, drawing forth a small
+bag of gold. "Here, take this, the contents will more than pay your
+expenses. No, you need have no scruples," as George drew back,
+hesitating to accept the money. "This is my affair; you are doing
+this thing for me, and it is only right that I should pay all
+expenses."
+
+"Yes, but I have received so much at your hands which I can never
+repay, Naoum. Do not make me increase the debt! I shall never be
+able to return the money."
+
+"Neither is there the smallest need," said Naoum, quietly. "In this
+case you are my paid servant, or, at least, you must look upon
+yourself in that light. Come, do not be foolish! These Europeans are
+very proud," he went on, shaking his head.
+
+Allowing himself to be convinced by his protector's words, George at
+length accepted the proffered money, and thus everything was
+settled. Naoum made him repeat his instructions to be assured that
+there was no mistake, and, having satisfied himself upon this point,
+he prepared to take his departure.
+
+"One word, Naoum, before you go," said George. "I understand that I
+may not see you again before I depart----"
+
+"Yes, yes," interrupted his companion, hastily. "I know what you
+would say, but it is unnecessary. The thanks must be on my side, and
+as for seeing you again, that is inevitable. Twice I have been able
+to assist you, rest assured I shall meet you a third time--it is
+fate. Allah will care for you by the way; your journey is in a good
+cause, and He will guide your steps. And now, farewell!"
+
+At last the two friends parted; George felt it very much indeed. So
+long now had he known Naoum, and though he had not always been near
+him, his protection had been always felt, that the parting left him
+with a sense of loneliness which he had never before experienced,
+and for some time he was quite depressed. Realizing the folly of
+giving way to it, he at last pulled himself together and thought
+over the enterprise on which he was to embark.
+
+He was thankful that his guide was to be Belbeis, for this man was
+well known to him, and he would be able to talk freely on matters
+which, with a stranger, he would have to avoid. Belbeis had long ago
+proved his fidelity, and as to his "subtleness," of which Naoum had
+spoken, that was beyond doubt. It was still quite early in the day,
+and George sat idly by his window, impatiently waiting for the
+approach of night. It seemed to him that the hours were of
+intolerable length, and would never pass. His excitement increased
+as the day wore on, till he hardly knew what to do with himself.
+Mariam came in with his mid-day meal, and he tried to detain her and
+discuss his prospects of success, but the old woman would not
+listen, and the moment he opened his mouth to speak, she placed her
+finger mysteriously upon her lips and hurried from the room.
+
+There was no help for it, he must put up with his own thoughts and
+company, and bear the delay as best he could. The day dragged slowly
+on, and the sun began to set. With the approach of night his spirits
+rose, and he busied himself with plans of procedure for when he
+should find himself outside the grounds of his present prison.
+
+Mariam brought in a light and his evening meal, and took her leave
+of him. The parting was a sad one. She treated him as a son, and
+could not have been more affected had she been saying good-bye to
+Naoum himself. George, on his part, was deeply touched by her
+solicitous care of him, but words did not come easily; yet his
+farewell lost nothing of its sincerity in the silence that
+accompanied it.
+
+At last it was over, and he was left to himself for the few
+remaining hours before his departure.
+
+It yet wanted at least a couple of hours to midnight. George had
+stretched himself out upon his couch, taking all the rest he could
+to prepare himself for his journey. He was buried in deep thought,
+and not a sound broke the stillness of the room; so profound was the
+silence that he gradually began to feel drowsy, and every now and
+then he found his eyelids closing involuntarily. He fought against
+this sleepiness for some time, but at last he fell into a light
+slumber.
+
+Suddenly he was aroused by a gust of cool air passing over his face,
+and sitting bolt upright with a start, his eyes rested on the
+motionless figure of an Arab standing in the centre of the room,
+watching him.
+
+George rubbed his eyes and stared again at the figure, hardly able
+to realize that it was a human being, and not a creature of his
+fancy. The sleepiness passed instantly, and his faculties became
+intensely acute. He sprang from his bed and stood confronting his
+visitor.
+
+"Who are you, and what the deuce do you want here?" he asked
+sharply, eyeing the stranger from head to foot with a stern glance.
+
+The man was dressed in the native costume of the lower class of
+Arab, and his features were peculiarly regular for the colour of his
+skin--details which George was not slow to note. The fellow was
+armed with the usual long knife stuck in his waist-cloth, and looked
+the picture of the unscrupulous mercenary so frequently found abroad
+at the time.
+
+"I come as a messenger from Naoum," replied the stranger, in a
+peculiar, strained tone of voice. "I have matters of importance to
+communicate to you."
+
+At the sound of the man's voice George eyed him keenly, then as the
+purport of his mission fell on his ears, the faintest suspicion of a
+smile passed over his face.
+
+"Ah," he said, keeping his eyes steadily fixed on the man's face,
+"and what has Naoum to say to me?"
+
+"Your escape cannot be attempted to-night. News has got abroad, and
+the guards are doubled. Your enemy, the officer Arden, has
+discovered your plans and will thwart them."
+
+"Oh," said George, walking to the door and fastening it. "So our
+plans are frustrated? 'm! that's bad," he said thoughtfully. "Then
+what is to be done?"
+
+As he spoke, he came close to the Arab, and peered steadily into his
+face. The man never for an instant flinched under the close
+scrutiny, but returned glance for glance. Suddenly, before the man
+could reply, George raised his hand and snatched at the fellow's
+head-gear, and pulling it from his head with a jerk, displayed a
+shock of brown hair.
+
+"So, Mr. Mark Arden!" he said, in stern tones, "you think to play a
+trick on me! I recognized you the moment my eyes rested on your
+face, and I heard your feeble attempt at altering the tones of your
+voice. Now, what's your game?"
+
+So sudden was George's movement that Arden had been unable to stay
+his hand and prevent his own unmasking. Consumed with fury, he
+replied through his clenched teeth.
+
+"To prevent your escape! You fool!" he hissed. "Do you think that
+you are going to be allowed to get away from here to foil Arabi's
+plans? I tell you no! I have but to go from here and summon the
+guard, and you will never again see daylight!"
+
+"'m! that certainly would be awkward," replied George, quietly.
+"But you have first got to leave this room. How do you propose doing
+that?" he added, with an ironical smile.
+
+Arden grasped his meaning, and was at once ready with his retort.
+
+"By the same way that I came. Yes, I am aware that you have secured
+that door, but," drawing the tapestry on one side, he disclosed, to
+Helmar's utter dismay, another door in the wall, "this is the way I
+entered," he said cunningly, "and by the aid of this door I
+discovered Naoum's treacherous plans. He shall pay for his double
+dealing, as shall you. Ostensibly Arabi's friend, he would betray
+him through you into the hands of his enemy; but I tell you it shall
+not be!"
+
+"You are indeed the right person to speak of another's so-called
+treachery! But no matter. So you intend to prevent my escape? What
+if I prevent your leaving here--by force--how will you prevent
+that?"
+
+"Try," was Arden's sneering response.
+
+George was carefully calculating what this visit meant to him.
+Fortunately in giving him the details of his escape Naoum had spoken
+vaguely of the means by which he was to leave the palace, therefore,
+if he could reach Mariam's quarters, there might still be hope of
+success. There was to his mind only one thing to be done, and that
+was to keep Arden where he was, if possible, until his summons came,
+and then defy him. Let him call the guard, and the moment he had
+gone, dash down the passage to Mariam's quarters. It took him but an
+instant to decide on what to do, and, as Arden's sneering tones fell
+upon his ear, he burst out into a laugh.
+
+"It is not worth my while to do so, or you may rest assured that
+long knife in your belt would not prevent me." To gain time he went
+on. "Now, what do you want me to do? Apparently the game is in your
+hands--doubtless you have some purpose beyond thwarting Naoum?"
+
+The tone Helmar had adopted seemed to lull Arden's suspicions, for,
+as he put his question, the latter, before he replied, strode up to
+the bed and seated himself upon it, always, however, keeping his
+eyes upon his companion.
+
+Arden seemed in no hurry to speak, he was endeavouring to penetrate
+George's innermost thoughts; when at last he did express himself it
+was as if weighing each word before he gave it utterance.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVI
+
+                         A DASH FOR LIBERTY
+
+
+"You are right, Helmar," he said, slowly. "I have another object in
+coming here." He paused for a moment, impatiently tugging at the
+fringe of his sash. "You remember I asked you at Port Said about
+joining Arabi?"
+
+"I do--what about it?" said George, in tones of supreme
+indifference.
+
+"That offer was made with the best of feeling towards you, and, as I
+thought, for your good. It would have brought you wealth, as it has
+me."
+
+"And very nice comfortable means you adopted to attain my
+conversion, didn't you?" broke in Helmar, with upraised eyebrows.
+
+"Well, perhaps the treatment was a little rough, but the intention
+was, nevertheless, sincere."
+
+"Doubtless. Go on."
+
+"Well," Mark went on, with eyes looking anywhere but at the man in
+front of him, "at that time I thought that Arabi would be bound to
+win the day, and _we_," with emphasis on the word, "should be made
+for life. But I was mistaken, and now it is plain to me that Arabi
+must fall."
+
+Again he paused, as if waiting for comment from his companion, but
+none came, and he nervously continued, while Helmar kept his keen
+eyes fixed upon him.
+
+"Of course I've made a pile of money," he went on, with a leer, "so
+that now I've only to get out of the country when the crash comes,
+and I can do anything I wish."
+
+"Ah!" ejaculated Helmar, beginning to see through this man's
+scheming. "And you would get some one to help you do that, eh?" he
+added, unable to conceal his contempt, as he realized the sneaking
+character of this villain.
+
+"Not necessarily," replied Arden, coldly. "I have in no way appeared
+in this Rebellion, and, therefore, nothing can be traced to my
+handiwork. The British cannot accuse me of having taken any part in
+the affair, and there is no one who can inform them of my share in
+it."
+
+"But I could," said George sharply.
+
+Arden smiled indulgently. He had no fear of Helmar; he considered
+him in his power.
+
+"You cannot harm me, for you will never leave this place alive,
+unless--unless I choose."
+
+"Well," said George, "granting that, what, then, do you propose?
+What is all this talk leading up to?"
+
+"You, as you say, are the only man who is aware of the part I have
+played in this affair, except, perhaps, some of the men immediately
+under my control. Therefore I need not fear; but I should like to
+make doubly sure of my position against any accident. Although I can
+see no possibility of my share being known, I do not want to run any
+chances. Now, if I were to allow you to escape, I should have done
+you a good turn, for which, I have no doubt, you would be glad to
+make some return. This could be done by your statement to the
+British authorities of the assistance which I shall give you. Do you
+understand?"
+
+"Yes; go on. Is that all?" And Helmar leant back in his chair,
+keenly listening for the sign from Naoum's agent.
+
+"Yes, that is all. I offer you your release, with no possibility of
+re-capture or bodily harm, in return for which you will have to
+secure me immunity from the consequences of the part I have taken in
+the Rebellion. And a very fair offer I consider it, seeing that
+without my assistance you can never get away!"
+
+As he ceased speaking George noted a slightly anxious expression on
+the man's face, but he said nothing. Waiting for a moment to see if
+Arden had anything further to say before he replied, he fancied he
+heard a light footfall outside the door. As his companion offered
+nothing further, he rose to his feet, and, with flashing eyes, gave
+him his answer.
+
+"So, Mark Arden, you would again play the part of tempter, even in
+your last extremity, for notwithstanding your assertion to the
+contrary, I know that to be the state you are in. You cannot be
+other than a villain, you cannot even stand alone in your villainy,
+but must attempt to draw others into it. You try, with cunning
+purpose, to save yourself by forcing me, who have never done you
+harm, to become a participator in your crimes. You bid me lie to
+save you, you who have persecuted me from the moment of our meeting
+at Port Said until now, when you hold the threat of your vengeance
+over my head as an alternative to the non-compliance with your
+wishes. You dare to ask my assistance after the inhuman flogging you
+caused to be given me! You dare even to face me after such
+treatment! Liar! cheat! scoundrel that you are, I will be no party
+to your villainies! I have managed, with the help of those who are
+good and true, to save myself from the fate you would have wished
+for me. I have escaped from your toils thus far, I will now dare you
+to do your worst. If I am to die this time, it shall be fighting; no
+more imprisonment will I submit to, and least of all at your hands.
+Go!" he cried, his voice rising in anger, "go and call your guards!
+Bid them do the deed that you are too cowardly to perpetrate
+yourself! I care not that much for your power!" and he snapped his
+fingers in the air.
+
+While he was still speaking Helmar had heard the scratching at the
+door--the signal was given. He now only waited for Arden to go and
+carry out his threat to call his guards. During his tirade the
+villain's face had shown the sneer so habitual to him, but, as
+Helmar's words gradually struck home, his expression changed to one
+of rage, and, as George ceased, Arden sprang up, and shaking his
+fist in his face, cried--
+
+"You shall never live to see daylight! You have dared me to do this
+deed, and I will see that it is carried out! You have flouted my
+generosity and defied me, then your blood shall be on your own
+head," and striding to the wall, he disappeared through the secret
+door.
+
+Helmar waited for the door to slam behind his retreating enemy, and
+then, dashing out into the passage, ran swiftly down it. A few
+moments sufficed to bring him to the door Naoum had told him of, and
+without hesitation he pushed it open and entered the room. As he
+passed in he heard the sound of the approaching guard, with Arden's
+voice excitedly urging them on.
+
+He closed the door after him immediately, and as he did so he heard
+a voice close beside him from out of the darkness in which he found
+himself.
+
+"Amman!" it said quickly.
+
+"Allah is good!" replied George, without hesitation.
+
+"And ever watchful!" was the instantaneous response.
+
+Then, without another word, George felt himself seized by the arm,
+and unresistingly allowed himself to be led whither his guide
+pleased. A few steps, and the voice said--
+
+"Bend low."
+
+George complied, and passed through a narrow doorway. As he did so,
+he heard the door of the room he was leaving open and the guard rush
+in. The same instant the secret door, by which he was escaping,
+silently closed and the lock snapped to. No sooner had this occurred
+than his guide struck a light, and he found himself at the head of a
+flight of tiny, narrow, stone steps. Hurriedly they descended these,
+which seemed unending, and, before they reached the bottom, Helmar
+concluded they had passed down several hundreds of them.
+
+The atmosphere became very damp and rank, all sound from above had
+died away, and for a while, at least, George thought they were safe.
+At the bottom they came to an earthen passage; along this they ran,
+the light from his guide's torch steering them through the many
+obstacles this apparently ancient and decayed passage presented. It
+was a weird flight, the ruddy glow on the broken and uneven walls
+and roof made the place very ghostly, while the flapping, whirring
+little bats shooting past their heads, often flying blindly into
+their faces, gave George a creepy sensation that was anything but
+pleasant.
+
+At last they came to the end of the passage, and another flight of
+stone steps presented itself; this time they had to ascend. Half-way
+up they came to a solid stone wall, the sight of which filled George
+with dismay, but the guide, with perfectly assured action, stooped
+and in a moment touched a spring, and the solid mass revolved on a
+pivot, disclosing more steps. They passed through the opening, and
+the stone swung back into its original position as they hurried up
+the steps.
+
+"We are quite safe from pursuit now," said the guide. "They cannot
+move that stone; only three persons know its secret--Naoum, Mariam,
+and I. We have nothing to fear until we reach the open air."
+
+"When will that be?" asked Helmar, glad to think that they would at
+last leave this underground passage.
+
+"At the top of these steps," replied the guide. "Then we shall have
+to reach a postern in the wall of the grounds. That is our greatest
+danger."
+
+A few moments later they reached the end of the steps. A small
+wooden trap formed the outlet to this place. The guide raised it and
+looked out, then cautiously pushed his way up through it, and
+assisted Helmar to do the same; the trap was then replaced. As soon
+as he reached the open air George turned to see what outward sign of
+its presence the trap gave, and was surprised to see none. It was
+covered with a thin layer of soil, and, when replaced in its
+setting, a few scrapings of his guide's foot sufficed to obliterate
+all traces of it.
+
+The place in which they now found themselves was the centre of a
+thick shrubbery, and before leaving it the guide went to
+reconnoitre. Presently he came back, having satisfied himself that
+the coast was clear.
+
+"There is no sign of the guards," he explained, "but they cannot, I
+know, be far off. Come, we must run for it. There is no doubt that
+where they are, Naoum's men will be watching to help us."
+
+Emerging from the thicket, the guide, followed by George, dashed
+across the open gardens towards another cluster of bushes. The night
+was one of supreme loveliness, the moon was up, and, though only in
+its first quarter, shone brilliantly. This was one of the dangers of
+their journey, but, even so, it assisted them as well, for if it was
+likely to betray the fugitives, it would also warn them of the
+approach of the enemy.
+
+As they ran across the open, George could see the palace some
+distance off. The whole place was lit up, and the flashing lights
+warned him that his escape had brought about this activity so late
+at night.
+
+At last they reached the thicket, and were congratulating themselves
+on their success when suddenly the guide seized Helmar's arm, and
+dragged him down under a bush.
+
+"Hist! there is some one near us! Listen!"
+
+George could not hear a sound, but the sharp ears of his guide had
+detected something which caused him alarm. Crouching down beneath
+the bush, they waited in silence; then, as nothing further occurred,
+the guide cautiously crept out and again listened. Apparently
+satisfied that the intruder, whoever he was, had gone, he signed to
+George, who immediately joined him.
+
+Together they made their way stealthily to the outskirts of the
+bush, and prepared to make their final dash for the wall, which they
+now saw before them.
+
+"It seems all right," said George in a whisper. "I can hear
+nothing."
+
+"Yes," replied the guide slowly. "I think we are yet safe; Allah is
+with us. Yonder is the wall, and the gate is opposite us. The gate
+is an old one that has not been used for years. The guards will not
+think of it, for it has been heavily secured with bolts. But Naoum
+has had them removed to-night, and, in case of accidents, his men
+are stationed in hiding near by. Come!"
+
+They were just about to rush across the intervening space to the
+wall, when, without the slightest warning, a small, dark figure
+sprang up at their very feet and barred the way. So sudden was the
+apparition that George almost fancied the figure had sprung out of
+the ground.
+
+Quickly drawing back from the long, gleaming knife that flashed
+before their eyes, George and his guide stood for a second
+irresolute. The stranger at once spoke.
+
+"Ha! you thought to escape, did you? You forgot that Abdu was still
+in Cairo. No, you don't, my friend; we will have you bowstrung at
+daylight."
+
+Helmar made a dart at the little man. He saw in this one untoward
+incident the loss of all Naoum had planned for; he saw his liberty
+already slipping away from him, and the thoughts of Arden's
+villainous intent spurred him on. There was yet time; no alarm had
+been given. As he sprang forward, Abdu, with the agility of an ape,
+sprang out of reach, and, setting his fingers in his mouth, gave one
+prolonged whistle. Immediately it was answered in every direction.
+
+All hope now seemed to be gone, and the two men prepared to fight to
+the end; his guide passed Helmar a long knife, and they backed up to
+a tree. Help, however, was nearer than they had expected.
+
+Hardly had they taken up their position, when, with the sound of
+hurrying footsteps, came a long-drawn, hissing sound through the
+air. Before they had time to even conjecture its cause, they saw a
+knife strike Abdu in the breast, and he fell to the ground with a
+moan, the weapon still quivering in his body with the force of its
+flight.
+
+Without waiting for anything further, the guide beckoned to his
+companion, and the two dashed for the wall. Directly they reached
+the open, they saw hurrying figures on all sides, who, the moment
+the fugitives appeared, set up a howl and gave chase.
+
+George and his companion had a fair start of them, and, provided
+there was no delay at the postern, a chance of escape.
+
+Running with all possible speed, they reached the gate in a few
+seconds--it was closed. Again their position seemed hopeless; but
+again, to their joy, Naoum's power was evidenced, and at their
+approach the gate was thrown open as if by magic.
+
+Once outside, they found Belbeis waiting with three horses, ready
+saddled. They mounted in an instant, and, as the pursuing guards
+dashed through the gate, all three started away at a gallop.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVII
+
+                          ACROSS THE DESERT
+
+
+Casting one glance behind him George saw the crowd of soldiers
+pushing and jostling their way through the little gate. Those who
+had reached the outside opened fire on the fugitives, but their aim
+was hurried, and the darkness quickly hid the departing men from
+view. As a consequence their shots became erratic, whistling over
+the heads of George and his companions.
+
+Belbeis drew alongside Helmar, his horse pulling at his bit and
+endeavouring to make a race of it.
+
+"We have to skirt the south of the town," said he, when his horse
+had settled down. "It will be no use attempting to cut our way
+directly to the east; that course will take us through the heart of
+the city."
+
+"Yes," replied George, as he leant well over his horse's neck to
+ease the animal, "that, of course, would entail much danger, but it
+would also save time."
+
+"It would save time, I know," replied Belbeis, "but we could never
+get through, the town is alive with troops, and the alarm will have
+spread. No, my orders are to take this route, but even so, our
+danger will be great."
+
+"How do you mean?" asked George, failing to understand the drift of
+his companion's thoughts.
+
+"Our flight will cause us to circle the city," replied the Arab,
+"and, before we can strike the desert road to the east, we shall
+have to reach the eastern limits of the town. The officer Arden, who
+is cunning, and will understand that we are making for the British
+camp, will probably send out a party of horsemen in that direction
+to wait for us."
+
+"Ah, I see, while we are making a circle they will take a short cut
+across and intercept us," answered George; "but I presume you have
+thought this out before?" he hazarded.
+
+"Yes," replied Belbeis.
+
+Then he turned to the man who had guided George from the palace, and
+held a low conversation with him. Presently he turned again to
+Helmar.
+
+"With Allah's help we shall avoid them by striking the road at
+another point," he said, "but the chance is small, and we shall
+probably have to fight sooner or later; if they do not catch us on
+the outskirts of the city they will very likely do so where we cross
+the road to Suez, and before we reach the desert trail for
+Tel-el-Kebir."
+
+The prospect was not alluring; Helmar was unarmed except for the
+knife his guide had given him, and this would be of little use to
+him. Belbeis seemed in no way disturbed, and kept his horse going
+steadily on, while his ever alert eye glanced from side to side of
+the route, watching for the slightest sign of anything that could
+obstruct their flight.
+
+They were rapidly nearing the south-western limits of the city, and
+the streets were becoming more open. The fresh night air stimulated
+their spirited Arab horses, and they raced along the silent roads at
+a speed that would have made it difficult for Arden's men to
+overtake. As they reached the open, Belbeis turned his horse to the
+south-east, and, making a big _detour_, keeping the city in sight to
+their left, the three travelled rapidly over the open plain. They
+reached the railway in safety, and crossed it without an encounter
+of any sort; then, drawing rein, they breathed their horses,
+watching for daylight before beginning the great effort of their
+escape.
+
+"Our horses must be fresh and ready for a hard gallop," said
+Belbeis, in answer to a question from Helmar. "If we are to be
+pursued, of which there is not the least doubt, we shall sight the
+enemy very soon. When that comes to pass we must try a race, and, if
+we fail to get away," he shrugged his shoulders, "well--then we will
+fight."
+
+"Yes, but how?" asked George. "We have no arms, at least I have
+none."
+
+"You have not yet examined your saddle," replied Belbeis, with a
+smile. "Naoum thinks of everything. You are equipped with pistols
+and a carbine, and your magazine is filled with cartridges."
+
+The darkness had hidden these things from George's notice, but now,
+reaching his hand down beside his horse's flanks, he realized the
+truth of his companion's words, and a feeling of relief passed over
+him, as he thought that, at least, he could now give a good account
+of himself.
+
+The slowness of their pace seemed to Helmar unnecessary. He turned
+to Belbeis, and for a moment watched his quick sharp face as it
+turned in this direction and that, nothing in sight escaping his
+eagle glance. A smile spread over George's face as he noticed the
+keen reliant countenance beside him.
+
+"Upon my word, Belbeis, I really believe that you are hoping for a
+brush with the enemy, notwithstanding the size of our party."
+
+Belbeis did not reply for a moment, then rousing himself as if from
+deep thought, said----
+
+"I have many scores to wipe out with the officer Arden, and should
+be glad of a chance to do so;" then with a backward jerk of the
+head, in the direction of the guide riding behind, "You do not know
+that we have a man with us who is the greatest renowned fighter in
+the Egyptian army. He also hates this Arden."
+
+"Good," replied George. "As far as I can see we are all of the same
+mind on that point, but, to satisfy our own personal grievances, we
+must not forget that we have a most important mission to fulfil.
+Cairo must be saved, no matter how much we want to pay off old
+scores."
+
+Day was now beginning to break, and the first streaks of dawn were
+already shooting across the eastern horizon; in a few minutes the
+light would have spread, with the rapidity only to be found in
+tropical climates, and the morning twilight passed. The desert air
+was delicious as it swept with the light morning breeze into the
+faces of the fugitives, and though for only a period of short
+duration, was more than refreshing to both horse and rider. Soon the
+scorching sun would rise, and the stifling, burning, parching heat
+would take the place of this balmy atmosphere; then the endurance of
+the travellers would be taxed, and all their fortitude be required
+to reach their destination.
+
+The city was still in sight, but rapidly sinking from view. George
+reckoned that they had already covered eight or nine miles.
+
+"How far off is the road to Suez, where you expect to meet Arden's
+men?" asked our hero.
+
+"Eight miles further on. We could strike the road sooner, but it is
+not good," Belbeis answered; "there is time enough."
+
+"And how far is it to Tel-el-Kebir?"
+
+"Fifty miles as the bird flies," he answered. "The way we go, about
+sixty. Ah!"
+
+The exclamation was caused by the sight of a small cloud of dust to
+their left front. It was far in the distance, but in the broadening
+daylight plainly visible to the keen-eyed Belbeis. Pointing in the
+direction he drew Helmar's attention.
+
+"See, there go the officer Arden's men. They are riding hard to
+overtake those who are behind them," he said, smiling grimly. "Their
+horses will soon tire. Good!"
+
+George looked in the direction his companion indicated. No horsemen
+were visible to him, but the cloud of dust rolling along over the
+sandy plain showed the course that the party were taking.
+
+"We will now change our course," said Belbeis, turning his horse's
+head towards the south as he spoke. "Those scoundrels will ride on
+to the first water and wait for us; we must get round them."
+
+All three set off at a good pace, and soon the cloud of dust was
+lost to view. On they rode with all possible speed; their horses
+beginning to feel the effects of the now risen sun, settled down to
+a steady canter. The heat was already intense, and the barren,
+uninviting plain that lay before them seemed interminable. When they
+had made sufficient southing, Belbeis again headed for the Suez
+road, and after another two hours' ride this was reached without
+accident.
+
+"They have gone further than I expected," said Belbeis, as he looked
+in vain for the pursuers. "See, the hoof-marks on the road are quite
+plain, they did not stop at the water."
+
+He shook his head as he spoke, and his face assumed an anxious
+expression.
+
+"And what of it?" said George. "As I understand we do not go by this
+road, there should be less to fear."
+
+"No, no, not less," said Belbeis, "but more. The party are scouring
+this road only; there are evidently others in search of us; some
+have doubtless gone to the north."
+
+The guide approached.
+
+"It is plain as the daylight," he said. "Word has gone forward, and
+the soldiers between Cairo and Tel-el-Kebir will be warned, and our
+course will be watched by patrols the whole way. Allah, but we shall
+be kept busy," and the man grinned at the thought of fighting ahead
+of him.
+
+"Yes, there are soldiers in El Menair, Abu Zabel, El Khankah, and
+many other villages along the fresh-water canal," said Belbeis.
+"They will all be warned, and the country will be scoured. We must
+not fear, but ride hard, keeping as far in the desert as possible."
+
+They now pushed on again, and in a short time the disused railroad
+between Cairo and Suez was reached. Here the horses were watered and
+rested, whilst the riders partook of breakfast. After an hour's rest
+they again resumed their journey. The caravan road to Tel-el-Mahuta
+was reached, and for the present adopted as the best course to
+pursue.
+
+This journey was very different from the one George had made to
+Damanhour; there it was through more or less cultivated land, and
+was done in the cool of the day, whilst now they were travelling
+rapidly, with the sun pouring its intense rays down upon them as
+they traversed the shelterless desert. It taxed the endurance of all
+three men to the utmost, the Arabs, who were used to the scorching
+sun, feeling it severely; so what must it have meant to Helmar, who
+had recently recovered from an illness? Still, with a determination
+to see his work through, he never for one minute allowed his spirits
+to flag. He had a duty to perform, and, if for nothing else, his
+gratitude to Naoum would not allow him to succumb to the trials of
+his undertaking. Belbeis and the guide rode on in stolid silence,
+evidently with no intention of allowing the effort of speech to
+increase their thirst. George, following their example, let his
+thoughts dwell upon the cool forests in the land of his birth, and
+longed ardently for a few minutes' shelter beneath one of the great
+elm trees that grew in the grounds of his father's house. The time
+passed on, and mile after mile was covered, until shortly after noon
+a watering-place was at length reached. Another short halt was
+called, and a rest taken before the last stage of the journey was
+begun. So far, only distant clouds of dust warned the travellers of
+the nearness of their enemies, and with the subtle intuition of
+Belbeis, they were skilfully avoided. Another twenty-five miles only
+remained before Tel-el-Kebir would be reached, and already Helmar
+was promising himself success.
+
+Suddenly Belbeis roused himself from a light doze he had fallen
+into, and, glancing quickly round the horizon, called on his
+companions to saddle up their horses again.
+
+"I see a party approaching from the north; we must hasten! I fear we
+shall be observed," he said, as he sprang into the saddle.
+
+George and the guide quickly followed his example, and the party
+moved off with all possible haste. They had scarcely gone a quarter
+of a mile when George drew Belbeis's attention to another cloud of
+dust.
+
+"See," he said, "there are some more ahead of us! It looks as if we
+are hemmed in on all sides. We cannot retreat--our horses will not
+last."
+
+Belbeis gazed at the cloud George had drawn attention to, and then
+anxiously glanced at the one to the north.
+
+"They are both coming towards us, but it looks as if some conveyance
+were with the one you have pointed out."
+
+"Ah," said George, "and if so, what do you expect?"
+
+"That I cannot say," replied Belbeis. "It might be one of Arabi's
+patrols, or it might be--no, it cannot be British, their patrols
+would never venture so far into the enemy's country, unless, of
+course, it was in a strong force, and that does not seem to me the
+case."
+
+"Anyway," said George in determined tones, "we have come so far,
+there must be no turning back--we'll make a fight for it. They are
+not going to take me back to Cairo alive."
+
+"Set your mind at rest on that point," said Belbeis quietly; "they
+will not attempt to do so. The moment we are seen they will swoop
+down on us and attempt to cut us up. Well, let them come!"
+
+"So say I," answered Helmar, his eyes glittering with excitement as
+he spoke.
+
+The rolls of dust were coming nearer; the party to the north was the
+one that occupied the fugitives' attention most. Already the figures
+of at least twenty horsemen were plainly discernible; the other
+cloud was still in the far distance.
+
+"They must have already seen us," said Belbeis, with his eyes fixed
+on the northern party, "and cannot be more than two miles off. Come
+along, let us give them a race!"
+
+As he spoke all three men urged their horses on, but the approaching
+party were travelling more rapidly than they, and every minute
+seemed to be coming nearer. At last Helmar said--
+
+"Look here, Belbeis, it seems to me we are uselessly distressing our
+horses; let us slow down and wait until they come up. We may as well
+fight now as later on."
+
+"Good," answered Belbeis, his eyes sparkling with pleasure; "my duty
+is to convey you safely to Tel-el-Kebir, and I thought there might
+just be a chance of avoiding the risk of a fight; but it is not to
+my liking, I would sooner fight."
+
+"We shall get all we want of it, I expect," said Helmar, drawing his
+carbine from its bucket and examining the breech.
+
+Since they had drawn rein the party of approaching horsemen neared
+rapidly; as they galloped over the plain George counted at least
+twenty mounted men, headed by one who rode by himself. The
+companions determined to save their ammunition until the enemy was
+at short range, which did not take long, the distance decreasing
+every instant.
+
+"Our horses will stand fire," said Belbeis, "they are well trained,
+and we can shoot from their backs."
+
+"Good," said George, "that will be in our favour. Now wait till I
+give the word to fire, and then take a steady aim at their horses."
+
+The three men sat keenly watching the advancing soldiers. They were
+plainly visible, and the uniform told our hero that they were
+Arabi's men. In five minutes' time Helmar turned with an exclamation
+to his companions.
+
+"A white man leads them!" he cried, in excited tones. "Who can it
+be?"
+
+Belbeis narrowly scrutinized the leader, then turning to George
+smiled grimly into his face.
+
+"You will have the opportunity you wish for. Old scores can be wiped
+off before we are taken. The leader is your old enemy, the officer
+Arden himself!"
+
+The foremost of the party were within eight hundred yards of the
+waiting trio; Helmar gave the word "Ready," and taking a careful
+aim, his companions waited for the word to fire. It came short and
+sharp, and the three carbines rang out. When the smoke had cleared
+away three horses were plunging, and a moment after, fell headlong
+to the ground. This for a moment checked the advance of the rebels,
+and Helmar saw several of them dismount.
+
+Out rang the enemy's rifles, and a heavy volley of lead flew round
+the heads of the fugitives. Helmar gave the word, and again the
+carbines rang out, simultaneously several of the rebels' horses ran
+off riderless. The fight now waxed furious; the deadly aim of
+Helmar and his two friends was telling rapidly, whilst the rebels
+were shooting wildly.
+
+This seemed to alarm Arden, and he immediately adopted different
+tactics. Instead of wasting his shot, he decided to advance, and
+galloped forward as hard as his horse could carry him, his men
+following his example. Helmar's party fired as rapidly as they could
+work the levers of their magazines; each one of that devoted little
+band realized that they must soon be overwhelmed, but still
+determined to sell their lives as dearly as possible.
+
+Their rapid fire into the advancing enemy told its tale, and many
+saddles were emptied, but they were now nearly at close quarters.
+Helmar and his men clubbed their rifles and waited.
+
+George's horse was struck and fell; its master extricated himself,
+and stood up ready to face the enemy to the last. On they came,
+tearing down on the little party like hawks on their prey. The
+suspense while they covered the intervening space, although only for
+a few seconds, was terrible and seemed as if it would never end.
+
+Suddenly a rattle of musketry from behind drew Helmar's attention.
+Turning his head quickly he saw a large party of men approaching at
+a gallop, in skirmishing order. A Maxim gun was in position and
+belching forth a hail of lead.
+
+There were others who had seen the same thing, and felt the deadly
+effects of the relentless Maxim. Arden pulled his horse up nearly
+on to its haunches. George, whose attention was again turned to the
+rebels, saw his old enemy reel in his saddle; then, throwing up his
+arms, he shouted to his men----
+
+"Back, back for your lives!" and fell headlong to the ground.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+                MEETING OF FRIENDS AND CAPTURE OF ARDEN
+
+
+The murderous fire continued, and the rebels, urged by their
+leader's words, turned like a flock of sheep worried by the herder's
+dog and fled precipitately; not one of that cowardly band waited to
+help their fallen chief, not one of them had any thought other than
+to save his own skin. Those who still remained in possession of
+their horses, scattered and galloped away in every direction, while
+those on foot threw down their arms and ran for their lives,
+pursued by the skirmishers who came galloping across the sandy
+plains.
+
+George and his companions took in the situation at a glance, the
+uniform of the new-comers told its tale--the British soldiers had
+come to their rescue.
+
+Helmar had no time to realize what this timely succour meant to him,
+and, for the present, he watched with interest the panic-stricken
+retreating rabble. He saw the sturdy horses of the honest English
+soldiers overtake one by one the flying Arabs, until at last the
+whole of that murderous band was in the hands of his friends. While
+he was still watching this interesting sight, three men rode up from
+behind, and a voice, sharp and clear, in tones of command addressed
+him.
+
+"Who are you, and what does all this mean?"
+
+George turned at the words and glanced at the man who had uttered
+them. He was tall and slight, with a thin aristocratic face, and, by
+the stars on his shoulders, Helmar knew him to be the officer in
+command. Without replying to the question, he said with heartfelt
+fervour----
+
+"Thank God you came in time, you have accomplished more than you
+know of, sir!"
+
+"Yes, yes, but answer my questions," the officer said impatiently.
+
+"I am an escaped prisoner from Cairo, and bear dispatches of the
+utmost importance; on their instant delivery to the Commander of the
+British forces depends the lives of thousands."
+
+"Eh, what?" ejaculated the officer. "How do you mean?"
+
+Helmar then explained who and what he was, how he had escaped, and
+the facts of the mission on which he was now embarked. The officer
+listened with interest to all he had to say, the varying expression
+of his face betraying his feelings of surprise and disgust, horror
+and admiration as his story proceeded. At its conclusion he got off
+his horse and shook Helmar heartily by the hand.
+
+"You are a brave man, and if the plot to destroy Cairo is as you
+say, and you bear the proofs with you, should we be in time to save
+it, you will have earned the nation's thanks, and any reward that
+Her Gracious Majesty can confer on you. But come, there is no time
+to be lost, we must return at once to camp."
+
+As he finished speaking he turned away to give some orders; during
+the conversation the men not otherwise engaged had clustered round,
+standing at a respectful distance from their chief, eyeing George
+and his companions with curiosity. The moment the officer had moved
+off, one of the men rode up to George, and, glancing for one moment
+at the weary face before him, sprang from his horse and grasped him
+by the arm.
+
+"What, George!" he cried. "I thought you were dead!" and the eager
+young face was wreathed in smiles, his eyes looking suspiciously
+watery as he gazed into the worn face of his friend.
+
+"Charlie! Well, I never!" cried George in delight, as he grasped the
+fact it was his friend Osterberg in front of him. "Why, what are you
+doing here? This is nothing to do with banks!"
+
+"And to think I should be with the party who has saved you,"
+Osterberg rattled on, ignoring his friend's questions. "But, George,
+you are looking ill and not like your old self. What's the matter?"
+
+Then Helmar went again through his story, and Osterberg, when it was
+finished, in his turn told him that the peaceful life at the bank
+had not suited him, so he had thrown it up and got employment with
+the British army, attached to the Engineers.
+
+Before the two young men had finished exchanging confidences, the
+officer, having arranged the disposition of the prisoners, again
+approached. Seeing Osterberg in close conversation with his friend,
+he looked from one to the other, as if for explanation. Osterberg,
+understanding the look, promptly spoke up.
+
+"Helmar is a very old friend of mine, sir. We came to this country
+together--in fact, we left the University for that purpose. I
+remember him being captured near Kafr Dowar; he was on patrol with
+an officer of the Engineers."
+
+"Ah," replied the officer, "that is all the better. But we must
+start at once. You," he went on, turning to George, "had better take
+one of your men's horses and ride with me in advance of the rest of
+the party."
+
+He was about to turn to his horse when, seeing Osterberg's speaking
+glance, he smiled and continued--
+
+"Yes, you can accompany us, but hurry up!"
+
+The young man, delighted at this extreme mark of favour, jumped on
+his horse, and Helmar, in obedience to the officer's instructions,
+took Belbeis's horse.
+
+"It is good," said the Arab, "the master's work is now done. Be
+careful of him," he went on, handing over his sleek Arab charger.
+"He is Naoum's favourite steed, and will never fail you. I regret
+that he is wounded."
+
+Belbeis and the guide now remained with the main body, whilst Helmar
+and Osterberg joined the officer, who, accompanied by an escort of
+four men, started at once for head-quarters.
+
+"By the way," said the officer, after they had ridden a little way
+in silence, "the man who was leading the rebels is a prisoner--he is
+a white man. Do you know anything of him?"
+
+George glanced at his young friend riding beside him.
+
+"Do I know him, sir?" he said, repeating his superior's question.
+"There is a story of villainous treachery surrounding that man that
+will sound to you like fiction; if it will not weary you, as we have
+yet some miles to travel, I will tell it."
+
+The officer expressed his willingness to listen, and George
+recounted to him all that had occurred from the time the three
+companions left Germany. The latter part of the story was new to
+Osterberg, and he exclaimed in horror and indignation at the
+villainous way Arden had persecuted his friend. When our hero came
+to the flogging, the officer's face became hard and stern.
+
+"And you still bear the marks of that inhuman treatment?" he asked,
+when George had finished.
+
+"That I do, sir," he replied, with a look of chagrin on his face.
+"My back is scored and lined like a ploughed field. I shall carry
+the marks to my grave, but, even so, I regret not one moment of the
+agony I have gone through so long as Cairo and the many hundreds of
+true men and women in it are saved. Had I not gone through this, had
+I not been a prisoner, I do not know who Naoum could have sent with
+the news. It is an ill wind that blows no one any good. Let us hope
+I am in time."
+
+George's calm words, his lack of resentment at the treatment he had
+received from Mark Arden, touched a deep chord in the officer's
+nature, but he wondered at George's apparent unconcern.
+
+"I should think considerably more of vengeance than you appear to
+do," he said, with an ominous glitter in his eyes; "prisoners, when
+left to the authorities, do not always get what they deserve."
+
+"That may be, sir," replied George, "but time will show. Arden has
+lost his chance, the chance he wanted, of getting out of the
+country with his ill-gotten gains, therefore his rascality has
+brought him but little fortune. To my mind that is sufficient
+punishment, and, after all, revenge is but a small thing--he will be
+punished in some way."
+
+"'m!" said the officer doubtfully. "I should want something more
+definite."
+
+By sundown the British camp was in view, and, to Helmar at least,
+never was any sight more welcome. The heat of the sun, the
+excitement of the encounter with the rebels, the strain of the sixty
+miles' ride, all combined to weary him both mentally and bodily. The
+thought that after months of degrading captivity he was at last free
+was scarcely sufficient to raise his flagging spirits. As he saw the
+miles of white lines of tents stretching before him, a feeling of
+contentment gradually crept over his tired body, but there was none
+of the exhilaration he had anticipated; all he longed for was to
+fling himself from his horse and rest his weary bones. The watchful
+eye of young Osterberg had noted all this, and he anxiously looked
+over towards the camp as if expecting to see his friend give in
+before he reached it.
+
+George, however, had no such intention; the sufferings he had gone
+through had hardened him to trials such as this, and though
+enthusiasm had gone from him to a great extent, he was nevertheless
+determined to see his duty through to the bitter end.
+
+At last the outposts were reached, the countersign given, and they
+passed down the endless lines towards the Commander's quarters.
+After what seemed an interminable time, their destination was
+reached and the little party dismounted. Several _aides-de-camp_
+were about, and to one of these the officer explained his business;
+George, too weary to stand, seated himself on the ground and waited
+while the _aide_ delivered the officer's message. In a few moments
+the man returned and said a few words to the officer and then
+returned to the hut. The officer approached Helmar.
+
+"Brace yourself up," he said, in kindly tones, as he noted the weary
+expression of the young man's face. "Your work will soon be over,
+and you can take all the rest you need. You must come with me and
+see the Commander-in-Chief."
+
+George sprang to his feet and followed his guide. He passed through
+a number of officers, who eyed his dishevelled appearance with
+curiosity, but they all made way for him, and at last he stood in
+the presence of the great man. Helmar waited in respectful silence
+until the Chief looked up. He found himself in the presence of a
+thin, wiry-looking man, with iron-grey hair, and a keen, sharp face,
+the aquiline features of which were lined from exposure and care. He
+spoke abruptly, and in the usual tone of an English military man.
+
+"You have matters of importance to communicate?"
+
+Helmar fumbled in his pocket, and produced the bundle of papers
+Naoum had given him.
+
+"Yes, sir; these papers are the proof of what I have to say," he
+said, laying them on the desk in front of the Commander-in-Chief.
+
+The officer unfastened them and glanced rapidly over the contents,
+then looked up.
+
+"Well, what is your story?" he said, fixing a penetrating gaze on
+the young man's weary face.
+
+George told his story as briefly as possible. During its narration
+the Commander kept his eyes on the papers, glancing up every now and
+then as something more astounding than the rest attracted his
+attention. When the story was finished he carefully folded up the
+documents and put them in a drawer.
+
+"Thank you, my man," he said, in a dispassionate voice. "You have
+done well. The news you have brought through is of the utmost
+importance. Action will be taken at once. Your name is George
+Helmar, is it not?--good," he went on, writing it down on a tablet,
+then turning to the officer at his side, said, "Let this man be
+provided with quarters, and every comfort given him. This rebel
+officer, Captain, I believe you said was a prisoner. I shall want to
+see him in the morning. Er--that will do."
+
+George knew this was his dismissal; but he hesitated as he turned to
+go, and the Commander was quick to notice it.
+
+"Well, what is it?" he asked, without raising his eyes from his work
+in front of him. "Have you anything else to say?"
+
+"Excuse me, sir, I do not wish to trouble you too much; but if any
+one is sent to Cairo," said Helmar, diffidently, "I should like to
+be allowed to go too--I know the best route to take."
+
+The officer looked up, and scanned the drawn face before him.
+
+"You look tired, my man, and I do not wonder at it. You must rest;
+but your orders will be given you later on. You can go now."
+
+George was compelled to leave, and he did so reluctantly. He felt it
+was hard if a relieving force should be sent, and he not allowed to
+accompany it after all he had done. Still, he knew this man's word
+was absolute, and he must abide by his decision whatever it might
+be. With keen disappointment he left the room, accompanied by the
+officer who had been directed to see about quarters for him.
+
+Once outside he was handed over to a subordinate, who carried him
+off to his tent. The man was a sergeant, and a good sort. After
+traversing the lines for a few minutes they stopped outside one of
+the many white tents.
+
+"It's very late to see about quarters for you," said the man, "but
+this is my tent, and if you would like to share it with me to-night,
+I will see that you are made comfortable to-morrow. You'll find they
+are not so bad," he went on, throwing back the fastenings as he
+spoke. "There are plenty of blankets and some good grub."
+
+"I shall be delighted," replied George quickly; "only let me sleep,
+the bare ground will do as well as anything else."
+
+"Ah, well, you'll find my quarters better than that," said the
+sergeant, with a laugh, leading the way in.
+
+Inside, George found as the man had said, and he quickly had a
+comfortable bed made on the ground.
+
+"There you are, fling yourself on that while I go and get you some
+supper. Your horse has been put on our lines, and the men have
+attended to him, so you needn't bother. Your saddle shall be brought
+here."
+
+The sergeant went out, and soon returned with the promised supper,
+and George fell to with an appetite in no way impaired by his
+fatigue. While he was in the middle of it, chatting away to his
+companion, an orderly strode up, and, putting his head in the
+doorway, said----
+
+"Does the man named Helmar stop here, Sergeant Smith?"
+
+"Yes, here I am," answered George, before the sergeant could reply.
+
+"Good!" said the orderly. "You will hold yourself in readiness to
+leave at daybreak on special duty."
+
+"Hurrah!" exclaimed Helmar. "I'm going to Cairo after all!"
+
+"You, Sergeant," continued the man, "will have other work to do. The
+general assembly will sound at ten-thirty. Arabi's going to get fits
+to-night!" he added, as he went off, laughing.
+
+
+
+
+                           CHAPTER XXIX
+
+                         TO DEATH OR GLORY
+
+
+History chronicles the events that followed on the night Helmar
+arrived at the British camp outside Tel-el-Kebir. It is therefore
+unnecessary to give here the details of how on that night, the
+thirteenth of September, the camp was struck at Kassassin Lock, with
+a few men only left to hold the place; how the whole force,
+consisting of about 14,000 men, marched out in the dead of night
+towards Arabi's entrenchments; how they bivouacked within a short
+distance of them until nearly morning; and how at length the order
+for attack was passed along the line, and the rebels, taken by
+surprise, utterly routed by this daring manoeuvre. There is no
+need to dilate on the gallantry displayed by the Highland Brigade
+and the Royal Irish regiment on that occasion, all this is known
+with the rest of the history of the British nation's many great
+victories, and will remain until the day of doom graven on the pages
+of the military achievements of the English race.
+
+But the events that resulted after the news of Arabi's intention to
+burn the beautiful city of Cairo to the ground reached the
+Commander-in-Chief, concern us most, for in their development Helmar
+was largely concerned.
+
+After the orderly had warned him to hold himself in readiness,
+George, with the help of his new-found friend Sergeant Smith, set
+about collecting his accoutrements. His saddle was brought to the
+tent, and his horse placed where he could easily find it; this done,
+he lay down to snatch all the rest he could.
+
+So weary and tired was he, that he failed to hear his companion
+leave the tent, when the troops moved to the attack. There was no
+noise in their leaving, and even had there been, it is doubtful if
+it would have roused him, so worn out was he with his day's work.
+
+Towards daybreak he was awakened by one of the men left in camp, and
+he rose refreshed and ready for the journey that lay before him. A
+few minutes sufficed to devour a few mouthfuls of food, and then he
+saddled up his horse; by the time this was over he saw a large body
+of mounted men already assembling further down the lines. Mounting
+his sleek Arab steed he rode hastily over to them, and in a few
+minutes the whole body moved off.
+
+As far as he could see there were about nine hundred men of various
+regiments, all mounted on horses in the pink of condition, the men
+themselves looking fit to undertake any work, no matter how arduous.
+
+Before the party had proceeded far, an officer rode up to George.
+
+"You are the man who came from Cairo yesterday, are you not?" he
+said, as he drew rein alongside.
+
+"Yes, sir," George replied.
+
+"Very well, your two men are on ahead acting as guides with the
+advanced guard; you will ride on and join them, and act under the
+orders of the officer in command of that party. Hurry up!"
+
+Helmar at once started off, and in a few minutes caught them up. He
+found Belbeis and his guide of the previous day riding on the lead
+with the officer. Reporting himself, he was told to ride with them,
+and the journey began in deadly earnest.
+
+"We are bound for Cairo," the officer explained, "and must reach
+there in the quickest possible time."
+
+"Yes, sir; and which route is to be taken?" asked George.
+
+"Via a little village called Belbeis, where we shall rest for the
+night."
+
+"Belbeis," exclaimed Helmar, looking over at his faithful guide.
+
+"Yes," replied the Arab, "I know, it is my native place, the village
+from which I take my name. It is on the fresh-water canal. We must
+take the desert route, and so avoid Arabi's entrenchments."
+
+Turning to the officer, George interpreted what Belbeis had said,
+adding that he thought the suggestion the guide had made was the
+best plan possible.
+
+"Very well, but there must be no mistake, for our work will admit of
+no delay. The man can be trusted, I hope."
+
+"Without doubt," said George, at once. "He is absolutely faithful
+and trustworthy."
+
+Considering the large number of men, the journey was most rapid,
+and, under the guidance of the trusty Belbeis, his native village
+was reached at sundown in safety. The journey was made in the heat
+of the day, and, notwithstanding the fortitude of both horses and
+men, was very trying. Even the guides and Helmar, after their
+terrible journey of the day before, were thankful when the little
+village was sighted, and the order for the bivouac was given. Many
+of the men lay down where they off-saddled, tired and worn out, and,
+after a frugal meal, slept where they were, without covering, and
+with only their saddles for a pillow.
+
+George, after the wants of his horse were attended to, glanced round
+the scattered soldiers, and noting the worn-out condition, registered
+a mental wager that many of them would never be able to last till
+Cairo was reached. At present only the shortest part of the journey
+had been traversed, how would they feel at the end of the next forty
+miles?
+
+With many misgivings he found his two friends, and communicated his
+fears to them.
+
+"Seems to me," he said, seating himself beside Belbeis, "many of
+those fellows will never reach Cairo."
+
+Belbeis was thoughtfully smoking, squatting on his haunches in true
+Oriental fashion, his water-bottle lying beside him, and the remains
+of his supper scattered about on the ground; the other guide sat
+facing him.
+
+"The children of the West," replied Belbeis, watching the puffs of
+smoke as he emitted them from his mouth, "are not used to the
+Egyptian sun and the sand of the desert. It is hard for them, but
+they are good men, their hearts are big. The horses are what I most
+fear."
+
+"Yes," put in the guide, "the Arab courser is as the wind in the
+desert, he never tires, and nothing can travel like him."
+
+"You are right," said George, gazing admiringly at his own mount,
+calmly feeding a little way off. "The desert has no terrors for the
+fleet-footed Arab, but I doubt if he would do as well in my
+country."
+
+There was a short pause, and then Belbeis again spoke.
+
+"What are we going to do when we reach Cairo?" he asked. "The way is
+long and we are but few."
+
+"Going to take the city, I expect," replied George.
+
+"But we are not a thousand fighting men," exclaimed the cautious
+Arab, "and there are at least twenty thousand rebels in the city.
+Poof, the English are mad, we shall die."
+
+George burst into a laugh, and Belbeis looked disgusted.
+
+"You do not understand our people, there is some trick on hand, they
+know their business; besides, if it came to a fight with such a
+number, I would not wager on the rebels."
+
+"Allah is great," replied Belbeis solemnly, "His ways are
+mysterious, but I cannot understand."
+
+"No," said George, smiling, "neither will Arabi, he does not know
+the sons of the West. They will dare anything."
+
+"Allah is powerful," replied Belbeis, "and we are but His children."
+
+Again a silence fell upon the little party, a silence only broken by
+the sound of the resting horses' movements and the buzzing of
+insects now abroad in the cooling air. On all sides, as far as the
+eye could reach in the darkening night, soldiers lay about in
+various attitudes of rest. Here and there, though infrequently,
+small groups sat smoking and talking, but mostly the weary men
+slept. One or two sentries, doing short reliefs of watch, hovered
+about, leaning for support on their carbines.
+
+The scene was an impressive one, and, to Belbeis, who understood not
+the daring of a British soldier, it seemed a pity that so many men
+should be doomed on such a futile effort as Helmar had said. George
+sat scanning the scene with very different feelings. He knew the
+subtle strategy of the soldiers, and was convinced that the task in
+hand must be more than possible, or this small force would never
+have been sent on such an errand.
+
+At last George and the guides curled themselves up and slept, the
+problem of the work in hand no longer interesting them. At last,
+after a period that seemed all too short to the weary men, came the
+first streak of dawn, and the guard walked among them, rousing each
+as he went for the beginning of the last stage of the journey. In a
+few minutes all was bustle and activity. The neigh of horses, the
+clatter of accoutrements, the voices of the men, resounded on all
+sides. With the trained discipline of soldiers, everything was in
+readiness before daylight, and, as the dawn began to broaden, the
+journey was resumed. On they rode, mile after mile, hour after hour;
+daylight gave place to sunrise, and with it the heat of the day once
+more brought streaming perspiration out on the horses and riders.
+None but those accustomed to the terrible heat of the tropics could
+understand the terrors of that journey to the Western-bred men.
+Every minute, every second of the day was a constant agony to man
+and beast, but still with indomitable pluck they kept on. At
+mid-day a halt was made and food partaken of; here many of the men
+had to fall out, their horses too exhausted to go further. The weary
+faces of the men told their tale, and the officer anxiously scanned
+the ranks in fear lest his troop would not be able to reach their
+destination.
+
+It was an anxious time for the man in command, but, with set purpose
+and grim determination, no thought of retreat entered his mind. So
+long as horse could travel, so long must the journey be kept up.
+
+George's horse seemed indefatigable, and still, at every halt,
+champed impatiently at its bit. Some of its spirit seemed to be
+communicated to its rider, for though absolutely worn out, he
+anxiously sought to hurry on.
+
+This part of the route was less barren and dreary; their course lay
+fairly near the canal, and signs of agriculture appeared at
+intervals.
+
+Again, with diminished ranks, the order of march was resumed. Horses
+floundered in the sand, too weary to lift their feet, others with
+drooping heads marched along in a dogged determined sort of way that
+betokened their condition. It was terrible.
+
+The officer riding beside Helmar was well mounted, and his horse as
+yet showed no signs of giving in. Observing the freshness of
+Helmar's mount, he said----
+
+"Your horse stands it well."
+
+"Yes, he is one of the purest Arabs. He travelled over this journey
+the day before yesterday, and he is fresher now than any of them,"
+replied George with pride.
+
+"Marvellous! marvellous!" replied the officer. "What we shall be
+like when we reach Cairo I shudder to think; this journey is awful."
+
+"The ranks are thinning," said Helmar, "our advanced guard can
+scarcely keep their seats. Heaven only knows what will happen if we
+are attacked!"
+
+"Let us trust that nothing of the sort occurs," answered the
+officer. "Even as it is, I do not see that we can do anything
+to-night."
+
+"What! is the attack on the city to be carried out to-night?"
+exclaimed George, incredulously.
+
+"Those are the orders," replied his superior, simply.
+
+George relapsed into silence, wondering even more at the ways of the
+Commander.
+
+The sun was sinking, and they were now nearing their destination.
+Already in the distant haze they could see some of the spires of the
+city they were to take. Each man of that devoted little band
+realized that the critical moment was nearing, and each man braced
+himself for the effort that would be expected of him. The nightmare
+of it all was not yet passed, and the last stage, they knew, would
+be worse than its predecessors.
+
+Six miles from the city a halt was made. The sun had already set,
+and the party that, at the start, had been a smart, compact, and
+fit body of troops, now trailed up to the halting-place in a
+scattered line, horses hardly able to put one foot before another,
+the men reeling and fainting with exhaustion in the saddle. It was a
+despairing sight to the officers in charge, with work to carry out
+that now seemed hopeless.
+
+As each man rode up, the last flicker of discipline asserted itself,
+and they closed up their ranks in one long line, whilst the officer
+rode down inspecting them. After that the horses were off-saddled.
+
+After a rest of two hours had been given, the men were called up and
+their Chief addressed them.
+
+"It is," he said, "absolutely necessary to ride into Cairo to-night!
+Many men and horses are not fit to move, but the orders must be
+obeyed. I shall leave it to you yourselves to decide who can travel
+on. The officers will inspect their troops and assist in that
+decision."
+
+After this, weary as they were, volunteers were not wanting, to a
+man they were all anxious; but on inspection it was found that one
+hundred and fifty only out of that nine hundred were fit to proceed
+further, and so it was decided that the gallant Major Watson should
+march in at the head of this infinitesimal force and demand the
+surrender of twenty thousand armed rebels.
+
+The task seemed utter madness, even to Helmar, whose adventurous
+spirit had made him one of the first to volunteer. Directly darkness
+closed in, the advance was made; one hundred and fifty tired but
+desperate men started on that fateful mission. George never expected
+to come out of it alive, and many and varied were his thoughts as
+the little band made its way towards the town. The one thing that he
+regretted most was, that he had not been able to see Osterberg
+before he left Tel-el-Kebir. He had been too tired to seek him out
+after his interview with the Commander-in-Chief in that labyrinth of
+tents, and by the time he left in the morning, doubtless the boy was
+with the fighting line at the trenches. Well, it couldn't be helped
+now; if George survived this night's work he would see him again
+some day, and if not----
+
+Here his reflections were broken in upon by the word being passed
+down the line to urge their horses into a trot, but with strict
+injunctions to keep together. Helmar was still on the lead,
+accompanied by Belbeis and the officer.
+
+"Four more miles and then we are in for it," said the latter, as his
+horse quickened his pace.
+
+"Yes, sir," replied Helmar, "four more miles and then--Death or
+Glory."
+
+[Illustration: "They rode straight for the citadel." p. 344]
+
+Nothing further was said, and in grim silence the march was
+continued. Major Watson now headed his men, and the outskirts of the
+town were reached. Without hesitation the gallant Major rode
+straight for the citadel. The clatter of mounted men in the streets
+alarmed the natives, but the darkness kept the numbers of the
+invaders covered, and it was believed the British were upon them.
+Hundreds flung down their arms and grovelled in the dust, as this
+victorious little army galloped on. At length the city itself was
+entered. Each man of the one hundred and fifty sat on his horse with
+his arms ready for use, prepared to fight to the last. But no
+opposition was offered them.
+
+Natives kept behind their doors in fear and trembling, thinking that
+the rest of the army was following, ready to adopt their own
+barbarous methods and massacre every one they came across. Panic had
+seized the city, and every one waited the catastrophe that each felt
+was about to fall upon them.
+
+On rode Major Watson towards the eminence on which stood the
+citadel; as they came to it the poor worn beasts could scarcely
+carry themselves up the hill. By superhuman efforts at last the
+gates were reached. The crucial point had come.
+
+
+
+
+                            CHAPTER XXX
+
+                  CAIRO SAVED AND HELMAR'S REWARD
+
+
+As they arrived outside the citadel of Mehemet Ali, Helmar looked up
+at the frowning wall of the great fortress. Here he was at the place
+where he had received his inhuman treatment; this was the place
+where he had been found by his friends and rescued when in dire
+extremity. Under what different circumstances was he now returning
+to it. No longer to be a place for the perpetration of atrocities,
+they had come to demand its surrender, and, with that surrender, the
+capitulation of the town. And how was this done? By the daring of a
+devoted little band of a hundred and fifty exhausted, though
+determined, men!
+
+Twenty thousand fanatics in the city and ten thousand troops in the
+citadel--was there any limit to the daring recklessness of the
+British soldier? After this exhibition, George thought not, and
+waited to see what next this brave little band was capable of.
+
+During the short pause while the garrison was being summoned, the
+men, with stern, set faces, gripped their weapons ready for any
+emergency. As Helmar glanced at the faces of those nearest him, the
+expressions he saw written upon their features put all doubt as to
+their intentions at rest. He had said truly on his journey to Cairo
+that they were marching to "Death or Glory!"
+
+At last the gates were flung open and Major Watson's summons
+answered. The troops marched in, and to their utter surprise found
+the commandant willing and ready to yield up his sword. After that,
+the whole of the garrison laid down their arms like a flock of
+sheep. Without a blow, without any resistance whatsoever, one
+hundred and fifty thirsty, hungry, exhausted men had captured Cairo,
+with its enormous garrison of nearly thirty thousand rebels! The
+feat was one unprecedented in history, and though it reflected
+little credit on the sagacity of the leaders of the campaign, it at
+least was a tribute to the commander's knowledge of the
+peculiarities of the Eastern character, and the reckless devotion to
+duty of the men under his command.
+
+The work of receiving the submission of the troops seemed as if it
+would never end, and Helmar, wearied beyond words with the work,
+felt that he was at the limit of bodily endurance. At last it was
+over, and he was at liberty to take his rest.
+
+He sought out his two friends, who had been occupied in a similar
+manner, and the three men set out in search of quarters. There was
+no fear from attack by the populace. Terror had been struck into
+their hearts, and they hugged their dwellings, fearful that to show
+their faces abroad would bring down summary chastisement upon them.
+
+With this knowledge of security, they prepared to take their
+hard-earned rest. After a little trouble, quarters were found.
+
+"Well, Belbeis," exclaimed Helmar, with a triumphant smile, "what do
+you think of it now? We are not going to die, as you prophesied!"
+
+Belbeis seated himself preparatory to enjoying a comfortable smoke,
+smiling benignly on his two companions the while.
+
+"Allah is great, and Mahomet is His prophet. The English are a brave
+race."
+
+"You've about struck it there," answered George, yawning and
+stretching himself out on a heap of rugs. "To use an expression of
+your own--it is Kismet. I wonder what will happen next?"
+
+"Sleep," replied the Oriental, laconically.
+
+"Yes, and not before we need it. I suppose you will stick to the
+English now?"
+
+"If the work of their servant is good in their eyes, I am content.
+Naoum is my master, and he knows what is best for Belbeis. I like
+the children of the West, they do not beat the faithful."
+
+"I never came across a man with so much sense as you have, Belbeis,"
+said George. "You always seem to understand intuitively."
+
+"My life is for peace," replied the Arab. "Where I get that best,
+there is my heart, I am no soldier!"
+
+"But a jolly good imitation of one, then," exclaimed George,
+laughing. "Why, man, you have the heart of a lion?"
+
+"That I cannot help," he replied, with a look of pleasure in his
+eyes at his companion's words. "It is no doing of mine,
+circumstances make it so."
+
+"Well, it's a good thing for us there are not many of your
+countrymen as brave," said George, sleepily. "Well," yawning again,
+"here goes for a little 'shut-eye.'"
+
+In a few minutes Belbeis and the guide followed George's example,
+and the room in which they lay resounded with their stertorous
+breathing. At daybreak they awoke refreshed and once more ready for
+the day's work. After they had foraged for and devoured breakfast,
+the little force were paraded prior to manning the forts. An hour
+later the remainder of the nine hundred rode into the city and
+joined them.
+
+Cairo was quite quiet and orderly. Patrols were sent out to prevent
+any riotousness on the part of the fanatics, and in this manner
+they awaited the arrival of the rest of the army.
+
+During the afternoon, the Commander-in-Chief, with a large force,
+marched into the city from Zag-a-zig. He was met with acclamation by
+the entire populace, and received from the officer in command of the
+party to which our hero belonged the surrender of Arabi and Toulba
+Pashas; thus the war of rebellion, which had threatened to overwhelm
+the land of the Pharaohs and exterminate the domination of the
+Khedive's rule, was at an end.
+
+Helmar saw now that his career with the British army would soon be
+at an end. He had done his duty, and, by his timely arrival at
+Tel-el-Kebir, had prevented the razing to the ground of the ancient
+capital. What now remained to him? As he looked these facts in the
+face, he realized that after about six months of hardships,
+misfortunes, and privations he was no better off than when he
+started; whatever he had done seemed now entirely forgotten.
+
+Consulting Belbeis upon the matter that evening, he received the
+good fellow's opinion and advice.
+
+"You do not know what to do?" replied the Arab, with a look of
+unusual surprise on his impassive face. "How can that be? You have
+not yet seen the master; he loves you, and you have done that which
+he wished for most, you have conveyed his papers to the General. Go
+to him, he will tell you that which you should do."
+
+"That is all very well, Belbeis," said George, simply, "but I did
+it for my own benefit as well, and, besides, I owe him more than I
+can repay already."
+
+Belbeis only smiled in answer, and, after a moment's pause, went
+on----
+
+"We shall see, there is yet time for thought of the future. Allah
+will provide!"
+
+After that, he left the citadel, and George was left to the
+companionship of his own thoughts. They were not very pleasant, and
+he put them from him and went out in search of his friend, Charlie
+Osterberg. He had not the least notion of where to find him. He knew
+the Engineers had arrived, but he was not aware of where they were
+quartered. However, a soldier whom he met told him they were outside
+the western gate of the city.
+
+With this information he made his way through the slums until he
+came to the Governmental portion of the town. This he passed
+through, and at length reached the west gate. On making inquiries
+there, he was directed to the camp he sought, and with some
+difficulty discovered that Osterberg was with the troops. At last he
+found him in a tent with two or three other civilians attached to
+the force in a similar capacity to himself.
+
+Charlie greeted his old friend and companion with open arms.
+
+"Thank goodness, you are all right, George," he exclaimed, the
+moment our hero appeared in the doorway. "I was wondering when I
+should find you. I have only just been relieved from duty, or I
+should have been in search of you now."
+
+"It's a good thing that it happened so," replied George, "or we
+should have both been searching in different directions, and so
+missed each other. Now tell me of all that has happened to you, we
+only had such a short time to talk when I saw you on the way to
+Tel-el-Kebir, that there must be still much to talk about."
+
+Osterberg's career had been so uneventful after they parted at
+Alexandria that his story was soon disposed of, and then George
+consulted him on matters concerning the future.
+
+"What do you intend doing, Charlie," he said, "now that the war is
+practically over?"
+
+"Why, go back to the bank, of course--what did you expect? You see,
+I made that arrangement with my employers, and they gladly consented
+to it. Of course, business was at a standstill while the war was on,
+and they were glad to dispose of their clerks; but now it is over
+they'll want us back again. But you--how do you intend going on?
+Shall you still remain with the Government authorities as
+interpreter?"
+
+"I can't say, I'm sure. Perhaps they won't want me," replied George,
+in tones that betrayed his reluctance to leave the service.
+"However, I expect they will soon enlighten us on that point."
+
+"Why, George, you are a bigger stupid than I took you for! Do you
+think they are going to discharge the man who made that magnificent
+ride to save Cairo?"
+
+"And himself!" put in George, in disgust. "There, for goodness sake,
+don't harp on that! Belbeis has just reminded me of it--it was
+nothing!"
+
+"That may be so," replied Charlie, "but anyway all the troops seem
+to have got hold of the story, and do nothing but talk about
+it--they can't say too much for you. It isn't likely the Government
+will forget you."
+
+"Oh, by the way," exclaimed George, to change the subject, "what is
+to be done with Arden? I suppose you haven't heard?"
+
+"Yes, I have. He's to be tried along with other leaders of the
+revolt. The probability is that he'll get a heavy sentence and no
+doubt be banished from the country."
+
+"Poor devil!" exclaimed George. "His ill-gotten wealth won't have
+done him much good. I doubt if he'll ever be able to touch a penny
+of it."
+
+"'M! I'm not so sure. Mark is a cunning fellow, and probably has
+sent it all out of the country to some safe place where he can get
+at it again. For my part, I am not in the least sorry for him.
+Hanging would be a too merciful sentence for such a villain."
+
+"Well, I have no doubt that all he deserves will fall to his lot. I
+bear him no malice; he is in trouble enough now; let us hope it will
+be a lesson to him."
+
+"No fear," exclaimed Charlie, with a hard look on his boyish face.
+"Nothing will ever be a lesson to him; villainy was born in him, and
+if ever he escapes, mark my word, the authorities will hear of him
+again, or I am much mistaken."
+
+His tone of conviction impressed his companion, and he looked
+sharply at him.
+
+"Why, what do you think he will do--raise another rebellion?" he
+asked, incredulously.
+
+"Stranger things have happened. We shall see. I am going to walk
+back to the city with you," he went on, as George rose to go. "A
+little fresh air will do me good."
+
+The two friends linked arms and strolled back to Cairo. The night
+was deliciously cool, and each had much to talk about, going over
+and over again through the many incidents that had occurred since
+their arrival in Egypt. At last the citadel was reached, and George,
+to his great surprise, found Belbeis anxiously awaiting his return.
+
+"My master, Naoum, bade me deliver this note," said he, directly our
+hero came up. "He wishes to see you to-night. He had not anticipated
+that you would return so soon."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed George, scanning the contents of the missive. "Now
+you shall see my benefactor, Charlie. Come, Belbeis, conduct us to
+him, that is, if I may bring my friend."
+
+"Your words are law to my master's servant," replied Belbeis; "to
+refuse you would be to cross the wishes of Naoum, and that cannot
+be."
+
+Without waiting for a reply, Belbeis led the companions down to the
+best part of the city. Stopping at one of the smaller Oriental
+palaces, he disappeared, asking George to await his return. In a few
+moments he came back, and led the way into the great entrance hall,
+where they found Naoum waiting to receive them.
+
+He greeted our hero with affection, and looked in surprise at
+Charlie. Helmar was quick to interpret the glance, and hastened to
+set his mind at rest.
+
+"This is my greatest German friend, Naoum," he said, "and I brought
+him with me that he might meet the man who has done so much for a
+stranger in a strange land; his name is Charlie Osterberg."
+
+Naoum acknowledged the introduction cordially, and begged them to
+rest.
+
+"I was surprised when Belbeis told me that you had returned to Cairo
+again so quickly. Had I known it before, I should have sought you
+earlier," he said, in his well-known kindly tones. "There are many
+things I would say to you, but time presses, and no doubt you would
+return to rest."
+
+The two young men shook their heads, and declared their willingness
+to hear all he had to say.
+
+"I have been thinking of your future," he said, looking keenly at
+George. "We have so long been associated that it seems as if Allah
+had woven our lives together. I am unwilling that we should now
+part. The war is over, therefore the Government will have little for
+you to do."
+
+George waited. Evidently Naoum had some proposition to make for his
+good. Somehow he did not like the thought of accepting more from
+this man who had done so much for him already, and yet he felt he
+had no right to refuse anything he might offer.
+
+"As you know," resumed Naoum, as if afraid to come too bluntly to
+the point, "I am wealthy beyond the knowledge of your people. I do
+not rest, my money begets money, and I trade and traffic always--it
+is my pleasure. I have caravans all over the Soudan and Upper Egypt,
+bringing in the wealth of produce of the scattered tribes in that
+country, therefore I employ many to do my work."
+
+He paused again, and a look of anxiety came into his eyes. He was
+fearful that Helmar might refuse what he was about to suggest.
+
+"I would not ask you to be my servant, but I would give you caravans
+that you may go and trade for yourself. There is wealth beyond your
+dreams in the enterprise. I have no children of my own, my mother is
+old, and she is all I have in the world to care for. If you will
+accept what I offer you, you shall, when Allah brings my work to a
+close, succeed me in my business. Say, shall it be so?"
+
+George did not answer at once, and Naoum waited patiently for him
+to speak. The generosity of this man knew no bounds; his offer was
+princely, and George hardly knew what to say. He hated to refuse
+this thing, for Naoum's heart was evidently set upon it, and yet he
+could not accept. The peaceful life of a trader, or at least the
+peaceful life he imagined it to be, had no attraction for him,
+despite the wealth accruing to it, and yet how could he make this
+good man understand? Naoum was still awaiting his reply, and George
+felt that he must not delay in giving his answer; perhaps if he
+could gain time he might see his way to doing as his protector
+wished, although, at present, he did not see how. Stepping over to
+the good man, he wrung him by the hand.
+
+"Naoum, you are all too good to me--you overwhelm me with your
+generosity. At present I cannot give you a definite answer, you must
+give me time to consider. You know, at heart I am a soldier, and I
+would that my life ran in that groove; therefore I must think
+carefully before I decide. You will not think me ungrateful, I'm
+sure, for you know me well. To-morrow evening I will see you again,
+and give you my answer."
+
+"Be it so, my son," answered Naoum, indulgently. "It is well to
+think. May Allah guide your thoughts into the right course! Go, and
+sleep well!"
+
+The two young men left Naoum's house and hurried back to the
+citadel; here Osterberg said good-night, and went back to his own
+quarters.
+
+That night Helmar did not sleep much, over and over again he thought
+of Naoum's offer, but with each attempt he failed to come to any
+decision. Wealth was not his main object; that, of course, had its
+attraction, but he wished to live the life of his choice; he had
+started as a soldier, and he wished to remain one, so that wealth
+sank into insignificance in his thoughts. He could not decide. For
+the first time in his life he failed to make up his mind.
+
+With daylight he awoke from the broken slumber that had, at last,
+overtaken him. Already Belbeis was awake, and preparing breakfast.
+George sprang up to assist him. During the meal Helmar was unusually
+silent. The doubts of over-night were still upon him, and made him
+irritable. Belbeis noticed these signs, and refrained wisely from
+breaking in on his thoughts.
+
+After breakfast Helmar went for a stroll round the fortress; the
+place was alive with troops, all the work of the day was carried out
+at this early hour, so that, when the heat of the day came on, the
+soldiers could rest. He was nearing the officers' quarters when a
+sergeant came out and walked quickly towards him.
+
+"Ah," he said, as he came up, "I was just coming to look for you.
+You are wanted at once at the office--you had better come with me
+now."
+
+George followed his guide without demur, and was conducted to the
+orderly room. After a short wait, he was shown in. A colonel was
+seated at the table, dictating a letter to his clerk. When our hero
+appeared he ceased, and, turning to a pile of papers, selected one
+from among the rest.
+
+"I have just received this from the Commander-in-Chief. It is the
+result of the excellent way in which you assisted in saving this
+city from destruction. Listen!"
+
+He then read out the following order----
+
+"In consequence of the gallant conduct of Interpreter Helmar in
+conveying the information of the rebels' intention to destroy the
+city of Cairo by fire, his Highness the Khedive of Egypt has been
+pleased to appoint him to a responsible office in the Intelligence
+Department. The appointment will carry with it the honorary rank and
+pay of Lieutenant in the Egyptian army. Interpreter Helmar's
+acceptance of the post must be forwarded to the Commander-in-Chief
+without delay."
+
+"I congratulate you, Lieutenant Helmar, on the result of your
+distinguished services," said the Colonel, breaking through his
+official iciness. "I hope what has gone before may be but the
+precursor of many such services in the future," and he shook our
+astonished hero by the hand.
+
+"But, sir----"
+
+"Tut, tut, man! I suppose I can reply to that letter in the
+affirmative? Such opportunities and promotion come but rarely. Good
+luck to you!"
+
+Helmar signified his intention of accepting his good fortune at
+once, and with his head in a whirl of excitement, he left the
+orderly room in search of Naoum.
+
+Hurrying down town, he found his benefactor, and explained what had
+happened.
+
+"You see, Naoum, all my aspirations are for a soldier's life, and
+last night, when you made me that generous offer, I felt it
+impossible to tell you so; events that have happened since have made
+it impossible for me to longer conceal from you that a civil life
+would be distasteful to me. I beg that you will not be hurt at my
+refusal, and will understand my motives."
+
+Naoum smiled at the young man's earnest manner, but the smile did
+not for a moment conceal from Helmar his deep disappointment that
+the decision was unfavourable to his offer.
+
+"I am glad that you are pleased, my son, but it would be idle to
+disguise my disappointment. I had hoped that you would have been a
+son to me upon whom I might lavish all my wealth, but it is not to
+be. You must make your own way. You are young and independent, your
+brave heart is unquestionable, do as it dictates. I am your friend
+always. Allah is good and great--may He watch over you!"
+
+After his conversation with Naoum, George had an interview with
+Mariam, and then sought out Charlie. He found him in his tent,
+getting ready to leave for Alexandria.
+
+"I have just received my discharge," he said, directly George
+entered, "and am now off back to the bank. What are you going to
+do?"
+
+Helmar seated himself on a flour barrel, and Charlie propped himself
+on an ammunition box.
+
+"Do?" our hero exclaimed, bursting to recount his good fortune;
+"why, stay here, of course! I am now Lieutenant Helmar of the
+Egyptian army, with a post in the Intelligence Department! Well," he
+added, laughing at Charlie's astonished face, "why don't you salute
+me?"
+
+And so, after months of hardships and failures, George Helmar had at
+last found what he sought. He reasonably considered that he had made
+a record in his search for fortune. An assured position in the walk
+of life he preferred, a liberal salary, and the prospect of heaps of
+adventure in the future. What more could he desire? Was there
+anything? Yes, there was. He wanted news of all in Germany. During
+the excitement of the last few months he had thought little of his
+friends and relatives in the Fatherland. Now that peace reigned, and
+he began to settle down in his new occupation, he longed to hear
+what had happened to them. As nobody, excepting friend Osterberg and
+foe Arden, knew of his whereabouts or what he was doing, he
+determined to write to his father and describe the adventurous time
+he had had, and tell him of the reward the end had brought him.
+
+After a few weeks' interval he received what he wanted--a long
+letter in return. The item of news which pleased him most was that
+telling of the safe recovery of Landauer, his opponent in the duel.
+
+"Thank God!" he exclaimed fervently. "My prayer was answered."
+
+                              THE END
+
+
+
+               R. Clay & Sons, Ltd., London & Bungay.
+
+
+
+                        FINE ART GIFT BOOKS
+
+                     *     *     *     *     *
+
+Wonders of the Bird World. By Dr. R. BOWDLER SHARPE. With numerous
+Illustrations by A. T. Elwes.
+
+                 Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, 6s.
+
+
+    "One of the most delightful and fascinating books that ever
+    delighted a bird-loving reader."--Daily News.
+
+    "Dr. Sharpe is as learned as man need wish to be, and as
+    entertaining as the most brilliant of
+    conversationalists."--Country Life.
+
+
+Sintram and His Companions, and Undine. By De la MOTTE FOUQUE. With
+Introduction by Charlotte M. Yonge. Illustrated by Gordon Browne, R.I.
+
+   Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, art linen boards, gilt
+                              top, 6s.
+
+
+    "The anonymous translation is the good old standard one,
+    vastly superior to subsequent versions."--Times.
+
+    "Certain to engage the sympathies of an entirely new set of
+    readers."--Daily Telegraph.
+
+    "Nothing could be more attractive than the form in which
+    this excellent edition is sent forth."--Record.
+
+
+Stories from the Faerie Queene. By MARY MACLEOD. With Introduction by
+J. W. Hales, Professor of English Literature, King's College, London,
+etc., etc. With numerous Illustrations by A. G. Walker, Sculptor.
+
+ Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "Miss Mary Macleod has performed a dangerous and difficult
+    task with taste and discretion. It can have been no light
+    labour to set forth in simple, equable prose the linked
+    sweetness, long drawn out, of Spenser's Faerie Queene, and
+    the latter-day child may well feel much the same gratitude
+    to her as those of another generation must have felt towards
+    Charles and Mary Lamb, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and
+    Kingsley."--Pall Mall Gazette.
+
+    "The book is beautifully produced, and ought to satisfy the
+    most fastidious and exacting taste."--Leeds Mercury.
+
+
+Sweetheart Travellers. A Child's Book FOR Children, FOR Women, AND FOR
+Men. By S. R. CROCKETT. With numerous Illustrations by Gordon Browne,
+R.I., and W. H. C. Groome. Large 8vo, printed on superfine paper,
+cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+   A LARGE-PAPER EDITION, numbered and signed by Author and Artists,
+                            net, 31s. 6d.
+
+
+    "Had any one ever been disinclined to believe in Mr.
+    Crockett's genius, he must have recanted and repented in
+    sackcloth and ashes after enjoying _Sweetheart Travellers_.
+    It is the rarest of all rarities, and veritably a child's
+    book for children, as well as for women and men. It is
+    seldom, indeed, that the reviewer has the opportunity of
+    bestowing unstinted praise, with the feeling that the
+    laudation is, nevertheless, inadequate. _Sweetheart
+    Travellers_ is instinct with drollery; it continually
+    strikes the softest notes of tenderest pathos, like some
+    sweet, old-fashioned nursery melody, and it must make the
+    most hardened bachelor feel something of the pleasures he
+    has missed in living mateless and childless."--Times.
+
+    "A more delightful book for young, old, and middle aged it
+    is scarcely possible to conceive."--Truth.
+
+
+The Surprising Adventures of Sir Toady Lion, with those of General
+Napoleon Smith. An Improving History for OLD BOYS, YOUNG BOYS, GOOD
+BOYS, BAD BOYS, BIG BOYS, LITTLE BOYS, COW-BOYS, and TOMBOYS. By S.R.
+CROCKETT. Illustrated by Gordon Browne, R.I.
+
+             Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "It is distinctly the best Christmas book of the
+    season."--Daily Mail.
+
+    "When we say it is one of the most delightful stories about
+    children we have ever read, we are still short of the
+    mark."--Daily Chronicle.
+
+    "In every way excellently got up."--Christian.
+
+    "In this excellent book for children, which the elders will
+    enjoy, Mr. Crockett comes right away from kailyard into a
+    kingdom of obstreperous fancy, and is purely, delightfully
+    funny, and not too Scotch. The wit of this feat of fancy,
+    which cannot be described, and does not belong to any order
+    of juvenile literature, unless we take Mr. Crockett as the
+    founder of one, is over the heads of children in many
+    instances, but they do not know it.... Mr. Gordon Browne's
+    illustrations are as good a treat as the story; they realize
+    every thought and intention of the writer, and are full of a
+    sly and characteristic drollery all the artist's own."--The
+    World.
+
+
+Fairy Tales from Grimm. With Introduction by S. Baring-Gould, M. A.
+Illustrated by Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+  Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, fancy cloth boards,
+                            gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "No more acceptable edition of some of Grimm's Stories has
+    been published."--Standard.
+
+    "Altogether delightful. The illustrations are full of charm
+    and sympathy."--Saturday Review.
+
+    "A fairy book beyond reproach."--Graphic.
+
+
+Prince Boohoo and Little Smuts. By the Rev. HARRY JONES, M. A.,
+Prebendary of St. Paul's Cathedral. With numerous Illustrations by
+Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+  Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, bound in fancy cloth
+                          boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "Really good nonsense, not at all copied from Mr. Lewis
+    Carroll. Admirably fresh and inspired by a quite delightful
+    _insouciance_."--Spectator.
+
+    "Will charm the more qualified critical reader by its
+    mingled gravity and whimsicality. It is not all sugar-plums;
+    there are nice little bits of satire in which the Rev. Harry
+    Jones is easily recognizable."--The World.
+
+
+National Rhymes of the Nursery. With Introduction by George Saintsbury,
+and numerous Illustrations by Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+   Large crown 8vo, printed on superfine paper, bound in art linen
+                        boards, with gilt top, 6s.
+
+Second Edition, with additions both to the Rhymes and Illustrations,
+now ready.
+
+
+    "The prettiest and most complete collection of the kind that
+    we have seen."--Westminster Gazette.
+
+    "It is impossible to praise the volume too highly."--Black
+    and White.
+
+    "Every conceivable nursery rhyme is herein gathered
+    together, beautifully illustrated. The collection is
+    certainly the most perfect that has ever been
+    made."--School Guardian.
+
+
+Stories from Froissart. By HENRY NEWBOLT, Author of "Admirals All,"
+etc. With Illustrations by Gordon Browne, R. I.
+
+              Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    "No better book could be chosen to teach a boy some of the
+    noblest years in our 'rough-and-tumble island story,' and it
+    could hardly have been presented in a better form."--St.
+    James's Gazette.
+
+
+Under the Rebel's Reign, a Story of Egyptian Revolt. By CHARLES
+NEUFELD, Author of "A Prisoner of the Khaleefa." With numerous
+Illustrations by Charles M. Sheldon.
+
+               Large crown 8vo, fancy cloth boards, 6s.
+
+
+    In the present volume Mr. Neufeld has attempted to give a
+    picture of the exciting times during the Rebellion of Arabi
+    Pasha. Starting from his University, the hero, George
+    Helmar, goes out into the world to make a place in it for
+    himself. From the commencement he meets with adventures:
+    along the Danube and in Constantinople. He arrives in
+    Alexandria just as Arabi's antagonism towards the Khedive
+    has ripened into open revolt. He ultimately reaches
+    Alexandria just after the bombardment, and gets engaged as
+    interpreter to the British forces. He is taken prisoner
+    whilst out on patrol, escapes, is recaptured, and finally
+    escapes again in time to reach Tel-el-Kebir with important
+    news which saves Cairo from destruction. The book is full of
+    exciting and thrilling incidents and situations, many of
+    which have been experienced by Mr. Neufeld himself.
+
+
+The White Stone. By H. C. MacIlwaine, Author of "Dinkinbar," "Fate
+the Fiddler," etc. With numerous Illustrations by G. D. Rowlandson.
+
+               Large crown 8vo, cloth boards, gilt top, 6s.
+
+
+    Mr. MacIlwaine, the popular author of two novels dealing
+    with Australian life, has produced an excellent book about a
+    bush-born boy, the son of English parents who migrated to
+    Australia at the time of the gold fever. After living some
+    years in the bush they send their only son to the old
+    country to be educated. The rough lad comes to England at
+    the age of thirteen to find himself far behind other boys in
+    learning, but after a while a match for them in other
+    respects. The precipitate return of the boy and mother to
+    Australia, in consequence of the receipt of a telegram and a
+    paragraph in an Australian paper, leads to Rowley's famous
+    ride on his father's old horse. The interest in Colonial
+    life is awakened in the first chapter, and it is evident
+    that both in the life in England and Australia the author
+    has had living models before him.
+
+
+     WELLS GARDNER, DARTON AND CO., 3 Paternoster Buildings, E. C.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Under the Rebel's Reign, by Charles Neufeld
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK UNDER THE REBEL'S REIGN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 23829.txt or 23829.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/3/8/2/23829/
+
+Produced by David Edwards, Roberta Staehlin and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from scans of public domain material
+produced by Microsoft for their Live Search Books site.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/23829.zip b/23829.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4b5612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/23829.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af9a0bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #23829 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/23829)